Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2008

Registration No. 333-150141

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   6282   20-8880053

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57 th Street, 43 rd Floor

New York, New York 10019

(212) 515-3200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

John J. Suydam, Esq.

Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57 th Street, 43 rd Floor,

New York, New York 10019

(212) 515-3200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of Communications to:

Monica K. Thurmond, Esq.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(212) 326-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

To Be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  Amount of Registration Fee(2)

Class A shares, representing Class A limited liability company interests

  37,324,540   $14.00   $522,543,560   $20,536
 
 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No exchange or over-the-counter market exists for the registrant’s Class A shares, however, shares of the registrant’s Class A shares issued to qualified institutional buyers in connection with its August 2007 exempt sale are traded through a private over-the-counter market for Tradable Unregistered Equity Securities, developed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., or the “GSTrUE SM OTC market,” under the symbol “APOLLZ.” The last sale of shares of the registrant’s Class A shares that was effected on the GSTrUE SM OTC market, of which the registrant is aware, occurred on August 11, 2008 at a price of $14.00.

(2) $16,410 was paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated August 12, 2008

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Apollo Global Management, LLC

37,324,540 Class A Shares

Representing Class A Limited Liability Company Interests

 

 

This prospectus relates solely to the resale of up to an aggregate of 37,324,540 Class A shares, representing Class A limited liability company interests of Apollo Global Management, LLC, by the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus (which term as used in this prospectus includes pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors-in-interest). The selling shareholders acquired the Class A shares in the exempt offerings, both of which closed on August 8, 2007 and which we refer to as the “Offering Transactions.” We are registering the offer and sale of the Class A shares to satisfy registration rights we have granted to the selling shareholders. We intend to apply to list our Class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or the “NYSE,” under the symbol “            .” The listing is subject to approval of our application. Until our Class A shares are regularly traded on the NYSE, we expect that the selling shareholders initially will sell their shares at prices between $            and $            per share, if any shares are sold.

The selling shareholders may offer the shares from time to time as they may determine through public or private transactions or through other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” at prevailing market prices, at prices different than prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these Class A shares by the selling shareholders. We have agreed to pay all expenses relating to registering the securities. The selling shareholders will pay any brokerage commissions and/or similar charges incurred for the sale of these Class A shares.

 

 

Investing in our Class A shares involves risks. You should read the section entitled “ Risk Factors “ beginning on page 31 for a discussion of certain risk factors that you should consider before investing in our Class A shares. These risks include:

 

   

Apollo Global Management, LLC is managed by our manager, which is controlled and owned by our managing partners. Our manager and its affiliates have limited fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our shareholders.

 

   

Our Class A shareholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our businesses and will have no right to elect our manager.

 

   

Our organizational documents do not limit our ability to enter into new lines of businesses, and we may expand into new investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses without shareholder consent, each of which may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our businesses.

 

   

As discussed in “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations,” Apollo Global Management, LLC will be treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and you may therefore be subject to taxation on your allocable share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of Apollo Global Management, LLC. You may not receive cash distributions equal to your allocable share of our net taxable income or even in an amount sufficient to pay the tax liability that results from that income.

 

   

Members of the United States Congress have introduced legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. If this or any similar legislation or regulation were to be enacted and to apply to us, we would incur a material increase in our tax liability, which could result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2008.


Table of Contents

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Valuation and Related Data

   ii

Terms Used in this Prospectus

   ii

Prospectus Summary

   1

Apollo

   1

Our Businesses

   2

Private Equity

   3

Capital Markets

   4

Competitive Strengths

   6

Growth Strategy

   7

The Offering Transactions and the Strategic Investors Transaction

   8

Structure and Formation of the Company

   9

Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds

   16

Tax Considerations

   17

Distribution to Our Managing Partners Prior to the Offering Transactions

   17

Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners Related to the Reorganization

   18

The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds

   18

Recent Developments

   20

Investment Risks

   22

Our Corporate Information

   22

The Offering

   23

Summary Historical and Other Data

   28

Risk Factors

   31

Risks Related to Taxation

   31

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

   34

Risks Related to Our Businesses

   41

Risks Related to This Offering

   62

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   65

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

   66

Our Structure

   67

Reorganization

   70

Strategic Investors Transaction

   77

Tax Considerations

   78

Offering Transactions

   78

Use of Proceeds

   80

Cash Dividend Policy

   81

Dividend Policy for Class A Shares

   81

Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

   83

Capitalization

   84

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information

   85

Selected Financial Data

   93

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  

95

General

   95

Managing Business Performance

   97

Market Considerations

   99

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     Page

Assets Under Management

   100

Our Recent Growth

   102

Overview of Results of Operations

   103

Investment Platform and Cost Trends

   106

Results of Operations

   106

Segment Analysis

   118

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   134

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

   143

Consolidation

   144

Fair Value Measurements

   147

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   149

Sensitivity

   152

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

   153

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

   155

Contractual Obligations

   155

Industry

   157

Asset Management

   157

Industry Trends

   162

Business

   164

Overview

   164

Our Businesses

   165

Private Equity

   166

Capital Markets

   170

Competitive Strengths

   175

Growth Strategy

   179

Fundraising and Investor Relations

   179

Private Equity Investments

   180

Investment Process

   183

The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds

   184

Fees, Carried Interest, Redemption and Termination

   188

General Partner and Professionals Investments and Co-Investments

   194

Regulatory and Compliance Matters

   194

Competition

   196

Legal Proceedings

   197

Properties

   198

Employees

   198

Management

   200

Our Manager

   200

Directors and Executive Officers

   200

Management Approach

   202

Limited Powers of Our Board of Directors

   203

Committees of the Board of Directors

   203

Lack of Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

   204

Executive Compensation

   204

Summary Compensation Table

   209

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

   210

Outstanding Equity at Fiscal Year-End

   211

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

   211

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

   212

Director Compensation

   213

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     Page

2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

   214

Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan

   216

Indemnification

   217

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   218

Agreement Among Managing Partners

   218

Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement

   219

Fee Waiver Program

   221

Roll-Up Agreements

   221

Exchange Agreement

   222

Tax Receivable Agreement

   222

Strategic Investors Transaction

   223

Lenders Rights Agreement

   224

Private Placement Shareholders Agreement

   225

Our Operating Agreement and Apollo Operating Group Limited Partnership Agreements

   225

Employment Agreements

   225

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

   226

Principal Shareholders

   227

Selling Shareholders

   229

Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities

   230

Conflicts of Interest

   230

Fiduciary Duties

   233

Description of Indebtedness

   236

AMH Credit Facility

   236

AAA Holdings Credit Facility

   237

Description of Shares

   240

Shares

   240

Listing

   242

Transfer Agent and Registrar

   242

Operating Agreement

   242

Shareholders Agreement

   249

Lenders Rights Agreement

   249

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   250

General

   250

Registration Rights

   250

Lock-Up Arrangements

   250

Rule 144

   251

Registration Rights

   252

Material Tax Considerations

   253

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

   253

Material Argentine Tax Considerations

   266

Material Brazilian Tax Considerations

   269

Material French Tax Considerations

   270

Material German Tax Considerations

   271

Material Hong Kong Tax Considerations

   274

Material Luxembourg Tax Considerations

   275

Material Mexican Tax Considerations

   277

Material Singapore Tax Considerations

   280

Material Spanish Tax Considerations

   283

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

     Page

Material Swiss Tax Considerations

   286

Material United Kingdom Tax Considerations

   288

Material Venezuelan Tax Considerations

   291

Plan of Distribution

   293

Legal Matters

   296

Experts

   296

Where You Can Find More Information

   296

Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

   F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-39

Appendix A—Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Apollo Global Management, LLC

   A-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED BY ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY. FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OR DETERMINED THE ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

In considering the performance information relating to our funds contained herein, prospective Class A shareholders should bear in mind that the performance of our funds is not indicative of the possible performance of our Class A shares and is also not necessarily indicative of the future results of our funds, even if fund investments were in fact liquidated on the dates indicated, and there can be no assurance that our funds will continue to achieve, or that future funds will achieve, comparable results.

In addition, an investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of the Apollo funds, and the assets and revenues of our funds are not directly available to us. As a result of deconsolidation of most of our funds, we will not be consolidating those funds in our financial statements for periods after either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007.

This prospectus is solely an offer with respect to Class A shares, and is not an offer directly or indirectly of any securities of any of our funds.

The distribution of this prospectus and the offering and sale of the Class A shares in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. We require persons into whose possession this prospectus comes to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. This prospectus does not constitute an offer of, or an invitation to purchase, any of the Class A shares in any jurisdiction in which such offer or invitation would be unlawful.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

V ALUATION AND RELATED DATA

This prospectus contains valuation data relating to the Apollo funds and related data that have been derived from such funds. When considering the valuation and related data presented in this prospectus, you should bear in mind that the historical results of the private equity and capital markets funds that Apollo has managed or sponsored in the past are not indicative of the future results that you should expect from the Apollo funds or from us.

T ERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

When used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

   

“AAA” refers to AP Alternative Assets, L.P., a Guernsey limited partnership that generally invests alongside our private equity funds and directly in our capital markets funds and in other transactions that we sponsor and manage; the common units of AAA are listed on Euronext Amsterdam N.V., which we refer to as “Euronext Amsterdam”;

 

   

“AAA Investments” refers to AAA Investments, L.P., a Guernsey limited partnership through which AAA’s investments are made;

 

   

“AAOF” refers to Apollo Asia Opportunity Master Fund, L.P., together with its feeder funds;

 

   

“ACLF” refers to Apollo Credit Liquidity Fund, L.P.;

 

   

“AIC” refers to Apollo Investment Corporation, our publicly traded business development company;

 

   

“AIE I” and “AIE II” mean AP Investment Europe Limited and Apollo Investment Europe II, L.P., respectively;

 

   

“Apollo,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “company” refer collectively to Apollo Global Management, LLC and its subsidiaries, including the Apollo Operating Group (as defined below) and all of its subsidiaries;

 

   

“Apollo funds” and “our funds” refer to the private funds and alternative asset companies that are managed by the Apollo Operating Group;

 

   

“Apollo Operating Group” refers to (i) the limited partnerships through which our managing partners currently operate our businesses and (ii) one or more limited partnerships formed for the purpose of, among other activities, holding certain of our gains or losses on our principal investments in the funds, which we refer to as our “principal investments”;

 

   

“Apollo Real Estate” refers to the entities that manage the Apollo Real Estate Investment Funds, a series of private real estate oriented funds initially established in 1993; our managing partners maintain a minority interest in Apollo Real Estate, but neither they nor we exert any managerial control;

 

   

“Ares” refers to Ares Corporate Opportunity Fund, which Apollo established in 1997 to invest predominantly in capital markets-based securities, including senior bank loans and high-yield and mezzanine debt, and other related funds; our managing partners maintain a minority interest in Ares, but neither they nor we exert any managerial control;

 

   

“Artus” refers to Apollo/Artus Investors 2007-1, L.P.;

 

   

“Assets Under Management,” or “AUM,” refers to the assets we manage or with respect to which we have control, including capital we have the right to call from our investors pursuant to their capital commitments to various funds. Our AUM equals the sum of:

 

  (i)

the fair value of our private equity investments plus the capital that we are entitled to call from our investors pursuant to the terms of their capital commitments plus non-recallable capital to the

 

ii


Table of Contents
 

extent a fund is within the commitment period in which management fees are calculated based on total commitments to the fund;

 

  (ii) the net asset value, or “NAV,” of our capital markets funds, other than collateralized senior credit opportunity funds (such as Artus, which we measure by using the mark-to-market value of the aggregate principal amount of the underlying collateralized loan obligations) plus used or available leverage and/or capital commitments; and

 

  (iii) the fair value of any other assets that we manage plus unused credit facilities and/or capital commitments available for investment that are not otherwise included in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

We earn management fees from the funds that we manage pursuant to management agreements on a basis that varies from Apollo fund to Apollo fund ( e.g., any of “net asset value,” “gross assets,” “adjusted cost of all unrealized portfolio investments,” “capital commitments,” “adjusted assets” or “capital contributions,” each as defined in the applicable management agreement, may form the basis for a management fee calculation). Our calculation of AUM may differ from the calculations of other asset managers and, as a result, this measure may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other asset managers. Our AUM measure includes assets under management for which we charge either no or nominal fees. See “Business—Fees, Carried Interest, Redemption and Termination.” Our definition of AUM is not based on any definition of assets under management contained in our operating agreement or in any of our Apollo fund management agreements.

 

   

“carried interest,” “incentive income” and “carried interest income” refer to interests granted to Apollo by an Apollo fund that entitle Apollo to receive allocations, distributions or fees calculated by reference to the performance of such fund or its underlying investments;

 

   

“COF I” and “COF II” mean Apollo Credit Opportunity Fund I, L.P. and Apollo Credit Opportunity Fund II, L.P., respectively;

 

   

“co-founded” means the individuals who joined Apollo in 1990, the year in which the company commenced business operations;

 

   

“contributing partners” refers to those of our partners, collectively, who own approximately 9.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

“EPF” refers to Apollo European Principal Finance Fund, L.P., together with its feeder funds;

 

   

“feeder funds” refer to funds that operate by placing substantially all of their assets in, and conducting substantially all of their investment and trading activities through, a master fund, which is designed to facilitate collective investment by the participating feeder funds. With respect to certain of our funds that are organized in a master-feeder structure, the feeder funds are permitted to make investments outside the master fund when deemed appropriate by the fund’s investment manager;

 

   

“Fund I,” “Fund II,” “Fund III,” “Fund IV,” “Fund V,” “Fund VI,” and “Fund VII” mean Apollo Investment Fund, L.P., AIF II, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund III, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund IV, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., Apollo Investment Fund VI, L.P. and Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P., respectively, together with their parallel funds, as applicable;

 

   

“gross annualized return” means the gross compound annual rate of return based on proceeds and estimated fair market valuations of the underlying investments at the beginning and end of the measurement period;

 

   

“gross IRR” of a fund represents the cumulative investment-related cash flows for all of the investors in the fund on the basis of the actual timing of investment inflows and outflows (for unrealized investment assuming disposition on March 31, 2008) aggregated on a gross basis quarterly, and the return is annualized and compounded before management fees, carried interest and certain other fund expenses (including interest incurred by the fund itself) and measures the returns on the fund’s investments as a whole without regard to whether all of the returns would, if distributed, be payable to the fund’s investors;

 

iii


Table of Contents
   

“Holdings” means AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership through which our managing partners and our contributing partners hold their Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

“IRS” refers to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

   

“managing partners” refers to Messrs. Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, collectively;

 

   

“multiple of invested capital” means (i) with respect to a given investment as of any date, the actual amount realized with respect to such investment plus the estimated fair market value of the remaining interest in such investment as of such date divided by the total capital invested in such investment through such date, and (ii) with respect to a fund as of any date, the aggregate actual amount realized in respect of such fund’s investments plus the estimated fair market value of the fund’s remaining interests in such investments as of such date divided by the lesser of the total capital invested in such investments and the total committed capital of such fund;

 

   

“net annualized return” of a fund means the gross annualized return of such fund, net of management fees, incentive income and all other fund expenses (including interest incurred by the fund itself);

 

   

“net IRR” of a fund means the gross IRR applicable to all investors, including related parties which may not pay fees, net of management fees, organizational expenses, transaction costs, and certain other fund expenses (including interest incurred by the fund itself) and realized carried interest, and measures returns based on amounts that, if distributed, would be paid to investors of the fund; to the extent that an Apollo private equity fund exceeds all requirements detailed within the applicable fund agreement, the estimated unrealized value is adjusted such that a percentage of up to 20.0% of the unrealized gain is allocated to the general partner, thereby reducing the balance attributable to fund investors;

 

   

“our manager” means AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is controlled by our managing partners;

 

   

“permanent capital” means capital of funds that do not have redemption provisions or a requirement to return capital to investors upon exiting the investments made with such capital, except as required by applicable law, which currently consist of AIC, AIE I and AAA; such funds may be required, or elect, to return all or a portion of capital gains and investment income;

 

   

“private equity investments” refers to (i) direct or indirect investments in existing and future private equity funds managed or sponsored by Apollo, (ii) direct or indirect co-investments with existing and future private equity funds managed or sponsored by Apollo, (iii) direct or indirect investments in securities which are not immediately capable of resale in a public market that Apollo identifies but does not pursue through its private equity funds, and (iv) investments of the type described in (i) through (iii) above made by Apollo funds;

 

   

“SOMA” refers to Apollo Special Opportunities Managed Account, L.P.;

 

   

“SVF” refers to Apollo Strategic Value Master Fund, L.P., together with its feeder funds;

 

   

“total annualized return” means the total compound annual rate of return for a security or index based on the change in market price, assuming the reinvestment of all dividends; and

 

   

“VIF” refers to Apollo Value Investment Master Fund, L.P., together with its feeder funds.

 

iv


Table of Contents

P ROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of this offering, but does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” our financial statements and the related notes and management’s discussion and analysis thereof included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase our Class A shares.

Apollo

Founded in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative asset manager with a track record of successful private equity, distressed debt and mezzanine investing. At the present time, as a result of the current supply and demand imbalance in the global credit markets, we are investing primarily in senior and subordinated debt securities. We raise, invest and manage private equity and credit-oriented capital markets funds on behalf of some of the world’s most prominent pension and endowment funds as well as other institutional and individual investors. As of March 31, 2008, we had Assets Under Management, or “AUM,” of $40.7 billion in our private equity and capital markets businesses. Our latest private equity fund, Fund VII, has raised over $14.0 billion as of the date hereof with a target of $15.0 billion, and a number of our capital markets funds are in various stages of fundraising. We have consistently produced attractive investment returns for our investors, with our private equity funds generating a 40% gross IRR and a 28% net IRR from inception through March 31, 2008.

Apollo is led by our managing partners, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, who have worked together for more than 20 years and lead a team of more than 190 professionals as of March 31, 2008. This team possesses a broad range of transaction, financial, managerial and investment skills. We have offices in New York, London, Los Angeles, Singapore, Frankfurt and Paris. Subject to obtaining appropriate regulatory authority, we anticipate opening offices in India and Luxembourg. We operate two businesses in which we believe we are a market leader: private equity and credit-oriented capital markets. We generally operate these businesses in an integrated manner. Our investment professionals frequently collaborate and share information including market insight, management, consultant and banking contacts as well as potential investment opportunities, which contributes to our “library” of extensive industry knowledge and enables us to successfully invest across a company’s capital structure. This platform and the depth and experience of our investment team have enabled us to deliver strong long-term investment performance across various asset classes throughout a range of economic cycles. For example, three of Apollo’s most successful funds (in terms of net IRR), Funds I, II and V, were initiated during economic downturns. Funds I and II were initiated during the economic downturn of 1990 through 1993 and Fund V was initiated during the economic downturn of 2001 through late 2003.

We have experienced significant growth in our businesses through the growth of our private equity funds, globalizing our capital markets business and adding new products. We had AUM of $40.7 billion as of March 31, 2008 consisting of $30.6 billion in our private equity business and $10.1 billion in our capital markets business. Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion as of the date hereof with a target of $15.0 billion. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds or in raising more capital for our capital markets funds.” Additionally, a number of our capital markets funds are currently in various stages of fundraising. We have grown our AUM at a 48% compound annual growth rate, or “CAGR,” from December 31, 2004 to March 31, 2008. We have achieved this growth by raising additional capital in our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses, growing AUM through appreciation and by expanding our businesses to new strategies and geographies. We have also expanded the base of investors in our funds by accessing permanent capital through AIC, AIE I, and AAA. These distribution channels, including their current leverage, represent approximately 17% of our AUM as of March 31, 2008. In addition, we benefit from mandates with long-term capital commitments. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 82% of our AUM was in funds with a duration of ten years or more from inception.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We expect our growth in AUM to continue over time as we (1) raise larger private equity funds than the funds being liquidated, (2) retain profits in certain of our capital markets funds and raise additional capital to support those vehicles and (3) launch new investment vehicles as market opportunities present themselves. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds or in raising more capital for our capital markets funds.”

Our Businesses

We manage private equity and credit-oriented capital markets investment entities. We also manage AAA, a publicly listed vehicle, which generally invests alongside our private equity funds and directly in our capital markets funds. The diagram below summarizes our Assets Under Management. (1)

LOGO

 

(1) All data is as of March 31, 2008 unless otherwise noted. The chart does not reflect legal entities or assets managed by former affiliates.
(2) Fund VII has a fundraising target of $15.0 billion. As of the date hereof, Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion.
(3) Two of our funds are denominated in Euros and translated into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.58 as of March 31, 2008.

Our revenues and other income consist principally of (i) management fees, which are based upon a percentage of the committed or invested capital (in the case of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds), adjusted assets (in the case of AAA) and gross invested capital or fund net asset value (in the case of the rest of our capital markets funds), (ii) transaction and advisory fees received from private equity portfolio companies in respect of business and transaction consulting services that we provide, as well as advisory services provided to a capital markets fund, (iii) income based on the performance of our funds, which consists of allocations, distributions or fees from our private equity funds, AAA and our capital markets funds, and (iv) investment income from our investments as general partner and other direct investments primarily in the form of net gains from investment activities and dividend income. Carried interest from our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds entitles us to an allocation of a portion of the income and gains from that fund and is as much as 20% of the net realized income and gains that are achieved by the funds, generally subject to an annual preferred return for the limited partners of 8% with a “catch-up” allocation to us thereafter. The general partner of each of the funds accrues for its portion of carried interest at each balance sheet date for any changes in value of the funds’ underlying investments. For example, if one of our private equity funds were to exceed the preferred return threshold and generate $100 million of profits net of allocable fees and expenses from a given investment, our carried interest would entitle us to receive as much as $20 million of these net profits. Carried interest from most of our capital markets funds is as much as 20% of either the fund’s income and gain or the yearly appreciation of the fund’s net asset value. For such capital markets funds, we accrue carried interest

 

 

2


Table of Contents

on both realized and unrealized gains, subject to any applicable hurdles and high-water marks. Certain of our capital markets funds are subject to a preferred return. Our ability to generate carried interest is an important element of our business and has historically accounted for a very significant portion of our income. For the year ended December 31, 2007, management fees, transaction and advisory fees, and carried interest income represented 23.1%, 8.4% and 68.5%, respectively of our $1,078 million of pro forma revenues. Pro forma other income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $261.7 million. See our “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In considering the performance information contained in this prospectus, prospective Class A shareholders should bear in mind that such performance information is not indicative of the possible performance of our Class A shares. An investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of the Apollo funds, and the assets and revenues of our funds are not directly available to us. As a result of the deconsolidation of most of our funds, we will not be consolidating those funds in our financial statements for periods after either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007.

Private Equity

Private Equity Funds

The private equity business is the cornerstone of our investment activities, with AUM of $30.6 billion as of March 31, 2008. Our private equity business grew AUM by a 42% CAGR from December 31, 2004 through March 31, 2008. From our inception in 1990 through March 31, 2008, our private equity business invested approximately $21.7 billion of equity capital. Most recently, during the fourth quarter of 2007 and through the first quarter of 2008, our private equity funds and AAA deployed $3.6 billion of capital in debt and equity opportunities. Since inception, the returns of our private equity funds have performed in the top quartile for all U.S. buyout funds, as measured by Thomson Financial. Our private equity funds have generated a gross IRR of 40% and a net IRR of 28% from inception through March 31, 2008, as compared with a total annualized return of 8% for the S&P 500 Index over the same period. In addition, since our inception, our private equity funds have achieved a 2.4x multiple of invested capital. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why our historical private equity returns are not indicative of the future results you should expect from our current or future funds or from us. In addition to owning the companies that manage the investments of each of our private equity funds, the Apollo Operating Group also holds all of the general partner interests in the general partners of such funds.

We believe we have a demonstrated ability to quickly adapt to changing market environments and capitalize on market dislocations through our traditional and distressed investment approach. In periods of strained financial liquidity and economic recession, we have made attractive private equity investments by buying the distressed debt of quality businesses, converting that debt to equity, creating value through active management and ultimately monetizing the investment. In addition, in the current market environment, we are able to buy portfolios of performing debt from motivated sellers, such as financial institutions, at attractive rates of return.

Our two more recent funds, Fund V and Fund VI, have proven successful to date despite the difficult economic conditions within which those funds have operated. Fund V, with $3.7 billion of committed capital, started investing during the economic downturn of 2001 through late 2003. This fund has generated a gross IRR of 68% and a net IRR of 52% from its first investment in April 2001 to March 31, 2008. Fund V is in the top quartile of similar vintage funds according to Thomson Financial. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for a discussion of the reasons we do not believe our future IRRs will be similar to the IRRs for Fund V. Fund VI, together with AAA through its co-investment with Fund VI, had $11.6 billion of committed capital as of March 31, 2008 and had invested or committed to invest approximately $10.1 billion through March 31, 2008. Fund VI has generated a gross IRR of 30% and a net IRR of 21% from the first investment in July 2006 to March 31, 2008 and has already returned more than $1.2 billion to investors.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following charts summarize the breakdown of our funds’ private equity investments by type and industry from our inception through March 31, 2008.

 

Private Equity Investments by Type

  

Private Equity Investments by Industry

LOGO

   LOGO

AP Alternative Assets (AAA)

AAA issued approximately $1.9 billion of equity capital in its initial global offering in June 2006 to invest alongside our private equity funds and directly in our capital markets funds and certain other transactions that we sponsor and manage. The common units of AAA, which represent limited partner interests, are listed on Euronext Amsterdam. On June 1, 2007, AAA’s investment vehicle, AAA Investments, entered into a credit agreement that provides for a $900 million revolving line of credit, thus increasing the amount of cash that AAA Investments has available for making investments and funding its liquidity and working capital needs. AAA may incur additional indebtedness from time to time. AAA is an important component of our business strategy , as it has allowed us to quickly target attractive investment opportunities by capitalizing new investment vehicles formed by Apollo in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. In particular, we have used AAA capital to seed one of our mezzanine funds and three of our global distressed and hedge funds. AAA Investments’ current portfolio also includes private equity co-investments in Fund VI and Fund VII portfolio companies and temporary cash investments. AAA may also invest in additional capital markets funds, private equity funds and opportunistic investments identified by Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P., the investment manager of AAA. As of March 31, 2008, AAA Investments had utilized approximately $385 million of its line of credit for certain investments.

Capital Markets

Our credit-oriented capital markets operations commenced in 1990 with the management of a $3.5 billion high-yield bond and leveraged loan portfolio. The business was spun off in the late 1990s and re-established in 2003 to complement our private equity business.

As of March 31, 2008, we managed nine capital markets funds that utilize the same disciplined, value-oriented investment philosophy that we employ with respect to private equity. These vehicles include mezzanine funds, distressed and hedge funds, and senior credit opportunity funds. Our capital markets business had AUM of $10.1 billion as of March 31, 2008 and grew its AUM by a 78% CAGR from December 31, 2004 through March 31, 2008. Additionally, a number of our capital markets funds are currently in various stages of fundraising. We expect our existing funds to be regularly fundraising, as we continue to add new products, geographies and strategies.

Mezzanine Funds

As of March 31, 2008, we managed two mezzanine funds: AIC, which is a publicly traded, closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Investment Company Act,” and AIE I, which is an unregistered

 

 

4


Table of Contents

private closed-end investment fund formed in July 2006 that utilizes a similar strategy to AIC but with a focus on Europe. The investment objective of our mezzanine funds is to generate both capital appreciation and current income through mezzanine, debt and equity investments while adhering to Apollo’s industry-specialized, value-oriented investment strategy.

Global Distressed and Hedge Funds

We currently manage five distressed and hedge funds that primarily invest in North America, Europe and Asia.

SVF and VIF (the “Value Funds”), as well as SOMA, utilize similar investment strategies, seeking to identify and capitalize on absolute-value driven investment opportunities by investing primarily in the securities of leveraged companies through special situations, distressed investments and privately negotiated investments.

We have been expanding our international presence and have launched new initiatives to capitalize on capital markets oriented investment opportunities in Europe and Asia. We manage AAOF, an investment vehicle that seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns throughout economic cycles by capitalizing on investment opportunities in the Asian markets, excluding Japan, and targeting event-driven volatility across capital structures, as well as opportunities to develop proprietary platforms. We also manage EPF, which was launched in May 2007 and invests primarily in non-performing loans, or “NPLs,” in Europe. Our global distressed and hedge funds utilize similar value-oriented investment philosophies as our private equity business and are focused on capitalizing on our substantial industry knowledge and network of industry relationships. We currently expect our global distressed and hedge fund activities will increase in scale and scope as we continue our global expansion.

Senior Credit Opportunity Funds

We established two new senior credit opportunity funds, Artus and ACLF, in late 2007 in order to take advantage of the supply-demand imbalances in the leveraged finance market. We were able to establish these funds with some of our largest and most loyal investors in a rapid fashion to capitalize on the time sensitive nature of the dislocation in the capital markets which began in July 2007. In November 2007, Artus purchased certain of the notes issued by a collateralized loan obligation, or the “CLO.” The notes issued by the CLO are secured by a diversified pool of approximately $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of United States dollar denominated commercial loans and cash as of March 31, 2008. ACLF invests principally in newly issued senior secured bank debt in the U.S. and Europe in order to take advantage of a major component of the financial market dislocation.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

Over our 18-year history, we have grown to be one of the largest alternative asset managers in the world. We attribute our success, and our confidence in our future plans, to the following competitive strengths.

 

   

Our Investment Track Record .  Our cornerstone private equity funds have generated a 40% gross IRR and a 28% net IRR from inception through March 31, 2008. Our track record of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns is a key differentiating factor for our fund investors and, we believe, will allow us to continue to expand our AUM and capitalize new investment vehicles. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why our historical returns are not indicative of the future results you should expect from our current or future funds or from us.

 

   

Our Integrated Business Model .  Generally, we operate our global franchise as an integrated investment platform with a free flow of information across our businesses. Each of our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses contributes to and draws from what we refer to as our “library” of information and experience, thereby providing investment opportunities and intellectual capital to the other, enabling the firm to successfully invest across a company’s capital structure. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Possession of material, non-public information could prevent Apollo funds from undertaking advantageous transactions; our internal controls could fail; we could determine to establish information barriers.”

 

   

Our Flexible Approach to Investing Across Market Cycles .  We have consistently invested capital and grown AUM throughout economic cycles by focusing on opportunities that we believe are often overlooked by other investors. Our expertise in capital markets, focus on core industry sectors and investment experience allow us to respond quickly to changing environments. In our private equity business, we have had success investing in buyouts during both expansionary and recessionary economic periods. During the recovery and expansionary periods of 1994 through 2000 and late 2003 through the first half of 2007, we invested or committed to invest approximately $13.2 billion primarily in traditional and corporate partner buyouts. In the recessionary periods of 1990 through 1993, 2001 through late 2003 and the slowdown period of the third quarter of 2007 through the second quarter of 2008, we invested approximately $12.4 billion, the majority of which was in distressed buyouts and debt investments when the debt securities of quality companies traded at deep discounts. Since September 30, 2007 through June 30, 2008, the Apollo funds have invested in $15.2 billion of debt securities representing a face value of $20.0 billion, to take advantage of these strategies. Of the amount invested, $7.9 billion of equity was contributed by various private equity and capital markets funds managed by Apollo.

 

   

Our Deep Industry Expertise and Focus on Complex Transactions . We have substantial expertise in eight core industry sectors and have invested in over 150 companies since inception. Our core industry sectors are chemicals; consumer and retail; distribution and transportation; financial and business services; manufacturing and industrial; media, cable and leisure; packaging and materials; and satellite and wireless. We believe that situational and structural complexity often hides compelling value that competitors may lack the inclination or ability to uncover, and that our industry expertise and comfort with complexity help drive our performance.

 

   

Our Investment Edge Creates Proprietary Investment Opportunities.  We seek to create an investment “edge,” which allows us to consistently deploy capital up and down the balance sheet of franchise businesses, make investments at attractive valuations and maximize returns. We believe our industry expertise allows us to create strategic platforms and approach new investments as a strategic buyer with synergies, cross-selling opportunities and economies of scale advantages over other purely financial sponsors. Since our inception, we believe over 75% of our private equity buyouts have been proprietary in nature, and we have been the sole financial sponsor in 15 of our last 16 private equity portfolio company transactions. We believe these competitive advantages often result in our buyouts being effected at a lower multiple of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or “adjusted EBITDA,” than many of our peers.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Our Strong, Longstanding Investor Relationships . We manage capital for hundreds of investors in our private equity funds, which include many of the world’s most prominent pension funds, university endowments and financial institutions, as well as individuals. Most of our private equity investors are invested in multiple Apollo private equity funds, and many have invested in one or more of our capital markets funds, including as seed investors in new strategies. We believe that our deep investor relationships have facilitated the growth of our existing businesses and will assist us with the launch of new businesses.

 

   

The Continuity of Our Strong Management Team and Reputation . Our managing partners actively participate in the oversight of the investment activities of our funds, have worked together for more than 20 years and lead a team of more than 190 professionals who possess a broad range of transaction, financial, managerial and investment skills. We have developed a strong reputation in the market as an investor and partner who can make significant contributions to a business or investing decision, and we believe the longevity of our management team is a key competitive advantage.

 

   

Alignment of Interests with Investors in Our Funds . Fundamental to our business model is the alignment of interests of our professionals with those of the investors in our funds. From our inception through March 31, 2008, our professionals have committed or invested an estimated $1.0 billion of their own capital to our funds (including Fund VII). In addition, our practice is to allocate a portion of the management fees and incentive income payable by our funds to our professionals, which serves to incentivize those employees to generate superior investment returns. We believe that this alignment of interests with our fund investors helps us to raise new funds and execute our growth strategy.

 

   

Long-Term Capital Base.  A significant portion of our $40.7 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2008 was long-term in nature. Our permanent capital vehicles, AIC, AIE I and AAA, including their current leverage, represented approximately 17% of our AUM. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 82% of our AUM was in funds with a duration of ten years or more from inception. Our long-lived capital base allows us to invest assets with a long-term focus that we believe drives attractive returns. These permanent capital vehicles are able to grow organically through the continuous investment and reinvestment of capital, which we believe provides us with stability and with a valuable potential source of long-term income.

Growth Strategy

Our growth and investment returns have been supported by an institutionalized and strategic organizational structure designed to promote teamwork, industry specialization, permanence of capital, compliance and regulatory excellence and internal systems and processes. Our ability to grow our revenues depends on our performance and on our ability to attract new capital and fund investors, which we have done successfully over the last 18 years.

The following are key elements of our growth strategy:

 

   

continuing to achieve superior returns in our funds; 

 

   

continuing our commitment to our fund investors; 

 

   

raising additional investment capital for our current businesses;

 

   

expanding into new investment strategies, markets and businesses; and

 

   

taking advantage of the benefits of being a public company. 

We cannot assure you that our funds will be successful in raising the capital described above or that any capital they do raise will be on terms favorable to us or consistent with terms of capital that our funds have previously raised. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds, or in raising more capital for our funds” for a more detailed discussion of these risks.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering Transactions and the Strategic Investors Transaction

On August 8, 2007, in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), we sold 27,000,000 Class A shares, at an initial offering price of $24 per share, to (i) Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, which we refer to as the “initial purchasers,” for their resale to qualified institutional buyers that are also qualified purchasers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (ii) to accredited investors, with the initial purchasers acting as placement agents, in a private placement, as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The initial purchasers exercised their over-allotment option and on September 5, 2007, we sold an additional 2,824,540 Class A shares to the initial purchasers at the price of $24 per share. We refer to this exempt sale of Class A shares to the initial purchasers and to accredited investors as the “Rule 144A Offering.” We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in the Rule 144A Offering, pursuant to which we undertook to register under the Securities Act the Class A shares sold in the Rule 144A Offering. A portion of the Class A shares offered by this prospectus are the shares sold in the Rule 144A Offering. See “Registration Rights.”

In connection with the Rule 144A Offering, on July 16, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, one of the Rule 144A Offering initial purchasers, pursuant to which Credit Suisse Management LLC, or the “CS Investor,” purchased from us in a private placement that closed concurrently with the Rule 144A Offering an aggregate of $180 million of the Class A shares at a price per share of $24, or 7,500,000 Class A shares. Pursuant to a shareholders agreement we entered into with the CS Investor, the CS Investor agreed not to sell its Class A shares for a period of one year from August 8, 2007, the closing date of the Rule 144A Offering. We entered into a registration rights agreement with the CS Investor in the Private Placement, pursuant to which we undertook to register under the Securities Act the Class A shares sold in the Private Placement. A portion of the Class A shares offered by this prospectus are the shares sold in the Private Placement. See “Registration Rights.” We refer to our sale of Class A shares to the CS Investor as the “Private Placement” and to the Private Placement, and the Rule 144A Offering collectively, as the “Offering Transactions.”

On July 13, 2007, we sold securities to the California Public Employees’ Retirement System, or “CalPERS,” and an affiliate of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority, or “ADIA,” in return for a total investment of $1.2 billion. We refer to CalPERS and ADIA as the “Strategic Investors.” Upon completion of the Offering Transactions, the securities that we sold to the Strategic Investors converted into non-voting Class A shares. We refer to the foregoing issuance of securities, our use of proceeds from that sale and the conversion of such securities into non-voting Class A shares as the “Strategic Investors Transaction.” Pursuant to a lenders rights agreement we have entered into with the Strategic Investors, the Strategic Investors have agreed not to sell any of their Class A shares for a period of two years after the date on which the shelf registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part became effective, or the “shelf effectiveness date,” subject to limited exceptions. Thereafter, the amount of Class A shares they may sell is subject to a limit that increases with each year. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement—Transfer Restrictions.” The Strategic Investors are two of the largest alternative asset investors in the world and have been significant investors with us in multiple funds covering a variety of strategies. In total, from our inception through the date hereof, the Strategic Investors have invested or committed to invest approximately $6.4 billion of capital in us and our funds. The Strategic Investors are significant supporters of our integrated platform, with one or both having invested in multiple private equity and capital markets funds. With substantial combined assets, we believe the Strategic Investors will be an important source of future growth in the AUM in our existing and future funds for many years, as well as in new products and geographic expansions. Although they have no obligation to invest further in our funds, in connection with our sale of securities to the Strategic Investors, we granted to each of them the option, exercisable until July 13, 2010, to invest or commit to invest up to 10% of the aggregate dollar amount invested or committed by investors in the initial closing of any privately placed fund that we offer to third party investors, subject to limited exceptions.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Structure and Formation of the Company

Apollo Global Management, LLC is a holding company whose primary assets are 100% of the general partner interests in each limited partnership included in the Apollo Operating Group, which is described below under “—Holding Company Structure,” and 28.9% of the limited partner interests of the Apollo Operating Group entities, in each case held through intermediate holding companies. The remaining 71.1% limited partner interests of the Apollo Operating Group entities are owned directly by Holdings, an entity 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by our managing partners and contributing partners, and represent its economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group. With limited exceptions, the Apollo Operating Group owns each of the operating entities included in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements as described below under “—Our Assets.”

Apollo Global Management, LLC is owned by its Class A and Class B shareholders. Holders of our Class A shares and Class B share vote as a single class on all matters presented to the shareholders, although the Strategic Investors do not have voting rights in respect of any of their Class A shares. We have issued to BRH Holdings GP, Ltd., or “BRH,” a single Class B share solely for purposes of granting voting power to BRH. BRH is the general partner of Holdings and is a Cayman Islands exempted company owned and controlled by our managing partners. The Class B share does not represent an economic interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC. The voting power of the Class B share, however, increases or decreases with corresponding changes in Holdings’ economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group.

Our shareholders vote together as a single class on the limited set of matters on which shareholders have a vote. Such matters include a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, certain mergers and consolidations, certain amendments to our operating agreement and an election by our manager to dissolve the company.

We intend to continue to employ our current management structure with strong central control by our managing partners and to maintain our focus on achieving successful growth over the long term. This desire to preserve our existing management structure is one of the principal reasons why upon listing of our Class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange, if achieved, we have decided to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception from certain of the NYSE governance rules. This exception eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. It is also the reason that the managing partners chose to have a manager that manages all of our operations and activities, with only limited powers retained by the board of directors, as long as the Apollo control condition, which is discussed below under “—Our Manager,” is satisfied.

We refer to the formation of the Apollo Operating Group described below under “—Holding Company Structure,” “—Our Manager,” “—Our Assets” and “—Equity Interests Retained by Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners,” the deconsolidation of most Apollo funds described below under “—Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds” and the borrowing under the Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“AMH”) credit facility and the related distribution to our managing partners described below under “—Distributions to Our Managing Partners Prior to the Offering Transactions,” collectively, as the “Reorganization.”

Prior to the Reorganization, our business was conducted through a number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but that were separately owned by our managing partners. In order to facilitate the Rule 144A Offering, which closed in August 2007, we effected the Reorganization to form our current holding company structure.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure.

LOGO

 

(1)

Investors in the Rule 144A Offering hold 30.7% of the Class A shares, the CS Investor holds 7.7% of the Class A shares, and the Strategic Investors hold 61.6% of the Class A shares. The Class A shares held by investors in the Rule 144A Offering represent 10.8% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote and 8.8% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Class A shares held by the CS Investor represent 2.7% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote and 2.2% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors do not have voting rights and represent 17.8% of the economic

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Such Class A shares will become entitled to vote upon transfers by a Strategic Investor in accordance with the agreements entered into in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction.

(2) Our managing partners own BRH, which in turn holds our only outstanding Class B share. The Class B share initially represents 86.5% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote but no economic interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC. Our managing partners’ economic interests are instead represented by their indirect ownership, through Holdings, of 71.1% of the limited partnership interests in the Apollo Operating Group.
(3) Through BRH Holdings, L.P., our managing partners own limited partnership interests in Holdings.
(4) Represents 71.1% of the limited partner interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity. The Apollo Operating Group units held by Holdings are exchangeable for Class A shares, as described below under “—Equity Interests Retained by Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners.” Our managing partners, through their interests in BRH and Holdings, own 62.0% of the Apollo Operating Group units. Our contributing partners, through their ownership interests in Holdings, own 9.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units.
(5) BRH is the sole member of AGM Management, LLC, our manager. The management of Apollo Global Management, LLC is vested in our manager as provided in our operating agreement. See “Description of Shares—Operating Agreement” for a description of the authority that our manager exercises.
(6) Represents 28.9% of the limited partnership interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity, held through intermediate holding companies. Apollo Global Management, LLC also indirectly owns 100% of the general partner interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity.
(7) Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds between 50% and 100% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in these domestic general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in Apollo Co-Investors VII (D), L.P. The general partner interest in Apollo Co-Investors VII (D), L.P. is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. is the sole owner of Apollo COF Investor, LLC.
(8) Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds between 54% and 66% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in these foreign general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in the foreign private equity co-invest vehicle set forth below its name in the chart above. The general partner interest in the foreign private equity co-invest vehicle is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners.
(9) Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. also holds between 81% and 95% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name, except for A/A Capital Management, LLC. The remaining limited partner interests in these domestic general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. is the sole owner of A/A Capital Management, LLC and the domestic capital markets co-invest vehicles set forth below its name in the chart above.
(10) Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds 95% of the limited partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in the foreign general partners are held by certain of our professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in the foreign capital markets co-invest vehicles set forth below its name in the chart above. The general partner interest in Apollo EPF Co-Investors (B), L.P. is held by Apollo EPF Administration, Limited which is solely owned by one of our managing partners. The general partner interest in Apollo AIE II Co-Investors (B), L.P. is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners.
(11) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. holds 100% of the management companies comprising the investment advisors of all of Apollo’s funds including AIC, AIE I, and AAA; however, a portion of the management fees, incentive income and other fees payable to these investment advisors are allocated to certain of our current and former professionals, as described in more detail under “Our Structure—Reorganization—Our Assets.”
(12) Apollo Advisors IV, L.P. is the general partner of Fund IV, Apollo Advisors V, L.P. is the general partner of Fund V, Apollo Advisors VI, L.P. is the general partner of Fund VI, Apollo Advisors VII, L.P. is the general partner of Fund VII, and Apollo Credit Opportunity Advisors, LLC is the sole general partner of COF I and COF II. Certain offshore vehicles that comprise the foregoing funds also have an administrative general partner, which is an affiliate of the foregoing general partner.
(13) Apollo Advisors V (EH Cayman), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund V’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle, Apollo Advisors VI (EH), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund VI’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle, Apollo Advisors VII (EH), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund VII’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle and AAA Associates, L.P. is the sole general partner of AAA Investments, the limited partnership through which AAA’s investments are made.
(14) Apollo SVF Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of SVF, Apollo Asia Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of AAOF, Apollo Credit Liquidity Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of ACLF, Apollo Value Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of VIF, Apollo SOMA Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of SOMA, and A/A Capital Management, LLC is the sole general partner of Artus. Certain offshore vehicles that comprise the foregoing funds also have an administrative general partner, which is an affiliate of the foregoing general partners.
(15) Apollo EPF Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of EPF. Apollo Europe Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of AIE II.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Holding Company Structure

Apollo Global Management, LLC, through two intermediate holding companies (APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC) owns 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries. Holdings owns the remaining 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Apollo Global Management, LLC consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a minority interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC’s consolidated financial statements.

The “Apollo Operating Group” consists of the following partnerships: Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. (a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., or “AMH” (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes). Apollo Global Management, LLC conducts all of its material business activities through the Apollo Operating Group.

Each of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships holds interests in different businesses or entities organized in different jurisdictions. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. holds our domestic general partners of private equity funds and certain capital markets funds and our domestic co-invest vehicles of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds; Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. holds our domestic general partners of capital markets funds and two capital markets domestic co-invest vehicles; Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. holds our foreign general partners of private equity funds, including the foreign general partner of AAA Investments, and our private equity foreign co-invest vehicle; Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. holds our foreign general partners of capital markets funds and two capital markets foreign co-invest vehicles; and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. holds the management companies for our private equity funds (including AAA) and our capital markets funds.

Our structure is designed to accomplish a number of objectives, the most important of which are as follows:

 

   

We are a holding company that is qualified as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Our intermediate holding companies enable us to maintain our partnership status and to meet the qualifying income exception. See also “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company—Taxation of Apollo” for a discussion of the qualifying income exception.

 

   

We have historically used multiple management companies to segregate operations for business, financial and other reasons. Going forward, we may increase or decrease the number of our management companies or partnerships within the Apollo Operating Group, based on our views regarding the appropriate balance between (a) administrative convenience and (b) continued business, financial, tax and other optimization.

Our Manager

Our operating agreement provides that so long as the Apollo Group (as defined below) beneficially owns at least 10% of the aggregate number of votes that may be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares, our manager, which is 100% owned by BRH, will conduct, direct and manage all activities of Apollo Global Management, LLC. We refer to the Apollo Group’s beneficial ownership of at least 10% of such voting power as the “Apollo control condition.” So long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager will manage all of our operations and activities and will have discretion over significant corporate actions, such as the issuance of

 

 

12


Table of Contents

securities, payment of distributions, sales of assets, making certain amendments to our operating agreement and other matters, and our board of directors will have no authority other than that which our manager chooses to delegate to it. See “Description of Shares.”

For purposes of our operating agreement, the “Apollo Group” means (i) our manager and its affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (ii) Holdings and its affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (iii) with respect to each managing partner, such managing partner and such managing partner’s “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”), (iv) any former or current investment professional of or other employee of an “Apollo employer” (as defined below) or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group), (v) any former or current executive officer of an Apollo employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group) and (vi) any former or current director of an Apollo employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group). With respect to any person, “Apollo employer” means Apollo Global Management, LLC or such other entity controlled by Apollo Global Management, LLC or its successor as may be such person’s employer.

Holders of our Class A shares and Class B share have no right to elect our manager, which is controlled by our managing partners through BRH. Although our manager has no business activities other than the management of our businesses, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our Class A shareholders, on the one hand, and our managing partners, on the other. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interests or those of our Class A shareholders. We describe the potential conflicts of interest in greater detail under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Potential conflicts of interest may arise among our manager, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders on the other hand. Our manager and its affiliates have limited fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our shareholders.” We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for all costs incurred in managing and operating us, and our operating agreement provides that our manager will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. Our operating agreement does not limit the amount of expenses for which we will reimburse our manager and its affiliates.

Our Assets

Prior to the Offering Transactions, our managing partners contributed to the Apollo Operating Group their interests in each of the entities included in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements, but excluding the “excluded assets” described under “Our Structure—Reorganization—Excluded Assets.”

Certain assets were not contributed to the Apollo Global Management, LLC structure as these assets were either at the end of their life ( e.g. , general partners of Funds I, II and III) or these assets were owned by the managing partners and the contributing partners. The managing partners chose which assets were to be included in the Apollo Global Management, LLC structure. Except for the general partners of Funds I, II and III, none of the excluded assets were included in the combined financial statements of the Apollo Operating Group prior to the Reorganization. As a result of the Reorganization, the general partner interests were treated as distributions to the managing partners and other Reorganization adjustments in the “Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Partners’ Capital.” See our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following is a condensed list of excluded assets from the Reorganization (for a more detailed description see “Our Structure—Reorganization—Excluded Assets”);

 

   

our managing partners’ personal investments or co-investments in our funds (subject to certain limitations);

 

 

13


Table of Contents
   

amounts owed to any managing partners pursuant to any Apollo deferral or waiver programs or carried interest earned but held in escrow;

 

   

our managing partners’ interests in Apollo Real Estate, Ares and the general partners of Funds I, II and III;

 

   

compensation and benefits paid or given to the managing partners consistent with the terms of their employment agreements (as described below under “Management—Executive Compensation—Employment Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements with Managing Partners”);

 

   

director options issued prior to January 1, 2007 by any of our funds’ portfolio companies;

 

   

an entity partially owned by our managing partners (without any economics) that has 100% voting control over the investment of Fund VI in Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.; and

 

   

other miscellaneous, non-core assets.

In addition, prior to the Offering Transactions, our contributing partners contributed to the Apollo Operating Group a portion of their rights to receive a portion of the management fees and incentive income that are earned from management of our funds, or “points.” We refer to such contributed points as “partner contributed interests.” In return for a contribution of points, each contributing partner received an interest in Holdings. Prior to the exchange, the points held by our managing partners and contributing partners were designated relative values based upon estimated 2007 cash flows. The partnership interests in Holdings (representing an indirect ownership interest of an equivalent number of Apollo Operating Group units) that were granted to each managing partner and contributing partner, correspond to the value of the points such partner contributed relative to each other. Each contributing partner continues to own directly those points that such contributing partner did not contribute to the Apollo Operating Group or sell to the Apollo Operating Group in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction. Each contributing partner will remain entitled (on an individual basis and not through ownership interests in Holdings) to receive payments in respect of his partner contributed interests with respect to fiscal year 2007 based on the date his partner contributed interests were contributed or sold as described below under “—Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners Related to the Reorganization.” The Strategic Investors will similarly receive a pro rata portion of our net income prior to the date of the Offering Transactions for our fiscal year 2007, calculated in the same manner as for the managing partners and contributing partners, as described in more detail under “Our Structure—Strategic Investors Transaction.” In addition, we issued points in Fund VII, and intend to issue points in future funds, to our contributing partners and other of our professionals.

As a result of these contributions and the contributions of our managing partners, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries generally is entitled to:

 

   

all management fees payable in respect of all our current and future funds as well as transaction and other fees that may be payable by these funds’ portfolio companies (other than fees that certain of our professionals have a right to receive, as described below);

 

   

50% – 66% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all incentive income earned from the date of contribution in relation to investments by our current private equity and capital markets funds (with the remainder of such incentive income continuing to be held by certain of our professionals);

 

   

all incentive income earned from the date of contribution in relation to investments made by our future private equity and capital markets funds, other than the percentage we determine to allocate to our professionals, as described below; and

 

   

all returns on current or future investments of our own capital in the funds we sponsor and manage.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

With respect to our existing funds that are currently investing, as well as any future funds that we may sponsor, we intend to continue to allocate a portion of the management fees, transaction and advisory fees and incentive income earned in relation to these funds to our professionals, including the contributing partners, in order to better align their interests with our own and with those of the investors in these funds. Our current estimate is that approximately 20% to 40% of management fees, 20% of transaction and advisory fees and 34% to 50% of incentive income earned in relation to our funds will be allocated to our investment professionals, although these percentages may fluctuate up or down over time. When apportioning incentive income to our professionals, we typically cause our general partners in the underlying funds to issue these professionals limited partner interests, thereby causing our percentage ownership of the limited partner interests in these general partners to fluctuate. For the next four years, our managing partners will not directly receive any allocations of management fees, transaction and advisory fees or incentive income, and all of their rights to receive such fees and incentive income earned in relation to our actively investing funds and future funds will be solely through their ownership of Apollo Operating Group units.

The income of the Apollo Operating Group (including management fees, transaction and advisory fees and incentive income) benefits Apollo Global Management, LLC to the extent of its equity interest in the Apollo Operating Group. See “Business—Fees, Carried Interest, Redemption and Termination.”

Equity Interests Retained by Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

In exchange for the contributions of assets described above and after giving effect to the Strategic Investor Transactions, Holdings (which is owned by BRH and contributing partners) received 80.0% of the limited partnership units in the Apollo Operating Group. We use the terms “Apollo Operating Group unit” or “unit in/of Apollo Operating Group” to refer to a limited partnership unit in each of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships. We refer to the managing partners’ and contributing partners’ contribution of assets to the Apollo Operating Group and Holdings’ receipt of Apollo Operating Group units in exchange therefor as the “Apollo Operating Group Formation.”

Our managing partners, through their interests in BRH and Holdings, own 62.0% of the Apollo Operating Group units and, through their ownership of BRH, the Class B share that we have issued to BRH. Our managing partners have entered into an agreement, which we refer to as the “Agreement Among Managing Partners,” providing that each managing partner’s interest in the Apollo Operating Group units that he holds indirectly through his partnership interest in BRH and Holdings is subject to vesting. Each of Messrs. Harris and Rowan vests in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units in 60 equal monthly installments, and Mr. Black vests in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units in 72 equal monthly installments. Although the Agreement Among Managing Partners was entered into on July 13, 2007, for purposes of its vesting provisions, our managing partners are credited for their employment with us since January 1, 2007. In the event that a managing partner terminates his employment with us for any reason, he will be required to forfeit the unvested portion of his Apollo Operating Group units to the other managing partners. The number of Apollo Operating Group units that must be forfeited upon termination depends on the cause of the termination. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement Among Managing Partners.” However, this agreement may be amended and the terms and conditions of the agreement may be changed or modified upon the unanimous approval of the managing partners. We, our shareholders (other than the Strategic Investors, as set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement—Amendments to Managing Partner Transfer Restrictions”) and the Apollo Operating Group have no ability to enforce any provision of this agreement or to prevent the managing partners from amending the agreement or waiving any of its obligations.

Pursuant to a shareholders agreement that we entered into with our managing partners prior to the Offering Transactions, which we refer to as the “Managing Partners Shareholders Agreement,” no managing partner may

 

 

15


Table of Contents

voluntarily effect transfers of the interests in Apollo Operating Group units that such managing partner owns through BRH and Holdings or Class A shares into which such Apollo Operating Group units are exchanged, or his “Equity Interests,” for a period of two years after the shelf effectiveness date, subject to certain exceptions, including an exception for certain transactions entered into by one or more managing partners the results of which are that the managing partners no longer exercise control over us or the Apollo Operating Group or no longer hold at least 50.1% of the economic interests in us or the Apollo Operating Group. The transfer restrictions applicable to Equity Interests held by our managing partners and the exceptions to such transfer restrictions are described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement—Transfer Restrictions.” Our managing partners and contributing partners also were granted demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights through Holdings which are exercisable six months after the shelf effectiveness date.

Our contributing partners, through their interests in Holdings, own 9.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units. Pursuant to the agreements by which our contributing partners contributed their partner contributed interests to the Apollo Operating Group and received interests in Holdings, which we refer to as the “Roll-Up Agreements,” no contributing partner may voluntarily effect transfers of his Equity Interests for a period of two years after the shelf effectiveness date. The transfer restrictions applicable to Equity Interests held by our contributing partners are described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Roll-Up Agreements.”

Subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements), upon 60 days’ notice prior to a designated quarterly date, each managing partner and contributing partner will have the right to cause Holdings to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through his partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, to sell such Class A shares at the prevailing market price (or at a lower price that such managing partner or contributing partner is willing to accept) and to distribute the net proceeds of such sale to such managing partner or contributing partner. We have reserved for issuance 240,000,000 Class A shares, corresponding to the number of existing Apollo Operating Group units held by our managing partners and contributing partners. To effect an exchange, a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, must simultaneously exchange one Apollo Operating Group unit, being an equal limited partner interest in each Apollo Operating Group entity, for each Class A share received. As a managing partner or contributing partner exchanges his Apollo Operating Group units, our interest in the Apollo Operating Group units will be correspondingly increased and the voting power of the Class B share will be correspondingly decreased. If and when any managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exchanges an Apollo Operating Group unit for a Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC, the relative economic ownership positions of the exchanging managing partner or contributing partner and of the other equity owners of Apollo (whether held at Apollo Global Management, LLC or at the Apollo Operating Group) will not be altered.

Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds

Certain of our private equity and capital markets funds have historically been consolidated into our financial statements, due to our controlling interest in certain funds notwithstanding that we have only a non-controlling equity interest in these funds. Consequently, our pre-Reorganization financial statements do not reflect our ownership interest at fair value in these funds, but rather reflect on a gross basis the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of our funds. We amended the governing documents of most of our funds to provide that a simple majority of the funds’ unaffiliated investors have the right to liquidate that fund. These amendments, which became effective on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, deconsolidated these funds that have historically been consolidated in our financial statements. Accordingly, we no longer reflect the share that other parties own in total assets and Non-Controlling Interest in these respective funds. The deconsolidation of these funds will present our financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo

 

 

16


Table of Contents

evaluates its business and the related risks. Accordingly, we believe that deconsolidating these funds will provide investors with a better understanding of our business. See “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” for a more detailed description of the effect of the deconsolidation of these funds on our financial statements.

As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, and therefore Apollo, for accounting purposes, will continue to control this entity.

Tax Considerations

We believe that under current law, Apollo Global Management, LLC is treated as a partnership and not as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. An entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is not a taxable entity and incurs no U.S. Federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner is required to take into account its allocable share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing its U.S. Federal income tax liability, regardless of whether or not cash distributions are then made. Investors in this offering will be deemed to be limited partners of Apollo Global Management, LLC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, an investor will generally be required to pay U.S. Federal income taxes with respect to the income and gain of Apollo Global Management, LLC that is allocated to such investor, even if Apollo Global Management, LLC does not make cash distributions. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” for a summary discussing certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A shares as of the date of this offering.

Legislation was introduced in Congress in mid-2007 that would, if enacted in its present form, cause Apollo Global Management, LLC to become taxable as a corporation, and other proposed legislation could change the character of portions of our income to ordinary income, either of which would substantially reduce our net income or increase our net loss, as applicable, or cause other significant adverse tax consequences for us and/or the holders of Class A shares. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation—The U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of our long-term capital gains as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or have other adverse effects” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Members of the U.S. Congress have introduced legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. If this or any similar legislation or regulation were to be enacted and apply to us, we would incur a substantial increase in our tax liability and it could well result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares.” See also “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action.”

Distribution to Our Managing Partners Prior to The Offering Transactions

On April 20, 2007, AMH, one of the entities in the Apollo Operating Group, entered into a credit facility, or the “AMH credit facility,” under which AMH borrowed a $1.0 billion variable-rate term loan. We used these borrowings to make a $986.6 million distribution to our managing partners and to pay related fees and expenses. This distribution was a distribution of prior undistributed earnings, and an advance on possible future earnings, of AMH. As a result, this distribution caused the managing partners’ accumulated equity basis in AMH to become negative. The AMH credit facility is guaranteed by Apollo Management, L.P.; Apollo Capital Management, L.P.; Apollo International Management, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.;

 

 

17


Table of Contents

and AAA Holdings, L.P. and matures on April 20, 2014. It is secured by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all assets of AMH and the guarantors and (ii)  a pledge of the equity interests of each of the guarantors, in each case subject to customary carveouts.

Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners Related to the Reorganization

We intend to make one or more distributions to our managing partners and contributing partners, representing all of the undistributed earnings generated by the businesses contributed to the Apollo Operating Group prior to July 13, 2007. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to July 13, 2007 or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did not close, prior to July 13, 2007 shall be treated as having been earned prior to that date. Undistributed earnings generated through the date of Reorganization that were payable to the managing partners and the contributing partners were approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”) and $387.0 million, and were included in our consolidated and combined statements of financial condition as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, we have also entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners which requires us to pay them 85% of any tax savings received by APO Corp. from our step-up in tax basis. In our condensed and consolidated financial statements, the item Due to Affiliates includes $520.3 million payable to our managing partners and contributing partners in connection with the Tax Receivable Agreement as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

As part of the Reorganization, the managing partners and the contributing partners received the following:

 

   

Apollo Operating Group units having a fair value on issuance date of approximately $5.6 billion (subject to five or six year forfeiture);

 

   

$1,224 million in cash in July 2007, excluding any potential contingent consideration;

 

   

In January 2008 and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution related to a contingent consideration of $37.7 million. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution were based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC, the general partner of AMH. Included in the distribution were AAA restricted depositary units (“RDUs”) valued at approximately $12.7 million and a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investors, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd. of approximately $0.8 million; and

 

   

The fair value of carried interest related to the sale of portfolio companies where definitive sales contracts were executed but had not closed at July 13, 2007. We have accrued an estimated payment of approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”) and $387.0 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds

In this “Prospectus Summary” and elsewhere in this prospectus, we present information relating to the historical performance of our funds, including certain legacy Apollo funds that do not have a meaningful amount of unrealized investments and the general partners of which have not been contributed to Apollo Global Management, LLC.

When considering the data presented in this prospectus, you should note that the historical results of our funds are not indicative of the future results that you should expect from such funds, from any future funds we may raise or from your investment in our Class A shares. An investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of the Apollo funds, and the assets and revenues of our funds are not directly available

 

 

18


Table of Contents

to us. As a result of the deconsolidation of most of our funds, we will not be consolidating those funds in our financial statements for periods after either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. The historical and potential future returns of the funds we manage are not directly linked to returns on our Class A shares. Therefore, you should not conclude that continued positive performance of the funds we manage will necessarily result in positive returns on an investment in our Class A shares. However, poor performance of the funds that we manage would cause a decline in our revenue from such funds, and would therefore have a negative effect on our performance and in all likelihood the value in our Class A shares. There can be no assurance that any Apollo fund will continue to achieve its historical results.

Moreover, the historical returns of our funds should not be considered indicative of the future results you should expect from such funds or from any future funds we may raise, in part because:

 

   

our private equity funds’ rates of return, which are calculated on the basis of net asset value of the funds’ investments, reflect unrealized gains, which may never be realized;

 

   

our funds’ returns have benefited from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not repeat themselves, including the availability of debt capital on attractive terms, and we may not be able to achieve the same returns or profitable investment opportunities or deploy capital as quickly or that favorable financial market conditions will exist;

 

   

the historical returns that we present in this prospectus derive largely from the performance of our earlier private equity funds, whereas future fund returns will depend increasingly on the performance of our newer funds, which may have little or no investment track record;

 

   

Fund VI and Fund VII are several times larger than our previous private equity funds, and we may not be able to deploy this additional capital as profitably as our prior funds;

 

   

the attractive returns of certain of our funds have been driven by the rapid return of invested capital, which has not occurred with respect to all of our funds and we believe is less likely to occur in the future;

 

   

our track record with respect to our capital markets funds is relatively short as compared to our private equity funds and five out of nine of our capital markets funds commenced operations in the eighteen months prior to March 31, 2008;

 

   

in recent years, there has been increased competition for private equity investment opportunities resulting from the increased amount of capital invested in private equity funds and periods of high liquidity in debt markets; and

 

   

our newly established capital markets funds may generate lower returns during the period that they take to deploy their capital.

Finally, our private equity IRRs have historically varied greatly from fund to fund. For example, Fund IV has generated a 12% gross IRR and 10% net IRR since inception, while Fund V has generated a 68% gross IRR and 52% net IRR since inception. Accordingly, you should realize that the IRR going forward for any current or future fund may vary considerably from the historical IRR generated by any particular fund, or for our private equity funds as a whole. Future returns will also be affected by the applicable risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including risks of the industries and businesses in which a particular fund invests. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—The historical returns attributable to our funds should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our funds or of our future results or of any returns expected on an investment in our Class A shares.”

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Subsequent to March 31, 2008, Fund VII raised an additional $2.3 billion of committed capital and as of the date hereof, Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion of committed capital and has a target of $15.0 billion. As of June 30, 2008, our AUM for our private equity segment was $31.5 billion.

Subsequent to March 31, 2008, the capital markets segment raised approximately $4.4 billion as of the date hereof, centering on EPF, AIE I, AIE II, AIC, ACLF, COF I and COF II, which brings our AUM for our capital markets segment to $13.2 billion as of June 30, 2008.

Beginning in July 2007, the financial markets encountered a series of events from the sub-prime contagion to the ensuing credit crunch. These events led to a significant dislocation in the capital markets and created a backlog in the debt pipeline. Much of the backlog is left over from debt raised for large private equity-led transactions which reached record levels in 2006 and 2007. This record backlog of supply in the debt markets has materially affected the ability and willingness of lenders to fund new large private equity-led transactions and has applied downward pressure on prices of outstanding debt. Due to the difficulties in financing transactions in this market, the volume and size of traditional private equity-led transactions has declined significantly. We are drawing on our long history of investing across market cycles and are deploying capital in the following ways:

 

   

We are looking to acquire distressed securities in industries that we know well. Examples include investments in the transportation, media, financial services and packaging industries. We believe that we can find good companies with stressed balance sheets in this market at attractive prices.

 

   

We are investing in debt securities of companies that are performing well, but are attractively priced due to the disruption in the debt markets. For example, we are able to buy portfolios of performing debt from motivated sellers, such as financial institutions, at attractive rates of return.

 

   

We are taking advantage of more creative structures to use our equity to deleverage a company’s balance sheet and take a controlling position.

 

   

We are building our strategic platforms through the acquisition of synergistic add-on opportunities.

Our combination of traditional buyout investing with a “distressed option” has proven successful throughout economic cycles and has allowed us to achieve attractive rates of return for our funds in different economic and market environments. However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing this strategy in the current economic and market environments. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Difficult market conditions may adversely affect our businesses in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds or reducing the ability of our funds to raise or deploy capital, each of which could materially reduce our revenue, net income and cash flow and adversely affect our financial prospects and condition.”

In light of the current adverse conditions in the financial markets, returns for funds may be lower than they were historically and our fundraising efforts may be challenging. While these conditions last, we will continue to focus on investing in distressed debt markets and raising capital for funds focusing on distressed debt markets. In particular, we formed two new capital markets funds: COF I and COF II in April 2008. Both funds seek to capitalize on the recent dislocations in the credit market by opportunistically investing through privately negotiated transactions in a broad range of debt and debt-related securities, including bank debt, publicly traded debt securities and “bridge” financings, using a wide variety of investment types and transaction structures. As of the date hereof, COF I is fully funded with $1.2 billion of committed capital, including a commitment by one of our Strategic Investors of $1.0 billion. COF I began investing in April 2008. As of the date hereof, COF II has raised approximately $1.5 billion of committed capital. COF II began investing in June 2008.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

In April 2008, we formed AIE II, an unregistered private closed-end investment fund that utilizes the same strategy as AIE I.

We have formed a team of investment professionals to explore opportunities in commodities and in commodity businesses. We are also in the process of forming a team of investment professionals to explore opportunities in real estate.

We intend to form a strategic partnership for sourcing and making private equity investments in Europe with Lazard Group LLC (“Lazard”). The strategic partnership will focus on private equity investments in companies that have a majority of their assets and employees located in Europe. Individuals from each firm will be dedicated to the effort. The team will work closely with their colleagues across Europe, leveraging our strong track record in private investment and Lazard’s European presence and history of advising on merger and acquisitions transactions. Separately, Apollo and Lazard will continue to work with other financial advisory and private equity firms, respectively, in the ordinary course of business.

On April 4, 2008, we announced our first cash distribution amounting to $0.33 per Class A share, resulting from the first quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.17 per Class A share primarily resulting from the sale by Fund V of Goodman Global, Inc., one of its portfolio companies, to affiliates of another private equity firm, in February 2008. The $111.3 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $32.2 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed to its Class A shareholders of record on April 18, 2008. Additionally, on July 15, 2008, we declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.23 per Class A share, resulting from our second quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.07 per Class A share primarily resulting from realizations from (i) portfolio companies of Fund IV, Sky Terra Communications, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc., (ii) dividend income from a portfolio company of Fund VI, and (iii) interest income related to debt investments of Fund VI. This $77.6 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $22.4 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed on July 25, 2008, to its Class A shareholders of record on July 18, 2008.

On June 18, 2008, the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc. (“Hexion”), a portfolio company of Funds IV and V, commenced legal action in Delaware to declare its contractual rights with respect to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among Hexion, Nimbus Merger Sub, Inc. and Huntsman Corporation (“Huntsman”). In this suit, Hexion alleges, among other things, that it believes that the capital structure agreed to by Huntsman and Hexion for the combined company is no longer viable because of Huntsman’s increased net debt and decreased earnings. The suit alleges that while both companies individually are solvent, consummating the merger on the basis of the capital structure agreed to with Huntsman would render the combined company insolvent. The suit alleges that, in light of this conclusion, Hexion does not believe that the banks will provide the debt financing for the merger contemplated by their commitment letters. The suit also alleges that in light of the substantial deterioration in Huntsman’s financial performance, the increase in its net debt and the expectation that the material downturn in Huntsman’s business that has occurred will continue for a significant period of time, Huntsman has suffered a material adverse effect as defined in the Merger Agreement. The suit further seeks a declaration that the company and certain of its affiliates have no liability to Huntsman in connection with the merger.

On June 23, 2008, the company, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and certain of the company’s affiliates were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed by Huntsman in Texas. Huntsman asserts certain fraud and tortious interference claims in connection with the facts surrounding the Merger Agreement and seeks, among other things, damages in excess of $3.0 billion. The company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the Huntsman lawsuit is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

On July 2, 2008, Huntsman filed an answer and counterclaims in the lawsuit filed in Delaware by the company and certain of its affiliates described above, which asserts claims against the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, in connection with the Merger Agreement including breach of contract, breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, tortious interference with contract, and defamation. The company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the claims alleged in Huntsman’s answer and counterclaims are without merit.

On July 7, 2008, the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, filed an amended and supplemental complaint against Huntsman in the Delaware action. In this complaint, the company and certain of its affiliates assert the same claims as set forth in the June 18, 2008 complaint. In addition, they seek a declaration that Huntsman’s extension of the termination date of the Merger Agreement to October 2, 2008 was invalid, and they assert that Huntsman breached the Merger Agreement by bringing suit in Texas.

The Delaware court has scheduled trial to begin September 8, 2008.

On July 16, 2008, the company was joined as a defendant in a pre-existing purported class action pending in Massachusetts federal court against, among other defendants, numerous private equity firms. The suit alleges that beginning in mid-2003 the company, the other private equity firm defendants, and other unidentified alleged co-conspirators, violated U.S. antitrust laws by forming “bidding clubs” or “consortia” that, among other things, rigged the bidding for control of various public corporations, restricted the supply of private equity financing, fixed the prices for target companies at artificially low levels, and allocated amongst themselves an alleged market for private equity services in leveraged buyouts. The suit seeks class action certification, declaratory and injunctive relief, unspecified damages, and attorneys’ fees. The company believes that the lawsuit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.

Investment Risks

An investment in our Class A shares involves a high degree of risk. Some of the more significant challenges and risks include those associated with our susceptibility to conditions in the global financial markets and global economic conditions, the volatility of our revenue, net income and cash flow, our dependence on our managing partners and other key investment professionals, our ability to retain and motivate our existing investment professionals and recruit, retain and motivate new investment professionals in the future and risks associated with adverse changes in tax law and other legislative or regulatory changes. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the factors you should consider before investing in our Class A shares.

Our Corporate Information

Apollo Global Management, LLC was formed in Delaware on July 3, 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019, and our telephone number is (212) 515-3200.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

The Offering

Shares Offered for Resale by the Selling Shareholders in this Offering

37,324,540 Class A shares

Shares Outstanding:

 

Class A Shares

97,324,541 Class A shares

 

Class B Shares

1 Class B share

Shares Held by Our Managing Partners:

 

Class A Shares

None

 

Class B Share

Our managing partners indirectly hold the single Class B share that we have issued to BRH, representing 86.5% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote.

Apollo Operating Group Units Held:

 

By Us

97,324,541 or 28.9% of the total Apollo Operating Group units

 

Indirectly By Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

240,000,000 or 71.1% of the total Apollo Operating Group units

Voting:

 

Class A Shares

One vote per share (except that Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors and their affiliates do not have any voting rights).

 

Class B Share

Initially, 240,000,000 votes. In the event that a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exercises his right to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through his partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, the voting power of the Class B share will be proportionately reduced.

 

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A shares (other than the Strategic Investors and their affiliates, who have no voting rights) and our Class B share vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to our shareholders for their vote or approval. So long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, however, our manager manages all of our operations and activities and exercises substantial control over extraordinary matters and other structural changes. You will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our businesses and will have no right to elect our manager, which is owned and controlled by our managing partners. Moreover, our managing partners, through their ownership of BRH, hold 86.5% of the total combined voting power of our shares entitled to vote and thus are able to exercise control over all matters requiring shareholder approval. See “Description of Shares.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Class A shares pursuant to this prospectus.

 

Cash Dividend Policy

Our intention is to distribute to our Class A shareholders on a quarterly basis substantially all of our net after-tax cash flow from operations in excess of amounts determined by our manager to be necessary or

 

 

23


Table of Contents
 

appropriate to provide for the conduct of our businesses, to make appropriate investments in our businesses and our funds, to comply with applicable law, to service our indebtedness or to provide for future distributions to our Class A shareholders for any one or more of the ensuing four quarters. Our quarterly dividend is determined based on available cash flow from our management companies as well as any special activities which provide excess cash flow from our private equity or capital markets funds. Items such as the sale of a portfolio company, dividends from portfolio companies and interest income from the funds debt investments typically provide excess cash flows for distribution. On April 4, 2008, we announced our first cash distribution amounting to $0.33 per Class A share, resulting from the first quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.17 per Class A share primarily resulting from the sale by Fund V of Goodman Global, Inc., one of its portfolio companies, to affiliates of another private equity firm, in February 2008. The $111.3 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $32.2 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed to its Class A shareholders of record on April 18, 2008. Additionally, on July 15, 2008, we declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.23 per Class A share, resulting from our second quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.07 per Class A share primarily resulting from realizations from (i) portfolio companies of Fund IV, Sky Terra Communications, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc., (ii) dividend income from a portfolio company of Fund VI, and (iii) interest income related to debt investments of Fund VI. This $77.6 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $22.4 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed on July 25, 2008, to its Class A shareholders of record on July 18, 2008. Because we will not know what our actual available cash flow from operations will be for any year until the end of such year, we expect that the fourth quarter dividend payment will be adjusted to take into account actual net after-tax cash flow from operations for that year. From time to time, management may also declare special quarterly distributions based on investment realizations. Our Class B shareholder is not entitled to any dividends.

The declaration, payment and determination of the amount of our quarterly dividend will be at the sole discretion of our manager. We cannot assure you that any dividends, whether quarterly or otherwise, will or can be paid. See “Cash Dividend Policy” for a discussion of the factors our manager is likely to consider in regard to our payment of cash dividends.

Because we are a holding company that owns intermediate holding companies, the funding of each dividend, if declared, will occur in three steps, as follows:

 

   

first, we will cause one or more entities in the Apollo Operating Group to make a distribution to all of its partners, including our

 

 

24


Table of Contents
 

wholly-owned subsidiaries APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC (as applicable), and Holdings, on a pro rata basis;

 

   

second, we will cause our intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC (as applicable), to distribute to us, from their net after-tax proceeds, amounts equal to the aggregate dividend we have declared; and

 

   

third, we will distribute the proceeds received by us to our Class A shareholders on a pro rata basis.

If Apollo Operating Group units are issued to other parties, such as employees, such parties would be entitled to a portion of the distributions from the Apollo Operating Group as partners described above.

In addition, the partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the partners of such partnerships if the general partners of such partnerships determine that the taxable income of the relevant partnership will give rise to taxable income for its partners. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of the relevant partnership allocable to a partner multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. Federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). The Apollo Operating Group partnerships will make tax distributions only to the extent distributions from such partnerships for the relevant year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities and all such distributions will be made to all partners on a pro rata basis based upon their respective interests in the applicable partnership. No such tax distribution will necessarily be required to be distributed by us and there can be no assurance that we will pay cash dividends on the Class A shares in an amount sufficient to cover any tax liability arising from the ownership of Class A shares.

 

Managing Partners’ and Contributing Partners’ Exchange Rights

Subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements), at any time and from time to time, each managing partner and contributing partner has the right to cause Holdings to exchange Apollo Operating Group units for Class A shares to sell such Class A shares at the prevailing market price (or at a lower price that such managing partner or contributing partner is willing to accept) and to distribute the net proceeds of such sale to such managing partner or contributing partner. We have reserved for issuance 240,000,000 Class A shares, corresponding to the number of existing Apollo Operating Group units held by our managing partners and contributing partners. To effect an exchange, a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, must

 

 

25


Table of Contents
 

simultaneously exchange one Apollo Operating Group unit, being an equal limited partner interest in each Apollo Operating Group entity, for each Class A share received. As a managing partner or contributing partner exchanges his Apollo Operating Group units, our interest in the Apollo Operating Group units will be correspondingly increased and the voting power of the Class B share will be correspondingly reduced. If and when any managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exchanges an Apollo Operating Group unit for a Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC, the relative economic ownership positions of the exchanging managing partner or contributing partner and of the other equity owners of Apollo (whether held at Apollo Global Management, LLC or at the Apollo Operating Group) will not be altered. See “Our Structure—Reorganization—Holding Company Structure” for further discussion of our Reorganization structure.

Any exchange of the Apollo Operating Group units generally is expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of APO Corp. that would not otherwise have been available. These increases in tax basis are expected to increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to APO Corp. and therefore reduce the amount of tax that APO Corp. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. APO Corp. has entered into a tax receivable agreement with Holdings whereby it agrees to pay to Holdings 85% of the amount of actual cash savings, if any, in U.S. Federal, state and local income taxes that APO Corp. realizes as a result of these increases in tax basis. In the event that other of our current or future subsidiaries become taxable as corporations and acquire Apollo Operating Group units in the future, or if we become taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, we expect that each will become subject to a tax receivable agreement with substantially similar terms. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

Trading

We intend to apply for our Class A shares to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “        .” The listing is subject to approval of our application.

 

Risk Factors

Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A shares.

References in this section to the number of our Class A shares outstanding, and the percent of our voting rights held, exclude:

 

   

240,000,000 Class A shares issuable upon exchange of the Apollo Operating Group units and interests in our Class B share by Holdings on behalf of our managing partners and contributing partners;

 

 

26


Table of Contents
   

interests granted or reserved under our equity incentive plan, consisting of:

 

   

20,477,101 restricted share units (“RSUs”) that were granted in 2007 and 6,403,553 that were granted (net of forfeited awards) in the first quarter of 2008, subject to vesting, to certain employees and consultants;

 

   

an additional 2,586,432 RSUs (net of awards forfeited in the second quarter of 2008) that were granted on June 30, 2008; and

 

   

effective as of January 1, 2008, 25,756,931 additional interests in respect of Class A shares that were reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan, for a total number of shares covered by awards issued and reserved for issuance, as of January 1, 2008, of 78,706,931 shares. The plan is subject to automatic increases annually.

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Other Data

The following summary historical consolidated and combined financial and other data of Apollo Global Management, LLC should be read together with “Our Structure,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus under “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information.”

We derived the summary historical consolidated and combined statements of operations data of Apollo Global Management, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the summary historical consolidated and combined statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 from our audited consolidated and combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary historical consolidated and combined statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the summary consolidated and combined statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 from our unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited consolidated and combined financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated and combined financial position and results of operation for all periods presented.

We derived the summary historical condensed consolidated and combined statement of operations of Apollo Global Management, LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the summary historical condensed consolidated and combined statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2008 from our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements of Apollo Global Management, LLC have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited consolidated and combined financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the company’s consolidated and combined financial condition and results of operations for all periods presented.

The summary historical financial data are not indicative of our expected future operating results. In particular, after undergoing the Reorganization on July 13, 2007 and providing liquidation rights to investors of most of the funds we manage on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, Apollo Global Management, LLC no longer consolidates in its financial statements most of the funds that have historically been consolidated in our financial statements.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

 

    Three months ended
March 31,
    Year ended December 31,  
  2008 (c)     2007 (c)     2007 (c)     2006 (c)     2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data

             

Revenues:

             

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

  $ 72,975     $ 26,399     $ 150,191     $ 147,051     $ 80,926     $ 67,503     $ 42,126  

Management fees from affiliates

    84,692       31,210       192,934       101,921       33,492       26,391       9,299  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

    (142,238 )     67,301       294,725       97,508       69,347       67,370       25,915  
                                                       

Total Revenues

    15,429       124,910       637,850       346,480       183,765       161,264       77,340  
                                                       

Expenses:

             

Compensation and benefits

    268,067       109,471       1,450,330       266,772       309,235       473,691       165,086  

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

    —         —         240,000       —         —         —         —    

Interest expense

    16,564       3,253       105,968       8,839       1,405       2,143       3,919  

Professional fees

    23,995       18,033       81,824       31,738       45,687       39,652       37,806  

General, administrative and other

    12,836       6,827       36,618       38,782       25,955       19,506       15,927  

Placement fees

    24,132       —         27,253       —         47,028       171       538  

Occupancy

    5,262       2,926       12,865       7,646       5,993       5,089       1,731  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,336       830       7,869       3,288       2,304       2,210       1,876  
                                                       

Total Expenses

    357,192       141,340       1,962,727       357,065       437,607       542,462       226,883  
                                                       

Other (Loss) Income:

             

Net (losses) gains from investment activities

    (125,300 )     753,017       2,279,263       1,620,554       1,970,770       2,826,300       1,809,319  

Dividend income from affiliates

    —         79,836       238,609       140,569       25,979       178,620       188,549  

Interest income

    6,752       14,924       52,500       38,423       33,578       41,745       73,064  

(Loss) income from equity method investments

    (2,639 )     584       1,722       1,362       412       1,010       321  

Other (loss) income

    (468 )     487       (36 )     3,154       2,832       3,098       3,457  
                                                       

Total Other (Loss) Income

    (121,655 )     848,848       2,572,058       1,804,062       2,033,571       3,050,773       2,074,710  
                                                       

(Loss) Income Before Income Tax Tax Benefit (Provision) and Non-Controlling Interest

    (463,418 )     832,418       1,247,181       1,793,477       1,779,729       2,669,575       1,925,167  

Income tax benefit (provision)

    2,494       (1,771 )     (6,726 )     (6,476 )     (1,026 )     (2,800 )     (2,506 )
                                                       

(Loss) Income Before Non-Controlling Interest

    (460,924 )     830,647       1,240,455       1,787,001       1,778,703       2,666,775       1,922,661  

Non-Controlling Interest

    364,520       (686,606 )       (1,810,106 )     (1,414,022 )       (1,577,459 )       (2,191,420 )       (1,725,815 )
                                                       

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (96,404 )   $ 144,041     $ (569,651 )   $ 372,979     $ 201,244     $ 475,355     $ 196,846  
                                                       

Statement of Financial Condition Data

(as of period end)

             

Total Assets

  $   4,637,060     $ 11,187,967     $ 5,115,642     $   11,179,921     $ 7,571,249     $ 7,798,333     $ 7,267,359  

Total Debt Obligations

    1,056,406       78,017       1,057,761       93,738       20,519       22,262       42,061  

Total Equity

    80,503       431,667       96,043       484,921       338,625       406,672       190,860  

Non-Controlling Interest

    2,073,693       9,971,875       2,312,286       9,847,069       6,556,621       6,843,076       6,843,741  

Other Data (non-U.S. GAAP):

             

Economic Net (Loss) Income (a)

  $ (57,341 )   $   145,368     $ 152,846     $ 376,600     $ 198,860     $ 475,796     $ 196,962  

Private equity dollars invested (b)

    3,166,342       359,998       8,647,912       5,216,715       686,663       819,843       1,544,671  

Assets Under Management (as of period end) (in millions):

             

Private Equity

  $ 30,553     $ 19,534     $ 30,237     $ 20,186     $ 18,734     $ 9,765     $ 9,200  

Capital Markets

    10,141       6,028       10,118       4,392       2,463       1,557       529  
                                                       

Total AUM

  $ 40,694     $ 25,562     $ 40,355     $ 24,578     $ 21,197     $ 11,322     $ 9,729  
                                                       

 

(a) Economic Net Income (“ENI”) is a key performance measure used by management in evaluating the performance of our private equity and capital markets segments, as the amount of management fees, advisory and transaction fees and carried interest income are indicative of the company’s performance. ENI is a measure of profitability and has certain limitations in that is does not take into account certain items included under U.S. GAAP. ENI represents segment income (loss), which excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest. In addition, segment data excludes the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Apollo funds that are included in the consolidated and combined financial statements. We believe that ENI is helpful to an understanding of our business and that investors should review the same supplemental financial measure that management uses to analyze our segment performance. Refer to the section titled “Managing Business Performance” on page 97 for a more comprehensive explanation as to how economic net income is used to manage and evaluate our business.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation of our net (loss) income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2003 through 2007 to ENI for such periods:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
    Year ended December 31,  
   2008     2007     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     (in thousands)  

Net (Loss) Income :

   $   (96,404 )   $   144,041     $   (569,651 )   $   372,979     $   201,244     $   475,355     $   196,846  

(i) Adjusted for the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation

     283,277       189       989,849       —         —         —         —    

(ii) Income tax (benefit) provision

     (2,494 )     1,771       6,726       6,476       1,026       2,800       2,506  

(iii) Non-Controlling Interest (d)

     (241,720 )     (633 )     (274,078 )     (2,855 )     (3,410 )     (2,359 )     (2,390 )
                                                        

Economic Net (Loss) Income

   $ (57,341 )   $ 145,368     $ 152,846     $ 376,600     $ 198,860     $ 475,796     $ 196,962  
                                                        

 

(b) Private equity dollars invested represents the aggregate amount of newly funded or committed capital invested by our private equity funds during a reporting period.

 

(c) Significant changes in the statement of operations for 2008 and 2007 compared to their respective comparative period are due to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the deconsolidation of certain funds and (iii) the Strategic Investors Transaction.

 

Some of the significant impacts of the above items are as follows:

 

  Revenue from affiliates increased due to the deconsolidation of certain funds.

 

  Compensation and benefits, including non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation increased due to amortization of Apollo Operating Group units, RDUs and RSUs.

 

  Interest expense increased as a result of conversion of debt on which the Strategic Investors had a beneficial conversion feature. Additionally, interest expense increased related to the $1.0 billion AMH credit facility obtained in April 2007.

 

  Professional fees increased due to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s formation and ongoing new requirements.

 

  Net gain from investment activities increased due to increased activity in our consolidated funds through the date of deconsolidation.

 

  Non-Controlling Interest changed significantly due to the formation of Holdings and reflects net losses attributable to Holdings post-Reorganization.

 

(d) Amounts include Non-Controlling Interest for Holdings, and a trust which holds certain of our corporate aircraft (the “Aircraft Trust”).

 

 

30


Table of Contents

RI SK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A shares. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our businesses, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, in which case, the trading price of our Class A shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Taxation

You may be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on your share of our taxable income, regardless of whether you receive any cash dividends from us.

Under current law, so long as we are not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act and 90% of our gross income for each taxable year constitutes “qualifying income” within the meaning of the Code on a continuing basis, we will be treated, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, as a partnership and not as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. You will be subject to U.S. Federal, state, local and possibly, in some cases, foreign income taxation on your allocable share of our items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for each of our taxable years ending with or within your taxable year, regardless of whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. Accordingly, you may be required to make tax payments in connection with your ownership of Class A shares that significantly exceed your cash distributions in any specific year.

If we are treated as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the value of the Class A shares would be adversely affected.

The value of your investment will depend in part on our company being treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, which requires that 90% or more of our gross income for every taxable year consist of qualifying income, as defined in Section 7704 of the Code, and that we are not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act and related rules. Although we intend to manage our affairs so that our partnership will meet the 90% test described above in each taxable year, we may not meet these requirements or current law may change so as to cause, in either event, our partnership to be treated as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. If we were treated as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, (i) we would become subject to corporate income tax and (ii) distributions to shareholders would be taxable as dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent of our earnings and profits. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other matter affecting us. O’Melveny & Myers LLP has provided an opinion to us based on factual statements and representations made by us, including statements and representations as to the manner in which we intend to manage our affairs and the composition of our income, that we will be treated as a partnership and not as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. However, opinions of counsel are not binding upon the IRS or any court, and the IRS may challenge this conclusion and a court may sustain such a challenge.

The U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of our long-term capital gains as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or have other adverse effects.

The U.S. Congress, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department are currently examining the U.S. Federal income tax treatment of private equity funds, hedge funds and other kinds of investment partnerships. The present U.S. Federal income tax treatment of a holder of Class A shares and/or our own taxation as described under “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” may be adversely affected by any new legislation, new regulations or revised interpretations of existing tax law that arise as a result of such examinations. Most notably, on June 14, 2007, legislation was introduced in the Senate that would tax as corporations publicly traded partnerships that directly or indirectly derive income from investment advisor or

 

31


Table of Contents

asset management services and similar legislation was later introduced in the House of Representatives. In addition, on June 22, 2007, legislation was introduced in the House of Representatives that would cause allocations of income associated with carried interests to be taxed as ordinary income for the performance of services, which apparently would have the effect of treating publicly traded partnerships that derive substantial amounts of income from carried interests as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. On October 25, 2007, the House Ways and Means Committee Chairman, in connection with his tax reform proposal, introduced legislation that was substantially similar to the June 22, 2007 bill. On November 9, 2007, the House of Representatives passed legislation similar to the June 22, 2007 legislation. Under a transition rule contained in the November 9, 2007 legislation, the carried interest would not be treated as ordinary income for purposes of Section 7704 until December 31, 2009 and therefore would not preclude us from qualifying as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes until our taxable year beginning January 1, 2010. None of these legislative proposals affecting the tax treatment of our carried interests or of our ability to qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes has yet been entered into law. Any such changes in tax law would cause us to be taxable as a corporation, thereby substantially increasing our tax liability and reducing the value of Class A shares. Furthermore, it is possible that the U.S. Federal income tax law could be changed so as to adversely affect the anticipated tax consequences for us and/or the holders of Class A shares as described under “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations,” including possible changes that would adversely affect the taxation of tax-exempt and/or non-U.S. holders of Class A shares. It is unclear whether any such legislation would apply to us and/or the holders of Class A shares, and it is unclear whether any other such tax law changes will occur or, if they do, how they might affect us and/or the holders of Class A shares. In view of the potential significance of any such U.S. Federal income tax law changes and the fact that there are likely to be ongoing developments in this area, each prospective holder of Class A shares should consult its own tax advisor to determine the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to it of acquiring and holding Class A shares in light of such potential U.S. Federal income tax law changes.

Our structure involves complex provisions of U.S. Federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. Our structure also is subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative change and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The U.S. Federal income tax treatment of holders of Class A shares depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. Federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. You should be aware that the U.S. Federal income tax rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, frequently resulting in revised interpretations of established concepts, statutory changes, revisions to regulations and other modifications and interpretations. The IRS pays close attention to the proper application of tax laws to partnerships and entities taxed as partnerships. The present U.S. Federal income tax treatment of an investment in our Class A shares may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time, and any such action may affect investments and commitments previously made. Changes to the U.S. Federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the qualifying income exception for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes that is not taxable as a corporation, affect or cause us to change our investments and commitments, affect the tax considerations of an investment in us, change the character or treatment of portions of our income (including, for instance, the treatment of carried interest as ordinary income rather than capital gain) or otherwise adversely affect an investment in our Class A shares. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action.”

Our operating agreement permits our manager to modify our operating agreement from time to time, without the consent of the holders of Class A shares, to address certain changes in U.S. Federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation. In some circumstances, such revisions could have a material adverse impact on some or all holders of Class A shares. Moreover, we will apply certain assumptions and conventions in an attempt to comply with applicable rules and to report income, gain, deduction, loss and credit to holders of Class A shares in a manner that reflects such beneficial ownership of items by holders of Class A shares, taking

 

32


Table of Contents

into account variation in ownership interests during each taxable year because of trading activity. However, those assumptions and conventions may not be in compliance with all aspects of applicable tax requirements. It is possible that the IRS will assert successfully that the conventions and assumptions used by us do not satisfy the technical requirements of the Code and/or Treasury regulations and could require that items of income, gain, deductions, loss or credit, including interest deductions, be adjusted, reallocated or disallowed in a manner that adversely affects holders of Class A shares.

The interest in certain of our businesses will be held through entities that will be treated as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes; such corporations may be liable for significant taxes and may create other adverse tax consequences, which could potentially adversely affect the value of your investment.

In light of the publicly traded partnership rules under U.S. Federal income tax law and other requirements, the partnership will hold its interest in certain of our businesses through entities that will be treated as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Each such corporation could be liable for significant U.S. Federal income taxes and applicable state, local and other taxes that would not otherwise be incurred, which could adversely affect the value of your investment. Furthermore, it is possible that the IRS could challenge the manner in which such corporation’s taxable income is computed by us.

We may hold or acquire certain investments through an entity classified as a PFIC or CFC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Certain of our investments may be in foreign corporations or may be acquired through a foreign subsidiary that would be classified as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Such an entity may be a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) or a controlled foreign corporation (a “CFC”) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Class A shareholders indirectly owning an interest in a PFIC or a CFC may experience adverse U.S. tax consequences. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Taxation of Holders of Class A Shares—Passive Foreign Investment Companies and Controlled Foreign Corporations.”

Complying with certain tax-related requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive business or investment opportunities or enter into acquisitions, borrowings, financings or arrangements we may not have otherwise entered into.

In order for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and not as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, we must meet the qualifying income exception discussed above on a continuing basis and we must not be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. In order to effect such treatment we (or our subsidiaries) may be required to invest through foreign or domestic corporations, forego attractive business or investment opportunities or enter into borrowings or financings we may not have otherwise entered into. This may cause us to incur additional tax liability and/or adversely affect our ability to operate solely to maximize our cash flow. Our structure also may impede our ability to engage in certain corporate acquisitive transactions because we generally intend to hold all of our assets through the Apollo Operating Group. In addition, we may be unable to participate in certain corporate reorganization transactions that would be tax free to our holders if we were a corporation. To the extent we hold assets other than through the Apollo Operating Group, we will make appropriate adjustments to the Apollo Operating Group agreements so that distributions to Holdings and us would be the same as if such assets were held at that level. Moreover, we are precluded by a contract with one of the Strategic Investors from acquiring assets in a manner that would cause that Strategic Investor to be engaged in a commercial activity within the meaning of Section 892 of the Code.

Non-U.S. persons face unique U.S. tax issues from owning our shares that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

We believe that we will not be treated as engaged in a trade or business for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and, therefore, non-U.S. holders of Class A shares will generally not be subject to U.S. Federal income

 

33


Table of Contents

tax on interest, dividends and gains derived from non-U.S. sources. It is possible, however, that the IRS could disagree or that the tax laws and regulations could change and we could be deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business, which would have a material adverse effect on non-U.S. holders. If we have income that is treated as effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, non-U.S. holders would be required to file a U.S. Federal income tax return to report that income and would be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at the regular graduated rates. Holders likely will be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all jurisdictions where we operate. It is the responsibility of each holder to file all U.S. Federal, state and local tax returns that may be required of such holder. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares.

An investment in Class A shares will give rise to UBTI to certain tax-exempt holders.

We will not make investments through taxable U.S. corporations solely for the purpose of limiting unrelated business taxable income, or “UBTI,” from “debt-financed” property and, thus, an investment in Class A shares will give rise to UBTI to tax-exempt holders of Class A shares. APO Asset Co., LLC may borrow funds from APO Corp. or third parties from time to time to make investments. These investments will give rise to UBTI from “debt-financed” property. Moreover, if the IRS successfully asserts that we are engaged in a trade or business, then additional amounts of income could be treated as UBTI.

We do not intend to make, or cause to be made, an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code to adjust our asset basis or the asset basis of certain of the Group Partnerships. Thus, a holder of Class A shares could be allocated more taxable income in respect of those Class A shares prior to disposition than if such an election were made.

We currently do not intend to make, or cause to be made, an election to adjust asset basis under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to us Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., and Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. If no such election is made, there will generally be no adjustment for a transferee of Class A shares even if the purchase price of those Class A shares is higher than the Class A shares’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, on a sale of an asset, gain allocable to a transferee could include built-in gain allocable to the transferee at the time of the transfer, which built-in gain would otherwise generally be eliminated if a Section 754 election had been made. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Tax Elections.”

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

Members of the U.S. Congress have introduced legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. If this or any similar legislation or regulation were to be enacted and apply to us, we would incur a substantial increase in our tax liability and it could well result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares.

On June 14, 2007, the Chairman and the Ranking Republican Member of the U.S. Senate Committee on Finance introduced legislation that would tax as corporations publicly traded partnerships that directly or indirectly derive income from investment advisor or asset management services. In addition, the Chairman and the Ranking Republican Member concurrently issued a press release stating that they do not believe that proposed public offerings of private equity and hedge fund management firms are consistent with the intent of the existing rules regarding publicly traded partnerships because the majority of their income is from the active provision of services to investment funds and limited partner investors in such funds. Further, they have sent letters to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Chairman of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission regarding these tax issues in which they express a view that recent initial public offerings of private equity and hedge funds “raise serious tax questions that if left unaddressed have the potential to jeopardize the integrity of the tax code and the corporate tax base over the long term.” As explained in the technical explanation accompanying the proposed legislation:

 

34


Table of Contents

Under the bill, the exception from corporate treatment for a publicly traded partnership does not apply to any partnership that, directly or indirectly, has any item of income or gain (including capital gains or dividends), the rights to which are derived from services provided by any person as an investment advisor, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act, or as a person associated with an investment advisor, as defined in that Act. Further, the exception from corporate treatment does not apply to a partnership that, directly or indirectly, has any item of income or gain (including capital gains or dividends), the rights to which are derived from asset management services provided by an investment advisor, a person associated with an investment advisor, or any person related to either, in connection with the management of assets with respect to which investment advisor services were provided. For purposes of the bill, these determinations are made without regard to whether the person is required to register as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act.

If enacted in its present form, the proposed legislation introduced by the Chairman and the Ranking Republican Member of the U.S. Senate Committee on Finance would be effective as of the date it was introduced and could potentially apply to us as early as our 2007 taxable year. On June 20, 2007, a Congressman from Vermont introduced legislation in the House of Representatives that is substantially similar to the proposed legislation introduced in the Senate. In addition, on June 22, 2007, legislation was introduced in the House of Representatives that would cause allocations of income associated with carried interests to be taxed as ordinary income for the performance of services, which apparently would have the effect of treating publicly traded partnerships that derive substantial amounts of income from carried interests as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (although the effective date of such legislation has not been determined). On October 25, 2007, the House Ways and Means Committee Chairman, in connection with his tax reform proposal, introduced legislation that was substantially similar to the June 22, 2007 bill. On November 9, 2007, the House of Representatives passed legislation similar to the June 22, 2007 legislation. Under a transition rule contained in the November 9, 2007 legislation, the carried interest would not be treated as ordinary income for purposes of Section 7704 until December 31, 2009 and therefore would not preclude us from qualifying as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes until our taxable year beginning January 1, 2010. None of these legislative proposals affecting the tax treatment of our carried interests or of our ability to qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes has yet been entered into law. If the proposed legislation introduced in either the Senate or the House of Representatives were to be enacted into law in its proposed form, we would incur a substantial increase in our tax liability when such legislation begins to apply to us. If Apollo Global Management, LLC were taxed as a corporation, our effective tax rate would increase substantially. The U.S. Federal statutory rate for corporations is currently 35%, and the state and local tax rates, net of the Federal benefit, would aggregate approximately 4%. If any of this proposed legislation or any other change in the tax laws, rules, regulations or interpretations preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules, this would substantially increase our tax liability and it could well result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares.

Our shareholders do not elect our manager or vote and have limited ability to influence decisions regarding our businesses.

So long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager, AGM Management, LLC, which is owned by our managing partners, will manage all of our operations and activities. AGM Management, LLC is managed by BRH, a Cayman entity owned by our managing partners and managed by an executive committee composed of our managing partners. Our shareholders do not elect our manager, its manager or its manager’s executive committee and, unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our businesses and therefore limited ability to influence decisions regarding our businesses. Furthermore, if our shareholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our manager, they will have little ability to remove our manager. As discussed below, the managing partners collectively have 86.5% of the voting power of Apollo Global Management, LLC. Therefore, they will have the ability to control any shareholder vote that occurs, including any vote regarding the removal of our manager.

 

35


Table of Contents

Control by our managing partners of the combined voting power of our shares and holding their economic interests through the Apollo Operating Group may give rise to conflicts of interests.

Our managing partners, through their partnership interests in Holdings, control 86.5% of the combined voting power of our shares entitled to vote. Accordingly, our managing partners have the ability to control our management and affairs to the extent not controlled by our manager. In addition, they are able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval (such as a proposed sale of all or substantially of our assets, the approval of a merger or consolidation involving the company, and an election by our manager to dissolve the company) and are able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The control of voting power by our managing partners could deprive Class A shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A shares as part of a sale of our company, and might ultimately affect the market price of the Class A shares.

In addition, our managing partners and contributing partners, through their partnership interests in Holdings, are entitled to 71.1% of Apollo Operating Group’s economic returns through the Apollo Operating Group units owned by Holdings. Because they hold their economic interest in our businesses directly through the Apollo Operating Group, rather than through the issuer of the Class A shares, our managing partners and contributing partners may have conflicting interests with holders of Class A shares. For example, our managing partners and contributing partners may have different tax positions from us, which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration the managing partners’ and contributing partners’ tax considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us.

We expect to qualify for and intend to rely on exceptions from certain corporate governance and other requirements under the rules of the NYSE.

We expect to qualify for exceptions from certain corporate governance and other requirements of the rules of the NYSE. Pursuant to these exceptions, we will elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including the requirements (i) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and (iii) that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. In addition, we will not be required to hold annual meetings of our shareholders. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to equityholders of entities that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Potential conflicts of interest may arise among our manager, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders on the other hand. Our manager and its affiliates have limited fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our shareholders.

Conflicts of interest may arise among our manager, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our manager may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of us and our shareholders. These conflicts include, among others, the conflicts described below.

 

   

Our manager determines the amount and timing of our investments and dispositions, indebtedness, issuances of additional stock and amounts of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is available for distribution to you.

 

   

Our manager is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us in resolving conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its duties (including fiduciary duties) to our shareholders; for example, our affiliates that serve as general partners of our funds have fiduciary and contractual obligations to our fund investors, and such obligations may cause such affiliates to regularly take actions that might adversely affect our near-term results of operations or cash flow; our manager has no obligation to intervene in, or to notify our shareholders of, such actions by such affiliates.

 

36


Table of Contents
   

Because our managing partners and contributing partners hold their Apollo Operating Group units through entities that are not subject to corporate income taxation and Apollo Global Management, LLC holds the Apollo Operating Group units in part through a wholly-owned subsidiary that is subject to corporate income taxation, conflicts may arise between our managing partners and contributing partners, on the one hand, and Apollo Global Management, LLC, on the other hand, relating to the selection and structuring of investments.

 

   

Other than as set forth in the non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements to which our managing partners and other professionals are subject, which may not be enforceable, affiliates of our manager and existing and former personnel employed by our manager are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us.

 

   

Our manager has limited its liability and reduced or eliminated its duties (including fiduciary duties) under our operating agreement, while also restricting the remedies available to our shareholders for actions that, without these limitations, might constitute breaches of duty (including fiduciary duty). In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our manager and its affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by law, except with respect to conduct involving bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. By purchasing our Class A shares, you will have agreed and consented to the provisions set forth in our operating agreement, including the provisions regarding conflicts of interest situations that, in the absence of such provisions, might constitute a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

 

   

Our operating agreement does not restrict our manager from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered, or from entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf, so long as the terms of any such additional contractual arrangements are fair and reasonable to us as determined under the operating agreement.

 

   

Our manager determines how much debt we incur and that decision may adversely affect our credit ratings.

 

   

Our manager determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us.

 

   

Our manager controls the enforcement of obligations owed to us by it and its affiliates.

 

   

Our manager decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities” for a more detailed discussion of these conflicts.

Our operating agreement contains provisions that reduce or eliminate duties (including fiduciary duties) of our manager and limit remedies available to shareholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of duty. It will be difficult for a shareholder to challenge a resolution of a conflict of interest by our manager or by its conflicts committee.

Our operating agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our manager and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our operating agreement provides that when our manager is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our manager, it may act without any fiduciary obligations to us or our shareholders whatsoever. When our manager, in its capacity as our manager, is permitted to or required to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable,” then our manager will be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and will have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us or any of our shareholders and will not be subject to any different standards imposed by our operating agreement, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or under any other law, rule or regulation or in equity.

 

37


Table of Contents

Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists between us and our manager, our manager may resolve such conflict of interest. If our manager determines that its resolution of the conflict of interest is on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or is fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between us and our manager, then it will be presumed that in making this determination, our manager acted in good faith. A shareholder seeking to challenge this resolution of the conflict of interest would bear the burden of overcoming such presumption. This is different from the situation with Delaware corporations, where a conflict resolution by an interested party would be presumed to be unfair and the interested party would have the burden of demonstrating that the resolution was fair.

The above modifications of fiduciary duties are expressly permitted by Delaware law. Hence, we and our shareholders will only have recourse and be able to seek remedies against our manager if our manager breaches its obligations pursuant to our operating agreement. Unless our manager breaches its obligations pursuant to our operating agreement, we and our unitholders will not have any recourse against our manager even if our manager were to act in a manner that was inconsistent with traditional fiduciary duties. Furthermore, even if there has been a breach of the obligations set forth in our operating agreement, our operating agreement provides that our manager and its officers and directors will not be liable to us or our shareholders for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the manager or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. These provisions are detrimental to the shareholders because they restrict the remedies available to them for actions that without those limitations might constitute breaches of duty including fiduciary duties.

Also, if our manager obtains the approval of its conflicts committee, the resolution will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us and not a breach by our manager of any duties it may owe to us or our shareholders. This is different from the situation with Delaware corporations, where a conflict resolution by a committee consisting solely of independent directors may, in certain circumstances, merely shift the burden of demonstrating unfairness to the plaintiff. If you purchase a Class A share, you will be treated as having consented to the provisions set forth in the operating agreement, including provisions regarding conflicts of interest situations that, in the absence of such provisions, might be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law. As a result, shareholders will, as a practical matter, not be able to successfully challenge an informed decision by the conflicts committee. See “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities.”

The control of our manager may be transferred to a third party without shareholder consent.

Our manager may transfer its manager interest to a third party in a merger or consolidation or in a transfer of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our shareholders. Furthermore, at any time, the partners of our manager may sell or transfer all or part of their partnership interests in our manager without the approval of the shareholders, subject to certain restrictions as described elsewhere in this prospectus. A new manager may not be willing or able to form new funds and could form funds that have investment objectives and governing terms that differ materially from those of our current funds. A new owner could also have a different investment philosophy, employ investment professionals who are less experienced, be unsuccessful in identifying investment opportunities or have a track record that is not as successful as Apollo’s track record. If any of the foregoing were to occur, we could experience difficulty in making new investments, and the value of our existing investments, our businesses, our results of operations and our financial condition could materially suffer.

Our ability to pay regular dividends may be limited by our holding company structure. We are dependent on distributions from the Apollo Operating Group to pay dividends, taxes and other expenses.

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the ability of our subsidiaries to provide cash to us. We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our Class A shareholders. Accordingly, we expect to cause the Apollo Operating Group to make distributions to its unitholders (in other words, Holdings, which is 100% owned, directly and indirectly, by our managing partners and our contributing partners, and the

 

38


Table of Contents

two intermediate holding companies, which are 100% owned by us), pro rata in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay such dividends to our Class A shareholders; however, such distributions may not be made. In addition, our manager can reduce or eliminate our dividend at any time, in its discretion. The Apollo Operating Group intends to make periodic distributions to its unitholders in amounts sufficient to cover hypothetical income tax obligations attributable to allocations of taxable income resulting from their ownership interest in the various limited partnerships making up the Apollo Operating Group, subject to compliance with any financial covenants or other obligations. Tax distributions will be calculated assuming each shareholder was subject to the maximum (corporate or individual, whichever is higher) combined U.S. Federal, New York State and New York City tax rates, without regard to whether any shareholder was subject to income tax liability at those rates. If the Apollo Operating Group has insufficient funds, we may have to borrow additional funds or sell assets, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. Furthermore, by paying that cash distribution rather than investing that cash in our business, we might risk slowing the pace of our growth or not having a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations, new investments or unanticipated capital expenditures, should the need arise. Because tax distributions to unitholders are made without regard to their particular tax situation, tax distributions to all unitholders, including our intermediate holding companies, were increased to reflect the disproportionate income allocation to our managing partners and contributing partners with respect to “built-in gain” assets at the time of the Offering Transactions.

There may be circumstances under which we are restricted from paying dividends under applicable law or regulation (for example, due to Delaware limited partnership or limited liability company act limitations on making distributions if liabilities of the entity after the distribution would exceed the value of the entity’s assets). In addition, under the AMH credit facility, Apollo Management Holdings is restricted in its ability to make cash distributions to us and may be forced to use cash to collateralize the AMH credit facility, which would reduce the cash it has available to make distributions.

Tax consequences to our managing partners and contributing partners may give rise to conflicts of interests.

As a result of unrealized built-in gain attributable to the value of our assets held by the Apollo Operating Group entities at the time of the Offering Transactions, upon the sale, refinancing or disposition of the assets owned by the Apollo Operating Group entities, our managing partners and contributing partners will incur different and significantly greater tax liabilities as a result of the disproportionately greater allocations of items of taxable income and gain to the managing partners and contributing partners upon a realization event. As the managing partners and contributing partners will not receive a corresponding greater distribution of cash proceeds, they may, subject to applicable fiduciary or contractual duties, have different objectives regarding the appropriate pricing, timing and other material terms of any sale, refinancing, or disposition, or whether to sell such assets at all. Decisions made with respect to an acceleration or deferral of income or the sale or disposition of assets with unrealized built-in gains may also influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling founder or partner under the tax receivable agreement. All other factors being equal, earlier disposition of assets with unrealized built-in gains following such exchange will tend to accelerate such payments and increase the present value of the tax receivable agreement, and disposition of assets with unrealized built-in gains before an exchange will increase a managing partner’s or contributing partner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement. Decisions made regarding a change of control also could have a material influence on the timing and amount of payments received by our managing partners and contributing partners pursuant to the tax receivable agreement.

We will be required to pay Holdings for most of the actual tax benefits we realize as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with taxable exchanges by our units held in the Apollo Operating Group entities or our acquisitions of units from our managing partners and contributing partners.

On a quarterly basis, each managing partner and contributing partner will have the right to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he holds through his partnership interest in Holdings for our Class A shares in a taxable transaction. These taxable exchanges, as well as our acquisitions of units from our managing partners or

 

39


Table of Contents

contributing partners, may result in increases in the tax depreciation and amortization deductions from depreciable and amortizable assets, as well as an increase in the tax basis of other assets of the Apollo Operating Group that otherwise would not have been available. A portion of these increases in tax depreciation and amortization deductions, as well as the increase in the tax basis of such other assets, will reduce the amount of tax that APO Corp. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. The IRS may challenge all or part of these increased deductions and tax basis increases and a court could sustain such a challenge.

We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with Holdings that provides for the payment by APO Corp. to our managing partners and contributing partners of 85% of the amount of actual tax savings, if any, that APO Corp. realizes (or is deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by APO Corp. or a change of control, as discussed below) as a result of these increases in tax deductions and tax basis of the Apollo Operating Group. The payments that APO Corp. may make to our managing partners and contributing partners could be material in amount. In the event that other of our current or future subsidiaries become taxable as corporations and acquire Apollo Operating Group units in the future, or if we become taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, we expect, and have agreed that, each will become subject to a tax receivable agreement with substantially similar terms.

The IRS could challenge our claim to any increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by the Apollo Operating Group that results from the exchanges entered into by the managing partners or contributing partners. The IRS could also challenge any additional tax depreciation and amortization deductions or other tax benefits (including deductions for imputed interest expense associated with payments made under the tax receivable agreement) we claim as a result of, or in connection with, such increases in the tax basis of such assets. If the IRS were to successfully challenge a tax basis increase or tax benefits we previously claimed from a tax basis increase, Holdings would not be obligated under the tax receivable agreement to reimburse APO Corp. for any payments previously made to them (although any future payments would be adjusted to reflect the result of such challenge). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made to our managing partners and contributing partners under the tax receivable agreement in excess of 85% of the actual aggregate cash tax savings of APO Corp. APO Corp.’s ability to achieve benefits from any tax basis increase and the payments to be made under this agreement will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of its future income.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon a merger, asset sale or other form of business combination or certain other changes of control, APO Corp.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such change of control) would be based on certain assumptions, including that APO Corp. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

If we were deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our businesses as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our businesses and the price of our Class A shares.

We do not believe that we are an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act because the nature of our assets excludes us from the definition of an investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, we believe we are not an investment company under Section 3(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act because we are primarily engaged in non-investment company businesses. We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company, we would be taxed as a corporation and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates that apply to us, could make it impractical for us to continue our businesses as contemplated and would have a material adverse effect on our businesses and the price of our Class A shares.

 

40


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Businesses

We depend on Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, and the loss of any of their services would have a material adverse effect on us.

The success of our businesses depends on the efforts, judgment and personal reputations of our managing partners, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan. Their reputations, expertise in investing, relationships with our fund investors and relationships with members of the business community on whom our funds depend for investment opportunities and financing are each critical elements in operating and expanding our businesses. We believe our performance is strongly correlated to the performance of these individuals. Accordingly, our retention of our managing partners is crucial to our success. Retaining our managing partners could require us to incur significant compensation expense after the expiration of their current employment agreements in 2012. Our managing partners may resign, join our competitors or form a competing firm at any time. If any of our managing partners were to join or form a competitor, some of our investors could choose to invest with that competitor rather than in our funds. The loss of the services of any of our managing partners would have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to retain and attract investors and raise new funds, and the performance of our funds. We do not carry any “key man” insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of our managing partners. In addition, the loss of one or more of our managing partners may result in the termination of our role as general partner of one or more of our funds and the acceleration of our debt.

Although in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction, our managing partners entered into employment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreements, which impose certain restrictions on competition and solicitation of our employees by our managing partners if they terminate their employment, a court may not enforce these provisions. See “Management—Executive Compensation—Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements with Managing Partners” for a more detailed description of the terms of the agreements. In addition, although the Agreement Among Managing Partners imposes vesting and forfeiture requirements on the managing partners in the event any of them terminates their employment, we, our shareholders (other than the Strategic Investors, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement—Amendments to Managing Partner Transfer Restrictions”) and the Apollo Operating Group have no ability to enforce any provision of this agreement or to prevent the managing partners from amending the agreement or waiving any of its provisions, including the forfeiture provisions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement Among Managing Partners” for a more detailed description of the terms of this agreement.

Difficult market conditions may adversely affect our businesses in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds or reducing the ability of our funds to raise or deploy capital, each of which could materially reduce our revenue, net income and cash flow and adversely affect our financial prospects and condition.

Our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world that are outside our control, such as interest rates, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws (including laws relating to taxation), trade barriers, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and controls and national and international political circumstances (including wars, terrorist acts or security operations). These factors may affect the level and volatility of securities prices

and the liquidity and the value of investments. We may not be able to or may choose not to manage our exposure to these market conditions. In the event of a downturn in one or more markets, a deterioration in economic conditions or a disruptive political event, our businesses could be materially adversely affected. For example, financing leveraged buyout transactions by issuing high-yield debt securities in the public capital markets has recently become difficult. In particular, beginning in July 2007, the financial markets encountered a series of events from the sub-prime fall-out which led to a dislocation of credit markets and a rapid deterioration of conditions in fixed income markets. As a result, the backlog of debt raised to fund pending large private equity-led transactions reached record levels. This record backlog of supply in the debt markets has materially

 

41


Table of Contents

affected the ability and willingness of lenders to fund new large private equity-led transactions and recently some lenders have reneged on their funding commitments. Due to the difficulties in financing transactions, the volume of private equity-led transactions has declined significantly. If the disruption continues, we and the funds we manage may experience further tightening of liquidity, reduced earnings and cash flow, impairment charges, as well as, challenges in raising additional capital, obtaining investment financing and making investments on attractive terms. These market conditions can also have an impact on our ability to liquidate positions in a timely and efficient manner. More costly and restrictive financing may adversely impact the returns of our leveraged buyout transactions and, therefore, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. This was the case following the attacks of September 11, 2001 and the U.S. invasion of Iraq in March 2003, when the economic effects of such events made it more difficult for us to raise capital and to consummate transactions. Our profitability may also be adversely affected by the possibility that we would be unable to scale back our costs, many of which are fixed, within a time frame sufficient to match any decreases in revenue relating to changes in market and economic conditions.

A general market downturn, a specific market dislocation, or deteriorating economic conditions may cause our revenue and results of operations to decline by causing:

 

   

our AUM to decrease, lowering management fees from our capital markets funds and AAA;

 

   

lower investment returns, reducing incentive income;

 

   

higher interest rates, which could increase the cost of the debt capital we use to acquire companies in our private equity business; and

 

   

material reductions in the value of our private equity fund investments in portfolio companies, affecting our ability to realize carried interest from these investments.

Lower investment returns and such material reductions in value may result, among other reasons, because during periods of difficult market conditions or slowdowns in a particular sector, companies in which we invest may experience decreased revenues, financial losses, difficulty in obtaining access to financing and increased funding costs. During such periods, these companies may also have difficulty in expanding their businesses and operations and be unable to meet their debt service obligations or other expenses as they become due, including expenses payable to us. In addition, during periods of adverse economic conditions, we may have difficulty accessing financial markets, which could make it more difficult or impossible for us to obtain funding for additional investments and harm our Assets Under Management and operating results. Furthermore, such conditions would also increase the risk of default with respect to investments held by our funds that have significant debt investments, such as our mezzanine funds, hedge funds and distressed funds. Our funds may be affected by reduced opportunities to exit and realize value from their investments and by the fact that we may not be able to find suitable investments for the funds to effectively deploy capital, which could adversely affect our ability to raise new funds and thus adversely impact our prospects for future growth.

A decline in the pace of investment in our private equity funds would result in our receiving less revenue from transaction and advisory fees.

The transaction and advisory fees that we earn are driven in part by the pace at which our private equity funds make investments. Any decline in that pace would reduce our transaction and advisory fees and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Many factors could cause such a decline in the pace of investment, including the inability of our investment professionals to identify attractive investment opportunities, competition for such opportunities among other potential acquirers, decreased availability of capital on attractive terms and our failure to consummate identified investment opportunities because of business, regulatory or legal complexities and adverse developments in the U.S. or global economy or financial markets. In particular, the current lack of financing options for new leveraged buy-outs resulting from the credit market dislocation, has significantly reduced the pace of traditional buyout investments by our private equity funds.

 

42


Table of Contents

If one or more of our managing partners or other investment professionals leave our company, the commitment periods of certain private equity funds may be terminated, and we may be in default under our credit agreement.

The governing agreements of our private equity funds provide that in the event certain “key persons” (such as one or more of Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan and/or certain other of our investment professionals) fail to devote the requisite time to managing the fund, the commitment period will terminate if a certain percentage in interest of the investors do not vote to continue the commitment period. This is true of Fund VI, and Fund VII on which our near-to medium-term performance will heavily depend. EPF has a similar provision. In addition to having a significant negative impact on our revenue, net income and cash flow, the occurrence of such an event with respect to any of our funds would likely result in significant reputational damage to us.

In addition, it will be an event of default under the AMH credit facility if either (i) Mr. Black, together with related persons or trusts, shall cease as a group to participate to a material extent in the beneficial ownership of AMH or (ii) two of the group constituting Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of the AMH loan parties. If such an event of default occurs and the lenders exercise their right to accelerate repayment of the $1.0 billion loan, we are unlikely to have the funds to make such repayment and the lenders may take control of us, which is likely to materially adversely impact our results of operations. Even if we were able to refinance our debt, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan may terminate their employment with us at any time.

We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds or in raising more capital for our capital markets funds.

In this prospectus, we describe capital raising efforts that certain of our businesses are currently undertaking. Our funds may not be successful in consummating these capital-raising efforts or others that they may undertake, or they may consummate them at investment levels far lower than those currently anticipated. Any capital raising that our funds do consummate may be on terms that are unfavorable to us or that are otherwise different from the terms that we have been able to obtain in the past. These risks could occur for reasons beyond our control, including general economic or market conditions, regulatory changes or increased competition. The failure of our funds to raise capital in sufficient amounts and on satisfactory terms would result in us being unable to achieve the increase in AUM that we currently anticipate, and would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The historical returns attributable to our funds should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our funds or of our future results or of any returns expected on an investment in our Class A shares.

We have presented in this prospectus the returns relating to the historical performance of our private equity funds and capital markets funds. The returns are relevant to us primarily insofar as they are indicative of incentive income we have earned in the past and may earn in the future. The returns of the funds we manage are not, however, directly linked to returns on our Class A shares. Therefore, you should not conclude that continued positive performance of the funds we manage will necessarily result in positive returns on an investment in Class A shares. However, poor performance of the funds we manage will cause a decline in our revenue from such funds, and would therefore have a negative effect on our performance and the value of our Class A shares. An investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of the Apollo funds. Moreover, most of our funds will not be consolidated in our financial statements for periods after either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007 as a result of the deconsolidation of most of our funds as of August 1, 2007 and November 30, 2007.

 

43


Table of Contents

Moreover, the historical returns of our funds should not be considered indicative of the future returns of these or from any future funds we may raise, in part because:

 

   

our private equity funds’ rates of returns, which are calculated on the basis of net asset value of the funds’ investments, reflect unrealized gains, which may never be realized;

 

   

our funds’ returns have benefited from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not repeat themselves, including the availability of debt capital on attractive terms, and we may not be able to achieve the same returns or profitable investment opportunities or deploy capital as quickly or that favorable financial market conditions will exist;

 

   

the historical returns that we present in this prospectus derive largely from the performance of our earlier private equity funds, whereas future fund returns will depend increasingly on the performance of our newer funds, which may have little or no investment track record;

 

   

Fund VI and Fund VII are several times larger than our previous private equity funds, and we may not be able to deploy this additional capital as profitably as our prior funds;

 

   

the attractive returns of certain of our funds have been driven by the rapid return of invested capital, which has not occurred with respect to all of our funds and we believe is less likely to occur in the future;

 

   

our track record with respect to our capital markets funds is relatively short as compared to our private equity funds and five out of nine of our capital markets funds commenced operations in the eighteen months prior to March 31, 2008;

 

   

in recent years, there has been increased competition for private equity investment opportunities resulting from the increased amount of capital invested in private equity funds and high liquidity in debt markets; and

 

   

our newly established capital markets funds may generate lower returns during the period that they take to deploy their capital.

Finally, our private equity IRRs have historically varied greatly from fund to fund. Accordingly, you should realize that the IRR going forward for any current or future fund may vary considerably from the historical IRR generated by any particular fund, or for our private equity funds as a whole. Future returns will also be affected by the risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including risks of the industries and businesses in which a particular fund invests. See “Business—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds.”

Our reported net asset values, rates of return and incentive income from affiliates are based in large part upon estimates of the fair value of our investments, which are based on subjective standards and may prove to be incorrect.

A large number of investments in our private equity and capital markets funds are illiquid and thus have no readily ascertainable market prices. We value these investments based on our estimate of their fair value as of the date of determination. We estimate the fair value of our investments based on third party models, or models developed by us, which include discounted cash flow analyses and other techniques and may be based, at least in part, on independently sourced market parameters. The material estimates and assumptions used in these models include the timing and expected amount of cash flows, the appropriateness of discount rates used, and, in some cases, the ability to execute, the timing of and the estimated proceeds from expected financings. The actual results related to any particular investment often vary materially as a result of the inaccuracy of these estimates and assumptions. In addition, because many of the illiquid investments held by our funds are in industries or sectors which are unstable, in distress, or undergoing some uncertainty, such investments are subject to rapid changes in value caused by sudden company-specific or industry-wide developments.

 

44


Table of Contents

We include the fair value of illiquid assets in the calculations of net asset values and returns of our funds and our AUM. Furthermore, we recognize incentive income from affiliates based in part on these estimated fair values. Because these valuations are inherently uncertain, they may fluctuate greatly from period to period. Also, they may vary greatly from the prices that would be obtained if the assets were to be liquidated on the date of the valuation and often do vary greatly from the prices we eventually realize.

In addition, the values of our investments in publicly traded assets are subject to significant volatility, including due to a number of factors beyond our control. These include actual or anticipated fluctuations in the quarterly and annual results of these companies or other companies in their industries, market perceptions concerning the availability of additional securities for sale, general economic, social or political developments, changes in industry conditions or government regulations, changes in management or capital structure and significant acquisitions and dispositions. Because the market prices of these securities can be volatile, the valuation of these assets will change from period to period, and the valuation for any particular period may not be realized at the time of disposition. In addition, because our private equity funds often hold very large amounts of the securities of their portfolio companies, the disposition of these securities often takes place over a long period of time, which can further expose us to volatility risk. Even if we hold a quantity of public securities that may be difficult to sell in a single transaction, we do not discount the market price of the security for purposes of our valuations.

If we realize value on an investment that is significantly lower than the value at which it was reflected in a fund’s net asset values, we would suffer losses in the applicable fund. This could in turn lead to a decline in asset management fees and a loss equal to the portion of the incentive income from affiliates reported in prior periods that was not realized upon disposition. These effects could become applicable to a large number of our investments if our estimates and assumptions used in estimating their fair values differ from future valuations due to market developments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Analysis” for information related to fund activity that is no longer consolidated. If asset values turn out to be materially different than values reflected in fund net asset values, fund investors could lose confidence which could, in turn, result in redemptions from our funds that permit redemptions or difficulties in raising additional investments.

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

Our AUM have grown significantly in recent years, and we are pursuing further growth in the near future. Our rapid growth has caused, and planned growth, if successful, will continue to cause, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and increased expenses. The complexity of these demands, and the expense required to address them, is a function not simply of the amount by which our AUM has grown, but of the growth in the variety, including the differences in strategy between, and complexity of, our different funds. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management market and legal, accounting, regulatory and tax developments.

Our future growth will depend in part, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges:

 

   

in maintaining adequate financial, regulatory and business controls;

 

   

implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures; and

 

   

in training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our businesses on a timely and cost-effective basis.

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

 

45


Table of Contents

Poor performance of our funds would cause a decline in our revenue and results of operations, may obligate us to repay incentive income previously paid to us and would adversely affect our ability to raise capital for future funds.

We derive revenues in part from:

 

   

management fees, which are based generally on the amount of capital invested in our funds;

 

   

transaction and advisory fees relating to the investments our funds make;

 

   

incentive income, based on the performance of our funds; and

 

   

investment income from our investments as general partner.

If a fund performs poorly, we will receive little or no incentive income with regard to the fund and little income or possibly losses from any principal investment in the fund. Furthermore, if, as a result of poor performance of later investments in a private equity fund’s or a certain capital markets fund’s life, the fund does not achieve total investment returns that exceed a specified investment return threshold for the life of the fund, we will be obligated to repay the amount by which incentive income that was previously distributed to us exceeds amounts to which we are ultimately entitled. Our fund investors and potential fund investors continually assess our funds’ performance and our ability to raise capital. Accordingly, poor fund performance may deter future investment in our funds and thereby decrease the capital invested in our funds and ultimately, our management fee income.

Extensive regulation of our businesses affects our activities and creates the potential for significant liabilities and penalties. The possibility of increased regulatory focus could result in additional burdens on our businesses. Changes in tax or law and other legislative or regulatory changes could adversely affect us.

Overview of Our Regulatory Environment.  We are subject to extensive regulation, including periodic examinations, by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which we operate around the world. Many of these regulators, including U.S. and foreign government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the United States, are empowered to conduct investigations and administrative proceedings that can result in fines, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including censure, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of an investment advisor from registration or memberships. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a sanction or the sanction imposed against us or our personnel by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to the investigation, proceeding or imposition of these sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing investors or fail to gain new investors. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in our funds and are not designed to protect our shareholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.

Exceptions from Certain Laws.  We regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, (“ERISA”), in conducting our activities. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to become unavailable to us, we could become subject to regulatory action or third-party claims and our businesses could be materially and adversely affected. See, for example, “—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—If we were deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our businesses as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our businesses and the price of our Class A shares.”

Fund Regulatory Environment . The regulatory environment in which our funds operate may affect our businesses. For example, changes in antitrust laws or the enforcement of antitrust laws could affect the level of mergers and acquisitions activity, and changes in state laws may limit investment activities of state pension plans. See “Business—Regulatory and Compliance Matters” for a further discussion of the regulatory environment in which we conduct our businesses.

 

46


Table of Contents

Future Regulation . We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. New laws or regulations could make compliance more difficult and expensive and affect the manner in which we conduct business.

As a result of highly publicized financial scandals, investors have exhibited concerns over the integrity of the U.S. financial markets, and the regulatory environment in which we operate both in the United States and outside the United States is particularly likely to be subject to further regulation. In recent years, there has been debate in both the U.S. and foreign governments about new rules or regulations to be applicable to the private equity industry. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. The effects of any such legislation could be extensive. For example, such changes could place limitations on the type of investor that can invest in private equity or capital markets funds or on the conditions under which such investors may invest, or could limit the scope of investing activities that may be undertaken.

In addition, regulatory developments designed to increase oversight of hedge funds may adversely affect our businesses. In recent years, there has been debate in U.S. and foreign governments about new rules and regulations for hedge funds. For example, the SEC had recently adopted a rule, which was later struck down by a Federal court, that would have required registration under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Investment Advisers Act,” of hedge fund managers if they had fewer than 15 funds, but those funds had 15 or more investors in the aggregate. While certain of our entities that serve as advisers to our funds are already registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act, other new regulations could constrain or otherwise impose burdens on our businesses.

Legislative proposals have recently been introduced in Denmark and Germany that would significantly limit the tax deductibility of interest expense incurred by companies in those countries. If adopted, these measures would adversely affect Danish and German companies in which our funds have investments and limit the benefits to them of additional investments in those countries. Our businesses are subject to the risk that similar measures might be introduced in other countries in which they currently have investments or plan to invest in the future, or that other legislative or regulatory measures might be promulgated in any of the countries in which we operate that adversely affect our businesses. In particular, the U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of all of our carried interest income as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or would have other adverse effects. Legislation that would cause us to be taxable as a corporation after the Class A shares are listed is pending in Congress. See “—Risks Related to Taxation” and “—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure.” In addition, U.S. and foreign labor unions have recently been agitating for greater legislative and regulatory oversight of private equity firms and transactions. Labor unions have also threatened to use their influence to prevent pension funds from investing in private equity funds.

Antitrust Regulation.  Recently, it has been reported in the press that a few of our competitors in the private equity industry have received information requests relating to private equity transactions from the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice. In addition, the U.K. Financial Services Authority recently published a discussion paper on the impact that the growth in the private equity market has had on the markets in the United Kingdom and the suitability of its regulatory approach in addressing risks posed by the private equity market.

 

47


Table of Contents

Our revenue, net income and cash flow are all highly variable, which may make it difficult for us to achieve steady earnings growth on a quarterly basis and may cause the price of our Class A shares to decline.

Our revenue, net income and cash flow are all highly variable, primarily due to the fact that carried interest from our private equity funds, which constitute the largest portion of income from our combined businesses, and the transaction and advisory fees that we receive can vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. In addition, the investment returns of most of our funds are volatile. We may also experience fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a number of other factors, including changes in the values of our funds’ investments, changes in the amount of distributions, dividends or interest paid in respect of investments, changes in our operating expenses, the degree to which we encounter competition and general economic and market conditions. Such variability may lead to volatility in the trading price of our Class A shares and cause our results for a particular period not to be indicative of our performance in a future period. It may be difficult for us to achieve steady growth in net income and cash flow on a quarterly basis, which could in turn lead to large adverse movements in the price of our Class A shares or increased volatility in our Class A share price generally.

The timing of carried interest generated by our private equity funds is uncertain and will contribute to the volatility of our results. Carried interest depends on our private equity funds’ performance. It takes a substantial period of time to identify attractive investment opportunities, to raise all the funds needed to make an investment and then to realize the cash value or other proceeds of an investment through a sale, public offering, recapitalization or other exit. Even if an investment proves to be profitable, it may be several years before any profits can be realized in cash or other proceeds. We cannot predict when, or if, any realization of investments will occur. Although we recognize carried interest income on an accrual basis, we receive private equity carried interest payments only upon disposition of an investment by the relevant fund, which contributes to the volatility of our cash flow. If we were to have a realization event in a particular quarter or year, it may have a significant impact on our results for that particular quarter or year that may not be replicated in subsequent periods. We recognize revenue on investments in our funds based on our allocable share of realized and unrealized gains (or losses) reported by such funds, and a decline in realized or unrealized gains, or an increase in realized or unrealized losses, would adversely affect our revenue, which could further increase the volatility of our results.

With respect to most of our capital markets funds, our incentive income is paid annually, semi-annually or quarterly, and the varying frequency of these payments will contribute to the volatility of our revenues and cash flow. Furthermore, we earn this incentive income only if the net asset value of a fund has increased or, in the case of certain funds, increased beyond a particular threshold. Our hedge funds also have “high water marks” whereby we do not earn incentive income during a particular period even though the fund had positive returns in such period as a result of losses in prior periods. If a hedge fund experiences losses, we will not be able to earn incentive income from the fund until it surpasses the previous high water mark. The incentive income we earn is therefore dependent on the net asset value of the hedge fund, which could lead to significant volatility in our results.

Because our revenue, net income and cash flow can be highly variable from quarter to quarter and year to year, we plan not to provide any guidance regarding our expected quarterly and annual operating results. The lack of guidance may affect the expectations of public market analysts and could cause increased volatility in our Class A share price.

The investment management business is intensely competitive, which could materially adversely impact us.

Over the past several years, the size and number of private equity funds and capital markets funds has continued to increase. If this trend continues, it is possible that it will become increasingly difficult for our funds to raise capital as funds compete for investments from a limited number of qualified investors. As the size and number of private equity and capital markets funds increase, it could become more difficult to win attractive investment opportunities at favorable prices. More significantly, the allocation of increasing amounts of capital to alternative investment strategies by institutional and individual investors may lead to a reduction in profitable

 

48


Table of Contents

investment opportunities, including by driving prices for investments higher and increasing the difficulty of achieving targeted returns. In addition, if interest rates were to rise or there were to be a prolonged bull market in equities, the attractiveness of our funds relative to investments in other investment products could decrease.

Competition among private equity funds and capital markets funds is based on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

investment performance;

 

   

investor perception of investment managers’ drive, focus and alignment of interest;

 

   

quality of service provided to and duration of relationship with investors;

 

   

business reputation; and

 

   

the level of fees and expenses charged for services.

We compete in all aspects of our businesses with a large number of investment management firms, private equity fund sponsors, capital markets fund sponsors and other financial institutions. A number of factors serve to increase our competitive risks:

 

   

fund investors may develop concerns that we will allow a business to grow to the detriment of its performance;

 

   

some of our competitors have greater capital, lower targeted returns or greater sector or investment strategy-specific expertise than we do, which creates competitive disadvantages with respect to investment opportunities;

 

   

some of our competitors may also have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us, which may create competitive disadvantages for us with respect to investment opportunities;

 

   

some of our competitors may perceive risk differently than we do, which could allow them either to outbid us for investments in particular sectors or, generally, to consider a wider variety of investments;

 

   

our competitors that are corporate buyers may be able to achieve synergistic cost savings in respect of an investment, which may provide them with a competitive advantage in bidding for an investment;

 

   

some fund investors may prefer to invest with an investment manager that is not publicly traded;

 

   

there are relatively few barriers to entry impeding new private equity and capital markets fund management firms, and the successful efforts of new entrants into our various businesses, including former “star” portfolio managers at large diversified financial institutions as well as such institutions themselves, will continue to result in increased competition;

 

   

there are no barriers to entry to our businesses, implementing an integrated platform similar to ours or the strategies that we deploy at our funds, such as distressed investing, which we believe are our competitive strengths, except that our competitors would need to hire professionals with the investment expertise or grow it internally; and

 

   

other industry participants continuously seek to recruit our investment professionals away from us.

In addition, private equity and capital markets fund managers have each increasingly adopted investment strategies traditionally associated with the other. Capital markets funds have become active in taking control positions in companies, while private equity funds have assumed minority positions in publicly listed companies. This convergence could heighten our competitive risk by expanding the range of asset managers seeking private equity investments and making it more difficult for us to differentiate ourselves from managers of capital markets funds.

 

49


Table of Contents

These and other factors could reduce our earnings and revenues and materially adversely affect our businesses. In addition, if we are forced to compete with other alternative asset managers on the basis of price, we may not be able to maintain our current management fee and incentive income structures. We have historically competed primarily on the performance of our funds, and not on the level of our fees or incentive income relative to those of our competitors. However, there is a risk that fees and incentive income in the alternative investment management industry will decline, without regard to the historical performance of a manager. Fee or incentive income reductions on existing or future funds, without corresponding decreases in our cost structure, would adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our ability to retain our investment professionals is critical to our success and our ability to grow depends on our ability to attract additional key personnel.

Our success depends on our ability to retain our investment professionals and recruit additional qualified personnel. We anticipate that it will be necessary for us to add investment professionals as we pursue our growth strategy. However, we may not succeed in recruiting additional personnel or retaining current personnel, as the market for qualified investment professionals is extremely competitive. Our investment professionals possess substantial experience and expertise in investing, are responsible for locating and executing our funds’ investments, have significant relationships with the institutions that are the source of many of our funds’ investment opportunities, and in certain cases have key relationships with our fund investors. Therefore, if our investment professionals join competitors or form competing companies it could result in the loss of significant investment opportunities and certain existing fund investors. Legislation has been proposed in the U.S. Congress to treat carried interest as ordinary income rather than as capital gain for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Because we compensate our investment professionals in large part by giving them an equity interest in our business or a right to receive carried interest, such legislation could adversely affect our ability to recruit, retain and motivate our current and future investment professionals. See “—Risks Related to Taxation—Our structure involves complex provisions of U.S. Federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. Our structure also is subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative change and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis” and “—Risks Related to Taxation—The U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of our long-term capital gains as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or have other adverse effects.” The loss of even a small number of our investment professionals could jeopardize the performance of our funds, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Efforts to retain or attract investment professionals may result in significant additional expenses, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our sale of equity interests to the public may harm our ability to provide equity compensation to investment professionals, which could make it more difficult to attract and retain them and could harm aspects of our business.

We might not be able to provide investment professionals with equity interests in our business to the same extent or with the same tax consequences as we did prior to the Offering Transactions. Therefore, in order to recruit and retain existing and future investment professionals, we may need to increase the level of compensation that we pay to them. Accordingly, as we promote or hire new investment professionals over time, we may increase the level of compensation we pay to our investment professionals, which would cause our total employee compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of our total revenue to increase and adversely affect our profitability. In addition, any issuance of equity interests in our business to investment professionals would dilute the holders of Class A shares.

We strive to maintain a work environment that reinforces our culture of collaboration, motivation and alignment of interests with investors. The effects of becoming public, including potential changes in our compensation structure, could adversely affect this culture. If we do not continue to develop and implement the

 

50


Table of Contents

right processes and tools to manage our changing enterprise and maintain this culture, our ability to compete successfully and achieve our business objectives could be impaired, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be successful in expanding into new investment strategies, markets and businesses.

We actively consider the opportunistic expansion of our businesses, both geographically and into complementary new investment strategies. We may not be successful in any such attempted expansion. Attempts to expand our businesses involve a number of special risks, including some or all of the following:

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses;

 

   

the disruption of our ongoing businesses;

 

   

entry into markets or businesses in which we may have limited or no experience;

 

   

increasing demands on our operational systems;

 

   

potential increase in investor concentration; and

 

   

the broadening of our geographic footprint, increasing the risks associated with conducting operations in foreign jurisdictions.

Additionally, any expansion of our businesses could result in significant increases in our outstanding indebtedness and debt service requirements, which would increase the risks in investing in our Class A shares and may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We also may not be successful in identifying new investment strategies or geographic markets that increase our profitability, or in identifying and acquiring new businesses that increase our profitability. Because we have not yet identified these potential new investment strategies, geographic markets or businesses, we cannot identify for you all the risks we may face and the potential adverse consequences on us and your investment that may result from our attempted expansion. We also do not know how long it may take for us to expand, if we do so at all. We have total discretion, at the direction of our manager, without needing to seek approval from our board of directors or shareholders, to enter into new investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses, other than expansions involving transactions with affiliates which may require limited board approval.

Many of our funds invest in relatively high-risk, illiquid assets, and we may fail to realize any profits from these activities for a considerable period of time or lose some or all of the principal amount we invest in these activities.

Many of our funds invest in securities that are not publicly traded. In many cases, our funds may be prohibited by contract or by applicable securities laws from selling such securities for a period of time. Our funds will generally not be able to sell these securities publicly unless their sale is registered under applicable securities laws, or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Accordingly, our funds may be forced, under certain conditions, to sell securities at a loss. The ability of many of our funds, particularly our private equity funds, to dispose of investments is heavily dependent on the public equity markets, inasmuch as the ability to realize value from an investment may depend upon the ability to complete an initial public offering of the portfolio company in which such investment is held. Furthermore, large holdings even of publicly traded equity securities can often be disposed of only over a substantial period of time, exposing the investment returns to risks of downward movement in market prices during the disposition period.

Dependence on significant leverage in investments by our funds could adversely affect our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on those investments.

Because many of our private equity funds’ investments rely heavily on the use of leverage, our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on investments will depend on our continued ability to access sufficient sources of indebtedness at attractive rates. For example, in many private equity investments, indebtedness may constitute

 

51


Table of Contents

70% or more of a portfolio company’s total debt and equity capitalization, including debt that may be incurred in connection with the investment, and a portfolio company’s leverage will often increase in recapitalization transactions subsequent to the company’s acquisition by a private equity fund. An increase in either the general levels of interest rates or in the risk spread demanded by sources of indebtedness would make it more expensive to finance those investments. Increases in interest rates could also make it more difficult to locate and consummate private equity investments because other potential buyers, including operating companies acting as strategic buyers, may be able to bid for an asset at a higher price due to a lower overall cost of capital. In addition, a portion of the indebtedness used to finance private equity investments often includes high-yield debt securities issued in the capital markets. Availability of capital from the high-yield debt markets is subject to significant volatility, and there may be times when we might not be able to access those markets at attractive rates, or at all. For example, the dislocation in the credit markets which began in July 2007 and the record backlog of supply in the debt markets resulting from such dislocation has materially affected the ability and willingness of banks to underwrite new high-yield debt securities.

Investments in highly leveraged entities are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses and interest rates and adverse economic, market and industry developments. The incurrence of a significant amount of indebtedness by an entity could, among other things:

 

   

give rise to an obligation to make mandatory prepayments of debt using excess cash flow, which might limit the entity’s ability to respond to changing industry conditions to the extent additional cash is needed for the response, to make unplanned but necessary capital expenditures or to take advantage of growth opportunities;

 

   

allow even moderate reductions in operating cash flow to render it unable to service its indebtedness, leading to a bankruptcy or other reorganization of the entity and a loss of part or all of the equity investment in it;

 

   

limit the entity’s ability to adjust to changing market conditions, thereby placing it at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors who have relatively less debt;

 

   

limit the entity’s ability to engage in strategic acquisitions that might be necessary to generate attractive returns or further growth; and

 

   

limit the entity’s ability to obtain additional financing or increase the cost of obtaining such financing, including for capital expenditures, working capital or general corporate purposes.

As a result, the risk of loss associated with a leveraged entity is generally greater than for companies with comparatively less debt.

Our capital markets funds may choose to use leverage as part of their respective investment programs and regularly borrow a substantial amount of their capital. The use of leverage poses a significant degree of risk and enhances the possibility of a significant loss in the value of the investment portfolio. The fund may borrow money from time to time to purchase or carry securities. The interest expense and other costs incurred in connection with such borrowing may not be recovered by appreciation in the securities purchased or carried, and will be lost—and the timing and magnitude of such losses may be accelerated or exacerbated—in the event of a decline in the market value of such securities. Gains realized with borrowed funds may cause the fund’s net asset value to increase at a faster rate than would be the case without borrowings. However, if investment results fail to cover the cost of borrowings, the fund’s net asset value could also decrease faster than if there had been no borrowings. In addition, as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, AIC is permitted to issue senior securities in amounts such that its asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. AIC’s ability to pay dividends will be restricted if its asset coverage ratio falls below at least 200% and any amounts that it uses to service its indebtedness are not available for dividends to its common stockholders. An increase in interest rates could also decrease the value of fixed-rate debt investments that our funds make. Any of the foregoing circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

52


Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public entity may strain our resources.

Once the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part becomes effective, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act.” These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our businesses and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which is discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We have not had to prepare and file such reports in the past. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors and officers liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our businesses and stock price.

We have not previously been required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirement of Section 404 of that statute, and we will not be required to comply with all those requirements until after we have been subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act for a specified period. We are in the process of addressing our internal control over, and policies and processes related to, financial reporting and the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within our organization.

We have not begun the process of documenting and testing our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC, or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under the AMH credit facility. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements is also likely to suffer if our independent registered public accounting firm reports a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in our share price. In addition, we will incur incremental costs in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404, including increased auditing and legal fees and costs associated with hiring additional accounting and administrative staff. These costs will be significant and are not reflected in our financial statements.

Operational risks relating to the execution, confirmation or settlement of transactions, our dependence on our headquarters in New York City and third party providers may disrupt our businesses, result in losses or limit our growth.

We face operational risk from errors made in the execution, confirmation or settlement of transactions. We also face operational risk from transactions not being properly recorded, evaluated or accounted for in our funds. In particular, our credit-oriented capital markets business is highly dependent on our ability to process and evaluate, on a daily basis, transactions across markets and geographies in a time-sensitive, efficient and accurate

 

53


Table of Contents

manner. Consequently, we rely heavily on our financial, accounting and other data processing systems. New investment products we may introduce could create a significant risk that our existing systems may not be adequate to identify or control the relevant risks in the investment strategies employed by such new investment products. In addition, our information systems and technology might not be able to accommodate our growth, and the cost of maintaining such systems might increase from its current level. These risks could cause us to suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to our funds, regulatory intervention and reputational damage.

Furthermore, we depend on our headquarters, which is located in New York City, for the operation of many of our businesses. A disaster or a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses, including a disruption involving electronic communications or other services used by us or third parties with whom we conduct business, or directly affecting our headquarters, may have an adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate our businesses without interruption which could have a material adverse effect on us. Although we have disaster recovery programs in place, these may not be sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption. In addition, insurance and other safeguards might only partially reimburse us for our losses.

Finally, we rely on third party service providers for certain aspects of our businesses, including for certain information systems, technology and administration of our funds and compliance matters. Any interruption or deterioration in the performance of these third parties could impair the quality of the funds’ operations and could impact our reputation and adversely affect our businesses and limit our ability to grow.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from funds managed pursuant to management agreements that may be terminated or fund partnership agreements that permit fund investors to request liquidation of investments in our funds on short notice.

The terms of our funds generally give either the general partner of the fund or the fund’s board of directors the right to terminate our investment management agreement with the fund. However, insofar as we control the general partner of our funds that are limited partnerships, the risk of termination of investment management agreement for such funds is limited, subject to our fiduciary or contractual duties as general partner. This risk is more significant for our offshore capital markets funds, which have independent boards of directors.

With respect to our funds that are subject to the Investment Company Act, each fund’s investment management agreement must be approved annually by such funds’ board of directors or by the vote of a majority of the shareholders and the majority of the independent members of such fund’s board of directors and, as required by law. The funds’ investment management agreement can also be terminated by the majority of the shareholders. Termination of these agreements would reduce the fees we earn from the relevant funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Currently, AIC is the only Apollo fund that is subject to these provisions of the Investment Company Act, as it has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act.

In addition, in connection with the deconsolidation of certain of our private equity and capital markets funds, the governing documents of those funds were amended to provide that a simple majority of a fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right to liquidate that fund, which would cause management fees and incentive income to terminate. Our ability to realize incentive income from such funds also would be adversely affected if we are required to liquidate fund investments at a time when market conditions result in our obtaining less for investments than could be obtained at later times. Because this right is a new one, we do not know whether, and under what circumstances, the investors in our funds are likely to exercise such right.

In addition, the management agreements of our funds would terminate if we were to experience a change of control without obtaining investor consent. Such a change of control could be deemed to occur in the event our managing partners exchange enough of their interests in the Apollo Operating Group into our Class A shares such that our managing partners no longer own a controlling interest in us. We cannot be certain that consents required for the assignment of our management agreements will be obtained if such a deemed change of control

 

54


Table of Contents

occurs. Termination of these agreements would affect the fees we earn from the relevant funds and the transaction and advisory fees we earn from the underlying portfolio companies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our use of leverage to finance our businesses will expose us to substantial risks, which are exacerbated by our funds’ use of leverage to finance investments.

We have a $1 billion term loan outstanding under the AMH credit facility. We may choose to finance our business operations through further borrowings. Our existing and future indebtedness exposes us to the typical risks associated with the use of leverage, including those discussed below under “—Dependence on significant leverage in investments by our funds could adversely affect our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on those investments.” These risks are exacerbated by certain of our funds’ use of leverage to finance investments and, if they were to occur, could cause us to suffer a decline in the credit ratings assigned to our debt by rating agencies, which might result in an increase in our borrowing costs or result in other material adverse effects on our businesses.

Borrowings under the AMH credit facility mature on April 20, 2014. As these borrowings and other indebtedness matures, we will be required to either refinance them by entering into new facilities, which could result in higher borrowing costs, or issuing equity, which would dilute existing shareholders. We could also repay them by using cash on hand or cash from the sale of our assets. We could have difficulty entering into new facilities or issuing equity in the future on attractive terms, or at all.

Borrowings under the AMH credit facility are LIBOR-based floating-rate obligations. As a result, an increase in short-term interest rates will increase our interest costs to the extent such borrowings have not been hedged into fixed rates.

See “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” for information concerning the pro forma effects of borrowings under the AMH credit facility on our historical financial results.

We are subject to third-party litigation that could result in significant liabilities and reputational harm, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

In general, we will be exposed to risk of litigation by our investors if our management of any fund is alleged to constitute bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, willful or reckless disregard for our duties to the fund or other forms of misconduct. Investors could sue us to recover amounts lost by our funds due to our alleged misconduct, up to the entire amount of loss. Further, we may be subject to litigation arising from investor dissatisfaction with the performance of our funds or from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over companies in which our funds have large investments. By way of example, we, our funds and certain of our employees are each exposed to the risks of litigation relating to investment activities in our funds and actions taken by the officers and directors (some of whom may be Apollo employees) of portfolio companies, such as the risk of shareholder litigation by other shareholders of public companies in which our funds have large investments. We are also exposed to risks of litigation or investigation relating to transactions that presented conflicts of interest that were not properly addressed. In addition, our rights to indemnification by the funds we manage may not be upheld if challenged, and our indemnification rights generally do not cover bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, willful or reckless disregard for our duties to the fund or other forms of misconduct. If we are required to incur all or a portion of the costs arising out of litigation or investigations as a result of inadequate insurance proceeds or failure to obtain indemnification from our funds, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity would be materially adversely affected.

In addition, with a workforce that includes many very highly paid investment professionals, we face the risk of lawsuits relating to claims for compensation, which may individually or in the aggregate be significant in amount. The cost of settling such claims could adversely affect our results of operations.

If any lawsuits brought against us were to result in a finding of substantial legal liability, the lawsuit could, in addition to any financial damage, cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our

 

55


Table of Contents

business. We depend to a large extent on our business relationships and our reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain investors and to pursue investment opportunities for our funds. As a result, allegations of improper conduct by private litigants or regulators, whether the ultimate outcome is favorable or unfavorable to us, as well as negative publicity and press speculation about us, our investment activities or the private equity industry in general, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation, which may be more damaging to our business than to other types of businesses.

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our businesses.

As we have expanded and as we continue to expand the number and scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to our funds’ investment activities. Certain of our funds may have overlapping investment objectives, including funds that have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among those funds. For example, a decision to acquire material non-public information about a company while pursuing an investment opportunity for a particular fund gives rise to a potential conflict of interest when it results in our having to restrict the ability of other funds to take any action. In addition, fund investors (or holders of Class A shares) may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our managing partners, who have and may continue to make significant personal investments in a variety of Apollo funds, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist in the valuation of our investments and regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities among us and our funds and the allocation of fees and costs among us, our funds and their portfolio companies.

Pursuant to the terms of our operating agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between any of the managing partners, one or more directors or their respective affiliates, on the one hand, and us, any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder other than a managing partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by our board of directors shall be permitted and deemed approved by all shareholders if the resolution or course of action (i) has been specifically approved by a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting shares (excluding voting shares owned by our manager or its affiliates) or by a conflicts committee of the board of directors composed entirely of one or more independent directors, (ii) is on terms no less favorable to us or our shareholders (other than a managing partner) than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) it is fair and reasonable to us and our shareholders taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved. All conflicts of interest described in this prospectus will be deemed to have been specifically approved by all shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to investor dissatisfaction or litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest would have a material adverse effect on our reputation which would materially adversely affect our businesses in a number of ways, including as a result of redemptions by our investors from our funds, an inability to raise additional funds and a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us.

Our organizational documents do not limit our ability to enter into new lines of businesses, and we may expand into new investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses, each of which may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our businesses.

We intend, to the extent that market conditions warrant, to grow our businesses by increasing AUM in existing businesses and expanding into new investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses. Our organizational documents, however, do not limit us to the investment management business. Accordingly, we may pursue growth through acquisitions of other investment management companies, acquisitions of critical business partners or other strategic initiatives, which may include entering into new lines of business, such as the insurance, broker-dealer or financial advisory industries. In addition, we expect opportunities will arise to acquire other alternative or traditional asset managers. To the extent we make strategic investments or acquisitions,

 

56


Table of Contents

undertake other strategic initiatives or enter into a new line of business, we will face numerous risks and uncertainties, including risks associated with (i) the required investment of capital and other resources, (ii) the possibility that we have insufficient expertise to engage in such activities profitably or without incurring inappropriate amounts of risk, (iii) combining or integrating operational and management systems and controls and (iv) the broadening of our geographic footprint, including the risks associated with conducting operations in foreign jurisdictions. Entry into certain lines of business may subject us to new laws and regulations with which we are not familiar, or from which we are currently exempt, and may lead to increased litigation and regulatory risk. If a new business generates insufficient revenues or if we are unable to efficiently manage our expanded operations, our results of operations will be adversely affected. Our strategic initiatives may include joint ventures, in which case we will be subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

Employee misconduct could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain investors and by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.

Our reputation is critical to maintaining and developing relationships with the investors in our funds, potential fund investors and third-parties with whom we do business. In recent years, there have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud, conflicts of interest or other misconduct by individuals in the financial services industry. There is a risk that our employees could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our businesses. For example, if an employee were to engage in illegal or suspicious activities, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position, investor relationships and ability to attract future investors. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. Misconduct by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation and our businesses.

The due diligence process that we undertake in connection with investments by our funds may not reveal all facts that may be relevant in connection with an investment.

Before making investments in private equity and other investments, we conduct due diligence that we deem reasonable and appropriate based on the facts and circumstances applicable to each investment. When conducting due diligence, we may be required to evaluate important and complex business, financial, tax, accounting, environmental and legal issues. Outside consultants, legal advisors, accountants and investment banks may be involved in the due diligence process in varying degrees depending on the type of investment. Nevertheless, when conducting due diligence and making an assessment regarding an investment, we rely on the resources available to us, including information provided by the target of the investment and, in some circumstances, third-party investigations. The due diligence investigation that we will carry out with respect to any investment opportunity may not reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating such investment opportunity. Moreover, such an investigation will not necessarily result in the investment being successful.

Certain of our funds utilize special situation and distressed debt investment strategies that involve significant risks.

Our funds often invest in obligors and issuers with weak financial conditions, poor operating results, substantial financial needs, negative net worth and/or special competitive problems. These funds also invest in obligors and issuers that are involved in bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings. In such situations, it may be difficult to obtain full information as to the exact financial and operating conditions of these obligors and issuers. Additionally, the fair values of such investments are subject to abrupt and erratic market movements and significant price volatility if they are publicly traded securities, and are subject to significant uncertainty in general if they are not publicly traded securities. Furthermore, some of our funds’ distressed investments may not be widely traded or may have no recognized market. A fund’s exposure to such investments may be substantial in relation to the market for those investments, and the assets are likely to be illiquid and difficult to sell or transfer.

 

57


Table of Contents

As a result, it may take a number of years for the market value of such investments to ultimately reflect their intrinsic value as perceived by us.

A central feature of our distressed investment strategy is our ability to successfully predict the occurrence of certain corporate events, such as debt and/or equity offerings, restructurings, reorganizations, mergers, takeover offers and other transactions, that we believe will improve the condition of the business. If the corporate event we predict is delayed, changed or never completed, the market price and value of the applicable fund’s investment could decline sharply.

In addition, these investments could subject us to certain potential additional liabilities that may exceed the value of our original investment. Under certain circumstances, payments or distributions on certain investments may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, a preferential payment or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. In addition, under certain circumstances, a lender that has inappropriately exercised control of the management and policies of a debtor may have its claims subordinated or disallowed, or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. In the case where the investment in securities of troubled companies is made in connection with an attempt to influence a restructuring proposal or plan of reorganization in bankruptcy, our funds may become involved in substantial litigation.

We often pursue investment opportunities that involve business, regulatory, legal or other complexities.

As an element of our investment style, we often pursue unusually complex investment opportunities. This can often take the form of substantial business, regulatory or legal complexity that would deter other investment managers. Our tolerance for complexity presents risks, as such transactions can be more difficult, expensive and time-consuming to finance and execute; it can be more difficult to manage or realize value from the assets acquired in such transactions; and such transactions sometimes entail a higher level of regulatory scrutiny or a greater risk of contingent liabilities. Any of these risks could harm the performance of our funds.

Our funds make investments in companies that we do not control.

Investments by our capital markets funds (and, in limited instances, our private equity funds) will include debt instruments and equity securities of companies that we do not control. Such instruments and securities may be acquired by our funds through trading activities or through purchases of securities from the issuer. In the future, our private equity funds may seek to acquire minority equity interests more frequently and may also dispose of a portion of their majority equity investments in portfolio companies over time in a manner that results in the funds retaining a minority investment. Those investments will be subject to the risk that the company in which the investment is made may make business, financial or management decisions with which we do not agree or that the majority stakeholders or the management of the company may take risks or otherwise act in a manner that does not serve our interests. If any of the foregoing were to occur, the values of investments by our funds could decrease and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could suffer as a result.

Our funds may face risks relating to undiversified investments.

While diversification is generally an objective of our funds, we cannot give assurance as to the degree of diversification that will actually be achieved in any fund investments. Because a significant portion of a fund’s capital may be invested in a single investment or portfolio company, a loss with respect to such investment or portfolio company could have a significant adverse impact on such fund’s capital. This risk is exacerbated by co-investments that we cause AAA to undertake. Accordingly, a lack of diversification on the part of a fund could adversely affect a fund’s performance and therefore, our financial condition and results of operations.

Some of our funds invest in foreign countries and securities of issuers located outside of the United States, which may involve foreign exchange, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.

Some of our funds invest a portion of their assets in the equity, debt, loans or other securities of issuers located outside the United States, including, Germany, China and Singapore. In addition to business uncertainties, such investments may be affected by changes in exchange values as well as political, social and

 

58


Table of Contents

economic uncertainty affecting a country or region. Many financial markets are not as developed or as efficient as those in the United States, and as a result, liquidity may be reduced and price volatility may be higher. The legal and regulatory environment may also be different, particularly with respect to bankruptcy and reorganization. Financial accounting standards and practices may differ, and there may be less publicly available information in respect of such companies.

Restrictions imposed or actions taken by foreign governments may adversely impact the value of our fund investments. Such restrictions or actions could include exchange controls, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits or other assets and adoption of other governmental restrictions that adversely affect the prices of securities or the ability to repatriate profits on investments or the capital invested itself. Income received by our funds from sources in some countries may be reduced by withholding and other taxes. Any such taxes paid by a fund will reduce the net income or return from such investments. While our funds will take these factors into consideration in making investment decisions, including when hedging positions, our funds may not be able to fully avoid these risks or generate sufficient risk-adjusted returns.

Third-party investors in our funds will have the right under certain circumstances to terminate commitment periods or to dissolve the funds, and investors in our hedge funds may redeem their investments in our hedge funds at any time after an initial holding period of 12 to 36 months. These events would lead to a decrease in our revenues, which could be substantial.

The governing agreements of certain of our funds allow the limited partners of those funds to (i) terminate the commitment period of the fund in the event that certain “key persons” (for example, one or more of our managing partners and/or certain other investment professionals) fail to devote the requisite time to managing the fund, (ii) (depending on the fund) terminate the commitment period, dissolve the fund or remove the general partner if we, as general partner or manager, or certain key persons engage in certain forms of misconduct, or (iii) dissolve the fund or terminate the commitment period upon the affirmative vote of a specified percentage of limited partner interests entitled to vote. Both Fund VI and Fund VII, on which our near-to medium-term performance will heavily depend, include a number of such provisions. Also, in order to deconsolidate most of our funds for financial reporting purposes, we amended the governing documents of those funds to provide that a simple majority of a fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right to liquidate that fund. In addition to having a significant negative impact on our revenue, net income and cash flow, the occurrence of such an event with respect to any of our funds would likely result in significant reputational damage to us.

Investors in our hedge funds may also generally redeem their investments on an annual, semiannual or quarterly basis following the expiration of a specified period of time when capital may not be redeemed (typically between one and five years). Fund investors may decide to move their capital away from us to other investments for any number of reasons in addition to poor investment performance. Factors which could result in investors leaving our funds include changes in interest rates that make other investments more attractive, changes in investor perception regarding our focus or alignment of interest, unhappiness with changes in or broadening of a fund’s investment strategy, changes in our reputation and departures or changes in responsibilities of key investment professionals. In a declining market, the pace of redemptions and consequent reduction in our Assets Under Management could accelerate. The decrease in revenues that would result from significant redemptions in our hedge funds could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, revenues, net income and cash flows.

In addition, because all of our funds have advisers that are affiliates of advisers registered under the Advisers Act, the management agreements of all of our funds would be terminated upon an “assignment,” without the requisite consent, of these agreements, which may be deemed to occur in the event these advisers were to experience a change of control. We cannot be certain that consents required to assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs. In addition, with respect to our publicly traded closed-end mezzanine funds, each fund’s investment management agreement must be approved annually by the independent members of such fund’s board of directors and, in certain cases, by its stockholders, as required by law. Termination of these agreements would cause us to lose the fees we earn from such funds.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our financial projections for portfolio companies could prove inaccurate.

Our funds generally establish the capital structure of portfolio companies on the basis of financial projections for such portfolio companies. These projected operating results will normally be based primarily on management judgments. In all cases, projections are only estimates of future results that are based upon assumptions made at the time that the projections are developed. General economic conditions, which are not predictable, along with other factors may cause actual performance to fall short of the financial projections we used to establish a given portfolio company’s capital structure. Because of the leverage we typically employ in our investments, this could cause a substantial decrease in the value of our equity holdings in the portfolio company. The inaccuracy of financial projections could thus cause our funds’ performance to fall short of our expectations.

Fraud and other deceptive practices could harm fund performance.

Instances of fraud and other deceptive practices committed by senior management of portfolio companies in which an Apollo fund invests may undermine our due diligence efforts with respect to such companies, and if such fraud is discovered, negatively affect the valuation of a fund’s investments. In addition, when discovered, financial fraud may contribute to overall market volatility that can negatively impact an Apollo fund’s investment program. As a result, instances of fraud could result in fund performance that is poorer than expected.

Contingent liabilities could harm fund performance.

We may cause our funds to acquire an investment that is subject to contingent liabilities. Such contingent liabilities could be unknown to us at the time of acquisition or, if they are known to us, we may not accurately assess or protect against the risks that they present. Acquired contingent liabilities could thus result in unforeseen losses for our funds. In addition, in connection with the disposition of an investment in a portfolio company, a fund may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of such portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. A fund may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations are inaccurate. These arrangements may result in the incurrence of contingent liabilities by a fund, even after the disposition of an investment. Accordingly, the inaccuracy of representations and warranties made by a fund could harm such fund’s performance.

Our funds may be forced to dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time.

Our funds may make investments that they do not advantageously dispose of prior to the date the applicable fund is dissolved, either by expiration of such fund’s term or otherwise. Although we generally expect that investments will be disposed of prior to dissolution or be suitable for in-kind distribution at dissolution, and the general partners of the funds have a limited ability to extend the term of the fund with the consent of fund investors or the advisory board of the fund, as applicable, our funds may have to sell, distribute or otherwise dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time as a result of dissolution. This would result in a lower than expected return on the investments and, perhaps, on the fund itself.

Possession of material, non-public information could prevent Apollo funds from undertaking advantageous transactions; our internal controls could fail; we could determine to establish information barriers.

Our managing partners, investment professionals or other employees may acquire confidential or material non-public information and, as a result, be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities. This risk affects us more than it does many other investment managers, as we generally do not use information barriers that many firms implement to separate persons who make investment decisions from others who might possess material, non-public information that could influence such decisions. Our decision not to implement these barriers could prevent our investment professionals from undertaking advantageous investments or dispositions that would be permissible for them otherwise.

 

60


Table of Contents

In order to manage possible risks resulting from our decision not to implement information barriers, our compliance personnel maintain a list of restricted securities as to which we have access to material, non-public information and in which our funds and investment professionals are not permitted to trade. This internal control relating to the management of material non-public information could fail and with the result that we, or one of our investment professionals, might trade when at least constructively in possession of material non-public information. Inadvertent trading on material non-public information could have adverse effects on our reputation, result in the imposition of regulatory or financial sanctions and as a consequence, negatively impact our financial condition. In addition, we could in the future decide that it is advisable to establish information barriers, particularly as our business expands and diversifies. In such event, our ability to operate as an integrated platform will be restricted. The establishment of such information barriers may also lead to operational disruptions and result in restructuring costs, including costs related to hiring additional personnel as existing investment professionals are allocated to either side of such barriers, which may adversely affect our business.

Regulations governing AIC’s operation as a business development company affect its ability to raise, and the way in which it raises, additional capital.

As a business development company under the Investment Company Act, AIC may issue debt securities or preferred stock and borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the Investment Company Act. Under the provisions of the Investment Company Act, AIC is permitted to issue senior securities only in amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the Investment Company Act, equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of its assets declines, it may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, it may be required to sell a portion of its investments and, depending on the nature of its leverage, repay a portion of its indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

In addition, under the provisions of the Investment Company Act, AIC is not generally able to issue and sell its common stock at a price below the current net asset value per share of the common stock without shareholder approval, and could as a result be limited in its ability to raise capital.

Our hedge funds are subject to numerous additional risks.

Our hedge funds are subject to numerous additional risks, including the risks set forth below.

 

   

Generally, there are few limitations on the execution of our hedge funds’ investment strategies, which are subject to the sole discretion of the management company or the general partner of such funds.

 

   

Hedge funds may engage in short-selling, which is subject to a theoretically unlimited risk of loss.

 

   

Hedge funds are exposed to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing the fund to suffer a loss.

 

   

Credit risk may arise through a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational needs, so that a default by one institution causes a series of defaults by the other institutions.

 

   

The efficacy of investment and trading strategies depend largely on the ability to establish and maintain an overall market position in a combination of financial instruments, which can be difficult to execute.

 

   

Hedge funds may make investments or hold trading positions in markets that are volatile and which may become illiquid.

 

   

Hedge fund investments are subject to risks relating to investments in commodities, futures, options and other derivatives, the prices of which are highly volatile and may be subject to a theoretically unlimited risk of loss in certain circumstances.

 

61


Table of Contents

Risks Related To This Offering

There may not be an active market for our Class A shares, which may cause our Class A shares to trade at a discount price and make it difficult to sell the Class A shares you purchase.

Although the initial purchasers have made a market in the Class A shares through the GSTrUE OTC market, prior to this offering there has been no public trading market for our Class A shares. It is possible that an active market will not develop, which would make it difficult for you to sell your Class A shares at an attractive price or at all. As no current holders of our Class A shares are obligated to sell any shares, volume of trading in our shares may be very limited.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A shares may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our shareholders.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our Class A shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A shares may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A shares declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your Class A shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A shares may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our Class A shares or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A shares include:

 

   

variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, which variations we expect will be substantial;

 

   

our policy of taking a long-term perspective on making investment, operational and strategic decisions, which is expected to result in significant and unpredictable variations in our quarterly returns;

 

   

failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the investment management industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A shares after this offering;

 

   

additions or departures of our managing partners and other key management personnel;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

 

   

actions by shareholders;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations thereof affecting our businesses or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters;

 

   

a lack of liquidity in the trading of our Class A shares;

 

   

adverse publicity about the asset management industry generally or individual scandals, specifically; and

 

   

general market and economic conditions.

In addition, from time to time, management may also declare special quarterly distributions based on investment realizations. Volatility in the market price may be heightened at or around times of investment realizations as well as following such realization, as a result of speculation as to whether such a distribution may be declared.

 

62


Table of Contents

An investment in Class A shares is not an investment in any of our funds, and the assets and revenues of our funds are not directly available to us.

This prospectus is solely an offer with respect to Class A shares, and is not an offer directly or indirectly of any securities of any of our funds. Class A shares are securities of Apollo Global Management, LLC only. While our historical consolidated and combined financial information includes financial information, including assets and revenues, of certain Apollo funds on a consolidated basis, and our future financial information will continue to consolidate certain of these funds, such assets and revenues are available to the fund and not to us except through management fees, incentive income, distributions and other proceeds arising from agreements with funds, as discussed in more detail in this prospectus.

Our Class A share price may decline due to the large number of shares eligible for future sale and for exchange into Class A shares.

The market price of our Class A shares could decline as a result of sales of a large number of our Class A shares or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. At March 31, 2008, we had 97,324,541 Class A shares outstanding, not including approximately 28 million Class A shares or share units granted, subject to vesting, to certain employees and consultants under our equity incentive plan. The Class A shares reserved under our equity incentive plan are increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the plan’s term by the lesser of (x) the excess of (i) 15% of the number of outstanding Class A shares of the company and the number of outstanding Apollo Operating Group units on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year over (ii) the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under our equity incentive plan as of such date or (y) such lesser amount by which the administrator may decide to increase the number of Class A shares. Following such increase and grants of RSUs made on March 31, 2008, 51,826,277 Class A shares remained available for future grant under our equity incentive plan. In addition, Holdings may at any time exchange its Apollo Operating Group units for up to 240,000,000 Class A shares on behalf of our managing partners and contributing partners. We may also elect to sell additional Class A shares in one or more future primary offerings.

Our managing partners and contributing partners, through their partnership interests in Holdings, own an aggregate of 71.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units. Subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and contributing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements) each managing partner and contributing partner has the right, upon 60 days’ notice prior to a designated quarterly date, to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units for Class A shares. Holdings, our executive officers and directors, certain employees and consultants who received Class A shares in connection with the Offering Transactions and the Strategic Investors have agreed with the initial purchasers not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A shares, subject to specified exceptions, through the date 180 days after the shelf effectiveness date, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the initial purchasers. After the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, these Class A shares will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and Securities Act limitations. Under certain circumstances, the 180-day lock-up period may be extended.

After the expiration of their lock-up period, our managing partners and contributing partners (through Holdings) will have the ability to cause us to register the Class A shares they acquire upon exchange of their Apollo Operating Group units. Such rights will be exercisable beginning two years after the shelf effectiveness date.

The Strategic Investors will have the ability to cause us to register any of its non-voting Class A shares beginning two years after the shelf effectiveness date, and, generally, may only transfer its non-voting Class A shares prior to such time to its controlled affiliates.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under our equity incentive plan. Subject to vesting and contractual lock-up arrangements, upon effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-8, such shares will be freely tradable.

 

63


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that our intended quarterly dividends will be paid each quarter or at all.

Our intention is to distribute to our Class A shareholders on a quarterly basis substantially all of our net after-tax cash flow from operations in excess of amounts determined by our manager to be necessary or appropriate to provide for the conduct of our businesses, to make appropriate investments in our businesses and our funds, to comply with applicable laws and regulations, to service our indebtedness or to provide for future distributions to our Class A shareholders for any one or more of the ensuing four quarters. The declaration, payment and determination of the amount of our quarterly dividend will be at the sole discretion of our manager, who may change our dividend policy at any time. We cannot assure you that any dividends, whether quarterly or otherwise, will or can be paid. In making decisions regarding our quarterly dividend, our manager considers general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans and prospects, our businesses and investment opportunities, our financial condition and operating results, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs, contractual restrictions and obligations, legal, tax, regulatory and other restrictions that may have implications on the payment of dividends by us to our common shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our manager may deem relevant.

Our managing partners beneficial ownership of interests in the Class B share that we have issued to BRH, the control exercised by our manager and anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control.

Our managing partners, through their ownership of BRH, beneficially own the Class B share that we have issued to BRH. The managing partners interests in such Class B share represents 86.5% of the total combined voting power of our shares entitled to vote. As a result, they are able to exercise control over all matters requiring the approval of shareholders and are able to prevent a change in control of our company. In addition, our operating agreement provides that so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager, which is owned and controlled by our managing partners, manages all of our operations and activities. The control of our manager will make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to assume control of us. Other provisions in our operating agreement may also make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of us even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our shareholders. For example, our operating agreement requires advance notice for proposals by shareholders and nominations, places limitations on convening shareholder meetings, and authorizes the issuance of preferred shares that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt. In addition, certain provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent a transaction that could cause a change in our control. The market price of our Class A shares could be adversely affected to the extent that our managing partners’ control over us, the control exercised by our manager as well as provisions of our operating agreement discourage potential takeover attempts that our shareholders may favor.

We are a Delaware limited liability company, and there are certain provisions in our operating agreement regarding exculpation and indemnification of our officers and directors that differ from the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) in a manner that may be less protective of the interests of our Class A shareholders.

Our operating agreement provides that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law our directors or officers will not be liable to us. However, under the DGCL, a director or officer would be liable to us for (i) breach of duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders, (ii) intentional misconduct or knowing violations of the law that are not done in good faith, (iii) improper redemption of shares or declaration of dividend, or (iv) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our operating agreement provides that we indemnify our directors and officers for acts or omissions to the fullest extent provided by law. However, under the DGCL, a corporation can only indemnify directors and officers for acts or omissions if the director or officer acted in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation, and, in criminal action, if the officer or director had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Accordingly, our operating agreement may be less protective of the interests of our Class A shareholders, when compared to the DGCL, insofar as it relates to the exculpation and indemnification of our officers and directors.

 

64


Table of Contents

S PECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance and our current plans, estimates and expectations. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the risk factors and other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

65


Table of Contents

M ARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data, estimates and forecasts. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

Our internal data, estimates and forecasts are based upon information obtained from our investors, partners, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had such information verified by any independent sources.

 

66


Table of Contents

O UR STRUCTURE

Apollo Global Management, LLC was formed as a Delaware limited liability company for the purposes of completing the Reorganization, the Strategic Investors Transaction and the Offering Transactions and conducting our businesses as a publicly held entity. Apollo Global Management, LLC is a holding company whose primary assets are 28.9% of the limited partner interests of the Apollo Operating Group entities, in each case held through intermediate holding companies. The remaining 71.1% limited partner interests of the Apollo Operating Group entities are owned directly by Holdings, an entity 100% owned, directly and indirectly, by our managing partners and contributing partners, and represent its economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group. With limited exceptions, the Apollo Operating Group owns each of the operating entities included in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements as described below under “—Reorganization—Our Assets.” Prior to the Reorganization, our business was conducted through a number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but that were separately owned by our managing partners. In order to facilitate the Rule 144A Offering, which closed on August 8, 2007, we effected the Reorganization to form our current holding company structure.

Apollo Global Management, LLC is owned by its Class A and Class B shareholders. Holders of our Class A shares and Class B share vote as a single class on all matters presented to the shareholders, although the Strategic Investors do not have voting rights in respect of any of their Class A shares. We have issued to BRH a single Class B share solely for purposes of granting voting power to BRH. BRH is the general partner of Holdings and is a Cayman Islands exempted company owned and controlled by our managing partners. The Class B share does not represent an economic interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC. The voting power of the Class B share will, however, increase or decrease with corresponding changes in Holdings’ economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group.

Our shareholders vote together as a single class on the limited set of matters on which shareholders have a vote. Such matters include a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, certain mergers and consolidations, certain amendments to our operating agreement and an election by our manager to dissolve the company.

 

67


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure.

LOGO

 

(1) Investors in the Rule 144A Offering hold 30.7% of the Class A shares, the CS Investor holds 7.7% of the Class A shares, and the Strategic Investors hold 61.6% of the Class A shares. The Class A shares held by investors in the Rule 144A Offering represent 10.8% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote and 8.8% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Class A shares held by the CS Investor represent 2.7% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote and 2.2% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors do not have voting rights and represent 17.8% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Such Class A shares will become entitled to vote upon transfers by a Strategic Investor in accordance with the agreements entered into in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction.

 

68


Table of Contents
(2) Our managing partners own BRH, which in turn holds our only outstanding Class B share. The Class B share represents 86.5% of the total voting power of our shares entitled to vote but no economic interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC. Our managing partners’ economic interests are instead represented by their indirect ownership, through Holdings, of 71.1% of the limited partnership interests in the Apollo Operating Group.
(3) Through BRH Holdings, L.P., our managing partners own limited partnership interests in Holdings.
(4) Represents 71.1% of the limited partner interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity. The Apollo Operating Group units held by Holdings are exchangeable for Class A shares, as described below under “—Reorganization—Equity Interests Retained by Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners.” Our managing partners, through their interest in BRH and Holdings, own 62.0% of the Apollo Operating Group units. Our contributing partners, through their ownership interests in Holdings, own 9.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units.
(5) BRH is the sole member of AGM Management, LLC, our manager. The management of Apollo Global Management, LLC is vested in our manager as provided in our operating agreement. See “Description of Shares—Operating Agreement” for a description of the authority that our manager exercises.
(6) Represents 28.9% of the limited partnership interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity, held through intermediate holding companies. Apollo Global Management, LLC also indirectly owns 100% of the general partner interests in each Apollo Operating Group entity.
(7) Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds between 50% and 100% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in these domestic general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in Apollo Co-Investors VII (D), L.P. The general partner interest in Apollo Co-Investors VII (D), L.P. is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., is the sole owner of Apollo COF Investor, LLC.
(8) Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds between 54% and 66% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in these foreign general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in the foreign private equity co-invest vehicle set forth below its name in the chart above. The general partner interest in the foreign private equity co-invest vehicle is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners.
(9) Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. also holds between 81% and 95% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name, except for A/A Capital Management, LLC. The remaining limited partner interests in these domestic general partners are held by certain of our current and former professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. is the sole owner of A/A Capital Management, LLC and the domestic capital markets co-invest vehicles set forth below its name in the chart above.
(10) Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. holds 100% of the non-economic general partner interests in the domestic general partners set forth below its name in the chart above. It also holds 95% of the limited partner interests in the foreign general partners set forth below its name. The remaining limited partner interests in the foreign general partners are held by certain of our professionals. Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. also holds 100% of the limited partner interests in the foreign capital markets co-invest vehicle set forth below its name in the chart above. The general partner interest in Apollo EPF Co-Investors (B), L.P. is held by Apollo EPF Administration, Limited which is solely owned by one of our managing partners. The general partner interest in Apollo AIE II Co-Investors (B), L.P. is held by Apollo Co-Investors Manager, LLC, which is solely owned by one of our managing partners.
(11) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. holds 100% of the management companies comprising the investment advisors of all of Apollo’s funds including AIC, AIE I and AAA; however, a portion of the management fees, incentive income and other fees payable to these investment advisors are allocated to certain of our current and former professionals, as described in more detail under “Our Structure—Reorganization—Our Assets.”
(12) Apollo Advisors IV, L.P. is the general partner of Fund IV, Apollo Advisors V, L.P. is the general partner of Fund V, Apollo Advisors VI, L.P. is the general partner of Fund VI, Apollo Advisors VII, L.P. is the general partner of Fund VII and Apollo Credit Opportunity Advisors, LLC is the sole general partner of COF I and COF II. Certain offshore vehicles that comprise the foregoing funds also have an administrative general partner, which is an affiliate of the foregoing general partner.
(13) Apollo Advisors V (EH Cayman), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund V’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle, Apollo Advisors VI (EH), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund VI’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle, Apollo Advisors VII (EH), L.P. is the sole general partner of Fund VII’s Cayman Islands alternative investment vehicle and AAA Associates, L.P. is the sole general partner of AAA Investments, the limited partnership through which AAA’s investments are made.
(14) Apollo SVF Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of SVF, Apollo Asia Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of AAOF, Apollo Credit Liquidity Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of ACLF, Apollo Value Advisors, L.P. is the general partner of VIF, Apollo SOMA Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of SOMA, and A/A Capital Management, LLC is the sole general partner of Artus. Certain offshore vehicles that comprise the foregoing funds also have an administrative general partner, which is an affiliate of the foregoing general partners.
(15) Apollo EPF Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of EPF. Apollo Europe Advisors, L.P. is the sole general partner of AIE II.

 

69


Table of Contents

Reorganization

Holding Company Structure

Apollo Global Management, LLC, through two intermediate holding companies (APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC) owns 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operate and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries. Holdings owns the remaining 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. Apollo Global Management, LLC consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a minority interest in Apollo Global Management, LLC’s consolidated financial statements.

The “Apollo Operating Group” consists of the following partnerships: Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. (a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes), and AMH (a Delaware limited partnership that is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes). Apollo Global Management, LLC conducts all of its material business activities through the Apollo Operating Group. Substantially all of our expenses, including substantially all expenses solely incurred by or attributable to Apollo Global Management, LLC are borne by the Apollo Operating Group; provided that obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Apollo Global Management, LLC or its wholly owned subsidiaries (which currently consist of our two intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC), income tax expenses of Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries and indebtedness incurred by Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries are borne solely by Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Each of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships holds interests in different businesses or entities organized in different jurisdictions. Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. holds our domestic general partners of private equity funds and certain capital markets funds and our domestic co-invest vehicles of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds; Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. holds our domestic general partners of capital markets funds and two capital markets domestic co-invest vehicles; Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. holds our foreign general partners of private equity funds, including the foreign general partner of AAA Investments, and our private equity foreign co-invest vehicle; Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. holds our foreign general partners of capital markets funds and two capital markets foreign co-invest vehicles; and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. holds the management companies for our private equity funds (including AAA) and our capital markets funds.

In summary:

 

   

Apollo Global Management, LLC is a holding company;

 

   

Through its intermediate holding companies, Apollo Global Management, LLC, holds equity interests in, and is the sole general partner of, each of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships;

 

   

Each of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships has an identical number of partnership units outstanding;

 

   

Apollo Global Management, LLC holds, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, a number of Apollo Operating Group units equal to the number of Class A shares that Apollo Global Management, LLC has issued;

 

   

The Apollo Operating Group units that are held by Apollo Global Management, LLC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are economically identical in all respects to the Apollo Operating Group units that are held by the managing partners and contributing partners through Holdings; and

 

   

Apollo Global Management, LLC conducts all of its material business activities through the Apollo Operating Group partnerships.

 

70


Table of Contents

Accordingly, and similar in many respects to the structure referred to as an “umbrella partnership” real estate investment trust, or “UPREIT,” that is frequently used in the real estate industry:

 

   

Our business is conducted through limited partnerships of which Apollo Global Management, LLC, indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries, is the sole general partner;

 

   

Our managing partners and contributing partners, through Holdings, hold equity interests in these limited partnerships that are exchangeable for the Class A shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC; and

 

   

If and when any managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exchanges an Apollo Operating Group unit for a Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC, the relative economic ownership positions of the exchanging managing partner or contributing partner and of the other equity owners of Apollo (whether held at Apollo Global Management, LLC or at the Apollo Operating Group) will not be altered.

We intend to cause the Apollo Operating Group to make distributions to its partners, including Apollo Global Management, LLC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, in order to fund any distributions Apollo Global Management, LLC may declare on its Class A shares. If the Apollo Operating Group makes such distributions, the limited partners of the Apollo Operating Group will be entitled to receive distributions pro rata based on their partnership interests in the Apollo Operating Group.

The partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the partners of such partnerships if the wholly-owned subsidiaries of Apollo Global Management, LLC that wholly-own the general partners of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships determine that the taxable income of the relevant partnership will give rise to taxable income for its partners. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of the relevant partnership allocable to a partner multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. Federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). The Apollo Operating Group partnerships will make tax distributions only to the extent distributions from such partnerships for the relevant year are otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.

Our Manager

Our operating agreement provides that so long as the Apollo Group (as defined below) beneficially owns at least 10% of the aggregate number of votes that may be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares, our manager, which is 100% owned by BRH, will conduct, direct and manage all activities of Apollo Global Management, LLC. We refer to the Apollo Group’s beneficial ownership of at least 10% of such voting power as the “Apollo control condition.” So long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager will manage all of our operations and activities and will have discretion over significant corporate actions, such as the issuance of securities, payment of distributions, sales of assets, making certain amendments to our operating agreement and other matters, and our board of directors will have no authority other than that which our manager chooses to delegate to it. See “Description of Shares.”

For purposes of our operating agreement, the “Apollo Group” means (i) our manager and its affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (ii) Holdings and its affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (iii) with respect to each managing partner, such managing partner and such managing partner’s “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), (iv) any former or current investment professional of or other employee of an “Apollo employer” (as defined below) or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group), (v) any former or current executive officer of an Apollo employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group); and (vi) any former or current director of an Apollo employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a

 

71


Table of Contents

member of the Apollo Operating Group). With respect to any person, “Apollo employer” means Apollo Global Management, LLC or such other entity controlled by Apollo Global Management, LLC or its successor as may be such person’s employer.

Holders of our Class A shares and Class B share have no right to elect our manager, which is controlled by our managing partners through BRH. Although our manager has no business activities other than the management of our businesses, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our Class A shareholders, on the one hand, and our managing partners, on the other. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interests or those of our Class A shareholders. We describe the potential conflicts of interest in greater detail under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Potential conflicts of interest may arise among our manager, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders on the other hand. Our manager and its affiliates have limited fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our shareholders.” We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for all costs incurred in managing and operating us, and our operating agreement provides that our manager will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. Our operating agreement does not limit the amount of expenses for which we will reimburse our manager and its affiliates.

Our Assets

Prior to the Offering Transactions, our managing partners contributed to the Apollo Operating Group their interests in each of the entities included in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements, but excluding the “excluded assets” described below under “—Excluded Assets.”

More specifically, prior to the Offering Transactions, our managing partners contributed to the Apollo Operating Group the intellectual property rights associated with the Apollo name and the indicated equity interests in the following businesses (other than the excluded assets), which we refer to collectively as the “Contributed Businesses”:

 

   

100% of the investment advisors of all of Apollo’s funds, which provide investment management services to, and are entitled to any management fees and incentive income payable in respect of, these funds, as well as transaction, advisory and other fees that may be payable by these funds’ portfolio companies, other than the percentage of fees that has been allocated or that we determine to allocate to our professionals, as described below.

 

   

With respect to Fund IV, Fund V, Fund VI and AAA, which constituted all of our private equity funds that were either actively investing or had a meaningful amount of unrealized investments:

 

   

100% of the entire non-economic general partner interests in the general partners of such funds, which non-economic interests give the Apollo Operating Group control of these funds;

 

   

100% of the economic interests in the managing general partner of AAA; and

 

   

46% to 57% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the general partners of such funds, representing 46% to 57% of the carried interest earned in relation to investments by such funds; this includes all of the carried interest in these funds that had been allocated to our managing partners, with the remainder of such carried interest continuing to be held by certain of our professionals.

 

   

With respect to a number of our capital markets funds (the Value Funds, AAOF, SOMA and EPF):

 

   

100% of the entire non-economic general partner interests in the general partners of these funds, which non-economic interests give the Apollo Operating Group control of these funds; and

 

   

54% to 100% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all limited partner interests in the general partners of these funds, representing 54% to 100% of the incentive income earned in relation to investments by these funds; this includes all of the incentive income in these funds that had been allocated to our managing partners, with the remainder of such incentive income continuing to be held by certain of our professionals.

 

72


Table of Contents

In addition, prior to the Offering Transactions, our contributing partners contributed to the Apollo Operating Group a portion of their points. We refer to such contributed points as “partner contributed interests.” In return for a contribution of points, each contributing partner received an interest in Holdings. Prior to the exchange, the points held by our managing partners and contributing partners were designated relative values based upon estimated 2007 cash flows. The partnership interests in Holdings (representing an indirect ownership interest of an equivalent number of Apollo Operating Group units) that were granted to each managing partner and contributing partner, correspond to the value of the points such partner contributed relative to each other. Each contributing partner continues to own directly those points that such partner did not contribute to the Apollo Operating Group or sell to the Apollo Operating Group in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction. Each contributing partner remained entitled (on an individual basis and not through ownership interests in Holdings) to receive payments in respect of his partner contributed interests with respect to fiscal year 2007 based on the date his partner contributed interests were contributed or sold as described below under “—Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners Related to the Reorganization.” The Strategic Investors are similarly entitled to receive a pro rata portion of our net income prior to the date of the Offering Transactions for our fiscal year 2007, calculated in the same manner as for the managing partners and contributing partners, as described in more detail under “—Strategic Investors Transaction.” In addition, we issued points in Fund VII, and intend to issue points in future funds, to our contributing partners and other of our professionals.

As a result of these contributions and the contributions of our managing partners, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries generally is entitled to:

 

   

all management fees payable in respect of all our current and future funds as well as transaction and other fees that may be payable by these funds’ portfolio companies (other than fees that certain of our professionals have a right to receive, as described below);

 

   

50% – 66% (depending on the particular fund investment) of all incentive income earned from the date of contribution in relation to investments by both our current private equity and capital markets funds (with the remainder of such incentive income continuing to be held by certain of our professionals);

 

   

all incentive income earned from the date of contribution in relation to investments made by our future private equity and capital markets funds, other than the percentage we determine to allocate to our professionals, as described below; and

 

   

all returns on current or future investments of our own capital in the funds we sponsor and manage.

With respect to our existing funds that are currently investing as well as any future funds that we may sponsor, we intend to continue to allocate a portion of the management fees, transaction and advisory fees and incentive income earned in relation to these funds to our professionals, including the contributing partners, in order to better align their interests with our own and with those of the investors in these funds. Our current estimate is that approximately 20% to 40% of management fees, 20% of transaction and advisory fees and 34% to 50% of incentive income earned in relation to our funds will be allocated to our investment professionals, although these percentages may fluctuate up or down over time. When apportioning incentive income to our professionals we typically cause our general partners in the underlying funds to issue these professionals limited partnership interests, thereby causing our percentage ownership of the limited partnership interests in these general partners to fluctuate. For the next five years, our managing partners will not receive any allocations of management fees, transaction and advisory fees or incentive income, and all of their rights to receive such fees and incentive income earned in relation to our actively investing funds and future funds will be solely through their ownership of Apollo Operating Group units.

The income of the Apollo Operating Group (including management fees, transaction and advisory fees, and incentive income) benefits Apollo Global Management, LLC to the extent of its equity interest in the Apollo Operating Group. See “Business—Fees, Carried Interest, Redemption and Termination.”

 

73


Table of Contents

Excluded Assets

“Excluded assets” consist of any direct or indirect interest in the following, whether existing now or in the future:

 

   

any personal investment or co-investment in any fund or co-investment vehicle by any managing partner or a related group member, as defined below (including any future personal investments or co-investments and investments funded through any Apollo management fee waiver program, which allows each of our managing partners to waive the right to receive any future distribution that he would otherwise be entitled to receive on a periodic basis from AMH in respect of management fees from certain private equity funds in exchange for a profits interest in the applicable Apollo fund, which satisfies his obligation to make a capital contribution to such fund in the amount of the waived management fee), although no managing partner may waive compensation that would not otherwise be paid to the managing partner, directly or indirectly, from the members of the Apollo Operating Group;

 

   

amounts owed, directly or indirectly, to any managing partner or a related group member by an Apollo fund pursuant to any fee deferral arrangement in an investment management agreement;

 

   

any direct or indirect amounts owed to any managing partner or a related group member pursuant to any escrow of Fund VI carried interest payments (“escrowed carry”) to secure the clawback obligation of the general partner of Fund VI pursuant to its organizational documents;

 

   

Apollo Real Estate or Ares, which are funds formerly managed by us but in which neither we nor our managing partners continue to exert any managerial control although our managing partners continue to have minority interests in such entities, including their general partners and management companies;

 

   

the general partners of Funds I, II and III;

 

   

compensation and benefits paid or given to a managing partner consistent with the terms of his employment agreement;

 

   

director options issued prior to January 1, 2007 by any portfolio company;

 

   

Hamlet Holdings, LLC, an entity partially owned by our managing partners (without any economics) that has 100% voting control over the investment of Fund VI in Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc. and that will remain exclusively in the personal control of the managing partners; and

 

   

other miscellaneous, non-core assets.

The excluded assets were not contributed to the Apollo Operating Group; however, due to the existence of a common control group, Funds I, II and III and the general partner are consolidated in our historical financial statements for the periods prior to July 13, 2007.

With respect to our contributing partners, “excluded assets” includes all points not contributed to the Apollo Operating Group or purchased in connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction, any personal investment or co-investment in any fund or co-investment vehicle by any contributing partner, the right to receive escrowed carry and all other assets not specifically described in this prospectus as being contributed to the Apollo Operating Group.

“Related group member” means, with respect to each of our managing partners, (i) such managing partner’s spouse, (ii) a lineal descendant of such managing partner’s parents, the spouse of any such descendant or a lineal descendent of any such spouse, (iii) a charitable institution controlled by such managing partner or one of his related group members, (iv) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), all of the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such managing partners and persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition, (v) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such managing partners and persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, (vi) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) a legal or personal representative of such managing partner in

 

74


Table of Contents

the event of his death or disability; for purposes of this definition, (x) “lineal descendants” shall not include individuals adopted after attaining the age of 18 years and such adopted person’s descendants, (y) “presumptive remaindermen” shall refer to those persons entitled to a share of a trust’s assets if it were then to terminate, and (z) no managing partner shall ever be deemed a related group member of another managing partner.

Equity Interests Retained by Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

Our managing partners, through their interests in Holdings, own 62.0% of the Apollo Operating Group units and, through their ownership of BRH, the Class B share that we have issued to BRH. The Agreement Among Managing Partners provides that each managing partner’s interest in the Apollo Operating Group units that he holds indirectly through his partnership interest in Holdings is subject to vesting. Each of Messrs. Harris and Rowan vests in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units in 60 equal monthly installments, and Mr. Black vests in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units and in 72 equal monthly installments. Although the Agreement Among Managing Partners was entered into on July 13, 2007, for purposes of its vesting provisions, our managing partners are credited for their employment with us since January 1, 2007. In the event that a managing partner terminates his employment with us for any reason, he will be required to forfeit the unvested portion of his Apollo Operating Group units to the other managing partners. The number of Apollo Operating Group units that must be forfeited upon termination depends on the cause of the termination. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement Among Managing Partners.” However, this agreement may be amended and the terms and conditions of the agreement may be changed or modified upon the unanimous approval of the managing partners. We, our shareholders (other than our Strategic Investors, as set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement—Amendments to Managing Partner Transfer Restrictions”) and the Apollo Operating Group have no ability to enforce any provision of this agreement or to prevent the managing partners from amending the agreement or waiving any of its obligations.

Pursuant to the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement, no managing partner may voluntarily effect transfers of his Equity Interests for a period of two years after the shelf effectiveness date, subject to certain exceptions, including an exception for certain transactions entered into by one or more managing partners the results of which are that the managing partners no longer exercise control over us or the Apollo Operating Group or no longer hold at least 50.1% of the economic interests in us or the Apollo Operating Group. The transfer restrictions applicable to Equity Interests held by our managing partners and the exceptions to such transfer restrictions are described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement—Transfer Restrictions.” Our managing partners and contributing partners also were granted demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights through Holdings which are exercisable six months after the shelf effectiveness date.

Our contributing partners, through their interests in Holdings, own 9.1% of the Apollo Operating Group units. Pursuant to the Roll-Up Agreements, no contributing partner may voluntarily effect transfers of his Equity Interests for a period of two years after the shelf effectiveness date. The transfer restrictions applicable to Equity Interests held by our contributing partners are described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Roll-Up Agreements.”

Subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements), upon 60 days’ notice prior to a designated quarterly date, each managing partner and contributing partner will have the right to cause Holdings to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through his partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, to sell such Class A shares at the prevailing market price (or at a lower price that such managing partner or contributing partner is willing to accept) and to distribute the net proceeds of such sale to such managing partner or contributing partner. We have reserved for issuance 240,000,000 Class A shares, corresponding to the number of existing Apollo Operating Group units held by our managing partners and contributing partners. To effect an exchange, a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, must simultaneously exchange one Apollo Operating Group unit, being an equal limited partner interest in each Apollo

 

75


Table of Contents

Operating Group entity, for each Class A share received. As a managing partner or contributing partner exchanges his Apollo Operating Group units, our interest in the Apollo Operating Group units will be correspondingly increased and the voting power of the Class B share will be correspondingly decreased. If and when any managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exchanges an Apollo Operating Group unit for a Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC, the relative economic ownership positions of the exchanging managing partner or contributing partner and of the other equity owners of Apollo (whether held at Apollo Global Management, LLC or at the Apollo Operating Group) will not be altered.

Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds

Certain of our private equity funds and capital markets funds have historically been consolidated into our financial statements, due to our controlling interest in certain funds notwithstanding that we have only a non-controlling equity interest in these funds. Consequently, our pre-Reorganization financial statements do not reflect our ownership interest at fair value in these funds, but rather reflect on a gross basis the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of our funds. We amended the governing documents of most of our funds to provide that a simple majority of the funds’ unaffiliated investors have the right to liquidate that fund. These amendments, which became effective on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, deconsolidated these funds that have historically been consolidated in our financial statements. Accordingly, we no longer reflect the share that other parties own in total assets and Non-Controlling Interest in these respective funds. The deconsolidation of these funds will present our financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo evaluates its business and the related risks. Accordingly, we believe that deconsolidating these funds will provide investors with a better understanding of our business. We did not seek or receive any consideration from the investors in our funds for granting them these rights. There was no change in either our equity or net income as a result of the deconsolidation. See “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” for a more detailed description of the effect of the deconsolidation of these funds on our financial statements.

As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, and therefore Apollo, for accounting purposes, will continue to control this entity.

Distribution to Our Managing Partners Prior to the Offering Transactions

On April 20, 2007, AMH, one of the entities in the Apollo Operating Group, entered into the AMH credit facility, under which AMH borrowed a $1.0 billion variable-rate term loan. We used these borrowings to make a $986.6 million distribution to our managing partners and to pay related fees and expenses. This distribution was a distribution of prior undistributed earnings, and an advance on possible future earnings, of AMH. As a result, this distribution caused the managing partners’ accumulated equity basis in AMH to become negative. The AMH credit facility is guaranteed by Apollo Management, L.P.; Apollo Capital Management, L.P.; Apollo International Management, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.; and AAA Holdings, L.P. and matures on April 20, 2014. It is secured by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all assets of AMH and the guarantors and (ii) a pledge of the equity interests of each of the guarantors, in each case subject to customary carveouts.

Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners Related to the Reorganization

We intend to make one or more distributions to our managing partners and contributing partners, representing all of the undistributed earnings generated by the businesses contributed to the Apollo Operating Group prior to July 13, 2007. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to July 13, 2007 or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did not close, prior to July 13, 2007 shall be treated as having been earned prior to that date. Undistributed earnings generated through the date of Reorganization that were payable to the managing partners and contributing partners were approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”) and $387.0 million, and were included in our consolidated and

 

76


Table of Contents

combined statements of financial condition as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, we have also entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners which requires us to pay them 85% of any tax savings received by APO Corp. from our step-up in tax basis. In our condensed and consolidated financial statements, the item Due to Affiliates includes $520.3 million payable to our managing partners and contributing partners in connection with the Tax Receivable Agreement as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

As part of the Reorganization, the managing partners and the contributing partners received the following:

 

   

Apollo Operating Group units having a fair value on issuance date of approximately $5.6 billion (subject to five or six year forfeiture);

 

   

$1,224 million in cash in July 2007, excluding any potential contingent consideration;

 

   

In January 2008 and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution related to a contingent consideration of $37.7 million. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution were based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC. Included in the distribution were AAA RDUs valued at approximately $12.7 million and a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investors, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd. of approximately $0.8 million; and

 

   

The fair value of carried interest related to the sale of portfolio companies where definitive sales contracts were executed but had not closed at July 13, 2007. We have accrued an estimated payment of approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote 1(a)”) and $387.0 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Strategic Investors Transaction

On July 13, 2007, we sold securities to the Strategic Investors in return for a total investment of $1.2 billion. The Strategic Investors are two of the largest alternative asset investors in the world and have been significant investors with us in multiple funds, covering a variety of strategies. In total, from our inception through the date hereof, the Strategic Investors have invested or committed to invest approximately $6.4 billion of capital in us and our funds. The Strategic Investors are significant supporters of our integrated platform, having invested in multiple private equity and capital markets funds. With substantial combined assets, we believe the Strategic Investors will be an important source of future growth in the AUM in our existing and future funds for many years, as well as in new products and geographic expansions. Although they have no obligation to invest further in our funds, in connection with our sale of securities to the Strategic Investors, we granted to each of them the option, exercisable until July 13, 2010, to invest or commit to invest up to 10% of the aggregate dollar amount invested or committed by investors in the initial closing of any privately placed fund that we offer to third party investors, subject to limited exceptions.

Through our intermediate holding companies, we used all of the proceeds from the issuance of the securities to the Strategic Investors to purchase from our managing partners 17.4% of their Apollo Operating Group units for an aggregate purchase price of $1,068 million, and to purchase from our contributing partners a portion of their points for an aggregate purchase price of $156.4 million, excluding any potential contingent consideration. Upon completion of the Offering Transactions, the securities sold to the Strategic Investors converted into non-voting Class A shares, which currently represents 61.6% of our issued and outstanding Class A shares and 17.8% of the economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group. Based on our agreement with the Strategic Investors, we will distribute to the Strategic Investors the greater of 7% on the convertible notes issued or a pro rata portion of our net income for our fiscal year 2007, based on (i) their proportionate interests in Apollo Operating Group units during the period after the Strategic Investors Transaction and prior to the date of the Offering Transactions, and (ii) the number of days elapsed during such period. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to the date of the Offering Transactions or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did

 

77


Table of Contents

not close, prior to the date of the Offering Transactions shall be treated as having been earned prior to the date of the Offering Transactions. On August 8, 2007, we paid approximately $6 million in interest expense on the convertible notes and as a result of our net loss we have no further obligations for 2007 to pay the Strategic Investors.

In connection with the sale of securities to the Strategic Investors, we entered into the Lenders Rights Agreement with the Strategic Investors. For a more detailed summary of the Lenders Rights Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement.”

Tax Considerations

We believe that under current law, Apollo Global Management, LLC will be treated as a partnership and not as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. An entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is not a taxable entity and incurs no U.S. Federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner is required to take into account its allocable share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing its own U.S. Federal income tax liability, regardless of whether or not cash distributions have been made. Investors in this offering will be deemed to be limited partners of Apollo Global Management, LLC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” for a summary discussing certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A shares as of the date of this offering.

Legislation was introduced in Congress in mid-2007 that would, if enacted in its present form, cause Apollo Global Management, LLC to become taxable as a corporation, which would substantially reduce our net income or increase our net loss, as applicable, or cause other significant adverse tax consequences for us and/or the holders of Class A shares. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation—The U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of our long-term capital gains as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or have other adverse effects” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Members of the U.S. Congress have introduced legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. If this or any similar legislation or regulation were to be enacted and apply to us, we would incur a substantial increase in our tax liability and it could well result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares” and “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action.”

Offering Transactions

The CS Investor purchased from us in a private placement that closed on August 8, 2007, concurrently with the Rule 144A Offering an aggregate of $180 million of the Class A shares at a price per share equal to $24, or 7,500,000 Class A shares, representing 7.7% of the total number of our Class A shares outstanding.

Apollo Global Management, LLC contributed the net proceeds it received in the Offering Transactions to its wholly-owned subsidiaries, APO Asset Co., LLC and APO Corp. These wholly-owned subsidiaries then contributed the funds to the Apollo Operating Group.

Amounts contributed to the Apollo Operating Group concurrently with the Offering Transactions diluted (i) the percentage ownership interests of our managing partners (held indirectly through Holdings) in those entities by 7.7% to 62.0%, and (ii) the percentage ownership interests of our contributing partners (held indirectly through Holdings) in those entities by 1.1% to 9.1%. The relative percentage ownership interests in Apollo Operating Group held by the Apollo Global Management, LLC, our managing partners and our contributing partners will continue to change over time. Potential future events that would result in a relative increase in the number of Apollo Operating

 

78


Table of Contents

Group units held by Apollo Global Management, LLC, and result in a corresponding dilution of our managing partners’ and contributing partners’ percentage ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group include (i) issuances of Class A shares (assuming that the proceeds of any such issuance is contributed to the Apollo Operating Group), (ii) the conversion by our managing partners or contributing partners of their Apollo Operating Group units for Class A shares and (iii) any offers, from time to time, at the discretion of our manager, to purchase from our managing partners and contributing partners their Apollo Operating Group units.

As a result of the Reorganization, the Strategic Investors Transaction and the Offering Transactions:

 

   

Apollo Global Management, LLC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, holds 28.9% of the outstanding Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

our managing partners, through Holdings, hold 62.0% of the outstanding Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

our contributing partners, through Holdings, hold 9.1% of the outstanding Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

the Strategic Investors own 60,000,001 of our non-voting Class A shares representing 61.6% of our Class A shares outstanding, which represent 17.8% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

the investors in the Rule 144A Offering and the CS Investor hold 37,324,540 Class A shares, representing 38.4% of our Class A shares outstanding, which represent 11.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group units;

 

   

our managing partners, through BRH, own the single Class B share of Apollo Global Management, LLC;

 

   

on those few matters that may be submitted for a vote of the shareholders of Apollo Global Management, LLC, our Class A shareholders (other than the Strategic Investors) collectively have 13.5% of the voting power of, and our Class B shareholder have 86.5% of the voting power of, Apollo Global Management, LLC;

 

   

APO Corp. or APO Asset Co., LLC, as applicable, is the sole general partner of each of the entities that constitute the Apollo Operating Group; accordingly, we operate and control the businesses of the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries; and

 

   

net profits, net losses and distributions of the Apollo Operating Group are allocated and made to its partners on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Apollo Operating Group units; accordingly, net profits and net losses allocable to Apollo Operating Group partners will initially be allocated, and distributions will initially be made, approximately 28.9% indirectly to us, approximately 62.0% indirectly to our managing partners and approximately 9.1% indirectly to our contributing partners.

 

79


Table of Contents

U SE OF PROCEEDS

We are registering these Class A shares for resale pursuant to the registration rights granted to the selling shareholders in connection with the Rule 144A Offering and the Private Placement. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Class A shares offered by this prospectus. The net proceeds from the sale of the Class A shares by this prospectus will be received by the selling shareholders.

 

80


Table of Contents

C ASH DIVIDEND POLICY

Dividend Policy for Class A Shares

Our intention is to distribute to our Class A shareholders on a quarterly basis substantially all of our net after-tax cash flow from operations in excess of amounts determined by our manager to be necessary or appropriate to provide for the conduct of our businesses, to make appropriate investments in our businesses and our funds, to comply with applicable law, to service our indebtedness or to provide for future distributions to our Class A shareholders for any one or more of the ensuing four quarters. Our quarterly dividend is determined based on available cash flow from our management companies as well as any special activities which provide excess cash flow from our private equity or capital markets funds. Items such as the sale of a portfolio company, dividends from portfolio companies and interest income from the funds debt investments typically provide excess cash flows for distribution. On April 4, 2008, we announced our first cash distribution amounting to $0.33 per Class A share, resulting from the first quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.17 per Class A share primarily resulting from the sale by Fund V of Goodman Global, Inc., one of its portfolio companies, to affiliates of another private equity firm, in February 2008. The $111.3 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $32.2 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed to its Class A shareholders of record on April 18, 2008. Additionally, on July 15, 2008, we declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.23 per Class A share, resulting from our second quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.07 per Class A share primarily resulting from realizations from (i) portfolio companies of Fund IV, Sky Terra Communications, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc., (ii) dividend income from a portfolio company of Fund VI, and (iii) interest income related to debt investments of Fund VI. This $77.6 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $22.4 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed on July 25, 2008, to its Class A shareholders of record on July 18, 2008. Because we will not know what our actual available cash flow from operations will be for any year until the end of such year, we expect that the fourth quarter dividend payment will be adjusted to take into account actual net after-tax cash flow from operations for that year. From time to time, management may also declare special quarterly distributions based on investment realizations.

The declaration, payment and determination of the amount of our quarterly dividend will be at the sole discretion of our manager, which may change our dividend policy at any time. We cannot assure you that any dividends, whether quarterly or otherwise, will or can be paid. In making decisions regarding our quarterly dividend, our manager will take into account general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans and prospects, our businesses and investment opportunities, our financial condition and operating results, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs, contractual restrictions and obligations, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, restrictions and other implications on the payment of dividends by us to our common shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our manager may deem relevant.

Because we are a holding company that owns intermediate holding companies, the funding of each dividend, if declared, will occur in three steps, as follows.

 

   

First , we will cause one or more entities in the Apollo Operating Group to make a distribution to all of its partners, including our wholly-owned subsidiaries APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC (as applicable), and Holdings, on a pro rata basis;

 

   

Second , we will cause our intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC (as applicable), to distribute to us, from their net after-tax proceeds, amounts equal to the aggregate dividend we have declared; and

 

   

Third , we will distribute the proceeds received by us to our Class A shareholders on a pro rata basis.

If Apollo Operating Group units are issued to other parties, such as investment professionals, such parties would be entitled to a portion of the distributions from the Apollo Operating Group as partners described above.

 

81


Table of Contents

We believe that the payment of dividends will provide transparency to our Class A shareholders and will impose upon us an investment discipline with respect to new products, businesses and strategies.

Payments that any of our intermediate holding companies make under the tax receivable agreement will reduce amounts that would otherwise be available for distribution by us on Class A shares.

The Apollo Operating Group intends to make periodic distributions to its partners (that is, Holdings and our intermediate holding companies) in amounts sufficient to cover hypothetical income tax obligations attributable to allocations of taxable income resulting from their ownership interest in the various limited partnerships making up the Apollo Operating Group, subject to compliance with any financial covenants or other obligations. Tax distributions will be calculated assuming each shareholder was subject to the maximum (corporate or individual, whichever is higher) combined U.S. Federal, New York State and New York City tax rates, without regard to whether any shareholder was subject to income tax liability at those rates. Because tax distributions to partners are made without regard to their particular tax situation, tax distributions to all partners, including our intermediate holding companies, will be increased to reflect the disproportionate income allocation to our managing partners and contributing partners with respect to “built-in gain” assets at the time of the Offering Transactions. Tax distributions will be made only to the extent all distributions from the Apollo Operating Group for such year are insufficient to cover such tax liabilities and all such distributions will be made to all partners on a pro rata basis based upon their respective interests in the applicable partnership. No such tax distribution will necessarily be required to be distributed by us and there can be no assurance that we will pay cash dividends on the Class A shares in an amount sufficient to cover any tax liability arising from the ownership of Class A shares.

Under Delaware law we are prohibited from making a distribution to the extent that our liabilities, after such distribution, exceed the fair value of our assets. Our operating agreement does not contain any restrictions on our ability to make distributions, except that we may only distribute Class A shares to holders of Class A shares. The AMH credit facility, however, restricts the ability of AMH to make cash distributions to us by requiring mandatory collateralization and restricting payments under certain circumstances. AMH will generally be restricted from paying dividends, repurchasing stock and making distributions and similar types of payments if any default or event of default occurs, if it has failed to deposit the requisite cash collateralization or does not expect to be able to maintain the requisite cash collateralization or if, after giving effect to the incurrence of debt to finance such distribution, its debt to EBITDA ratio would exceed specified levels. Instruments governing indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries incur in the future may contain further restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or make other cash distributions to equityholders.

In addition, the Apollo Operating Group’s cash flow from operations may be insufficient to enable it to make required minimum tax distributions to its partners, in which case the Apollo Operating Group may have to borrow funds or sell assets, and thus our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, by paying cash distributions rather than investing that cash in our businesses, we might risk slowing the pace of our growth, or not having a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations, new investments or unanticipated capital expenditures, should the need arise.

Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay the intended dividends. To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends, we may have to borrow funds to pay dividends, or we may determine not to borrow funds to pay dividends. By paying cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our future growth, we risk slowing that pace of our growth, or not having a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures, should the need arise.

 

82


Table of Contents

Distributions to Our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

We made a distribution to our managing partners in April 2007 in respect of their ownership of AMH totaling $986.6 million, which was paid out of the net proceeds of borrowings under the AMH credit facility. In addition, we used all of the proceeds received from the Strategic Investors Transaction to purchase Apollo Operating Group units from our managing partners and points from our contributing partners.

We intend to make one or more distributions to our managing partners and contributing partners, representing all of the undistributed earnings generated by the businesses contributed to the Apollo Operating Group prior to July 13, 2007. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to July 13, 2007 or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did not close, prior to July 13, 2007 shall be treated as having been earned prior to that date. Undistributed earnings generated through the date of Reorganization that were payable to managing partners and contributing partners were approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”) and $387.0 million, which were included in our consolidated and combined statements of financial condition as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, we have also entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners which requires us to pay them 85% of any tax savings received by APO Corp. from our step-up in tax basis. In our condensed and consolidated financial statements, the item Due to Affiliates includes $520.3 million payable to our managing partners and contributing partners in connection with the Tax Receivable Agreement as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

As part of the Reorganization, the managing partners and the contributing partners received the following:

 

   

Apollo Operating Group units having a fair value on issuance date of approximately $5.6 billion (subject to five or six year forfeiture);

 

   

$1,224 million in cash in July 2007, excluding any potential contingent consideration;

 

   

In January 2008 and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution related to a contingent consideration of $37.7 million. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution were based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC. Included in the distribution were AAA RDUs valued at approximately $12.7 million and a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investors, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd. of approximately $0.8 million; and

 

   

The fair value of carried interest related to the sale of portfolio companies where definitive sales contracts were executed but had not closed at July 13, 2007. We have accrued an estimated payment of approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”) and $387.0 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Prior to the Apollo Operating Group Formation, 100% of the Apollo Operating Group was owned by our managing partners and contributing partners. Accordingly, all decisions regarding the amount and timing of distributions were made in prior periods by our managing partners with regard to their personal financial and tax situations and their assessments of appropriate amounts of distributions, taking into account Apollo’s capital needs as well as actual and potential earnings and borrowings.

 

83


Table of Contents

C APITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization and cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2008.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Our Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” and the financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

     As of
March 31, 2008 (1)
    

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $   898,106
      

Total Debt

   $ 1,056,406

Non-Controlling Interest

     2,073,693

Shareholders’ equity

     80,503
      

Total Capitalization

   $   3,210,602
      

 

(1) We distributed or will distribute the following subsequent to March 31, 2008 to our managing partners and contributing partners:

 

   

On April 18, 2008, a $111.3 million aggregate distribution was paid to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $79.1 million was paid to Holdings, which is owned by the managing and contributing partners, and $32.2 million was paid to the Class A shareholders.

 

   

On July 15, 2008, a $77.6 million aggregate distribution was declared to the owners of the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $55.2 million was paid to Holdings, and $22.4 million was paid to the Class A shareholders.

 

   

Approximately $193.0 million related to transactions entered into prior to July 13, 2007 but not consummated as of such date, the majority of which relates to a pending transaction with respect to Hexion, which transaction is contingent upon the close of the merger of Huntsman with Hexion, a portfolio company of Funds IV and V. On June 18, 2008, the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, commenced legal action in Delaware to declare Hexion’s contractual rights with respect to the Merger Agreement among Hexion, Nimbus Merger Sub, Inc. and Huntsman. The suit alleges, among other things, that consummating the merger on the basis of the capital structure agreed to with Huntsman would render the combined company insolvent. The suit also alleges that in light of the substantial deterioration in Huntsman’s financial performance, the increase in its net debt and the expectation that the material downturn in Huntsman’s business that has occurred will continue for a significant period of time, Huntsman has suffered a material adverse effect as defined in the Merger Agreement. The suit further seeks a declaration that the company and certain of its affiliates have no liability to Huntsman in connection with the merger. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

84


Table of Contents

U NAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Overview

The following unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 is based upon our historical consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the following pro forma measure of Economic Net Income (“ENI”) for the year ended December 31, 2007 represents a supplemental financial measure used by management to assess financial performance. ENI is based upon non-GAAP financial measures and is defined elsewhere in this prospectus. This unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma statement of operations and the non-GAAP supplemental financial measure present our consolidated and combined results of operations giving pro forma effect to the transactions specified below as if such transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2007. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical consolidated and combined financial information for 2007. The adjustments are described below, and then further in the notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma statement of operations.

No pro forma information is presented for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as all Reorganization and deconsolidated adjustments had occurred prior to January 1, 2008.

The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information should be read together with “Our Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited historical consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Apollo Management Holdings Credit Facility

On April 20, 2007, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., one of the entities in the Apollo Operating Group, entered into the AMH credit facility, under which AMH borrowed a $1.0 billion variable-rate term loan. We used these borrowings to make a $986.6 million distribution to our managing partners and to pay related fees and expenses. The Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. credit facility is guaranteed by Apollo Management, L.P.; Apollo Capital Management, L.P.; Apollo International Management, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.; Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.; and AAA Holdings, L.P. and matures on April 20, 2014. The pro forma adjustment in the column labeled Borrowing Under AMH Credit Facility gives effect to the increase in interest expense, without consideration of any hedging, resulting from our entering into the AMH credit facility, as if the transaction occurred on January 1, 2007.

Our Reorganization

We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company on July 3, 2007. We are managed and operated by our manager, AGM Management, LLC, which in turn is wholly owned and controlled by the managing partners.

Apollo’s business was historically conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by the managing partners and others (“Predecessor Owners”), and controlled by the managing partners. In order to facilitate the Offering Transactions as described in further detail below, the Predecessor Owners completed the Reorganization as of the close of business on July 13, 2007 whereby, except for Apollo Advisors (“Apollo Advisors”) and Apollo Advisors II, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors II”), each of the operating entities and the intellectual property rights associated with the Apollo name, were contributed (“Contributed Businesses”) to the five newly-formed holding partnerships (Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. which was formed subsequent to July 13, 2007) that comprise the Apollo Operating Group.

 

85


Table of Contents

Apollo currently owns, after completion of the transactions described below, through two intermediate holding companies (APO Corp., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) (collectively, the “Intermediate Holding Companies”), 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group as general partners. Holdings is the entity through which our managing partners and other contributing partners hold the remaining Apollo Operating Group units. Holdings owns the remaining 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. The company consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a Non-Controlling Interest in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements. The pro forma adjustments in the column labeled Reorganization and Other Adjustments give effect to (i) amortization of Apollo Operating Group units, (ii) a reduction in profit sharing based on reduced points for the contributing partners and (iii) other related transactions.

Purchase Accounting

The Reorganization was accounted for as an exchange of entities under common control for the interests in the Contributed Businesses, which were contributed by the managing partners. The acquisition of Non-Controlling Interests from the contributing partners was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”). The pro forma adjustment in the column labeled Reorganization and Other Adjustments give effect to the purchase of interests from the contributing partners and the amortization of the intangible assets.

Deconsolidation of Funds

Certain of our private equity funds and capital markets funds have historically been consolidated into our financial statements, due to our controlling interest in certain funds notwithstanding that we have only a minority equity interest in these funds. Consequently, our pre-Reorganization financial statements do not reflect our ownership interest at fair value in these funds, but rather reflect on a gross basis the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of our funds. We amended the governing documents of most of our funds to provide that a simple majority of the funds’ unaffiliated investors have the right to liquidate that fund. These amendments, which became effective on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, deconsolidated these funds that have historically been consolidated in our financial statements. Accordingly, we no longer reflect the share that other parties own in total assets and Non-Controlling Interest in these respective funds. The deconsolidation of these funds will present our financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo evaluates its business and the related risks. Accordingly, we believe that deconsolidating these funds will provide investors with a better understanding of our business. As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, and therefore Apollo, for accounting purposes, will continue to control this entity. The pro forma adjustment in the column labeled Deconsolidation of Funds gives effect to the deconsolidation of the funds which were deconsolidated on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, as if they were deconsolidated as of January 1, 2007.

Deconsolidation of Gulfstream G-IV (“G-IV”)

On July 31, 2007, certain management companies within Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. transferred their indirect interests in a corporate aircraft, a G-IV, to a group of Apollo Non-Controlling Interest holders, which was treated as a distribution to such Non-Controlling Interest holders. Simultaneously with the transfer, such management companies were released from their obligations as guarantors of the loan used to finance the purchase of the G-IV. The transfer of the indirect interests and release as guarantors resulted in deconsolidation of the trust that owns the corporate aircraft. The pro forma adjustments in the column labeled Reorganization and Other Adjustments include the deconsolidation of a trust, which holds the G-IV Aircraft.

 

86


Table of Contents

Earnings Per Share

On August 8, 2007, we sold 34,500,000 Class A shares to the initial purchasers in connection with the Offering Transactions, which also triggered the issuance of 60,000,001 Class A shares to the Strategic Investors as a result of the conversion of the notes. On August 31, 2007, the initial purchasers exercised their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares, which closed on September 5, 2007 and resulted in the issuance of 2,824,540 additional Class A shares to the initial purchasers.

Pro Forma Adjustments

The pro forma adjustments in Reorganization and Other Adjustments give effect to:

 

   

the effects of the compensation arrangements made in connection with the Offering Transactions, including adjustments to compensation expense as a result of (i) the granting of equity-based compensation to certain executives; (ii) the reduction of the contributing partners’ points in the underlying entities held by the Apollo Operating Group; and (iii) the recharacterization of contributing partners to employees in connection with the Reorganization;

 

   

the elimination of expenses including interest, depreciation, professional fees, and general administrative and other expenses relating to one of the corporate aircraft as a result of the Reorganization;

 

   

additional amortization expense incurred in connection with the intangible assets recognized as a result of the Reorganization;

 

   

the tax-related effects of our Reorganization, including (i) the provision for corporate income taxes on the income of APO Corp., our wholly-owned subsidiary that is taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and (ii) the tax effects related to the pro forma adjustments presented in the column labeled Borrowing Under AMH Credit Facility ; and

 

   

exclusion of Apollo Advisors and Advisors II along with their respective consolidated funds, as if they were excluded on January 1, 2007. These entities were historically combined for the periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization on July 13, 2007.

We have taken the necessary steps to amend the governing documents of our funds that have historically been consolidated to provide that a simple majority of each such fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right, without cause, to liquidate that fund in accordance with certain procedures. The granting of these rights resulted in the deconsolidation of such funds from our consolidated and combined financial statements. The deconsolidation of these funds only affected the manner in which we account for these funds, which is to reflect our share of the funds’ net assets and liabilities and our share of the funds’ net earnings; this accounting treatment affects neither our consolidated equity nor net income or loss. The following describes the significant effects of the pro forma adjustment related to the deconsolidation of funds on our historical consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

   

Management fees and incentive income earned as well as the carried interest income and equity basis investment income from these funds are included in our statement of operations rather than eliminated in consolidation.

 

   

We no longer record gross expenses and other income of the deconsolidated funds. Accordingly, we no longer record the Non-Controlling Interests’ share of these funds’ net income.

The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions referenced above occurred on January 1, 2007. The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information also does not project our results of operations for any future period.

 

87


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Historical     Deconsolidation
of Funds (1)
    Subtotal     Borrowing
Under
AMH
Credit
Facility (2)
    Reorganization
and Other
Adjustments (3)
    Pro Forma  

Revenues:

           

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

  $ 150,191     $ (59,589 )   $ 90,602     $ —       $ —       $ 90,602  

Management fees from affiliates

    192,934       56,490       249,424       —         —         249,424  

Carried interest income from affiliates

    294,725       443,663       738,388       —         —         738,388  
                                               

Total Revenues

    637,850       440,564       1,078,414       —         —         1,078,414  
                                               

Expenses:

           

Compensation and benefits

    1,450,330       —         1,450,330       —         37,836 (a)     1,488,166  

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

    240,000       —         240,000       —         —         240,000  

Interest expense

    105,968       (2,741 )     103,227       20,765       (499 ) (b)     123,493  

Professional fees

    81,824       (7,900 )     73,924       —         (502 ) (b)(d)     73,422  

General, administrative and other

    36,618       (2,016 )     34,602       —         (2,244 ) (b)(d)     32,358  

Placement fees

    27,253       —         27,253       —         —         27,253  

Occupancy

    12,865       —         12,865       —         (89 ) (b)     12,776  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,869       —         7,869       —         4,622   (c)     12,491  
                                               

Total Expenses

    1,962,727       (12,657 )       1,950,070       20,765       39,124       2,009,959  
                                               

Other Income:

           

Net gains from investment activities

    2,279,263       (2,046,529 )     232,734       —         5,382   (d)     238,116  

Dividend income from affiliates

    238,609       (238,609 )     —         —         —         —    

Interest income

    52,500       (32,299 )     20,201       —         (973 ) (d)     19,228  

Income from equity method investments

    1,722       2,659       4,381       —         —         4,381  

Other loss

    (36 )     —         (36 )     —         —         (36 )
                                               

Total Other Income

    2,572,058         (2,314,778 )     257,280       —         4,409       261,689  
                                               

Income (Loss) before income tax provision and Non-Controlling Interest

    1,247,181       (1,861,557 )     (614,376 )     (20,765 )     (34,715 )     (669,856 )

Income tax provision

    (6,726 )     —         (6,726 )     —         (2,353 ) (e)     (9,079 )
                                               

Income (Loss) before Non-Controlling Interest

    1,240,455       (1,861,557 )     (621,102 )     (20,765 )     (37,068 )     (678,935 )

Non-Controlling Interest

      (1,810,106 )     1,861,557       51,451       —         357,325 (f)     408,77 6 (3)(f)
                                               

Net loss

  $ (569,651 )   $ —       $ (569,651 )   $   (20,765 )   $   320,257     $ (270,159 )
                                               
    July 13,
2007 through
December 31,
2007 (4)
                            January 1,
2007 through
December 31,
2007 (4)
 

Net loss per Class A share:

           

Net loss available to Class A shareholders

  $ (962,107 )           $ (270,159 )
                       

Net loss per Class A share—Basic and Diluted

  $ (11.71 )           $ (2.78 )
                       

Number of Class A shares—Basic and Diluted

    82,152,883                 97,324,541  
                       

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Operations

 

88


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Operations

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1. Deconsolidation of Funds

With the exception of AAA, which we continue to include in our consolidated and combined financial statements, we have taken the necessary steps to amend the governing documents of the consolidated funds to provide that a simple majority of each such fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right, without cause, to liquidate that fund in accordance with certain procedures. These changes led to the deconsolidation of such investment funds from our consolidated and combined financial statements on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. This column reflects the deconsolidation of such funds as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2007.

Because the portion of the interests of the limited partner investor, “Non-Controlling Interest” will be eliminated in connection with the deconsolidation of these investment funds, such deconsolidation does not impact our net loss. The adjustment reflects the elimination of the historical amounts of (i) other income of the funds, comprised principally of net gains from investment activities, and (ii) expenses of the funds which will no longer be consolidated. In addition, the management fee and incentive income as well as the carried interest income and equity basis investment income, which had been previously eliminated in consolidation of our historical financial statements, are restored for purposes of the pro forma presentation.

2. Borrowing Under AMH Credit Facility

Our April 20, 2007, $1.0 billion borrowing under the AMH credit facility bears interest at three-month LIBOR, plus 1.50%. The LIBOR rate applied to our term loan borrowing resets on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2007, we have incurred $47.9 million in interest expense in connection with AMH credit facility. On a pro forma basis, we estimate interest expense for the year of $68.7 million assuming the borrowing had occurred on January 1, 2007. Therefore, an interest expense adjustment of $20.8 million was recorded in the pro forma statement of operations based on actual rates, as if the agreement was in place as of January 1, 2007. For every 1/8% change in the interest rate applied, the pro forma interest expense adjustment would change by approximately $1.3 million.

3. Reorganization and Other Adjustments

(a) The pro forma adjustment includes (i) incremental amortization expense associated with the Apollo Operating Group units granted to the contributing partners to give effect of the units granted in July 2007 as if they were granted on January 1, 2007 in the amount of $49.6 million, (ii) a decrease to profit sharing expense based on a reduction in points for the contributing partners of $30.1 million, (iii) an increase in compensation expense attributable to the recharacterization of contributing partners to employees in conjunction with our Reorganization of $18.6 million, and (iv) a net decrease to compensation expense associated with the Reorganization in the amount of $0.2 million related to the impact of deconsolidation of the G-IV of ($0.9) million and the effect of excluded assets of $0.7 million. Note that there is no pro forma effect of the Apollo Operating Group units granted to the managing partners as they were granted with a service inception date of January 1, 2007 and a full year of amortization expense is already reflected in the historical financial information. As a result, the historical financial statements prior to pro-forma adjustments reflect a full year impact of expense related to their Apollo Operating Group grants. Therefore, no pro-forma adjustments are required for the Apollo Operating Group units granted to the managing partners for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The following table summarizes the adjustments and net impact.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Apollo Operating Group units pro forma incremental amortization

   $ 49,568 

Reduced profit sharing plan participation

     (30,126)

Recharacterization of Contributing Partners as employees

     18,607 

Other

     (213)
      

Total compensation expense

   $             37,836
      

 

89


Table of Contents

(b) Reflects the elimination of expenses incurred up to the date of the Reorganization associated with the corporate aircraft. These expenses were incurred prior to the Reorganization and presented in our consolidated and combined historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007. The net effect of the deconsolidation of the aircraft was a reduction in expenses by $2.6 million. The company will continue to incur aircraft expenses on an as needed basis and will utilize rental aircraft as a result.

(c) Reflects the impact of the finite-life intangible assets related to the contractual right to future fee income from management and advisory services and the contractual right to earn future carried interest from the private equity and capital markets funds estimated to be $100.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded in our historical consolidated and combined financial statements approximately $4.7 million in amortization expense. On an annual basis we expect to incur approximately $9.9 million, resulting in a pro forma adjustment of approximately $5.2 million. Additionally, the adjustment includes a decrease to depreciation associated with the corporate aircraft in the amount of $0.6 million, resulting in a total pro forma adjustment of $4.6 million.

(d) Reflects the net impact of the excluded assets of Apollo Advisors, Apollo Advisors II and Funds I, II and III. These entities were historically combined for the periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization on July 13, 2007. The pro forma adjustment was to exclude these entities as if the Reorganization was effective on January 1, 2007.

(e) Apollo historically operated as a group of partnerships and disregarded entities for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and primarily as a corporate entity in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, income tax provisions shown in our historical consolidated and combined statements of operations of $6.7 million primarily consisted of the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”). Several entities will continue to be subject to UBT and non-U.S. entities will be subject to corporate income taxes in jurisdictions in which they operate.

Following the Reorganization, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries continue to operate in the U.S. as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and generally as corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, these entities in some cases continue to be subject to New York City unincorporated business tax, or in the case of non-U.S. entities, to non-U.S. corporate income taxes. In addition, the company became subject to U.S. corporate Federal income tax through its corporate subsidiary APO Corp.

In calculating the pro forma income tax provision, the pro forma income tax expense adjustment reflects the additional tax expenses assuming that the entities subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes commencing on the date of the Reorganization had become subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes commencing on January 1, 2007. The blended statutory rate reflects statutory rate of 35% for federal taxes and the state blended rate (net of federal benefit) of 3%. The state rate reflects a reduced rate of tax on portfolio income.

(f) Includes our allocation of a portion of the pro forma loss before income tax provision to Holdings, the entity that became a Non-Controlling Interest holder in the Apollo Operating Group once we became the beneficial owner of the general partner interests thereof. Although we would generally not allocate losses to Non-Controlling Interest resulting in a balance below zero, our pro forma loss before income tax provision and Non-Controlling Interest of $669.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, includes equity-based compensation expense with respect to which there is a corresponding paid-in capital and Non-Controlling Interest contribution. Since we allocate equity-based compensation expense between our controlling and Non-Controlling Interest to the extent of the corresponding contribution and the remaining income is positive for the periods presented, this income was proportionately allocated to Non-Controlling Interest holders. In addition, the adjustment includes our allocation of a portion of the pro forma loss after income tax provision to a Non-Controlling Interest holder in certain of our capital markets entities, the impact of excluded assets and the deconsolidation of the G-IV. The pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings is based on the pro forma loss before income tax provision and Non-Controlling Interest of $669.9 million, increased for the pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Other Entities of $235.1 million for a total pro forma loss before income tax

 

90


Table of Contents

provision and after the Non-Controlling Interest of Other Entities of $905.0 million. The pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings is calculated by applying its ownership percentage of 71.1% to this amount which results in a pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings of $643.9 million.

Pro forma adjustments to Non-Controlling Interest include the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 

Non-Controlling Interest—A.P. Professional Holdings—Pro Forma

   $ 643,876  

Less: Non-Controlling Interest—A.P. Professional Holdings—Historical

             (278,549 )
        

Non-Controlling Interest—A.P. Professional Holdings—Pro Forma Adjustment

     365,327  

Non-Controlling Interest—Contributing partners interests in private equity and capital markets management companies

     (2,855 )

Non-Controlling Interest—Exclusion of Apollo Advisors, Advisors II and Fund I, II, and III

     (3,839 )

Non-Controlling Interest—Deconsolidation of G-IV

     (1,308 )
        

Total pro forma adjustments

   $ 357,325  
        

Final allocation of our pro forma loss before income tax provision and Non-Controlling Interest to Non-Controlling Interest holders in our consolidated subsidiaries includes the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 

Non-Controlling Interest—A.P. Professional Holdings (1)

   $ 643,876  

Non-Controlling Interest—Other Entities:

  

AP Alternative Assets (2)

     (226,569 )

Capital Market Entities (3)

     (8,936 )

Other Entity (4)

     405  
        
   $         408,776  
        

 

(1) Reflects the Non-Controlling Interest in the loss of the consolidated entities relating to the Holdings units held by our managing partners and contributing partners after the Offering Transactions. The pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings is based on the pro forma loss before income tax provision and Non-Controlling Interest of $669.9 million, increased for the pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Other Entities of $235.1 million for a total of pro forma loss before income tax provision and after the Non-Controlling Interest of Other Entities of $905.0 million. The pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings is calculated by applying its ownership percentage of 71.1% to this amount which results in a pro forma Non-Controlling Interest of Holdings of $643.9 million.
(2) Reflects the Non-Controlling Interest in the profits of AP Alternative Assets.
(3) Reflects the remaining interests held by Non-Controlling Interest in the net earnings of certain of our capital market entities.
(4) Reflects the interests owned by unaffiliated parties in the Aircraft Trust.

4. Determination of Earnings per Share

The Apollo Global Management, LLC pro forma earnings per share assume that the Apollo Operating Group units held by Holdings immediately following the Reorganization and the Offering Transactions and additional Class A shares as a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option were outstanding from January 1, 2007.

 

91


Table of Contents

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows:

 

     July 13, 2007 -
December 31, 2007
     Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 
     Historical
(after Reorganization)
     Pro forma  

Basic and diluted net loss per Class A share

     

Net loss available to the Apollo Global Management, LLC shareholders

   $ (962,107 )    $ (270,159 )
                 

Net loss per Class A share

   $ (11.71 )    $ (2.78 )
                 

Weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding

       82,152,883          97,324,541  
                 

5. Pro Forma Economic Net Income

Economic Net Income (“ENI”) is a key performance measure used by management in making operating decisions and evaluating the performance of our businesses and employees. ENI is a measure of profitability and represents segment income (loss) which excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest.

Below is a reconciliation of Apollo Global Management, LLC’s pro forma net loss to pro forma ENI:

 

              Year Ended
    December 31, 2007    
 
  

Pro forma net loss

   $ (270,159 )
  

(i)

 

Income tax provision

  
    

        Historical

     6,726  
    

        Pro forma

     2,353  
  

(ii)

 

Adjustment for the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation (1)

       1,039,417  
  

(iii)  

 

Non-Controlling Interest (2)

  
    

        Historical

     (274,078 )
    

        Pro forma

     (361,268 )
             
   Pro forma Economic Net Income (3)    $   142,991  
             

 

  

(1)

  

(a)    Issuance of Apollo Operating Group units to contributing partners

  
           Historical    $ 49,568  
           Pro forma      49,568  
  

(b)    Agreement Among Managing Partners—Historical

     931,145  
  

(c)    Issuance of Apollo Global Management, LLC restricted shares units to employees—Historical

     5,267  
  

(d)    Issuance of AP Alternative Assets restricted depositary units—Historical

     3,869  
             
           Total      $   1,039,417  
             

(2)

  

Economic Net Income adjusts for Non-Controlling Interest related to Holdings, contributing partners’ interests retained in management companies and Non-Controlling Interest in the Aircraft Trust.

  

(3)

  

In addition, included in the calculation of pro forma Economic Net Income are (i) placement fees—$27,253, (ii) interest expense—beneficial conversion feature—$240,000, and (iii) transaction costs—$44,327. If these items were excluded from the calculation of pro forma Economic Net Income, the adjusted pro forma Economic Net Income would be $454,571.

    

 

92


Table of Contents

S ELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical consolidated and combined financial and other data of Apollo Global Management, LLC should be read together with “Our Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated and combined statements of operations data of Apollo Global Management, LLC for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the selected historical consolidated and combined statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated and combined financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated and combined statements of operations data of Apollo Global Management, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the selected consolidated and combined statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 from our unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our combined financial position and results of operations for all periods presented.

We derived the selected historical condensed consolidated and combined statement of operations of Apollo Global Management, LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the selected historical consolidated and combined statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2008 from our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements of Apollo Global Management, LLC have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited consolidated and combined financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated and combined financial condition and results of operation for all periods presented.

The selected historical financial data are not indicative of our expected future operating results. In particular, after undergoing the Reorganization on July 13, 2007 and providing liquidation rights to limited partners of certain of the funds we manage on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, Apollo Global Management, LLC no longer consolidated in its financial statements certain of the funds that have historically been consolidated in our financial statements.

 

93


Table of Contents
    Three months ended
March 31,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008 (a)     2007 (a)     2007 (a)     2006 (a)     2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data

             

Revenues:

             

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

  $ 72,975     $ 26,399     $ 150,191     $ 147,051     $ 80,926     $ 67,503     $ 42,126  

Management fees from affiliates

    84,692       31,210       192,934       101,921       33,492       26,391       9,299  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

    (142,238 )     67,301       294,725       97,508       69,347       67,370       25,915  
                                                       

Total Revenues

    15,429       124,910       637,850       346,480       183,765       161,264       77,340  
                                                       

Expenses:

             

Compensation and benefits

    268,067       109,471       1,450,330       266,772       309,235       473,691       165,086  

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

    —         —         240,000       —         —         —         —    

Interest expense

    16,564       3,253       105,968       8,839       1,405       2,143       3,919  

Professional fees

    23,995       18,033       81,824       31,738       45,687       39,652       37,806  

General, administrative and other

    12,836       6,827       36,618       38,782       25,955       19,506       15,927  

Placement fees

    24,132       —         27,253       —         47,028       171       538  

Occupancy

    5,262       2,926       12,865       7,646       5,993       5,089       1,731  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,336       830       7,869       3,288       2,304       2,210       1,876  
                                                       

Total Expenses

    357,192       141,340       1,962,727       357,065       437,607       542,462       226,883  
                                                       

Other (Loss) Income:

             

Net (losses) gains from investment activities

    (125,300 )     753,017       2,279,263       1,620,554       1,970,770       2,826,300       1,809,319  

Dividend income from affiliates

    —         79,836       238,609       140,569       25,979       178,620       188,549  

Interest income

    6,752       14,924       52,500       38,423       33,578       41,745       73,064  

(Loss) Income from equity method investments

    (2,639 )     584       1,722       1,362       412       1,010       321  

Other (loss) income

    (468 )     487       (36 )     3,154       2,832       3,098       3,457  
                                                       

Total Other (Loss) Income

    (121,655 )     848,848       2,572,058       1,804,062       2,033,571       3,050,773       2,074,710  
                                                       

(Loss) Income Before Income Tax Benefit (Provision) and Non-Controlling Interest

    (463,418 )     832,418       1,247,181       1,793,477       1,779,729       2,669,575       1,925,167  

Income tax benefit (provision)

    2,494       (1,771 )     (6,726 )     (6,476 )     (1,026 )     (2,800 )     (2,506 )
                                                       

(Loss) Income Before Non-Controlling Interest

    (460,924 )     830,647       1,240,455       1,787,001       1,778,703       2,666,775       1,922,661  

Non-Controlling Interest

    364,520       (686,606 )     (1,810,106 )     (1,414,022 )       (1,577,459 )       (2,191,420 )       (1,725,815 )
                                                       

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (96,404 )   $ 144,041     $ (569,651 )   $ 372,979     $ 201,244     $ 475,355     $ 196,846  
                                                       

Statement of Financial Condition Data (as of period end)

             

Total Assets

  $   4,637,060     $ 11,187,967     $   5,115,642     $   11,179,921     $ 7,571,249     $ 7,798,333     $ 7,267,359  

Total Debt Obligations

    1,056,406       78,017       1,057,761       93,738       20,519       22,262       42,061  

Total Equity

    80,503       431,667       96,043       484,921       338,625       406,672       190,860  

Non-Controlling Interest

    2,073,693       9,971,875       2,312,286       9,847,069       6,556,621       6,843,076       6,843,741  

 

(a) Significant changes in the consolidated and combined statement of operations for 2008 and 2007 compared to their respective comparative period are due to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the deconsolidation of certain funds, and (iii) the Strategic Investors Transaction.

Some of the significant impacts of the above items are as follows:

 

  Revenue from affiliates increased due to the deconsolidation of certain funds.

 

  Compensation and benefits, including non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation increased due to amortization of Apollo Operating Group units, RDUs and RSUs.

 

  Interest expense increased as a result of conversion of debt on which the Strategic Investors had a beneficial conversion feature. Additionally, interest expense increased related to the $1.0 billion AMH credit facility obtained in April 2007.

 

  Professional fees increased due to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s formation and ongoing new requirements.

 

  Net gain from investment activities increased due to increased activity in our consolidated funds through the date of deconsolidation.

 

  Non-Controlling Interest changed significantly due to the formation of Holdings and reflects net losses attributable to Holdings post-Reorganization.

 

94


Table of Contents

M ANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(tables in thousands except otherwise indicated)

As Apollo Global Management, LLC was formed in July 2007, the Apollo Operating Group is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes and its consolidated and combined financial statements are our historical financial statements for the periods prior to our Reorganization on July 13, 2007.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Apollo Global Management, LLC condensed consolidated and combined financial statements and the related notes as of March 31, 2008 and for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those included in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” The highlights listed below have had significant effects on many items within our consolidated and combined financial statements and affect the comparison of the current year’s activity with those of prior years.

General

Our Businesses

Founded in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative asset manager with a proven track record of successful private equity, distressed debt and mezzanine investing. More recently, we have also begun to invest in senior debt. We raise, invest and manage private equity and capital markets funds on behalf of some of the world’s most prominent pension and endowment funds, as well as, other institutional and individual investors.

Apollo conducts its management and investment businesses through the following two segments: (i) private equity and (ii) capital markets. These segments are differentiated based on the varying investment strategies of the funds and how we manage each segment.

 

  (i) Private equity . We have managed private equity funds since 1990. We pursue a diverse group of transactions globally, including traditional buyouts, corporate partner buyouts and distressed investments.

 

  (ii) Capital markets . Our capital markets segment is comprised of our management of mezzanine, distressed and hedge funds in the U.S. and globally.

Beginning in July 2007, the financial markets encountered a series of events from the sub-prime contagion to the ensuing credit crunch. These events led to a significant dislocation in the capital markets and created a backlog in the debt pipeline. Much of the backlog is left over from debt raised for large private equity-led transactions which reached record levels in 2006 and 2007. This record backlog of supply in the debt markets has materially affected the ability and willingness of lenders to fund new large private equity-led transactions and has applied downward pressure on prices of outstanding debt. Due to the difficulties in financing transactions in this market, the volume and size of traditional private equity-led transactions has declined significantly. We are drawing on our long history of investing across market cycles and are deploying capital by looking to acquire distressed securities in industries that we know well. We search for companies with stressed balance sheets in this market at attractive prices. We are investing in debt securities of companies that are performing well, but are attractively priced due to the disruption in the debt markets. For example, we are able to buy portfolios of performing debt from motivated sellers, such as financial institutions, at attractive rates of return. Additionally, we seek to take advantage of creative structures to use our equity to de-leverage a company’s balance sheet and take a controlling position. We also intend to build out our strategic platforms through value added follow-on investments in current portfolio companies.

Our Reorganization and the Offering Transactions

We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company on July 3, 2007. We are managed and operated by our manager, AGM Management, LLC, which in turn is wholly owned and controlled by our managing partners.

 

95


Table of Contents

Apollo’s business was historically conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by our Predecessor Owners, and controlled by our Managing Partners. In order to facilitate the Offering Transactions we completed a reorganization as of the close of business on July 13, 2007 whereby, except for Apollo Advisors and Apollo Advisors II, each of the operating entities and the intellectual property rights associated with the Apollo name, were contributed to the five newly-formed holding partnerships (Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., which was formed subsequent to July 13, 2007) that comprise the Apollo Operating Group.

On July 13, 2007, the company issued convertible notes with a principal amount of $1.2 billion to the Strategic Investors. The notes bore interest at 7% per annum and had a stated 15-year term. Apollo incurred approximately $44.3 million in costs in conjunction with the issuance of the debt. The notes included provisions calling for either an optional or mandatory conversion of the loan to non-voting Class A shares at a conversion price of $20 per share. The mandatory conversion occurred at the time of the Rule 144A Offering, which was completed on August 8, 2007 at $24 per share. On the conversion date, the unamortized deferred debt issuance costs of $44.1 million were written off and included as a component of interest expense.

Based on EITF 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios , and EITF 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments , the intrinsic value calculated at the commitment date is based on the fair value of the company as determined through an independent valuation. The intrinsic value of the beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) was approximately $240 million based on the difference between the conversion price of $20 per share and $24 fair value per share and given the conversion of the $1.2 billion notes into 60,000,001 Class A shares. The BCF was charged to interest expense upon conversion of the notes. At that time, the $1.2 billion of notes held by the Strategic Investors converted to 60,000,001 Class A shares. Additionally, the company paid approximately $6.1 million of interest while the notes were outstanding prior to conversion.

On July 13, 2007, the company contributed to the Intermediate Holding Companies $1.2 billion proceeds from the sale of convertible securities to the Strategic Investors. The Intermediate Holding Companies used these proceeds to purchase from the managing partners for $1,068 million certain interests in the limited partnerships that operate the business, and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group, in return for approximately 17.4% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. In addition, the Intermediate Holding Companies purchased from the contributing partners a portion of their interests in subsidiaries of the Apollo Operating Group for an aggregate purchase price of $156.4 million (excluding any potential contingent consideration) and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group in return for approximately 2.6% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. Additionally, on August 8, 2007 and September 5, 2007, Apollo issued 34,500,000 Class A shares and 2,824,541 Class A shares, respectively, which diluted the Non-Controlling Interest by 8.9%. The purchase agreement related to the managing partners’ and contributing partners’ interests also included a provision for contingent consideration.

In January 2008 and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution was made to the company’s managing partners and contributing partners related to a contingent consideration of $37.7 million. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution were based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC, the general partner of AMH. Included in the distribution were RDUs of AAA valued at approximately $12.7 million for the managing partners combined with a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investor, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd. of approximately $0.8 million for the managing partners and contributing partners.

Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Contributed Businesses that act as general partners of most of the consolidated funds granted rights to the unaffiliated investors in each respective fund to provide that a simple majority of such fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right, without cause, to liquidate that fund in accordance with certain procedures. These rights were granted in order to achieve the deconsolidation of such funds from the

 

96


Table of Contents

company’s financial statements. For the Apollo funds previously consolidated, these rights became effective either on August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. The deconsolidation of these funds present our financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo evaluates its business and its related risks. Accordingly, we believe that deconsolidating these funds provide investors with a better understanding of our business. The result of the deconsolidated funds are included in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements through the date of deconsolidation.

As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, and therefore Apollo, for accounting purposes, will continue to control this entity.

Because the company and the Apollo Advisors and Apollo Advisors II (“Advisor Entities”) were under the same control group as defined by FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-5, Definition of “Common Control” in Relation to FASB No. 141 , the Advisor Entities are combined for the periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements. Also in accordance with EITF Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entry When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”), the Advisor Entities consolidate their respective funds. These Advisor Entities were excluded assets in the Reorganization on July 13, 2007 (see note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). As such, they are not presented in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements subsequent to the Reorganization.

Through its Intermediate Holding Companies, Apollo currently owns 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries as general partners with the super majority voting rights of its Class B shareholder. Holdings, a Delaware limited partnership through which our managing partners and our contributing partners hold their Apollo Operating Group units, owns the remaining 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. The company consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a Non-Controlling Interest in our condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

Managing Business Performance

We believe that the presentation of Economic Net Income and Private Equity Dollars Invested (as described below) supplements a reader’s understanding of the economic operating performance of each segment.

Economic Net Income (Loss)

Economic Net Income (“ENI”) is a key performance measure used by management in evaluating the performance of our private equity and capital markets segments, as the amount of management fees, advisory and transaction fees and carried interest income are indicative of the company’s performance. Management also uses ENI in making key operating decisions such as the following:

 

   

Decisions related to the allocation of resources such as staffing decisions including hiring and locations for deployment of the new hires.

 

   

Decisions related to capital deployment such as providing capital to facilitate growth for our business and/or to facilitate expansion into new businesses.

 

   

Decisions related to compensation expense, such as determining annual discretionary bonuses to our employees. As it relates to compensation, our philosophy has been and remains to better align the interests of certain professionals and selected other individuals who have a profit sharing interest in the carried interest earned in relation to our funds with our own and with those of the investors in the funds. To achieve that objective, a significant amount of compensation paid is based on our performance and growth for the year.

 

97


Table of Contents

ENI is a measure of profitability and has certain limitations in that it does not take into account certain items included under U.S. GAAP. ENI represents segment income (loss), which excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest. In addition, segment data excludes the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Apollo funds that are included in the consolidated and combined financial statements. We believe that ENI is helpful to an understanding of our business and that investors should review the same supplemental financial measure that management uses to analyze our segment performance. This measure supplements and should be considered in addition to and not in lieu of the results of operations discussed below in the “Overview of Results of Operations” that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following summarizes the adjustments to ENI that reconcile ENI to the net loss determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

   

Inclusion of the impact of non-cash charges such as equity-based compensation to our managing partners and contributing partners related to Apollo Operating Group units that vested during the period. Management assesses our performance based on management fees, advisory and transaction fees, and carried interest income generated by the business and excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation because this non-cash charge is viewed part of our core operations.

 

   

Inclusion of the impact of income taxes as we do not take income taxes into consideration when evaluating the performance of our segments or when determining compensation for our employees. Additionally, income taxes at the segment level are not material as the entities included in our segments operate as partnerships and therefore are only subject to New York City unincorporated business taxes and foreign taxes when applicable.

 

   

Carried interest income, management fees and other revenues from Apollo funds are reflected on an unconsolidated basis. As such, ENI excludes the Non-Controlling Interest from AAA which remains consolidated in our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Management views the business as an alternative asset management firm and therefore assesses performance using the combined total of carried interest income and management fees from each of our funds.

ENI may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use ENI as a measure of operating performance, not as a measure of liquidity. ENI should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, operating cash flows, investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The use of ENI without consideration of related U.S. GAAP measures is not adequate due to the adjustments described above. Management compensates for these limitations by using ENI as a supplemental measure to U.S. GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of our performance as management measures it. To ensure a complete understanding, a reconciliation of ENI to our U.S. GAAP net income can be found in the notes to our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Private Equity Dollars Invested

Private equity dollars invested is the aggregate amount of newly funded or committed capital invested by our private equity funds during a reporting period. Such amount is indicative of the pace and magnitude of deployment of fund capital which could result in future revenue such as transaction fees and additional incentive income. Private equity dollars invested may give rise to certain future costs such as hiring additional resources to manage and account for the additional capital that was deployed. Private equity dollars invested may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use private equity dollars invested as a measure of evaluating future revenues in our private equity segment. The use of private equity dollars invested should not be used without

 

98


Table of Contents

consideration of related U.S. GAAP measures. Management uses private equity dollars invested as a supplemental measure to U.S. GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of our performance as management measures it.

The following table summarizes the private equity dollars invested for the reporting period:

 

     March 31,    December 31,
     2008    2007    2007    2006    2005
     (dollars in thousands)

Private equity dollars invested

   $ 3,166,342    $ 359,998    $ 8,647,912    $ 5,216,715    $ 686,663

Market Considerations

Our revenues consist of the following:

 

   

Management fees, which are calculated based upon any of “net asset value,” “gross assets,” “adjusted costs of all unrealized portfolio investments,” “capital commitments,” “adjusted assets” or “capital contributions,” each as defined in the applicable management agreement of the unconsolidated funds. Fees earned from our consolidated funds are eliminated in consolidation;

 

   

Advisory and transaction fees relating to the investments our funds make, or individual monitoring agreements with individual portfolio companies of the private equity funds; and

 

   

Carried interest with respect to our private equity funds and our capital markets funds.

Our ability to grow our revenues depends in part on our ability to attract new capital and investors, which in turn depends on our ability to appropriately invest our funds’ capital, and on the conditions in the financial markets, including the availability and cost of leverage, and economic conditions in the United States, Western Europe, Asia, and to some extent, elsewhere in the world. The market factors that impact this include the following:

 

   

The strength of the alternative investment management industry, including the amount of capital invested and withdrawn from alternative investments . Allocations of capital to the alternative investment sector are dependent, in part, on the strength of the economy and the returns available from other investments relative to returns from alternative investments. Our share of this capital is dependent on the strength of our performance relative to the performance of our competitors. The capital we attract is a driver of our Assets Under Management, as are our returns, which, in turn, drive the fees we earn. In light of the current adverse conditions in the financial markets, our funds’ returns may be lower than they have been historically and fundraising efforts may be more challenging.

 

   

The strength and liquidity of the U.S. and relevant global equity markets generally, and the initial public offering market specifically . The strength of these markets affects the value of and our ability to successfully exit our equity positions in our private equity portfolio companies in a timely manner.

 

   

The strength and liquidity of the U.S. and relevant global debt markets . Our funds and our portfolio companies borrow money to make acquisitions and our funds utilize leverage in order to increase investment returns that ultimately drive the performance of our funds. Furthermore, we utilize debt to finance the principal investments in our funds and for working capital purposes. To the extent our ability to borrow funds becomes more expensive or difficult to obtain, the net returns we can earn on those investments may be reduced.

 

   

Stability in interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate markets . We generally benefit from stable interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate markets. The direction and impact of changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates on certain of our funds is dependent on the funds’ expectations and the related composition of their investments at such time.

 

99


Table of Contents

For the most part, we believe the trends in these factors have historically created a favorable investment environment for our funds. However, current adverse market conditions may affect our businesses in many ways, including reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds, and/or reducing the ability of our funds to raise or deploy capital, each of which could materially reduce our revenue, net income and cash flow, and affect our financial conditions and prospects. As a result of our value-oriented, contrarian investment style which is inherently long-term in nature, there may be significant fluctuations in our financial results from quarter to quarter and year to year.

Beginning in July 2007, the financial markets encountered a series of negative events starting with the sub-prime fall-out which led to the decline in availability of asset backed commercial paper and debt underwriting. Based on the performance of many of our portfolio companies and capital markets funds in the third and fourth quarter of 2007, the impact to date of these events on our private equity and capital markets funds has resulted in a reduction in revenue. We do not currently know the full extent to which this recent disruption will affect us or the markets in which we operate. If the disruption continues, we and the funds we manage may experience further tightening of liquidity, reduced earnings and cash flow, impairment charges, as well as, challenges in raising additional capital, obtaining investment financing and making investments on attractive terms. These market conditions can also have an impact on our ability to liquidate positions in a timely and efficient manner.

For a more detailed description of how economic and global financial market conditions can materially affect our financial performance and condition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Difficult market conditions may adversely affect our businesses in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds or reducing the ability of our funds to raise or deploy capital, each of which could materially reduce our revenue, net income and cash flow and adversely affect our financial prospects and condition.”

Uncertainty remains regarding Apollo’s future taxation levels. Members of the United States Congress have introduced and Congress has considered (but not enacted) legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation—The U.S. Federal income tax law that determines the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares is under review and is potentially subject to adverse legislative, judicial or administrative change, possibly on a retroactive basis, including possible changes that would result in the treatment of our long-term capital gains as ordinary income, that would cause us to become taxable as a corporation and/or have other adverse effects,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Members of the U.S. Congress have introduced legislation that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying for treatment as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the publicly traded partnership rules. If this or any similar legislation or regulation were to be enacted and apply to us, we would incur a substantial increase in our tax liability and it could well result in a reduction in the value of our Class A shares” and “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action.”

Assets Under Management

Assets Under Management, or AUM, refers to the assets we manage or with respect to which we have control, including capital we have the right to call from our investors pursuant to their capital commitments to various funds. Our AUM equals the sum of:

 

  (i) the fair value of our private equity investments plus the capital that we are entitled to call from our investors pursuant to the terms of their capital commitments plus non-recallable capital to the extent a fund is within the commitment period in which management fees are calculated based on total commitments to the fund;

 

100


Table of Contents
  (ii) the net asset value, or “NAV,” of our capital markets funds, other than collateralized senior credit opportunity funds (such as Artus, which we measure by using the mark-to-market value of the aggregate principal amount of the underlying CLO ) plus used or available leverage and/or capital commitments; and

 

  (iii) the fair value of any other assets that we manage plus unused credit facilities and/or capital commitments available for investment that are not otherwise included in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

We earn management fees from the funds that we manage pursuant to management agreements on a basis that varies from Apollo fund to Apollo fund (e.g., any of “net asset value,” “gross assets,” “adjusted cost of all unrealized portfolio investments,” “capital commitments,” “adjusted assets” or “capital contributions,” each as defined in the applicable management agreement, may form the basis for a management fee calculation). Our calculation of AUM may differ from the calculations of other asset managers and, as a result, this measure may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other asset managers. Our AUM measure includes assets under management for which we charge either no or nominal fees. Our definition of AUM is not based on any definition of assets under management contained in our operating agreement or in any of our Apollo fund management agreements. Our AUM has increased significantly since December 31, 2005, as a result of (1) raising new funds with sizeable capital commitments and (2) increasing net asset values of our existing funds from new investor capital and their retained profits.

AUM as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are set forth below:

 

     March 31,    December 31,
     2008    2007    2007    2006    2005
     (dollars in millions)
AUM:               

Private equity

   $ 30,553    $ 19,534    $ 30,237    $ 20,186    $ 18,734

Capital markets

     10,141      6,028      10,118      4,392      2,463
                                  

Total

   $ 40,694    $ 25,562    $   40,355    $   24,578    $   21,197
                                  

The following table summarizes changes in AUM for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

       Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year ended December 31,  
       2008     2007     2007     2006     2005  
     (dollars in millions)  
Change in AUM:           

Beginning of period

   $ 40,355     $ 24,578     $ 24,578     $ 21,197     $ 11,322  

Change in fair value

     (1,106 )     1,222       2,968       2,473       1,835  

Capital raised

     2,826       1,522       14,541       1,191       9,327  

Distributions / redemptions

     (1,780 )     (811 )     (869 )     (347 )     (319 )

Other Inflows / (Outflows)

     399       (949 )     (863 )     64       (968 )
                                        

End of period

   $ 40,694     $ 25,562     $ 40,355     $ 24,578     $ 21,197  
                                        

AUM amounted to $40.7 billion at March 31, 2008, including $30.6 billion from private equity and $10.1 billion from capital markets. AUM, as of the end of the first quarter 2008, was up 59% from the first quarter of 2007. At March 31, 2008, approximately $18.3 billion and $9.4 billion of private equity and capital markets AUM, respectively, represent fee generating assets as compared to $13.4 billion and $4.2 billion for the same period in 2007. Fee generating assets are those assets on which we earn management fees. A significant portion

 

101


Table of Contents

of the increase in fee-generating assets at March 31, 2008 was related to our latest private equity fund, Fund VII. We began earning management fee revenue on the committed capital of this fund effective January 1, 2008. In addition, the remaining increase was primarily attributable to new capital markets funds. We also began earning management fee revenue from EPF in July 2007 and ACLF in October 2007.

The increase in private equity AUM from the year ended December 31, 2007 over the year ended December 31, 2006 was largely driven by investment appreciation and by closings in Fund VII. The increase in capital markets AUM during the same year over year period was driven by growth in new funds established during 2007 as well as additional assets in our existing funds. At year end 2007, approximately $14.0 billion and $8.5 billion of private equity and capital markets AUM, respectively, represent fee generating assets. Fee generating assets are those on which we earn management fees. A significant portion of our private equity non- fee generating AUM at December 31, 2007 was related to our latest fund, Fund VII. We began receiving management fees effective January 1, 2008 on those assets and will record corresponding revenues beginning in the first quarter of 2008. Non-fee generating assets include amounts for which we do not currently earn management fees, but for which we expect to earn carried interest income as AUM includes the fair value of private equity investments and management fees of certain of our private equity funds are based on the cost of unrealized investments that have appreciated in value.

The table below displays fee generating and non-fee generating AUM by segments as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Assets Under Management

Fee Generating/Non-Fee Generating

 

     March 31,    December 31,
     2008    2007    2007    2006    2005
     (dollars in millions)

Private equity

   $ 30,553    $ 19,534    $ 30,237    $ 20,186    $ 18,734

Fee generating

     18,345      13,370      14,039      13,502      3,223

Non-fee generating

     12,208      6,164      16,198      6,684      15,511

Capital markets

     10,141      6,028      10,118      4,392      2,463

Fee generating

     9,427      4,194      8,502      3,941      1,958

Non-fee generating

     714      1,834      1,616      451      505

Total Assets Under Management

     40,694      25,562      40,355      24,578      21,197

Fee generating

     27,772      17,564      22,541      17,443      5,181

Non-fee generating

     12,922      7,998      17,814      7,135      16,016

Our Recent Growth

We have experienced significant growth in our businesses from 2002 to present. We have achieved this growth by our funds raising additional assets/capital in our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses, growing AUM through appreciation and by expanding our businesses using new strategies and geographies. We also expect to achieve growth in our AUM as a result of Fund VII. Fund VII has a target of $15.0 billion, as compared with Fund VI, which had total committed capital of $10.1 billion. As of March 31, 2008, Fund VII has received capital commitments of $11.8 billion, which is included in our AUM above. Additionally, several of our capital markets funds are in various stages of fundraising. As a result of our recent growth, we have experienced a significant increase in our management fees and advisory and transaction fees. To support this growth, we have also experienced a material increase in operating expenses, resulting from hiring additional personnel, opening new offices to expand our geographical reach and incurring additional professional fees.

 

102


Table of Contents

Performance information for our funds is included throughout this discussion and analysis to facilitate an understanding of our results of operations for the periods presented. An investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of our funds. The performance information reflected in this discussion and analysis is not indicative of the possible performance of our Class A shares and is also not necessarily indicative of the future results of any particular fund. There can be no assurance that our funds will continue to achieve, or that our future funds will achieve, comparable results. See “Business—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds.”

Overview of Results of Operations

Revenues

Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates . As a result of providing advisory services with respect to actual and potential private equity investments, we are entitled to receive fees for transactions related to the acquisition and, in certain instances, disposition of portfolio companies as well as fees for ongoing monitoring of portfolio company operations. Under the terms of the limited partnership agreements for certain of our private equity and capital markets funds, the management fee earned is subject to a reduction of a percentage of such advisory and transaction fees. This management fee rebate is calculated at 65% for Fund V and certain of our capital markets funds and 68% for Funds VI and VII, respectively, and is reflected as a reduction to Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates on our consolidated and combined statements of operations.

Additionally, in the normal course of business, the management companies incur certain costs related to private equity fund (and certain capital markets funds) transactions that are not consummated (“broken deal costs”). A portion of broken deal costs related to certain of our private equity funds, up to the total amount of transaction and advisory fees, are reimbursed by the unconsolidated funds (through reductions of the management fee offset described above), except for Fund VII and certain of our capital markets funds which bear all broken deal costs and these costs are factored into the management fee offset. These payments are included in Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates in our consolidated and combined statements of operations.

As we have grown the invested capital of the Apollo private equity funds, the advisory and transaction fees that we have earned from private equity transactions have grown as well.

Management Fees from Affiliates . The significant growth of the assets we manage has had a positive effect on our revenues. Management fees are calculated based upon any of “net asset value,” “gross assets,” “adjusted costs of all unrealized portfolio investments,” “capital commitments,” “adjusted assets” or “capital contributions,” each as defined in the applicable management agreement of the unconsolidated funds. Fees earned from our consolidated funds are eliminated in consolidation. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, therefore, subsequent to deconsolidation the management fees associated with these funds are included in the consolidated and combined statement of financial operations.

Carried Interest Income from Affiliates . The general partners are entitled to an incentive return that can amount to as much as 20% of the total returns on fund capital, depending upon performance of the underlying funds. The carried interest income from affiliates is recognized in accordance with EITF Topic D-96, Accounting for Arrangement Fees Based on a Formula (“EITF Topic D-96”). In applying EITF Topic D-96, the carried interest from affiliates for any period is based upon an assumed liquidation of the funds’ net assets at the reporting date, and distribution of the net proceeds in accordance with the funds’ allocation provisions. Carried interest income in both private equity funds and certain capital markets funds is subject to clawback in the event of future losses to the extent of the cumulative carried interest recognized in income to date. Carried interest receivables are reported on a separate line item within the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. Carried interest from our consolidated funds is eliminated in consolidation. As discussed in note 1 to

 

103


Table of Contents

our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007, therefore, the carried interest income associated with these funds subsequent to deconsolidation is included in the consolidated and combined statement of financial operations.

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits . Our most significant expense is compensation and benefits expense. This consists of fixed salary, discretionary and non-discretionary bonuses, profit sharing expense associated with the carried interest income earned from private equity funds and recognition of compensation expense associated with the vesting of non-cash equity awards.

Our compensation arrangements with certain partners and employees contain a significant performance-based bonus component. Therefore, as our net revenues increase, our compensation costs also rise. In addition, our compensation costs reflect the increased investment in people as we expand geographically and create new funds. Prior to the Reorganization, all payments for services rendered by our managing partners have been accounted for as partnership distributions rather than compensation and benefits expense. As a result, the financial statements have not reflected compensation expense for services rendered by these individuals. Subsequent to the Reorganization, our managing partners are considered employees of Apollo. As such, payments for services made to these individuals, including the expense associated with Apollo Operating Group units described below, have been recorded as compensation expense. In addition, certain professionals and selected other individuals have a profit sharing interest in the carried interest earned in relation to these funds in order to better align their interests with our own and with those of the investors in these funds. Profit sharing expense is part of our compensation and benefits expense and is based upon a fixed percentage of private equity carried interest income on a pre-tax and a pre-consolidated basis. Profit sharing expense was $307.7 million, $185.0 million and $235.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Profit sharing expense was $(73.4) million and $82.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, a decrease of $155.8 million or 189.1%, as a result of the decline in fair value of several of our private equity fund portfolio investments.

Salary expense for services rendered by our managing partners will be limited to $100,000 per year for a five-year period commencing September 2007. Subsequent to this period, cash compensation costs will likely increase. Additionally, in connection with the Reorganization, the managing partners and contributing partners received Apollo Operating Group units with a vesting period of five to six years and certain employees were granted RSUs that typically have a vesting period of six years. The non-cash compensation expense related to such Apollo Operating Group units and RSUs was approximately $980.7 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $259.9 million and $15.1 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2008 (see the notes to our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

Professional fees . Professional fees consist mainly of legal and consulting fees, fees for audit and tax services, for accounting services and broken deal costs.

Other Expenses . The balance of our other expenses includes interest, including interest related to the BCF, occupancy, depreciation and amortization, costs related to travel, information technology, and other operating expenses. Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to our $1.0 billion credit agreement which has a variable interest amount based on LIBOR and interest on our Strategic Investor convertible debt. Additionally, we incurred interest expense related to the mandatory exercise of the BCF when the Strategic Investors converted the debt they were issued to Class A shares on August 8, 2007. Occupancy expense represents charges related to office leases and associated expenses, such as utilities. Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets is calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from two to sixteen years, taking into

 

104


Table of Contents

consideration any residual value. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected term of the lease. Intangible assets recognized from the acquisition of the Non-Controlling Interest during the third quarter of 2007 are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the assets as discussed in the notes to our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income

Net Gains from Investment Activities . The performance of the consolidated Apollo funds has impacted our gains (losses) from investments. Gains (losses) from investments includes both realized gains and losses and the change in unrealized gains and losses in our investment portfolio between the opening balance sheet date and the closing balance sheet date. Net unrealized gains (losses) are a result of changes in the fair value of investments that have not been realized as of the balance sheet date. Significant judgment and estimation goes into the assumptions that drive these models and the actual values realized with respect to investments could be materially different from values obtained based on the use of those models. The valuation methodologies applied impact the reported value of investment company holdings and their underlying portfolios in our consolidated and combined financial statements. As discussed in note 1 to our audited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated on either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. Therefore subsequent to deconsolidation, the financial statements only include the net realized and unrealized gains (losses) of AAA.

Interest and Dividend Income and Other Income . Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date and interest income is recognized as earned on an accrual basis. Discounts and premiums on securities purchased are accreted or amortized over the life of the respective investments using the effective interest method.

Income Tax Provision

Apollo has historically operated as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and generally as corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. As a result, income has not been subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by these entities represent obligations of the individual partners and members and have not been reflected in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Income taxes shown on the historical consolidated and combined statements of operations are attributable to the New York City unincorporated business tax and income taxes on certain entities located in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Following the Reorganization, the Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries continue to operate in the U.S. as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and generally as corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, these entities in some cases continue to be subject to New York City unincorporated business tax, or in the case of non-U.S. entities, to non-U.S. corporate income taxes. In addition, APO Corp. is subject to federal, state and local corporate income taxes at the entity level and these taxes are reflected in the consolidated and combined financial statements.

Non-Controlling Interest

For entities that are consolidated, but not 100% owned, a portion of the income or loss and corresponding equity is allocated to owners other than Apollo. The aggregate of the income or loss and corresponding equity that is not owned by the company is included in Non-Controlling Interest in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Non-Controlling Interest relating to Apollo Global Management, LLC includes the ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group held by the managing partners and contributing partners through their partnership interests in Holdings and the limited partner interests in AAA that remains consolidated. Prior to the deconsolidation of most of the Apollo funds, the Non-Controlling Interest included limited partner interests in the respective consolidated funds.

 

105


Table of Contents

Investment Platform and Cost Trends

In order to accommodate the increasing demands of our funds’ rapidly growing investment portfolios, we have expanded our investment platform, which is comprised primarily of our people, financial and operating systems and supporting infrastructure. Expansion of our investment platform required increases in headcount, consisting of newly hired professionals and support staff, as well as, leases and associated improvements to new offices to accommodate the increasing number of employees, and related augmentation of systems and infrastructure. Our headcount increased from 144 employees as of December 31, 2006 to 350 employees as of the date hereof. As a result, our compensation and other personnel related expenses have increased, as have our rent and other office related expenses. As we continue to expand our global platform, we anticipate our headcount and related expenses will continue to increase.

Our future growth will depend in part, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges:

 

   

in maintaining adequate financial, regulatory and business controls;

 

   

implementing new or updated information and financial systems, process and procedures; and

 

   

in training, managing, hiring qualified professionals and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis.

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

Results of Operations

Following is a discussion of our consolidated and combined results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. For additional analysis of the factors that affected our results at the segment level, see “—Segment Analysis” below.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 72,975     $ 26,399    $ 46,576     176.4 %

Management fees from affiliates

     84,692       31,210      53,482     171.4  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

     (142,238 )     67,301      (209,539 )   (311.3 )
                         

Total Revenues

   $ 15,429     $ 124,910    $ (109,481 )   (87.6 )%
                         

Our revenues and other income include fixed components that result from measures of capital and asset levels, and variable components that result from realized and unrealized investment performance, as well as the value of successfully completed transactions.

Total revenues were $15.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $124.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $109.5 million or 87.6%. This change was primarily attributable to decreased carried interest income from affiliates due to the decline in the fair value of our fund portfolio investments, offset in part by increased management fees earned from affiliates as a result of new funds

 

106


Table of Contents

with sizable capital commitments that commenced operations, combined with increased advisory and transaction fees earned from affiliates due to the funding of large private equity acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared to the same period during 2007.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including directors’ fees and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $73.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as compared to $26.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $46.6 million or 176.4%. As discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated during 2007. As such, management fee rebates included in advisory and transaction fees that were eliminated in the consolidation of the Apollo funds for the three months ended March 31, 2007 resulted in an increase of $12.6 million in fees when compared with the three months ended March 31, 2008. The remaining change was primarily attributable to the funding of certain private equity acquisitions, as well as the advisory fees associated with newly acquired portfolio companies. Total advisory and transaction fees earned for the private equity and capital markets segments increased by $58.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The increase in private equity transaction fees was primarily driven by two acquisitions in Fund VI and AAA, which closed in early 2008, generating net transaction fees of $57.9 million. Private equity advisory and transaction fees, including director fees, are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% for Fund V and 68% for Funds VI and VII, totaling $101.9 million and $12.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of $89.3 million or 708.7%.

Management fees from affiliates were $84.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $31.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $53.5 million or 171.4%. As discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated during 2007. As such, approximately $24.1 million was attributable to the management fees earned from the Apollo funds that were previously eliminated in consolidation. Excluding the impact of the above, management fees for private equity and capital markets segments increased by $14.5 million and $14.9 million, respectively. The $14.5 million increase in management fees earned from our private equity funds was primarily attributable to the commencement of Fund VII during the third quarter of 2007, which had committed capital of $12.1 billion at March 31, 2008 and management fees totaling $36.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2008. This increase was partially offset by a $22.3 million decrease within our existing private equity funds primarily due to the reduction of management fees earned from Fund VI as its management fee calculation formula changed in 2008 after the investment period ended and its step down date commenced. The $14.9 million increase in management fees earned from our capital markets funds was primarily attributable to the increase of the net asset values of our existing funds with management fees of $13.0 million combined with the commencement of new capital market funds during the third and fourth quarter of 2007 having combined management fees of $1.9 million.

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates was $(142.2) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $67.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $209.5 million or 311.3%. Carried interest (loss) income is related to investment gains and losses of affiliates. As discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated during 2007. As such, approximately $143.8 million was attributable to the carried interest income that was previously eliminated in the consolidation of the Apollo funds . During the three months ended March 31, 2008 only one entity, AAA, has been consolidated compared to a majority of the private equity funds for the three months ended March 31, 2007. This has the resulting impact of reflecting most of the investment income in this item in 2008 and only a portion in 2007. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in unrealized losses related to investments held by our private equity funds and reversal of unrealized gains on investment realizations in the total amount of $489.6 million, primarily attributable to Fund V. In addition, carried interest income earned from capital markets funds decreased by $32.2 million, primarily driven by a decrease of realized gains attributable to dispositions of investments in AIC combined with unrealized losses on the fair values of portfolio investments held by VIF and SVF. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in carried interest income resulting from realized gains from the disposition of private equity fund investments totaling $168.5 million, primarily attributable to Fund V.

 

107


Table of Contents

Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2008    2007      

Compensation and benefits

   $ 268,067    $ 109,471    $ 158,596    144.9 %

Interest expense

     16,564      3,253      13,311    409.2  

Professional fees

     23,995      18,033      5,962    33.1  

General, administrative and other

     12,836      6,827      6,009    88.0  

Placement fees

     24,132      —        24,132    NA  

Occupancy

     5,262      2,926      2,336    79.8  

Depreciation and amortization

     6,336      830      5,506    663.4  
                       

Total Expenses

   $ 357,192    $ 141,340    $ 215,852    152.7 %
                       

Total expenses were $357.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $141.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $215.9 million or 152.7%. This change was primarily attributable to increased compensation and benefits due to increased non-cash compensation expense, as well as placement fees incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for new funds, specifically Fund VII and SOMA as discussed below, during the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared to the same period during 2007.

Compensation and benefits were $268.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $109.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $158.6 million or 144.9%. Non-cash compensation increased by $283.1 million which was attributable to the amortization of the Apollo Operating Group units granted to the managing partners and contributing partners at the time of the Reorganization as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, totaling $259.9 million. The remainder of the compensation and benefits increase was attributable to the amortization associated with the RSUs and RDUs, certain of which were fully vested at grant, totaling $15.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively, during the first quarter of 2008. Additionally, compensation and benefits increased $31.3 million as a result of the growth in overall headcount to support increased investment activity and compensation to existing personnel. These increases were offset by a decrease in profit sharing expense of $155.8 million resulting from decreased carried interest income earned from affiliates due to a decline in the fair value of several of our private equity portfolio investments during the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.

Interest expense was $16.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $13.3 million or 409.2%. This change was primarily attributable to $15.9 million of interest incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2008 related to the $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement entered into by AMH during April 2007 as discussed in note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This increase was partially offset by a $2.6 million reduction of interest expense due to lower interest rates on our variable debt as a result of changes in the interest rate environment.

Professional fees were $24.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $18.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $6.0 million or 33.1%. This change was primarily attributable to increased broken deal costs and external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees incurred relating to one-time projects during 2008.

General, administrative and other expenses were $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $6.0 million or 88.0%. This change was primarily attributable to organization costs incurred of $2.8 million relating to Fund VII, which commenced operations during the third quarter of 2007. The remaining increase of $3.2 million was attributable

 

108


Table of Contents

to increased travel, information technology and other expenses incurred as a result of expanding our global platform and increased headcount during 2008.

Placement fees incurred were $24.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of additional committed capital for new funds that commenced operations during 2007, specifically $21.8 million for Fund VII and $2.3 million for SOMA.

Occupancy expense was $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $2.3 million or 79.8%. This change was primarily attributable to the expansion of office space leased as a result of the increase in our overall headcount during 2008, as well as increased maintenance fees incurred on existing office space leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $5.5 million or 663.4%. Amortization expense of $4.4 million during 2008 was attributable to the intangible assets recognized from the acquisition of the contributing partners’ interest during the third quarter of 2007 as discussed in note 3 of our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements. The remaining increase of $1.1 million was the result of new assets placed in service partially offset by a decrease of depreciation expense as a result of the distribution of the Gulfstream G-IV during July 2007 as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other (Loss) Income

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007     

Net (losses) gains from investment activities

   $ (125,300 )   $ 753,017    $ (878,317 )   (116.6 )%

Dividend income from affiliates

     —         79,836      (79,836 )   N/A  

Interest income

     6,752       14,924      (8,172 )   (54.8 )

(Loss) income from equity method investments

     (2,639 )     584      (3,223 )   (551.9 )

Other (loss) income

     (468 )     487      (955 )   (196.1 )
                         

Total Other (Loss) Income

   $ (121,655 )   $ 848,848    $ (970,503 )   (114.3 )%
                         

Total other (loss) income was $(121.7) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $848.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $970.5 million or 114.3%. This change was primarily attributable to a decline in the fair values of fund portfolio investments, combined with lower dividend income from affiliates due to deconsolidation.

Net (losses) gains from investment activities were $(125.3) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $753.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $878.3 million or 116.6%. Net gains of $663.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2007 were attributable to the Apollo funds that were previously consolidated as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and were comprised of realized gains totaling $691.3 million from the sale of investments, offset by unrealized losses of $28.2 million due to the decline in fair value of their portfolio investments. The remaining change was primarily attributable to a decrease in net unrealized gains of $215.2 million related to the decline in the fair values of AAA’s portfolio investments to a net unrealized loss of $125.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared with net unrealized gains of $89.9 million for the same period during 2007.

Dividend income was $79.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007. This income was attributable to dividends from portfolio company investments during the three months ended March 31, 2007

 

109


Table of Contents

earned by the Apollo funds that were previously consolidated as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, primarily Funds V and VI which earned dividend income totaling $60.8 million and $18.4 million, respectively.

Interest income was $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $14.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $8.2 million or 54.8%. Interest income of $14.0 million was generated by the Apollo funds that were previously consolidated as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, during the three months ended March 31, 2007. Furthermore, interest income of $5.3 million was earned during the first quarter of 2008 primarily on the net undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 related to the Rule 144A Offering also discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net (loss) income from equity method investments was $(2.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $3.2 million or 551.9%. The net loss attributable to the capital markets segment during 2008 totaled $2.5 million compared with net income of $0.4 million during the same period in 2007, a decrease of $2.9 million which was primarily associated with new capital markets funds, Artus and ACLF, both of which commenced operations during late 2007. The remaining decrease of $0.3 million was attributable to the net loss experienced within our existing private equity investments.

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

The income tax benefit (provision) was $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $(1.8) million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $4.3 million or 238.9%. This change was primarily due to the Reorganization of Apollo during 2007 and the creation of two intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC. As discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the earnings of APO Corp. are taxed at a 41% marginal rate in comparison to only being subject to unincorporated business taxes at March 31, 2007. The net loss reported by APO Corp. for the three months ended March 31, 2008 has resulted in an incremental corporate tax benefit of $4.9 million. Foreign income tax expense increased by $0.7 million due to an increase in European operations, partially offset by a decrease in the NYC UBT expense of $0.1 million.

Non-Controlling Interest

Non-Controlling Interest was $364.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $(686.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $1,051.1 million or 153.1%. As discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, of the total change, an increase of $646.7 million was attributable to the Non-Controlling Interest of investors in the net earnings of our previously consolidated funds, partially offset by a decrease of $35.4 million due to Non-Controlling Interest of investors in net losses of our excluded entities during 2007. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to the increase in the Non-Controlling Interest of investors in losses of AAA totaling $198.7 million and post reorganization losses allocated to Holdings of $243.9 million.

 

110


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $   150,191    $   147,051    $ 3,140    2.1 %

Management fees from affiliates

     192,934      101,921      91,013    89.3  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     294,725      97,508      197,217    202.3  
                       

Total Revenues

   $ 637,850    $ 346,480    $   291,370    84.1 %
                       

Our revenues and other income include fixed components that result from measures of capital and asset levels, and variable components that result from realized and unrealized investment performance and the value of successfully completed transactions.

Total revenues were $637.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $346.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $291.4 million or 84.1%. This change was primarily attributable to increased carried interest income from affiliates due to the commencement of operations of our new private equity fund, Fund VI, and favorable performance of our existing private equity funds. Additionally, management fees from affiliates increased as a result of the increase in the net asset values of our existing capital markets funds.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including management fee rebates and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $150.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $147.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.1 million or 2.1%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, most of the Apollo funds were deconsolidated during 2007. As such, a decrease of approximately $9.2 million was attributable to management fee rebates previously eliminated in consolidation. This decrease was offset by an increase in advisory and transaction fees of $12.3 million which was attributable to transaction fees from the funding of certain private equity acquisitions as well as the advisory fees associated with newly acquired portfolio companies. Transaction and advisory fees are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% and 68% for Fund V and Fund VI totaling $130.1 million and $108.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Management fees from affiliates were $192.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $101.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $91.0 million or 89.3%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, approximately $45.6 million of this increase was attributable to the management fees previously eliminated in consolidation. Of the remaining increase, $44.1 million was due to an increase in the net asset values of our existing funds and $2.9 million was attributable to the commencement of three new capital markets funds during 2007. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in private equity management fees of $1.6 million principally due to the winding down of private equity Fund III.

Carried interest income represents revenue related to investment gains and losses of unconsolidated affiliates. Carried interest income from affiliates was $294.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $197.2 million or 202.3%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, a decrease of $125.0 million was attributable to carried interest income previously eliminated in consolidation. The remaining change was primarily attributable to the increase in unrealized gains related to the investments held by our private equity funds of $334.2 million, mostly in Fund VI, partially offset by a decrease in realized gains of $23.0 million from dispositions of private equity investments. In addition, carried interest income earned from capital markets funds increased by $11.0 million, which was primarily driven by unrealized gains on the fair values of investments held by our new and existing capital markets funds.

 

111


Table of Contents

Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006     

Compensation and benefits

   $   1,450,330    $   266,772    $   1,183,558     443.7 %

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

     240,000      —        240,000     N/A  

Interest expense

     105,968      8,839      97,129     1,098.9  

Professional fees

     81,824      31,738      50,086     157.8  

General, administrative and other

     36,618      38,782      (2,164 )   (5.6 )

Placement fees

     27,253      —        27,253     N/A  

Occupancy

     12,865      7,646      5,219     68.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     7,869      3,288      4,581     139.3  
                        

Total Expenses

   $ 1,962,727    $ 357,065    $ 1,605,662     449.7 %
                        

Total expenses were $1,962.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $357.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $1,605.7 million or 449.7%. This change was primarily attributable to increased non-cash compensation and profit sharing expense, as well as an increase in interest expense associated with the amortization of the BCF of the convertible debt.

Compensation and benefits were $1,450.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $266.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $1,183.6 million or 443.7%. A portion of this increase was attributable to the amortization of the Apollo Operating Group units granted to the managing partners and contributing partners at the time of the Reorganization of $980.7 million as discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, combined with the amortization associated with the RSUs and AAA RDUs of $5.3 million and $3.9 million, respectively, as discussed in note 12 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, profit sharing expense increased by $122.7 million, primarily due to the full year activity of Apollo Advisors VI, L.P. and AAA in 2007. The remaining increase of $71.0 million was due to the growth in overall headcount to support increased investment activity and compensation to existing personnel.

As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, interest expense increased by approximately $240 million due to the accelerated amortization of the BCF when the notes subject to contingent conversion issued to the Strategic Investors on July 13, 2007 were mandatorily converted to 60,000,001 Class A shares on August 8, 2007. The intrinsic value of the BCF was based on the difference between the conversion price of $20 per share and $24 fair value per share.

Interest expense was $106.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $97.1 million or 1,098.9%. Interest expense of $44.3 million was incurred during 2007 related to the amortization of deferred loan transaction costs and $6.1 million of interest expense related to the convertible notes prior to their conversion to equity as discussed in note 10 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $2.2 million related to Apollo funds previously consolidated. Of the remaining increase of $47.9 million was incurred related to the $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement entered into by AMH during 2007.

Professional fees were $81.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $50.1 million or 157.8%. This change was primarily attributable to increased external accounting, audit, consulting and legal fees associated with new funds that were established and commenced operations during 2007, as well as various one time projects.

 

112


Table of Contents

General, administrative and other expenses were $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $2.2 million or 5.6%. This change was partially attributable to a decrease of $6.1 million in expenses of Apollo funds previously consolidated as discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This decrease was offset by an increase of $3.9 million attributable to increased travel, information technology and other expenses incurred as a result of expanding our global platform and increased headcount during 2007.

Placement fees were $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for new funds that commenced operations during 2007, specifically $22.8 million for Fund VII and $4.5 million for SOMA.

Occupancy expense was $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $5.2 million or 68.3%. This change was primarily attributable to the addition of three new leased properties as a result of the increase in our overall headcount, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees due to the expansion of existing spaces leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $4.6 million or 139.3%. This increase was primarily related to the amortization expense of $4.7 million associated with the intangible assets recognized from the acquisition of the contributing partners’ interests as discussed in note 3 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of depreciation expense due to the distribution of the Gulfstream G-IV during July 2007 as discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007     2006     

Net gains from investment activities

   $ 2,279,263     $ 1,620,554    $ 658,709     40.6 %

Dividend income from affiliates

     238,609       140,569      98,040     69.7  

Interest income

     52,500       38,423      14,077     36.6  

Income from equity method investments

     1,722       1,362      360     26.4  

Other (loss) income

     (36 )     3,154      (3,190 )   (101.1 )
                         

Total Other Income

   $   2,572,058     $   1,804,062    $   767,996     42.6 %
                         

Total other income was $2,572.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,804.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $768.0 million or 42.6%. This change was primarily attributable to the increases in the fair values of our private equity fund investments, as well as increased dividend income from affiliates earned from fund portfolio investments.

Net gains from investment activities were $2,279.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,620.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $658.7 million or 40.6%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, this change was primarily attributable to the increase in unrealized and realized gains of $515.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, related to the private equity and capital markets funds which were previously consolidated. The increase in unrealized gains was primarily driven by the increase in fair values of investments within Funds V and VI. The increase in realized gains was primarily driven by dispositions of investments within Fund III, Fund IV and VIF. Of these amounts, a decrease in unrealized gains of $306.1 million and an increase in realized gains of $138.4 million are attributed to investments of Funds I, II and III which were excluded from

 

113


Table of Contents

Apollo Global Management, LLC subsequent to the Reorganization. The remaining increase of $141.1 million was attributable to the increase in the fair value of AAA’s portfolio investments during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared with 2006.

Dividend income from affiliates was $238.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $140.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $98.0 million or 69.7%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, this change was primarily attributable to the increase in dividend income of $97.5 million included within private equity funds previously consolidated. This change was primarily attributable to increased one-time liquidating dividends earned from existing portfolio companies in Fund V of $156.4 million and new portfolio companies in Fund VI of $60.6 million during 2007, partially offset by a decrease in one-time liquidating dividends from existing portfolio companies in Funds IV and V of $112.1 million. The remaining change was attributable to a $7.4 million decrease in recurring dividends earned from existing portfolio companies during 2007.

Interest income was $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $14.1 million or 36.6%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, this change was partially attributable to a decrease of $2.0 million in interest income included in private equity funds previously consolidated. In addition, as discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, interest income of $14.7 million was earned on the net undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 related to the Rule 144A Offering. The remaining increase of $1.4 million was attributable to interest earned on higher cash balances during 2007.

Income Tax Provision

Income taxes were $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.2 million or 3.9%. The increase of the income tax provision is primarily due to the Reorganization of Apollo during 2007 and the creation of two intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the earnings of APO Corp. are taxed at a 41% marginal rate in comparison to only being subject to unincorporated business taxes in 2006. This resulted in incremental corporate taxes of $1.9 million. Additionally, foreign income tax expense increased by $2.1 million due to an increase in European operations. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the NYC UBT tax expense of $3.8 million.

Non-Controlling Interest

Non-Controlling Interest was $1,810.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,414.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $396.1 million or 28.0%. Non-Controlling Interest for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes $1,859.9 million primarily related to the income allocated to Non-Controlling Interest holders of Apollo funds deconsolidated during August 2007 and November 2007 and $(3.9) million of losses allocated to investors in excluded entities. Subsequent to the Reorganization, Non-Controlling Interest also includes Holdings’ share of Apollo’s loss of $(278.5) million. In addition, Non-Controlling Interest related to AAA increased by $134.9 million, to $226.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to $91.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

114


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 147,051    $ 80,926    $ 66,125    81.7 %

Management fees from affiliates

     101,921      33,492      68,429    204.3  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     97,508      69,347      28,161    40.6  
                       

Total Revenues

   $   346,480    $   183,765    $   162,715    88.5 %
                       

Our revenues and other income include fixed components that result from measures of capital and asset levels, and variable components that result from realized and unrealized investment performance and the value of successfully completed transactions.

Total revenues were $346.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $162.7 million or 88.5%. This change was primarily attributable to increased management fees earned from affiliates as a result of new funds that commenced operations during 2006, combined with increases in the net asset value of our capital markets funds. In addition, advisory and transaction fees increased due to the funding of large private equity acquisitions during 2006.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including management fee rebates and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $147.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $66.1 million or 81.7%. This change was attributable to an increase in transaction fees from the funding of certain private equity acquisitions as well as advisory fees associated with newly acquired portfolio companies totaling $85.4 million, offset by increased management fee rebates of $19.2 million. Transaction and advisory fees are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% for Funds IV and V and 68% for Fund VI for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Management fees from affiliates were $101.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $33.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $68.4 million or 204.3%. Private equity and capital markets segments management fees increased by $45.5 million and $22.9 million, respectively. The increase in private equity management fees was attributable to the commencement of Fund VI resulting in management fees of $50.6 million, partially offset by a decrease of management fees from existing private equity funds of $5.1 million. Of the $22.9 million increase in capital markets management fees, $20.9 million was attributable to the commencement of SVF and AIE I.

Carried interest income from affiliates was $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $69.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $28.2 million or 40.6%. This change was primarily attributable to increased carried interest income of $36.2 million earned from capital markets funds as a result of investments in new funds, specifically SVF, combined with increased investment income and realized and unrealized gains in existing capital markets funds, specifically AIC and VIF. This increase was partially offset by decreased carried interest income earned from existing investments in private equity funds of $8.0 million, primarily from Funds IV and V.

 

115


Table of Contents

Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005     

Compensation and benefits

   $   266,772    $   309,235    $   (42,463 )   (13.7 )%

Interest expense

     8,839      1,405      7,434     529.1  

Professional fees

     31,738      45,687      (13,949 )   (30.5 )

General, administrative and other

     38,782      25,955      12,827     49.4  

Placement fees

     —        47,028      (47,028 )   (100.0 )

Occupancy

     7,646      5,993      1,653     27.6  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,288      2,304      984     42.7  
                        

Total Expenses

   $ 357,065    $ 437,607    $ (80,542 )   (18.4 )%
                        

Total expenses were $357.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $437.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, for a decrease of $80.5 million or 18.4%. This change was primarily attributable to decreased compensation and benefits due to decreased profit sharing expense, as well as decreased placement fees incurred during 2006.

Compensation and benefits were $266.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $309.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $42.5 million or 13.7%. This change was primarily attributable to a reduction in profit sharing expense of approximately $50.1 million driven by the decrease in carried interest income from affiliates and a one-time charge in 2005 of $27.0 million for severance expense, partially offset by increased compensation expense of $34.6 million due to growth in our overall headcount to support investment activity and compensation to existing personnel.

Interest expense was $8.8 million as of December 31, 2006 and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2005, a total increase of $7.4 million or 529.1%. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to $2.6 million of interest incurred on the $75 million loan issued to AAA Holdings during June 2006. The remaining increase of $4.8 million was related to additional interest expense incurred by our consolidated funds.

Professional fees were $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $13.9 million or 30.5%. This change was partially attributable to decreased consulting fees incurred by our consolidated funds of $12.4 million during 2006, primarily related to Fund V and the formation of Fund VI.

General, administrative and other expenses were $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $12.8 million or 49.4%. This change was partially due to an increase of $5.0 million in expenses incurred by our consolidated funds, primarily attributable to travel expenses associated with Fund VI. The remaining increase of $7.8 million was attributable to increased travel, information technology and other expenses incurred as a result of expanding our global platform and increased headcount during 2006.

Placement fees were $47.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. These expenses were related to the raising of committed capital for Fund VI during 2005.

Occupancy expense was $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.7 million or 27.6%. This change was primarily attributable to the addition of new leased properties as a result of the increase in our overall headcount, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees due to expansion of our existing spaces leased.

 

116


Table of Contents

Other Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005     

Net gains from investment activities

   $ 1,620,554    $ 1,970,770    $ (350,216 )   (17.8 )%

Dividend income from affiliates

     140,569      25,979      114,590     441.1  

Interest income

     38,423      33,578      4,845     14.4  

Income from equity method investments

     1,362      412      950     230.6  

Other income

     3,154      2,832      322     11.4  
                        

Total Other Income

   $   1,804,062    $   2,033,571    $   (229,509 )   (11.3 )%
                        

Total other income was $1,804.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2,033.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $229.5 million or 11.3%. This change was primarily attributable to a decrease in the fair values of our private equity fund investments, partially offset by increased dividend income from affiliates.

Net gains from investment activities were $1,620.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1,970.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $350.2 million or 17.8%. This change was primarily attributable to the decrease in realized and unrealized gains of $263.1 million and $87.1 million, respectively, related to the private equity and capital market funds. The decrease in realized gains was primarily driven by a decrease in gains from dispositions of investments within Fund III and IV of $503.1 million, partially offset by an increase in gains from dispositions of investments of $240.0 million primarily within Fund V. The decrease in unrealized gains was due to a decrease in fair values of investments and reversals of unrealized gains of $568.0 million, primarily within Fund V, partially offset by an increase in fair value of investments of $480.9 million, primarily within Fund III, as well as the commencement of Fund VI and AAA. Of the total changes in realized and unrealized gains, a decrease in realized gains of $84.6 million and an increase in unrealized gains of $298.2 million are attributable to investments of Funds I, II and III which were excluded from Apollo Global Management, LLC subsequent to the Reorganization.

Dividend income from affiliates was $140.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $114.6 million or 441.1%. This change was primarily attributable to increased one-time liquidating dividend of $107.8 million earned from existing portfolio companies during 2006, primarily in Fund IV, combined with a one-time dividend income of $20.7 million earned from a new portfolio investment in Fund V. These increases were offset by a $13.9 million decrease in recurring dividends earned from existing portfolio investments in Funds IV and V.

Income Tax Provision

Income taxes were $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $5.5 million or 531.2%. The increase of the income tax provision was primarily attributable to $5.1 million increase in the unincorporated business tax of New York City driven by the increase in a pre-tax net income attributable to New York City.

Non-Controlling Interest

Non-Controlling Interest was $1,414.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1,577.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, for a decrease of $163.5 million or 10.4%. Non-Controlling Interest primarily represents income (loss) of consolidated funds allocated to Non-Controlling Interest holders. The change was primarily attributable to a decrease in the fair value of our private equity fund investments partially offset by higher dividend income allocated to Non-Controlling Interest holders.

 

117


Table of Contents

Segment Analysis

Discussed below are our results of operations for each of our reportable segments. They represent the segment information available and utilized by our executive management, which consists of our managing partners, who operate collectively as our chief operating decision maker, to assess performance and to allocate resources. Management divides its operations into two reportable segments: Private Equity and Capital Markets. These segments were established based on the nature of investment activities in each fund including the specific type of investment made, the frequency of trading, and the level of control over the investment.

Segment results do not consider consolidation of funds, non-cash equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest.

Private Equity

Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

The following table sets forth our segment statement of operations information and our supplemental performance measure, ENI, for our private equity segment for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Revenues

    

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 72,374     $ 13,796  

Management fees from affiliates

     51,025       36,522  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

     (158,299 )     162,770  
                

Total Revenues

     (34,900 )     213,088  
                

Expenses

     (22,548 )     (125,641 )
                

Other Income

    

Interest income

     3,983       870  

(Loss) Income from equity method investments

     (5,139 )     3,473  

Other (loss) income

     (468 )     479  
                

Total Other (Loss) Income

     (1,624 )     4,822  
                

Economic Net (Loss) Income

   $ (59,072 )   $ 92,269  
                

Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 72,374     $ 13,796    $ 58,578     424.6 %

Management fees from affiliates

     51,025       36,522      14,503     39.7  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

     (158,299 )     162,770      (321,069 )   (197.3 )
                         

Total Revenues

   $ (34,900 )   $ 213,088    $ (247,988 )   (116.4 )%
                         

Total revenues for the private equity segment were $(34.9) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $213.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, representing a decrease of $248.0 million or 116.4%. This change was primarily attributable to lower carried interest income from affiliates due to the decline in the fair value of our fund portfolio investments, offset by increased management fees earned from

 

118


Table of Contents

affiliates as a result of the commencement of Fund VII, combined with increased advisory and transaction fees earned from affiliates due to the funding of large private equity acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared to the same period during 2007.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including director fees and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $72.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as compared to $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $58.6 million or 424.6%. The increase in transaction fees was primarily driven by two acquisitions by Fund VI and AAA, which generated net transaction fees of $57.9 million. Advisory and transaction fees, including director fees, are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% for Fund V and 68% for Funds VI and VII, totaling $101.9 million and $12.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of $89.3 million or 708.7%. In addition, reimbursed broken deal costs associated with these advisory and transaction fees were $3.5 million and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of $2.2 million or 169.2%.

Management fees from affiliates were $51.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $36.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $14.5 million or 39.7%. This change was primarily attributable to management fees earned from Fund VII totaling $36.8 million. Fund VII commenced operations during 2008 and had committed capital of $11.8 billion as of March 31, 2008. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in management fees earned of $22.3 million within our existing private equity funds primarily due to the reduction in management fees earned from Fund VI by $24.3 million as its management fee calculation formula changed in 2008 after the investment period ended and its step down date commenced.

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates was $(158.3) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $162.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $321.1 million or 197.3%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase of $489.6 million in unrealized losses from our fund portfolio investments to $(501.5) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as compared to $(11.9) million for the same period in 2007, which was driven by the decline in the fair values of our underlying portfolio investments and reversal of unrealized gains of investments, primarily in Funds V and VI. This was offset by an increase in realized gains of $168.5 million from our fund portfolio investments to $343.2 million for the three months March 31, 2008 as compared to $174.7 million for the same period in 2007, primarily due to the disposition of investments within Fund V.

Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007     

Compensation and benefits

   $ (42,641 )   $ 98,826    $ (141,467 )   (143.1 )%

Interest expense

     9,069       1,333      7,736     580.3  

Professional fees

     17,728       15,599      2,129     13.6  

General, administrative and other

     7,702       6,850      852     12.4  

Placement fees

     21,825       —        21,825     N/A  

Occupancy

     3,213       2,246      967     43.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,652       787      4,865     618.2  
                         

Total Expenses

   $ 22,548     $ 125,641    $ (103,093 )   (82.1 )%
                         

Total expenses for the private equity segment were $22.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $125.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $103.1 million or 82.1%. This change was primarily attributable to decreased compensation and benefits due to decreased profit sharing expense, offset by an increase in placement fees incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for a new private equity fund, Fund VII.

 

119


Table of Contents

Compensation and benefits were $(42.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $98.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $141.5 million or 143.1%. This change was primarily attributable to decreased profit sharing expense of $155.8 million resulting from decreased carried interest income earned from affiliates due to the decline in fair value of our fund portfolio investments during 2008, as compared to the same period during 2007. This decrease was offset by payments to Contributing Partners totaling $10.5 million and an increase in compensation and benefits of approximately $3.8 million primarily to personnel driven by the increased overall headcount during 2008 to support increased investment activity.

Interest expense was $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $7.7 million or 580.3%. This change was primarily attributable to additional interest of $8.4 million that was allocated to the private equity segment related to the $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement entered into by AMH during April 2007 (refer to note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion). This increase was partially offset by a reduction in interest expense of $0.7 million attributable to lower interest rates on our variable debt due to market changes in the interest rate environment during the 2008 period.

Professional fees were $17.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $15.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $2.1 million or 13.6%. This change was primarily attributable to increased broken deal costs and external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees incurred during 2008 related to one-time projects.

General, administrative and other expense were $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.9 million or 12.4%. This change was primarily attributable to organization costs incurred of $2.8 million relating to Fund VII which commenced operations during late 2007. This increase was partially offset by $1.9 million attributable to reduced travel, information technology and other expenses during 2008.

Placement fees incurred were $21.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for Fund VII during 2008.

Occupancy expense was $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $1.0 million or 43.1%. This change was primarily attributable to the expansion of existing office space leased as a result of the increase in our overall headcount during 2008, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees incurred on existing office space leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $5.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $4.9 million or 618.2%. Amortization expense of $4.4 million during 2008 was attributable to the intangible assets recognized from the acquisition of the contributing partners interests during the third quarter of 2007 as discussed in note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The remaining increase of $0.5 million as a result of new assets placed in service during 2008 was offset by a slight decrease of depreciation expense due to the distribution of the Gulfstream G-IV during July 2007 as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

120


Table of Contents

Other (Loss) Income

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007     

Interest income

   $ 3,983     $ 870    $ 3,113     357.8 %

(Loss) income from equity method investments

     (5,139 )     3,473      (8,612 )   (248.0 )

Other (loss) income

     (468 )     479      (947 )   (197.7 )
                         

Total Other (Loss) Income

   $ (1,624 )   $ 4,822    $ (6,446 )   (133.7 )%
                         

Total other (loss) income for the private equity segment was $(1.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $6.4 million or 133.7%. This change was primarily attributable to investment losses as a result of the decline in the values of equity method investments, offset by increased interest income primarily as a result of the interest earned during 2008 on the undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 as described below.

Interest income was $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $3.1 million or 357.8%. Interest income of $3.0 million was earned on the net undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 related to the Rule 144A Offering as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which was allocated to the private equity segment during the first quarter of 2008.

Net (loss) income from equity method investments was $(5.1) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $8.6 million or 248.0%. This change was primarily attributable to a decline in the values of private equity method investments held during 2008, specifically AAA.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

The following table sets forth our segment statement of operations information and our supplemental performance measure, ENI, for our private equity segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006  

Revenues

    

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 90,408     $ 78,335  

Management fees from affiliates

     149,180       150,731  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     656,901       345,702  
                

Total Revenues

     896,489       574,768  
                

Expenses

     (679,917 )     (302,862 )
                

Other Income

    

Net loss from investment activities

     (73 )     —    

Dividend income

     551       —    

Interest income

     16,394       3,031  

Income from equity method investments

     10,664       5,989  

Other (loss) income

     (36 )     3,384  
                

Total Other Income

     27,500       12,404  
                

Economic Net Income

   $   244,072     $   284,310  
                

 

121


Table of Contents

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 90,408    $ 78,335    $ 12,073     15.4 %

Management fees from affiliates

     149,180      150,731      (1,551 )   (1.0 )

Carried interest income from affiliates

     656,901      345,702      311,199     90.0  
                        

Total Revenues

   $   896,489    $   574,768    $   321,721     56.0 %
                        

Total revenues were $896.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $574.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $321.7 million or 56.0%. This increase was primarily attributable to increased carried interest income from affiliates due to the commencement of Fund VI and an increase in the fair values of our portfolio investments in our existing funds.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including management fee rebates and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $90.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $78.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $12.1 million or 15.4%. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in the number of portfolio company acquisition and disposition transactions to 14 in 2007 from 12 in 2006, resulting in an increase in net transaction fees of $5.6 million. In addition, net advisory fees increased by $4.5 million primarily due to advisory fees from newly acquired portfolio companies. Transaction and advisory fees are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% and 68% for Funds V and VI totaling $130.1 million and $108.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, reimbursed broken deal costs included with these fees were $13.0 million and $11.0 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $2.0 million.

Management fees from affiliates were $149.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $150.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $1.6 million or 1.0%. This decrease was primarily attributable to the winding down of Fund III resulting in a decrease of $7.5 million, partially offset by an increase of $5.9 million associated with the full year activity of AAA.

Carried interest income from affiliates was $656.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $345.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $311.2 million or 90.0%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase of $334.2 million in unrealized gains on the market values of portfolio investments held by our private equity funds to $387.9 million from $53.7 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily driven by our new private equity funds, Fund VI and AAA. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of realized gains of $23.0 million to $269.0 million from $292.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively from the disposition of private equity investments, primarily in Fund V.

 

122


Table of Contents

Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006     

Compensation and benefits

   $ 377,965    $ 242,403    $ 135,562     55.9 %

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

     126,720      —        126,720     N/A  

Interest expense

     56,647      3,893      52,754     1,355.1  

Professional fees

     59,119      20,300      38,819     191.2  

General, administrative and other

     22,695      26,733      (4,038 )   (15.1 )

Placement fees

     22,753      —        22,753     N/A  

Occupancy

     8,551      6,340      2,211     34.9  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,467      3,193      2,274     71.2  
                        

Total Expenses

   $   679,917    $   302,862    $   377,055     124.5 %
                        

Total expenses were $679.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $302.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $377.1 million or 124.5%. This change was primarily attributable to increased non-cash compensation and profit sharing expense, as well as an increase of interest expense associated with the accelerated amortization of the BCF.

Compensation and benefits other than non-cash equity-based compensation were $378.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $242.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $135.6 million or 55.9%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in profit sharing expense of $122.7 million as a result of increased carried interest income earned from Fund VI and AAA, as well as, increased compensation and benefits of $12.9 million to existing and new personnel.

As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, interest expense increased by $126.7 million due to the amortization of the BCF when the convertible notes issued to the Strategic Investors on July 13, 2007, were mandatorily converted to 60,000,001 Class A shares on August 8, 2007. The allocation of interest expense to this segment was based on the fair value of the entities in this segment on July 13, 2007.

Interest expense was $56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $52.8 million or 1,355.1%. This change was primarily attributable to interest expense on the convertible debt incurred prior to conversion to equity, the amortization of deferred loan transaction costs totaling $26.8 million as discussed in note 10 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and additional interest of $25.3 million attributable to the $1.0 billion credit agreement entered into during April 2007.

Professional fees were $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $38.8 million or 191.2%. This change was attributable to increased external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees associated with new funds that were established and commenced operations during 2007, as well as various one-time projects.

General, administrative and other expenses were $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $4.0 million or 15.1%. This change was primarily attributable to additional travel expenses incurred in 2006 related to Fund VI.

Placement fees were $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for Fund VII.

 

123


Table of Contents

Occupancy expense was $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.2 million or 34.9%. This change was primarily the result of the addition of three new leased properties as a result of the increase in overall headcount, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees due to the expansion of existing spaces leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.3 million or 71.2%. As discussed in note 3 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, amortization expense of $2.7 million was incurred related to the intangible assets associated with the acquisition of the contributing partners’ interest during 2007. This expense was partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense during 2007 as compared to 2006 due to the distribution of the Gulfstream G-IV.

Other Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007     2006     

Net loss from investment activities

   $ (73 )   $ —      $ (73 )   N/A  

Dividend income

     551       —        551     N/A  

Interest income

     16,394       3,031      13,363     440.9 %

Income from equity method investments

     10,664       5,989      4,675     78.1  

Other (loss) income

     (36 )     3,384      (3,420 )   (101.1 )
                         

Total Other Income

   $   27,500     $   12,404    $   15,096     121.7 %
                         

Total other income was $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $15.1 million or 121.7%. This change was primarily attributable to increased interest income on the net undistributed proceeds related to the Rule 144A Offering, Reorganization of the company, as well as investment gains in the values of equity method investments.

Interest income was $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $13.4 million or 440.9%. As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, this increase was primarily attributable to interest earned on the net undistributed proceeds related to the Rule 144A Offering.

Income from equity method investments was $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $4.7 million or 78.1%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in fair value of our equity method investments.

 

124


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

The following table sets forth our segment statement of operations information and ENI for our private equity segment for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Revenues

    

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 78,335     $ 42,274  

Management fees from affiliates

     150,731       70,831  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     345,702       438,522  
                

Total Revenues

     574,768       551,627  
                

Expenses

     (302,862 )     (399,454 )
                

Other Income

    

Interest income

     3,031       730  

Income from equity method investments

     5,989       1,634  

Other income

     3,384       2,807  
                

Total Other Income

     12,404       5,171  
                

Economic Net Income

   $   284,310     $   157,344  
                

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 78,335    $ 42,274    $ 36,061     85.3 %

Management fees from affiliates

     150,731      70,831      79,900     112.8  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     345,702      438,522      (92,820 )   (21.2 )
                        

Total Revenues

   $   574,768    $   551,627    $   23,141     4.2 %
                        

Total revenues were $574.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $551.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $23.1 million or 4.2%. This change was primarily attributable to increased management fees as a result of a new private equity fund that commenced operations during 2006 partially offset by decreased carried interest income due to the decline in fair values of our fund investments.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates, including management fee rebates and reimbursed broken deal costs, were $78.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $42.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $36.1 million or 85.3%. The number of private equity portfolio company acquisition and disposition transactions increased from nine in 2005 to 12 in 2006, an increase of $32.2 million. In addition, advisory fees for ongoing services performed for portfolio companies increased by $3.9 million primarily due to advisory fees from newly acquired portfolio companies. Transaction and advisory fees are reported net of management fee rebates calculated at 65% for Funds IV and V and 68% for Fund VI totaling $108.0 million and $57.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Reimbursed broken deal costs included with these fees were $11.0 million and $11.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, resulting in a decrease in advisory and transaction fees of $0.1 million.

Management fees from affiliates were $150.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $70.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $79.9 million or 112.8%. The increase in private equity management fees was attributable to the commencement of Fund VI resulting in management fees of $123.1 million, partially offset by a decrease of management fees of $43.2 million from existing private equity Funds III, IV and V.

 

125


Table of Contents

Carried interest income from affiliates was $345.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $438.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $92.8 million or 21.2%. This change was primarily attributable to a decrease of $64.2 million in net realized gains from the disposition of fund investments to $292.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $356.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily attributable to Fund IV. In addition, net unrealized gains on the market values of portfolio investments held by our private equity funds decreased by $28.6 million to $53.7 million from $82.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily attributable to Fund V.

Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005     

Compensation and benefits

   $ 242,403    $ 300,644    $ (58,241 )   (19.4 )%

Interest expense

     3,893      1,257      2,636     209.7  

Professional fees

     20,300      24,166      (3,866 )   (16.0 )

General, administrative and other

     26,733      19,319      7,414     38.4  

Placement fees

     —        47,028      (47,028 )   (100.0 )

Occupancy

     6,340      4,814      1,526     31.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,193      2,226      967     43.4  
                        

Total Expenses

   $   302,862    $   399,454    $   (96,592 )   (24.2 )%
                        

Total expenses were $302.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $399.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $96.6 million or 24.2%. This change was primarily attributable to a decrease in compensation and benefits due to decreased profit sharing expense, as well as decreased placement fees.

Compensation and benefits were $242.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $300.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $58.2 million or 19.4%. This change was primarily attributable to a reduction in profit sharing expense of $50.1 million resulting from decreased carried interest income earned from affiliates and a decrease resulting from severance charges incurred during 2005 of $27.0 million. These reductions were partially offset by $9.6 million of non-cash compensation related to fee waiver compensation in 2006. The remaining increase of $9.3 million was due to the growth in overall headcount to support increased investment activity during 2006.

Interest expense was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $2.6 million or 209.7%. This increase is primarily the result of the interest incurred on the $75.0 million loan issued to AAA Holdings during June 2006.

Professional fees were $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $3.9 million or 16.0%. This change was primarily attributable to additional legal expenses incurred during 2005 relating to the funds.

Placement fees were $47.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for Fund VI during 2005.

Occupancy expense was $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.5 million or 31.7%. This change was primarily attributable to the addition of new leased properties as a result of the increase in our overall headcount, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees due to the expansion of existing spaces leased.

 

126


Table of Contents

Other Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005      

Interest income

   $ 3,031    $ 730    $ 2,301    315.2 %

Income from equity method investments

     5,989      1,634      4,355    266.5  

Other income

     3,384      2,807      577    20.6  
                       

Total Other Income

   $   12,404    $   5,171    $   7,233    139.9 %
                       

Total other income was $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $7.2 million or 139.9%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in income from equity method investments.

Interest income was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $2.3 million or 315.2%. This change was primarily attributable to higher cash balances and favorable interest rate changes during 2006.

Income from equity method investments was $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $4.4 million or 266.5%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in the fair values of our equity method investments during 2006.

Capital Markets

Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

The following table sets forth segment statement of operations information and ENI, for our capital markets segment for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Revenues

    

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 601     $ —    

Management fees from affiliates

     33,667       18,801  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     16,061       48,271  
                

Total Revenues

     50,329       67,072  
                

Expenses

     (48,909 )     (14,444 )
                

Other (Loss) Income

    

Interest income

     2,769       85  

Income (loss) from equity method investments

     (2,458 )     407  

Other loss

     —         (21 )
                

Total Other Income

     311       471  
                

Economic Net Income

   $ 1,731     $ 53,099  
                

 

127


Table of Contents

Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008    2007     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 601    $ —      $ 601     N/A  

Management fees from affiliates

     33,667      18,801         14,866     79.1 %

Carried interest income from affiliates

     16,061      48,271      (32,210 )   (66.7 )
                        

Total Revenues

   $   50,329    $   67,072    $ (16,743 )   (25.0 )%
                        

Total revenues for the capital markets segment were $50.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $67.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $16.7 million or 25.0%. This change was primarily attributable to lower carried interest income from affiliates due to the decline in fair value of several of our fund portfolio investments, offset by increased management fees earned from affiliates as a result of the increase in the net asset values of our existing funds combined with the commencement of new funds during the three months ended March 31, 2008, as compared to the same period during 2007.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates were $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 attributable to a new capital markets fund, Artus, which commenced operations during late 2007.

Management fees from affiliates were $33.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $14.9 million or 79.1%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in management fees earned from existing funds totaling $13.0 million due to the increase of the net asset values of our existing funds, as well as management fees earned from new funds that commenced operations during the third and fourth quarter of 2007, totaling $1.9 million.

Carried interest income from affiliates was $16.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $48.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $32.2 million or 66.7%. This change was primarily attributable to a decrease of realized gains of $17.4 million from our fund portfolio investments to $14.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as compared to $32.2 million for the same period in 2007, primarily attributable to dispositions of investments in AIC, and the decrease in unrealized gains of $14.8 million from our fund portfolio investments to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 as compared to $16.1 million for the same period in 2007, primarily driven by the decline in fair values of investments held by VIF and SVF of $7.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2008    2007      

Compensation and benefits

   $ 27,431    $ 10,456    $ 16,975    162.3 %

Interest expense

     7,495      —        7,495    NA  

Professional fees

     4,140      2,705      1,435    53.0  

General, administrative and other

     4,803      560      4,243    757.7  

Placement fees

     2,307      —        2,307    NA  

Occupancy

     2,049      680      1,369    201.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     684      43      641    1,490.7  
                       

Total Expenses

   $   48,909    $   14,444    $   34,465    238.6 %
                       

 

128


Table of Contents

Total expenses for the capital markets segment were $48.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $14.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $34.5 million or 238.6%. This change was primarily attributable to increased compensation and benefits and interest expense.

Compensation and benefits were $27.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $17.0 million or 162.3%. This change was primarily attributable to increased compensation to existing personnel combined with growth in our overall headcount during 2008 to support increased investment activity.

Interest expense increased to $7.5 million related to the $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement entered into by AMH during April 2007 that was allocated to the capital markets segment during 2008 (refer to note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion).

Professional fees were $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008, compared to $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $1.4 million or 53.0%. This change was primarily attributable to increased external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees incurred during 2008 relating to one-time projects.

General, administrative and other expense were $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $4.2 million or 757.7%. This change was primarily attributable to increased travel, information technology and other expenses incurred during 2008 as a result of expanding our global platform and increased headcount.

Placement fees incurred were $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of additional committed capital for SOMA during 2008.

Occupancy expense was $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $1.4 million or 201.3%. This change was primarily attributable to the expansion of office space leased during 2008 as a result of the increase in our headcount, as well as increased maintenance fees incurred on existing office space leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $0.6 million or 1,490.7%. This change was primarily attributable to additional depreciation expense as a result of new assets placed in service during 2008.

Other (Loss) Income

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2008      2007      

Interest income

   $    2,769      $ 85     $    2,684     3,157.6 %

Income (loss) from equity method investments

     (2,458 )      407       (2,865 )   (703.9 )

Other loss

     —          (21 )     21     100.0  
                           

Total Other (Loss) Income

   $ 311      $   471     $ (160 )   (34.0 )%
                           

Total other income for capital markets segment was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $0.2 million or 34.0%. This change was primarily attributable to investment losses as a result of the decline in the values of equity method investments, offset by increased interest income primarily as a result of the interest earned during 2008 on the undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 as described below.

 

129


Table of Contents

Interest income was $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $2.7 million or 3,157.6%. Interest income of $2.3 million was earned on the net undistributed proceeds raised during the third quarter of 2007 related to the Rule 144A Offering as discussed in note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which was allocated to the capital markets segment during the first quarter of 2008.

Income (loss) from equity method investments was $(2.5) million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a decrease of $2.9 million or 703.9%. This change was primarily attributable to equity method investment losses in two new capital markets funds, which commenced operations in late 2007, Artus and ACLF, of approximately $1.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

The following table sets forth segment statement of operations information and ENI, for our capital markets segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2006

Revenues

     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 194    $ —  

Management fees from affiliates

     100,244      53,222

Carried interest income from affiliates

     80,186      69,159
             

Total Revenues

     180,624      122,381
             

Expenses

       (276,227)        (31,863)
             

Other Income

     

Interest income

     3,027      290

Income from equity method investments

     1,350      1,482
             

Total Other Income

     4,377      1,772
             

Economic Net (Loss) Income

   $ (91,226)    $ 92,290
             

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 194    $ —      $ 194    N/A  

Management fees from affiliates

     100,244      53,222      47,022    88.4 %

Carried interest income from affiliates

     80,186      69,159      11,027    15.9  
                       

Total Revenues

   $   180,624    $   122,381    $   58,243    47.6 %
                       

Total revenues for the capital markets segment were $180.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $122.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $58.2 million or 47.6%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in the net asset values of our existing funds combined with the commencement of three new funds during 2007.

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates were $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 attributable to a new capital markets fund, Artus, that commenced operations during late 2007.

Management fees from affiliates were $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $53.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $47.0 million or 88.4%. Of this change,

 

130


Table of Contents

$44.1 million was due to an increase in the net asset values and gross assets of our existing funds including AIC, SVF and AIE I. An additional increase of $2.9 million was due to the commencement of three new capital markets funds, specifically AAOF, EPF and ACLF.

Carried interest income from affiliates was $80.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $11.0 million or 15.9%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in net realized gains of $5.8 million. This increase was comprised of realized gains of $31.7 million primarily due to the dispositions of investments in AIC, AIE I and AAOF offset by a decrease in realized gains in VIF and SVF totaling $25.9 million. The remaining change was due to an increase in unrealized gains by $5.2 million driven by the increase in fair values of investments held by VIF and SVF.

Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006      

Compensation and benefits

   $ 82,516    $ 24,369    $ 58,147    238.6 %

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

     113,280      —        113,280    N/A  

Interest expense

     46,579      —        46,579    N/A  

Professional fees

     12,464      3,916      8,548    218.3  

General, administrative and other

     10,172      2,177      7,995    367.2  

Placement fees

     4,500      —        4,500    N/A  

Occupancy

     4,314      1,306      3,008    230.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,402      95      2,307    2,428.4  
                       

Total Expenses

   $   276,227    $   31,863    $   244,364    766.9 %
                       

Total expenses were $276.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $244.4 million or 766.9%. This change was primarily attributable to increased compensation and benefits and interest expense associated with the accelerated amortization of the BCF.

Compensation and benefits other than non-cash equity-based compensation were $82.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $58.1 million or 238.6%. This change was primarily attributable to increased compensation expense as a result of the favorable performance of our existing funds, the expansion of the capital markets business, as well as with the increased compensation to existing personnel. In addition, non-cash compensation related to fee waivers totaled $10.9 million during 2007.

As discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the interest expense increased by $113.3 million due to the amortization of the BCF charge when the convertible notes issued to the Strategic Investors on July 13, 2007 were mandatorily converted to 60,000,001 Class A shares on August 8, 2007. The allocation of interest expense to this segment was based on the fair value of the entities in this segment on July 13, 2007.

Interest expense was $46.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the interest expense on the convertible debt incurred prior to conversion to equity and the amortization of deferred loan transaction costs totaling $24.0 million as discussed in note 10 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additional interest of $22.6 million was attributable to the $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement entered into during April 2007.

 

131


Table of Contents

Professional fees were $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $8.5 million or 218.3%. This change was primarily attributable to increased external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees associated with new capital markets funds that commenced operations during 2007, as well as various one-time projects.

General, administrative and other expenses were $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $8.0 million or 367.2%. This change was primarily attributable to additional travel, information technology and other expenses incurred as a result of expanding our global platform and headcount during 2007, as well as the commencement of new funds.

Placement fees were $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. These expenses were incurred in relation to the raising of committed capital for a new capital markets fund, SOMA.

Occupancy expense was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3.0 million or 230.3%. This increase was primarily attributable to the addition of three new leased properties as a result of the increase in our overall headcount, as well as increased rents and maintenance fees due to expansion of our existing spaces leased.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.3 million or 2,428.4%. As discussed in note 3 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, amortization expense of $1.9 million was incurred related to the intangible assets associated with the acquisition of the contributing partners’ interest during 2007. The remaining increase was attributable to additional depreciation expense as a result of new assets placed in service during 2007.

Other Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     2007    2006     

Interest income

   $ 3,027    $ 290    $ 2,737     943.8 %

Income from equity method investments

     1,350      1,482      (132 )   (8.9 )
                        

Total Other Income

   $   4,377    $   1,772    $   2,605     147.0 %
                        

Total other income was $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.6 million or 147.0%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in interest income on the net undistributed proceeds related to the Rule 144A Offering.

Interest income was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.7 million or 943.8%. This increase was primarily attributable to interest earned on the net undistributed proceeds raised related to the Rule 144A Offering as discussed in note 1 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

132


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

The following table sets forth segment statement of operations information and ENI, for our capital markets segment for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Revenues

    

Management fees from affiliates

   $ 53,222     $ 29,895  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     69,159       24,701  
                

Total Revenues

     122,381       54,596  
                

Expenses

     (31,863 )     (13,228 )
                

Other Income

    

Interest income

     290       55  

Income from equity method investments

     1,482       93  
                

Total Other Income

     1,772       148  
                

Economic Net Income

   $   92,290     $   41,516  
                

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
     2006    2005      

Management fees from affiliates

   $ 53,222    $ 29,895    $ 23,327    78.0 %

Carried interest income from affiliates

     69,159      24,701      44,458    180.0  
                       

Total Revenues

   $   122,381    $   54,596    $   67,785    124.2 %
                       

Total revenues for the capital markets segment were $122.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $67.8 million or 124.2%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in carried interest income from affiliates due to the increase in fair value of our fund portfolio investments.

Management fees from affiliates were $53.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $29.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $23.3 million or 78.0%. This change was primarily attributable to a $16.2 million increase in management fees due to an increase in the net asset values and gross assets of our existing funds, AIC and VIF. The remaining increase of $7.1 million was attributable to the commencement of our new funds, SVF and AIE I.

Carried interest income from affiliates was $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $44.5 million or 180.0%. This change was primarily attributable to an increase of $44.5 million in net realized gains from the disposition of capital markets fund investments to $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to existing capital markets funds, VIF and AIC, which contributed $33.1 million of the increase along with AIE I and SVF, which commenced operations in 2006 and generated an additional $11.4 million of realized gains.

 

133


Table of Contents

Expenses

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

   Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
         2006            2005          

Compensation and benefits

   $ 24,369    $ 8,591    $ 15,778    183.7 %

Professional fees

     3,916      1,596      2,320    145.4  

General, administrative and other

     2,177      1,783      394    22.1  

Occupancy

     1,306      1,180      126    10.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     95      78      17    21.8  
                       

Total Expenses

   $   31,863    $   13,228    $   18,635    140.9 %
                       

Total expenses at were $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $18.6 million or 140.9%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in compensation and benefits expense.

Compensation and benefits expense were $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $15.8 million or 183.7%. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in overall headcount to support increased investment activity during 2006.

Professional fees were $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $2.3 million or 145.4%. This change was primarily attributable to additional external accounting, audit, legal and consulting fees incurred to support increased levels of investing activity related to the funds in 2006.

Other Income

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

   Amount
Change
   Percentage
Change
 
         2006            2005          

Interest income

   $ 290    $ 55    $ 235    427.3 %

Income from equity method investments

     1,482      93      1,389    1,493.5  
                       

Total Other Income

   $   1,772    $   148    $   1,624    1,097.3 %
                       

Total other income was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of approximately $1.6 million or 1,097.3%. This change was primarily due to the increase in the values of our equity method investments.

Income from equity method investments was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.4 million or 1,493.5%. This change was primarily attributable to investment income earned on the deferred performance fees from the Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund Ltd. during 2006, as compared to 2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical

Although we have managed our historical liquidity needs by looking at deconsolidated cash flows, our historical consolidated and combined statement of cash flows reflects the cash flows of Apollo, as well as those of our consolidated Apollo funds.

The primary cash flow activities of the consolidated Apollo are:

 

   

Generating cash flow from operations;

 

   

Making investments in Apollo funds;

 

134


Table of Contents
   

Meeting financing needs through credit agreements; and

 

   

Distributing cash flow to equity holders.

Primary cash flow activities of the consolidated Apollo funds are:

 

   

Raising capital from their investors, which have been reflected historically as Non-Controlling Interest of the consolidated subsidiaries in our financial statements;

 

   

Using capital to make investments;

 

   

Generating cash flow from operations through dividends, interest and the realization of investments; and

 

   

Distributing cash flow to investors.

While primarily met by cash flows generated through fee income and carried interest income received, working capital needs have also been met (to a limited extent) through borrowings as follows:

 

          March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  

Debt Obligation

  

Final Stated
Maturity

   Outstanding
Balance
   Annualized
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
    Outstanding
Balance
   Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
 

AMH credit agreement

   April 2014    $ 1,000,000    6.35 %   $ 1,000,000    6.73 %

AAA Holdings credit agreement

   December 2009      54,810    4.77       54,810    6.24  

RACC secured loan agreements

   August 2013      1,596    5.37       2,951    7.83  
                     

Total

      $   1,056,406    6.27 %   $   1,057,761    6.71 %
                     

We determine whether to make capital commitments to our private equity funds in excess of our minimum required amounts based on a variety of factors, including estimates regarding our liquidity resources over the estimated time period during which commitments will have to be funded, estimates regarding the amounts of capital that may be appropriate for other funds that we are in the process of raising or are considering raising, and our general working capital requirements.

We have made one or more distributions to our managing partners and contributing partners, representing all of the undistributed earnings generated by the businesses contributed to the Apollo Operating Group prior to our offering. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to our offering or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did not close, prior to our offering are treated as having been earned prior our offering. We intend to distribute such undistributed earnings to the managing and contributing partners in an amount of approximately $193.0 million (see “Capitalization—Footnote (1)”), which was included in our condensed consolidated and combined statements of financial conditions as of March 31, 2008.

In January and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution was made to our managing partners and contributing partners related to contingent consideration of $37.7 million. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution was based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC. Included in the distribution were AAA RDUs valued at approximately $12.7 million for the managing partners combined with a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investors, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund Ltd. of approximately $0.8 million for the managing partners and contributing partners.

 

135


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The consolidated funds’ cash flows, which are reflected in our consolidated and combined statement of cash flows, have increased substantially as a result of this growth, which is the primary cause of increases in the gross cash flows.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2007     2006     2005  

Operating Activities

   $ 197,646     $ 1,573,398     $ 855,741     $   (1,825,504 )   $   2,117,820  

Investing Activities

     (9,308 )     (5,255 )     (29,113 )     (9,411 )     (1,819 )

Financing Activities

     (53,285 )     (1,266,831 )     (272,922 )     1,804,040       (2,120,549 )
                                        

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 135,053     $ 301,312     $   553,706     $ (30,875 )   $ (4,548 )
                                        

Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

Operating Activities

Our net cash flow provided by operating activities was $197.6 million and $1,573.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. These amounts primarily include net purchases of $0.2 million and net proceeds from sales of investments and liquidating dividends of $1,652.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, increase in non-cash net unrealized losses was $125.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in Non-Controlling Interest related to Apollo funds of $122.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008. The corresponding change was an increase in non-cash net unrealized and realized gains of $753.0 million, partially offset by an increase in Non-Controlling Interest related to Apollo funds of $687.2 million for the same period in 2007.

Our operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2008 generated cash inflows from the reduction in carried interest receivable of $521.9 million and an increase in deferred revenue of $124.9 million, partially offset by decreases in due to affiliates of $129.2 million and profit sharing payable of $240.6 million. In addition, the net loss of $96.4 million included non-cash equity-based compensation of $283.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008.

These amounts represent the significant variances between net income and cash flow from operations and are reflected as operating activities pursuant to Investment Company accounting. The increasing capital needs reflect the growth of our business while the fund-related requirements vary based upon the specific investment activities being conducted at a point in time. These movements do not adversely affect our liquidity or earnings trends because we currently have, and anticipate having, additional borrowing capacity. These amounts have been reflected as operating activities pursuant to the Investment Company accounting guidance.

Investing Activities

Our net cash flow used in investing activities was $9.3 million and $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. The increase of $4.0 million from March 31, 2007 is primarily due to a $6.5 million increase in the purchase of furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements, offset by a $3.3 million decrease in change of restricted cash. In addition, cash contributions to equity method investments were $20.5 million, partially offset by cash distribution from equity method investments of $19.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008.

Financing Activities

Our net cash used in financing activities was $53.3 million and $1,266.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our financing activities consisted of cash outflows primarily from the net distributions made to the Non-Controlling Interest holders of $2.1 million and $864.2 million during those

 

136


Table of Contents

periods, respectively, and making net distributions to managing partners and contributing partners, of $16.8 million and $170.6 million during those periods, respectively. Of the total net distribution to Non-Controlling Interest holders during the three months ended March 31, 2008, $2.5 million of distributions and $0.4 million of contributions were related to the pre- and post-Reorganization, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2006

Operating Activities

Our net cash flow provided by operating activities was $855.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the net cash flows used in operating activities of $1,825.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. These amounts primarily consisted of net proceeds of $781.8 million and net purchases of $1,885.4 million from investments by Apollo funds during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These amounts have been reflected as operating activities pursuant to the Investment Company accounting guidance.

Purchases of investments for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $3,010.5 million and $4,216.5 million, respectively. Proceeds from dispositions were $3,792.3 million and $2,331.1 million, for the same respective periods.

 

   

Purchases for the year ended December 31, 2007 included new investments of $1,898.6 million and $1,111.9 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006 new investments consisted of $3,636.5 million and $580.0 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

 

   

Proceeds from dispositions for the year ended December 31, 2007 included sales of investments of $2,831.6 million and $960.7 million in consolidated private equity and consolidated capital market funds, respectively. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2006 represented the proceeds from sales of investments of $1,795.5 million and $535.6 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

Net increase in unrealized gains and losses from investment activities for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1,266.0 million and $609.1 million, respectively. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2007 was driven by net unrealized gains of $1,294.1 million in consolidated private equity funds. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily related to an increase in net unrealized gains of $589.5 million in consolidated private equity funds.

Net realized gains from investment activities for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1,013.2 million and $1,011.4 million, respectively. The amount during the year ended December 31, 2007 included realized gains of $948.9 million and $64.3 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2006 consisted of realized gains of $985.7 million and $25.7 million in the consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

Net increase in carried interest receivables for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $203.1 million and $26.3 million, respectively. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2007 was mainly due to an increase in carry income from Fund VI and AAA Investments, which began generating carry income in 2007.

Net increase in profit sharing payable was $174.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to $42.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. These amounts were mainly due to the accrual of profit sharing of $307.7 million and $185.0 million and the payment related to this payable of $132.9 million and $142.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The change was a result of higher carried interest income in the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006 due to an increase in the fair market value of underlying funds and the inclusion of Fund VI in 2007.

 

137


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our net cash flows used in investing activities were $29.1 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The primary amount for December 31, 2007 was the cash relinquished related to excluded assets of $16.0 million, equity investments of $9.2 million and fixed assets of $6.9 million. The cash flows used for the December 31, 2006 were primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets of $7.0 million and an increase in restricted cash of $2.6 million. As described above, investment activity of Apollo funds appears in cash flows from operating activities.

Financing Activities

Our net cash flow used in financing activities was $272.9 million and net cash provided by financing activities was $1,804.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our financing activities primarily include:

 

   

Issuance of securities related to the Reorganization and offering of $2,018.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007;

 

   

Net distributions made to the managing partners prior to the Reorganization of $1,207.3 million and $165.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively and net distributions to contributing partners made prior to the Reorganization of $38.9 million and $24.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively;

 

   

Distribution to managing partners post-reorganization of $1,068 million for the year ended December 31, 2007;

 

   

Purchase of interests from contributing partners of $156.4 million, excluding any potential contingent consideration, for the year ended December 31, 2007;

 

   

Debt issuance, net of costs, of $986.9 million and $75.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively;

 

   

The net distributions made to the Non-Controlling Interest holders of $559.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, of which, $538.7 million represented net distributions made to the investors of Apollo funds prior to the deconsolidation of these funds, $15.9 million to the investors of AAA, and remaining $4.5 million were made to our contributing partners subsequent to the Reorganization and net contributions made by the investors in our consolidated funds of $2,029.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006;

 

   

Withdrawals paid to the investors in our consolidated Apollo funds of $227.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which were historically reflected as Non-Controlling Interest prior to the deconsolidation of these funds; and

 

   

Principal repayments on debt of $21.4 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2005

Operating Activities

Our net cash flow used in operating activities was $1,825.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the net cash flows provided by operating activities of $2,117.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. These amounts primarily consisted of net purchases of $1,885.4 million and net proceeds of $2,242.7 million from investments by Apollo funds for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts have been reflected as operating activities pursuant to the investment company accounting guidance.

 

138


Table of Contents

Purchases of investments for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $4,216.5 million and $849.3 million, respectively. Proceeds from dispositions were $2,331.1 million and $3,092.1 million, for the same respective periods.

 

   

Purchases for the year ended December 31, 2006 included new investments of $3,636.5 million and $580.0 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005 new investments consisted of $590.6 million and $258.7 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

 

   

Proceeds from dispositions for the year ended December 31, 2006 included sales of investments of $1,795.5 million and $535.6 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital market funds, respectively. The amount during the year ended December 31, 2005 represented the proceeds from sales of investments of $2,865.4 million and $226.7 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

Net increase in unrealized gains losses from investment activities for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $609.1 million and $696.2 million, respectively. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2006 was driven by net unrealized gains of $589.5 million in consolidated private equity funds. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily related to net unrealized gains of $698.6 million in consolidated private equity funds.

Net realized gains from investment activities for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $1,011.4 million and $1,274.6 million, respectively. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2006 included realized gains of $985.7 million and $25.7 million in consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively. The amount during the year ended December 31, 2005 consisted of realized gains of $1,262.3 million and $12.3 million in the consolidated private equity funds and consolidated capital markets funds, respectively.

Net increase in profit sharing payable was $42.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. These amounts were mainly due to the accrual of profit sharing of $185.0 million and $235.1 million and the payment related to this payable of $142.7 million and $199.6 million during those periods, respectively. The change was a result of higher carried interest income in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 due to an increase in the fair market value of underlying funds.

Investing Activities

Our net cash flows used in investing activities were $9.4 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The amount for year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets of $7.0 million and an increase in restricted cash of $2.6 million. The cash flows used for December 31, 2005 was primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets of $2.2 million, which was offset by cash distributions from equity investments of $0.5 million. As described above, investment activity of Apollo funds appears in cash flows from operating activities.

Financing Activities

Our net cash flow provided by financing activities was $1,804.0 million and net cash used in financing activities was $2,120.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our financing activities primarily include:

 

   

Net distributions made to the partners of $190.3 million and $261.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively;

 

   

Debt issuance, net of costs, of $75.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2006;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

The net contributions from the Non-Controlling Interest holders was $2,029.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the net distributions made to the Non-Controlling Interest holders was $1,857.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005; and

 

   

Principal repayments on debt were $1.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Excluded Assets

At the time of the Reorganization on July 13, 2007, certain assets were not contributed to Apollo Global Management, LLC. The following summarizes the impact of the exclusion of the Advisor Entities for the three months ended March 31, 2007, the period from January 1, 2007 to July 13, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
    Period
January 1,
2007 – July 13,
2007
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2006
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2005
 

Revenues

   $ —       $   —       $ (5,736 )   $ 157  

Expenses

       (39,989 )     (297 )     (18,625 )     2,652  

Other (loss) income

     —         (4,513 )     163,362       (50,900 )
                                

Loss before Minority Interest

     (39,989 )     (4,810 )     139,001       (48,091 )

Minority Interest

     35,358       3,942       (123,285 )     47,568  
                                

Net (loss) income

   $ (4,631 )   $ (868 )   $ 15,716     $ (523 )
                                

Future

We have contributed the net proceeds of the Offering Transactions to the Apollo Operating Group, which is using the net proceeds:

 

   

to provide capital to facilitate the growth of our existing private equity and capital markets businesses, including through funding a portion of our general partner capital commitments to our funds;

 

   

to provide capital to facilitate our expansion into new businesses that are complementary to our existing businesses and that can benefit from being affiliated with us, including possibly through selected strategic acquisitions; and

 

   

for other general corporate purposes.

The net proceeds of the Offering Transactions, cash on hand and our cash flows from operating activities will satisfy our liquidity needs with respect to current commitments relating to investments and with respect to our debt obligations over the next 12 months. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements, including the repayment of our debt obligations and any new commitments, through the generation and growth of operating income and capital raise as necessary.

Our ability to execute our business strategy, particularly our ability to increase our AUM, depends on our ability to establish new funds and to raise additional investor capital within such funds. Our liquidity will depend on a number of factors, such as our ability to project financial performance, which is highly dependent on our funds and our ability to manage our projected costs, having access to credit facilities, being in compliance with existing credit agreements, as well as, industry and market trends.

Distributions to Managing Partners and Contributing Partners

As all managing partners became employees of Apollo Global Management LLC, on July 13, 2007, they are entitled to $100,000 base salary. Any additional consideration will be paid to them in their proportional ownership interest in Holdings. Please refer to the structure chart for participation of profits in the Apollo

 

140


Table of Contents

Operating Group by Holdings. Additionally, 85% of any tax savings APO Corp. recognizes as a result of the Tax Receivable Agreement will be paid to any exchanging or selling managing partners.

It should be noted that subsequent to the Reorganization, the contributing partners retained ownership interests at the entity level below the Apollo Operating Group, therefore any distributions prior to flowing up to the Apollo Operating Group are shared pro rata with the contributing partners who have a direct interest in the entity (management or advisory entity). These distributions are considered compensation expense post-reorganization.

The contributing partners are entitled to receive the following:

 

   

Profit sharing—private equity carried interest income, from direct ownership of advisory entity. Any changes in fair value of the underlying fund investments would result in changes to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s profit sharing payable.

 

   

Net management fee income—distributable cash determined by the general partner of each management company, from direct ownership of management company entity. The contributing partners will continue to receive net management fee income payments based on the points they retained in management companies directly. Such payments are treated as compensation expense post-Reorganization as described above.

 

   

Any additional consideration will be paid to them in their proportional ownership interest in Holdings. Please refer to the structure chart for participation of profits in and distributions from the Apollo Operating Group by Holdings.

 

   

No base compensation is paid to the contributing partners from Apollo Global Management, LLC.

 

   

Additionally, 85% of any tax savings APO Corp. recognizes as a result of the Tax Receivable Agreement will be paid to any exchanging or selling contributing partner.

Commitments

Our management companies and general partners have committed that we, or our affiliates, will invest into the funds a certain percentage of their capital. While a small percentage of these amounts are funded by us, the majority of these amounts have historically been funded by our affiliates, general partners and employees. The original amounts of these commitments, including amounts of unconsolidated affiliates, percentage of total fund commitments, remaining commitments, and percentage of total remaining commitments for each private equity fund and each capital markets fund as of March 31, 2008, were as follows (in millions):

 

Fund

   Original Commitment    % of Total Fund
Commitments
    Remaining
Commitment
   % of Total
Remaining
Commitments
 

Fund VII

   $   287.1    2.43 %   $   269.7    2.45 %

Fund VI

     246.3    2.43       110.4    3.03  

Fund V

     100.0    2.67       11.7    2.40  

Fund IV

     100.0    2.78       3.5    4.22  

Fund III

     100.6    6.71       15.5    9.81  

ACLF

     16.6    2.44       9.3    2.45  

EPF (a)

     519.7    68.07       388.1    64.89  

AAOF (b)

     400.0    (b )     182.0    (b )

SOMA

     8.0    1.00       1.25    1.0  
              

Total

   $ 1,778.3        
              

 

(a) Amounts shown in EPF include commitments from AAA and SOMA. Of the total original commitment amount in EPF, AAA and SOMA have $355.2 million and $118.4 million, respectively. Of the total remaining commitment amount in EPF, AAA and SOMA have $265.3 million and $88.4 million, respectively.
(b) Amounts shown in AAOF represent commitments of AAA. There are no direct commitments by the company to AAOF.

 

141


Table of Contents

Apollo has an ongoing obligation to acquire additional common units from AAA on a quarterly basis in an amount equal to 25% of the aggregate after tax cash distributions, if any, that are made to Apollo affiliates pursuant to the carried interest distribution rights that are applicable to the investments that are made through AAA Investments.

The AMH credit agreement, which provides for a $1.0 billion variable-rate term loan will have future impacts on our cash uses. Borrowings under the AMH credit agreement accrue interest at a rate of (i) LIBOR loans (LIBOR plus 1.50%), or (ii) base rate loans (base rate plus 0.50%). The applicable margin for such borrowing may be reduced subject to AMH obtaining certain leverage ratios. As of March 31, 2008, the loans under the AMH credit facility were LIBOR-based and had an interest rate of 4.57%.

If AMH receives net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, then such net cash proceeds shall be deposited in the cash collateral account to the extent necessary to reduce its debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter (after giving effect to such non-ordinary course asset sale and such deposit) to (i) for 2010, 2011 and 2012, a debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) for all other years, a debt to EBITDA ratio of 4.00 to 1.00.

If AMH’s debt to EBITDA ratio as of the end of any fiscal year exceeds the level set forth in the next sentence (the “Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio”), AMH must deposit its excess cash flow in the cash collateral account to the extent necessary to reduce the debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis as of the end of such fiscal year to 0.25 to 1.00 below the Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio. The Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio will be: for 2007, 5.00 to 1.00; for 2008, 4.75 to 1.00; for 2009, 4.25 to 1.00; for 2010, 4.00 to 1.00; for 2011, 4.00 to 1.00; and for 2012, 4.00 to 1.00. In addition, during 2010, 2011 and 2012, AMH must deposit the lesser of (a) 50% of any remaining Excess Cash Flow and (b) the amount required to reduce such debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis at the end of such fiscal year to 3.25 to 1.00. To the extent AMH is required to provide cash to collateralize the AMH credit agreement, such cash will not be available to distribute to us and to Holdings.

The borrower may prepay loans under the AMH credit facility in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, subject to certain minimum amounts and increments. Upon the incurrence of certain indebtedness, AMH must apply all of its net cash proceeds to the prepayment of the AMH credit facility and the AAA Holdings credit facility described below on a ratable basis.

The AMH credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, failure to comply with covenants, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency. In addition, it will be an event of default under the AMH credit facility if either (i) Mr. Black, together with related persons or trusts, shall cease as a group to participate to a material extent in the beneficial ownership of AMH or (ii) two of the group constituting Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of the AMH loan parties. If any event of default occurs and is continuing, the lenders may declare all of the amounts owed under the AMH credit facility to be immediately due and payable and prevent AMH and the guarantors from making any distribution on their equity (except tax distributions).

We have entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners which requires us to pay 85% of any tax savings received at the APO Corp. entity from our step up in tax basis to our managing partners and contributing partners. The tax savings achieved may not ensure that we have sufficient cash available to pay our tax liability or generate additional distributions to our investors. Also, we might need to incur additional debt to repay the Tax Receivable Agreement if our cash flows are not adequate.

Dividends/Distributions

Although Apollo Global Management, LLC expects to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay the intended dividends. To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends, we may have to borrow funds to pay dividends, or we may determine not to pay dividends.

 

142


Table of Contents

Carried interest income from certain of the private equity funds and a managed account may be distributed to us on a current basis, generally subject to the obligation of the subsidiary of the Apollo Operating Group that acts as general partner of the fund to repay the amounts so distributed in the event that certain specified return thresholds are not ultimately achieved. The managing partners and contributing partners have personally guaranteed, subject to certain limitations, the obligation of these subsidiaries in respect of this clawback obligation. Such guarantees are several and not joint and are limited to a particular managing partner’s or contributing partner’s distributions. The Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement contains our agreement to indemnify each of our managing partners and contributing partners against all amounts that they pay pursuant to any of these personal guaranties in favor of our funds (including costs and expenses related to investigating the basis for or objecting to any claims made in respect of the guaranties) for all interests that our managing partners and contributing partners have contributed or sold to the Apollo Operating Group.

Accordingly, in the event that one of the subsidiaries of the Apollo Operating Group is obligated to repay amounts pursuant to a clawback obligation with respect to amounts that have been paid to our managing partners, contributing partners or certain other investment professionals, we will bear the cost of such clawback obligation even though we did not receive the prior distributions to which the clawback obligation relates. Similarly, in the future, we do not expect to require our investment professionals who receive carried interest income from our funds that have clawback obligations to repay any such amounts to the extent that the clawback obligation becomes applicable.

A cash distribution amounting to $0.33 per Class A share totaling $111.3 million in aggregate was paid to holders of record as of April 18, 2008 by the Apollo Operating Group. Of this amount, $32.2 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC. This distribution results from the quarterly distribution with respect to the first quarter of 2008 amounting to $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution amounting to $0.17 per Class A share primarily resulting from the realization of a fund portfolio company in February 2008. The declaration, payment and determination of the amount of our quarterly dividend will be at the sole discretion of our manager.

Additionally, on July 15, 2008, we declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.23 per Class A share, which includes our second quarter 2008 quarterly distribution of $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution of $0.07 per Class A share primarily resulting from realizations from (i) portfolio companies of Fund IV, Sky Terra Communications, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc., (ii) dividend income from a portfolio company of Fund VI, and (iii) interest income related to debt investments of Fund VI. Of this amount, $22.4 million was received by Apollo Global Management, LLC and distributed on July 25, 2008, to its Class A shareholders of record on July 18, 2008.

We anticipate our annual cost of complying with regulatory requirements once we are a public company will be approximately as follows:

 

   

Board of Directors and Audit Committee Member Fees—$1.5 million;

 

   

Audit Fees—$1.0 million;

 

   

Finance Staff—$3.0 million;

 

   

Computer Systems and Information Technology Staff—$1.3 million;

 

   

Investor Relations and Other External Communications—$1.5 million; and

 

   

Internal Audit Function—$2.1 million.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon the consolidated and combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from these estimates. A summary of our significant accounting policies is presented in our consolidated and combined

 

143


Table of Contents

financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a summary of our accounting policies that are affected most by judgments, estimates and assumptions.

Consolidation

Our policy is to consolidate Apollo funds that are determined to be variable interest entities (“VIE”) where we absorb a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, pursuant to the requirements of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46(R)”), as revised. The evaluation of whether a fund is subject to the requirements of FIN 46(R) or is a VIE and the determination of whether we should consolidate such VIE requires management’s judgment. These judgments include determining whether the equity investment at risk is sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, evaluating whether the equity group can make decisions that have a significant effect on the success of the entity, determining whether two or more parties interests should be aggregated, determining whether the equity investors have proportionate voting rights to their obligations to absorb losses or rights to receive returns from an entity, evaluating the nature of relationships and activities of the parties involved in determining which party within a related-party group is most closely associated with a VIE, and estimating cash flows in evaluating which member within the equity group absorbs a majority of the expected losses and, hence, would be deemed the primary beneficiary. The use of these judgments has a material impact to certain components of our condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, but does not affect our net income or equity. In addition, we consolidate those entities we control through a majority voting interest or otherwise, including those Apollo funds in which the general partners are presumed to have control pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether A General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”). The provisions under both FIN 46(R) and EITF 04-5 have been applied retrospectively to prior periods.

Revenue Recognition

Carried Interest Income from Affiliates. We earn carried interest income from our funds as a result of such funds achieving specified performance criteria. Such carried interest income generally is earned based upon a fixed percentage of realized profits or net realized gains of various funds after meeting any applicable hurdle rate or threshold minimum. Carried interest income for certain capital markets funds can be subject to a clawback on a quarterly basis. Once the annual carried interest income has been determined there is no look back to prior periods for a potential clawback. Carried interest income on certain other capital markets funds can be subject to clawback at the end of the life of the fund. Carried interest income (which is included in revenue on the consolidated and combined statement of operations) from certain of the private equity funds and certain of the capital markets funds we manage is subject to contingent repayment (or clawback) and may be paid to us as particular investments made by the funds are realized. If, however, upon liquidation of a fund, the aggregate amount paid to us as carried interest exceeds the amount actually due to us based upon the aggregate performance of the fund, the excess (net of taxes) is required to be returned by us (i.e., “clawed back”) to that fund. Estimates and assumptions are required to be made by us in determining the carried interest income recognized, these estimates and assumptions consider market conditions, industry trends, as well as, judgment as to the estimation of any required clawback. We have elected to adopt Method 2 of Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-96, “ Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula .” Under this method, we accrue carried interest income quarterly and separately assess the likelihood of a clawback. If deemed necessary, we will record a reserve for the clawback.

Valuation of Investments

Equity Method Investments. Our investments in Apollo funds are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. As such our results are based on the reported fair value of the funds as of the reporting date with our pro rata ownership interest of the changes in each fund’s net asset value reflected in our results of operations.

 

144


Table of Contents

Consolidated Investments

Pre-Deconsolidation. The funds are, for U.S. GAAP purposes, investment companies and therefore apply specialized accounting principles specified by the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies , and reflect their investments on the consolidated and combined statement of financial condition at their estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value reflected as a component of other income in the consolidated and combined statement of income. Realized and unrealized gains have a significant impact on our results of operations.

Subsequent to Deconsolidation. Subsequent to deconsolidation of certain funds, our investments in Apollo funds are accounted for under equity method of accounting.

Private Equity Investments. The value of liquid investments, where the primary market is an exchange (whether foreign or domestic) is determined using period end market prices. Such prices are generally based on the last sales price on the date of determination, or, if no sales occurred on such day, at the “bid” price at the close of business on such day and if sold short at the “ask” price or at ascertainable prices at the close of business on such day. Forwards are valued based on market rates obtained from counterparties or prices obtained from recognized financial data service providers.

When determining fair value pricing when no market value exists, the value attributed to an investment is based on the enterprise value at the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation approaches used to estimate the fair value of investments include the income approach and the market approach. The income approach provides an indication of fair value based on the present value of cash flows that a business or security is expected to generate in the future. The most widely used methodology used in the income approach is a discounted cash flow method. Inherent in the discounted cash flow method are assumptions of expected results and a calculated discount rate. The market approach provides an indication of fair value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in the industry. The market approach is driven more by current market conditions of actual trading levels of similar companies and actual transaction data of similar companies. Consideration may also be given to such factors as the company’s historical and projected financial data, valuations given to comparable companies, the size and scope of the company’s operations, the company’s strengths, weaknesses, expectations relating to the market’s receptivity to an offering of the company’s securities, applicable restrictions on transfer, industry information and assumptions, general economic and market conditions and other factors deemed relevant. As part of management’s process we utilize a valuation committee to review and approve the valuations. However, because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed, and the differences could be material.

Capital Markets Investments. The vast majority of the investments in our capital markets funds are valued based on quoted market prices. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value utilizing recognized pricing services, market participants or other sources. The capital markets funds also enter into foreign currency exchange contracts, credit default swap contracts, and other derivative contracts, which may include options, caps, collars and floors. Foreign currency exchange contracts are marked-to-market by recognizing the difference between the contract exchange rate and the current market rate as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Changes in value are recorded in income currently. Realized gains or losses are recognized when contracts are settled. Credit default swap contracts are recorded at fair value as an asset or liability with changes in fair value recorded as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Realized gains or losses are recognized at the termination of the contract based on the difference between the close-out price of the credit default contract and the original contract price.

As noted in the Sensitivity section, the investment values are impacted by various changes to the assumptions used in determining fair value. For further discussion of the impacts of changes in assumptions refer to “—Sensitivity.”

 

145


Table of Contents

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits include salaries, bonuses, profit sharing plans and the amortization of equity-based compensation. Bonuses are accrued over the service period. From time to time, the company may distribute profits interests as a result of waived management fees to their investment professionals, which are considered compensation. Additionally, certain employees have arrangements whereby they are entitled to receive a percentage of carried interest income based on the fund’s performance. To the extent that individuals are entitled to a percentage of the carried interest income and such entitlement is subject to potential forfeiture at inception, such arrangements are accounted for as profit sharing plans, and compensation expense is recognized as the related carried interest income is recognized.

Apollo equity-based compensation is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), which revises SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . Under SFAS No. 123(R), the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments is generally measured based on the grant date fair value of the award. Equity-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards) are expensed immediately. Equity-based employee awards that require future service are recognized over the relevant service period. Further, as required under SFAS No. 123(R), the company estimates forfeitures using industry comparables or historical trends for equity-based awards that are not expected to vest. Apollo’s equity-based compensation awards consist of Apollo Operating Group units, RSUs and RDUs. The company’s assumptions made to determine the fair value on grant date and the estimated forfeiture rate are embodied in the calculations of compensation expense.

Our compensation expense related to our profit sharing payable is a result of agreements with our contributing partners and employees to compensate them based on the ownership interest they have in the general partners of the Apollo funds. Therefore, any movements in the fair value of the underlying investments in the funds we manage and advise affect the profit sharing payable. As of March 31, 2008, our total private equity investments were $13.9 billion. The contributing partners and employees are allocated approximately 45% of the total carried interest income; therefore, any changes in fair value of the underlying fund’s investments related to these individuals is treated as compensation expense. A 10% change in the fair value of the investments in the private equity funds would have resulted in our profit sharing expense changing by $110.5 million.

Another significant part of our compensation expense is from amortization of the Apollo Operating Group units subject to forfeiture by our managing partners and contributing partners. The estimated fair value was determined and recognized over the forfeiture period on a straight-line basis. We have estimated a 0% and 3% forfeiture rate for our managing partners and contributing partners, respectively based on the company’s historical attrition rate for this level of staff as well as industry comparable rates. If either the managing partners or contributing partners are no longer associated with Apollo or if there is no turn over, we will revise our estimated compensation expense to the actual amount of expense based on the units vested at the balance sheet date in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).

Additionally, the value of the Apollo Operating Group units have been reduced to reflect the transfer restrictions imposed on units issued to the managing partners and contributing partners as well as the lack of rights to participate in future Apollo Global Management, LLC equity offerings. These awards have the following characteristics:

 

   

Awards granted to the managing partners (i) are not permitted to be sold to any parties outside of the Apollo Global Management, LLC control group and transfer restrictions lapse pro rata during the forfeiture period over 60 or 72 months, and (ii) can initiate a change in control.

 

   

Awards granted to the contributing partners (i) are not permitted to be sold or transferred to any parties except to the Apollo Global Management, LLC control group and (ii) the transfer restriction period lapses over six years (which is longer than the forfeiture period which lapses ratably over 60 months).

 

146


Table of Contents

As noted above, the Apollo Operating Group units issued to the managing partners and contributing partners have different restrictions which effect the liquidity of and the discounts applied to each grant.

We utilized the Finnerty Model to estimate the impact of a discount that a restricted stock cannot be sold over a certain period of time. The assumptions utilized were (i) length of holding period, (ii) volatility, (iii) dividend yield and (iv) risk free rate. Our assumptions were as follows:

 

    (i) We assumed a maximum two year holding period.

 

   (ii) We concluded based on industry peers, that our volatility annualized would be approximately 40%.

 

  (iii) We assumed no dividends.

 

  (iv) We assumed a 4.88% risk free rate based on US Treasury’s with a two year maturity.

This calculation, as detailed above yielded a discount rate of 14% and 29% for the grants to the managing partners and contributing partners, respectively.

Income Taxes

Apollo has historically operated as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and primarily corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. As a result, income has not been subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by these entities represent obligations of the individual partners and members and have not been reflected in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Income taxes presented on the consolidated and combined statements of operations are attributable to the New York City unincorporated business tax and income taxes on certain entities located in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Following the Reorganization, Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries continue to operate in the U.S. as partnerships for U.S. Federal income purposes and generally as corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, these entities in some cases continue to be subject to New York City unincorporated business tax, or in the case of non-U.S. entities, to non-U.S. corporate income taxes. In addition, APO Corp. is subject to Federal, state and local corporate income taxes at the entity level and these taxes, accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , are reflected in the consolidated and combined financial statements.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis using currently enacted tax rates. The effect on deferred assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Fair Value Measurements

The company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”) as of January 1, 2008, which among other things, requires enhanced disclosures about investments that are measured and reported at fair value. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level I—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The type of investments included in Level I include listed equities and listed derivatives. As required

 

147


Table of Contents

by SFAS No. 157, the company does not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where Apollo holds a large position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.

Level II—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. Investments which are generally included in this category include corporate bonds and loans, less liquid and restricted equity securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives.

Level III—Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Investments that are included in this category generally include general and limited partnership interests in corporate private equity and real estate funds, mezzanine funds, funds of hedge funds, distressed debt and non-investment grade residual interests in securitizations and collateralized debt obligations.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the valuation of Apollo’s investments by fair value hierarchy levels as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:

 

     March 31, 2008
     Total    Level I    Level II    Level III

Investment in AAA Investments, L.P. 

   $   2,007,778    $   —      $   —      $   2,007,778
                           

 

     December 31, 2007
     Total    Level I    Level II    Level III

Investment in AAA Investments, L.P. 

   $   2,132,847    $   —      $   —      $   2,132,847
                           

The changes in investments measured at fair value for which the company has used Level III investments are:

 

     For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2008
 

Balance, December 31, 2007

   $   2,132,847  

Purchases

     231  

Change in unrealized gain

     (125,300 )
        

Balance, March 31, 2008

   $   2,007,778  
        

The above change in unrealized gain has been recorded within the caption “Net (losses) gains from investment activities” on the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations.

 

148


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the company’s Level III investments by valuation methodology:

 

     March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
     Private
Equity
    Private
Equity
 

Values based on Net Asset Value of the underlying funds (which in turn are based on the Funds underlying investments which are valued using market comparables and broker quotes)

   $   2,007,778    100 %   $   2,132,847    100 %
                          

Additionally, the company has determined that the valuation of the interest rate swaps fall within Level 2 of the SFAS No. 157 fair value hierarchy as discussed in note 7 to our unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our predominant exposure to market risk is related to our role as investment manager for our funds and the sensitivity to movements in the fair value of their investments on carried interests and management fee revenues. Our investment in the funds continues to impact our net income in a similar way after the deconsolidation of most of our funds. For a discussion of the impact of market risk factors on our financial instruments refer to “—Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Consolidation—Valuation of Investments.”

The following table summarizes our financial assets and liabilities that may be impacted by various market risks such as equity prices, interest rates and exchange rates:

 

     March 31,
2008

Assets

  

Investments at fair value and derivatives

   $   2,007,778

Carried interest receivable from private equity and capital market funds

     794,237

Equity method and other investments

     29,287
      
   $ 2,831,302
      

Liabilities

  

Management Companies’ Debt Obligation Payable

   $ 1,056,406

Profit sharing payable

     356,238
      
   $ 1,412,644
      

The fair value of our financial assets and liabilities of our funds may fluctuate in response to changes in the value of investments, foreign exchange, commodities and interest rates. The net effect of these fair value changes impacts the gains and losses from investments in our consolidated and combined statements of operations. However, the majority of these fair value changes are absorbed by the Non-Controlling Interest holders. To the extent our funds are deconsolidated, our investment in the funds will continue to impact our net income.

Risks are analyzed across funds from the “bottom up” and from the “top down” with a particular focus on asymmetric risk. We gather and analyze data, monitor investments and markets in detail, and constantly strive to better quantify, qualify and circumscribe relevant risks.

Each segment runs its own investment and risk management process subject to our overall risk tolerance and philosophy:

 

   

The investment process of our private equity funds involves a detailed analysis of potential acquisitions, and asset management teams assigned to oversee the strategic development, financing and capital deployment decisions of each portfolio investment;

 

149


Table of Contents
   

Our capital markets funds continuously monitor a variety of markets for attractive trading opportunities, applying a number of traditional and customized risk management metrics to analyze risk related to specific assets or portfolios, as well as, fund-wide risks.

Impact on Management Fees —Our management fees are based on one of the following:

 

   

capital commitments to an Apollo fund;

 

   

capital invested in an Apollo fund; or

 

   

the gross, net or adjusted asset value of an Apollo fund, as defined.

Management fees will generally be impacted by changes in market risk factors to the extent (i) such market risk factors cause changes in invested capital or in market values to below cost, in the case of our private equity funds and certain capital markets funds, or (ii) such market risk factors cause changes in gross or net asset value, for the capital markets funds. The proportion of our management fees that are based on NAV is dependent on the number and types of our funds in existence and the current stage of each funds’ life cycle. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 13% of our management fees earned were based on the NAV of the applicable funds.

Impact on Advisory and Transaction Fees —We earn transaction fees relating to the negotiation of private equity transactions and may obtain reimbursement for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred. Subsequently, on a quarterly or annual basis, ongoing advisory fees, and additional transaction fees in connection with additional purchases or follow-on transactions, may be earned. Any broken deal costs are reflected as a reduction to transaction fees to derive “net transaction fees.” Advisory and transaction fees will only be impacted by changes in market risk factors to the extent that they limit our opportunities to engage in private equity transactions or impair our ability to consummate such transactions. The impact of changes in market risk factors on advisory and transaction fees is not readily predicted or estimated.

Impact on Carried Interest Income —We earn carried interest income from our funds as a result of such funds achieving specified performance criteria. Our carried interest income will be impacted by changes in market risk factors. However, several major factors will influence the degree of impact:

 

   

the performance criteria for each individual fund in relation to how that fund’s results of operations are impacted by changes in market risk factors;

 

   

whether such performance criteria are annual or over the life of the fund;

 

   

to the extent applicable, the previous performance of each fund in relation to its performance criteria; and

 

   

whether each funds’ carried interest income is subject to contingent repayment.

As a result, the impact of changes in market risk factors on carried interest income will vary widely from fund to fund. The impact is heavily dependent on the prior and future performance of each fund, and therefore is not readily predicted or estimated.

Market Risk —We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk generally represents the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues and expenses will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk is inherent in each of our investments and activities including loans, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, hedging instruments, credit default swaps, and derivatives. Just a few of the market conditions that may shift from time to time, thereby exposing us to market risk, include fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, equity prices, changes in the implied volatility of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and price deterioration. For example, subsequent to the second quarter of 2007, the debt capital markets in the U.S. experienced significant dislocation severely limiting the availability of new credit to facilitate new traditional buyouts. Volatility in the debt markets can impact our pace of deployment,

 

150


Table of Contents

the timing of receipt of transaction fee revenues and the timing of realizations. These market conditions could have an impact on the value of investments. Accordingly, depending on the instruments or activities impacted, market risks can have wide ranging, complex adverse affects on our results from operations and our overall financial condition. Historically, we have effectively managed market risk using certain strategies and methodologies which management evaluates periodically for appropriateness. We intend to continue to mitigate this risk going forward and are continually monitoring our exposure to all market factors.

Our funds hold investments that are reported at fair value as of the reporting date. Market risk creates changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other market factors, including the valuation of equity securities. Based on the balance as of March 31, 2008, we estimate that the fair value of investments on our consolidated and combined statement of financial condition would change by $0.2 billion in the event of a 10% change in fair value of the holdings and securities. We would also experience an indirect impact on our operating income including reduced management fees as a result of changes in fair value of the underlying investments in unconsolidated funds.

Interest Rate Risk —Interest rate risk represents exposure we have to instruments whose values vary with the change in interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, loans, borrowings and derivative instruments. We may seek to mitigate risks associated with the exposures by taking offsetting positions in derivative contracts. Hedging instruments allow us to seek to mitigate risks by reducing the effect of movements in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, as well as, changes in interest rate volatility. Hedging instruments used to mitigate these risks may include related derivatives such as options, futures and swaps.

Credit Risk —Certain of our funds are subject to certain inherent risks through their investments.

Various of our entities invest substantially all of their excess cash in open-end money market funds and money market demand accounts, which are included in cash and cash equivalents. The money market funds invest primarily in government securities and other short-term, highly liquid instruments with a low risk of loss. We continually monitor the funds’ performance in order to manage any risk associated with these investments.

Certain of our entities hold derivatives instruments that contain an element of risk in the event that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of such agreements. We minimize our risk exposure by limiting the counterparties with which we enter into contracts to banks and investment banks who meet established credit and capital guidelines. We do not expect any counterparty to default on its obligations and therefore do not expect to incur any loss due to counterparty default.

Foreign Exchange Risk —Foreign exchange risk represents exposures we have to changes in the values of current holdings and future cash flows denominated in other currencies and investments in non-U.S. companies. The types of investments exposed to this risk include investments in foreign subsidiaries and portfolio companies, foreign currency-denominated loans, foreign currency-denominated transactions, and various foreign exchange derivative instruments whose values fluctuate with changes in currency exchange rates or foreign interest rates. Instruments used to mitigate this risk are foreign exchange options, currency swaps, futures and forwards. These instruments may be used, from time to time, to help insulate us against losses that may arise due to volatile movements in foreign exchange rates and/or interest rates.

Non-U.S. Operations —We conduct business throughout the world and are continuing to expand into foreign markets. We have offices in London, Singapore, Frankfurt and Paris, and have been strategically growing our international presence. Our investments and revenues are primarily derived from our U.S. operations. With respect to our non-U.S. operations, we are subject to risk of loss from currency fluctuations, social instability, changes in governmental policies or policies of central banks, expropriation, nationalization, unfavorable political and diplomatic developments and changes in legislation relating to non-U.S. ownership. We also invest in the securities of corporations which are located in non-U.S. jurisdictions. As we continue to expand globally, we will continue to focus on minimizing these risk factors as they relate to specific non-U.S. investments.

 

151


Table of Contents

Sensitivity

Our assets and unrealized gains, and our related equity and net income are sensitive to changes in the valuations of our funds’ underlying investments and could vary materially as a result of changes in our valuation assumptions and estimates. As described in “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” changes in fair value will have the following impacts before a reduction of profit sharing expense and on a pre-tax basis on our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

   

Management fees for selected funds in our capital markets business are based on the net asset value of the relevant fund, which in turn is dependent on the estimated fair values of their investments. For the most of the remaining funds in our capital markets business, management fees are based on gross Assets Under Management, as defined. For these capital markets funds, the impact of a change in these values would have an immediate impact on the management fees recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007. A 10% decline in the fair values of all of the investments held by such vehicles as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 would decrease management fees from our capital markets business in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 by approximately $0.2 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

 

   

Management fees for our private equity funds range from 0.65% to 1.5% and are charged on either (a) a fixed percentage of committed capital over a stated investment period or (b) a fixed percentage of invested capital of unrealized portfolio investments. Changes in values of investments could indirectly affect future management fees from private equity funds by, among other things, reducing the funds’ access to capital or liquidity and their ability to currently pay the management fees or if such change resulted in a write-down of investments below their associated invested capital.

 

   

Management fees for AAA Investments range between 1% and 1.25% of AAA Investments invested capital plus its cumulative distributable earnings at the end of each quarterly period, net of any amount AAA Investments pays for the repurchase of limited partner interests, as well as capital invested in Apollo funds and temporary investments and any distributable earnings attributable thereto. A 10% decline in the fair value of all of the investments held by AAA Investments would decrease AAA Investments’ management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 by approximately $0.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Carried interest income from most of our capital markets funds, which are quantified above under “—Results of Operations” and “—Segment Analysis,” are impacted directly by changes in the fair value of their investments. Carried interest income from most of our capital markets funds generally are earned based on achieving specified performance criteria. We anticipate that a 10% decline in the fair values of investments held by all of the capital markets funds at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 would decrease consolidated carried interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 by approximately $2.5 million and $17.9 million, respectively. Additionally, the changes to carried interest income from most of our capital markets business assume there is no loss in the fund for the relevant period. If the fund had a loss for the period, no carried interest income would be earned by us.

 

   

Carried interest income from private equity funds generally is earned based on achieving specified performance criteria and is impacted by changes in the fair value of their fund investments. We anticipate that a 10% decline in the fair values of investments held by all of the private equity funds at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 would decrease consolidated carried interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 by $284.5 million and $262.7 million, respectively. The effects on private equity fees and income assume that a decrease in value does not cause a permanent write-down of investments below their associated invested capital.

 

   

For select capital markets funds and private equity funds, our share of investment income is derived from unrealized gains or losses on investments in funds included in the consolidated and combined financial statements. For funds in which we have an interest, but are not included in our consolidated and combined financial statements, our share of investment income is limited to our accrued

 

152


Table of Contents
 

compensation units and direct investments in the funds, which ranges from 0.01% to 6.16% (for capital markets funds) and from 0.002% to 0.322% (for private equity funds). A 10% decline in the fair value of investments at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 would result in an approximately $1.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively, decrease in investment income at the consolidated level.

The following table summarizes the sensitivity impacts of a 10% decline in the fair value of the investments, with the assumption that such entire decline affects unrealized appreciation, held by all of our funds, on a U.S. GAAP basis:

 

    

U.S. GAAP Basis

    

Management Fees

  

Carried Interest Income(b)

  

Investment Income (Unrealized
Gains and Losses)(b)

Private Equity Funds(a)

   None, except in instances where such funds’ management fees are based on NAV in which case the management fee revenue would drop by a corresponding 10%    Generally, a 10% immediate decline in carried interest income from these funds. Since the carried interest income is equal to 20% of total returns, the dollar effect would be 2% (20% of 10%) of the dollar decrease in value.    Generally, a 10% immediate decline in investment income from these funds. Since we generally have a 0.002% to 0.322% investment in these funds, the dollar effect would be 0% to 0.03% (0.002% to 0.322% of 10%) of the dollar decrease in value.

Capital Markets Funds

   Up to 10% annual change in management fees from these funds    Generally, a 10% immediate decline in carried interest income from these funds. Since the carried interest income is generally equal to 20% of fund returns, the dollar effect would be 2% (20% of 10%) of the dollar decrease in value.    Generally, a 10% immediate decline in investment income from these funds. Since we generally have a 0.01% to 6.16% investment in these funds, the dollar effect would be 0.001% to 0.616% (0.01% to 6.16% of 10%) of the dollar decrease in value.

 

(a) Certain of our capital markets funds have the same sensitivity impact as the private equity funds.
(b) After consideration of the allocations between the limited partners of the funds and our carried interest.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 requires companies to measure and disclose the fair value of its financial instruments according to a fair value hierarchy. Additionally, companies are required to provide enhanced disclosure regarding certain instruments, including a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances separately for each major category of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Apollo will provide SFAS No. 157 disclosures upon adoption. Other than enhanced disclosures, the adoption of SFAS No. 157 as of January 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS No. 159”) SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Apollo adopted SFAS No. 159 as of January 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 as of January 1, 2008 did not have any impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

153


Table of Contents

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 46(R)-7, Application of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) to Investment Companies (“FSP FIN 46(R)-7”), which provides clarification on the applicability of FIN 46(R) to the accounting for investments by entities that apply the accounting guidance in the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies . FSP FIN 46(R)-7 amends FIN 46(R), to make permanent the temporary deferral of the application of FIN 46(R), to entities within the scope of the guide under AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (“SOP 07-1”). FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is effective upon adoption of SOP 07-1. The adoption of FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is not expected to have a material impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

SOP 07-1, issued in June 2007, addresses whether the accounting principles of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies may be applied to an entity by clarifying the definition of an investment company and whether those accounting principles may be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an investor in the application of the equity method of accounting. SOP 07-1, as originally issued, was to be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2007 with earlier adoption encouraged. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP SOP 07-1-1 Effective Date of AICPA Statement of Position 07-1 , to indefinitely defer the effective date of SOP 07-1. Apollo intends to monitor future developments associated with this statement in order to assess the impact, if any, that may result.

In June 2007, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs, which are expected to vest, be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. EITF 06-11 is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The adoption of EITF 06-11 as of January 1, 2008 is not expected to have a material impact to Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) requires that all business combinations whether full, partial or step acquisitions result in all assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their fair values, with limited exceptions. The standard further requires the companies to expense acquisition costs as incurred and to record contingencies, earn-outs and continent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and is applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited. Assets and liabilities that arose from business combinations whose acquisition dates preceded the application of this statement shall not be adjusted upon application of this statement. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present Non-Controlling (minority) Interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and Non-Controlling Interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 . This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated and combined financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS No. 161”), SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative

 

154


Table of Contents

instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In March 2008, the EITF ratified its consensus opinion on EITF Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share, to Master Limited Partnerships (“EITF 07-4”). EITF 07-4 addresses how master limited partnerships should calculate earnings per unit using the two-class method in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share (“SFAS No. 128”) and how current period earnings of a master limited partnership should be allocated to the general partner, limited partners, and other participating securities. EITF 07-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. EITF 07-4 should be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The company is currently evaluating the impact that EITF 07-4 will have on its consolidated and combined financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets , is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. This FSP requires that an entity consider its own historical experience in developing assumptions about renewal or extension used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The FSP intends to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141 and other U.S. GAAP. This FSP also requires additional disclosures for all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. The company is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, that this FSP will have on its consolidated and combined financial statements.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP in the United States (the U.S. GAAP hierarchy). This Statement is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The adoption of SFAS No. 162 is not expected to have a material impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transaction are Participating Securities . This FSP addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (EPS) under the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. The company is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, that this FSP will have on its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we engage in off-balance sheet arrangements, including transactions in derivatives, guarantees, commitments, indemnifications and potential clawback obligations. See note 14 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of guarantees.

Contractual Obligations

As of March 31, 2008, our material contractual obligations are our lease obligations, our contractual commitments as part of the ongoing operations of our funds and our debt obligations. In addition, on a historical basis, we had the contractual obligations of our consolidated funds while the capital commitments to these funds

 

155


Table of Contents

were substantially eliminated in consolidation (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future” for a discussion of existing contractual obligations with respect to capital commitments). Fixed and determinable payments due in connection with these obligations are as follows:

 

    2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   Thereafter   Total

Operating lease obligations (c)(e)

  $ 18,426   $ 23,205   $ 21,366   $ 21,666   $ 17,983   $ 39,887   $ 142,533

AAA Holdings credit agreement (a)(b)

    1,961     57,424     —       —       —       —       59,385

RACC secured loan agreement (a)(d)

    263     385     418     240     206     167     1,679

AMH Credit Agreement (a)

    47,641     63,521     63,521     63,521     63,521     1,084,694     1,386,419
                                         

Total Obligations as of March 31, 2008 (f)

  $ 68,291   $ 144,535   $ 85,305   $ 85,427   $ 81,710   $ 1,124,748   $ 1,590,016
                                         

 

  (a) Includes interest to be paid over the term of the related debt obligation which has been calculated assuming no prepayments are made and debt is held until its final maturity date. The future interest payments are calculated using rates in effect as of March 31, 2008, including both variable and fixed rates pursuant to the debt agreements.
  (b) Amounts do not include a $0.9 billion line of credit entered into by AAA Investments, of which $385.0 million has been utilized as of March 31, 2008. These amounts are not included in the above table as Apollo Global Management, LLC is not a guarantor of this loan.
  (c) Certain operating leases with aggregate future obligations of $10.3 million, which are included in the table above, were terminated without penalty in April 2008.
  (d) The RACC secured loan and accrued interest, which are included in the table above, were fully repaid in June 2008.
  (e) Management service agreements for aircraft, which are not included in the operating lease obligations above, having terms of five years were entered into in April and June 2008 with a total aggregate obligation of $16.3 million payable ratably on a monthly basis.
  (f) A secured loan CIT Group\Equipment Financing Master loan agreement having a five year term was entered into during April 2008 and is not included in the table above. Total current borrowings amounted to $26.9 million and interest is payable monthly at the rate of LIBOR plus 318 basis points with a ballon payment of approximately 75% at the end of the term.

 

    Note: Due to timing or the fact that amounts to be paid cannot be determined, the following contractual commitments have not been presented in the table above.

 

  (i) As noted previously, we have entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners which requires us to pay to our managing partners and contributing partners 85% of any tax savings received by APO Corp. from our step-up in tax basis. The step-up in tax basis is estimated to result in tax savings of $612.2 million, of which $520.3 million is payable to our managing partners and contributing partners. The tax savings achieved may not ensure that we have sufficient cash available to pay our tax liability or generate additional distributions to our investors. Also, we need to incur additional debt to repay the Tax Receivable Agreement if our cash flows are not met.

 

  (ii) Carried interest income in both private equity funds and certain capital markets funds is subject to clawback in the event of future losses to the extent of the cumulative carried interest recognized in income to date. If all of the existing investments became worthless, the amounts of cumulative revenues that have been recognized by Apollo through March 31, 2008 that would be reversed approximates $1.1 billion. Management views the possibility of all the investments becoming worthless as remote. The amounts relate to the following funds:

 

       March 31,
2008

Fund IV

   $ 601,755

Fund V

     326,277

Fund VI

     191,485
      

Total

   $ 1,119,517
      

As of March 31, 2008, Apollo Management VI, L.P., the investment manager of Fund VI, provided financial guarantees with a maximum exposure of $3.5 million on behalf of certain employees for the benefit of unrelated third party lenders in connection with their capital commitment to funds managed by the Management Companies. Historically, Apollo has not incurred any liabilities as a result of these agreements and does not expect to on a going forward basis.

 

156


Table of Contents

I NDUSTRY

Asset Management

Overview

Asset management involves the management of investments on behalf of investors in exchange for a fee, and often cases include incentive income on the financial performance of investments. Asset managers employ a variety of investment strategies, which fall into two broad categories: traditional asset management and alternative asset management. The key differences between traditional asset managers and alternative asset managers primarily relate to investment strategies, return objectives, compensation structure and investor access to funds.

Traditional asset managers, such as mutual funds, engage in managing and trading investment portfolios of equity, fixed income, derivative securities and commodities. The investment objectives of these portfolios may include total return, capital appreciation, current income and/or replicating the performance of a particular index. Managers of such portfolios are compensated on a predetermined fee based on a percentage of the assets under management, generally substantially independent of performance. Performance measurement of traditional funds is typically against given benchmark market indices and peer groups over various time periods. Investors in traditional funds generally have unrestricted access to their funds either through market transactions in the case of closed-end mutual funds and exchange traded funds, or through withdrawals in the case of open-end mutual funds and separately managed accounts.

Alternative asset managers such as managers of hedge funds, private equity funds, venture capital funds, real estate funds, mezzanine funds and distressed funds, utilize a variety of investment strategies to achieve returns within certain stipulated risk parameters and investment criteria. These returns are evaluated on an absolute basis, rather than benchmarked in relation to an index. The compensation structure for alternative asset managers may include management fees on committed or contributed capital, transaction and advisory fees as capital is invested (typically for private equity funds) and carried interest or incentive fees tied to achieving certain absolute return hurdles. Unlike traditional asset managers, alternative asset managers may limit investors’ access to funds once committed or invested until the investments have been realized.

The asset management industry has experienced significant growth in worldwide assets under management in the past decade, fueled by growth in pension assets and savings globally. According to the Boston Consulting Group, as cited in their December 2007 report, “The Growth Dilemma—Global Asset Management 2007” (Copyright, The Boston Consulting Group 2007), the total value of assets under management globally reached an estimated record $53.4 trillion in 2006, representing a 16% compound annual growth rate since 2002. According to the 2007-2008 Russell Survey on Alternative Investing, which polled 326 large, tax exempt organizations from different geographic regions on their investments in private equity, hedge funds and real estate, average strategic allocations to alternative assets, comprised of private equity, hedge funds, and real estate, have increased on a relative basis across the world and aggregate alternative asset allocations in North America are projected to be 23% in 2009. The same source indicates that in Europe and Japan the share of allocations to private equity and hedge funds has almost doubled in recent years and is expected to represent approximately 13.9% and 14.1%, respectively, in 2009.

Private Equity

Private equity funds raise pools of capital from institutional investors, such as insurance companies and pension and endowment funds, as well as high net worth individuals. These funds typically seek to acquire controlling or influential ownership interests in businesses. Private equity funds typically invest in the common equity or preferred stock of private and sometimes public companies.

Private equity funds are typically structured as unregistered limited partnership funds with terms of typically eight to ten years, and can contain provisions to extend the life of the fund under certain circumstances. Investors

 

157


Table of Contents

in private equity funds provide a commitment to the fund that is called by the fund as investments are made and equity capital is required. Private equity fund managers typically earn fees as follows: (i) management fees based on the amount of invested or committed capital, (ii) transaction and advisory fees as capital is invested and portfolio companies are managed and (iii) carried interest based on the performance of the fund, which is often subject to a preferred return for investors, or “hurdle.”

The objective of a private equity fund is to earn attractive returns on its investment commensurate with the risk being taken. The returns come either in the form of capital gains upon realization of the fund’s underlying investments, or in the form of income, such as interest, dividends or fees. Private equity funds aim to realize their capital gain on an underlying business by either selling it or selling its shares in the public markets. Since time is required to implement the value growth strategy for the business, private equity investments tend to be held for three or more years, although typical hold periods vary according to market conditions.

Private equity funds may seek to enhance returns through the use of financial leverage, which led to the term “leveraged buyout,” or “LBO.” In the course of acquiring a business, a private equity fund will utilize capital that it has raised from its investors to pay for a portion of the transaction value and will typically borrow the remaining proceeds. In leveraged buyouts, the borrowings typically constitute the majority of funds used to pay the transaction value, generally ranging from 65% to 80% of the purchase price. Conditions in the debt markets had been very favorable in recent years; however, the markets have recently experienced a serious dislocation in the availability of debt financing for traditional LBO transactions. The use of leverage increases both the potential risk and potential reward of investments, including assets purchased in LBOs.

International private equity activity has increased significantly in recent years, and we believe these activities remain a large opportunity for growth. According to Thomson Financial as of May 16, 2008, European LBO volume set a new record in 2006 at $263 billion but recorded lower volume in 2007 of $229 billion; additionally, Europe surpassed the U.S. market in buyout activity in the first quarter of 2008 with $20 billion in volume compared to the U.S. market’s $10 billion. The same source indicates that in 2006 the Asia-Pacific region increased its LBO volume significantly to reach $53 billion, though 2007 Asia-Pacific LBO volume was down from that record high at $29 billion and first quarter 2008 volume was only $2 billion. In addition to increasing fund flows from foreign investors, domestic Asia-Pacific funds have gained strength as new domestic players have entered the market and existing firms in the region continue to raise larger funds. Activity internationally has been well-diversified across geography, as shown in the 2007-2008 Russell Survey on Alternative Investing. We believe that “new” buyout markets have emerged in places such as Spain, Greece, the Nordic region and in Israel, driven by private equity firms in search of less competition and higher returns. Additionally, we believe private equity firms are increasingly looking at emerging markets, including Eastern Europe, Turkey and South Africa. The chart below shows global LBO volume from 2000-2007 and the first quarter of 2007 and 2008.

Global LBO Volume ($ billions)

 

LOGO

Source: Thomson Financial in May 2008

Over the past two decades, from 1987 to 2006, the upper quartile of private equity funds have, in the aggregate, outperformed the S&P 500 Index by about 9.5% per year net of management fees, partnership

 

158


Table of Contents

expenses and fund managers’ carried interest, according to Thomson Financial. We believe that as a result of the superior returns generated by private equity funds, the amount of money contributed to this alternative asset class continues to experience rapid growth. As displayed in the chart below, the pace of private equity fundraising has accelerated dramatically in the past few years, facilitating private equity firms’ ability to raise increasingly larger funds. According to the 2007-2008 Russell Survey on Alternative Investing, allocations to private equity in Europe, Australia and Japan are anticipated to reach record levels in 2009, with allocations to private equity in North America also expected to increase in 2008 and 2009.

U.S. LBO and Mezzanine Fundraising ($ billions)

 

LOGO

Source: Thomson Financial (Buyouts Magazine, January 7, 2008)

In 2005 through 2007, U.S. buyout and mezzanine inflows experienced significant growth, with more money raised in each of these three years than the cumulative funds raised in the previous three years, according to Thomson Financial (Buyouts Magazine, January 7, 2008). According to the same source, several established fund managers with superior track records have recently closed or are in the process of raising funds in excess of $15 billion. Record fundraising, together with historically high levels of liquidity in the debt capital markets, was a key driver of large transactions. The scope of transaction size and complexity has also grown, often requiring several private equity firms to form a consortium to acquire a specific target. The above source reports that in 2007 alone, there were six LBOs with transaction values exceeding $25 billion. According to Thomson Financial as of May 16, 2008, private equity transactions increasingly comprised a larger percentage of total merger and acquisition transaction dollar volume, with financial sponsor activity reaching 24.5% of U.S. volume in 2007, particularly as large public-to-private transactions had become more prevalent. However, the same source indicates a decrease in financial sponsor activity in the wake of recent credit turmoil as private equity transactions represented only 6.4% of U.S. merger and acquisition transaction dollar volume in the first quarter of 2008, as compared to 28.6% in the first quarter of 2007.

Mezzanine Funds

Mezzanine funds are investment vehicles that invest primarily in mezzanine securities, typically high-yielding long-term subordinated loans or preferred stock that may include an equity component or feature, such as warrants or co-investment rights, to enhance returns for the lender. Mezzanine lending is related to the volume of financial sponsor-driven transactions. This form of financing is most frequently utilized in the buyout of middle-market and smaller public companies.

There are several factors that are commonly believed to have contributed to the expansion of mezzanine investing over the past decade. The broad-based consolidation of the U.S. financial services industry over the past two decades has significantly reduced the number of FDIC-insured financial institutions. In recent years, this is believed to have caused many senior lenders to de-emphasize their service and product offerings to middle market businesses in favor of lending to larger corporate clients and managing larger capital markets transactions. As a result, many middle-market firms have faced increased difficulty raising debt from commercial

 

159


Table of Contents

lenders, thus creating demand for alternative sources of financing such as mezzanine debt financing. Additionally, over the past several years, the availability of large pools of capital has increased as mutual funds, private equity funds and hedge funds have all experienced significant growth. In particular, we believe that there is a considerable amount of un-invested private equity capital that will seek mezzanine capital to support investments in middle market companies being made by the private equity capital.

Given the fragmented nature of the mezzanine market, capital providers of mezzanine financing include a broad array of companies. Early mezzanine lenders include traditional investment management firms, investment arms of major companies and insurance companies. Growth in demand for such capital has encouraged various capital providers to enter this market over the last decade, including private equity firms, hedge funds, high-yield debt investors, business development companies and investment banks with dedicated mezzanine funds.

Hedge Funds

Hedge funds are privately held and unregistered investment vehicles managed with the primary aim of delivering positive risk-adjusted returns under various market conditions. Hedge funds differ from traditional asset managers such as mutual funds by the asset classes in which they invest and/or the investment strategies they employ. Asset classes in which hedge funds invest may include liquid and illiquid securities, asset-backed securities, pools of loans and bonds or other financial assets. Hedge funds also employ a variety of strategies that may include short selling, equity long-short convertible arbitrage, fixed income arbitrage, merger arbitrage, event-driven, global macro and other quantitative strategies. The strategies may employ use of leverage, hedges, swaps and other derivative instruments.

Hedge funds are typically structured as limited partnerships, limited liability companies or offshore corporations. Hedge fund managers earn a base management fee typically based on the net asset value of the fund and incentive fees based on a percentage of the fund’s profits. Some hedge funds set a “hurdle rate” under which the fund manager does not earn an incentive fee until the fund’s performance exceeds a benchmark rate. Another feature common to hedge funds is the “high water mark” under which a fund manager does not earn incentive fees until the net asset value exceeds the highest historical value on which incentive fees were last paid. Typical investors include high net worth individuals and institutions. These investors can invest and withdraw funds periodically in accordance with the terms of the funds, which may include lock-up periods on withdrawals. Hedge fund managers often commit a portion of their own capital in the funds they manage to align their interests with the investors.

According to the First Quarter 2008 HFR Industry Report, as of March 31, 2008, there were 10,173 hedge funds in existence globally. The same report shows global assets under management in the hedge fund industry have grown by approximately 26% annually since 1990 to exceed $1.8 trillion at December 31, 2007 and at March 31, 2008, and net inflows in 2007 increased to a record high of $195 billion as compared to $126 billion in 2006. The chart below shows hedge fund assets under management from 1990-2007 and the first quarter of 2007 and 2008.

 

160


Table of Contents

Hedge Fund Assets Under Management ($ billions)

LOGO

Source: HFR Industry Reports, © HFR, Inc. First Quarter 2008, www.hedgefundresource.com and HFR Industry Reports, © HFR, Inc. First Quarter 2007, www.hedgefundresource.com

The increasing demand for hedge fund products by institutional investors is one of the main drivers of the industry growth. McKinsey & Company, as cited in their report, “The Asset Management Industry in 2010” (Copyright, McKinsey & Company 2006), estimates that over 50% of total hedge fund asset flows in 2007 and 2008 will come from institutional investors. Higher institutional demand is driven by several factors, including the pursuit of higher returns (compared to those found from traditional equity and fixed income assets), the desire to increase the diversification of investment portfolios by investing in assets with low correlation to traditional asset classes and a diminished risk-aversion in the current low interest-rate environment.

Distressed Funds

Distressed funds typically engage in the purchase or short sale of securities of companies where the price has been, or is expected to be, affected by a distressed situation. This may involve reorganizations, bankruptcies, distressed sales or other corporate restructurings. Investment opportunities arise in the market for distressed securities because holders of previously sound instruments find themselves in possession of creditor claims of uncertain value and, therefore, under pressure to dispose of them.

Investments are made for both the short-and long-term and are both active and passive with respect to participation in restructuring and company operations. In a distressed buyout, the investor works proactively through the restructuring process to equitize its debt position and gain control of the company with the objective of achieving a large return via a turnaround. A second strategy, more common among hedge funds, is to hold a position in a distressed debt security with the expectation that improved performance will lead to a run-up in the price of the debt instrument that will result in high short-term internal rate of return.

The chart below from the First Quarter 2008 HFR Industry Report shows that the distressed investing industry experienced increased net asset flow during the recessionary period of 2002, during which stock market valuations were relatively depressed, there was an increase in the number of corporate distressed sellers of assets who needed to raise cash and company earnings had decreased. Financial distress, however, continues to be company- and industry-specific, and hedge funds have increased their participation in the industry in the search for high-yielding assets. Broader market acceptance of second- and third-lien transactions has also stimulated activity. The recent increase in sub-investment grade issues to finance acquisitions and the increased use of second-lien financing combined with a potential rise in corporate debt defaults are all, we believe, precursors of opportunities for risk-adjusted returns from distressed investing.

 

161


Table of Contents

Estimated Growth of Assets/ Net Asset Flow Distressed / Restructuring ($ billions)

 

LOGO

Source: HFR Industry Reports, © HFR, Inc. First Quarter 2008, www.hedgefundresource.com

 

 

1

Q108 net asset flow annualized for comparability with prior periods.

Industry Trends

Increased Institutional Investor Allocations

In recent years, alternative asset management has been gaining relative share of institutional capital allocations from traditional asset management, as investors seek strategies that deliver diversification to improve the risk-adjusted return of their portfolios. According to the 2007—2008 Russell Survey on Alternative Investing, the percentage of strategic allocations to private equity and hedge funds by the investors in their survey described earlier is projected to grow from 10.0% to 15.9% between 2001 and 2009 in North America. Despite the rapid expansion in institutional flows, alternative asset management strategies still account for a relatively small portion of all institutional assets, which we believe signifies potential opportunity for continued growth.

Increasingly Larger Funds and Buyouts

Over the past few years, the largest private equity firms, with well-established track records have led fundraising activities and succeeded in raising increasingly large funds. Several have raised funds in excess of $10 billion in capital per fund. The emergence of these large funds, coupled with favorable conditions in the debt capital markets through the second quarter of 2007, had facilitated buyouts of larger and more stable businesses, including through large scale public-to-private transactions. According to Standard and Poor’s Q1 2008 Leveraged Buyout Review, approximately 64% of LBO volume by transaction value in 2007 was related to public-to-private transactions, as compared to only 38% in 2005. In the first quarter of 2008, approximately 60% of LBO volume was related to public-to-private transactions according to Standard and Poor’s Q1 2008 Leveraged Buyout Review.

The long term impact of the recent turmoil in the debt capital markets on the trend of large public-to-private transactions is as yet unclear, but in the second half of 2007 there were only 16 buyouts in excess of $2 billion compared to 39 buyouts of that size in the first half of the year. According to Thomson Financial, in 2007, there were only six buyouts surpassing $20 billion. For the first quarter of 2008, there were three buyouts in excess of $2 billion.

Growing Diversification of Investment Strategies and Product Offerings

The alternative asset management business is becoming more institutionalized, with leading alternative asset managers expanding their investment strategies to pursue a wider range of investment opportunities as they seek to attract more capital from investors. Private equity firms are broadening their product offerings to include

 

162


Table of Contents

investment in distressed securities, mezzanine and infrastructure funds, or capital deployed into new geographic regions such as India or China. Hedge funds are increasingly shifting to multi-strategy vehicles that provide additional diversification to investors. Areas of expansion include financial and non-financial markets, commodities, energy trading, middle market lending, real estate, private convertibles, second-tier bank loans, as well as emerging markets including Latin America and Asia. Hedge funds are also beginning to play a more aggressive role in shaping mergers and acquisitions, as both private equity investors and lenders.

Expanded Sources of Capital

Alternative asset managers have recently expanded their sources of assets under management through permanent capital vehicles. Permanent capital allows asset managers to quickly target attractive investment opportunities by capitalizing new investment vehicles in advance of a lengthier third party fundraising process. In addition, permanent capital vehicles, which are typically publicly offered in at least some jurisdictions, and in some cases marketed to high net worth individuals even in jurisdictions in which the offering is private, make alternative asset management services available to many investors who might not have access to the traditional fundraising process. Alternative asset managers have also increasingly used debt both to leverage fund investments and to finance operations.

 

163


Table of Contents

B USINESS

Overview

Founded in 1990, Apollo is a leading global alternative asset manager with a track record of successful private equity, distressed debt and mezzanine investing. At the present time, as a result of the current supply and demand imbalance in the global credit markets, we are investing primarily in senior and subordinated debt securities. We raise, invest and manage private equity and credit-oriented capital markets funds on behalf of some of the world’s most prominent pension and endowment funds as well as other institutional and individual investors. As of March 31, 2008, we had AUM of $40.7 billion in our private equity and capital markets businesses. Our latest private equity fund, Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion as of the date hereof with a target of $15.0 billion, and a number of our capital markets funds are in various stages of fundraising. We have consistently produced attractive investment returns for our investors, with our private equity funds generating a 40% gross IRR and a 28% net IRR from inception through March 31, 2008.

Over our 18-year history of investing, we have grown to become one of the largest alternative asset managers in the world and attribute our historical success to the following key competitive strengths:

 

   

our track record of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns;

 

   

our business model which combines the strength of our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses and the extensive intellectual capital base of the global Apollo franchise to create a sustainable competitive advantage;

 

   

our expertise in distressed investing and ability to invest capital and grow AUM throughout economic cycles;

 

   

our deep industry knowledge and expertise with complex transactions;

 

   

our creation of an edge in investing by combining our core industry expertise, comfort with complexity and use of strategic platforms to create proprietary investment opportunities;

 

   

our long standing investor relationships that include many of the world’s most prominent alternative asset investors; and

 

   

our strong management team, brand name and reputation.

Apollo is led by our managing partners, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, who have worked together for more than 20 years and lead a team of more than 190 professionals as of March 31, 2008. This team possesses a broad range of transaction, financial, managerial and investment skills. We have offices in New York, London, Los Angeles, Singapore, Frankfurt and Paris. Subject to obtaining appropriate regulatory authority, we anticipate opening offices in India and Luxembourg. We operate two businesses in which we believe we are a market leader: private equity and credit-oriented capital markets. We generally operate these businesses in an integrated manner. Our investment professionals frequently collaborate and share information including market insight, management, consultant and banking contacts as well as potential investment opportunities, which contributes to our “library” of extensive industry knowledge and enables us to successfully invest across a company’s capital structure. This platform and the depth and experience of our investment team have enabled us to deliver strong long-term investment performance across various asset classes throughout a range of economic cycles. For example, three of Apollo’s most successful funds (in terms of net IRR), Funds I, II and V, were initiated during economic downturns. Funds I and II were initiated during the economic downturn of 1990 through 1993 and Fund V was initiated during the economic downturn of 2001 through late 2003.

Our objective is to achieve superior risk-adjusted returns for our fund investors throughout economic cycles. Commitment to the investors in our funds is a high priority. Our investment approach is value-oriented, focusing on industries in which we have considerable knowledge, and emphasizing downside protection and the preservation of capital. We are also frequently contrarian in our investment approach. Our contrarian nature is reflected in many of the businesses in which we choose to invest, which are often in industries that our competitors typically avoid, the often complex structures we employ in some of our investments, including our willingness to pursue difficult corporate carve-out transactions, our experience in investing during periods of

 

164


Table of Contents

uncertainty or distress in the economy or financial markets when many of our competitors simply reduce their investment activity, our orientation towards sole sponsored transactions when other firms have opted to partner with others and our willingness to undertake transactions having substantial business, regulatory or legal complexity. We have successfully applied this investment philosophy in flexible and creative ways over our 18-year history, allowing us to consistently find attractive investment opportunities, deploy capital up and down the balance sheet of industry leading, or “franchise,” businesses and create value throughout economic cycles.

We have experienced significant growth in our businesses through the growth of our private equity funds, globalizing our credit-oriented capital markets business and adding new products. We had AUM of $40.7 billion as of March 31, 2008 consisting of $30.6 billion in our private equity business and $10.1 billion in our capital markets business. Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion as of the date hereof and has a target of $15.0 billion. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Businesses—We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds or in raising more capital for our capital markets funds.” Additionally, a number of our capital markets funds are currently in various stages of fundraising. We have grown our AUM at a 48% compound annual growth rate, or “CAGR,” from December 31, 2004 to March 31, 2008. We have achieved this growth raising additional capital in our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses, growing AUM through appreciation and by expanding our businesses to new strategies and geographies. We have also expanded the base of investors in our funds by accessing permanent capital through AIC, AIE I, and AAA. These distribution channels, including their current leverage, represent approximately 17% of our AUM as of March 31, 2008. In addition, we benefit from mandates with long-term capital commitments. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 82% of our AUM was in funds with a duration of ten years or more from inception.

We expect our growth in AUM to continue over time as we (1) raise larger private equity funds than the funds being liquidated, (2) retain profits in our capital markets funds and raise additional capital to support those vehicles and (3) launch new investment vehicles as market opportunities present themselves. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—We may not be successful in raising new private equity or capital markets funds or in raising more capital for our capital markets funds.”

Our Businesses

We manage private equity and credit-oriented capital markets investment entities. We also manage AAA, a publicly listed vehicle, which generally invests alongside our private equity funds and directly in our capital markets funds. The diagram below summarizes our Assets Under Management. (1)

LOGO

 

(1) All data is as of March 31, 2008 unless otherwise noted. The chart does not reflect legal entities or assets managed by former affiliates.
(2) Fund VII has a fundraising target of $15.0 billion. As of the date hereof, Fund VII has raised over $14.0 billion.
(3) Two of our funds are denominated in Euros and translated into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.58 as of March 31, 2008.

 

165


Table of Contents

Our revenues and other income consist principally of (i) management fees, which are based upon a percentage of the committed or invested capital (in the case of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds), adjusted assets (in the case of AAA), and gross invested capital or fund net asset value (in the case of the rest of our capital markets funds); (ii) transaction and advisory fees received from private equity portfolio companies in respect of business and transaction consulting services that we provide, as well as advisory services provided to a capital markets fund; (iii) income based on the performance of our funds, which consists of allocations, distributions or fees from our private equity funds, AAA and our capital markets funds; and (iv) investment income from our investments as general partner and other direct investments primarily in the form of net gains from investment activities and dividend income. Carried interest from our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds entitles us to an allocation of a portion of the income and gains from that fund and is as much as 20% of the cash received from net realized income and gains that are achieved by the funds, generally subject to an annual preferred return for the limited partners of 8% with a “catch-up” allocation to us thereafter. For example, if one of our private equity funds were to exceed the preferred return threshold and generate $100 million of profits net of allocable fees and expenses from a given investment, our carried interest would entitle us to receive as much as $20 million of these net profits. Carried interest from most of our capital markets funds is as much as 20% of either the fund’s income and gain or the yearly appreciation of the fund’s net asset value. For such capital markets funds, we accrue carried interest on both realized and unrealized gains, subject to any applicable hurdles and high-water marks. Certain of our capital markets funds are subject to a preferred return. Our ability to generate carried interest is an important element of our business and has historically accounted for a very significant portion of our income. For the year ended December 31, 2007, management fees, transaction and advisory fees, and carried interest income represented 23.1%, 8.4% and 68.5%, respectively of our $1,078 million of pro forma revenues. Pro forma other income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $261.7 million.

The following chart summarizes the breakdown of our funds’ investments by industry as of March 31, 2008:

Investments by Industry

LOGO

Private Equity

Private Equity Funds

The private equity business is the cornerstone of our investment activities, with AUM of $30.6 billion as of March 31, 2008. Our private equity business grew AUM by a 42% CAGR from December 31, 2004 through March 31, 2008. From our inception in 1990 through March 31, 2008, our private equity business invested approximately $21.7 billion of equity capital. Most recently, during the fourth quarter of 2007 and through the

 

166


Table of Contents

first quarter of 2008, our private equity funds and AAA deployed $3.6 billion of capital in debt and equity opportunities. Since inception, the returns of our private equity funds have performed in the top quartile for all U.S. buyout funds, as measured by Thomson Financial. Our private equity funds have generated a gross IRR of 40% and a net IRR of 28% from inception through March 31, 2008, as compared with a total annualized return of 8% for the S&P 500 Index over the same period. In addition, since our inception, our private equity funds have achieved a 2.4x multiple of invested capital. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why our historical private equity returns are not indicative of the future results you should expect from our current and future funds or from us. In addition to owning the companies that manage the investments of each of our private equity funds, the Apollo Operating Group also holds all of the general partner interests in the general partners of such funds.

We believe we have a demonstrated ability to quickly adapt to changing market environments and capitalize on market dislocations through our traditional and distressed investment approach. In periods of strained financial liquidity and economic recession, we have made attractive private equity investments by buying the distressed debt of quality businesses, converting that debt to equity, creating value through active management and ultimately monetizing the investment.

Beginning in July 2007, the financial markets encountered a series of events from the sub-prime contagion to the ensuing credit crunch. These events led to a significant dislocation in the capital markets and created a backlog in the debt pipeline. Much of the backlog is left over from debt raised for large private equity-led transactions which reached record levels in 2006 and 2007. This record backlog of supply in the debt markets has materially affected the ability and willingness of lenders to fund new large private equity-led transactions and has applied downward pressure on prices of outstanding debt. Due to the difficulties in financing transactions in this market, the volume and size of traditional private equity-led transactions has declined significantly. We are drawing on our long history of investing across market cycles and are deploying capital in the following ways:

 

   

We are looking to acquire distressed securities in industries that we know well. Examples include investments in the transportation, media, financial services and packaging industries. We believe that we can find good companies with stressed balance sheets in this market at attractive prices.

 

   

We are also investing in debt securities of companies that are performing well, but are attractively priced due to the disruption in the debt markets. For example, we are able to buy portfolios of performing debt from motivated sellers, such as financial institutions, at attractive rates of return.

 

   

We are seeking to take advantage of creative structures to use our equity to de-leverage a company’s balance sheet and take a controlling position.

 

   

We continue to build out our strategic platforms through value added follow-on investments in current portfolio companies. In this environment where tighter financing exists around de novo buyouts, we have recently executed, and will look to continue to execute, favorable add-on acquisitions.

Our combination of traditional buyout investing with a “distressed option” has proven successful throughout economic cycles and has allowed us to achieve attractive rates of return in different economic and market environments. However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing this strategy in the current economic and market environments. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Difficult market conditions may adversely affect our businesses in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds or reducing the ability of our funds to raise or deploy capital, each of which could materially reduce our revenue, net income and cash flow and adversely affect our financial prospects and condition.”

Our two more recent funds, Fund V and Fund VI, have proven successful to date (in terms of net IRR) despite the difficult economic conditions within which those funds have operated. Fund V, with $3.7 billion of committed capital, started investing during the economic downturn of 2001 through late 2003. This fund has generated a gross IRR of 68% and a net IRR of 52% from our first investment in April 2001 to March 31, 2008.

 

167


Table of Contents

It has already returned more than $9.9 billion to investors through March 31, 2008. At March 31, 2008, Fund V had an estimated unrealized value of $3.3 billion and a current multiple of invested capital of 3.5x. This performance was generated during an initial period of economic distress followed by substantial economic and capital markets expansion, which we believe illustrates our ability to use our flexible investment approach to generate returns across a range of economic environments. Fund V is in the top quartile of similar vintage funds according to Thomson Financial. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for a discussion of the reasons we do not believe our future IRRs will be similar to the IRRs for Fund V.

Fund VI, together with AAA through its co-investment with Fund VI, had $11.6 billion of committed capital as of March 31, 2008 and had invested or committed to invest approximately $10.1 billion through March 31, 2008. Fund VI has generated an unrealized gross IRR of 30% and an unrealized net IRR of 21% from the first investment in July 2006 to March 31, 2008 and has already returned more than $1.2 billion to investors. As of the date hereof, the Fund VI portfolio includes 15 portfolio companies and one portfolio company investment commitment, all but one of which are transactions where we were the sole financial sponsor, nine of which were proprietary in nature (meaning deals that arise other than from winning a competitive auction process), four of which were complex corporate carveouts and all of which were in industries well known to us. The Fund VI portfolio also includes debt investment vehicles formed by our affiliates to invest in debt securities to take advantage of volatility in the credit markets.

The following charts summarize the breakdown of our funds’ private equity investments by type and industry from our inception through March 31,2008.

 

Private Equity Investments by Type

  

Private Equity Investments by Industry

LOGO

 

   LOGO

AP Alternative Assets (AAA)

AAA issued approximately $1.9 billion of equity capital in its initial global offering in June 2006. AAA is designed to give investors in its common units exposure as a limited partner to certain of the strategies that we employ and allows us to manage the asset allocations to those strategies by investing alongside our private equity funds and directly in our capital markets funds and certain other transactions that we sponsor and manage. AAA anticipates that approximately 50% or more of its capital will be invested in or alongside our private equity funds. The common units of AAA, which represent limited partner interests, are listed on Euronext Amsterdam. AAA Investments is the limited partner through which AAA makes its investments, and the Apollo Operating Group holds the general partnership interests in AAA Investments. On June 1, 2007, AAA Investments entered into a credit agreement that provides for a $900 million revolving line of credit, thus increasing the amount of cash that AAA Investments has available for making investments, and funding its liquidity and working capital needs. AAA may incur additional indebtedness from time to time.

We are contractually committed to reinvest a certain amount of our carried interest income from AAA into common units or other equity interests of AAA, as described in more detail below under “—General Partner and Professionals Investments and Co-Investments—General Partner Investments.”

 

168


Table of Contents

AAA is an important component of our business strategy, as it has allowed us to quickly target attractive investment opportunities by capitalizing new investment vehicles formed by Apollo in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. In particular, we have used AAA capital to seed one of our mezzanine funds and three of our global distressed and hedge funds. AAA Investments’ current portfolio also includes private equity co-investments in Fund VI and Fund VII portfolio companies and temporary cash investments. AAA may also invest in additional capital markets funds, private equity funds and opportunistic investments identified by Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P., the investment manager of AAA. As of March 31, 2008, AAA Investments had utilized approximately $385 million of its line of credit for certain investments.

AAA Investments has a co-investment agreement with Fund VI pursuant to which it co-invests with Fund VI in each of Fund VI’s investments, with Fund VI allocated 87.5% of each investment and AAA Investments allocated 12.5%. This represents an aggregate co-investment opportunity expected to approximate $1.5 billion. Such co-investments are required to be made and sold (or otherwise disposed of) concurrently with Fund VI and on substantially equivalent economic terms as those applicable to Fund VI. AAA Investments is required to bear its pro rata share of any investment expenses related to such co-investments. AAA Investments entered into a co-investment agreement with Fund VII similar to its agreement with Fund VI, except that the co-investment allocation to AAA Investments is as follows: AAA Investments’ initial co-investment commitment will be 5%, applicable to all investments to which Fund VII commits during the 2008 calendar year and to any follow-on investments in the relevant portfolio companies. For subsequent calendar years, the agreement provides for a variable co-investment commitment ranging from 0% to 12.5%, to be determined by the board of directors of the managing general partner of AAA, taking into account Fund VII’s projected investment pace and AAA Investments’ estimated available capital. AAA Investments generates management fees for us through the Apollo funds in which it invests. In addition, AAA Investments generates management fees and incentive income on the portion of its assets that are not invested directly in Apollo funds or temporary investments. AAA pays management fees to Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P., its investment manager, which is 100% owned by the Apollo Operating Group, and pays incentive income to AAA Associates, L.P.

The following chart shows the breakdown of AAA Investments’ $2.4 billion in investments as of March 31, 2008.

AAA Investments

LOGO

In order to maximize the amount of capital that is invested by the fund at any time, we have adopted an over-commitment approach pursuant to which we may cause AAA Investments to enter into contractual commitments to fund future capital calls by our funds as well as to make direct co-investments in investments by

 

169


Table of Contents

our funds that exceed the amount of capital that AAA Investments then has available to it. We cannot assure you that any of such commitments will be funded. As of March 31, 2008, AAA Investments was overcommitted.

Capital Markets

Our credit-oriented capital markets operations commenced in 1990 with the management of a $3.5 billion high-yield bond and leveraged loan portfolio. The business was spun off in the late 1990s and re-established in 2003 to complement our private equity business.

As of March 31, 2008, we managed nine capital markets funds that utilize the same disciplined, value-oriented investment philosophy that we employ with respect to private equity. These vehicles include mezzanine funds, distressed and hedge funds and senior credit opportunity funds. Our capital markets business had AUM of $10.1 billion as of March 31, 2008 and grew its AUM by a 78% CAGR from December 31, 2004 through March 31, 2008. Additionally, a number of our capital markets funds are currently in various stages of fundraising. We expect our existing funds to be regularly fundraising, as we continue to add new products, geographies and strategies.

Mezzanine Funds

The investment objective of our mezzanine funds is to generate both capital appreciation and current income through mezzanine, debt and equity investments while adhering to Apollo’s industry-specialized value-oriented investment strategy.

Apollo Investment Corporation . AIC is a publicly traded, closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act. AIC’s common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “AINV” and was recently added to the S&P MidCap 400 index. Shareholders who invested in the stock at inception in April 2004 have earned a total annualized return of 9.8% through March 31, 2008. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why future AIC returns might fall short of its historical performance. AIC (as a business development company under the Investment Company Act) has the ability to incur indebtedness by issuing senior securities in amounts such that its asset coverage equals at least 200% after each such issuance.

In order to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, AIC is required to distribute at least 90% of its ordinary income and realized, net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to its shareholders. In addition, in order to avoid excise tax, it needs to distribute at least 98% of its income (such income to include both ordinary income and net capital gains), which would take into account short-term and long-term capital gains and losses. AIC, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year distributions and pay an excise tax on this income. In addition, as a business development company, AIC must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the Investment Company Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of AIC’s total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” In late 2006, the SEC adopted rules under the Investment Company Act to expand the definition of “eligible portfolio company” to include all private companies and companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange. The rules also permit AIC to include as qualifying assets certain follow-on investments in companies that were eligible portfolio companies at the time of initial investment but that no longer meet the definition. In addition, the SEC recently adopted a new rule under the Investment Company Act to expand the definition of “eligible portfolio company” to include companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange but whose market capitalization is less than $250 million. This new rule became effective July 21, 2008.

 

170


Table of Contents

Set forth in the chart below are the market values and yields of the AIC portfolio since inception.

AIC Portfolio Growth and Yield Since Inception

LOGO

The information above is as of March 31, 2008, is presented for illustrative purposes only and is no guarantee of the future success of AIC.

The charts below break down AIC’s portfolio by investment type and industry as of March 31, 2008.

 

AIC Portfolio by Investment Type

  

AIC Portfolio Investments by Industry

LOGO

 

   LOGO

AIE I . AIE I is an unregistered private closed-ended investment fund that was formed in July 2006 to more fully take advantage of opportunities available to Apollo in Europe due to AIC’s limited ability to make investments outside of the United States. AIE I intends to invest approximately 70% of its gross assets in secured and unsecured subordinated loans (also referred to as mezzanine loans), senior secured loans, high-yield debt and preference equity and approximately 70% of its gross assets in securities issued by, or loans made to, companies established or operating in Europe. Since inception in June 2006 and through March 31, 2008, AIE I has generated a gross annualized return of (5.3%) and a net annualized return of (9.6%). While the primary market in Europe remains virtually shutdown, we believe there exists investment opportunities in secondary credit markets and collateralized loan obligations in Europe. However, in light of the current economic and market environments for the kinds of investments these funds customarily make, we expect that, for as long as these market conditions continue, returns in this sector will be lower than they have been in recent history, and fundraising efforts will be challenging.

 

171


Table of Contents

The investment objective of AIE I is to generate both capital appreciation and current income through mezzanine debt and equity investments. Within a flexible overall investment approach, AIE I utilizes a disciplined approach that seeks to evaluate the appropriate part of the capital structure in which to invest based on the risk/reward profile of the investment opportunity. AIE I invests either directly or indirectly through special purpose vehicles, derivative contracts or swap arrangements, primarily in European investments, with a primary focus in Western European companies. AIE I also invests in other investments, including private or public equity investments worldwide and non-control distressed loans.

As of March 31, 2008, AIE I had an investment portfolio of approximately $1,094 million, based on an exchange rate of €1.00 to $1.58 as of such date. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why AIE I’s returns might decrease from its historical performance and the historical performances of our other funds.

The charts below break down AIE I’s portfolio by investment type and industry as of March 31, 2008.

 

AIE I Portfolio by Investment Type

  

AIE I Portfolio Investments by Industry

LOGO

 

   LOGO

Global Distressed and Hedge Funds

We currently manage five distressed and hedge funds that primarily invest in North America, Europe and Asia. These funds had a total of $3.5 billion in AUM as of March 31, 2008. Investors can invest in several of our distressed and hedge funds as frequently as monthly. Our global distressed and hedge funds utilize similar value-oriented investment philosophies as our private equity business and are focused on capitalizing on our substantial industry knowledge. In addition to owning the companies that manage our global distressed and hedge funds, the Apollo Operating Group holds the general partner interests in the general partners of each of these funds.

Value Funds.  We are the investment managers for the Value Funds, which utilize similar investment strategies. The Value Funds seek to identify and capitalize on absolute-value driven investment opportunities by investing primarily in the securities of leveraged companies through special situations, distressed investments and privately negotiated investments. VIF began investing capital in October 2003 and is currently closed to new investors. SVF began investing capital in June 2006 and is currently open to new investors. The Value Funds had a combined net asset value of approximately $1.4 billion as of March 31, 2008. In the 12 months preceding March 31, 2008, the Value Funds collectively generated a gross return of (3.1%), a net return of (5.2%). See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why future performance by the Value Funds might fall short of their historical performance. The flexible investment strategy is intended to enable the Value Funds to capture investment opportunities as they arise across the capital structure through the purchase or sale of senior secured bank debt, second lien debt, high yield debt, trade claims, credit derivatives, preferred stock and equity. The strategy focuses on companies trading off their intrinsic value, such as undervalued securities and near-term catalysts. As of March 31, 2008, the Value Funds’ investments were primarily located in North America and comprised approximately 70% of the portfolio, with the remaining 30% of the total portfolio

 

172


Table of Contents

being investments in Western Europe. There are no investment restrictions with respect to the amount that may be invested in North America versus outside North America or on the location of their investments outside North America.

The following charts break down the Value Funds’ portfolio by investment type and industry as of March 31, 2008:

 

Value Funds Portfolio by Investment Type

  

Value Funds Portfolio Investments by Industry

LOGO

 

   LOGO

SOMA . SOMA is a private investment fund we formed to manage for one of our Strategic Investors and that seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investment in distressed securities, primarily in North America and Europe. SOMA began investing capital in March 2007 and represents a commitment by one of our Strategic Investors of $800 million, with an option for such Strategic Investor to increase its commitment to $1.2 billion. This account has a very similar investment strategy to our Value Funds and is currently managed by the same investment professionals.

We manage two distressed and hedge funds with non-U.S. investment focuses: AAOF and EPF. These funds had an aggregate AUM of $1,368  million as of March 31, 2008. We currently expect our global distressed and hedge fund activities will increase in scale and scope as we continue our global expansion.

AAOF . AAOF is an investment vehicle that seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns throughout economic cycles by capitalizing on investment opportunities in the Asian markets, excluding Japan, and targeting event-driven volatility across capital structures, as well as opportunities to develop proprietary platforms. It began investing capital in February 2007. We believe our experienced Asia team has great access to private deals throughout Asia. The fund primarily invests in the securities of public and private companies in need of capital for acquisitions, refinancing, monetization of assets and distressed financings and other special situations. AAOF primarily focuses on two core strategies, event driven investments and strategic opportunity investments. The fund’s flexible investment strategy as a provider of capital is intended to enable it to take advantage of opportunities in the Asian capital markets. We believe that the fund’s investment team has the ability to source unique investment opportunities through their local relationships with entrepreneurs, management teams and regional financial institutions. We believe this local expertise is complemented by Apollo’s global reach across its core industry verticals. The fund’s first investment was made in February 2007. The fund had a net asset value of approximately $422 million as of March 31, 2008. In the 12 months ended March 31, 2008, AAOF has generated a gross return of 22.5% and a net return of 14.3%.

EPF . EPF is an investment vehicle formed in May 2007 that seeks to invest primarily in non-performing loans, or “NPLs,” in Europe. Currently the fund has investments in Germany, Spain, Portugal and the United Kingdom. The fund seeks to capitalize on the inefficiencies of financial institutions in managing and restructuring their NPLs. We believe the team’s global experience and local network of relationships complements Apollo’s background in distressed and private equity investing. As of March 31, 2008, EPF had $764 million in total committed capital.

 

173


Table of Contents

Senior Credit Opportunity Funds

We established two new senior credit opportunity funds, Artus and ACLF, in late 2007 in order to take advantage of the supply-demand imbalances in the leveraged finance market. We were able to establish these funds with some of our largest and most loyal investors in a rapid fashion to capitalize on the time sensitive nature of the dislocation in the capital markets which began in July 2007. The Apollo Operating Group holds the general partner interests in the general partners of each of these funds.

Artus. Artus closed on October 19, 2007 with aggregate capital commitments of $106.5 million, including a commitment from one of our Strategic Investors. In November 2007, Artus purchased certain of the notes issued by the CLO. The notes issued by the CLO are secured by a diversified pool of approximately $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of United States dollar denominated commercial loans and cash as of March 31, 2008, or the “Portfolio Collateral.” The notes purchased by Artus are divided into five classes based on their risk and subordination characteristics. Babson Capital Management LLC, as collateral manager to the CLO, performs certain advisory and administrative functions with respect to the Portfolio Collateral. We, as global investment advisor to the CLO, perform certain advisory functions with respect to the management of the Portfolio Collateral. The collateral manager has the obligation to consult with us in respect of any sale of an item of Portfolio Collateral with principal or face amount greater than $5 million. In addition, we have the right to appoint three of the five members of the investment committee that is responsible for approving any material purchase, which includes, among other things, the purchase of an item of Portfolio Collateral with a principal amount greater than $5 million. Decisions with respect to material purchases must be approved by a majority of the members of the investment committee.

ACLF. ACLF held its final closing on November 13, 2007 with aggregate capital commitments of $681.6 million and began investing capital in October 2007. ACLF invests principally in newly issued senior secured bank debt and debt related securities in the United States, Canada and Western Europe. Additionally, up to 20% of ACLF’s capital commitments may be invested in other types of debt and debt related securities, including second lien bank debt, publicly traded debt securities, “bridge” financings and the equity tranche of any collateralized debt obligation fund sponsored by Apollo or others. Investments may be effected using a wide variety of investment types and transaction structures, including the use of derivatives or other credit instruments, such as credit default swaps, total return swaps and any other credit securities or other credit instruments. No more than 20% of ACLF’s aggregate capital commitments may be invested in companies organized and operating primarily outside of the United States, Canada and Western Europe without the consent of the ACLF’s limited partner advisory board.

We may in our sole discretion allocate up to 10% of each investment opportunity made available to ACLF to AAA Investments by establishing prior to the first day of each calendar quarter a fixed AAA co-investment percentage with respect to such calendar quarter, the “Designated Quarterly Percentage.” AAA Investments may co-invest alongside ACLF (and any limited partner who has been offered co-investment rights) in the Designated Quarterly Percentage of each investment made by ACLF during the applicable calendar quarter. As of March 31, 2008, AAA Investments has not co-invested alongside ACLF. In addition, as part of the initial closing of ACLF, Apollo closed on a co-investment vehicle that has the capacity to invest alongside ACLF on a pre-determined proportionate basis in senior debt investments.

Our capital commitment to ACLF is equal to 2.5% of the aggregate capital commitments of ACLF’s limited partners (without regard to any co-investment commitments). ACLF is closed to additional investors. As of March 31, 2008, ACLF had $103.9 million of investments in senior debt across, either directly or indirectly, 24 issuers.

 

174


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

Over our 18-year history, we have grown to be one of the largest alternative asset managers in the world. We attribute our success, and our confidence in our future plans, to the following competitive strengths.

 

   

Our Investment Track Record . Our cornerstone private equity funds have generated a 40% gross IRR and a 28% IRR from inception through March 31, 2008. Our track record of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns is a key differentiating factor for our fund investors and, we believe, will allow us to continue to expand our AUM and capitalize new investment vehicles. See “—The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds” for reasons why our historical returns are not indicative of the future results you should expect from our current or future funds or from us.

 

   

Our Integrated Business Model . Generally, we operate our global franchise as an integrated investment platform with a free flow of information across our businesses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Possession of material non-public information could prevent Apollo funds from undertaking advantageous transactions; our internal controls could fail; we could determine to establish information barriers.” Our investment professionals interact frequently across our businesses on a formal and informal basis. Each of our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses contributes to and draws from what we refer to as our “library” of information and experience. This “library” includes market insight, management, industry consultant and banking contacts, as well as potential investment opportunities. For example, in the course of reviewing a large buyout, a partner from the private equity business might discover an opportunity to invest in an attractive non-control debt investment and convey the opportunity to one of our capital markets partners. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Possession of material, non-public information could prevent Apollo funds from undertaking advantageous transactions; our internal controls could fail; we could determine to establish information barriers.” In addition, members of the private equity investment committee currently serve on the investment committees of each of our capital markets funds.

LOGO

 

175


Table of Contents
   

Our Flexible Approach to Investing Across Market Cycles . We have consistently invested capital and grown AUM throughout economic cycles by focusing on opportunities that we believe are often overlooked by other investors. Our expertise in capital markets, focus on core industry sectors and investment experience allow us to respond quickly to changing environments. In our private equity business, we have had success investing in buyouts during both expansionary and recessionary economic periods. During the recovery and expansionary periods of 1994 through 2000 and late 2003 through the first half of 2007, we invested or committed to invest approximately $13.2 billion primarily in traditional and corporate partner buyouts. In the recessionary periods of 1990 through 1993, 2001 through late 2003 and the slowdown period of the third quarter of 2007 through the second quarter of 2008, we invested approximately $12.4 billion, the majority of which was in distressed buyouts and debt investments when the debt securities of quality companies traded at deep discounts. We believe distressed buyouts represent a highly attractive risk/reward profile and allow our funds to invest at below-market multiples when historically our peer private equity firms have largely been inactive. We believe our ability to invest capital through market cycles will allow us to grow our AUM consistently and generate attractive investment opportunities in various market environments. Our capital markets funds follow the same disciplined approach to investing throughout economic cycles. We pay close attention to the cycles that our core industry sectors are experiencing and are opportunistic in entering and exiting investments when the risk/reward profile is in our favor. Since September 30, 2007 through June 30, 2008, the Apollo funds have invested in $15.2 billion of debt securities representing a face value of $20.0 billion, to take advantage of these strategies. Of the amount invested, $7.9 billion of equity was contributed by various private equity and capital markets funds managed by Apollo.

The table below summarizes our view of how our private equity differed from that of a typical private equity firm during the U.S. economic cycles since our inception in 1990 and our view of certain market conditions during these cycles.

 

      Recession
1990-1993
  Recovery
1994-1997
  Expansion
1998-2000
  Recession
2001-2003 3Q 
  Recovery
2003 4Q-2005
  Expansion
2006-2007 2Q
  Slowdown
2007 3Q-2008 2Q 

Liquidity

  Low   High   High   Low   High   High   Low

Valuation

  Low   Low-Medium   High   Low   Medium   Medium-High   Medium

Typical private
equity firm

  Inactive   Active   Inactive or
paid high
prices
  Inactive   Active and paid
high prices
  Active and
paid high
prices
  Reduced
activity

Apollo

  Focus on
distressed
buyout
option
  Traditional
buyouts
  Seeks to
reduce
acquisition
price through
complex
buyouts and
corporate
partnerships
  Focus on
distressed
buyout
option
  Traditional
buyouts using
industry expertise
to reduce
acquisition price
  Seeks to
reduce
acquisition
price through
complex
buyouts and
corporate
partnerships
  Focus on
distressed
investments
and
strategic
acquisitions

Apollo’s traditional and corporate partner buyouts  (1)

  $547   $1,454   $3,216   $521   $2,469   $5,830   $2,764

Apollo’s distressed buyouts and debt investments  (1)

  $3,010   $60   $0   $1,445   $134   $58   $4,122
 
  (1) Dollars in millions. Amounts set forth above represent capital invested by our private equity business.
    Note: Characterization of economic cycles is based on our management’s views.

 

   

Our Deep Industry Expertise and Focus on Complex Transactions . We have substantial expertise in eight core industry sectors and have invested in over 150 companies since inception. Our core industry sectors are chemicals; consumer and retail; distribution and transportation; financial and business services; manufacturing and industrial; media, cable and leisure; packaging and materials; and satellite and wireless. Our deep experience in these industry sectors has allowed us to develop an extensive network of strategic relationships with CEOs, CFOs and board members of current and former

 

176


Table of Contents
 

portfolio companies, as well as consultants, investment bankers and other industry-focused intermediaries. We believe that situational and structural complexity often hides compelling value that competitors may lack the inclination or ability to uncover. For example, carveouts of divisions of larger corporations are complex transactions that often provide compelling investment opportunities. We believe that we are known in the market for having substantial corporate carveout experience, having consummated 15 buy-side carveouts since 2000, and that our industry expertise and comfort with complexity help drive our performance.

The table below lists and briefly describes the background of all proprietary carve-out deals we have done since 2000.

 

Proprietary Corporate Carve-outs

Company    Seller    Date of Initial
Investment
   Date of
Final Exit
   Multiple of
Invested
Capital (1)
Prestige Cruise Holdings (Regent Seven Seas)    Carlson    January 2008    NA    1.1x

Noranda Aluminum

   Xstrata plc    May 2007    NA    3.0x

Momentive Performance Materials

   General Electric    December 2006    NA    1.2x

CEVA Logistics

   TNT Group    November 2006    NA    3.1x

Verso Paper

   International Paper    August 2006    NA    1.3x (2)

Hughes Communications

   DirecTV Group    February 2006    NA    6.0x

United Agri Products

   ConAgra Foods    November 2003    November 2006    7.7x

Compass Minerals

   IMC Global    November 2001    November 2004    5.0x

Hexion Specialty Chemicals

   Shell, Eastman, Rutgers, KKR    November 2000    NA    4.5x

Educate

   Sylvan    July 2000    NA    2.7x

 

(1) If investment has not been exited, multiple of invested capital is calculated for investments that have realized proceeds as of March 31, 2008. Multiple of invested capital is calculated from total value (realized proceeds plus unrealized fair value as of March 31 , 2008).
(2) The multiple does not reflect the fair value after its initial public offering.

 

   

Our Investment Edge Creates Proprietary Investment Opportunities.  We seek to create an investment “edge,” which allows us to deploy capital up and down the balance sheet of franchise businesses, make investments at attractive valuations and maximize returns. We believe our industry expertise allows us to create strategic platforms and approach new investments as a strategic buyer with synergies, cross-selling opportunities and economies of scale advantages over other purely financial sponsors. Recent examples include the creation of Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc., a $5 billion chemical company and Berry Plastics, a $3 billion plastic packaging company, both of which we have built through multiple acquisitions in our core industry verticals. Additionally, our expertise in complex corporate carveouts allows us to source investment opportunities in a private to private negotiation, oftentimes exclusively, which facilitates deployment of capital at attractive valuations. Examples include the purchase of United Agri Products from ConAgra Foods (where we realized 7.7x invested capital) and the purchase of Compass Minerals from IMC Global (where we realized 5.0x invested capital). Since our inception, we believe over 75% of our private equity buyouts have been proprietary in nature. We have also avoided the market trend of consortium transactions (defined as including more than one main financial sponsor), being the sole financial sponsor in 15 of our last 16 private equity portfolio company transactions. We believe that our proprietary investment opportunities provide an opportunity to consistently invest capital and generate market leading returns. We believe these competitive advantages often result in our buyouts being effected at a lower multiple of adjusted EBITDA than many of our peers. For example, of our last 16 buyouts since the beginning of 2006, the average transaction multiple of adjusted EBITDA was 7.6x. Since the beginning of 2006, the average purchase price multiple of all financial sponsor transactions, as tracked by Thomson Financial as of May 16, 2008, was 11.7x for deals with values over $500 million. In addition, Apollo has a net Debt to EBITDA ratio of 5.7x for the current portfolio companies of its private equity funds as of March 31, 2008. Apollo’s percentage of equity for current portfolio companies of its private equity funds is 76.4% as of March 31, 2008.

 

177


Table of Contents
   

Our Strong, Longstanding Investor Relationships.  We manage capital for hundreds of investors in our private equity funds, which include many of the world’s most prominent pension funds, university endowments and financial institutions, as well as individuals. Most of our private equity investors are invested in multiple Apollo private equity funds, and many have invested in one or more of our capital markets funds, including as seed investors in new strategies. We believe that our deep investor relationships, founded on our consistent performance, disciplined and prudent management of our fund investors’ capital and our frequently contrarian investment approach, have facilitated the growth of our existing businesses and will assist us with the launch of new businesses.

Investor Base of Apollo Private Equity

LOGO

Represents Investor Base of Fund VI only. Data as of March 31, 2008.

 

   

The Continuity of Our Strong Management Team and Reputation . Our managing partners actively participate in the oversight of the investment activities of our funds, have worked together for more than 20 years and lead a team of more than 190 professionals who possess a broad range of transaction, financial, managerial and investment skills. Our investment team includes our contributing partners, who, together with our managing partners, have worked together for an average of 14 years, as well as exclusive relationships with operating executives who are former CEOs with significant experience in our core industries. We have developed a strong reputation in the market as an investor and partner who can make significant contributions to a business or investing decision, and we believe the longevity of our management team is a key competitive advantage.

 

   

Alignment of Interests with Investors in Our Funds . Fundamental to our business model is the alignment of interests of our professionals with those of the investors in our funds. From our inception through March 31, 2008, our professionals have committed or invested an estimated $1.0 billion of their own capital to our funds (including Fund VII). In addition, our practice is to allocate a portion of the management fees and incentive income payable by our funds to our professionals, which serves to incentivize those employees to generate superior investment returns. We believe that this alignment of interests with our fund investors helps us to raise new funds and execute our growth strategy.

 

   

Long-Term Capital Base.  A significant portion of our $40.7 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2008 was long-term in nature. Our permanent capital vehicles, AIC, AIE I and AAA, including their current leverage, represented approximately 17% of our AUM. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 82% of our AUM would have been in funds with a duration of ten years or more from inception. Our long-lived capital base allows us to invest assets with a long-term focus that we believe drives attractive returns. We believe that our increasing use of permanent capital vehicles also facilitates the efficient raising of capital, as demonstrated

 

178


Table of Contents
 

by the four follow-on equity offerings of AIC that we have successfully completed since AIC’s inception in April 2004. These four offerings generated a total of $1.4 billion in net proceeds for AIC, which AIC was able to leverage with increases to its committed credit facility. These permanent capital vehicles are able to grow organically through the continuous investment and reinvestment of capital, which we believe provides us with stability and with a valuable potential source of long-term income.

Growth Strategy

Our growth and investment returns have been supported by an institutionalized and strategic organizational structure designed to promote teamwork, industry specialization, permanence of capital, compliance and regulatory excellence and internal systems and processes. Our ability to grow our revenues depends on our performance and on our ability to attract new capital and fund investors, which we have done successfully over the last 18 years.

The following are key elements of our growth strategy.

 

   

Continue to Achieve Superior Returns in Our Funds .  Continued achievement of superior returns will support growth in AUM. We believe our experienced investment team, value-oriented investment strategy and flexible investment approach will continue to drive superior returns. We will emphasize creating long-term value for our shareholders with less focus on our quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year earnings volatility.

 

   

Continued Commitment to Our Fund Investors .  Commitment to our fund investors is a high priority. We intend to continue managing our businesses with a strong focus on developing and maintaining long-term relationships with our fund investors. Our fund investors include many of the world’s most prominent pension and endowment funds as well as other institutional and individual investors. Most of our private equity investors are invested in multiple Apollo private equity funds, and many invested in one or more of our capital markets funds. We believe that our strong investor relationships facilitate the growth of our existing businesses and the successful launch of new businesses.

 

   

Raise Additional Investment Capital for our Current Businesses .  We will continue to utilize our firm’s reputation and track record to grow our AUM. Our funds’ capital raising activities benefit from our 18-year investment track record, the reputation of our firm and investment professionals, our access to public markets through AIC and AAA and our strong relationships with our investors.

 

   

Expand Into New Investment Strategies, Markets and Businesses .  We intend to grow our businesses through the targeted development of new investment strategies that we believe are complementary to our existing businesses. In addition, we expect to continue expanding into new businesses, possibly through strategic acquisitions of other investment management companies or other strategic initiatives.

 

   

Take Advantage of the Benefits of Being a Public Company . We believe that being a public company will help us grow our AUM and revenues. We believe that fund investors will increasingly prefer to trust their capital to publicly traded asset managers because of the corporate-governance and disclosure requirements that apply to such managers, as well as the more efficient succession-planning and reduced “key man” risk that we believe result from becoming a public company, as we become more institutionalized. As a public company we expect to become less dependent on a small number of individuals and better able to attract senior talent with the backing of public investors and with the ability to provide senior talent with more liquid equity incentive income. We also believe that we can utilize our currency as a public company to broaden our industry verticals and capital markets products and expand into new product offerings and strategies.

Fundraising and Investor Relations

Commitment to our fund investors is a high priority, and we believe our performance track record across our funds has resulted in strong relationships with our fund investors. Our fund investors include many of the world’s

 

179


Table of Contents

most prominent pension funds, university endowments and financial institutions, as well as individuals. We maintain an internal team dedicated to investor relations across our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses.

In our private equity business, fundraising activities for new funds begin once the investor capital commitments for the current fund are largely invested or committed to be invested. The investor base of our private equity funds includes both investors from prior funds and new investors. In many instances, investors in our private equity funds have increased their commitments to subsequent funds as our private equity funds have increased in size. During our Fund VI fundraising effort, investors representing over 90% of Fund V’s capital committed to the new fund. The single largest unaffiliated investor represents only 6% of Fund VI’s commitments. In addition, our investment professionals commit their own capital to each private equity fund.

During the management of a fund, we maintain an active dialogue with our fund investors. We provide quarterly reports to our fund investors detailing recent performance by investment, and we organize an annual meeting for our private equity investors that consists of detailed presentations by the senior management teams of many of our current investments. From time to time, we also hold meetings for the advisory board members of our private equity funds.

AAA is an important component of our business strategy, as it has allowed us to quickly target attractive investment opportunities by capitalizing new investment vehicles formed by Apollo in advance of a lengthier third party fundraising process. In particular, we have used AAA capital to seed AIE I, SVF, AAOF and EPF. The common units of AAA are listed on Euronext Amsterdam, and AAA complies with the reporting requirements of that exchange. AAA provides monthly information and quarterly reports to, and hosts conference calls with, our AAA investors.

In our credit-oriented capital markets business, we have raised capital from prominent institutional investors, similar to our private equity business, and have also raised capital from public market investors, as in the case of AIC. AIC provides quarterly reports to, and hosts conference calls with, investors that highlight investment activities. AIC is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and complies with the reporting requirements of that market.

Private Equity Investments

Apollo has a demonstrated ability to quickly adapt to changing market environments and to take advantage of market dislocations through its traditional and distressed buyout approach. In periods of strained financial liquidity and economic recession, we have made attractive private equity investments by buying distressed debt of quality franchise businesses, converting that debt to equity, growing value and ultimately monetizing the investment. We pay close attention to the cycles that industries experience and are opportunistic in making and exiting investments when the risk/reward profile is in our favor. We have successfully executed our industry-focused buyout strategy over time through three different types of buyouts: traditional, distressed and corporate partner buyouts.

Traditional Buyouts

Traditional buyouts have historically comprised the majority of our investments. We generally target investments in companies where an entrepreneurial management team is comfortable operating in a leveraged environment. We also pursue acquisitions where we believe a non-core business owned by a large corporation will function more effectively if structured as an independent entity managed by a focused, stand-alone management team. Our leveraged buyouts have generally been in situations that involved consolidation through merger or follow-on acquisitions; carveouts from larger organizations looking to shed non-core assets; situations requiring structured ownership to meet a seller’s financial goals; or situations in which the business plan involved substantial departures from past practice to maximize the value of its assets. Some of our recent widely

 

180


Table of Contents

recognized traditional buyout investments include Compass Minerals International in 2001, Nalco Investment Holdings and United Agri Products in 2003, Intelsat in 2004, Berry Plastics in 2006, Realogy and Claire’s in 2007.

Distressed Buyouts

Over our 18-year history, approximately 30% of our private equity investments have involved distressed buyouts and debt. We target assets with high quality operating businesses but low-quality balance sheets, consistent with our traditional buyout strategies. The distressed securities we purchase include bank debt, public high-yield debt and privately held instruments, often with significant downside protection in the form of a senior position in the capital structure. Our investment professionals generate these distressed buyout opportunities based on their many years of experience in the debt markets, and as such they are generally proprietary in nature.

We believe distressed buyouts represent a highly attractive risk/reward profile. Our investments in debt securities have generally resulted in two outcomes. The first has been when we succeed in taking control of a company through its distressed debt. By working proactively through the restructuring process, we are able to equitize our debt position, resulting in a well-financed buyout. Once we control the company, the investment team works closely with management toward an eventual exit, typically over a three- to five-year period as with a traditional buyout. The second outcome for debt investments has been when we do not gain control of the company. This is typically driven by an increase in the price of the debt beyond what is considered an attractive acquisition valuation. The run-up in bond prices is usually a result of market interest or a strategic investor’s interest in the company at a higher valuation than we are willing to pay. In these cases, we typically sell our securities for cash and seek to realize a high short-term internal rate of return. Some of our distressed buyout investments include Vail Resorts in 1991, Telemundo in 1992, SpectraSite in 2003 and Cablecom in 2003.

Corporate Partner Buyouts

Corporate partner buyouts offer another way to take advantage of investment opportunities during environments in which purchase prices for control of companies are at high multiplies of earnings, making them less attractive for traditional buyout investors. Corporate partner buyouts focus on companies in need of a financial partner in order to consummate acquisitions, expand product lines, buy back stock or pay down debt. In these investments, we do not seek control but instead make significant investments that typically allow us to demand control rights similar to those that we would require in a traditional buyout, such as control over the direction of the business and our ultimate exit. Although corporate partner buyouts historically have not represented a large portion of our overall investment activity, we do engage in them selectively when we believe circumstances make them an attractive strategy.

Corporate partner buyouts typically have lower purchase multiples and a significant amount of downside protection, when compared with traditional buyouts. Downside protection can come in the form of seniority in the capital structure, a guaranteed minimum return from a creditworthy partner, or extensive governance provisions. Importantly, Apollo has often been able to use its position as a preferred security holder in several buyouts to weather difficult times in a portfolio company’s lifecycle and to create significant value in investments that otherwise would have been impaired. Some of our recent corporate partner buyouts include Sirius Satellite Radio in 1998, Educate in 2000, AMC Entertainment in 2001 and Oceania Cruises in 2007.

 

181


Table of Contents

Our Recent Buyouts

The following table presents the 16 most recent buyouts made by our private equity funds as of March 31, 2008, except as otherwise indicated. All of the buyouts listed below were traditional buyouts, except for Oceania Cruises and Norwegian Cruise Lines.

 

Company

  Year of
Initial
Investment
 

Industry

 

Region

  Equity
Invested  (1)
  Transaction
Value (2)
  Sole
Financial
Sponsor

Harrah’s Entertainment

  2008   Gaming & Leisure   North America     1,325     29,900   No

Norwegian Cruise Line

  2008   Cruise   North America     791     4,450   Yes

Smart & Final

  2007   Food Retail   North America     263     895   Yes

Noranda Aluminum

  2007   Materials   North America     214     1,224   Yes

Countrywide

  2007   Real Estate Services   Western Europe     292     1,877   Yes

Claire’s

  2007   Specialty Retail   North America     499     2,980   Yes

Prestige Cruise Holdings (3)

  2007   Cruise   North America     830     1,833   Yes

Realogy

  2007   Real Estate Services   North America     1,050     8,337   Yes

Jacuzzi Brands

  2007   Building Products   North America     109     435   Yes

Verso Paper

  2006   Paper Products   North America     261     1,475   Yes

Berry Plastics (4)

  2006   Packaging   North America     346     2,369   Yes

Momentive Performance Materials

  2006   Chemicals   North America     454     3,928   Yes

CEVA Logistics (5)

  2006   Logistics   Western Europe     421     4,181   Yes

Rexnord (6)

  2006   Diversified Industrial   North America     714     2,842   Yes

Hughes Telematics

  2006   Satellite & Wireless   North America     88     88   Yes

SOURCECORP

  2006   Business Services   North America     145     475   Yes
                   

Totals

        $   7,802   $   67,289  
                   

 

(1) Fund VI investments include AAA co-investments.
(2) Combined debt and equity values plus transaction fees and expenses.
(3) In connection with its acquisition of Regent Seven Seas Cruises, Oceania Cruise Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Prestige Cruise Holdings, Inc. Prestige now owns both Oceania Cruises and Regent Seven Seas Cruises, which operate as independent brands under Prestige Cruise Holdings, Inc.
(4) Prior to the merger with Covalence.
(5) Includes add-on investment in EGL, Inc.
(6) Includes add-on investment in Zurn.

Building Value in Portfolio Companies

We are a “hands-on” investor and remain actively involved with the operations of our buyout investments for the duration of the investment. As a result of our organization around core industries, and our extensive network of executives and other industry participants, we are able to actively participate in building value. Following an investment, the deal team that executed the transaction focuses its role on functioning as a catalyst for business-transforming events and participates in all significant decisions to develop and support management in the execution of each portfolio company’s business strategy. In connection with this strategy, we have established relationships with operating executives that assist in the diligence review of new opportunities and provide strategic and operational oversight for portfolio investments.

Exiting Investments

We realize the value of the investments that we have made on behalf of our funds typically through either an initial public offering, or IPO, of common stock on a recognized exchange or through the private sale of the companies in which we have invested. The advantage of having long-lived funds and complete investment discretion is that we are able to time our exit when we believe we may most easily maximize value. We rigorously review the ongoing business plan for each portfolio company and determine if we believe we can continue to compound increases in equity value at acceptable rates of return. Generally, if we believe we can, we continue to hold and manage the investment and if we do not, we seek to exit. We also monitor the debt capital

 

182


Table of Contents

markets closely, which often times provides windows of opportunity to reduce risk in an investment by recouping a large portion of our investment through a leveraged recapitalization. We sponsored the IPOs of 12 of our portfolio companies from January 1, 2002 through March 31, 2008. We believe that a track record of successful IPOs facilitates access to the public markets in exiting fund investments.

Investment Process

We maintain a rigorous investment process and a comprehensive due diligence approach across all of our funds. We have developed polices and procedures, the adequacy of which are reviewed annually, that govern the investment practices of our funds. Moreover, each fund is subject to certain investment criteria set forth in its governing documents that generally contain requirements and limitations for investments, such as limitations relating to the amount that will be invested in any one company and the geographic regions in which the fund will invest. Our investment professionals are thoroughly familiar with our investment policies and procedures and the investment criteria applicable to the funds that they manage, and these limitations have generally not impacted our ability to invest our funds.

Our investment professionals interact frequently across our businesses on a formal and informal basis. Each of our private equity and credit-oriented capital markets businesses contributes to and draws from what we refer to as our “library” of information and experience. This “library” includes market insight, management, industry consultant and banking contacts, as well as potential investment opportunities. In addition, members of the private equity investment committee currently serve on the investment committees of each of our capital markets funds. We believe this structure is uncommon and provides us with a competitive advantage.

We have in place certain procedures to allocate investment opportunities among our funds. These procedures are meant to ensure that each fund is treated fairly and that transactions are allocated in a way that is equitable, fair and in the best interests of each fund, subject to the terms of the governing agreements of such funds. Each of our funds has primary investment mandates, which are carefully considered in the allocation process.

Private Equity

Private Equity Funds . Our private equity investment professionals are responsible for selecting, evaluating, structuring, diligencing, negotiating, executing, monitoring and exiting investments for our traditional private equity funds, as well as pursuing operational improvements in our funds’ portfolio companies. These investment professionals perform significant research into each prospective investment, including a review of the company’s financial statements, comparisons with other public and private companies and relevant industry data. The due diligence effort will also typically include:

 

   

on-site visits;

 

   

interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors of the potential portfolio company;

 

   

research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services, and competitors; and

 

   

background checks.

After an initial selection, evaluation and diligence process, the relevant team of investment professionals will prepare a detailed analysis of the investment opportunity for our private equity investment committee. Our private equity investment committee generally meets weekly to review the investment activity and performance of our private equity funds.

After discussing the proposed transaction with the deal team, the investment committee will decide whether to give its preliminary approval to the deal team to continue the selection, evaluation, diligence and negotiation process. The investment committee will typically conduct several lengthy meetings to consider a particular investment before finally approving that investment and its terms. Both at such meetings and in other discussions

 

183


Table of Contents

with the deal team, our managing partners and partners will provide guidance to the deal team on strategy, process and other pertinent considerations. Every private equity investment requires the approval of our three managing partners.

Our private equity investment professionals are responsible for monitoring an investment once it is made and for making recommendations with respect to exiting an investment. Disposition decisions made on behalf of our private equity funds are subject to careful review and approval by the private equity investment committee, including all three of our managing partners.

AAA . Investment decisions on behalf of AAA are subject to investment policies and procedures that have been adopted by the board of directors of the managing general partner of AAA. Those policies and procedures provide that all AAA investments (except for temporary investments) must be reviewed and approved by the AAA investment committee. In addition, they provide that over time AAA will invest approximately 90% or more of its capital in Apollo funds and private equity transactions and, subject to market conditions, target approximately 50% or more in private equity transactions. Pending those uses, AAA capital is invested in temporary liquid investments. AAA’s investments do not need to be exited within fixed periods of time or in any specified manner. AAA is, however, required to exit any co-investments it makes with an Apollo fund at the same time and on the same terms as the Apollo fund in question exits its investment. The AAA investment policies and procedures provide that the AAA investment committee should review the policies and procedures on a regular basis and, if necessary, propose changes to the board of directors of the managing general partner of AAA when the committee believes that those changes would further assist AAA in achieving its objective of building a strong investment base and creating long-term value for its unitholders.

Capital Markets

Each of our capital markets funds maintains an investment process similar to that described above under “—Private Equity.” Our capital markets investment professionals are responsible for selecting, evaluating, structuring, diligencing, negotiating, executing, monitoring and exiting investments for our capital markets funds. The investment professionals perform significant research into and due diligence of each prospective investment, and prepare analyses of recommended investments for the investment committee of the relevant fund.

Investment decisions are carefully scrutinized by the investment committees, who review potential transactions, provide input regarding the scope of due diligence and approve recommended investments and dispositions. Close attention is given to how well a proposed investment accord with the distinct investment objectives of the fund in question, which in many cases have specific geographic or other focuses. At least one of our managing partners approves every significant capital markets fund investment decision. The investment committee of each of our capital markets funds generally reviews the investment activity and performance of the relevant capital markets funds on a weekly basis.

The Historical Investment Performance of Our Funds

Below and elsewhere in this prospectus, we present information relating to the historical performance of our funds, including certain legacy Apollo funds that do not have a meaningful amount of unrealized investments, and the general partners of which are not being contributed to us. The data for these funds are presented from the date indicated through July 13, 2007 and have not been adjusted to reflect acquisitions or disposals of investments subsequent to that date.

When considering the data presented in this prospectus, you should note that the historical results of our funds are not indicative of the future results that you should expect from such funds, from any future funds we may raise or from your investment in our Class A shares. An investment in our Class A shares is not an investment in any of the Apollo funds, and the assets and revenues of our funds are not directly available to us. As a result of the deconsolidation of most of our funds, we will not be consolidating those funds in our financial statements for periods after either August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and results of Operations.” The historical and potential future returns of the funds we manage are not directly linked to returns on our Class A shares. Therefore, you should

 

184


Table of Contents

not conclude that continued positive performance of the funds we manage will necessarily result in positive returns on an investment in our Class A shares. However, poor performance of the funds that we manage would cause a decline in our revenue from such funds, and would therefore have a negative effect on our performance and in all likelihood the value in our Class A shares. There can be no assurance that any Apollo fund will continue to achieve comparable results.

Moreover, the historical returns of our funds should not be considered indicative of the future results you should expect from such funds or from any future funds we may raise, in part because:

 

   

our private equity funds’ rates of return, which are calculated on the basis of net asset value of the funds’ investments, reflect unrealized gains, which may never be realized;

 

   

our funds’ returns have benefited from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not repeat themselves, including the availability of debt capital on attractive terms, and we may not be able to achieve the same returns or profitable investment opportunities or deploy capital as quickly or that favorable financial market conditions will exist;

 

   

the historical returns that we present in this prospectus derive largely from the performance of our earlier private equity funds, whereas future fund returns will depend increasingly on the performance of our newer funds, which may have little or no investment track record;

 

   

Fund VI and Fund VII are several times larger than our previous private equity funds, and we may not be able to deploy this additional capital as profitably as our prior funds;

 

   

the attractive returns of our funds have been driven by the rapid return of invested capital, which has not occurred with respect to all of our funds and we believe is less likely to occur in the future;

 

   

our track record with respect to our capital markets funds is relatively short as compared to our private equity funds and five out of nine of our capital markets funds commenced operations in the eighteen months prior to March 31, 2008;

 

   

in recent years, there has been increased competition for private equity investment opportunities resulting from the increased amount of capital invested in private equity funds and periods of high liquidity in debt markets; and

 

   

our newly established capital markets funds may generate lower returns during the period that they take to deploy their capital;

Finally, our private equity IRRs have historically varied greatly from fund to fund. For example, Fund IV has generated a 12% gross IRR and 10% net IRR since inception, while Fund V has generated a 68% gross IRR and 52% net IRR since inception. Accordingly, you should realize that the IRR going forward for any current or future fund may vary considerably from the historical IRR generated by any particular fund, or for our private equity funds as a whole. Future returns will also be affected by the applicable risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including risks of the industries and businesses in which a particular fund invests. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—The historical returns attributable to our funds should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our funds or of our future results or of any returns expected on an investment in our Class A shares.”

Independent Valuation Firm

We are ultimately responsible for determining the fair value of our private equity fund portfolio investments on a quarterly basis in good faith. We have retained Duff & Phelps, LLC, an independent valuation firm, to provide third party valuation consulting services to the company which consist of certain limited procedures that the company identifies and requests them to perform. Upon completion of the limited procedures, Duff & Phelps, LLC assesses whether the fair value of those investments subjected to the limited procedures do not appear to be unreasonable. The limited procedures do not involve an audit, review compilation or any other form of examination or attestation under generally accepted auditing standards. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, an investment for which a market quotation is readily available will be valued using a market price for the investment as of the end of the applicable reporting period and an investment for which a market quotation is not

 

185


Table of Contents

readily available will be valued at the investment’s fair value as of the end of the applicable reporting period as determined in good faith. While there is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith, the methodologies described below will generally be followed when fair value pricing is applied.

Historical Returns of Our Private Equity Funds

We calculate the aggregate realized value of a private equity fund’s portfolio company investments based on the historical amount of the net cash and marketable securities actually distributed to fund investors from all of the fund’s investments made from the date of the fund’s formation through the valuation date. Such amounts do not give effect to the allocation of any realized returns to the fund’s general partner pursuant to carried interest or the payment of any applicable management fees to the fund’s investment advisor. Where the value of an investment is only partially realized, we classify the actual cash and other consideration distributed to fund investors as realized value, and we classify the balance of the value of the investment as unrealized and valued using the methodology described below.

We calculate the aggregate estimated unrealized value of a private equity fund by adding the individual estimated unrealized values of the fund’s portfolio companies. We determine individual investment valuations using market prices where a market quotation is available for the investment or fair value pricing where a market quotation is not available for the investment. Fair value pricing represents an investment’s fair value as determined by us in good faith. Market value represents a valuation of an investment derived from the last available closing sales price as of the valuation date. Market values that we derive from market quotations do not take into account various factors which may affect the value that may ultimately be realized in the future, such as the possible illiquidity associated with a large ownership position or a control premium.

There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith and, in many cases, fair value is best expressed as a range of fair values from which a single estimate may be derived. We determine the fair values of investments for which market quotations are not readily available based on the enterprise values at which we believe the portfolio companies could be sold in orderly dispositions over a reasonable period of time between willing parties other than in a forced or liquidation sale. These estimated unrealized values may not be realized for the amount provided.

Historical Returns of Our Capital Markets Funds

AIE I and Distressed and Hedge Funds . In calculating the historical returns of our distressed and hedge funds, we generally value securities that are listed on a recognized exchange or a computerized quotation system and that are freely transferable at their last sales price on the relevant exchange or computerized quotation system on the date of determination or, if no sales occurred on such day, at the “bid” price (and if sold short at the “asked” price) on the consolidated tape at the close of business on such day. For AIE I, the “mid” price is used. We value all other assets of the fund at fair value in a manner that we determine. We may change the foregoing valuation methods if we determine in good faith that such change is advisable to better reflect market conditions or activities. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the value of investments by AIE I or our distressed and hedge funds may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

AIC.  Since AIC is a public company, returns are derived by changes in the value of its stock and typically assumes reinvested dividends. That said, in calculating NAVs for AIC, investments, including certain subordinated debt, senior secured debt and other debt securities with maturities greater than 60 days, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued at such market quotations (unless they are deemed not to represent fair value). From time to time, AIC may also utilize independent third party valuation firms to assist in determining fair value if and when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value. Investments purchased within 60 days of maturity are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of AIC’s board of directors. Such determination of fair values may involve subjective judgments and estimates. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are

 

186


Table of Contents

deemed not to represent fair value, AIC’s board of directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter. AIC’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of AIC’s investment advisor that are responsible for the portfolio investment. Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of AIC’s investment advisor. Independent valuation firms engaged by AIC’s board of directors conduct independent appraisals and review the investment advisor’s preliminary valuations and make their own independent assessment. The audit committee of AIC’s board of directors then reviews and discusses the preliminary valuation of the investment adviser and that of the independent valuation firms. Finally, the board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in AIC’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of AIC’s investment advisor, the respective independent valuation firm and the audit committee.

AIC’s investments are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that AIC may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, the principal market and enterprise values, among other factors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of AIC’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

AIC adopted SFAS No. 157 on a prospective basis beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2008. Adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on AIC’s financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.

Investment Record

The following table summarizes the investment record for our private equity funds apart from AAA. All dollar amounts are in millions as of March 31, 2008, unless otherwise noted. See “Terms Used in This Prospectus” for the definitions of the terms “multiple of invested capital,” “gross IRR” and “net IRR” used in the table below.

 

    Vintage
Year
  Committed
Capital
  Realized   Unrealized (1)   Total   Multiple
of
Invested
Capital
    Gross     Net  

Fund VII 

  2008   $   11,806   $ —     $ 159   $   159   NM     NM     NM  

Fund VI

  2006     10,136     1,252     7,414     8,666   1.1x     30 %   21 %

Fund V

  2001     3,742     9,960     3,250     13,210   3.5x     68     52  

Fund IV

  1998     3,600     4,794     1,935     6,729   1.9x     12     10  

Fund III

  1995     1,500     2,591     33     2,624   1.8x     18     11  

Fund I, II & MAI (2)

  1990/92     2,220     7,923     —       7,923   3.6x     47     37  
                               

Total

    $   33,004   $   26,520   $   12,791   $   39,311   2.4x (3)   40     28  
                               

 

(1) Figures include the market values, estimated fair value of certain unrealized investments and capital committed to investments. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—Many of our funds invest in relatively high-risk, illiquid assets, and we may fail to realize any profits from these activities for a considerable period of time or lose some or all of the principal amount we invest in these activities” and “—Our funds may be forced to dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time” for a discussion of why our unrealized investments may ultimately be realized at valuations different than those provided here.
(2) Fund I and Fund II were structured such that investments were made from either fund depending on which fund had available capital. We do not differentiate between Fund I and Fund II investments for purposes of performance figures because they are not meaningful on a separate basis and do not demonstrate the progression of returns over time. In addition, “MAI” represents a “mirrored” investment account established to mirror Funds I and II for investments in debt securities.
(3) This figure represents an average of the multiples of invested capital for the funds included in the table.

 

187


Table of Contents

Fees, Carried Interest, Redemption and Termination

Our revenues from the management of our funds consist primarily of:

 

   

management fees, which are based on committed or invested capital (in the case of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds) and gross invested capital or fund net asset value (in the case of most of our capital markets funds);

 

   

carried interest based on the performance of our funds; and

 

   

transaction and advisory fees relating to the investments our private equity funds make.

In addition, we earn management fees based on the adjusted assets (as defined below) of AAA and are entitled to a carried interest based on the realized gains on each co-investment made by AAA pursuant to a committed co-investment facility. We also earn incentive income from the underlying investments of AAA in our capital markets funds, calculated per the terms of the applicable funds. In addition, with respect to Artus we earn an investment advisory fee based on the sum of the average principal amount of the Portfolio Collateral and certain cash and cash equivalents held by the CLO.

We also receive investment income from the direct investment of capital in our funds in our capacity as general partner, which is described below under “—General Partner and Professionals Investments and Co-Investments—General Partner Investments.” Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a more detailed description of our revenues.

A significant portion of our $40.7 billion AUM as of March 31, 2008 were long-term in nature. Our permanent capital vehicles, AAA, AIC and AIE I, including their current leverage, represented approximately 17% of our AUM.

We present our AUM as of March 31, 2008 throughout this prospectus, except as otherwise noted. Our definition of AUM is not based on any definition of assets under management contained in our operating agreement or in any of our Apollo fund management agreements. Our AUM measure includes assets under management for which we charge either no or nominal fees. Some of the categories of assets on which we charge no or nominal management fees include: (i) the amount of unused credit facilities until such capital is drawn and invested, at which time management fees are charged and we are eligible to earn incentive income, (ii) capital commitments to most of our capital markets funds until such capital is called and invested, at which time management fees are charged and we are eligible to earn incentive income, and (iii) our principal investments in funds as well as investments in funds by our managing partners and employees on which we charge no or nominal fees throughout the investment.

As of March 31, 2008, approximately $18.4 billion and $9.4 billion of private equity and capital markets AUM, respectively, represent fee generating assets. Fee generating assets are those on which we earn management fees. The table below displays fee generating and non-fee generating AUM by segments as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Assets Under Management

Fee Generating/Non-Fee Generating

 

     March 31,    December 31,
     2008    2007    2007    2006    2005
     (dollars in millions)

Private equity

   $ 30,553    $ 19,534    $ 30,237    $ 20,186    $ 18,734

Fee generating

     18,345      13,370      14,039      13,502      3,223

Non-fee generating

     12,208      6,164      16,198      6,684      15,511

Capital markets

     10,141      6,028      10,118      4,392      2,463

Fee generating

     9,427      4,194      8,502      3,941      1,958

Non-fee generating

     714      1,834      1,616      451      505

Total Assets Under Management

     40,694      25,562      40,355      24,578      21,197

Fee generating

     27,772      17,564      22,541      17,443      5,181

Non-fee generating

     12,922      7,998      17,814      7,135      16,016

 

188


Table of Contents

With respect to our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds, we also charge no management fees on the fair value of our funds’ investments above the invested capital for such investments, although we generally are entitled to carried interest on these amounts when the investments are disposed of.

Overview of Fund Operations

Investors in our private equity funds make commitments to provide capital at the outset of a fund and deliver capital when called by us as investment opportunities become available. We determine the amount of initial capital commitments for any given private equity fund by taking into account current market opportunities and conditions, as well as investor expectations. The general partner’s capital commitment is determined through negotiation with the fund’s investor base. The commitments are generally available for six years during what we call the investment period. We have typically invested the capital committed to our funds over a three to four-year period. Generally, as each investment is realized, our private equity funds first return the capital and expenses related to that investment and any previously realized investments to fund investors and then distribute any profits. These profits are typically shared 80% to the investors in our private equity funds and 20% to us so long as the investors receive at least an 8% compounded annual return on their investment, which we refer to as a “preferred return” or “hurdle.” Our private equity funds typically terminate ten years after the final closing, subject to the potential for two one-year extensions. After the amendments we sought in order to deconsolidate most of our funds, dissolution of those funds can be accelerated upon a majority vote of investors not affiliated with us and, in any case, all of our funds also may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain other events, as described below under “—Redemption and Termination.” Ownership interests in our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds, are not, however, subject to redemption prior to termination of the funds.

The processes by which our capital markets funds receive and invest capital vary by type of fund. AIC, for instance, raises capital by selling shares in the public markets. Our distressed and hedge funds sell shares, subscriptions for which are payable in full upon a fund’s acceptance of an investor’s subscription, via private placements. The investors in SOMA and EPF made a commitment to provide capital at the formation of such funds and deliver capital when called by us as investment opportunities become available. As with our private equity funds, the amount of initial capital commitments for our capital markets funds is determined by taking into account current market opportunities and conditions, as well as investor expectations. The general partner commitments for our capital markets funds that are structured as limited partnerships, are determined through negotiation with the funds’ investor base. The fees and incentive income we earn for management of our capital markets funds and the performance of these funds and the terms of such funds governing withdrawal of capital and fund termination vary across our capital markets funds and are described in detail below.

We conduct the management of our private equity and capital markets funds primarily through a partnership structure, in which limited partnerships organized by us accept commitments and/or funds for investment from investors. Funds are generally organized as limited partnerships with respect to private equity funds and other U.S. domiciled vehicles and limited partnership and limited liability (and other similar) companies with respect to non-U.S. domiciled vehicles. Typically, each fund has an investment advisor affiliated with an advisor registered under the Advisers Act. Responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the funds is typically delegated to the funds’ respective investment advisors pursuant to an investment advisory (or similar) agreement. Generally, the material terms of our investment advisory agreements relate to the scope of services to be rendered by the investment advisor to the applicable funds, certain rights of termination in respect of our investment advisory agreements and, generally, with respect to our capital markets funds (as these matters are covered in the limited partnership agreements of the private equity funds), the calculation of management fees to be borne by investors in such funds, as well as the calculation of the manner and extent to which other fees received by the investment advisor from fund portfolio companies serve to offset or reduce the management fees payable by investors in our funds. The funds themselves do not register as investment companies under the Investment Company Act, in reliance on Section 3(c)(7) or Section 7(d) thereof or, typically in the case of funds formed prior to 1997, Section 3(c)(1) thereof. Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act excepts from its registration requirements funds privately placed in the United States whose securities are owned exclusively by persons who, at the time of acquisition of such securities, are “qualified purchasers” or “knowledgeable

 

189


Table of Contents

employees” for purposes of the Investment Company Act. Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act excepts from its registration requirements privately placed funds whose securities are beneficially owned by not more than 100 persons. In addition, under current interpretations of the SEC, Section 7(d) of the Investment Company Act exempts from registration any non-U.S. fund all of whose outstanding securities are beneficially owned either by non-U.S. residents or by U.S. residents that are qualified purchasers.

In addition to having an investment advisor, each fund that is a limited partnership, or “partnership” fund, also has a general partner that makes all policy and investment decisions relating to the conduct of the fund’s business. All decisions concerning the making, monitoring and disposing of investments are made by the general partner. The limited partners of the partnership funds take no part in the conduct or control of the business of the funds, have no right or authority to act for or bind the funds and have no influence over the voting or disposition of the securities or other assets held by the funds. These decisions are made by the fund’s general partner in its sole discretion, subject to the investment limitations set forth in the agreements governing each fund. The limited partners often have the right to remove the general partner or investment advisor for cause or cause an early dissolution by a majority vote. In connection with the Offering Transactions, we have amended the governing agreements of certain of our consolidated private equity funds (with the exception of AAA) and capital markets funds to provide that a simple majority of a fund’s investors will have the right to accelerate the dissolution date of the fund.

In addition, the governing agreements of our private equity funds enable the limited partners holding a specified percentage of the interests entitled to vote not to elect to continue the limited partners’ capital commitments in the event certain of our managing partners do not devote the requisite time to managing the fund or in connection with certain Triggering Events (as defined below). This is true of Fund VI and Fund VII on which our near-to medium-term performance will heavily depend. EPF has a similar provision. In addition to having a significant, immeasurable negative impact on our revenue, net income and cash flow, the occurrence of such an event with respect to any of our funds would likely result in significant reputational damage to us. Further, the loss of one or more our of managing partners may result in the acceleration of our debt. The loss of the services of any of our managing partners would have a material adverse effect on us, including our ability to retain and attract investors and raise new funds, and the performance of our funds. We do not carry any “key man” insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of our managing partners.

Management Fees

During the investment period, we earn semi-annual management fees from our private equity funds ranging between 1.0% to 1.5% per annum of the capital commitments of limited partners, other than designated management investors and certain other investors. Upon the earlier of the termination of the investment period for the relevant fund and the date as of which management fees begin to accrue with respect to a successor fund (the “Management Fee Step Down Date”), the percentage rates of the management fees are reduced to a percentage ranging from 0.65% to 0.75% of the cost of unrealized portfolio investments. Private equity management fees are reduced by a percentage of any monitoring, consulting, investment banking, advisory, transaction, directors’ or break-up or similar fees paid to the fund’s general partner, management company, “principal partners” ( i.e. , those of our named partners who are principally responsible for the management of the fund) or any of their affiliates (“Fund Special Fees”). In the case of Funds IV, V, and VI this reduction applies only after deducting from Fund Special Fees the costs of unconsummated transactions borne by us. In Fund VII, such unconsummated transaction costs will be borne by Fund VII, but reimbursed to Fund VII by an offset against the management fee of Fund Special Fees in an amount up to the amount of such costs, and thereafter the management fee will be offset by the applicable percentage of Fund Special Fees. In the case of Funds VI and VII, management fees are also reduced by an amount equal to any organizational expenses (to the extent they exceed those that the fund is required to bear) and placement fees paid by the fund.

The Management Fee Step Down Date has already occurred with respect to Funds IV, V and VI and the percentage rates of their management fees have been reduced. Fund VII and EPF will transition from the

 

190


Table of Contents

investment period rate to the post Management Fee Step Down Date rate upon the earliest of (i) August 30, 2013 and March 3, 2012 for Fund VII and EPF, respectively, (ii) the permanent termination, pursuant to certain provisions of the Fund VII partnership agreement, of the Fund VII investment period, and (iii) the date as of which management fees begin to accrue that are payable by another pooled investment vehicle with investment objectives and policies substantially similar to those of Fund VII and formed by us or by Fund VII’s partners.

Management fees for AAA range between 1.0% and 1.25% of AAA’s invested capital plus its cumulative distributable earnings at the end of each quarterly period (taking into account actual distributions but without taking into account the management period fee relating to the period or any non-cash equity compensation expense), net of any amount AAA pays for the repurchase of limited partner interests, as well as capital invested in Apollo funds and temporary investments and any distributable earnings attributable thereto. There are no reductions to the AAA management fees.

Management fees for most of our capital markets funds generally range between 1.5% and 2.0% per annum of the applicable fund’s average gross assets under management or net asset value and are paid on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on the fund. Unlike our private equity funds, which have fixed, limited lives, most of our capital markets funds have unlimited lives, so there is no investment period or mandatory reduction in the percentage charged over time. There are also generally no reductions for financial consulting, advisory, transactions, directors’ or break-up fees, although such fees are not typically charged in respect of our capital markets investments.

Transaction Fees

We receive transaction fees in connection with many of the acquisitions and dispositions made by our private equity funds and by AAA in its co-investments alongside our private equity funds. These fees are generally calculated as a percentage of the total enterprise value of the entity acquired or sold. Except in the case of AAA, discussed above, a specified percentage of these fees reduce our management fees.

We generally do not receive transaction fees in connection with the investments of our capital markets funds.

Advisory Fees

We receive advisory fees for consulting services that we perform for our private equity funds’ portfolio companies. The fees vary between portfolio companies and for certain portfolio companies, the fees are dependent on EBITDA. Except in the case of AAA, discussed above, a specified percentage of these fees reduce our management fees.

Except as related to Artus for which we receive advisory fees, we generally do not receive advisory fees in connection with investments of our capital markets funds.

Carried Interest

Carried interest for our private equity and capital markets funds entitles us to an allocation of a portion of the income and gains from that fund and, in the case of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds, is as much as 20% of the cash received from the disposition of a portfolio investment or dividends, interest income or other items of ordinary income received from a portfolio investment or the value of securities distributed in kind, after deducting the capital contributions, organizational expenses, operating expense and management fees in respect of any realized investments. In the case of each of our private equity funds and certain of our capital markets funds, the carried interest is subject to annual preferred return for limited partners of 8%, subject to a catch-up allocation to us thereafter. Carried interest is distributed upon the disposition of a portfolio investment. With respect to dividends, interest income and ordinary income received from a portfolio investment, carried interest is distributed no later than a specified period after the end of a fiscal year of the relevant fund.

 

191


Table of Contents

Carried interest for most of our capital markets funds is as much as 20% of either the fund’s income and gain or the yearly appreciation of the fund’s net asset value. For such capital markets funds, we accrue incentive income on both realized and unrealized gains, subject to any applicable hurdles and high-water marks. Certain of our capital markets funds are subject to a preferred return. Most of our capital markets funds do not have clawback provisions.

If, upon the final distribution of any of our private equity funds or certain of our capital markets funds, the relevant fund’s general partner has received cumulative carried interest on individual portfolio investments in excess of the amount of carried interest it would be entitled to from the profits calculated for all portfolio investments in the aggregate, the general partner will return the excess amount of incentive income it received to the limited partners up to the amount of carried interest it has received less taxes on that carried interest. We refer to such provisions as “clawback provisions.” An escrow account is required to be maintained (except in the case of EPF), such that upon each distribution, if the fair value of unrealized investments (plus any amounts already in the escrow accounts) is not equal to 115% of the cost of the unrealized investments plus allocable expenses and management fees, the general partner will place the portion of its carried interest into such escrow account as is necessary for the value of the account, together with the fair value of the unrealized investments, to equal 115% of the cost of the unrealized investments plus allocable expenses and management fees. As of March 31, 2008, based on the inception to date performance of Funds IV, V and VI, none of the general partners of those funds had a clawback obligation based on realization of investments. In Funds IV, V, VI and VII, the clawback obligation is guaranteed by the partners of the fund’s general partners. In addition, the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement contains our agreement to indemnify each of our managing partners and contributing partners against all amounts that they pay pursuant to current and future personal guarantees of general partner clawback obligations.

Our carried interest from AAA entitles us to 20% of the realized gains (net of related expenses, including any allocable borrowing costs) from each co-investment made by AAA pursuant to a committed co-investment facility (such as its agreement with Fund VI) after its capital contributions in respect of realized investments made pursuant to that committed co-investment facility have been recovered, subject (in the case of AAA’s co-investment with Fund VI) to a preferred return of 8%, with a catch-up allocation to us thereafter. There is no similar preferred return requirement in respect of AAA’s co-investment with Fund VII. Distributions in respect of our carried interest in investments made pursuant to AAA co-investment facilities are made as investments are realized. We are also allocated 20% of the realized gains on AAA’s opportunistic investments (meaning ones that are not temporary, a co-investment with a private equity fund or a direct investment in an Apollo fund), with no preferred return and no netting for costs.

Redemption and Termination

Our mezzanine funds, AIC and AIE I (including AAA’s investments in AIE I), with a combined total of $4.9 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2008, are not subject to mandatory termination and do not permit investors to withdraw capital through redemptions. We refer to AIC, AIE I and AAA as our permanent capital vehicles. Our other funds are subject to termination or redemption as described below.

Private Equity Funds.  Our private equity funds, with a combined total of $30.6 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2008 (including a portion of the AAA Investments’ co-investment with Fund VI and Fund VII), generally terminate 10 years after the last date on which a limited partner purchased an interest in the fund, subject to extension for up to two years if certain consents of the limited partners or the fund’s advisory board are obtained. However, termination can be accelerated:

 

   

six years after the applicable fund’s general partner or advisory board gives written notice to the fund’s limited partners that the requisite number of key persons have failed to devote the requisite time to the management of the fund, if at a specified number of days after such notice the limited partners holding a specified percentage of the limited partner interests entitled to vote fail to elect to continue the investment period, subject to extension for up to two years with the same consents as are required to extend the fund at the end of its scheduled 10-year term;

 

192


Table of Contents
   

upon a “disabling event” (as defined below), unless within 90 days after such disabling event, a majority of the limited partner interests entitled to vote agree in writing to continue the business of the fund and to the appointment of another general partner;

 

   

upon the affirmative vote of a simple majority in interest of the total limited partner interests entitled to vote;

 

   

except in the case of Fund VII, upon the affirmative vote of 50% to 66.6% of the total limited partner interests entitled to vote, upon the occurrence of a triggering event (as defined below) with respect to the fund’s general partner or management company, or some specified number of the fund’s key persons;

 

   

after the commitment period, upon a good faith determination by the general partner of the applicable fund that the fund has disposed of substantially all of its portfolio investments;

 

   

in the discretion of the general partner of the applicable fund to address certain circumstances where the continued participation in the fund by certain limited partners would violate law or have certain adverse consequences for such limited partner or the fund;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Delaware partnership law; or

 

   

any time there are no limited partners, unless the business of the applicable fund is continued in accordance with Delaware partnership law.

“Disabling event” means (i) the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 17-402 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which include the withdrawal of the applicable fund’s general partner, the assignment of the general partner’s interest, the general partner’s removal under the applicable fund’s limited partnership agreement and certain events of bankruptcy, reorganization or dissolution relating to the general partner, and (ii) in the case of one of our private equity funds, the termination of the investment period by the limited partner in connection with a Triggering Event. With respect to the general partner or management company of the fund, a “Triggering Event” generally means with respect to any person, the criminal conviction of, or admission by consent (including a plea of no contest or, in the case of certain of our private equity funds, consent to a permanent injunction prohibiting future violations of the federal securities laws) of such person to a material violation of federal securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder or any other criminal statute involving a material breach of fiduciary duty; or the conviction of such person of a felony under any federal or state statute; or the commission by such person of an action, or the omission by such person to take an action, if such commission or omission constitutes bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or willful or reckless disregard for such person’s duties to the applicable fund or its limited partners; or the obtaining by such person of any material improper personal benefit as a result of its breach of any covenant, agreement or representation and warranty contained in the applicable partnership agreement or the subscription agreement between the applicable fund and its limited partners.

Capital Markets Funds.  Equity interests issued by SVF, VIF and AAOF may be redeemed at the option of the holder on a quarterly or annual basis after satisfying the applicable minimum holding period requirement (ranging from 12 months to 60 months depending on the particular fund and class of interest). Certain classes of interests in certain funds provide for the imposition of redemption charges at declining rates for interests redeemed on any of the first four quarterly redemption dates from the expiration of the minimum holding period requirement (ranging from 1% to 6% of gross redemption proceeds, depending on the terms of the applicable fund and class). Aggregate redemptions on any redemption date may be limited by a gating restriction to a maximum of 25% of net assets. An investor’s allocable share of certain investments designated as “special investments” generally is not eligible for redemption until the occurrence of a realization or liquidity event with respect to the underlying investment. Holders of a majority of the outstanding equity interests in each fund also have the right to accelerate the liquidation date of the fund.

The investor in SOMA may elect to withdraw its capital as of January 31 of each year, commencing January 31, 2010. We have the right to terminate SOMA at any time. In addition, SOMA will dissolve

 

193


Table of Contents

automatically upon the occurrence of certain events that result in the general partner ceasing to serve or to be able to serve in that capacity (such as bankruptcy, insolvency or withdrawal) unless the investor elects to continue SOMA and to appoint a new general partner.

Under the terms of their respective partnership agreements, certain capital markets funds will terminate either five or six years after the last date on which a limited partner purchased an interest in the fund, subject to extensions for further periods if certain consents of the limited partners are obtained. However, termination can be accelerated in similar circumstances to those set out under “—Private Equity Funds” above. Under the terms of its partnership agreement, Artus can be terminated only upon the determination of its general partner; however, a majority in interest of its unaffiliated investors may remove the general partner at any time with or without cause.

General Partner and Professionals Investments and Co-Investments

General Partner Investments

Certain of our management companies and general partners of the private equity and capital markets funds and affiliates, are committed to contribute to those funds. As of March 31, 2008, we have unfunded capital commitments of approximately $193.0 million to the funds. See “Capitalization—Footnote (1).”

Under the services agreement between AAA and one of our subsidiaries, we are obligated to reinvest into common units (which may be in the form of RDUs) or other equity interests of AAA, on a quarterly basis, 25% of the aggregate after tax distributions, if any, that the Apollo Operating Group entity receives in respect of carried interests allocable to investments made by AAA, including co-investments with Fund VI and Fund VII. Accordingly, we expect to periodically acquire newly issued common units of AAA (which may be in the form of RDUs) in connection with AAA’s investments in our funds. Such common units will be subject to a three-year lockup period.

Managing Partners and Other Professionals Investments

To further align our interests with those of investors in our funds, our managing partners and other professionals have invested their own capital in our funds. Our managing partners and other professionals will either re-invest their carried interest to fund these investments or use cash on hand or funds borrowed from third parties. On occasion, we have provided guarantees to lenders in respect of funds borrowed by some of our professionals to fund their capital commitments. We do not provide guarantees for our managing partners or other senior executives. We have not historically charged management fees on capital invested by our managing partners and other professionals directly in our private equity and certain of our capital markets funds or management fees and incentive income with respect to capital invested in certain of our capital markets funds. In Fund VII, such investments by our partners and other professionals will not be subject to management fees or carried interest. Our managing partners and other professionals are not contributing the investments made in their personal capacity in our funds, or as co-investments.

Co-Investments

Investors in many of our funds as well as other investors may receive the opportunity to make co-investments with the funds. Co-investments are investments in portfolio companies or other assets generally on the same terms and conditions as those acquired by the applicable fund.

Regulatory and Compliance Matters

Our businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere.

 

194


Table of Contents

All of the investment advisors of our funds are affiliates of certain of our subsidiaries that are registered as investment advisors with the SEC. Registered investment advisors are subject to the requirements and regulations of the Investment Advisers Act. Such requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an advisor and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions.

In addition, AIC has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act. AIC and the entity that serves as AIC’s investment advisor is subject to the Investment Advisers Act and the rules thereunder, which among other things regulate the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment advisor and prohibit or severely restrict principal transactions and joint transactions.

The SEC and various self-regulatory organizations have in recent years increased their regulatory activities in respect of asset management firms.

Certain of our businesses are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of U.S. Federal and state governments, non-U.S. governments, their respective agencies and/or various self-regulatory organizations or exchanges relating to, among other things, the privacy of client information, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. Our businesses have operated for many years within a legal framework that requires our being able to monitor and comply with a broad range of legal and regulatory developments that affect our activities.

However, additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by self-regulatory organizations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, either in the United States or elsewhere, may directly affect our mode of operation and profitability.

Rigorous legal and compliance analysis of our businesses and investments is important to our culture. We strive to maintain a culture of compliance through the use of policies and procedures such as oversight compliance, codes of ethics, compliance systems, communication of compliance guidance and employee education and training. We have a compliance group that monitors our compliance with all of the regulatory requirements to which we are subject and manages our compliance policies and procedures. Our Chief Legal and Administrative Officer supervises our compliance group, which is responsible for addressing all regulatory and compliance matters that affect our activities. Our compliance policies and procedures address a variety of regulatory and compliance risks such as the handling of material non-public information, position reporting, personal securities trading, valuation of investments on a fund-specific basis, document retention, potential conflicts of interest and the allocation of investment opportunities.

As an element of our platform, we generally operate without information barriers between our businesses. In an effort to manage possible risks resulting from our decision not to implement these barriers, our compliance personnel maintain a list of restricted securities as to which we have access to material, non-public information and in which our funds and investment professionals are not permitted to trade. We could in the future decide that it is advisable to establish information barriers, particularly as our business expands and diversifies. In such event our ability to operate as an integrated platform will be restricted.

We anticipate our annual cost of complying with regulatory requirements once we are a public company will be approximately as follows:

 

   

Board of Directors and Audit Committee Member Fees—$1.5 million;

 

   

Audit Fees—$1.0 million;

 

   

Finance Staff—$3.0 million;

 

195


Table of Contents
   

Computer Systems and Information Technology Staff—$1.3 million;

 

   

Investor Relations and Other External Communications—$1.5 million; and

 

   

Internal Audit Function—$2.1 million.

Competition

The asset management industry is intensely competitive, and we expect it to remain so. We compete both globally and on a regional, industry and niche basis.

We face competition both in the pursuit of outside investors for our funds and in acquiring investments in attractive portfolio companies and making other investments. We compete for outside investors based on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

investment performance;

 

   

investor perception of investment managers’ drive, focus and alignment of interest;

 

   

quality of service provided to and duration of relationship with investors;

 

   

business reputation; and

 

   

the level of fees and expenses charged for services.

Over the past several years, the size and number of private equity funds and capital markets funds has continued to increase, heightening the level of competition for investor capital.

In addition, private equity and capital markets fund managers have increasingly adopted investment strategies traditionally associated with the other. Capital markets funds have become active in taking control positions in companies, while private equity funds have acquired minority and/or debt positions in publicly listed companies. This convergence could heighten our competitive risk by expanding the range of asset managers seeking private equity investments and making it more difficult for us to differentiate ourselves from managers of capital markets funds.

Depending on the investment, we expect to face competition in acquisitions primarily from other private equity funds, specialized funds, hedge fund sponsors, other financial institutions, corporate buyers and other parties. Many of these competitors in some of our businesses are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than are available to us. Several of these competitors have recently raised, or are expected to raise, significant amounts of capital and many of them have similar investment objectives to us, which may create additional competition for investment opportunities. Some of these competitors may also have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us, which may create competitive disadvantages for us with respect to investment opportunities. In addition, some of these competitors may have higher risk tolerances, different risk assessments or lower return thresholds, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and to bid more aggressively than us for investments that we want to make. Corporate buyers may be able to achieve synergistic cost savings with regard to an investment that may provide them with a competitive advantage in bidding for an investment. Lastly, the allocation of increasing amounts of capital to alternative investment strategies by institutional and individual investors could well lead to a reduction in the size and duration of pricing inefficiencies that many of our funds seek to exploit.

Competition is also intense for the attraction and retention of qualified employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

196


Table of Contents

For additional information concerning the competitive risks that we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses—The investment management business is intensely competitive, which could materially adversely impact us.”

Legal Proceedings

We are, from time to time, party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims and litigation, reviews, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be ascertained at this time, we are of the opinion, after consultation with counsel, that the resolution of any such matters to which we are a party at this time will not have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. Legal actions material to us could, however, arise in the future.

On June 18, 2008, the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc. (“Hexion”), a portfolio company of Funds IV and V, commenced legal action in Delaware to declare its contractual rights with respect to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among Hexion, Nimbus Merger Sub, Inc. and Huntsman Corporation (“Huntsman”). In this suit, Hexion alleges, among other things, that it believes that the capital structure agreed to by Huntsman and Hexion for the combined company is no longer viable because of Huntsman’s increased net debt and decreased earnings. The suit alleges that while both companies individually are solvent, consummating the merger on the basis of the capital structure agreed to with Huntsman would render the combined company insolvent. The suit alleges that, in light of this conclusion, Hexion does not believe that the banks will provide the debt financing for the merger contemplated by their commitment letters. The suit also alleges that in light of the substantial deterioration in Huntsman’s financial performance, the increase in its net debt and the expectation that the material downturn in Huntsman’s business that has occurred will continue for a significant period of time, Huntsman has suffered a material adverse effect as defined in the Merger Agreement. The suit further seeks a declaration that the company and certain of its affiliates have no liability to Huntsman in connection with the merger.

On June 23, 2008, the company, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and certain of the company’s and affiliates were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed by Huntsman in Texas. Huntsman asserts certain fraud and tortious interference claims in connection with the facts surrounding the Merger Agreement and seeks, among other things, damages in excess of $3.0 billion. The company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the Huntsman lawsuit is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself.

On July 2, 2008, Huntsman filed an answer and counterclaims in the lawsuit filed in Delaware by the company and certain of its affiliates described above, which asserts claims against the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, in connection with the Merger Agreement including breach of contract, breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, tortious interference with contract, and defamation. The company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the claims alleged in Huntsman’s answer and counterclaims are without merit.

On July 7, 2008, the company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, filed an amended and supplemental complaint against Huntsman in the Delaware action. In this complaint, the company and certain of its affiliates assert the same claims as set forth in the June 18, 2008 complaint. In addition, they seek a declaration that Huntsman’s extension of the termination date of the Merger Agreement to October 2, 2008 was invalid, and they assert that Huntsman breached the Merger Agreement by bringing suit in Texas.

The Delaware court has scheduled trial to begin September 8, 2008.

On July 16, 2008, the company was joined as a defendant in a pre-existing purported class action pending in Massachusetts federal court against, among other defendants, numerous private equity firms. The suit alleges that beginning in mid-2003 the company, the other private equity firm defendants, and other unidentified alleged

 

197


Table of Contents

co-conspirators, violated U.S. antitrust laws by forming “bidding clubs” or “consortia” that, among other things, rigged the bidding for control of various public corporations, restricted the supply of private equity financing, fixed the prices for target companies at artificially low levels, and allocated amongst themselves an alleged market for private equity services in leveraged buyouts. The suit seeks class action certification, declaratory and injunctive relief, unspecified damages, and attorneys’ fees. The company believes that the lawsuit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in leased office space at 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York. We also lease the space for our offices in Purchase, NY, London, Los Angeles, Singapore, Frankfurt and Paris. Subject to obtaining appropriate regulatory authority, we anticipate opening offices in India and Luxembourg. We do not own any real property. We consider these facilities to be suitable and adequate for the management and operation of our businesses.

Employees

We believe that one of the strengths and principal reasons for our success is the quality and dedication of our employees. As of the date hereof, we employed 350 people, including 51 partners and 299 employees. We strive to attract and retain the best talent in the industry.

 

198


Table of Contents

Our Partners

Set forth below are the names, ages, numbers of years with Apollo, number of years in the financial services industry and area of operation of each of our partners as of the date hereof.

 

Name

   Age    Years with
Apollo
   Years in
Industry

Executive Officers

        

Leon Black

   57    18    31

Joshua Harris

   43    18    22

Marc Rowan

   45    18    24

Kenneth Vecchione

   53    <1    30

Barry Giarraputo

   44    2    22

John Suydam

   48    2    23

Private Equity

        

Andrew Africk

   42    16    16

Jean-Luc Allavena

   45    1    11

Marc Becker

   36    12    14

Dan Bellissimo

   34    1    10

Laurence Berg

   42    16    20

Mintoo Bhandari

   42    2    16

Anthony Civale

   34    9    12

Michael Cohen

   31    8    10

Peter Copses

   50    18    22

Stephanie Drescher

   35    4    13

Robert Falk

   70    16    35

Damian Giangiacomo

   31    8    10

Andrew Jhawar

   37    8    13

Scott Kleinman

   35    12    14

Lukas Kolff

   34    2    11

Gernot Lohr

   39    1    14

Michael Lu

   34    1    9

Steve Martinez

   39    8    13

Lance Milken

   32    10    10

Stan Parker

   32    8    10

Eric Press

   42    10    17

Ali Rashid

   32    6    8

Robert Seminara

   36    5    14

Aaron Stone

   35    11    13

Gareth Turner

   44    3    20

Jordan Zaken

   33    9    11

Eric Zinterhofer

   36    10    13

Capital Markets

        

David Abrams

   41    2    19

José Briones

   37    2    16

Robert Burdick

   45    <1    20

Matthew Constantino

   35    6    10

Patrick Dalton

   40    4    18

John Fitzgerald

   41    1    19

John Hannan

   55    18    29

Abraham Katz

   37    4    14

Narayanan Girish Kumar

   41    1    18

Justin Sendak

   39    1    18

Chin Hwee Tan

   37    1    12

James Zelter

   46    2    23

Commodities

        

Gizman Abbas

   35    <1    6

Michael Block

   39    7    15

Sam Oh

   38    <1    16

Neal Shear

   54    <1    29

Mark Thompson

   36    <1    14

Real Estate

        

Joseph Azrack

   61    <1    30

 

199


Table of Contents

M ANAGEMENT

Our Manager

Our operating agreement provides that so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager will manage all of our operations and activities and will have discretion over significant corporate actions, such as the issuance of securities, payment of distributions, sales of assets, making certain amendments to our operating agreement and other matters, and our board of directors will have no authority other than that which our manager chooses to delegate to it. Pursuant to a delegation of authority from our manager, which may be revoked, our board of directors will establish and maintain audit and conflicts committees of the board of directors that has the responsibilities described below under “—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” and “—Conflicts Committee.”

Decisions by our manager are made by its executive committee, which is composed of our three managing partners. Each managing partner will remain on the executive committee for so long as he is employed by us, provided that Mr. Black, upon his retirement, may at his option remain on the executive committee until his death or disability or any commission of an act that would constitute cause if Mr. Black had still been employed by us. Actions by the executive committee are determined by majority vote of its members, except as to the following matters, as to which Mr. Black will have the right of veto: (i) the designations of directors to our board, or (ii) a sale or other disposition of the Apollo Operating Group and/or its subsidiaries or any portion thereof, through a merger, recapitalization, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise, to an unaffiliated third party (other than through an exchange of Apollo Operating Group units and interests in our Class B share for Class A shares, transfers by a founder or a permitted transferee to another permitted transferee, or the issuance of bona fide equity incentives to any of our non-founder employees) that constitutes (x) a direct or indirect sale of a ratable interest (or substantially ratable interest) in each entity that constitutes the Apollo Operating Group or (y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Apollo. Exchanges of Apollo Operating Group units for Class A shares that are not pro rata among our managing partners or in which each managing partner has the option not to participate are not subject to Mr. Black’s right of veto.

Subject to limited exceptions described in our operating agreement, our manager may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a majority of the aggregate number of voting shares outstanding; provided, however, that this does not preclude or limit our manager’s ability, in its sole discretion, to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries (including for the benefit of persons other than us or our subsidiaries, including affiliates of our manager).

We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for all costs incurred in managing and operating us, and our operating agreement provides that our manager will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. This agreement does not limit the amount of expenses for which we will reimburse our manager and its affiliates.

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information about our directors and executive officers. Each of our executive officers serves at the pleasure of our manager, subject to rights under any employment agreement. See “—Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements with Managing Partners.” Under our operating agreement, our board of directors has authority to act only when such authority is delegated to it by our manager or the Apollo control condition is not satisfied. See “Description of Shares—Operating Agreement” for a more detailed description of the terms of our operating agreement.

For so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager shall (i) nominate and elect all directors to our board of directors, (ii) set the number of directors of our board of directors and (iii) fill any vacancies on our board of directors. Our manager has nominated and elected our initial board of directors. After the Apollo

 

200


Table of Contents

condition is no longer satisfied, each of our directors will be elected by the vote of a plurality of our shares entitled to vote, voting as a single class, to serve until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier death, retirement, disqualification, resignation or removal. Our board currently consists of three members.

For so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager may remove any director, with or without cause, at anytime. After such condition is no longer satisfied, a director or the entire board of directors may be removed by the affirmative vote of holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of our shares.

Upon listing of our Class A shares on the NYSE, our manager will appoint at least two additional directors who are independent within the criteria established by the NYSE for independent board members. Following these appointments, we expect that our board of directors will consist of at least five directors. Prior to the listing of our Class A shares on the NYSE, our manager is not required by the terms of our operating agreement or otherwise to appoint any independent directors or use the criteria established by the NYSE for independent board members. After such listing, if completed, our manager will be required to establish an audit committee comprised of independent directors using the NYSE criteria, as described below under “—Committee of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee.”

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Leon Black

   57    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joshua Harris

   43    President and Director

Marc Rowan

   45    Senior Managing Director and Director

Kenneth Vecchione

   53    Chief Financial Officer

Barry Giarraputo

   44    Chief Accounting Officer

John Suydam

   48    Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

Leon Black . In 1990, Mr. Black founded Apollo Management, L.P. and Lion Advisors, L.P. to manage investment capital on behalf of a group of institutional investors, focusing on corporate restructuring, leveraged buyouts, and taking minority positions in growth-oriented companies. From 1977 to 1990, Mr. Black worked at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, where he served as Managing Director, head of the Mergers & Acquisitions Group and co-head of the Corporate Finance Department. Mr. Black serves on the boards of directors of Sirius Satellite Radio, Inc. and the general partner of AAA. Mr. Black is a trustee of Dartmouth College, The Museum of Modern Art, Mount Sinai Hospital, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Prep for Prep, and The Asia Society. He is also a member of The Council on Foreign Relations, The Partnership for New York City and the National Advisory Board of JPMorganChase. He is also a member of the boards of directors of FasterCures and the Port Authority Task Force. Mr. Black graduated summa cum laude from Dartmouth College in 1973 with a major in Philosophy and History and received an MBA from Harvard Business School in 1975.

Joshua Harris . Mr. Harris co-founded Apollo Management, L.P. in 1990. Prior to that time, Mr. Harris was a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Group of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Harris currently serves on the boards of directors of the general partner of AAA, Berry Plastics Corporation, CEVA Logistics, Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc., Metals USA, Momentive Performance Materials, Noranda Aluminum, and Verso Paper Corp. Mr. Harris has previously served on the boards of directors of Nalco Company, Allied Waste Industries, Inc., Pacer International, Inc., General Nutrition Centers, Inc., Furniture Brands International, Compass Minerals Group, Inc., Alliance Imaging, Inc., NRT Inc., Covalence Specialty Materials Corp., United Agri Products, Inc., Quality Distribution, Inc. and Whitmire Distribution Corp. Mr. Harris is actively involved in charitable and political organizations. He is a member and serves on the Corporate Affairs Committee of the Council on Foreign Relations. Mr. Harris serves as a member of the Department of Medicine Advisory Board for The Mount Sinai Medical Center and is a member of The University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton Undergraduate Executive Board and a board member for The Dalton School. Mr. Harris graduated summa cum laude and Beta Gamma Sigma from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business with a BS in Economics and received his MBA from the Harvard Business School, where he graduated as a Baker and Loeb Scholar.

 

201


Table of Contents

Marc Rowan . Mr. Rowan co-founded Apollo Management, L.P. in 1990. Prior to that time, Mr. Rowan was a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Group of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, with responsibilities in high yield financing, transaction idea generation and merger structure negotiation. Mr. Rowan currently serves on the boards of directors of the general partner of AAA, Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., Norwegian Cruise Lines and Mobile Satellite Ventures. He has previously served on the boards of directors of AMC Entertainment, Inc., Culligan Water Technologies, Inc., Furniture Brands International, National Cinemedia, Inc., National Financial Partners, Inc., New World Communications, Inc., Quality Distribution, Inc., Samsonite Corporation, SkyTerra Communications Inc., Unity Media SCA, Vail Resorts, Inc. and Wyndham International, Inc. Mr. Rowan is also active in charitable activities. He is a founding member and serves on the executive committee of the Youth Renewal Fund and is a member of the boards of directors of the National Jewish Outreach Program, Riverdale Country School and the Undergraduate Executive Board of the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business. Mr. Rowan graduated summa cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business with a BS and an MBA in Finance.

Kenneth Vecchione . Mr. Vecchione joined Apollo in 2007. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Vecchione was Vice-Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of MBNA Corporation. Mr. Vecchione joined MBNA America Bank in 1998 as Division Head of Finance and in 2000, he became Chief Financial Officer and Director of MBNA America Bank N.A., and served on both the Executive and Management Committees. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Vecchione served as Chief Financial Officer of AT&T Universal Card Services. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Vecchione served as Chief Financial Officer and Group President of First Data Corporation’s Electronic Funds Management business. Prior to joining First Data, Mr. Vecchione worked at Citigroup for 17 years, where he was Chief Financial Officer of their credit card business. Mr. Vecchione is a board member and Chairman of the Audit Committee for Affinion Group. Mr. Vecchione is also a board member and Chairman of the Finance and Audit Committee of International Securities Exchange. He is also a board member and Chairman of the Finance and Investment Committee of Western Alliance Bancorporation (NYSE: WAL). He holds a BS in Accounting from the University of New York at Albany.

Barry Giarraputo . Mr. Giarraputo joined Apollo in 2006. Prior to that time, Mr. Giarraputo was a Senior Managing Director at Bear Stearns & Co. where he served in a variety of finance roles over nine years. Previous to that, Mr. Giarraputo was with the accounting and auditing firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for 12 years where he was a member of the firm’s Audit and Business Services Group and was responsible for a number of capital markets clients including broker-dealers, money-center banks, domestic investment companies and offshore hedge funds and related service providers. Mr. Giarraputo has also served as an Adjunct Professor of Accounting at Baruch College where he graduated cum laude in 1985 with a BBA in Accountancy.

John Suydam . Mr. Suydam joined Apollo in 2006. From 2002 through 2006, Mr. Suydam was a partner at O’Melveny & Myers LLP, where he served as head of Mergers & Acquisitions and co-head of the Corporate Department. Prior to that, Mr. Suydam served as chairman of the law firm O’Sullivan, LLP which specialized in representing private equity investors. Mr. Suydam serves on the board of directors of the Big Apple Circus. Mr. Suydam received his JD from New York University and graduated magna cum laude with a BA in History from the State University of New York at Albany.

Management Approach

Throughout our history as a privately owned firm, we have had a management structure involving strong central control by our three managing partners, Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan. We believe that this management structure has been a meaningful reason why we have achieved significant growth and successful performance in all of our businesses.

Moreover, as a privately owned firm, Apollo has always been managed with a perspective of achieving successful growth over the long term. Both in entering and building our various businesses over the years and in determining the types of investments to be made by our funds, our management has consistently sought to focus on the best way to grow our businesses and investments over a period of many years and has paid little regard to their short-term impact on revenue, net income or cash flow.

 

202


Table of Contents

We intend to continue to employ our current management structure with strong central control by our managing partners and to maintain our focus on achieving successful growth over the long term. This desire to preserve our existing management structure is one of the principal reasons why upon the listing of our Class A shares on the NYSE, if achieved, we have decided to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception from certain of the NYSE governance rules, which eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and that we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. It is also the reason that the managing partners chose to have a manager that manages all our operations and activities, with only limited powers retained by the board of directors, so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied.

Limited Powers of Our Board of Directors

As noted, so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager will manage all of our operations and activities, and our board of directors will have no authority other than that which our manager chooses to delegate to it. Our manager has delegated to an audit committee of our board of directors the functions described below under “—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” and to a conflicts committee the functions described below under “—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee.” In the event that the Apollo control condition is not satisfied, our board of directors will manage all of our operations and activities.

Pursuant to a delegation of authority from our manager, which may be revoked, our board of directors has established and at all times will maintain audit and conflicts committees of the board of directors that have the responsibilities described below under “—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” and “—Conflicts Committee.”

Where action is required or permitted to be taken by our board of directors or a committee thereof, a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting of our board of directors or any committee thereof at which there is a quorum shall be the act of our board or such committee, as the case may be. Our board of directors or any committee thereof may also act by unanimous written consent.

Under the Agreement Among Managing Partners, the vote of a majority of the independent members of our board will decide the following: (i) in the event that a vacancy exists on the executive committee of our managers and the remaining members of the executive committee cannot agree on a replacement, the independent members of our board shall select one of the two nominees to the executive committee of our manager presented to them by the remaining members of such executive committee to fill the vacancy on such executive committee and (ii) in the event that at any time after December 31, 2009, Mr. Black wishes to exercise his ability to cause (x) the direct or indirect sale of a ratable interest (or substantially ratable interest) in each Apollo Operating Group entity, or (y) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, through a merger, recapitalization, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise, to an unaffiliated third party. We are not a party to the Agreement Among Managing Partners, and neither we nor our shareholders (other than our Strategic Investors, as set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement—Amendments to Managing Partner Shareholders Restrictions”) have any right to enforce the provisions described above. Such provisions can be amended or waived upon agreement of our managing partners at any time.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We have established an audit committee as well as a conflicts committee. Our audit committee has adopted a charter that complies with current federal and NYSE rules relating to corporate governance matters. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees of our board of directors.

Audit Committee

The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our manager in overseeing and monitoring (i) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) our

 

203


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence and (iv) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our manager intends, on or prior to the planned listing of our Class A shares on the NYSE, to cause the members of the audit committee to meet the independence standards for service on an audit committee of a board of directors pursuant to federal securities regulations and NYSE rules relating to corporate governance matters. These rules require that we have one independent member of the audit committee at the time our Class A shares are listed on the NYSE, a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and a fully independent committee within one year. Pending appointment of independent directors to our audit committee, it is comprised of Messrs. Black and Harris.

Conflicts Committee

The purpose of the conflicts committee is to review specific matters that our manager believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine whether the resolution of any conflict of interest submitted to it is fair and reasonable to us. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us and not a breach by us of any duties that we may owe to our shareholders. In addition, the conflicts committee may review and approve any related person transactions, other than those that are approved pursuant to our related person policy, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons,” and may establish guidelines or rules to cover specific categories of transactions.

Lack of Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not have a compensation committee. Our managing partners have historically made all final determinations regarding executive officer compensation. Our manager has determined that maintaining our existing compensation practices as closely as possible is desirable and intends that these practices will continue. Accordingly, our manager does not intend to establish a compensation committee of our board of directors. For a description of certain transactions between us and our managing partners see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview of Compensation Philosophy

Historically, our principal compensation philosophy has been to align the interests of our managing partners, contributing partners, and other senior professionals with those of our fund investors. That alignment has been principally achieved by our managing partners’ direct ownership of the Apollo Operating Group, our contributing partners’ ownership of rights to receive a portion of the management fees and incentive income earned for management of our funds, and the direct investment by both our managing partners and our contributing partners in our funds.

We believe that this philosophy of seeking to align the interests of our managing partners, contributing partners and other senior professionals with those of our fund investors has been a key contributor to our growth and successful performance. Accordingly, we seek to retain the culture we have developed as a privately owned firm by having primarily performance-based compensation for our managing partners, contributing partners, and other professionals. Our managing partners and contributing partners retain personal investments in our funds (as more fully described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”), directly or indirectly, and we continue to encourage our managing partners, contributing partners and other professionals to invest their own capital in and alongside our funds. Our partners (other than our managing partners) retain a portion of their “points” in our funds and, in regard to future funds, will generally continue to receive allocations of points.

Following the Reorganization, our compensation practices reflect the complementary goal of aligning the interests of our managing partners, contributing partners, executive officers, and other senior professionals and

 

204


Table of Contents

other personnel with those of our Class A shareholders. We believe ownership by our managing partners and contributing partners of significant amounts of equity in our businesses in the form of their Apollo Operating Group units affords significant alignment with our Class A shareholders. In addition, our investment professionals (including our named executive officers who are not managing partners) have been issued RSUs, which provide rights to receive Class A shares. In connection with the Reorganization, each of the managing partners exchanged existing interests in our funds (excluding certain of his investments in our funds) for pecuniary interests in Apollo Operating Group units, which interests are subject to a five- or six-year vesting schedule from and after January 1, 2007. Ownership of Apollo Operating Group units by our managing partners and contributing partners, and of Class A shares by our professionals, further aligns their interests with our fund investors and shareholders because of their substantial dependence on performance-based incentive income tied to the performance of our funds. Consistent with this philosophy, compensation elements tied to the profitability of our different businesses and that of the investment funds that we manage are the primary means of compensating our six executive officers listed in the tables below (“named executive officers”).

Compensation Elements for Named Executive Officers

The key elements of the compensation of our named executive officers following the Reorganization are as follows. Apart from base salary, compensation of our named executive officers continues to be based primarily on the performance of our underlying funds and fee-generating businesses.

 

   

Annual Salary . Each of our named executive officers receives an annual salary. Prior to the Reorganization, our managing partners did not receive an annual salary. Pursuant to their employment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreements entered into in connection with the Reorganization (discussed below), each managing partner now receives a base salary of $100,000 per year. After the expiration of the terms of their employment agreements, compensation for our managing partners will be determined by our manager, if the Apollo control condition is then satisfied, or otherwise by our board of directors. We expect to re-examine the $100,000 salary as we approach the end of the five-year terms of the employment agreements. We believe that having our managing partners’ compensation (other than their salary) solely based on their ownership of a significant amount of our equity in the form of Apollo Operating Group units beneficially aligns their interests with those of our shareholders and the investors in our funds. The base salaries of our named executive officers other than our managing partners are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below, and those base salaries were determined after considering those officers’ historic compensation, their level of responsibility, their contributions to our overall success, and discussions between the officers and our managing partners.

 

   

Distributions on Apollo Operating Group units . None of our managing partners receives a cash bonus. Instead, their earnings above their base salaries are based solely on the distributions they receive on the Apollo Operating Group units that they beneficially own, in the same amount per unit as distributions are made to us in respect of the Apollo Operating Group units we hold, creating an alignment of interest with our Class A shareholders that is consistent with our fundamental philosophy.

 

   

Restricted Share Units. Each of our named executive officers who are not managing partners received a grant of RSUs that provide rights to receive Class A shares. These units, and the compensation objectives that they promote, are discussed more fully below under “—Awards of Restricted Share Units Under the Equity Plan.”

 

   

Annual Bonus. The three named executive officers who are not managing partners are eligible to receive an annual bonus at the discretion of our managing partners, except that Barry J. Giarraputo and Kenneth A. Vecchione are entitled to minimum annual bonuses for 2007 and 2008 pursuant to their employment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreements (discussed below). For services performed in 2007, the annual bonuses were paid in cash except for Mr. Suydam, for whom a portion of his 2007 bonus was paid in the form of AAA incentive units, described below. The cash portion of the annual bonuses is customarily paid in December of the year with respect to which it is earned. From

 

205


Table of Contents
 

time to time we may also pay special discretionary bonuses due to contributions on a particular project or for outstanding performance. Our annual bonuses further the twin objectives of rewarding superior performance and enabling the company to attract and retain talented executives by enhancing our capacity to offer competitive compensation opportunities.

 

   

Carried Interest. Our managing partners participate in the carried interests of the general partners of our underlying private equity investment funds indirectly, through their ownership of Apollo Operating Group units. Mr. Suydam has been allocated carry points directly in the general partner of two of our private equity funds. We believe this fosters an alignment of interests with the investors in those funds and therefore benefits our shareholders. Following the Reorganization, for purposes of our financial statements, we are treating as compensation the income allocated to Mr. Suydam due to his ownership interests in the general partners of certain of our funds. Accordingly, we are reflecting such income as compensation in the summary compensation table below in accordance with applicable SEC rules. For our funds, subject to vesting as described below, carried interest distributions are generally made to the executive officer following the realization of the investment. Such distributions are subject to a “clawback” obligation related to the fund. The actual gross amount of carried interest allocations available is a function of the performance of our funds. Participation in carried interest generated by our funds for Mr. Suydam is subject to vesting. Mr. Suydam vests in the carried interest related to a fund in monthly installments over five years (unless an investment by such fund is realized prior to the expiration of such five-year period, in which case he is deemed 100% vested in the proceeds of such realizations). We believe that vesting of carried interest promotes stability and encourages sustained contributions to the success of our firm.

Determination of Compensation

Our managing partners have historically made all final determinations regarding named executive officer compensation based, in part, on recommendations from senior management. Our manager has determined that maintaining as closely as possible our historical compensation practices following the Reorganization is desirable and is continuing these practices. Decisions about a named executive officer’s cash bonus, grant of equity awards, and percentage of his participation in carried interest are based primarily on our managing partners’ assessment of such named executive officer’s individual performance, operational performance for the division in which the officer serves, and the officer’s impact on our overall operating performance and potential to contribute to the returns of investors in our funds and to long-term shareholder value. In evaluating these factors, our managing partners do not utilize quantitative performance targets but rather rely upon their judgment about each named executive officer’s performance to determine an appropriate reward for the current year’s performance. The determinations by our managing partners are ultimately subjective and are not tied to specified annual qualitative individual objectives or performance factors. Key factors that our managing partners consider in making such determinations include the officer’s nature, scope and level of responsibility and overall contribution to our success. Our managing partners also consider each named executive officer’s prior-year compensation, the appropriate balance between incentives for long-term and short-term performance, and the compensation paid to the named executive officer’s peers within the company.

Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements with Managing Partners

In connection with the Reorganization, we entered into an employment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with each of our managing partners. The term of each agreement is the five years concluding July 13, 2012. Each managing partner has the right to terminate his employment voluntarily at any time, but we may terminate a managing partner’s employment only for cause or by reason of disability.

Each managing partner is entitled during his employment to an annual salary of $100,000 and to participate in our employee benefit plans, as in effect from time to time. The employment agreements require our managing partners to protect the confidential information of Apollo both during and after employment, and, both during

 

206


Table of Contents

and for a one or two year period after employment, to refrain from soliciting employees under the circumstances specified therein or interfering with our relationships with investors and to refrain from competing with us in a business that involves primarily ( i.e. , more than 50%) third party capital, whether or not the termination occurs during the term of the agreement or thereafter. However, the non-competition restrictions allow our managing partners significant opportunities to effectively compete with us by setting up businesses with less than 50% of capital from third parties.

Under their respective employment agreements, each of the managing partners has these obligations to us through the earlier of December 31, 2013 or one or two years after his employment termination. The restricted period for each of the managing partners lasts during his employment and for a specified period thereafter. In the case of Mr. Black, his restricted period lasts until the first anniversary of his termination of employment with us. In the case of each of Messrs. Harris and Rowan, it lasts until the second anniversary of his employment termination (or, if the managing partner’s employment termination is after January 1, 2012 and on or before December 31, 2012, until December 31, 2013, and if the employment termination is after December 31, 2012, for one year thereafter).

For all three managing partners, the sum of the years from and after January 1, 2007 that their Apollo Operating Group units are subject to vesting and the period of time that their post-employment covenants generally survive is equal to seven. These post-termination covenants survive any termination or expiration of the Agreement Among Managing Partners.

We may terminate a managing partner’s employment during the term of the employment agreement solely for cause or by reason of his disability. Each employment agreement defines “cause” as a final, non-appealable conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony that prohibits the managing partner from continuing to provide his services as an investment professional due to legal restriction or physical confinement or the occurrence of a final, non-appealable legal restriction that precludes him from serving as an investment professional. “Disability” is defined in each employment agreement as any physical or mental incapacity that prevents the managing partner from carrying out all or substantially all of his duties for any period of 180 consecutive days or any aggregate period of eight months in any 12-month period as determined by the executive committee of our manager. If a managing partner becomes subject to a potential termination for cause or by reason of disability, our manager may appoint an investment professional to perform the functional responsibilities and duties of the managing partner until cause or disability definitively results in the managing partner’s termination or is determined not to have occurred, but the manager may so appoint an investment professional only if the managing partner is unable to perform his responsibilities and duties or, as a matter of fiduciary duty, should be prohibited from doing so. During any such period, the managing partner shall continue to serve on the executive committee of our board of directors unless otherwise prohibited from doing so pursuant to the Agreement Among Managing Partners.

Under the employment agreements, if we terminate a managing partner’s employment with cause or the managing partner’s employment is terminated by reason of death or disability, or if a managing partner terminates his employment voluntarily, the managing partner (or his estate) will be paid only his accrued but unpaid salary and accrued but unused vacation pay through the date of termination.

Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Chief Financial Officer

We also entered into an employment, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with our chief financial officer Kenneth A. Vecchione, effective October 29, 2007. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Vecchione is entitled to an annual salary of $                 and has an annual bonus target of 100% of his annual salary. The actual amount of Mr. Vecchione’s bonus is determined by us in our discretion. In addition, he is entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans as in effect from time to time. In establishing compensation for Mr. Vecchione, we have taken into account his historic compensation and his overall contribution to our business.

 

207


Table of Contents

The employment agreement requires Mr. Vecchione to protect the confidential information of Apollo both during and after employment, and, both during and for a two year period after employment, to refrain from soliciting employees under the circumstances specified therein or interfering with our relationships with investors and to refrain from competing with us in a business that manages or invests in assets substantially similar to Apollo or its affiliates, whether or not the termination occurs during the term of the agreement or thereafter.

We may terminate Mr. Vecchione’s employment during the term of the employment agreement with or without cause. Mr. Vecchione has the right to terminate his employment voluntarily at any time. If Mr. Vecchione’s employment terminates by the company without cause or by him for good reason (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), then, subject to his timely execution of a release of claims against the company, he will be entitled to receive severance payments equal to 12 months’ base salary. If a termination without cause or for good reason occurs in 2008, Mr. Vecchione will also be entitled to a prorated bonus based on a target equal to 50% of his base salary, with such payment also subject to execution of the release of claims.

Awards of Restricted Share Units Under the Equity Plan

On October 23, 2007 we adopted our 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (described below under “—2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan”). To date, the only awards made under the 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan have been grants of RSUs we made in the fourth quarter of 2007 and the first half of 2008 (“Plan Grants”). The Plan Grants were made to a broad range of employees under our 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, including three of our named executive officers, Kenneth A. Vecchione, our chief financial officer, Barry J. Giarraputo, our chief accounting officer and controller and John J. Suydam, our chief legal and administrative officer. The Plan Grants generally vest over six years, with the first installment becoming vested on December 31, 2008 and the balance vesting thereafter in equal quarterly installments, with additional vesting upon death, disability or a termination without cause. As we pay ordinary distributions on our outstanding Class A Shares, recipients of Plan Grants will be paid distribution equivalents on their vested RSUs, which payments shall accumulate over the course of a calendar year and be paid in the beginning of the following calendar year. Once vested, the Class A shares underlying the RSUs generally are issued on fixed dates as follows: 7.5% of the interests are issued on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date, with the remaining 70% issued in seven equal installments over the seven calendar quarters beginning on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. The administrator of the 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan determines when shares issued pursuant to the Plan Grants may be disposed of, except that a participant will be permitted to sell shares if necessary to cover taxes. Pursuant to the RSU award agreements provided to them in connection with their Plan Grants, Mr. Vecchione, Mr. Giarraputo and Mr. Suydam are subject to non-competition restrictions during employment and for up to two years after employment termination. During the restricted period set forth in a participant’s award agreement evidencing his Plan Grant, the participant will not (i) engage in any business activity that the company operates in, (ii) render any services to any competitive business or (iii) acquire a financial interest in, or become actively involved with, any competitive business (other than as a passive holding of less than a specified percentage of publicly traded companies). In addition, the grant recipient will be subject to non-solicitation, non-hire and non-interference covenants during employment and for up to two years thereafter. Each grant recipient is also bound to a non-disparagement covenant with respect to us and the managing partners and to confidentiality restrictions. Any resignation by a grant recipient shall generally require at least 90 days’ notice. Any restricted period applicable to the grant recipient will commence after the notice of termination period.

The RSUs advance several goals of our compensation program. The Plan Grants align employee interests with those of shareholders by making them, upon delivery of the underlying Class A Shares, shareholders themselves. Because they vest over time, the Plan Grants reward employees for sustained contributions to the company and foster retention. The size of the Plan Grants is determined by the Plan administrator based on level of responsibility and contributions to the company. The restrictive covenants contained in the RSU agreements reinforce our culture of fiduciary protection of our investors by requiring RSU holders to abide by the provisions regarding non-competition, confidentiality and other limitations on behavior described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

208


Table of Contents

AAA Unit Awards

In addition to the Plan Grants, a portion of the compensation paid to certain of their investment professionals and officers is in the form of incentive units that provide the right to receive shares of AAA RDUs. These awards are intended to align the interests of their recipients with those of our investors, and therefore our shareholders, and to bolster retention of our management team because they are generally subject to a vesting schedule. These awards are granted pursuant to the Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan, which is described below in the section entitled, “—Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan.” Mr. Giarraputo and Mr. Suydam are the only named executive officers to have received grants of AAA incentive units under the plan, although the managing partners received fully vested AAA RDUs as a non-cash distribution in respect of their Reorganization ownership interests on March 15, 2007 and March 14, 2008 (such grants are set forth below on the “Grant of Plan Based Awards,” “Option Exercises and Vested Stock,” and “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” tables).

Summary Compensation Table

The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by, awarded to or paid to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officers (two individuals served in that capacity at different times in 2007) and our three other most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered in 2007. Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan contributed all of their interests in our underlying funds (excluding certain of their investments in our funds) to Holdings on July 13, 2007. The officers named in the table are referred to as the named executive officers, and the named executive officers other than our chief financial officers and chief legal and administrative officer are referred to elsewhere in this prospectus as our managing partners.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
   Bonus
($) (2)
   Stock
Awards

($) (3)
   All Other
Compensation

($)
   Total
($)

Leon D. Black, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  (1)

   2007               

Kenneth A. Vecchione, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, October 29, 2007-present

   2007               

Barry J. Giarraputo, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, August 3, 2007-October 29, 2007 (currently Chief Accounting Officer and Controller)

   2007               

Joshua J. Harris, President (1)

   2007               

Marc J. Rowan, Senior Managing Director (1)

   2007               

John J. Suydam, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

   2007               

 

(1) Represents the portion of the officer’s salary received from July 13, 2007 (the day that these officers became entitled to base salary at the annual rate of $            ) to December 31, 2007.
(2) Represents cash bonuses paid in 2007 and 2008 in respect of services provided in 2007. For Mr. Suydam, also includes a special one-time bonus he received in January of 2008 in the amount of $            , which bonus is subject to repayment in full if his employment terminates due to his resignation for any reason or his termination for cause on or before December 31, 2008.
(3) Represents the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to fiscal year 2007 for awards of stock in accordance with FAS 123(R). See note 12 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information concerning the shares underlying such expense. For Messrs. Black, Harris, and Rowan, the reference to “stock” in this table is to Apollo Operating Group units that they received in exchange for their contribution to Holdings of interests in entities comprising our business as part of the Reorganization. The amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the named executive officers but instead represent the expense recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2007 by the company pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement on Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payments (“FAS 123(R)”), excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures, for unvested Class A shares, Apollo Operating Group units, or AAA restricted depositary units, as applicable.
(4) Includes $             in director fees received for service on the Boards of Directors of our portfolio companies.
(5) Includes $             in director fees received for service on the Boards of Directors of our portfolio companies.
(6) Includes $ in director fees received for service on the Boards of Directors of our portfolio companies, including such service prior to Mr. Vecchione’s commencement of employment with the company. Also includes $ for housing and amounts for ground transportation.

 

209


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table presents information regarding the equity incentive awards granted to the named executive officers under a plan in 2007:

 

Name

  

Plan

 

Grant Date

 

Manager
Action Date

 

Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or Units
(#)

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock Awards

($) (5)

Leon D. Black (1) (2)

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

       
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

       

Kenneth A. Vecchione  (3)

  

Apollo Global Management 2007 Omnibus Equity Plan

       

Barry J. Giarraputo (4)

  

Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan

       

Joshua J. Harris (1) (2)

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

       
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

       

Marc J. Rowan (1) (2)

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

       
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

       

John J. Suydam (4)

  

Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan

       

 

(1) Represents the aggregate number of Apollo Operating Group units beneficially owned by each managing partner that were received in exchange for the contribution to Holdings of his interests in entities comprising our business as part of the Reorganization. The Apollo Operating Group units vest on a monthly basis beginning on January 1, 2007 and are fully vested after six years (in the case of Mr. Black) or five years (in the case of Messrs. Harris and Rowan).
(2) Represents the aggregate number of RDUs of AAA received by the named executive officer. These units were fully vested at grant.
(3) Represents the aggregate number of RSUs (all of which are unvested) covering our Class A shares received by Mr. Vecchione. For a discussion of these grants, please see the discussion above under “—Executive Compensation—Awards of Restricted Share Units Under the Equity Plan”.
(4) Represents the aggregate number of incentive units covering restricted depositary units of AAA received by the named executive officer. One third of the AAA incentive units granted under the AAA Plan that were held by Mr. Suydam on December 31, 2007 vest on each of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009. Those incentive units that vested on December 31, 2007 were delivered to Mr. Suydam in the form of restricted depositary units on March 13, 2008. Mr. Giarraputo’s AAA incentive units were granted on March 15, 2007, with approximately 20% vested on the grant date and the balance vesting in 19 equal monthly installments thereafter . Those incentive units that vested in 2007 were delivered to Mr. Giarraputo in the form of restricted depositary units as they vested in 2007. Please see the discussion entitled “—Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan” below for more information on the design and incentives intended to be created by the AAA Plan grants.
(5) Represents the amount accounted for as a compensation expense in accordance with FAS 123(R).

Please see the discussion in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above for more information on the design and incentives intended to be created by the grants made under the Apollo Global Management 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and the Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan, as indicated. The Apollo Operating Group units are discussed in this prospectus in the section entitled “Our Structure.”

 

210


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information regarding the outstanding unvested equity awards made to each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.

 

    

Source of Award

   Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of
Unearned Shares, Units or
Other Rights That Have
Not Vested

(#)
   Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Market or Payout
Value of Unearned Shares,
Units or Other Rights That
Have Not Vested

($)

Leon D. Black

   Apollo Operating Group Units      

Kenneth A. Vecchione

   Apollo Global Management 2007 Omnibus Equity Plan      

Barry J. Giarraputo

   Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan      

Joshua J. Harris

   Apollo Operating Group Units      

Marc J. Rowan

   Apollo Operating Group Units      

John J. Suydam

   Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan      

 

(1) Amounts calculated by multiplying the number of unvested Apollo Operating Group units held by the named executive officer by the closing market price of $         per Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC on December 31, 2007.
(2) Amount calculated by multiplying the number of unvested RSUs held by Mr. Vecchione by the closing market price of $         per Class A share of Apollo Global Management, LLC on December 31, 2007. Mr. Vecchione’s RSUs vest as follows: Approximately 20% vest on December 31, 2008, with the remainder vesting in 20 equal annual installments concluding on December 31, 2013.
(3) Amounts calculated by multiplying the number of unvested AAA incentive units held by the named executive officer by the closing market price of $         per common unit of AAA on December 31, 2007. One third of the AAA incentive units granted under the AAA Plan that were held by Mr. Suydam on December 31, 2007 vest on each of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009. Those AAA incentive units that vested on December 31, 2007 were delivered to Mr. Suydam in the form of RDUs on March 13, 2008. Mr. Giarraputo’s AAA incentive units were granted on March 15, 2007, with approximately 20% vested on the grant date and the balance vesting in 19 equal monthly installments thereafter . Those incentive units that vested in 2007 were delivered to Mr. Giarraputo in the form of RDUs as they vested in 2007. Please see “—Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan” below for more information on the design and incentives intended to be created by the AAA Plan grants.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table presents information regarding the number of outstanding initially unvested equity awards made to our named executive officers that vested during 2007. No options have been granted to our named executive officers. This table depicts three types of equity-based awards:

 

   

Apollo Operating Group units received by Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan in exchange for the contribution to Holdings of their interests in the entities comprising our business as part of the reorganization we effected in connection with the Reorganization, which units vest on a monthly basis over six years (in the case of Mr. Black) or five years (in the case of Messrs. Harris and Rowan);

 

   

Restricted depositary units of AAA, which were fully vested at grant; and

 

   

Incentive units that provide the right to receive restricted depositary units of AAA, which incentive units, in the case of Mr. Suydam, vest in equal annual installments on December 31 of 2007, 2008 and 2009, and in the case of Mr. Giarraputo, were vested with respect to approximately 20% of the units upon grant and vest in 19 equal monthly installments thereafter until they are fully vested on October 15, 2008.

 

211


Table of Contents
    

Stock Awards

Name

  

Type of Equity

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting

(#)
   Value Realized on Vesting
($)

Leon D. Black

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

     
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

     

Kenneth A. Vecchione

  

N/A

     

Barry J. Giarraputo

  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

     

Joshua J. Harris

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

     
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

     

Marc J. Rowan

  

Apollo Operating Group Units

     
  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

     

John J. Suydam

  

AAA Restricted Depositary Units

     

 

(1) Amounts calculated by multiplying the number of vested Apollo Operating Group units beneficially held by the named executive officer as of each month-end vesting date by the closing market price per Class A Share on the vesting date.
(2) Amounts calculated by multiplying the number of restricted depositary units held by the named executive officer that vested and were awarded on March 15, 2007 by the closing market price of $         per common unit of AAA on March 15, 2007.
(3) Amounts calculated by multiplying the number of restricted depositary units covered by AAA incentive units and held by the named executive officer that vested on each vesting date by the closing market price per common unit of AAA on the vesting date. The restricted depositary units underlying such awards were delivered to the named executive officers on March 13, 2008.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Our managing partners’ employment agreements do not provide for severance or other payments or benefits in connection with a termination or a change in control.

Mr. Vecchione’s employment agreement provides for 12 months of base salary if he is terminated by the company without cause or he resigns for good reason. Had his employment terminated on December 31, 2007 without cause (and other than due to his death or disability) or for good reason, he would have also been entitled to a bonus equal to 100% of base salary. The payment of these severance benefits is contingent upon the effective execution of a general release of claims in our favor. The payment of base salary is over a period of 12 months from the date of termination and the payment of annual bonus is payable in a lump sum. Mr. Vecchione’s employment agreement subjects him to a confidentiality covenant and a non-disparagement covenant during and after his employment. In addition, he is bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during his employment and for two years thereafter.

Mr. Suydam’s Plan Grant of RSUs pursuant to our 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan provides that the vesting of his award partially accelerates in the event of his death, disability, termination without cause or resignation for good reason. Upon such a termination, 50% of those RSUs that remain subject to the award will vest as of his termination date. Similarly, Mr. Giarraputo’s Plan Grant provides for partial accelerated vesting upon Mr. Giarraputo’s termination due to his death or disability and upon his termination by us without cause. In the event of his death or disability, Mr. Giarraputo will vest in those RSUs in which he would have vested during the year following his termination date. If he is terminated without cause, he will vest in the greater of (i) those RSUs that he would have vested in during the year following his termination or (ii) those RSUs that will vest through December 31, 2009. Mr. Vecchione’s Plan Grant provides that upon Mr. Vecchione’s termination due to his death or disability, by us without cause or by his resignation for good reason, he will vest in the lesser of (i) 50% of those RSUs that remain subject to the award and (ii) those RSUs that would have vested during the 24 months following the date of termination. The administrator of the 2007 Omnibus Equity Plan also may

 

212


Table of Contents

accelerate the vesting of any Plan Grants. The Plan Grant agreements with Mr. Suydam, Mr. Giarraputo and Mr. Vecchione contain covenants not to disclose or use our confidential information and not to disparage us following termination. In addition, each of their Plan Grant agreements provides that during a “protected period” he may not compete with us or solicit our employees. For Mr. Suydam, the protected period is until one year after his termination of service if Mr. Suydam is still providing services as a partner on November 28, 2012; if he is no longer providing services as a partner on that date, his protected period will last until the earlier to occur of two years after his termination or November 28, 2013. For Mr. Giarraputo, the protected period is six months after his resignation (three months if his resignation is within 90 days of the completion of our Form 10K for 2008) or, in the case of his termination for any other reason, three months. For Mr. Vecchione, the protected period is two years after his resignation and one year following his termination for any other reason.

Our determination of appropriate severance for Messrs. Vecchione, Giarraputo and Suydam was based on our managing partners’ subjective assessment of what would be fair and reasonable in the circumstances in light of each named executive officer’s responsibilities, historic compensation, prior job experience, role within the larger organization, and duration of their post-employment noncompetition period. The severance levels were fixed at the time the agreements were negotiated and signed and are not intended to be a measure of corporate performance at the time of employment termination.

The following table lists the estimated amounts payable to each of our named executive officers in connection with a termination. When listing the potential payments to named executive officers under the plans and agreements described above, we have assumed that the applicable triggering event occurred on December 31, 2007 and that the price per share of our common stock was $            , which is equal to the closing price on such date. For purposes of this table, RSU acceleration values are based on the $             closing price.

 

Name

   Estimated Total
Value of Cash
Payments (Base
Salary and
Annual Bonus
Amounts)

($)
   Estimated
Total Value of
Equity
Acceleration (1)

($)
Leon D. Black      
Kenneth A. Vecchione      
Barry J. Giarraputo      
Joshua J. Harris      
Marc J. Rowan      
John J. Suydam      

 

(1) Please see our Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table for information regarding the unvested equity holdings of each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.
(2) This amount represents the additional equity vesting the named executive officer would have received had his employment been terminated by the company without cause, by reason of his death or disability, or by him for good reason.
(3) This amount represents the additional equity vesting Mr. Giarraputo would have received had his employment terminated by reason of death or disability.
(4) This amount represents the additional equity vesting Mr. Giarraputo would have received had his employment been terminated by the company without cause.

Director Compensation

We currently do not have any non-employee directors. None of our directors receives compensation for his service on our Board. Our directors are the managing partners and their compensation is set forth above on the Summary Compensation Table.

 

213


Table of Contents

2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

A new equity incentive plan for our employees, the Apollo Global Management, LLC 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or the “Equity Plan,” was adopted on October 23, 2007. The purposes of the Equity Plan are to provide additional incentive to selected employees and directors of, and consultants to, us or our subsidiaries or affiliates, to strengthen their commitment, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and to attract and retain competent and dedicated individuals who are essential to the success of our businesses and whose efforts will result in our long-term growth and profitability. To accomplish such purposes, the Equity Plan permits us to make grants of share options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, RSUs, deferred shares, performance shares, distribution equivalent rights, unrestricted shares and other share-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

As of March 31, 2008 we granted our employees, subject to vesting, RSUs covering 26,880,654 Class A shares (net of forfeitures). While we may issue restricted shares and other share-based awards in the future to professionals and other employees as a recruiting and retention tool, we have not established specific parameters regarding future grants. Our Board of Directors will determine the specific criteria surrounding other equity issuances under the Equity Plan. A total of 52,950,000 Class A shares was initially reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. Beginning in 2008, the Class A shares reserved under the Equity Plan are increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the Equity Plan’s term by the lesser of (i) the excess of (a) 15% of the number of outstanding Class A shares and Apollo Operating Group units exchangeable for Class A shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year over (b) the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the Equity Plan as of such date or (ii) such lesser amount by which the administrator may decide to increase the number of Class A shares. After such increase and grants of RSUs made on March 31, 2008, 51,826,277 shares remained available for new grants under the Equity Plan. The number of shares reserved under the Equity Plan is also subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend, or other change in our capitalization. Generally, employee shares that are forfeited or canceled from awards under the Equity Plan will be available for future awards.

Administration

The Equity Plan is currently administered by our manager, although it may be administered by either our manager or any committee appointed by our manager (the manager or committee being sometimes referred to as the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may interpret the Equity Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Equity Plan. The Equity Plan permits the plan administrator to select the directors, employees and consultants who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including but not limited to the exercise price, the number of shares subject to awards, the term of the awards, the performance goals and the vesting schedule applicable to awards, to determine the restrictions applicable to awards of restricted shares or deferred shares and the conditions under which such restrictions will lapse, and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards (except that certain amendments require the approval of the company’s shareholders). All partners, employees, directors or consultants of Apollo Global Management, LLC or its subsidiaries or affiliates are eligible to participate in our share incentive plan.

Options

We may issue share options under the Equity Plan. No such options have been granted to date. The option exercise price of any share options granted under the Equity Plan will be determined by the plan administrator. The term of any share options granted under the Equity Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. Each share option will be exercisable at such time and pursuant to such terms and conditions as are determined by the plan administrator in the applicable share option agreement. Unless the applicable share option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service for any reason other than cause, retirement, disability or death, such optionee’s share options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until 90 days after such

 

214


Table of Contents

termination, and then expire. Unless the applicable share option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service due to retirement, disability or death, such optionee’s share options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until one year after such termination and will then expire. Share options that were not exercisable on the date of termination will expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. In the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service for cause, such optionee’s outstanding share options will expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

Restricted Shares and Other Awards

Restricted shares, deferred shares or performance shares and other share-based awards may be granted under the Equity Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price and performance objectives, if any, with respect to the grant of restricted shares, deferred shares and performance shares. Participants with restricted shares and performance shares that have vested generally have all of the rights of a shareholder; participants generally will not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to deferred shares. Subject to the provisions of the Equity Plan and applicable award agreement, the plan administrator has sole discretion to provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions (in whole or in part) under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain performance goals, a participant’s termination of employment or service or a participant’s death or disability.

Share Appreciation Rights

Share appreciation rights may also be granted under the Equity Plan. These rights may be granted either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any options granted under the Equity Plan, so long as the shares underlying the share appreciation rights are traded on an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares to be awarded, the price per share and all other conditions of share appreciation rights. The provisions of share appreciation rights need not be the same with respect to each participant. The prospective recipients of share appreciation rights will not have any rights with respect to such awards unless and until such recipient has executed an award agreement. The plan administrator has sole discretion to determine the times at which share appreciation rights are exercisable, and the term of such rights.

Share-Based Awards

Other share-based awards under the Equity Plan include awards that may be denominated in or payable in, or valued in whole or in part by reference to, our Class A shares, including but not limited to RSUs, distribution equivalents, Long Term Incentive Plan, or “LTIP,” units or performance units, each of which may be subject to the attainment of performance goals, a period of continued employment, or other terms or conditions as permitted under the Equity Plan. LTIP units may be issued pursuant to a separate series of Apollo Operating Group units. LTIP units, which can be granted as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under the Equity Plan, will be valued by reference to the value of our Class A shares, and will be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the plan administrator may determine, including continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. If applicable conditions and/or restrictions are not attained, participants would forfeit their LTIP units. LTIP unit awards, whether vested or unvested, may entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalent payments with respect to the number of shares of our Class A shares corresponding to the LTIP award or other distributions from the Apollo Operating Group and the plan administrator may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Class A shares or LTIP units. The Equity Plan provides that on terms and conditions determined by the plan administrator, including the conversion ratio, the LTIP units granted under those plans in the limited partnership units of the operating and investing entities may be converted into our Class A shares in the same manner as applicable to the managing partners.

 

215


Table of Contents

Profits Interests

LTIP units may be structured as “profits interests” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect the grant, vesting or conversion of any profits interests would produce a tax deduction for us. Profits interests initially would not have full parity, on a per unit basis, with the Apollo Operating Group units with respect to liquidating distributions. Upon the occurrence of specified events, profits interests could over time achieve full parity with the units and therefore accrete to an economic value for the participant equivalent of such units. Ordinarily, we anticipate that each profits interest awarded will be equivalent to an award of one Class A share reserved under the Equity Plan, thereby reducing the number of shares available for other equity awards on a one-for-one basis. However, the plan administrator has the authority under the Equity Plan to determine the number of shares underlying an award of LTIP units in light of all applicable circumstances, including performance-based vesting conditions, operating partnership “capital account allocations,” to the extent set forth in the partnership agreements for Apollo Operating Group, the Code or Treasury Regulations, value accretion factors and conversion ratios.

Amendment and Termination

The Equity Plan provides that the manager may amend, alter or terminate the Equity Plan, but no such action may impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may impair the rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Unless the manager determines otherwise, shareholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law. The Equity Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Equity Plan.

Registration

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under the Equity Plan following the shelf effectiveness date.

Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan

Our Apollo Management Companies AAA Unit Plan (the “AAA Plan”), which is administered by management companies that employ our investment professionals, provides for the award, to certain of our investment professionals and officers, of incentive units that provide the right to receive RDUs of AAA. AAA is a fund that we manage that is publicly traded on the Euronext Amsterdam and is consolidated in the enclosed financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008. The AAA Plan Awards are intended to align the interests of their recipients with those of our investors and to bolster retention of our management team because they are generally subject to a vesting schedule.

The AAA Plan provides for the grant of AAA incentive units, each of which is a unit of measurement deemed for bookkeeping purposes to be equivalent to one AAA RDU. Each RDU represents one common unit of AAA. AAA incentive units are used solely as a device for determining the payment to be made if such units vest pursuant to the AAA Plan and the agreement evidencing the award. Unless otherwise provided in an AAA Plan award agreement, AAA Plan awards typically vest in three equal annual installments beginning on December 31 of the year that they are granted. The RDUs granted under the AAA Plan are currently held by one of our indirect subsidiaries, AAA Holdings, L.P. AAA incentive units may be granted under the AAA Plan by certain management companies affiliated with Apollo Management, L.P. With respect to any award, the AAA Plan is administered by the applicable management company that granted the award. The management companies have broad authority to administer and interpret the AAA Plan with respect to awards they grant, including the power to: (1) determine who will receive awards under the AAA Plan, (2) determine the form and substance of grants and the conditions and restrictions (if any) subject to which such grants are made, (3) determine appropriate adjustments in connection with a reorganization, change in control or certain other events, and (4) accelerate the vesting of awards.

 

216


Table of Contents

A participant generally has no rights as a security holder of AAA, no distribution rights (except as described below) and no voting rights with respect to AAA incentive units and any RDUs underlying or issuable in respect of such units until such RDUs are actually issued to and held of record by the participant. However, if any distribution is made in respect of RDUs that the applicable management company determines to be a distribution other than a tax distribution, the applicable management company will credit a participant’s Plan account with an amount equal to the per-RDU non-tax distribution, multiplied by the total number of outstanding and unpaid AAA incentive units held by the participant as of the date of distribution. Non-tax distributions credited to a participant’s account are subject to the same vesting, payment and other applicable terms, conditions and restrictions as the AAA incentive units to which the non-tax distribution relates. Any vested AAA incentive units that have not already been paid to a participant as of June 7, 2009 shall be paid on or about that date as an equivalent number of RDUs, along with a cash payment of any corresponding non-tax distributions credited to the participant with respect to the vested AAA incentive units. The lock-up period applicable to grants made under the AAA Plan will expire on June 7, 2009. Unless otherwise provided in a separate agreement between a participant and a management company, a participant’s unvested AAA incentive units will automatically terminate without payment upon the participant’s termination of employment or service with the management company. Prior to the time they become vested under the AAA Plan, neither the AAA incentive units nor any interest therein may be sold, assigned or otherwise transferred, except for transfers to the management company that granted the award. The RDUs issuable upon vesting of AAA incentive units are also subject to substantial restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws and listing requirements, the AAA limited partnership agreement and a lock-up agreement to which participants are required to become a party as a condition to receiving an award under the AAA Plan.

Indemnification

Under our operating agreement, in most circumstances we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts: our manager; any departing manager; any person who is or was an affiliate of our manager or any departing manager; any person who is or was a member, partner, tax matters partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of us or our subsidiaries, our manager or any departing manager or any affiliate of us or our subsidiaries, our manager or any departing manager; any person who is or was serving at the request of our manager or any departing manager or any affiliate of our manager or any departing manager as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person; or any person designated by our manager. We have agreed to provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We have also agreed to provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings. Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our operating agreement.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers which set forth the obligations described above.

 

217


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreement Among Managing Partners

Our managing partners have entered into the Agreement Among Managing Partners, which provides that each managing partner’s Pecuniary Interest (as defined below) in the Apollo Operating Group units that he holds indirectly through Holdings shall be subject to vesting. The managing partners own Holdings in accordance with their respective sharing percentages, or “Sharing Percentages,” as set forth in the Agreement Among Managing Partners. For the purposes of the Agreement Among Managing Partners, “Pecuniary Interest” means, with respect to each managing partner, the number of Apollo Operating Group units that would be distributable to such managing partner assuming that Holdings were liquidated and its assets distributed in accordance with its governing agreements.

Pursuant to the Agreement Among Managing Partners, each of Messrs. Harris and Rowan will vest in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units in 60 equal monthly installments, and Mr. Black will vest in his interest in the Apollo Operating Group units in 72 equal monthly installments. Although the Agreement Among Managing Partners was entered into on July 13, 2007, for purposes of its vesting provisions, our managing partners are credited for their employment with us since January 1, 2007. Upon a termination for cause, 50% of such managing partner’s unvested Pecuniary Interest in Apollo Operating Group units shall vest. Upon a termination as a result of death or disability (as defined in the Agreement Among Managing Partners) of Messrs. Rowan or Harris, vesting will be calculated using a 60-month vesting schedule and 50% of such managing partner’s unvested interest shall also vest. Upon a termination as a result of death or disability of Mr. Black, 100% of his interest shall vest. Upon a termination as a result of resignation or retirement, a fraction of such managing partner’s unvested interest shall vest, the numerator of which is the number of months that have elapsed since January 1, 2007 and the denominator of which is 60 (in the case of Messrs. Harris and Rowan) or 72 (in the case of Mr. Black). We may not terminate a managing partner except for cause or by reason of disability.

Upon a managing partner’s resignation or termination for any reason, the Pecuniary Interest held by such managing partner that has not vested shall be forfeited as of the applicable Forfeiture Date (as defined below) and the remaining Pecuniary Interest held by such managing partner shall no longer be subject to vesting. None of such interests, or the “Forfeited Interests,” shall return to or benefit us or the Apollo Operating Group. Forfeited Interests will be allocated within Holdings for the benefit of the managing partners, or the “continuing managing partners,” who continue to be employed as of the applicable Forfeiture Date, pro rata based upon their relative Sharing Percentages.

For the purposes of the Agreement Among Managing Partners, “Forfeiture Date” means, as to the Forfeited Interests to be forfeited within Holdings for the benefit of the continuing managing partners, the date which is the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the applicable date of termination of employment and (ii) the date on or after such termination date that is six months after the date of the latest publicly reported disposition (or deemed disposition subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act) of equity securities of Apollo by any of the continuing managing partners.

The transfer by a managing partner of any portion of his Pecuniary Interest to a permitted transferee will in no way affect any of his obligations under the Agreement Among Managing Partners (nor will such transfer in any way affect the vesting of such Pecuniary Interest in Apollo Operating Group units ); provided, that all permitted transferees are required to sign a joinder to the Agreement Among Managing Partners in order to bind such permitted transferee to the forfeiture provisions in the Agreement Among Managing Partners.

The managing partners’ respective Pecuniary Interests in certain funds, or the “Heritage Funds,” within the Apollo Operating Group are not held in accordance with the managing partners’ respective Sharing Percentages. Instead, each managing partner’s Pecuniary Interest in such Heritage Funds are held in accordance with the

 

218


Table of Contents

historic ownership arrangements among the managing partners, and the managing partners continue to share the operating income in such Heritage Funds in accordance with their historic ownership arrangement with respect to such Heritage Funds.

The Agreement Among Managing Partners may be amended and the terms and conditions of the Agreement Among Managing Partners may be changed or modified upon the unanimous approval of the managing partners. We, our shareholders (other than the Strategic Investors, as set forth under “—Lenders Rights Agreement—Amendments to Managing Partner Transfer Restrictions”) and the Apollo Operating Group have no ability to enforce any provision thereof or to prevent the managing partners from amending the Agreement Among Managing Partners or waiving any forfeiture obligation.

Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement

We have entered into the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement with our managing partners. The Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement provides the managing partners with certain rights with respect to the approval of certain matters and the designation of nominees to serve on our board of directors, as well as registration rights for our securities that they own.

Board Representation

The Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement requires our board of directors, so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, to nominate individuals designated by our manager such that our manager will have a majority of the designees on our board.

Transfer Restrictions

No managing partner may, nor shall any of such managing partner’s permitted transferee, directly or indirectly, voluntarily effect cumulative transfers of Equity Interests, representing more: (i) 0.0% of his Equity Interests at any time prior to the second anniversary of the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part became effective (the “shelf effectiveness date”), (ii) 7.5% of his Equity Interests at any time on or after the second anniversary and prior to the third anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date; (iii) 15% of his Equity Interests at any time on or after the third anniversary and prior to the fourth anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date; (iv) 22.5% of his Equity Interests at any time on or after the fourth anniversary and prior to the fifth anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date; (v) 30% of his Equity Interests at any time on or after the fifth anniversary and prior to the sixth anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date; and (vi) 100% of his Equity Interests at any time on or after the sixth anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date, other than, in each case, with respect to transfers (a) from one founder to another founder, (b) to a permitted transferee of such managing partner, or (c) in connection with a sale by one or more of our managing partners in one or a related series of transactions resulting in the managing partners owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, less than 50.1% of the economic or voting interests in us or the Apollo Operating Group, or any other person exercising control over us or the Apollo Operating Group by contract, which would include a transfer of control of our manager.

The percentages referenced in the preceding paragraph will apply to the aggregate amount of Equity Interests held by each managing partner (and his permitted transferees) as of July 13, 2007 and adjusted for any additional Equity Interests received by such managing partner upon the forfeiture of Equity Interests by another managing partner. Any Equity Interests received by a managing partner pursuant to the forfeiture provisions of the Agreement Among Managing Partners (described below) will remain subject to the foregoing restrictions in the receiving managing partner’s hands; provided, that each managing partner shall be permitted to sell without regard to the foregoing restrictions such number of forfeitable interests received by him as are required to pay taxes payable as a result of the receipt of such interests, calculated based on the maximum combined U.S. Federal, New York State and New York City tax rate applicable to individuals; and, provided further, that each managing partner who is not required to pay taxes in the applicable fiscal quarter in which he receives Equity

 

219


Table of Contents

Interests as a result of being in the U.S. Federal income tax “safe harbor” will not effect any such sales prior to the six-month anniversary of the applicable termination date which gave rise to the receipt of such Equity Interests. After six years, each managing partner and his permitted transferees may transfer all of the Equity Interests of such managing partner to any person or entity in accordance with Rule 144, in a registered public offering or in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of Securities Act. The above transfer restrictions will lapse with respect to a managing partner if such managing partner dies or becomes disabled.

A “permitted transferee” means, with respect to each managing partner and his permitted transferees, (i) such managing partner’s spouse, (ii) a lineal descendant of such managing partner’s parents (or any such descendant’s spouse), (iii) a charitable institution controlled by such managing partner, (iv) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such managing partner and persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) above, (v) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such managing partner and persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, (vi) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, (vii) a legal or personal representative of such managing partner in the event of his death or disability, (viii) any other managing partner with respect to transactions contemplated by the Managing Partner Shareholder Agreement, and (ix) any other managing partner who is then employed by Apollo or any of its affiliates or any permitted transferee of such managing partner in respect of any transaction not contemplated by the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement, in each case that agrees in writing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

Any waiver of the above transfer restrictions may only occur with our consent. As our managing partners control the management of our company, however, they have discretion to cause us to grant one or more such waivers. Accordingly, the above transfer restrictions might not be effective in preventing our managing partners from selling or transferring their Equity Interests.

Clawback Guaranty Indemnity

Incentive income from certain of the private equity and capital markets funds may be distributed to us on a current basis, generally subject to the obligation of the subsidiary of the Apollo Operating Group that acts as general partner of the fund to repay the amounts so distributed in the event that certain specified return thresholds are not ultimately achieved. The managing partners and contributing partners have personally guaranteed, subject to certain limitations, the obligation of these subsidiaries in respect of this clawback obligation. The guarantees are limited (i) by the extent of the aggregate amount of all carried interest distributions received by the particular contributing partner or managing partner and (ii) by the fact that they are several, not joint, guarantees limited to the contributing partner’s or managing partner’s percentage interest in the distributions. The Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement contains our agreement to indemnify each of our managing partners and contributing partners against all amounts that they pay pursuant to any of these personal guaranties in favor of our funds (including costs and expenses related to investigating the basis for or objecting to any claims made in respect of the guaranties) for all interests that our managing partners and contributing partners have contributed or sold to the Apollo Operating Group.

Accordingly, in the event that one of the subsidiaries of the Apollo Operating Group is obligated to repay amounts pursuant to a clawback obligation with respect to amounts that have been paid to our managing partners, contributing partners or other professionals, we will bear the cost of such clawback obligation even though we did not receive the prior distributions to which the clawback obligation relates. Similarly, in the future, we do not expect to require our professionals who receive incentive income from our funds that have clawback obligations to repay any such amounts to the extent that the clawback obligation becomes applicable.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement, we have granted Holdings, an entity through which our managing partners and contributing partners own their Apollo Operating Group units, and its permitted transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to

 

220


Table of Contents

register under the Securities Act our shares held or acquired by them. Under the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement, the registration rights holders (i) will have “demand” registration rights, exercisable two years after the shelf effectiveness date, but unlimited in number thereafter, which require us to register under the Securities Act the shares that they hold or acquire, (ii) may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares they hold or acquire into the market from time to time over an extended period and (iii) have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. We have agreed to indemnify each registration rights holders and certain related parties against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell our shares, unless such liability arose from such holder’s misstatement or omission, and each registration rights holder has agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by his misstatements or omissions.

Fee Waiver Program

Subject to the executive committee’s approval, each managing partner and each other professional designated by the executive committee may elect to waive a portion of the management fees that he would otherwise be entitled to receive directly or indirectly on a periodic basis from AMH in exchange for a profits interest in the applicable Apollo fund, which is deemed to satisfy a portion of his capital commitment in the amount of such waived amount.

Roll-Up Agreements

Pursuant to the Roll-Up Agreements, the contributing partners received interests in Holdings, which we refer to as “Holdings Units,” in exchange for their contribution of assets to the Apollo Operating Group. The Holdings Units received by our contributing partners and any units into which they are exchanged will generally vest over six years in equal monthly installments with additional vesting (i) on death, disability, a termination without cause or a resignation by the partner for good reason, (ii) with consent of BRH, which is controlled by our managing partners, and (iii) in connection with certain other transactions involving sales of interests in us and with transfers by our managing partners in connection with their registration rights to the extent that our contributing partners do not have sufficient vested securities to otherwise allow them to participate pro rata. Holdings Units are subject to a lock-up until two years after the shelf effectiveness date. Thereafter, 7.5% of the Holding Units will become tradable on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the shelf effectiveness date, with the remaining Holding Units becoming tradable on the sixth anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date or upon subsequent vesting. A Holdings Unit that is forfeited will revert to the managing partners. Our contributing partners have the ability to direct Holdings to exercise Holdings’ registration rights described above under “Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement—Registration Rights.”

Our contributing partners are subject to a noncompetition provision for the applicable period of time as follows: (i) if the contributing partner is still providing services as a partner to us on the fifth anniversary of the date of his Roll-Up Agreement, the first anniversary of the date of termination of his service as a partner to us, or (ii) if the contributing partner is terminated for any reason such that he is no longer providing services to us prior to the fifth anniversary of the date of his Roll-Up Agreement, the earlier to occur of (A) the second anniversary of such date of termination and (B) the sixth anniversary of the date of his Roll-Up Agreement. During that period, our contributing partners will be prohibited from (i) engaging in any business activity that we operate in, (ii) rendering any services to any alternative asset management business (other than that of us or our affiliates) that involves primarily ( i.e. , more than 50%) third party capital or (iii) acquiring a financial interest in, or becoming actively involved with, any competitive business (other than as a passive holding of a specified percentage of publicly traded companies). In addition, our contributing partners will be subject to nonsolicitation, nonhire and noninterference covenants during employment and for two years thereafter. Our contributing partners will also be bound to a nondisparagement covenant with respect to us and our contributing partners and to confidentiality restrictions. Any resignation by any of our contributing partners shall require ninety days’ notice. Any restricted period applicable to a contributing partner will commence after the ninety day notice of termination period.

 

221


Table of Contents

Exchange Agreement

We have entered into an exchange agreement with Holdings under which, subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements) upon 60 days’ notice prior to a designated quarterly date, each managing partner and contributing partner (or certain transferees thereof) has the right to cause Holdings to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through Holdings for our Class A shares and to sell such Class A shares at the prevailing market price (or at a lower price that such managing partner or contributing partner is willing to accept) and distribute the net proceeds of such sale to such managing partner or contributing partner. Under the exchange agreement, to effect an exchange, a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, must simultaneously exchange one Apollo Operating Group unit (being an equal limited partner interest in each Apollo Operating Group entity) for each Class A share he receives. As a managing partner or contributing partner exchanges his Apollo Operating Group units, our interest in the Apollo Operating Group units will be correspondingly increased and the voting power of the Class B share will be correspondingly decreased.

We may, from time to time, at the discretion of our manager, provide the opportunity for Holdings and any other holders of Apollo Operating Group units at such time to sell Apollo Operating Group units to us, provided that the aggregate amount of designated quarterly dates for exchanges and such opportunities for the sale of such units may not exceed four. We will use an independent, third party valuation expert for purposes of determining the purchase price of any such purchases of Apollo Operating Group units.

Tax Receivable Agreement

With respect to any exchange by a managing partner or contributing partner of Apollo Operating Group units (together with the corresponding interest in our Class B share) that he owns through Holdings for our Class A shares in a taxable transaction, three of the Apollo Operating Group entities controlled by APO Corp. intend to make an election under Section 754 of the Code, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of a portion of the assets owned by the Apollo Operating Group at the time of the exchange. The taxable exchanges may result in increases in the tax depreciation and amortization deductions from depreciable and amortizable assets, as well as an increase in the tax basis of other assets, of the Apollo Operating Group that otherwise would not have been available. A portion of these increases in tax depreciation and amortization deductions, as well as the increase in the tax basis of such other assets, will reduce the amount of tax that APO Corp. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Additionally, our acquisition of Apollo Operating Group units from the managing partners or contributing partners, such as our acquisition of Apollo Operating Group units from the managing partners in the Strategic Investors Transaction, may result in increases in tax deductions and tax basis that reduces the amount of tax that APO Corp. would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

APO Corp. has entered into a tax receivable agreement with our managing partners and contributing partners that provides for the payment by APO Corp. to an exchanging or selling managing partner or contributing partner of 85% of the amount of actual cash savings, if any, in U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income tax that APO Corp. realizes (or is deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by APO Corp. or a change of control, as discussed below) as a result of these increases in tax deductions and tax basis, and certain other tax benefits, including imputed interest expense, related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. APO Corp. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of actual cash savings, if any, in income tax that it realizes. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that APO Corp. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of the applicable Apollo Operating Group entity as a result of the transaction and had APO Corp. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The tax savings achieved may not ensure that we have sufficient cash available to pay our tax liability or generate additional distributions to our investors. Also, we need to incur additional debt to repay the Tax Receivable Agreement if our cash flows are not met. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless APO Corp. exercises the right to terminate the tax

 

222


Table of Contents

receivable agreement by paying an amount based on the present value of payments remaining to be made under the agreement with respect to units that have been exchanged or sold and units which have not yet been exchanged or sold. Such present value will be determined based on certain assumptions, including that APO Corp. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions that would have arisen from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. No payments will be made if a managing partner or contributing partner elects to exchange his or her Apollo Operating Group units in a tax-free transaction. In the event that other of our current or future subsidiaries become taxable as corporations and acquire Apollo Operating Group units in the future, or if we become taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, each will become subject to a tax receivable agreement with substantially similar terms.

The IRS could challenge our claim to any increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by the Apollo Operating Group that results from the exchanges entered into by the managing partners or contributing partners. The IRS could also challenge any additional tax depreciation and amortization deductions or other tax benefits we claim as a result of such increase in the tax basis of such assets. If the IRS were to successfully challenge a tax basis increase or tax benefits we previously claimed from a tax basis increase, our managing partners and contributing partners would not be obligated under the tax receivable agreement to reimburse APO Corp. for any payments previously made to it (although future payments would be adjusted to reflect the result of such challenge). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made to our managing partners and contributing partners under the tax receivable agreement in excess of 85% of APO Corp.’s actual cash tax savings. In general, estimating the amount of payments that may be made to our managing partners and contributing partners under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature, imprecise, in the absence of an actual transaction, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis and the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of the transactions—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of the Apollo Operating Group entities at the time of the transaction;

 

   

the price of our Class A shares at the time of the transaction—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as tax basis increase in other assets, of the Apollo Operating Group entities, is directly proportional to the price of the Class A shares at the time of the transaction;

 

   

the taxability of exchanges—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—APO Corp. will be required to pay 85% of the tax savings as and when realized, if any. If APO Corp. does not have taxable income, it is not required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no tax savings were actually realized.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that, upon a merger, asset sale or other form of business combination or certain other changes of control, APO Corp.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such change of control) would be based on certain assumptions, including that APO Corp. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As noted above, no payments will be made if a managing partner or contributing partner elects to exchange his or her Apollo Operating Group units in a tax-free transaction.

Strategic Investors Transaction

On July 13, 2007, we sold securities to the Strategic Investors in return for a total investment of $1.2 billion. Through our intermediate holding companies, we used all of the proceeds from the issuance of such securities to the Strategic Investors to purchase from our managing partners 17.4% of their Apollo Operating Group units for

 

223


Table of Contents

an aggregate purchase price of $1,068 million, and to purchase from our contributing partners a portion of their points for an aggregate purchase price of $156 million. The Strategic Investors hold non-voting Class A shares, representing 61.6% of our issued and outstanding Class A shares and 17.8% of the economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group. Based on our agreement with the Strategic Investors, we will distribute to the Strategic Investors the greater of 7% on the convertible notes issued or a pro rata portion of our net income for our fiscal year 2007, based on (i) their proportionate interests in Apollo Operating Group units during the period after the Strategic Investors Transaction and prior to the date of the Offering Transactions, and (ii) the number of days elapsed during such period. For this purpose, income attributable to carried interest on private equity funds related to either carry-generating transactions that closed prior to the date of the Offering Transactions or carry-generating transactions in respect of which a definitive agreement was executed, but that did not close, prior to the date of the Offering Transactions shall be treated as having been earned prior to the date of the Offering Transactions. On August 8, 2007, we paid approximately $6 million in interest expense on the convertible notes and as a result of our net loss we have no further obligations for 2007 to pay the Strategic Investors.

Although they have no obligation to invest further in our funds, in connection with our sale of securities to the Strategic Investors, we granted to each of them the option, exercisable until July 13, 2010, to invest or commit to invest up to 10% of the aggregate dollar amount invested or committed by investors in the initial closing of any privately placed fund that we offer to third party investors, subject to limited exceptions.

As all of their holdings in us are non-voting; neither of the Strategic Investors has any means for exerting control over our company.

Lenders Rights Agreement

In connection with the Strategic Investors Transaction, we entered into a shareholders agreement, or the “Lenders Rights Agreement,” with the Strategic Investors.

Transfer Restrictions

Except in connection with the drag-along covenants provided for in the Lenders Rights Agreement, prior to the second anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date, each Strategic Investor may not transfer its rights, other than to an “Investor Permitted Transferee,” as defined below, without the prior written consent of our managing partners.

Following the shelf effectiveness date, each Strategic Investor may transfer its non-voting Class A shares up to the percentages set forth below during the relevant periods identified:

 

Period

   Maximum
Cumulative
Amount
 

Shelf Effectiveness Date—2nd anniversary of the Shelf Effectiveness Date

   0 %

2nd—3rd anniversary of Shelf Effectiveness Date

   25 %

3rd—4th anniversary of Shelf Effectiveness Date

   50 %

4th—5th anniversary of Shelf Effectiveness Date

   75 %

6th anniversary of Shelf Effectiveness Date (and thereafter)

   100 %

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at no time following the shelf effectiveness date may a Strategic Investor make a transfer representing 2% or more of our total Class A Share to any one person or group of related persons.

An “Investor Permitted Transferee” shall include any entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with a Strategic Investor, or certain of its affiliates so long as such entity continues to be an affiliate of the Strategic Investor at all times following such transfer.

 

224


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Lenders Rights Agreement, following the second anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date, each Strategic Investor shall be afforded four demand registrations with respect to non-voting Class A shares, covering offerings of at least 2.5% of our total equity ownership and customary piggyback registration rights. All cut-backs between the Strategic Investors, the CS Investor and Holdings (or its members) in any such demand registration shall be pro rata based upon the number of shares available for sale at such time (regardless of which party exercises a demand).

Amendments to Managing Partner Transfer Restrictions

Each Strategic Investor has a consent right with respect to any amendment or waiver of any transfer restrictions that apply to our managing partners.

Private Placement Shareholders Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, we entered into a shareholders agreement with the CS Investor. The shareholders agreement provides for a lock-up period applicable to the CS Investor’s Class A shares for one year from August 8, 2007. The CS Investor has three demand registration rights, exercisable after expiration of its lock-up period, and customary piggyback registration rights. The CS Investor has exercised its demand rights and is participating as a selling shareholder in this prospectus.

Our Operating Agreement and Apollo Operating Group Limited Partnership Agreements

Please see the section entitled “Description of Shares—Operating Agreement” for a description of our Operating Agreement.

Pursuant to the partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships, the wholly-owned subsidiaries of Apollo Global Management, LLC that are the general partners of those partnerships have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the partners of the Apollo Operating Group and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the partners of Apollo Operating Group pro rata in accordance with their respective partnership interests.

The partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships also provide that substantially all of our expenses, including substantially all expenses solely incurred by or attributable to Apollo Global Management, LLC (such as expenses incurred in connection with the Offering Transactions), will be borne by the Apollo Operating Group; provided that obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Apollo Global Management, LLC or its wholly owned subsidiaries (which currently consist of our two intermediate holding companies, APO Corp. and APO Asset Co., LLC), income tax expenses of Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries and indebtedness incurred by Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries shall be borne solely by Apollo Global Management, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Employment Agreements

Please see the section entitled “Management—Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements with Managing Partners” for a description of these agreements.

 

225


Table of Contents

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Our board of directors has adopted a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our Chief Legal Officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. Our Chief Legal Officer will then promptly communicate that information to our manager. No related person transaction will be consummated without the approval or ratification of the executive committee of our manager or any committee of our board of directors consisting exclusively of disinterested directors. It is our policy that persons interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote of a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

 

226


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our Class A shares by (i) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our named executive officers and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.

None of our managing partners directly own our Class A shares, Class B share or the Apollo Operating Group units. BRH, the entity through which our managing partners hold the Class B share, directly owns the Class B share, currently representing 240,000,000 votes, or 86.5% of our voting control. In the event that a managing partner or contributing partner, through Holdings, exercises his right to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through his limited partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, the voting power of the Class B share is proportionately reduced. Holdings, the entity through which our managing partners and the contributing partners hold their Apollo Operating Group units, directly owns 240,000,000 Apollo Operating Group units, representing 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. To our knowledge, each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the Class A shares and interests in our Class B share shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table and pursuant to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named in the table is c/o Apollo Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57 th Street, New York, NY 10019.

In respect of our Class A shares, the table set forth below assumes the exchange by Holdings of all Apollo Operating Group units for our Class A shares with respect to which the person listed below has the right to direct such exchange pursuant to the exchange agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” and the distribution of such shares to such person as a limited partner of Holdings.

 

     Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership  
   Class A Shares Beneficially Owned     Class B Share Beneficially Owned  
   Number of
Shares
   Percent  (1)     Total Percentage
of Voting
Power  (2)
    Number of
Shares
   Percent     Total Percentage
of Voting
Power  (2)
 

Leon Black (3)(4)

   92,109,120    48.6 %   86.5 %   1    100 %   86.5 %

Joshua Harris (3)(4)

   58,614,960    37.6     86.5     1    100     86.5  

Marc Rowan (3)(4)

   58,614,960    37.6     86.5     1    100     86.5  

Barry Giarraputo

   0    *     *     0    *     N/A  

Kenneth Vecchione

   0    *     *     0    *     N/A  

John Suydam

   0    *     *     0    *     N/A  

All directors and executive officers as a group (six persons)

   209,339,040    68.3     86.5     1    100     86.5  

BRH (4)

   0    *     86.5     1    100     86.5  

AP Professional Holdings, L.P.  (5)

   240,000,000    71.1     86.5     0    *     N/A  

Credit Suisse Management LLC  (6)

   7,500,000    7.7     2.7     0    *     N/A  

 

 * Represents less than 1%.
(1) The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A shares is based on voting and non-voting Class A shares outstanding.
(2) The total percentage of voting power is based on voting Class A shares and the Class B share.
(3)

Does not include any Class A shares owned by Holdings with respect to which this individual, as one of the three owners of all of the interests in BRH, the general partner of Holdings, or as a party to the Agreement Among Managing Partners described under “Certain

 

227


Table of Contents
 

Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement Among Managing Partners” or the Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement,” may be deemed to have shared voting or dispositive power. Each of these individuals disclaim any beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(4) BRH, the holder of the Class B share, is one third owned by Mr. Black, one third owned by Mr. Harris and one third owned by Mr. Rowan. Pursuant to the Agreement Among Managing Partners, the Class B share is to be voted and disposed by BRH based on the determination of at least two of the three managing partners; as such, they share voting and dispositive power with respect to the Class B share.
(5) Assumes that no Class A shares are distributed to the limited partners of Holdings. The general partner of AP Professional Holdings, L.P. is BRH, which is one third owned by Mr. Black, one third owned by Mr. Harris and one third owned by Mr. Rowan. BRH is also the general partner of BRH Holdings, L.P., the limited partnership through which Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan hold their limited partnership interests in AP Professional Holdings, L.P. Each of these individuals disclaim any beneficial ownership of these Class A shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
(6) Credit Suisse Management LLC has the following address: 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010.

 

228


Table of Contents

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The selling shareholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of our Class A shares set forth below pursuant to this prospectus. When we refer to “selling shareholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons who purchased their shares in the Offering Transactions and are listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, permitted transferees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the selling shareholders’ interests in our Class A shares other than through a public sale.

Certain selling shareholders may be deemed underwriters as defined in the Securities Act. Any profits realized by the selling shareholders may be deemed underwriting commissions.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the name of the selling shareholders for whom we are registering shares for resale to the public, and the number of Class A shares that each selling shareholder may offer pursuant to this prospectus. The Class A shares offered by the selling shareholders were issued pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The selling shareholders represented to us that they were qualified institutional buyers or accredited investors and were acquiring our Class A shares, for investment and had no present intention of distributing the Class A shares. We have agreed to file a registration statement covering the Class A shares received by the selling shareholders. We have filed with the SEC, under the Securities Act, a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect to the resale of the Class A shares from time to time by the selling shareholders, and this prospectus forms a part of that registration statement.

We have been advised that, as noted below in the footnotes to the table,             of the selling shareholders are broker-dealers and             of the selling shareholders are affiliates of broker-dealers. We have been advised that each of such selling shareholders purchased our Class A shares in the ordinary course of business, not for resale, and that none of such selling shareholders had, at the time of purchase, any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Class A shares. All selling shareholders are subject to Rule 105 of Regulation M and are precluded from engaging in any short selling activities prior to effectiveness of the registration of which this prospectus forms a part.

Based on information provided to us by the selling shareholders and as of the date the same was provided to us, assuming that the selling shareholders sell all the Class A shares beneficially owned by them that have been registered by us and do not acquire any additional shares during the offering, the selling shareholders will not own any shares other than those appearing in the column entitled “Number of Class A shares Owned After the Offering.” We cannot advise as to whether the selling shareholders will in fact sell any or all of such Class A shares. In addition, the selling shareholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the Class A shares in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date on which it provided the information set forth on the table below.

 

Selling Shareholder

 

Number of Class A Shares
That May Be Sold

 

Percentage of Class A Shares
Outstanding

   Number of Class A Shares
Owned After the Offering

 

229


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our manager and its affiliates (including our managing partners), on the one hand, and us and our Class A shareholders, on the other hand.

Whenever a potential conflict arises between our manager or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any Class A shareholders, on the other hand, our manager will resolve that conflict. Our operating agreement contains provisions that reduce and eliminate our manager’s duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Class A shareholders. Our operating agreement also restricts the remedies available to Class A shareholders for actions taken that without those limitations might constitute breaches of duty (including fiduciary duties).

Under our operating agreement, our manager will not be in breach of its obligations under the operating agreement or its duties to us or our Class A shareholders if the resolution of the conflict is:

 

   

approved by a conflicts committee of our board of directors comprised entirely of independent directors, although we currently do not have such a committee, and if and when we do have such a committee, our manager is not obligated to seek its approval;

 

   

approved by the vote of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting shares, excluding any voting shares owned by our manager or its affiliates, although our manager is not obligated to seek the approval of our Class A shareholders;

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

If our manager does not seek approval from a conflicts committee of our board of directors or our Class A shareholders and it determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that in making its decision our manager acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any shareholder or us or any other person bound by our operating agreement, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our operating agreement, our manager or a conflicts committee of our board of directors may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. Our operating agreement provides that our manager will be conclusively presumed to be acting in good faith if our manager subjectively believes that the decision made or not made is in the best interests of the company.

The standards set forth in the four bullet points above establish the procedures by which conflict of interest situations are to be resolved pursuant to our operating agreement. These procedures benefit our manager by providing our manager with significant flexibility with respect to its ability to make decisions and pursue actions involving conflicts of interest. Given the significant flexibility afforded our manager to resolve conflicts of interest—including that our manager has the right to determine not to seek the approval of Class A shareholders with respect to the resolution of such conflicts—our manager may resolve conflict of interests pursuant to the operating agreement in a manner that Class A shareholders may not believe to be in their or in our best interests. Neither our Class A shareholders nor we will have any recourse against our manager if our manager satisfies one of the standards described in the four bullet points above.

In addition to the provisions relating to conflicts of interest, our operating agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our manager and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or otherwise applicable law. For example, our operating agreement provides

 

230


Table of Contents

that when our manager, in its capacity as our manager, is permitted to or required to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable,” then our manager will be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and will have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us or any Class A shareholders and will not be subject to any different standards imposed by the operating agreement, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or under any other law, rule or regulation or in equity. These modifications of fiduciary duties are expressly permitted by Delaware law. Hence, we and our Class A shareholders will only have recourse and be able to seek remedies against our manager if our manager breaches its obligations pursuant to our operating agreement. Unless our manager breaches its obligations pursuant to our operating agreement, we and our Class A shareholders will not have any recourse against our manager even if our manager were to act in a manner that was inconsistent with traditional fiduciary duties. Furthermore, even if there has been a breach of the obligations set forth in our operating agreement, our operating agreement provides that our manager and its officers and directors will not be liable to us or our Class A shareholders for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our manager or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. These modifications are detrimental to the Class A shareholders because they restrict the remedies available to Class A shareholders for actions that without those limitations might constitute breaches of duty (including fiduciary duty).

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

Actions taken by our manager may affect the amount of cash flow from operations available for distribution to our Class A shareholders.

The amount of cash flow from operations that is available for distribution to our Class A shareholders is affected by decisions of our manager regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of cash expenditures, including those relating to compensation;

 

   

amount and timing of investments and dispositions;

 

   

indebtedness;

 

   

tax matters;

 

   

reserves; and

 

   

issuance of additional equity securities, including Class A shares, or additional Apollo Operating Group units.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our manager to our Class A shareholders. Our operating agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our manager and its affiliates on terms that are fair and reasonable to us, provided, however, that such borrowings will be deemed to be fair and reasonable if (i) they are approved in accordance with the terms of the operating agreement, (ii) the terms are no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) the terms are fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationship between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be or have been particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for expenses.

Our manager will not have any business activities other than managing and operating us. We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for all costs incurred in managing and operating us, and our operating agreement provides that our manager will determine the expenses that are allocable to us. Although there are no ceilings on the expenses for which we will reimburse our manager and its affiliates, the expenses to which they may be entitled to reimbursement from us are expected to be immaterial.

 

231


Table of Contents

Our manager intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our manager intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the other party has recourse only to our assets, and not against our manager, its assets or its owners. Our operating agreement provides that any action taken by our manager to limit its liability or our liability is not a breach of our manager’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.

Class A shareholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our manager and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our manager and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the Class A shareholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our manager and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our manager and its affiliates, on the other, will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Our operating agreement allows our manager to determine in its sole discretion any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our manager may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither the operating agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us on the one hand, and our manager and its affiliates on the other, are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Our manager will determine the terms of any of these transactions entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable to us.

Our manager and its affiliates have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our manager and its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. There will not be any obligation of our manager and its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

We may not choose to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of Class A shares.

The attorneys, independent auditors and others who have performed services for us regarding this offering have been retained by our manager. Attorneys, independent auditors and others who will perform services for us will be selected by our manager and may perform services for our manager and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of our Class A shares in the event of a conflict of interest between our manager and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of our Class A shares, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict, but are not required to do so.

Our manager’s affiliates may compete with us.

Our operating agreement provides that our manager will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. Except as provided in the non-competition and non-solicitation agreements to which our managing directors are subject, affiliates of the manager, including our managing directors, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us.

Certain of our subsidiaries have obligations to investors in our funds that may conflict with your interests.

Our subsidiaries that serve as the managers of our funds have fiduciary and contractual obligations to the investors in those funds. As a result, we expect to regularly take actions with respect to the allocation of investments among our funds (including funds that have different fee structures), the purchase or sale of investments in our funds, the structuring of investment transactions for those funds, the advice we provide or

 

232


Table of Contents

otherwise that comply with these fiduciary and contractual obligations. In addition, our managing directors have made personal investments in a variety of our funds, which may result in conflicts of interest among investors in our funds and our Class A shareholders regarding investment decisions for these funds. Some of these actions might at the same time adversely affect our near-term results of operations or cash flow.

U.S. Federal income tax considerations of our managing directors may conflict with your interests.

Because our managing directors hold their Apollo Operating Group units through entities that are not subject to corporate income taxation, and Apollo Global Management, LLC holds Apollo Operating Group units through wholly-owned subsidiaries, one of which is subject to corporate income taxation, conflicts may arise between our managing directors and Apollo Global Management, LLC relating to the selection and structuring of investments. Our Class A holders will be deemed to expressly acknowledge that our manager is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of our Class A shareholders (including without limitation the tax consequences to Class A holders) in deciding whether to cause us to take (or decline to take) any actions.

Fiduciary Duties

The Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or, the “Delaware LLC Act,” provides that Delaware limited liability companies may in their operating agreements expand, restrict or eliminate the duties, including fiduciary duties, otherwise owed by a manager to the limited liability company.

Our operating agreement contains various provisions modifying, restricting and eliminating the duties, including fiduciary duties, that might otherwise be owed by our manager. We have adopted these restrictions to allow our manager and its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that might otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. These modifications are detrimental to our Class A shareholders because they restrict the remedies available to our Class A shareholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of duty, including a fiduciary duty, as described below, and they permit our manager to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest.

The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our Manager to our Class A shareholders:

 

State Law Fiduciary Duty Standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. In the absence of a provision in an operating agreement providing otherwise, the duty of care would generally require a manager to act for the limited liability company in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. In the absence of a provision in an operating agreement providing otherwise, the duty of loyalty would generally prohibit a manager of a Delaware limited liability company from taking any action or engaging in any transaction that is not in the best interests of the limited liability company where a conflict of interest is present.

General

 

Operating Agreement Modified Standards

Our operating agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our manager and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our operating agreement provides that when our manager, in its capacity as our manager, is permitted to or required to make a

 

233


Table of Contents
 

decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable” then our manager will be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and will have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any factors affecting us or any members, including our Class A shareholders, and will not be subject to any different standards imposed by the operating agreement, the Delaware LLC Act or under any other law, rule or regulation or in equity. In addition, when our manager is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our manager it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the Class A shareholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our manager would otherwise be held.

 

  In addition, our operating agreement provides that our manager and its officers and directors will not be liable to us, our members (including our Class A shareholders), or assignees for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the manager or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.

Special Provisions Regarding Affiliated Transactions

 

  Our operating agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of Class A shareholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our manager or by our Class A shareholders must be:

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

“fair and reasonable” to us taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

 

  If our manager does not seek approval from the conflicts committee or our Class A shareholders and the board of directors of our manager determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any member, including our Class A shareholders, or any other person bound by our operating agreement, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our manager would otherwise be held.

 

234


Table of Contents

Rights and Remedies of Class A Shareholders

The Delaware LLC Act generally provides that a member or an assignee of a limited liability company interest may institute legal action on behalf of the limited liability company to recover damages from a third party where a manager has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a manager to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a member or an assignee of a limited liability company interest to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated members or assignees to recover damages from a manager for violations of its fiduciary duties to the members or assignees.

By purchasing our Class A shares, each Class A shareholder will automatically agree to be bound by the provisions in our operating agreement, including the provisions described above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware LLC Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of operating agreements. The failure of Class A shareholder to sign our operating agreement does not render our operating agreement unenforceable against that person.

We have agreed to indemnify our manager and any of its affiliates and any member, partner, tax matters partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our manager or any of our affiliates and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts incurred by our manager or these other persons. We have agreed to provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We have also agreed to provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings. Thus, our manager could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it met the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. See “Description of our Shares—Operating Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

235


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

AMH Credit Facility

General

AMH is the borrower under a credit agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the borrower, Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo International Management, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. and AAA Holdings, as initial guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as lenders. Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. subsequently became a guarantor. The AMH credit facility provides for a $1.0 billion term loan facility and matures on April 20, 2014.

Use of Proceeds

As of April 20, 2007, we had borrowed the full amount under the AMH credit facility. We used borrowings under the AMH credit facility to make a $986.6 million distribution to our managing partners and to pay related fees and expenses.

Security for the AMH Credit Facility

The AMH credit facility is secured by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all assets of the borrower and the guarantors and (ii) a pledge of the equity interests of each of the guarantors, in each case, subject to customary carveouts.

Interest Rate

Loans under the AMH credit facility accrue interest at a rate equal to with respect to (i) LIBOR loans, LIBOR plus 1.50% and (ii) base rate loans, base rate plus 0.50%. Under the AMH credit facility, base rate is defined for any day as a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (ii) the prime rate as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The applicable margin for such borrowing may be reduced subject to AMH obtaining certain leverage ratios. As of March 31, 2008, the loans under the AMH credit facility were LIBOR-based and had an interest rate of 4.57%.

Amortization

The AMH credit facility does not require any scheduled amortization payment prior to the final maturity date.

Mandatory Cash Collateralization

Asset Sales

If AMH receives net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course asset sales, then such net cash proceeds shall be deposited in the cash collateral account to the extent necessary to reduce its debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter (after giving effect to such non-ordinary course asset sale and such deposit) to (i) for 2010, 2011 and 2012, a debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) for all other years, a debt to EBITDA ratio of 4.00 to 1.00.

Excess Cash Flow

If AMH’s debt to EBITDA ratio as of the end of any fiscal year exceeds the level set forth in the next sentence (the “Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio”), AMH must deposit its Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the AMH

 

236


Table of Contents

credit facility) in the cash collateral account to the extent necessary to reduce the debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis as of the end of such fiscal year to 0.25 to 1.00 below the Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio. The Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio will be: for 2007, 5.00 to 1.00; for 2008, 4.75 to 1.00; for 2009, 4.25 to 1.00; for 2010, 4.00 to 1.00; for 2011, 4.00 to 1.00; and for 2012, 4.00 to 1.00.

In addition, during 2010, 2011 and 2012, AMH must deposit the lesser of (a) 50% of any remaining Excess Cash Flow and (b) the amount required to reduce such debt to EBITDA ratio on a pro forma basis at the end of such fiscal year to 3.25 to 1.00.

To the extent AMH is required to provide cash to collateralize the AMH credit agreement, such cash will not be available to distribute to us and to Holdings.

Voluntary Prepayment

The borrower may prepay loans under the AMH credit facility in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, subject to certain minimum amounts and increments.

Mandatory Prepayment

Upon the incurrence of certain indebtedness, AMH must apply all of its net cash proceeds to the prepayment of the AMH credit facility and the AAA Holdings credit facility described below on a ratable basis.

Affirmative and Negative Covenants

The AMH credit facility includes customary affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things the borrower and its subsidiaries are prohibited from incurring additional indebtedness, further encumbering their assets or making payments on equity, subject to certain exceptions. The AMH credit facility does not contain financial maintenance covenants.

Restricted Payments

AMH will generally be restricted from paying dividends, repurchasing capital stock and making distributions and similar types of payments if any default or event of default occurs, if it has failed to deposit the requisite cash collateralization or does not expect to be able to maintain the requisite cash collateralization or if, after giving effect to the incurrence of debt to finance such distribution, its debt to EBITDA ratio would exceed specified levels.

Events of Default

The AMH credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, failure to comply with covenants, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency. In addition, it will be an event of default under the AMH credit facility if either (i) Mr. Black, together with related persons or trusts, shall cease as a group to participate to a material extent in the beneficial ownership of AMH or (ii) two of the group constituting Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of the AMH loan parties. If any event of default occurs and is continuing, the lenders may declare all of the amounts owed under the AMH credit facility to be immediately due and payable and prevent AMH and the guarantors from making any distribution on their equity (except tax distributions).

AAA Holdings Credit Facility

General

AAA Holdings, L.P. is the borrower under a credit agreement, dated as of June 15, 2006, by and among the borrower, certain affiliates of the borrower as guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent,

 

237


Table of Contents

and certain financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders, as amended on April 20, 2007. The same entities that guarantee the AMH credit facility, plus AMH, guarantee the AAA Holdings credit facility. The AAA Holdings credit facility provides for a $75.0 million term loan facility. The credit facility matures on December 15, 2009.

Use of Proceeds

As of March 31, 2008, $54.8 million under the AAA Holdings credit facility remains outstanding. We used borrowings under the AAA Holdings credit facility to make a $74 million cash contribution to AAA in return for 3.7 million common units of AAA, in the form of RDUs, and to fund a $1.0 million intercompany note issued by AAA Associates, L.P.

Security for the AAA Holdings Credit Facility

The AAA Holdings credit facility is secured by the same collateral as the AMH credit facility, plus a pledge of a $1.0 million intercompany note owned by the borrower and the RDUs.

Interest Rate

Loans under the AAA Holdings credit facility accrue interest at a rate equal to with respect to (i) LIBOR loans, LIBOR plus 1.00% and (ii) base rate loans, base rate plus 0.00%. Under the AAA Holdings credit facility, base rate is defined for any day as a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (ii) the prime rate as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. As of March 31, 2008, all loans under the AAA Holdings credit facility were LIBOR-based loans and had an interest rate of 3.56%.

Amortization

The AAA Holdings credit facility does not require any scheduled amortization payments prior to the final maturity date.

Mandatory Cash Collateralization

The AAA Holdings credit facility contains covenants substantially identical to those set forth above under “—AMH Credit Facility—Mandatory Cash Collateralization.”

Voluntary Prepayment

The borrower may prepay loans under the AAA Holdings credit facility in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, subject to certain minimum amounts and increments.

Mandatory Prepayment

The AAA Holdings credit facility provides that in connection with the release from the lien securing the AAA Holdings credit facility of any RDUs or of the intercompany note described above (or any portion thereof), the released RDUs or note (or the released portion) shall be used or set aside for use in compensating partners and employees of AAA Holdings and its affiliates and that it shall make a prepayment of the term loans under the AAA Holdings credit facility as such compensation is vested using an amount of $20 per each RDU (less any optional prepayment of such term loans designated by AAA Holdings as an offset to such required prepayment), provided that no such prepayment shall be required to be made until the end of the fiscal year.

In addition, upon the incurrence of certain indebtedness, AAA Holdings must apply all of its net cash proceeds to the prepayment of the AAA Holdings credit facility and the AMH credit facility on a pro rata basis.

 

238


Table of Contents

Affirmative and Negative Covenants

The AAA Holdings credit facility includes covenants substantially identical to those set forth above under “—AMH Credit Facility—Affirmative and Negative Covenants.” The AAA Holdings credit facility does not contain financial maintenance covenants.

Restricted Payments

The AAA Holdings credit facility contains covenants substantially identical to those set forth above under “—AMH Credit Facility—Restricted Payments.”

Events of Default

The AAA Holdings credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, failure to comply with covenants, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, bankruptcy, insolvency and change of control, and certain adverse events with respect to our funds. If any event of default occurs and is continuing, the lenders may declare all of the amounts owed under the AAA Holdings credit facility to be immediately due and payable and prevent the borrower and the guarantors from making any distribution on their equity (except tax distributions).

 

239


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The following descriptions of our shares and provisions of our operating agreement are summaries and are qualified by reference to our operating agreement, which is included in this prospectus as Annex A.

Shares

Our operating agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of shares. Currently, two classes of shares have been designated: Class A shares and Class B shares. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 97,324,541 Class A shares issued and outstanding, and one Class B share issued and outstanding.

Class A Shares

All of the outstanding Class A shares are duly issued. Upon payment in full of the consideration payable with respect to the Class A shares, as determined by our board of directors, the holders of such shares shall not be liable to us to make any additional capital contributions with respect to such shares (except as otherwise required by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act). No holder of Class A shares is entitled to preemptive, redemption or conversion rights.

Voting Rights

The holders of Class A shares, other than the Strategic Investors and their affiliates, are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors and their affiliates have no voting rights, although their written consent will be required for certain changes to our operating agreement, including in respect of share splits and combinations, capital accounts, allocation of the items and distributions, dissolution and liquidation, requirements for amending our operating agreement and mergers, consolidations or sales of substantially all our assets, if such changes would have a disproportionate adverse impact on the Strategic Investors or their Affiliates. Class A shares owned by the Strategic Investors will become entitled to vote upon transfers by a Strategic Investor or its affiliates in accordance with the Lenders Rights Agreement. Generally, all matters to be voted on by our shareholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors when the Apollo control condition is no longer satisfied, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all Class A shares and Class B shares present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Class A shares will share ratably (based on the number of Class A shares held) in any dividend declared by our manager out of funds legally available therefore, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred shares. Dividends consisting of Class A shares may be paid only as follows: (i) Class A shares may be paid only to holders of Class A shares; and (ii) shares shall be paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding Class A share.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred shares having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our Class A shares will be entitled to receive our remaining assets available for distribution. Such assets will be distributed to the holders of our Class A shares pro rata based upon the number of shares held by them.

Other Matters

In the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another entity in connection with which our Class A shares are converted into or exchangeable for shares of stock, other securities or property (including cash), all

 

240


Table of Contents

holders of Class A shares will thereafter be entitled to receive the same kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash). Under our operating agreement, in the event that our manager determines that we should seek relief pursuant to Section 7704(e) of the Code to preserve our status as a partnership for U.S. Federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes, we and each of our shareholders will be required to agree to adjustments required by the tax authorities, and we will pay such amounts as are required by the tax authorities to preserve our status as a partnership.

Class B Shares

We have duly issued a single Class B share to BRH, which is owned by our managing partners. If BRH elects to give up its Class B share, we will issue one Class B share to each record holder of an Apollo Operating Group unit for each unit held. No holder of Class B shares will be entitled to preemptive, redemption or conversion rights.

Voting Rights

The Class B share that we have issued to Holdings is initially entitled to 240,000,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. In the event that a managing partner or contributing partner exercises his right to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units (together with his interest in the Class B share) that he owns through his partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, the voting power of the Class B share will be proportionately reduced. Generally, all matters to be voted on by our shareholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of the election of directors, a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all Class A shares and Class B shares present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of our Class B share will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of Class B shares paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding Class B share.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, no holder of Class B shares will have any right to receive distributions.

Preferred Shares

Our operating agreement authorizes our manager to establish one or more series of preferred shares. Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized preferred shares will be available for issuance without further action by Class A shareholders. Our manager is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the holders of terms and rights of that series.

We could issue a series of preferred shares that would, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of holders of Class A shares might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of Class A shares might receive a premium for their Class A shares over the market price of the Class A shares.

We will be entitled to recognize the person in whose name any shares are registered on the books of the transfer agent as of the opening of business on a particular business day as owner, or record holder, of such shares, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, regardless of whether we have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law, including any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any national securities exchange on which such shares are listed for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a person is acting as

 

241


Table of Contents

nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another person in acquiring and/or holding the shares, as between us on the one hand and such other person on the other, such representative person shall be deemed the record holder of such share.

Listing

We intend to apply for our Class A shares to be listed on the NYSE upon the effectiveness of our shelf registration statement.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A shares and our Class B share is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Operating Agreement

Manager

Our operating agreement provides that so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager will manage all of our operations and activities and will have discretion over significant corporate actions, such as the issuance of securities, payment of distributions, sales of assets, making certain amendments to our operating agreement and other matters, and our board of directors will have no authority other than that which our manager chooses to delegate to it.

Our operating agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our manager and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our operating agreement provides that when our manager is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our manager, it may act without any fiduciary obligations to us or our shareholders whatsoever. When our manager, in its capacity as our manager, is permitted to or required to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable,” then our manager will be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and will have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us or any of our shareholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—Our operating agreement contains provisions that reduce or eliminate duties (including fiduciary duties) of our manager and limit remedies available to shareholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of duty. It will be difficult for a shareholder to challenge a resolution of a conflict of interest by our manager or by its conflicts committee.” See also “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities” for a more detailed description of our manager’s potential conflicts of interest and how our operating agreement restricts and limits certain duties of our manager, including fiduciary duties.

Organization

We were formed on July 3, 2007 and have a perpetual existence.

Purpose

Under our operating agreement we are permitted to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that is approved by our manager and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized under Delaware law.

Power of Attorney

Each Class A shareholder, and each person who acquires Class A shares in accordance with our operating agreement, grants to our manager and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things,

 

242


Table of Contents

execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance, dissolution or termination. The power of attorney also grants our manager the authority to amend, and to make consents and waivers under, our operating agreement and certificate of formation, in each case in accordance with our operating agreement.

Board of Directors

For so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, pursuant to the terms of our operating agreement, our manager shall (i) nominate and elect all directors to our board of directors, (ii) set the number of directors of our board of directors and (iii) fill any vacancies on our board of directors. After the Apollo condition is no longer satisfied, (i) each of the directors will be elected by the vote of a plurality of our shares entitled to vote, voting as a single class, to serve until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier death, retirement, disqualification, resignation or removal, and (ii) the size of the board of directors will be set by resolution of the board.

For so long as the Apollo control condition is satisfied, our manager may remove any director, with or without cause, at any time. After such condition is no longer satisfied, a director or the entire board of directors may be removed by the affirmative vote of holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of our shares.

Subject to limited exceptions described in our operating agreement, our manager may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a majority of the aggregate number of voting shares outstanding; provided, however, that this does not preclude or limit our manager’s ability, in its sole discretion, to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries (including for the benefit of persons other than us or our subsidiaries, including affiliates of our manager).

Capital Contributions

Our shareholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

Limited Liability

The Delaware LLC Act provides that a member of a Delaware limited liability company who receives a distribution from such company and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware LLC Act shall be liable to the company for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware LLC Act, a limited liability company may not make a distribution to a member if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the company, other than liabilities to members on account of their shares and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the company, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the company. The fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. Under the Delaware LLC Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted member of a company is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the company, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time the assignee became a member and that could not be ascertained from the operating agreement.

Issuance of Additional Securities

Our operating agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional shares and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to shares for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our manager in its sole discretion without the approval of any shareholders.

 

243


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Delaware LLC Act and the provisions of our operating agreement, we may also issue additional membership interests that have designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that do not apply to the Class A shares.

Amendment of the Operating Agreement

General

Amendments to our operating agreement may be proposed only by our manager, and our manager is under no obligation or duty to make any amendments to our operating agreement. A proposed amendment, other than those amendments that require the approval of the shareholders or those amendments that are within the unilateral discretion of our manager, both of which are discussed below, will be effective upon the approval of our manager and a majority of the aggregate number of votes that may be cast by holders of voting shares outstanding as of the relevant record date.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any Class A shareholder without his or her consent, except that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of shares in relation to other classes of shares interests may be approved by at least a majority of the type or class of shares so affected, or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our manager or any of its affiliates without the consent of our manager, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

These two provisions can only be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding voting shares.

No Shareholder Approval

Our manager may generally make amendments to our operating agreement or certificate of formation without the approval of any shareholder to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or its registered office,

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of shareholders in accordance with the operating agreement,

 

   

a change that our manager determines is necessary or appropriate for the company to qualify or to continue our qualification as a limited liability company or a company in which the Class A shareholders have limited liability under the laws of any state or other jurisdiction or to ensure that the company and its subsidiaries will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. Federal income tax purposes,

 

   

an amendment that our manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to address certain changes in U.S. Federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation,

 

   

an amendment that our manager determines is necessary or appropriate, based on the advice of counsel, to prevent the company or our manager or its partners, officers, trustees, representatives or agents, from having a material risk of being in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the U.S. Department of Labor,

 

244


Table of Contents
   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes,

 

   

an amendment that our manager determines in its sole discretion to be necessary, desirable or appropriate for the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of shares or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to shares,

 

   

any amendment expressly permitted in our operating agreement to be made by our manager acting alone,

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by an agreement of merger, consolidation or other business combination agreement that has been approved under the terms of our operating agreement,

 

   

any amendment that in the sole discretion of our manager is necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the limited liability company of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our operating agreement,

 

   

a merger with or conversion or conveyance to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the merger, conversion or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the merger, conversion or conveyance,

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by an amendment to any partnership agreement of the Apollo Operating Group partnerships that requires partners of any Apollo Operating Group Holdings partnership to provide a statement, certification or other proof of evidence regarding whether such shareholder is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation on the income generated by the Apollo Operating Group partnerships; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described above.

In addition, our manager may make amendments to our operating agreement without the approval of any shareholder if those amendments, in the discretion of our manager:

 

   

do not adversely affect our shareholders considered as a whole (including any particular class of shares as compared to other classes of shares, treating the Class A shares and the Class B shares as a separate class for this purpose) in any material respect,

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state or non-U.S. agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state or non-U.S. statute (including the Delaware LLC Act),

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of shares or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the shares are or will be listed for trading,

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our manager relating to splits or combinations of shares under the provisions of our operating agreement, or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed of this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our operating agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our operating agreement.

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

Our operating agreement generally prohibits our manager, without the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting shares, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. However, our manager in its sole discretion may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or

 

245


Table of Contents

substantially all of our assets (including for the benefit of persons other than us or our subsidiaries) without that approval. Our manager may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under any forced sale of any or all of our assets pursuant to the foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval.

Pursuant to the Agreement Among Managing Partners, however, Mr. Black, as a member of the executive committee of our manager, will have the right of veto over, among other things a sale or other disposition of the Apollo Operating Group and/or its subsidiaries or any portion thereof, through a merger, recapitalization, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise, to an unaffiliated third party (other than through an exchange of Apollo Operating Group units and interests in our Class B share for Class A shares, transfers by a founder or a permitted transferee to another permitted transferee, or the issuance of bona fide equity incentives to any of our non-founder employees) that constitutes (x) a direct or indirect sale of a ratable interest (or substantially ratable interest) in each entity that constitutes the Apollo Operating Group or (y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Apollo.

If conditions specified in our operating agreement are satisfied, our manager may convert or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity. The shareholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our operating agreement or the Delaware LLC Act in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

If our manager determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue as a limited liability company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, our manager may elect to treat us as an association or as a publicly traded company taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes.

Dissolution

We will continue as a limited liability company until terminated under our operating agreement. We will dissolve upon: (i) the election of our manager to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of all of our outstanding Class A and Class B shares; (ii) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries; (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our limited liability company; or (iv) at any time that we no longer have any shareholders, unless our businesses are continued in accordance with the Delaware LLC Act.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited liability company, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our manager that the liquidator deems necessary or appropriate in its judgment, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation first, to discharge our liabilities as provided in the operating agreement and by law and thereafter to the shareholders pro rata according to the percentages of their respective shares as of a record date selected by the liquidator. The liquidator may defer liquidation of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to Class A shareholders in kind if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of our assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Class A shareholders.

Resignation of the Manager

Our manager may resign at any time by giving notice of such resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to us. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein. The acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Our manager may at any time designate a substitute manager, which substitute manager will, upon the later of the acceptance of such designation and the effective

 

246


Table of Contents

date of such resignation of the departing manager, have control of us under the terms of the operating agreement upon the effective date of the departing manager’s resignation. In the event our manager resigns and does not designate a substitute manager in accordance with the terms of the operating agreement, control of us will shift to our board of directors.

Limited Call Right

If at any time less than 10% of the then issued and outstanding shares of any class, including our Class A shares, are held by persons other than our manager and its affiliates, our manager will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining shares of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our manager, on at least ten but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

  (i) the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed, and

 

  (ii) the highest cash price paid by our manager or any of its affiliates for any membership interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our manager first mails notice of its election to purchase those membership interests.

As a result of our manager’s right to purchase outstanding shares, a Class A shareholder may have his Class A shares purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a Class A shareholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that shareholder of his Class A shares in the market. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations.”

Preemptive Rights

We have not granted any preemptive rights with respect to our Class A shares.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of the Class A shares then outstanding, record Class A shareholders will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our Class A shareholders and to act upon matters as to which Class A shareholders have the right to vote or to act.

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of the Class A shares then outstanding, each record holder of a Class A share, other than the Strategic Investors or their affiliates, is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Class A shares held. Each outstanding Class A share, other than Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors or their affiliates, shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to the shareholders for approval. Class A shares held by the Strategic Investors or their affiliates will not be entitled to vote, although such Class A shares will become entitled to vote upon certain transfers in accordance with the Lenders Rights Agreement. In the case of Class A shares held by our manager on behalf of non-citizen assignees, our manager will distribute the votes on those Class A shares in the same ratios as the votes of shareholders in respect of other Class A shares are cast.

The Class B share that we have issued to BRH is initially entitled to 240,000,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. In the event that a managing partner or contributing partner exercises his right to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through his partnership interest in Holdings for Class A shares, the voting power of the Class B share will be proportionately reduced. Generally, all matters to be voted on by our shareholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of the election of directors, a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class.

Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken either at a meeting of such holder without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders owning not less than the minimum percentage of the voting power of the

 

247


Table of Contents

outstanding shares that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the shareholders may be called by our manager. Shareholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the holders of the shares requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such shares, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

However, if at any time any person or group (other than our manager and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our manager or its affiliates) acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of shares then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its shares and the shares may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of shareholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Shares held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise.

Status as Shareholder

By transfer of Class A shares in accordance with our operating agreement, each transferee of Class A shares will be admitted as a shareholder with respect to the Class A shares transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Except as described in our operating agreement, the Class A shares will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If we are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that in the determination of our manager create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the limited liability company has an interest because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any Class A shareholder, we may redeem the Class A shares held by that holder at their current market price. To avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, our manager may require each Class A shareholder to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a Class A shareholder fails to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our manager determines, with the advice of counsel, after receipt of the information that the Class A shareholder is not an eligible citizen, the Class A shareholder may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. A non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his Class A shares and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.

Indemnification

Under our operating agreement, in most circumstances we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts:

 

   

our manager;

 

   

any departing manager;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our manager or any departing manager;

 

   

any person who is or was a member, partner, tax matters partner, officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of us or our subsidiaries, our manager or any departing manager or any affiliate of us or our subsidiaries, our manager or any departing manager;

 

   

any person who is or was serving at the request of our manager or any departing manager or any affiliate of our manager or any departing manager as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person; or

 

   

any person designated by our manager.

 

248


Table of Contents

We have agreed to provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We have also agreed to provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings. Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our operating agreement.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers which set forth the obligations described above.

Books and Reports

Our manager is required to keep appropriate books of the limited liability company’s business at our principal offices or any other place designated by our manager. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our year ends on December 31 each year.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal year, we will furnish to each shareholder tax information (including Schedule K-1), which describes on a U.S. dollar basis such shareholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. It will most likely require longer than 90 days after the end of our fiscal year to obtain the requisite information from all lower-tier entities so that K-1s may be prepared for us. Consequently, shareholders who are U.S. taxpayers should anticipate the need to file annually with the IRS (and certain states) a request for an extension past April 15 or the otherwise applicable due date of their income tax return for the taxable year. In addition, each shareholder will be required to report for all tax purposes consistently with the information provided by us. See “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Information Returns.”

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our operating agreement provides that a shareholder can, for a purpose reasonably related to his or her interest as such a holder, upon reasonable written demand and at his or her own expense, have furnished to him or her:

 

   

promptly after becoming available, a copy of our U.S. Federal, state and local income tax returns; and

 

   

copies of our operating agreement, the certificate of formation of the limited liability company, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed.

Our manager may, and intends to, keep confidential from the Class A shareholders trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our manager believes is not in our best interests or which we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Shareholders Agreement

Upon consummation of the Offering Transactions, we entered into a shareholders agreement with Holdings regarding voting, transfer and registration rights, among other things. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement.”

Lenders Rights Agreement

In connection with the sale of Class A shares to the Strategic Investors, we entered into the Lenders Rights Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement.”

 

249


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of Class A shares, or the availability for future sale of Class A shares, will have on the market price of our Class A shares prevailing from time to time. The sales of substantial amounts of our Class A shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Class A shares.

General

Our Strategic Investors, CalPERS and ADIA, own 30,000,001 and 30,000,000 non-voting Class A shares respectively. Such shares are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144, unless we register such shares under the Securities Act. However, we have granted the Strategic Investors rights that require us to register their Class A shares under the Securities Act. Although the shares held by our Strategic Investors are currently non-voting, upon sale by a third party, the shares will have voting rights. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Lenders Rights Agreement.”

Our managing partners and contributing partners hold indirectly through Holdings 240,000,000 Apollo Operating Group units. We have entered into an exchange agreement with Holdings under which, subject to certain procedures and restrictions (including the vesting schedules applicable to our managing partners and any applicable transfer restrictions and lock-up agreements) upon 60 days’ notice prior to a designated quarterly date, each managing partner and contributing partner (or certain transferees thereof) has the right to cause Holdings to exchange the Apollo Operating Group units that he owns through Holdings for our Class A shares and to sell such Class A shares at the prevailing market price (or at a lower price that such managing partner or contributing partner is willing to accept). See “—Lock-Up Arrangements” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

In addition, we have granted 28,129,182 RSUs, subject to vesting to certain employees and consultants that will settle in Class A shares and effective as of January 1, 2008, 25,777,866 additional interests in respect of Class A shares were reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. We intend to file one or more registrations statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register Class A shares covered by such RSUs. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, Class A shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Lenders Rights Agreement, following the second anniversary of the shelf effectiveness date, each Strategic Investor shall be afforded four demand registrations with respect to their Class A shares, covering offerings of at least 2.5% of our total equity ownership and customary piggyback registration rights.

Pursuant to the Managing Partners Shareholders Agreement, we have granted Holdings, an entity through which our managing partners and contributing partners own Apollo Operating Group units, the right to require us to register under the Securities Act our shares held or acquired by them. Holders of such rights (i) will have “demand” registration rights, exercisable two years after the shelf effectiveness date, but unlimitedly in number thereafter, (ii) may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares they hold or acquire into the market from time to time over an extended period and (iii) have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Managing Partner Shareholders Agreement —Registration Rights Agreement.”

Lock-Up Arrangements

Pursuant to the Lenders Rights Agreement, the Strategic Investors have agreed not to sell any of their shares for a period of two years following the shelf effectiveness date.

 

250


Table of Contents

Holdings, our executive and directors, certain employees and consultants who received Class A shares in connection with the Offering Transactions and the Strategic Investors have agreed with the initial purchasers not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A shares, subject to specified exceptions, through the date 180 days after the shelf effectiveness date, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the initial purchasers. After the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, these Class A shares will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and Securities Act limitations. Under certain circumstances, the 180-day lock-up period may be extended.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 a person, or a group of persons whose shares are aggregated, including any person who may be deemed our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares and the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least six months have elapsed since such shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of our partnership and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must comply with the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares which are not restricted securities. In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided that at least six months have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

 

251


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

We entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we agreed, at our expense and, for the benefit of the holders of Class A shares, to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement covering resale of the Class A shares held by the selling shareholders, or the “registrable securities,” no later than 240 days after August 8, 2007, or the “filing deadline.” We have agreed to keep the shelf registration statement effective, supplemented and amended until the earlier of (i) such time as all of the registrable securities have been sold; (ii) such time as all of the registrable securities held by our nonaffiliates (from the time of issuance) are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto; and (iii) the second anniversary of the effective date of the shelf registration statement.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we entered into with the CS Investor in connection with the Offering Transactions, the CS Investor has exercised its demand rights and we have agreed to include it in this prospectus.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will be permitted to suspend the use, from time to time, of the prospectus that is part of the shelf registration statement (and therefore suspend sales under the shelf registration statement) for certain periods, referred to as “blackout periods,” if:

 

   

the lead underwriter in any underwritten public offering by us of our Class A shares advises us that an offer or sale of shares covered by the shelf registration statement would have a material adverse effect on our offering;

 

   

our board of directors or our manager determines in good faith that the sale of shares covered by the shelf registration statement would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving us; or

 

   

our board of directors or our manager determines in good faith that it is in our best interests or it is required by law that we supplement the shelf registration statement or file a post-effective amendment to the shelf registration statement in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the shelf registration statement contains the financial information required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act, discloses any fundamental change in the information included in the prospectus or discloses any material information with respect to the plan of distribution that was not disclosed in the shelf registration statement or any material change to that information;

and we notify the selling shareholders of the suspension. The cumulative blackout periods in any 12 month period may not exceed a period of 45 consecutive days or an aggregate of 90 days, except as a result of a refusal by the SEC to declare effective any post-effective amendment to the registration statement after we have used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the post-effective amendment to be declared effective, in which case, we must terminate the blackout period immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment.

A holder that sells our Class A shares pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling shareholder in this prospectus and to deliver the prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations). In addition, each holder of our Class A shares may be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the registration statement in order to have such holder’s Class A shares included in the registration statement and to benefit from the provisions of the next paragraph.

Each Class A share certificate contains a legend to the effect that the holder thereof, by its acceptance thereof, is deemed to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement. In that regard, each holder is deemed to have agreed that, upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of any event that makes a statement in this prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or of certain other events specified in the registration rights agreement, such holder will suspend the sale of our Class A shares pursuant to this prospectus until we have amended or supplemented such prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and have furnished copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus to such holder or we have given notice that the sale of the Class A shares may be resumed.

 

252


Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

To ensure compliance with Treasury Department Circular 230, investors are hereby notified that: (i) any discussion of U.S. Federal income tax issues in this prospectus is not intended or written to be relied upon, and cannot be relied upon, by any investor for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on such investor under the Internal Revenue Code; (ii) such discussion is included herein by Apollo Global Management, LLC in connection with the promotion or marketing (within the meaning of Circular 230) by the issuer and of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (iii) investors should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. Federal income tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares. For purposes of this section, references to “Apollo,” “we,” “our,” and “us” mean only Apollo Global Management, LLC and not its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and pronouncements of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

This discussion is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the U.S. Federal income tax considerations applicable to us or that may be relevant to a particular holder of Class A shares in view of such holder’s particular circumstances and, except to the extent provided below, is not directed to holders of Class A shares subject to special treatment under the U.S. Federal income tax laws, such as banks or other financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, regulated investment companies, REITs, non-U.S. persons (as defined below), insurance companies, mutual funds, persons holding shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, charitable remainder unit trusts, common trust funds, or persons liable for the alternative minimum tax. In addition, except to the extent provided below, this discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. tax law and assumes that holders of Class A shares will hold their Class A shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. The tax treatment of holders in a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) that is a holder of our Class A shares generally depends on the status of the partner, and is not specifically addressed herein. Partners in partnerships purchasing the Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors.

Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress that would, if enacted, preclude us from qualifying as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. On June 14, 2007, legislation was introduced that would tax as corporations publicly traded partnerships that directly or indirectly derive income from investment adviser or asset management services. Similar legislation was introduced on June 20, 2007. On June 22, 2007, legislation was introduced that would cause allocations of income associated with carried interests to be taxed as ordinary income for the performance of services, which apparently would have the effect of treating publicly traded partnerships that derive income directly or indirectly from investment management services as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. On October 25, 2007, the House Ways and Means Committee Chairman, in connection with his tax reform proposal, introduced legislation that was substantially similar to the June 22, 2007 bill. On November 9, 2007, the House of Representatives passed legislation similar to the June 22, 2007 legislation. Under a transition rule contained in the November 9, 2007 legislation, the carried interest would not be treated as ordinary income for purposes of Section 7704 until December 31, 2009 and therefore would not preclude us from qualifying as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes until our taxable year beginning January 1, 2010. None of these legislative proposals affecting the tax treatment of our carried interests or of our ability to qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes has yet been entered into law.

No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of certain aspects of the Class A shares or instruments similar to the shares for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. We cannot give any assurance that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. Moreover, we have not and will not seek any advance rulings from the IRS regarding any

 

253


Table of Contents

matter discussed in this prospectus. We cannot give any assurance that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. Accordingly, prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws .

For purposes of the following discussion, a U.S. person is a person that is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (a) the administration over which a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision and (b) all of the substantial decisions of which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control. A “non-U.S. person” is a person that is neither a U.S. person nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of the Company

Federal Income Tax Opinion Regarding Partnership Status . O’Melveny & Myers LLP has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering. O’Melveny & Myers LLP is of the opinion that at the closing of this offering we, Principal Holdings I, L.P. and Principal Holdings III, L.P., will be treated as a partnership and not as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes based on certain assumptions and factual statements and representations made by us, including statements and representations as to the manner in which we intend to manage our affairs and the composition of our income. However, opinions of counsel are not binding upon the IRS or any court, and the IRS may challenge this conclusion and a court may sustain such a challenge. We must emphasize that the opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP is based on various assumptions and representations relating to our organization, operation, assets, activities and income, including that all factual representations set forth in the relevant documents, records and instruments are true and correct, all actions described in this offering are completed in a timely fashion and that we will at all times operate in accordance with the method of operation described in our organizational documents and this offering, and such opinion is conditioned upon representations and covenants made by our management regarding our organization, assets, activities, income, and present and future conduct of our business operations, and assumes that such representations and covenants are accurate and complete.

Taxation of Apollo . While we are organized as a limited liability company and intend to operate so that we will be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a partnership, and not as a corporation, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing partnerships, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, neither we nor O’Melveny & Myers LLP can give any assurance that we will so qualify for any particular year. O’Melveny & Myers LLP will have no obligation to advise us or the holders of Class A shares of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in, or differing IRS interpretation of, the applicable law. Our treatment as a partnership that is not a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation will depend on our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual operating results, the “qualifying income exception” (as described below), the compliance with which will not be reviewed by O’Melveny & Myers LLP on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, we cannot give any assurance that the actual results of our operations for any taxable year will satisfy the qualifying income exception. You should be aware that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS, and we cannot give any assurance that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinions. Furthermore, it is possible that the U.S. Federal income tax law could be amended by Congress so as to cause part or all of our income to be non-qualifying income under the publicly traded partnership rules. A change in the administrative or judicial interpretation of the U.S. Federal income tax law could also create this result. See “—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action” below.

If we fail to satisfy the qualifying income exception (other than a failure which is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured within a reasonable period of time after the discovery of such failure as discussed below) or if we elect to be treated as a corporation based upon a determination by our board of

 

254


Table of Contents

directors, we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to our liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we failed to satisfy the qualifying income exception, in return for stock of the corporation, and then distributed to the holders of Class A shares in liquidation of their interests in us. This contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to holders of Class A shares (except for a non-U.S. holder if we own an interest in U.S. real property or an interest in a USRPHC as discussed below in “Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons”) so long as we do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. If, for any reason (including our failure to meet the qualifying income exception or a determination by our board of directors to elect to be treated as a corporation), we were treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, we would be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates, without deduction for any distributions to holders, thereby substantially reducing the amount of any cash available for distribution to holders. The net effect of such treatment would be, among other things, to subject the income from APO Asset Co., LLC to corporate level taxation.

Under Section 7704 of the Code, unless certain exceptions apply, if an entity that would otherwise be classified as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is a “publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code) it will be treated and taxed as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. An entity that would otherwise be classified as a partnership is a publicly traded partnership if (i) interests in the entity are traded on an established securities market or (ii) interests in the entity are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. We expect that we will be treated as a publicly traded partnership.

A publicly traded partnership will, however, be treated as a partnership, and not as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, if 90% or more of its gross income during each taxable year consists of “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and it is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We refer to this exception as the “qualifying income exception.” Qualifying income generally includes dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks and securities and certain other forms of investment income. We expect that our investments will earn interest, dividends, capital gains and other types of qualifying income, however, we cannot give any assurance as to the types of income that will be earned in any given year.

While we will be treated as a publicly traded partnership, we will manage our investments so that we will satisfy the qualifying income exception to the extent reasonably possible. We cannot give any assurance, however, that we will do so or that the IRS would not challenge our compliance with the qualifying income requirements and, therefore, assert that we should be taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. In such event, the amount of cash available for distribution to holders would be reduced materially.

If at the end of any year we fail to meet the qualifying income exception, we may still qualify as a partnership if we are entitled to relief under the Code for an inadvertent termination of partnership status. This relief will be available if (i) the failure to meet the qualifying income exception is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, (ii) the failure is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent, and (iii) we and each of the holders of our Class A shares (during the failure period) agree to make such adjustments or to pay such amounts as are required by the IRS. Under our operating agreement, each holder of Class A shares is obligated to make such adjustments or to pay such amounts as are required by the IRS to maintain our status as a partnership. It is not possible to state whether we would be entitled to this relief in any or all circumstances. It also is not clear under the Code whether this relief would be available for our first taxable year as a publicly traded partnership. If this relief provision is inapplicable to a particular set of circumstances involving us, we will not qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Even if this relief provision applies and we retain our partnership status, we or the holders of Class A shares (during the failure period) will be required to pay such amounts as are determined by the IRS.

The remainder of this section assumes that we and the underlying partnerships of Apollo Operating Group will be treated as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. However, due to proposed legislation this could change. See “—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action” below.

 

255


Table of Contents

Certain State, Local and Non-U.S. Tax Matters.  We and our subsidiaries may be subject to state, local or non-U.S. taxation in various jurisdictions, including those in which we or they transact business, own property, or reside. We may be required to file tax returns in some or all of those jurisdictions. The state, local or non-U.S. tax treatment of us and our holders may not conform to the U.S. Federal income tax treatment discussed herein. We will pay non-U.S. taxes, and dispositions of foreign property or operations involving, or investments in, foreign property may give rise to non-U.S. income or other tax liability in amounts that could be substantial. Any non-U.S. taxes incurred by us may not be able to be used by holders of our Class A shares as a credit against their U.S. Federal income tax liability, subject to applicable limitations under the Code.

APO Corp.  APO Corp. is taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, even though we expect to qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the income from the portion of our business that we hold through APO Corp. will be subject to U.S. Federal corporate income tax and other taxes. As the holder of APO Corp.’s shares, we will not be taxed directly on earnings of entities we hold through APO Corp. Distributions of cash or other property that APO Corp. pays to us will constitute dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. Federal income tax principles). If the amount of a distribution by APO Corp. exceeds its current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of our tax basis in APO Corp.’s common stock, and thereafter will be treated as a capital gain.

APO Asset Co., LLC.  APO Asset Co., LLC is a wholly-owned limited liability company. APO Asset Co., LLC will be treated as an entity disregarded as a separate entity from us. Accordingly, all the assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of APO Asset Co., LLC will be treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit.

Personal Holding Companies.  APO Corp. could be subject to additional U.S. Federal income tax on a portion of its income if it is determined to be a personal holding company, or “PHC,” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. A U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a PHC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax-exempt organizations and pension funds) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of PHC income (which includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents). The PHC rules do not apply to non-U.S. corporations.

Due to applicable attribution rules, it is likely that five or fewer individuals or tax-exempt organizations will be treated as owning actually or constructively more than 50% of the value of stock in APO Corp. Consequently, APO Corp. could be or become a PHC, depending on whether it fails the PHC gross income test. Certain aspects of the gross income test cannot be predicted with certainty. Thus, we cannot give any assurance that APO Corp. will not become a PHC in the future.

If APO Corp. is or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, it would be subject to an additional 15% PHC tax on its undistributed PHC income, which generally includes the company’s taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, the PHC tax rate on undistributed PHC income will be equal to the highest marginal rate on ordinary income applicable to individuals (currently 35%).

Taxation of Holders of Class A Shares

Taxation of Holders of Class A Shares on Our Profits and Losses.  As a partnership for tax purposes, we are not a taxable entity and incur no U.S Federal income tax liability. Instead, each holder of Class A shares in computing such holder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability for a taxable year will be required to take into account

 

256


Table of Contents

its allocable share of items of our income, gain, loss, deduction and credit (including those items of APO Asset Co., LLC as an entity disregarded as a separate entity from us for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) for each of our taxable years ending with or within the taxable year of such holder, regardless whether the holder has received any distributions. The characterization of an item of our income, gain, loss, deduction or credit generally will be determined at our (rather than at the holder’s) level.

Limits on Deductions for Losses and Expenses.  A holder’s deduction of its share of our losses, if any, will be limited to such holder’s tax basis in its Class A shares and, if such holder is an individual or a corporation that is subject to the “at risk” rules, to the amount for which such holder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than such holder’s tax basis. In general, a holder of Class A shares will be at risk to the extent of such holder’s tax basis in its Class A shares, reduced by (1) the portion of that basis attributable to such holder’s share of our liabilities for which such holder will not be personally liable and (2) any amount of money such holder borrows to acquire or hold its Class A shares, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to such holder or can look only to the Class A shares for repayment. A holder’s at risk amount will generally increase by its allocable share of our income and gain and decrease by cash distributions to such holder and such holder’s allocable share of losses and deductions. A holder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause such holder’s at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the extent that a holder’s tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, subsequently increases. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by the at risk or basis limitations may no longer be used. It is not entirely free from doubt whether a holder would be subject to additional loss limitations imposed by Section 470 of the Code. The IRS has not yet issued final guidance limiting the scope of this anti-abuse provision. Prospective holders of Class A shares should therefore consult their own tax advisors about the possible effect of this provision.

We do not expect to generate any income or losses from “passive activities” for purposes of Section 469 of the Code. Accordingly, income allocated by us to a holder of Class A shares may not be offset by any Section 469 passive losses of such holder from other sources and any losses we allocate to a holder generally may not be used to offset Section 469 passive income of such holder from other sources. In addition, other provisions of the Code may limit or disallow any deduction for losses by a holder of Class A shares or deductions associated with certain assets of the partnership in certain cases, including potentially Section 470 of the Code. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult with their own tax advisors regarding their limitations on the deductibility of losses under applicable sections of the Code.

Limitations on Deductibility of Organizational Expenses and Syndication Fees.  In general, neither we nor any U.S. holder of Class A shares may deduct organizational or syndication expenses. An election may be made by our partnership to amortize organizational expenses over a 15-year period. Syndication fees (which would include any sales or placement fees or commissions or underwriting discount payable to third parties) must be capitalized and cannot be amortized or otherwise deducted.

Limitations on Interest Deductions . A holder’s share of our interest expense is likely to be treated as “investment interest” expense. If a holder is a non-corporate taxpayer, the deductibility of “investment interest” expense is generally limited to the amount of such holder’s “net investment income.” A holder’s share of our dividend and interest income will be treated as investment income, although “qualified dividend income” subject to reduced rates of tax in the hands of an individual will only be treated as investment income if a holder elects to treat such dividend as ordinary income not subject to reduced rates of tax. In addition, state and local tax laws may disallow deductions for a holder’s share of our interest expense.

The computation of a holder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase a Class A share. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. For this purpose,

 

257


Table of Contents

any long-term capital gain or qualifying dividend income that is taxable at long-term capital gain rates is excluded from net investment income, unless a holder of Class A shares elects to pay tax on such gain or dividend income at ordinary income rates.

Deductibility of Partnership Investment Expenditures by Individual Partners and by Trusts and Estates . Subject to certain exceptions, all miscellaneous itemized deductions of an individual taxpayer, and certain of such deductions of an estate or trust, are deductible only to the extent that such deductions exceed 2% of the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income. Moreover, the otherwise allowable itemized deductions of individuals whose gross income exceeds an applicable threshold amount are subject to reduction by an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 3% of the excess of the individual’s adjusted gross income over the threshold amount, or (2) 80% of the amount of the itemized deductions, such reductions to be reduced on a phased basis through 2009. The operating expenses of Apollo may be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the foregoing rule. Prospective non-corporate holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of these limitations.

Allocation of Profits and Losses.  For each of our fiscal years, items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit recognized by us (including those items of APO Asset Co., LLC as an entity disregarded as a separate entity from us for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) generally will be allocated among the holders of Class A shares pro rata in accordance with the number of shares held. To the extent that our managing and contributing partners exchange Apollo Operating Group units for Class A shares, such income and gain will from time to time include the built-in income or gain inherent in the underlying assets of the Apollo Operating Group at the time of this offering. Section 704(c) of the Code arguably requires that we specially allocate such built-in income or gain to the holders of these specific Class A shares. However, since we do not expect to be able to identify these specific Class A shares following their sales on the market by such partners, we expect that we will not be able to make such special allocations to the holders of these specific Class A shares. Accordingly, such built-in income or gain will likely be allocated pro rata among all holders of Class A shares.

We may make investments that produce taxable income before they generate cash and/or may devote cash flow to make other investments or pay principal amount of debt. Therefore the amount of taxable income that we allocated to you may exceed your cash distributions, and this excess may be substantial.

We must allocate items of partnership income and deductions between transferors and transferees of Class A shares. We will apply certain assumptions and conventions in an attempt to comply with applicable rules under the Code and to report income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to holders in a manner that reflects such holders’ beneficial shares of our items. These conventions are designed to more closely align the receipt of cash and the allocation of income between holders of Class A shares, but these assumptions and conventions may not be in compliance with all aspects of applicable tax requirements. In addition, as a result of such allocation method, we may allocate taxable income to you even if you do not receive any distributions.

If the IRS does not accept our conventions, the IRS may contend that our taxable income or losses must be reallocated among the holders of Class A shares. If such a contention were sustained, certain holders’ respective tax liabilities would be adjusted to the possible detriment of certain other holders. The Board of Directors is authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferors and transferees (as well as among holders whose interests otherwise could vary during a taxable period). See “—Administrative Matters—Possible New Legislation or Administration or Judicial Action” below.

Adjusted Tax Basis of Class A Shares . A holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A shares will equal the amount paid for the shares and will be increased by the holder’s allocable share of (i) items of our income and gain and (ii) our liabilities, if any. A holder’s adjusted tax basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by (a) distributions from us, (b) the holder’s allocable share of items of our deductions and losses, and (c) the holder’s allocable share of the reduction in our liabilities, if any. Although a holder in such circumstance would have a single adjusted tax basis in the separately purchased Class A shares, such holder will have a split holding period in such shares.

 

258


Table of Contents

Holders who purchase Class A shares in separate transactions must combine the basis of those Class A shares and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all of those Class A shares. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of the Class A shares, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the Class A shares sold.

Treatment of Distributions . Distributions of cash by us generally will not be taxable to a holder to the extent of such holder’s adjusted tax basis (described above) in its Class A shares. Any cash distributions in excess of a holder’s adjusted tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of Class A shares (as described below). Such amount would be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of its interest in us. Such gain would generally be treated as capital gain and would be long-term capital gain if the holder’s holding period for its interest exceeds one year. A reduction in a holder’s allocable share of our liabilities, and certain distributions of marketable securities by us, are treated similar to cash distributions for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Disposition of Interest . A sale or other taxable disposition of all or a portion of a holder’s interest in its Class A shares will result in the recognition of gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized on the disposition (including the holder’s share of our liabilities) and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A shares. A holder’s adjusted tax basis will be adjusted for this purpose by its allocable share of our income or loss for the year of such sale or other disposition. Except as described below, any gain or loss recognized with respect to such sale or other disposition generally will be treated as capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder’s holding period for its interest exceeds one year. A portion of such gain may be treated as ordinary income under the Code to the extent attributable to the holder’s allocable share of unrealized gain or loss in our assets to the extent described in Section 751 of the Code.

Holders who purchase Class A shares at different times and intend to sell all or a portion of the shares within a year of their most recent purchase are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of certain “split holding period” rules to them and the treatment of any gain or loss as long-term or short term capital gain or loss. For example, a selling holder may use the actual holding period of the portion of his transferred shares, provided (i) his shares are divided into identifiable shares with ascertainable holding periods, (ii) the selling holder can identify the portion of the shares transferred, and (iii) the selling holder elects to use the identification method for all sales or exchanges of our shares.

Mutual Fund Holders . U.S. mutual funds that are treated as regulated investment companies, or RICs, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes are required, among other things, to meet an annual 90% gross income and a quarterly 50% asset value test under Section 851(b) of the Code to maintain their favorable U.S. Federal income tax status. The treatment of an investment by a RIC in Class A shares for purposes of these tests will depend on whether our partnership will be treated as a “qualifying publicly traded partnership.” If our partnership is so treated, then the Class A shares themselves are the relevant assets for purposes of the 50% asset value test and the net income from the Class A shares is relevant gross income for purposes of the 90% gross income test. If, however, our partnership is not so treated, then the relevant assets are the RIC’s allocable share of the underlying assets held by our partnership and the relevant gross income is the RIC’s allocable share of the underlying gross income earned by our partnership. Whether our partnership will qualify as a “qualifying publicly traded partnership” will depend upon the exact nature of our future investments. We will operate such that at least 90% of our gross income from the underlying assets held by our partnership will constitute cash and property that generates dividends, interest and gains from the sale of securities or other income that qualifies for the RIC gross income test described above. RICs should consult their own tax advisors about the U.S. tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares.

Tax-Exempt Holders . A holder of our Class A shares that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and, therefore, exempt from U.S. Federal income taxation, may nevertheless be subject to “unrelated business income tax” to the extent, if any, that its allocable share of our income consists of UBTI. A tax-exempt partner of a partnership that engages in a trade or business which is unrelated to the exempt function of the tax-exempt partner must include in computing its UBTI, its pro rata share (whether or not distributed) of

 

259


Table of Contents

such partnership’s gross income derived from such unrelated trade or business. Moreover, a tax-exempt partner of a partnership generally could be treated as earning UBTI to the extent that such partnership derives income from “debt-financed property,” or if the partnership interest itself is debt financed. Debt-financed property means property held to produce income with respect to which there is “acquisition indebtedness” ( i.e. , indebtedness incurred in acquiring or holding property).

An investment in Class A shares will give rise to UBTI, in particular from “debt-financed” property, because APO Asset Co., LLC and/or its subsidiaries will borrow funds from APO Corp. or third parties from time to time to make investments. In each case, these investments will give rise to UBTI from “debt-financed” property. We will not make investments through taxable corporations solely for the purpose of limiting UBTI from “debt-financed” property and other sources.

Prospective tax-exempt holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies and Controlled Foreign Corporations . It is possible that we will invest in non-U.S. corporations treated as PFICs or CFCs. In the case of PFICs, a U.S. Class A shareholder’s share of certain distributions from such corporations and gains from the sale by us of interests in such corporations (or gains from the sale by a U.S. Class A shareholder of their interest) could be subject to an interest charge and certain other disadvantageous tax treatment. In the case of CFCs, a portion of the income of such corporations (whether or not distributed) could be imputed currently as ordinary income to certain U.S. Class A shareholder. Furthermore, in the case of PFICs and CFCs, gains from the sale by us of an interest in such corporations (or gains recognized by certain U.S. Class A shareholder on the sale of their interest) could be characterized as ordinary income (rather than as capital gains) in whole or in part. If we make a “qualified electing fund,” or “QEF,” election with respect to a PFIC, each U.S. Class A shareholder would in general be required to include in income annually its share of the PFIC’s current income and gains (losses are not currently deductible), but would avoid the interest charge and ordinary income treatment as to gains described above. As a result of a QEF election, a U.S. Class A shareholder could recognize income subject to tax prior to the receipt by us of any distributable proceeds. We can not give any assurance that the QEF election will be available with respect to a PFIC that we invest in.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes . Since Class A shares held by a U.S. citizen or resident would be included in the gross estate of such U.S. citizen or resident for U.S. Federal estate tax purposes, then a U.S. Federal estate tax might be payable with respect to such shares in connection with the death of such person. Prospective individual U.S. holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the potential U.S. Federal estate tax consequences with respect to Class A shares.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons

Non-U.S. Persons . Special rules apply to a holder of our Class A shares that is a non-U.S. person. Non-U.S. persons are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate on the gross amount of interest, dividends and other fixed or determinable annual or periodical income received from sources within the United States if such income is not treated as effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States. The 30% rate may be reduced or eliminated under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. person resides or is organized. Whether a non-U.S. person is eligible for such treaty benefits will depend upon the provisions of the applicable treaty as well as the treatment of us under the laws of the non-U.S. person’s jurisdiction. The 30% withholding tax rate does not apply to certain portfolio interest on obligations of U.S. persons allocable to certain non-U.S. persons. Moreover, non-U.S. persons generally are not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on capital gains if (i) such gains are not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of such non-U.S. person; (ii) a tax treaty is applicable and

 

260


Table of Contents

such gains are not attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States maintained by such non-U.S. person; or (iii) such non-U.S. person is an individual and is not present in the United States for 183 or more days during the taxable year (assuming certain other conditions are met).

Non-U.S. persons treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business are subject to U.S. Federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons on their net income that is considered to be effectively connected with such U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. persons that are corporations may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax on such effectively connected income. The 30% rate applicable to branch profits may be reduced or eliminated under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. person resides or is organized.

While it is expected that our methods of operation will not result in a determination that we are engaged in a U.S. trade or business, we cannot give any assurance that the IRS will not assert successfully that we are engaged in a U.S. trade or business, with the result that some portion of our income is properly treated as effectively connected income with respect to non-U.S. holders. If a holder who is a non-U.S. person were treated as being engaged in a U.S. trade or business in any year because of an investment in the Class A shares in such year, such holder generally would be (i) subject to withholding by us on its distributive share of our income effectively connected with such U.S. trade or business, (ii) required to file a U.S. Federal income tax return for such year reporting its allocable share, if any, of income or loss effectively connected with such trade or business and (iii) required to pay U.S. Federal income tax at regular U.S. Federal income tax rates on any such income. Moreover, a holder who is a corporate non-U.S. person might be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax on its allocable share of its effectively connected income. Any amount so withheld would be creditable against such non-U.S. person’s U.S. Federal income tax liability, and such non-U.S. person could claim a refund to the extent that the amount withheld exceeded such non-U.S. person’s U.S. Federal income tax liability for the taxable year. Finally, if we were treated as being engaged in a U.S. trade or business, a portion of any gain recognized by a holder who is a non-U.S. person on the sale or exchange of its Class A shares could be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as effectively connected income, and hence such non-U.S. person could be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the sale or exchange.

Generally, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, or “FIRPTA,” provisions of the Code, non-U.S. persons are subject to U.S. tax in the same manner as U.S. persons on any gain realized on the disposition of an interest, other than an interest solely as a creditor, in U.S. real property. An interest in U.S. real property includes stock in a U.S. corporation (except for certain stock of publicly traded U.S. corporations) if interests in U.S. real property constitute 50% or more by value of the sum of the corporation’s assets used in a trade or business, its U.S. real property interests and its interests in real property located outside the United States (a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” or “USRPHC”). Consequently, a non-U.S. person who invests directly in U.S. real estate, or indirectly by owning the stock of a USRPHC, will be subject to tax under FIRPTA on the disposition of such investment. The FIRPTA tax will also apply if the non-U.S. person is a holder of an interest in a partnership that owns an interest in U.S. real property or an interest in a USRPHC. We may, from time to time, make certain investments (other than direct investments in U.S. real property) through APO Asset Co., LLC that could constitute investments in U.S. real property or USRPHCs, including dividends from REIT investments that are attributable to gains from the sale of U.S. real property. If we make such investments, each non-U.S. person will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax under FIRPTA on such holder’s allocable share of any gain realized on the disposition of a FIRPTA interest and will be subject to the tax return filing requirements discussed above.

In general, different rules from those described above apply in the case of non-U.S. persons subject to special treatment under U.S. Federal income tax law, including a non-U.S. person (i) who has an office or fixed place of business in the United States or is otherwise carrying on a U.S. trade or business; (ii) who is an individual present in the United States for 183 or more days or has a “tax home” in the United States for U.S. Federal income tax purposes; or (iii) who is a former citizen or resident of the United States.

 

261


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax Consequences . The U.S. Federal estate tax treatment of Class A shares with regards to the estate of a non-citizen who is not a resident of the United States is not entirely clear. If Class A shares are includible in the U.S. gross estate of such person, then a U.S. Federal estate tax might be payable in connection with the death of such person. Prospective individual non-U.S. holders of Class A shares who are non-citizens and not residents of the United States should consult their own tax advisors concerning the potential U.S. Federal estate tax consequences with regard to Class A shares.

Prospective holders who are non-U.S. persons are urged to consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws, as well as eligibility for any reduced withholding benefits.

Administrative Matters

Tax Matters Partner . One of our managing partners will act as our “tax matters partner.” Our board of directors will have the authority, subject to certain restrictions, to appoint another founder or Class A shareholder to act on our behalf in connection with an administrative or judicial review of our items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit.

Tax Elections . We have not determined whether we will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code with respect to us. Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. each currently intend to make such an election while Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., and Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. have not determined whether to make such an election. The election, if made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS, and would generally require us to adjust the tax basis in our assets, or “inside basis,” attributable to a transferee of common units under Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect the purchase price of the common units paid by the transferee. However, this election does not apply to a person who purchases common units directly from us, including in this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a transferee’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) the transferee’s share of our tax basis in our assets, or “common basis,” and (2) the Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

If no Section 754 election is made, there would be no adjustment for the transferee of Class A shares, even if the purchase price of those common units, is higher than the transferee’s share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, on a sale of an asset, gain allocable to the transferee would include built-in gain allocable to the transferee at the time of the transfer, which built-in gain would otherwise generally be eliminated if a Section 754 election had been made.

Even assuming no Section 754 election is made, if Class A shares were transferred at a time when we had a “substantial built-in loss” inherent in our assets, we would be obligated to reduce the tax basis in the portion of such assets attributable to such Class A shares.

The calculations under Section 754 of the Code are complex, and there is little legal authority concerning the mechanics of the calculations, particularly in the context of publicly traded partnerships. To help reduce the complexity of those calculations and the resulting administrative costs to us, we will apply certain conventions in determining and allocating basis adjustments. For example, we may apply a convention in which we deem the price paid by a holder of Class A shares to be the lowest quoted trading price of the Class A shares during the month in which the purchase occurred irrespective of the actual price paid. Nevertheless, the use of such conventions may result in basis adjustments that do not exactly reflect a holder’s purchase price for its Class A shares, including less favorable basis adjustments to a holder who paid more than the lowest quoted trading price of the Class A shares for the month in which the purchase occurred. It is also possible that the IRS will successfully assert that the conventions we utilize do not satisfy the technical requirements of the Code or the Treasury Regulations and, thus, will require different basis adjustments to be made. If the IRS were to sustain such a position, a holder of Class A shares may have adverse tax consequences.

 

262


Table of Contents

Constructive Termination . Subject to the electing large partnership rules described below, we will be considered to have been terminated and reformed as a new partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a 12-month period. Our termination would result in the closing of our taxable year for all holders of Class A shares. In the case of a holder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending on our year end, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than 12 months of our taxable income or loss being includable in the holder’s taxable income for the year of termination. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new tax election under Section 754 of the Code. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.

Information Returns . We have agreed to use reasonable efforts to furnish to you tax information (including Schedule K-1) as promptly as possible, which describes your allocable share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, we will use various accounting and reporting conventions to determine your allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction. Delivery of this information by us will be subject to delay in the event of, among other reasons, the late receipt of any necessary tax information from an investment in which we hold an interest. It is therefore likely that, in any taxable year, our shareholders will need to apply for extensions of time to file their tax returns. The IRS may successfully contend that certain of these reporting conventions are impermissible, which could result in an adjustment to your allocable share of our income, gain, loss and/or deduction and necessitate that you file amended tax returns for the taxable year(s) affected to reflect such adjustment. If you are not a U.S. person, we cannot give any assurance that the tax information we furnish will meet your jurisdiction’s compliance requirements.

It is possible that we may engage in transactions that subject our partnership and, potentially, the holders of our Class A shares to other information reporting requirements with respect to an investment in us. You may be subject to substantial penalties if you fail to comply with such information reporting requirements. You should consult with your tax advisors regarding such information reporting requirements.

We may be audited by the IRS. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require you to file amended tax returns for the taxable year(s) affected to reflect such adjustment and possibly may result in an audit of your own tax return. Any audit of your tax return could result in adjustments not related to our tax returns as well as those related to our tax returns. Under our operating agreement, in the event of an inadvertent partnership termination in which the IRS has granted us limited relief each holder of our Class A shares is obligated to make such adjustments as are required by the IRS to maintain our status as a partnership.

Nominee Reporting . Persons who hold our Class A shares as nominees for another person are required to furnish to us (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee; (ii) whether the beneficial owner is (1) a person that is not a U.S. person, (2) a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, or (3) a tax-exempt entity; (iii) the amount and description of Class A shares held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and (iv) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition costs for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on Class A shares they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the Class A shares with the information furnished to us.

Taxable Year . A partnership is required to have a tax year that is the same tax year as any partner, or group of partners, that owns a majority interest (more than 50%) in the partnership. A partnership also is required to change its tax year every time a group of partners with a different tax year end acquires a majority interest, unless the partnership has been forced to change its tax year during the preceding two year period. In the event the

 

263


Table of Contents

majority interest in the Class A shares is acquired by a group of partners with a different tax year and we have not been forced to change our tax year during the preceding two year period, we will be required to change our tax year to the tax year of that group of partners. We may request permission from the IRS to adopt a tax year end of December 31.

Elective Procedures for Large Partnerships . The Code allows large partnerships to elect streamlined procedures for income tax reporting. This election, if made, would reduce the number of items that must be separately stated on the Schedule K-1 that are issued to the holders of the Class A shares, and such Schedules K-1 would have to be provided on or before the first March 15 following the close of each taxable year. In addition, this election would prevent us from suffering a “technical termination” (which would close our taxable year) if, within a 12-month period, there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of our total interests. If an election is made, IRS audit adjustments will flow through to the holders of the Class A shares for the year in which the adjustments take effect, rather than the holders of the Class A shares in the year to which the adjustment relates. In addition, we, rather than the holders of the Class A shares individually, generally will be liable for any interest and penalties that result from an audit adjustment.

Treatment of Amounts Withheld . If we are required to withhold any U.S. tax on distributions made to any holder of Class A shares, we will pay such withheld amount to the IRS. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the holder of Class A shares with respect to whom the payment was made and will reduce the amount of cash to which such holder would otherwise be entitled.

Withholding and Backup Withholding . For each calendar year, we will report to you and the IRS the amount of distributions we made to you and the amount of U.S. Federal income tax (if any) that we withheld on those distributions. The proper application to us of rules for withholding under Section 1441 of the Code (applicable to certain dividends, interest and similar items) is unclear. Because the documentation we receive may not properly reflect the identities of partners at any particular time (in light of possible sales of Class A shares), we may over-withhold or under-withhold with respect to a particular holder of Class A shares. For example, we may impose withholding, remit that amount to the IRS and thus reduce the amount of a distribution paid to a non-U.S. holder. It may turn out, however, the corresponding amount of our income was not properly allocable to such holder, and the withholding should have been less than the actual withholding. Such holder would be entitled to a credit against the holder’s U.S. tax liability for all withholding, including any such excess withholding, but, if the withholding exceeded the holder’s U.S. tax liability, the holder would have to apply for a refund to obtain the benefit of the excess withholding. Similarly, we may fail to withhold on a distribution, and it may turn out the corresponding income was properly allocable to a non-U.S. holder and withholding should have been imposed. In that event, we intend to pay the under-withheld amount to the IRS, and we may treat such under-withholding as an expense that will be borne by all holders of our Class A shares on a pro rata basis (since we may be unable to allocate any such excess withholding tax cost to the relevant non-U.S. holder).

If you do not timely provide us with IRS Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable, or such form is not properly completed, we may become subject to U.S. backup withholding taxes in excess of what would have been imposed had we received certifications from all holders. Such excess U.S. backup withholding taxes may be treated by us as an expense that will be borne by all holders on a pro rata basis (where we are or may be unable to cost efficiently allocate any such excess withholding tax cost specifically to the holders that failed to timely provide the proper U.S. tax certifications).

Tax Shelter Regulations . If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS in accordance with recently issued regulations governing tax shelters and other potentially tax-motivated transactions. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses in excess of $2 million. An investment in us may be considered a “reportable transaction” if, for example, we recognize certain significant losses in the future. In certain circumstances, a holder of our Class A shares who

 

264


Table of Contents

disposes of an interest in a transaction resulting in the recognition by such holder of significant losses in excess of certain threshold amounts may be obligated to disclose its participation in such transaction. Our participation in a reportable transaction also could increase the likelihood that our U.S. Federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Certain of these rules are currently unclear and it is possible that they may be applicable in situations other than significant loss transactions.

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to (i) significant accuracy-related penalties with a broad scope, (ii) for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on U.S. Federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability, and (iii) in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

Holders of our Class A shares should consult their tax advisors own concerning any possible disclosure obligation under the regulations governing tax shelters with respect to the dispositions of their interests in us.

Possible New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action . The rules dealing with U.S. Federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, frequently resulting in revised interpretations of established concepts, statutory changes, revisions to regulations and other modifications and interpretations. We cannot give any assurance as to whether, or in what form, any proposals affecting us or our shareholders will be enacted. The IRS pays close attention to the proper application of tax laws to partnerships. The present U.S. Federal income tax treatment of an investment in the Class A shares may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial action at any time, and any such action may affect investments and commitments previously made. The U.S. Congress, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department are currently examining the U.S. Federal income tax treatment of private equity funds, hedge funds and other kinds of investment partnerships. The present U.S. Federal income tax treatment of an investment in our Class A shares and/or our own taxation as described under “—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” may be adversely affected by any new legislation, new regulations or revised interpretations of existing tax law that arise as a result of such examinations. Most notably, on June 14, 2007, legislation was introduced in the Senate that would tax as corporations publicly traded partnerships that directly or indirectly derive income from investment adviser or asset management services. A similar bill was introduced in the House of Representatives on June 20, 2007. In addition, on June 22, 2007, legislation was introduced in the House of Representatives that would cause allocation of income associated with carried interests to be taxed as ordinary income for the performance of services, which apparently would have the effect of treating publicly traded partnerships that derive substantial amounts of income from carried interests as corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. On October 25, 2007, the House Ways and Means Committee Chairman, in connection with his tax reform proposal, introduced legislation that was substantially similar to the June 22, 2007 bill. On November 9, 2007, the House of Representatives passed legislation similar to the June 22, 2007 legislation. Under a transition rule contained in the November 9, 2007 legislation, the carried interest would not be treated as ordinary income for purposes of Section 7704 until December 31, 2009 and therefore would not preclude us from qualifying as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes until our taxable year beginning January 1, 2010. None of these legislative proposals affecting the tax treatment of our carried interests or of our ability to qualify as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes has yet been entered into law. Any such changes in tax law would cause us to be taxable as a corporation, thereby substantially increasing our tax liability and potentially reducing the value of Class A shares. Furthermore, it is possible that the U.S. Federal income tax law could be changed in ways that would adversely affect the anticipated tax consequences for us and/or the holders of Class A shares as described herein, including possible changes that would adversely affect the taxation of tax-exempt and/or non-U.S. holders of Class A shares. For example, there could be changes that would adversely affect the taxation of tax-exempt and/or non-U.S. holders of Class A shares, since carried interest income arguably has some economic resemblance to a fee for services (which generally would be taxable to tax-exempt investors and non-U.S. holders).

It is unclear whether any such legislation will be proposed or enacted or, if enacted, whether and how the legislation would apply to us and/or the holders of Class A shares, and it is unclear whether any other such tax

 

265


Table of Contents

law changes will occur or, if they do, how they might affect us and/or the holders of Class A shares. Our organizational documents and agreements permit the Manager to modify the operating agreement from time to time, without the consent of the holders of Class A shares, in order to address certain changes in U.S. Federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation. In some circumstances, such revisions could have a material adverse impact on some or all of the holders of our Class A shares. In view of the potential significance of any such U.S. Federal income tax law changes and the fact that there are likely to be ongoing developments in this area, each prospective holder of Class A shares should consult its own tax advisor to determine the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to it of acquiring and holding Class A shares in light of such potential U.S. Federal income tax law changes.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING. THE TAX MATTERS RELATING TO APOLLO AND HOLDERS OF CLASS A SHARES ARE COMPLEX AND ARE SUBJECT TO VARYING INTERPRETATIONS. MOREOVER, THE EFFECT OF EXISTING INCOME TAX LAWS, THE MEANING AND IMPACT OF WHICH IS UNCERTAIN AND OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN INCOME TAX LAWS WILL VARY WITH THE PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES OF EACH PROSPECTIVE HOLDER AND, IN REVIEWING THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR, THESE MATTERS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF CLASS A SHARES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY INVESTMENT IN CLASS A SHARES.

Material Argentine Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Argentine tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Argentina. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Argentine tax considerations relevant to a holder resident in Argentina. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Argentine laws and regulations currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

For the purpose of the material Argentine tax consequences described herein, it is assumed that an Argentine person is a person that is (i) an individual resident in Argentina for income tax purposes (an “Argentine Individual”) or (ii) (x) a corporation or any other company taxable as a corporation for Argentine income tax purposes that is resident in Argentina, (y) a permanent establishment that is located in Argentina and belongs to a non-resident company or individual or (z) a trust or an investment fund formed in Argentina (an “Argentine Legal Entity”).

Taxation of Holders of Class A Shares

Taxation of Dividends.  Pursuant to the Argentine income tax law (“ITL”), dividends either distributed to or available for collection by Argentine holders of Class A shares, whether in the form of cash, stock or other types of consideration, would be subject to Argentine income tax.

Argentine Individuals are subject to progressive tax rates ranging from 9% to 35%, whereas Argentine Legal Entities are subject to a flat rate of 35%, imposed on taxable income.

Argentine holders of Class A shares would be entitled to an ordinary direct foreign tax credit for any income taxes or similar taxes effectively paid by such holders upon the distribution of dividends.

Taxation of Capital Gains.  The tax treatment of capital gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A shares would depend on whether such gains are realized by an Argentine Individual or an Argentine Legal Entity.

 

266


Table of Contents

Under current law and the interpretation of the Attorney General, Argentine Individuals who do not sell Class A shares on a regular basis generally are not subject to the Argentine income tax on capital gains derived from the disposal of such Class A shares. There is no legal test or definition used to determine whether such activity is deemed to be carried out on a regular basis.

Argentine Individuals who purchase and sell shares on a regular basis would be subject to income tax at a progressive rate ranging from 9% to 35% on capital gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A shares. The taxable gain would equal the price paid for the shares less the cost for the shares and related expenses.

Capital gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A shares by an Argentine Legal Entity would be subject to income tax at the rate of 35%. The taxable gain would equal the price paid for the shares less the cost for the shares and related expenses.

Capital losses realized upon the disposal of Class A shares ( i.e., foreign source losses from shares) would be subject to a basket limitation and could only be offset against foreign source gains from the disposal of shares.

Value Added Tax (“VAT”) . Neither the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A shares nor the payment of dividends on such shares is subject to VAT.

Personal Assets Tax (“PAT”) . Under Law 23,966, as amended, Argentine Individuals are subject to the PAT, a net wealth tax levied on worldwide assets, which would include Class A shares, held as of December 31 of each year. Argentine Legal Entities are not subject to the PAT with respect to the shares they own in other legal entities.

The PAT is imposed on the value (calculated according to the PAT Law) of an Argentine Individual’s assets. The Individuals whose total assets does not exceed AR$305,000 are exempt from the tax.

For Argentine Individuals who own assets with a value that does not exceed AR$ 750,000 the PAT is calculated at the rate of 0.5% on the total assets.

Argentine Individuals who own assets with a value in excess of AR$ 750,000 and up to AR$ 2,000,000 must calculate the PAT at a 0.75% tax rate on the total assets.

For Argentine Individuals who own assets with a value in excess of AR$ 2,000,000 and up to AR$ 5,000,000 the PAT is calculated at the rate of 1% on the total assets.

Argentine Individuals who own assets with a value of more than AR$ 5,000,000 must calculate the PAT at a 1% tax rate on the total assets.

Class A shares would be considered assets subject to the PAT based on their fair market value as of December 31st of each year if they are listed on an established securities market and based on the holder’s proportionate share of the net worth of Apollo if they are not listed on an established securities market.

Minimum Deemed Income Tax (“MDIT”) . Argentine Legal Entities are subject to the MDIT at the rate of 1% (0.2% in the case of local financial entities, leasing entities, insurance entities) on their assets wherever located, according to the value of such assets at the end of the fiscal year. If Class A shares are listed on an established securities market they would have to be valued according to their market price. If they are not listed on an established securities market, value would be determined based on the holder’s proportionate share of the net worth of Apollo.

 

267


Table of Contents

There is a de minimis threshold of AR$200,000, but if the value of the assets exceeds such amount, the total value of the assets is subject to the tax.

The MDIT is payable only if the income tax as determined for a given fiscal year does not equal or exceed the amount of the MDIT assessed for such year. In such a case, only the difference between the MDIT determined for such year and the income tax determined for such year shall be paid. Any MDIT paid in a given year may be used as a credit against any income tax payable during any of the immediately following ten fiscal years in which income tax exceeds MDIT.

Tax on Debits and Credits on Banking Accounts . Law No. 25,413, as amended, levies a tax on debits from and credits to bank accounts at financial institutions located in Argentina and on other transactions that are used as a substitute for the regular use of bank accounts.

The general tax rate is 0.6% for each debit or credit. In certain cases, an increased rate of 1.2% or a reduced rate of 0.075% may apply.

A tax credit is available against income tax and MDIT for 34% of the tax paid at the 0.6% rate, and 17% of the tax paid at the 1.2% rate.

This tax could be applicable to Argentine holders in connection with any debit from or credit to Argentine bank accounts generated by, among others, the purchase or disposal of Class A shares or the collection of dividends.

Turnover Tax . The turnover tax is a local tax levied by the Argentine provinces and the city of Buenos Aires on the performance of a for-profit activity ( i.e., an activity for which consideration is paid) on a regular basis. The taxable gain is the amount of gross receipts realized from any such activity within the local jurisdiction. The applicable tax rate ranges from 1% to 3%, depending on the jurisdiction.

Argentine Legal Entities are generally subject to this tax, but Argentine Individuals who are not involved in the regular activity of buying and selling shares are not. Prospective Argentine holders of Class A shares should analyze the possible application of the turnover tax, taking into account the relevant provincial laws given such holders’ places of residence and business.

Under the Tax Code of the City of Buenos Aires, turnover derived from dividends or as a result of any transaction in respect of shares is exempt. Therefore, the holding of Class A shares would not trigger turnover tax in the City of Buenos Aires.

Stamp Tax.  The stamp tax is a local tax levied on the instrumentation of contracts either signed or having effects in Argentina. It is payable in the jurisdiction in which the economic transaction is instrumented, but it may also be applicable in the jurisdiction in which such transaction has effects. The tax rate varies in each jurisdiction (the average is 1%) and the tax is imposed on the economic value of the instrumented transaction.

Argentine holders of Class A shares could be subject to stamp tax in certain Argentine provinces (other than the City of Buenos Aires, La Rioja Province or Tierra del Fuego Province) if any instrumented transaction in connection with Class A shares is performed or executed in such local jurisdiction.

Other Taxes.  There are no Argentine inheritance or gift taxes applicable on the ownership, transfer or disposition of Class A shares.

Tax Treaties.  There is currently no tax treaty in effect between Argentina and the United States to avoid double taxation on income and capital.

 

268


Table of Contents

Material Brazilian Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Brazilian Federal income tax (Income Tax and Social Contribution on Profit) considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Brazil. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive and complete description of all Brazilian tax considerations that may be relevant for Brazilian resident holders. This summary is based on Brazilian laws and regulations currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the Brazilian Federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

Taxation of Brazilian Holders of Class A Shares

Under Brazilian law, Brazilian resident holders of Class A shares (whether individuals or entities) would be subject to income tax upon the disposal of Class A shares and upon receipt of distributions of profits or dividends.

Capital Gain on Disposal of Class A Shares.  Under Articles 117, 138 and 142 of the Income Tax Regulation individual holders of Class A shares would be subject to Income Tax at a rate of 15% on the excess of the sale price of the Class A shares over the acquisition cost of such Class A shares, in respect of capital gains received upon the disposal of Class A shares. Such tax must be collected on or before the last business day of the month following the month in which the shares are disposed.

If the holder is an entity, any capital gains would be added to the holder’s taxable income for Income Tax purposes. Such an addition could result in taxation of the capital gain at a rate of 15%, plus an additional rate of 10% on the amount of taxable income that exceeds R$20,000 (twenty thousand Reais), monthly, unless the entity has net operating losses in an amount which would be sufficient to offset the increase in the taxable basis represented by the capital gains. Capital gains would also be added to such holder’s tax basis for the Social Contribution on Profit, and would be subject to taxation at a rate of 9%, unless the entity has net operating losses in an amount which would be sufficient to offset the increase in the taxable basis represented by the capital gains.

Capital gains earned by companies located in Brazil with respect to transactions abroad subject such companies to Income Tax and to Social Contribution on Profit under the real profit regime. As a result, if a holder of Class A shares normally calculates such taxes under the presumed profit regime, such holder would instead be required to perform the calculations using the real profit regime from the moment the shares are disposed (the three month period in which the event occurred) until the end of the elected taxable period (quarter or year).

Capital gains earned abroad must be converted into Reais at the exchange rate (selling rate) as of the date they are accounted in Brazil. In accordance with Article 395 of Income Tax Regulation, the income tax due abroad with respect to capital gains that are added to taxable income in Brazil can be offset against Income Tax due in Brazil on such capital gains.

In addition, under a reciprocity agreement executed between Brazil and the United States, income tax paid in the United States can be offset against Income Tax due in Brazil, and Income Tax paid in Brazil can be offset against income tax due in the United States.

Distribution of Profits and Dividends. Distributions of profits or dividends to Brazilian resident holders of Class A shares would be subject to Income Tax and, for entity holders, additionally to Social Contribution on Profit.

From an individual standpoint, distributions paid to Class A shares are subject to the Income Tax at variable rates of 15% (on monthly income from R$1.372.82 to R$2,743.25, with a R$205.92 tax deduction allowed) or 27,5% (on monthly income exceeding R$2,743.25, with a R$ 548.82 deduction), based on the amount received.

 

269


Table of Contents

If the holder is an entity, any distributed profits or dividends in respect of equity held abroad would be added to the holder’s taxable income for Income Tax purposes. Such an addition could result in taxation of such distributions at a rate of 15%, plus an additional rate of 10% on the amount of the taxable income that exceeds R$20,000 (twenty thousand Reais), monthly, unless the entity has net operating losses in an amount which would be sufficient to offset the increase in the taxable basis represented by the capital gains. Distributions of profits or dividends must also be added to such holder’s tax basis for the Social Contribution on Profit, and would be subject to taxation at a rate of 9%, unless the entity has net operating losses in an amount which would be sufficient to offset the increase in the taxable basis represented by the capital gains.

Foreign exchange operations in Brazil are now subject to the assessment of the Tax on Financial Operations, at a rate of 0.38%, which applies to exchange transactions destined to internalize both capital gains and profits and dividends, and is supposed to be witheld by the financial institution through which the exchange transaction is carried out.

Material French Tax Considerations

The following summary describes certain French tax considerations of the acquisition, holding and disposition of our Class A shares as of the date hereof. This summary does not represent a detailed description of all French tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire, hold or dispose of our shares. This summary is based on French tax laws (including, as the case may be, the income tax treaty entered into between France and the United States on July 31, 1994, as amended (the “U.S.-France Treaty”)) and regulations in force as of the date of this prospectus, and as interpreted by the French courts and tax authorities without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect. Each prospective holder of Class A shares should consult his or her own professional tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares. The discussion of the principal French tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and disposal of Class A shares set forth below is included for general information only.

For purposes of the following summary, it is assumed that no holder of Class A shares holds (directly or indirectly, taking into account constructive ownership and attribution rules as may be applicable under French tax law) shares representing 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital or voting rights of Apollo, and that no Class A shares held by a French resident holder are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base situated outside France.

This discussion does not apply to certain categories of investors that may be subject to specific rules, including inter alia banks and financial institutions, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, companies holding Class A shares as a controlling interest ( titres de participation ) or individuals holding Class A shares as part of their professional assets. Those investors should consult their own professional tax advisors with respect to the French tax consequences of such an investment.

Investors Holding Class A Shares

We expect to be treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes. Generally, there is no clear guidance under French tax law addressing the treatment of tax transparent entities formed under foreign law. However, the French tax authorities have issued a statement of practice addressing certain specific aspects of the application of the U.S.-France Treaty to partnerships and similar entities (including certain limited liability companies) organized under the laws of the United States (the Instruction of April 26, 1999 published in the Bulletin officiel des impôts 14 B-3-99 dated May 6, 1999; the “Statement of Practice”). However, the Statement of Practice does not provide comprehensive guidelines regarding the application of the U.S.-France Treaty to such entities, and the French tax authorities are currently considering potential modifications of their current practice regarding foreign partnerships in general. On this basis, it is expected that the current tax treatment of French holders of Class A shares would be as summarized below.

 

270


Table of Contents

Taxation of Income. The tax treatment of U.S.-source dividends received by a French resident in respect of an investment in a U.S. limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is not entirely clear and is not specifically addressed in the Statement of Practice. It may however be inferred from the Statement of Practice and the usual practice of the French tax authorities that holders of Class A shares who are resident in France for tax purposes should not be taxable on a flow-through basis in relation to their investment ( i.e. , they should not recognize income upon its realization by Apollo). Such holders should be required to include distributions made by Apollo in their taxable income in respect of the taxable period during which those distributions are made.

The proportionate share of income realized by Apollo that is allocated to a French individual holder of Class A shares as part of his or her private assets would be subject to income tax at a progressive rate, together with social taxes of 11%.

Income distributed by Apollo to a holder that is an entity subject to French corporation tax should be included in that entity’s taxable income, subject to corporation tax at the standard rate of 33.33% plus (subject to certain exemptions) a social contribution of 3.3% assessed on the amount of corporation tax after a deduction capped at €763,000 per twelve month period.

Although this is not expressly confirmed in the guidelines published by the French tax authorities, the U.S.-France Treaty provisions could, in principle, be construed as entitling French holders of Class A shares to (subject to certain requirements and limitations) a tax credit in France in respect of any withholding taxes paid in the United States, in accordance with the “U.S.-France Treaty” in respect of distributions made by Apollo.

Taxation of Capital Gains or Losses. Capital gains resulting from the sale of Class A shares by an individual holding such shares as part of his or her private assets would be taxable from the first euro if the total amount realized in respect of disposals of securities and other assimilated interests during the same calendar year within such individual’s fiscal household is greater than €25,000. In such a case, such capital gains would be subject to income tax at a rate of 18%, together with social taxes of 11% (resulting in an aggregate rate of 29%). Capital losses could be set off against capital gains of the same nature realized in the year of transfer or in the following ten years, provided that the €25,000 threshold has been reached during the year of realization of the capital loss.

A disposal of Class A shares by an entity subject to French corporation tax should give rise to a gain or loss included in that entity’s taxable income, subject to corporate tax at the standard rate of 33.3% plus (subject to certain exemptions) a social contribution of 3.3% assessed on the amount of corporation tax after a deduction capped at €763,000 per twelve month period.

Wealth Tax. Class A shares held by individuals that are resident of France for tax purposes are in principle included in such holders’ taxable assets for wealth tax purposes.

Registration Duty. No French registration duty would be due on the issue or transfer of Class A shares, unless the transfer is effected by means of a written agreement executed in France.

Material German Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material German tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by persons resident in Germany. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive and complete representation of all German tax considerations possibly relevant for German resident holders. This discussion is not directed to holders of Class A shares subject to special treatment under German income tax laws, such as banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions. The tax treatment of partners in a partnership as holders of Class A shares generally depends on the status of the partner, rather than the partnership, and is not specifically addressed herein.

 

271


Table of Contents

The following discussion is based upon German tax law applicable as of the date of this prospectus and upon provisions of double taxation treaties entered into between the Federal Republic of Germany and other countries. In both areas, the law may change and such changes may have retroactive effect.

Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors about the tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and transfer of Class A shares. Only such tax advisors are in a position to take into account adequately the special tax situation of the individual holder.

Qualification of Apollo Global Management, LLC for German Tax Purposes

We intend to operate so that we will qualify to be treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a partnership. However, according to an interpretation letter on the qualification of US-LLCs for German tax purposes issued by the German Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF letter of March 19, 2004, IV B4—S1301 USA—22/04, BStBl. I 2004, page 411), such qualification is not binding for German tax purposes. Based on this interpretation letter, we believe that we qualify as a corporation for German tax purposes.

Taxation of Dividends

For individuals tax resident in Germany ( i.e., persons whose domicile or customary residence is in Germany) and holding Class A shares as private assets, half of the dividends are subject to personal income tax (so-called half income system, Halbeinkünfteverfahren). Such dividends are subject to personal income tax at a progressive tax rate plus solidarity surcharge thereon. Only half of the expenses economically related to the dividends ( i.e., expenses incurred to generate income) are deductible for tax purposes.

Individuals holding Class A shares as private assets are entitled to an annual tax-exempt allowance for investment income (Sparerfreibetrag) in the amount of €750 or €1,500 (for married couples assessed jointly) per calendar year. In addition, a holder is entitled to a lump sum deduction for investment income related expenses (Werbungskostenpauschale) in the amount of €51 and €102 (for married couples assessed jointly), unless a higher amount of expenses can be demonstrated.

For persons holding Class A shares as business assets, the taxation depends on whether the holder is a corporation or an individual:

 

   

If a corporation tax resident in Germany holds Class A shares as business assets, 95% of the dividends are exempt from corporate income tax and solidarity surcharge. No minimum shareholding limit or minimum holding period applies. The remaining 5% of the dividends are considered to be non-deductible business expenses and are thus subject to corporate income tax (plus solidarity surcharge). Actual business expenses incurred in connection with the dividends can be deducted. The full amount of the dividend income minus any business expenses economically associated with such dividends is subject to trade tax, unless the corporate holder held at least 15% of the company’s registered share capital since the beginning of the relevant assessment period. In the latter case, the dividends are not subject to trade tax; however, trade tax is levied on the amount that is deemed a non-deductible business expense ( i.e., 5% of the dividend).

 

   

If a sole proprietor (natural person) holds Class A shares as business assets, half of the dividends are taken into account as taxable income for personal income tax purposes. Likewise, only half of the business expenses that are economically related to the dividends are deductible for personal income tax purposes. In addition, if a German permanent establishment of a commercial enterprise holds Class A shares as business assets, the full amount of the dividends (minus expenses economically associated with such dividends) is subject to trade tax, unless the holder held at least 15% of the company’s registered share capital since the beginning of the relevant assessment period. In principle, the trade tax is creditable by way of a lump-sum imputation procedure against the personal income tax liability of the holder.

 

272


Table of Contents

If the holder is an individual resident outside Germany and the Class A shares belong to the business assets of a German permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany, or to business assets for which a permanent representative has been appointed in Germany, half of the dividends will be subject to German income tax plus solidarity surcharge thereon. If the Class A shares belong to a German permanent establishment of a commercial enterprise, the dividend income, minus any business expenses economically associated with such dividends, is subject to trade tax on the full amount, unless the holder held at least 15% of the company’s registered share capital since the beginning of the relevant assessment period. The trade tax is generally credited against the holder’s personal income tax liability using a lump-sum method.

Dividends paid to corporations tax resident abroad are 95% exempt from German corporate income tax and solidarity surcharge if the Class A shares are held through a business establishment or permanent establishment in Germany or if they belong to business assets, for which a permanent representative has been appointed in Germany. 5% of the dividends are deemed to be non-deductible business expenses and, therefore, are subject to corporate income tax plus solidarity surcharge. If the Class A shares belong to the business assets of a domestic business establishment, the dividend income, minus any business expenses economically associated with such dividends, is also subject to trade tax on the full amount, unless the corporation held at least 15% of the company’s registered share capital or nominal capital since the beginning of the relevant assessment period. In the latter case, 5% of the dividends are deemed non-deductible business expenses and as such are subject to trade tax.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Half of the capital gains from the sale of Class A shares held as private assets by an individual resident in Germany are generally subject to personal income tax plus solidarity surcharge, whereas only half of the losses resulting from a sale of Class A shares and half of the expenses economically related to a sale may be deducted, if the sale takes place in the context of a private sales transaction, i.e. , within one year after the acquisition. In respect of Class A shares deposited at a depository pursuant to § 5 of the German Securities Deposit Act (Depotgesetz), it is assumed that the shares acquired first will be sold first. Capital gains are not taxable if they are, together with other gains derived from private sales transactions, less than € 512 per annum. Losses from private sales transactions can be offset only against profits from private sales transactions in the same calendar year or can, to the extent same-year offsetting is not possible and subject to certain restrictions, be offset against profits from private sales transactions in the previous year or in subsequent years.

Half of the profits from the disposal of Class A shares held as private assets by an individual resident in Germany are subject to personal income tax at the individual tax rate plus solidarity surcharge, even after the expiration of the aforementioned one-year period, if the individual or, in the case of a gratuitous transfer, his or her legal predecessor(s) held, directly or indirectly, at least 1% of the share capital of the company at any time during the five years prior to the disposal. Only half the losses on the disposal of the Class A shares and the expenses that are economically related to the disposal are deductible. Losses on the disposal of the Class A shares may not be offset against other income of the holder.

For persons holding Class A shares as business assets, the taxation of capital gains depends on whether the holder is a corporation or an individual:

 

   

Generally, 95% of capital gains generated by taxpayers subject to corporate income tax are exempt from corporate income tax (including the solidarity surcharge) and trade tax, irrespective of the size of the shareholding and the holding period; 5% of the capital gains are considered non-deductible business expenses and as such are subject to corporate income tax (plus solidarity surcharge) and trade tax. Losses from the sale as well as any other reductions of profits related to the sold Class A shares are not tax-deductible.

 

   

If a sole proprietor (natural person) holds Class A shares as business assets, 50% of the capital gains are subject to progressive personal income tax plus solidarity surcharge. Only 50% of the losses on the

 

273


Table of Contents
 

disposal of Class A shares and the expenses economically related to the sale are tax-deductible. Losses on the disposal of Class A shares may not be offset against other income of the holder. If Class A shares form part of the business assets of a commercial enterprise of the holder, half of the capital gains are also subject to trade tax. Trade tax is generally credited against the holder’s personal income tax liability in accordance with a flat-rate tax credit method.

If Class A shares are sold by an individual who resides abroad and holds Class A shares as part of the business property of a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany or as part of a business property for which a permanent representative in Germany has been appointed, 50% of the individual’s capital gains are subject to German income tax, plus a 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon. If Class A shares form part of the business property of a permanent establishment maintained in Germany by a commercial trade or business, 50% of the capital gains are also subject to trade tax.

Subject to certain exceptions for companies in the finance and insurance sector, 95% of capital gains earned by foreign corporations are generally exempt from trade tax and corporate income tax and the solidarity surcharge, while the remaining 5% of capital gains are considered non-deductible business expenses and, as such, are subject to corporate income tax (plus solidarity surcharge) provided such corporation holds the shares as part of the business property of a permanent establishment or a fixed base in Germany or as part of a business property for which a permanent representative in Germany has been appointed. If Class A shares form part of the business property of a permanent establishment maintained in Germany of a commercial trade or business held by such corporation, 5% of the capital gains are also subject to trade tax. Losses from the sale of Class A shares or other reductions of profits related to the sold shares generally do not qualify as tax-deductible business expenses.

Credit of Foreign Taxes

Persons who are residents in Germany may be subject to certain U.S. taxes ( e.g ., withholding taxes) as a result of an investment in Class A shares. Such taxes may be, subject to certain requirements and limitations, creditable against the German (corporate) income tax liability.

Reform of Taxation of Investment Income

The Business Tax Reform Act 2008 dated 14 August 2007, among other things, introduces as of 1 January 2009 a 25% flat-rate withholding tax for income from investments held as non-business (private) assets and, where the shares are acquired after 31 December 2008, for gains from the sale of shares held as private assets, independent of the holding period of such shares. The half-income method is to be abolished for individuals who hold the shares as non-business (private) assets and hold less than a 1% interest in the company. For other individuals, only 40% of dividends and capital gains will be tax exempt starting in 2009. The legal situation will remain unchanged for corporations in that respect. Further, the annual tax-exempt allowance for investment income (Sparerfreibetrag) will be increased to €801 or €1,602 (for married couples assessed jointly). Additional investment income related expenses will not be deductible.

Other Taxes

No German stock exchange transfer tax, value-added tax, stamp duty or other such taxes are levied on the acquisition, sale or other disposal of Class A shares. Currently, no net wealth tax is payable in Germany.

Material Hong Kong Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Hong Kong tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Hong Kong. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Hong Kong tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Hong Kong. In

 

274


Table of Contents

particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Hong Kong laws and regulations currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

Profits Tax on Our Profits, Distributions, or Disposition of Interest

No Profits Tax is imposed under Hong Kong law in respect of income generated from holding or disposing of Class A shares, unless all of the following factors are present: (i) such income is derived from or arises in Hong Kong; (ii) such income is attributable to a trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong; and (iii) in the case of dispositions, Class A shares were not a capital asset of that trade, profession or business.

If the above factors are present for a given holder, taxable gains would be subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax, which is currently imposed on companies at a rate of 17.5% and on other persons at a rate of 16%. On 27 February 2008, the Financial Secretary of Hong Kong proposed that the rate for companies be lowered from 17.5% to 16.5%, and the rate for other taxpayers be lowered from 16% to 15%. After enactment of the relevant legislation on the lower rates for the Profits Tax, the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department will automatically apply the lower rates in calculating the 2008-09 provisional tax. Gains from sales of Class A shares would be considered to be derived from or arising in Hong Kong if the relevant purchase or sales contracts are negotiated and concluded in Hong Kong. Such gains will be subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax for holders dealing or trading in Class A shares as part of their business being carried out in Hong Kong.

Tax Treaties

Except for a treaty on the avoidance of double taxation on shipping profits, Hong Kong is not party to any income tax treaty with the United States. The discussion above in “—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations” regarding the possibility of reduced rates of U.S. taxation due to a tax treaty with the United States is not relevant for Hong Kong residents.

Stamp Duty

A sale or purchase of Class A shares would be subject to Hong Kong Stamp Duty if a share register for such shares is maintained in Hong Kong. Because Class A shares will not have a share register maintained in Hong Kong, their transfer should not be subject to Hong Kong Stamp Duty.

Material Luxembourg Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Luxembourg tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders residing in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Luxembourg tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Luxembourg. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Luxembourg laws and regulations currently in force, as well as the treaty for avoidance of double taxation concluded between the United States of America and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on April 3, 1996, and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

Holders resident in Luxembourg must, for income tax purposes, include in their annual taxable income any income (dividends, capital gains, liquidation proceeds in excess of their cost base) received or accrued on their Class A shares. Luxembourg holders will not be subject to any Luxembourg income tax on the repayment of principal.

 

275


Table of Contents

Status of the LLC

For the purpose of the material Luxembourg tax consequences described herein, it is assumed that Apollo Global Management, LLC will be considered to be a corporation under Luxembourg law. To qualify as a corporation, Apollo must be considered as taxed at a corporate tax rate corresponding to the Luxembourg corporate tax rate. Even if Apollo is not taxable itself in the United States, it could be considered to be a corporation if the taxes paid on the income it receives at the level of APO Asset Co., LLC and APO Corp. are comparable to the Luxembourg income tax in principle and in level. As long as the income from APO Asset Co., LLC does not exceed 2/3 of the total income received (assuming that the 1/3 of the income received from APO Corp. is taxed in the United States at a 35% rate), Apollo should under that approach be considered as corresponding to the Luxembourg income tax.

Alternatively, under a literal and more formalistic approach one would disregard the taxation at the lower level of the income flows received by Apollo and only consider its tax exempt status under U.S. tax laws. In that case, Apollo would fail to qualify as a corporation subject to taxation in the United States in a manner comparable to the Luxembourg corporations. Consequently, none of the provisions of the Luxembourg tax laws aiming at alleviating the economical double taxation would apply, subjecting all of the income derived from Apollo being fully taxable at the marginal tax rate of the Luxembourg investor. The below only analyzes the applicable tax treatment under the more favorable substance over form approach. Investors should carefully consider together with their counsel whether the substance over form approach might be applicable to them before making any investment decision.

Taxation of Individual Luxembourg Holders

Dividends. Dividend distributions received by a Luxembourg resident individual holder of Class A shares would be taxed at a progressive rate corresponding to the yearly income of such individual, with a maximum of 38% with a potential surcharge of 2.5% for employment fund. However, individual shareholders would benefit from an exemption of 50% of the amounts received if Apollo meets the exemption criteria necessary to be considered as taxed at a corporate tax rate corresponding to the Luxembourg corporate tax rate.

Any withholding tax levied by U.S. tax authorities will be creditable up to a maximum of 15% against the Luxembourg corporate tax due on all the U.S. income received. No second tier or lower tier tax credit is available.

Capital Gains. If Class A shares are sold by a Luxembourg individual within six months after the shares’ acquisition, any gain realized upon the sale would be subject to tax at the rate corresponding to the yearly income of such individual.

If Class A shares are sold more than six months after the shares’ acquisition, the gain would be tax exempt if the individual holds, at the time of the sale, a participation not exceeding 10% of the capital of Apollo. If the individual owns a participation in excess of 10% of the capital of Apollo, then the gain would be subject to tax at half of the normal tax rate corresponding to the yearly income of such individual.

Net Wealth Tax. Individuals are no longer subject to net wealth tax since January 2006.

Taxation of Luxembourg Entities

A Luxembourg resident holder subject to (i) the law of July 31,1929 on pure holding companies (“sociétés holding 1929”) or (ii) the laws of March 30, 1988, July 19, 1991 or December 20, 2002 on undertakings for collective investment ( fonds d’investissement ) would not be subject to any Luxembourg income tax in respect of interest received or accrued on Class A shares, or on gains realized on the sale or disposal of Class A shares.

 

276


Table of Contents

Other Luxembourg resident entities will be subject to the following treatment:

Dividends. Dividends received by a Luxembourg entity could (i) be fully taxable at the global corporate tax rate ( i.e., 29.63% for entities residing in Luxembourg City), (ii) be exempt from tax if the recipient entity holds or undertakes to hold a participation of at least 10% or of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months in an entity that is taxed at an income tax corresponding to the Luxembourg corporation tax (a “Qualifying Participation”) or (iii) benefit from a specific exemption under a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation.

Dividends received in respect of Class A shares should be tax exempt if (i) Apollo is considered as taxed at a rate corresponding to the Luxembourg corporate tax, (ii) the participation held is at least 10% and (iii) the shares have been held since the beginning of the accounting year.

Any withholding tax levied by U.S. tax authorities will be creditable against the Luxembourg corporate tax due on all the U.S. income received. No second tier or lower tier tax credit is available.

Capital Gains. Any gain realized by a Luxembourg resident entity on the sale of Class A shares should be taxed at the global corporate tax rate ( i.e. , 29.63% for entities residing in Luxembourg City). Gains realized on the sale of a Qualifying Participation should be tax exempt, but in this case the minimum acquisition price threshold would be €6 million.

Net Wealth Tax. Luxembourg companies are subject to the annual net wealth tax (the “NWT”), which is assessed at the rate of 0.5% on the fair market value of a company’s net assets as of January 1st of each year.

However, a Luxembourg entity would be exempt from NWT on Class A shares under the conditions of the Qualifying Participation (without regard to the 12 month holding period).

Material Mexican Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Mexican tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Mexico. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Mexican tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Mexico. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Mexican laws currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

For the purpose of the material Mexican tax consequences described herein, it is assumed that Mexican taxpayers are (i) individuals with their dwelling located within Mexican territory or, if they have another dwelling located abroad, individuals whose “center of vital interests” is located within Mexico and (ii) entities with the principal administration of their business or effective place of management located within Mexican territory.

The material Mexican tax consequences of an investment in Class A shares described herein would not be different by virtue of being held through a nominee or deposited or kept by a third party (i.e., DTC).

Acquisition of Class A Shares

General Tax Regime. Under the Mexican Income Tax Law (“MITL”), an individual taxpayer is liable for tax when acquiring shares for a purchase price that is 10% or more below market value.

 

277


Table of Contents

Taxable gain is the difference between market value and purchase price.

Entities that purchase shares must consider the effective purchase price as part of the shares’ tax basis when they determine future capital gains on the disposal of the shares.

Equity interests are treated as shares for all income tax purposes.

Transfers of shares or equity are exempted under the Business Flat Rate Tax Law effective as of January 1st 2008. The Business Flat Rate Tax is a complementary tax of the Income Tax and substitutes the previous Asset Tax.

Investment in Preferential Tax Regimes. Income considered to be obtained from a preferential tax regime is deemed to be received when it is accrued even if it is not distributed to the Mexican taxpayer as dividends or profits. For such purposes, income is considered to be obtained in proportion to the average per diem direct or indirect participation owned by the Mexican taxpayer.

Investments in preferential tax regimes must be reported annually. Delay in filing the report for more than three months is a criminal offense. Income from such investments may not be commingled with any other income.

Under the MITL, income from entities or structures that are transparent for tax purposes is considered as originated in a preferential tax regime.

An entity or structure is considered to be transparent for tax purposes if it is not considered as an income tax taxpayer in the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated or where it has its principal administration or effective place of management, and the income generated by it is attributable (for income tax purposes) to its members, partners or beneficiaries.

According to the administrative rules in effect as of January 1st 2008, income from transparent entities or structures shall not be considered as income from preferential tax regimes if the taxpayer’s participation in the transparent entity or structure is insufficient to give such taxpayer effective control (directly or through a nominee) over distributions of income or the administration of such entity or structure. This is also applicable to investments made through transparent entities or structures.

Administrative rules may be amended or eliminated by the authorities at any time.

For such case the administrative rules provide that income is accruable when the transparent structure or entity distributes it to the taxpayer.

If Apollo Global Management, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, an investment in Class A shares would be subject to the provisions for income derived from preferential tax regimes unless acquiror demonstrates that it does not hold effective control on Apollo Global Management, LLC or its administration.

The MITL assumes that a Mexican taxpayer has effective control over an investment in a preferential tax regime, so such taxpayer must provide evidence of its ownership percentage in the entity or structure and such taxpayer’s lack of such control.

Nevertheless, Mexican tax authorities have issued administrative rules providing that when a taxpayer owns less than a 10% interest in the stock or equity of a foreign entity or structure and does not participate in the administration of such entity or structure directly or through related parties, income received from such

 

278


Table of Contents

investments may not be subject to the provisions governing an investment in a preferential tax regime, subject to certain other requirements. These administrative rules may be amended or eliminated by the authorities at any time.

Dividends and Capital Redemptions

General Regime

Taxation of Mexican Entities . Dividends paid by a foreign entity to a taxpayer entity are taxable and are accrued for income tax purposes to determine monthly provisional payments and the annual tax. The taxpayer is entitled to credit the provisional tax payments paid during the tax year against the annual tax.

Income realized by a taxpayer in relation to the capital reduction or liquidation of a foreign entity in which the taxpayer is a partner or shareholder is accrued as capital gain. The taxable gain is the income realized in relation to the capital reduction or liquidation less the acquisition cost of the shares.

Taxation of Mexican Individuals . Dividends paid by a foreign entity to an individual taxpayer are taxable. If the taxpayer receives dividends regularly, such taxpayer must file monthly tax returns and pay the applicable tax at a progressive rate up to a maximum of 28%.

For income realized by an individual taxpayer in relation to a capital reduction or liquidation of an entity, taxable gain is the amount redeemed per share less the updated acquisition cost per share.

A taxpayer is entitled to a credit against annual income tax for monthly provisional payments made by such taxpayer in such tax year.

Income from Preferential Tax Regimes.  There is no tax payable at the time of a dividend in relation to an investment in a preferential tax regime, including through transparent entities or structures, since the applicable tax was already paid at the time of accrual.

For any income realized in relation to the liquidation or capital reduction of an entity, trust, joint venture, investment fund or any similar structure incorporated or formed under foreign law, a taxpayer must determine taxable income by applying the capital reductions rules for Mexican entities. Such taxpayer must maintain a capital contributions account that is increased by capital contributions and net premiums for capital subscriptions and decreased by capital reductions reimbursed to such taxpayer. Specific rules govern the extent to which capital reductions are treated as distributions of profit.

Tax Credit on Dividends and Capital Reductions Paid from Abroad.  Mexican resident individuals and entities are entitled to credit foreign income tax paid in relation to income realized from a source located abroad against the Mexican income tax, provided that such income is taxable under the MITL.

Additionally, corporate tax paid abroad by a non-resident entity paying dividends or profits directly or indirectly to a Mexican taxpayer entity may be credited in proportion to the Mexican taxpayer’s ownership, subject to certain ownership thresholds and other rules. In such case, the Mexican taxpayer must consider as tax base the dividend or profit received and the income tax paid abroad related to that dividend or profit.

Credits claimed by a Mexican taxpayer are subject to certain limitations and other rules.

Transfer of Shares

Capital Gains for Entities. Gain derived from the transfer of shares is included in the determination of provisional payments and annual income tax. Gain is calculated by subtracting the average price paid for the shares by the transferor (tax basis) from the purchase price paid by the acquiror. The general corporate rate is applicable to such gain.

 

279


Table of Contents

The average price paid for shares issued by a non-resident entity is the proven price paid less any reimbursement derived from capital reductions.

For a transfer of shares issued by an entity subject to the preferential tax regimes’ regulations, gain may be determined according to the rules applicable to a transfer of shares issued by a Mexican entity. These rules require specific calculations and vary depending on the period in which the Mexican company owned the shares.

Deduction of losses incurred in the transfer of stock is limited by the MITL, and some formal requirements must be met in order to take the corresponding deduction.

Capital Gains for Individuals. Individuals must make a provisional payment of 20% of the consideration received for the shares.

If shares are transferred to another Mexican taxpayer, the acquiror must withhold the tax and pay it to the Mexican tax authorities. If the shares are transferred to a non-Mexican, the Mexican transferor must pay the tax directly.

The tax payment may be reduced by complying with certain requirements and filing an auditor’s report in connection with the calculation of the tax. This releases the acquiror from the withholding obligation.

Individuals transferring shares governed by the provisions of preferential tax regimes may determine the corresponding capital gain applying the tax basis rules for shares issued by Mexican companies.

Exemptions. Income realized by Mexican individuals in relation to the transfer of stock issued by a foreign entity listed in a Mexican stock house authorized under the Mexican Law of Securities Markets is exempt as long as holders or group of interest does not own directly or indirectly 10% or more of the shares of the entity. In case of equity derivatives referred to shares listed in a Mexican Stock house authorized under the Mexican Law of Securities Market, an exemption applies to income realized by individuals provided certain requirements are satisfied.

Tax Credit on Transfer of Shares. The use of credits by a Mexican entity or individual in connection with income tax paid abroad is subject to certain limitations and other rules.

Material Singapore Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Singapore tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by persons resident in Singapore. This summary is based on the tax laws of Singapore as currently applied by the Singapore courts and on published practice of the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (“IRAS”) as of the date of this prospectus. This summary does not purport to be a complete discussion of all Singapore tax considerations that may be relevant to holders of Class A shares. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor.

Prospective holders who are resident or may otherwise be subject to tax in Singapore should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the Singapore income tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares, as well as eligibility for any reduced withholding benefits.

Income Tax

In General. Singapore imposes income tax on income accruing in or derived from Singapore (“sourced in Singapore”) and income received in Singapore from outside Singapore (“remitted to Singapore”).

 

280


Table of Contents

Foreign-sourced income not remitted to Singapore is generally not subject to Singapore income tax.

Foreign-sourced income received by an individual resident in Singapore is tax exempt (unless such income is received through a partnership registered in Singapore). Foreign-sourced dividend income, branch profits and service income received by a person (other than an individual) resident in Singapore may be tax exempt subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

An individual is considered resident in Singapore in any year if he resides in Singapore (except for such temporary absences therefrom as may be reasonable and not inconsistent with a claim by such person to be resident in Singapore) or if he is physically present or is employed (other than as a director of a company) in Singapore for 183 days or more in the particular year. A company or body of persons is considered resident in Singapore in any year if the control and management of its business is exercised in Singapore.

The current corporate tax rate in Singapore is 18%. Singapore resident individuals are subject to tax based on progressive rates, currently ranging from 0% to 20%.

Taxation of Holders of Class A Shares

There is no regime in Singapore that provides for a limited liability company to be taxed as a partnership.

Where a limited liability company established in the United States (“LLC”) (which is not resident in Singapore and neither carries on any business operations or activities nor has any office or any form of permanent establishment in Singapore) qualifies to be taxed as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the IRAS presently does not have any published or official position as to whether distributions made by such LLC would be treated for Singapore income tax purposes either as dividend income arising from the holding of shares in such LLC or as partnership distributions. Accordingly, both characterizations are set forth below.

Tax Treatment of Foreign-sourced Dividend Income Received by any Singapore-resident Person

If distributions by us are deemed to be foreign-sourced dividend income, then such income would generally not be subject to Singapore income tax if not remitted to or received in Singapore.

Foreign-sourced dividend income remitted to or received by an individual resident in Singapore is tax exempt (unless such income is remitted or received through a partnership registered in Singapore).

Foreign-sourced dividend income remitted to or received by a person (other than an individual) resident in Singapore is prima facie entitled to tax exemption if such dividend is subject to tax in the jurisdiction from which the dividend is paid and the highest corporate tax rate of such jurisdiction at the time of remittance is at least 15%.

Tax Treatment of Distributions from Foreign Partnership Sourced Outside Singapore

If distributions by us are deemed to be distributions paid by a foreign partnership the following would apply:

As a general rule, a partnership is not a taxable legal entity and partnership income is allocated to each partner in accordance with the partner’s respective interest in the partnership and taxed solely at the hands of the respective partner level.

Whether any portion of a partner’s allocated partnership income is subject to tax in Singapore depends on (i) the source of such income ( i.e., whether the income is sourced in Singapore or foreign-sourced), (ii) the

 

281


Table of Contents

character of such income ( i.e., whether the income consists of dividends, interest, trading income, etc.) and (iii) the form of legal entity of the partner ( i.e., whether it is a corporation, an individual or any other form of legal entity).

Partnership distributions consisting of foreign-sourced income are not subject to Singapore income tax if not remitted to or received in Singapore.

In the case of an individual partner resident in Singapore, all partnership distributions consisting of foreign-sourced income are tax exempt even if remitted to or received in Singapore by such individual (provided that such foreign-sourced income is not remitted or received through a partnership registered in Singapore).

In the case of a partner (other than an individual) resident in Singapore, partnership distributions consisting of, inter alia, foreign-sourced interest income and trading income/sale proceeds are potentially subject to Singapore income tax if remitted to or received in Singapore, whereas partnership distributions consisting of foreign-sourced dividend income are prima facie entitled to tax exemption if such dividend is subject to tax in the jurisdiction from which the dividend is paid and the highest corporate tax rate of such jurisdiction at the time of remittance is at least 15%.

The tax treatment of foreign partnership distributions is currently under review by the IRAS and the tax treatment set forth above may change.

Tax Credit

Singapore does not have a comprehensive double tax treaty with the United States. However, Singapore domestic income tax legislation provides for unilateral tax credits to be given to Singapore residents in respect of remittances of certain offshore income derived from prescribed countries with which Singapore does not have a tax treaty (“prescribed non-treaty countries”). The United States is a prescribed non-treaty country.

Where Singapore tax is payable on the remittance of all types of income, including dividends, the resident taxpayer may be entitled to claim unilateral tax credits subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions. The amount of tax credit given is restricted to the tax charged on the same income in Singapore or the actual foreign tax paid, whichever is less.

If a resident taxpayer holds at least 25% of the total number of issued shares of the foreign dividend paying company, the tax credit shall take into account any foreign tax paid by such company in such foreign jurisdiction in which the company is resident in respect of its income out of which the dividend is paid.

Unilateral tax credit is not available to any non-resident person.

Taxation on Disposal of Class A Shares

Singapore does not impose capital gains tax. Hence, gains arising from disposal of assets that are held as capital assets for long term investment purposes will not be subject to Singapore income tax.

However, gains derived from the disposal of the Class A shares may be regarded as income and subject to Singapore income tax if they arise from or are otherwise connected with the activities of a trade or business carried on in Singapore. Such gains may also be considered income and subject to Singapore income tax even if they do not arise from an activity in the ordinary course of trade or business or an ordinary incident of some other business activity if the holders of such Class A shares have the intention or purpose to make a profit at the time of acquisition and the Class A shares are not intended to be held as long term capital investments.

 

282


Table of Contents

Stamp Duty

Singapore stamp duty is not payable on the subscription of the Class A shares by any holder resident in Singapore.

If a register of the Class A shares is kept in Singapore and an instrument of transfer is executed in respect of such shares, stamp duty may be payable on such instrument at the rate of 0.2%, based on the higher of the consideration or market value of the shares.

Goods and Services Tax (“GST”)

The subscription of shares by and the sale of shares to Singapore investors are not subject to GST in Singapore.

Material Spanish Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Spanish tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Spain. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Spanish tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Spain. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Spanish laws and regulations currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective Spanish holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

For the purpose of the material Spanish tax consequences described herein, it is assumed that a prospective holder of Class A shares will hold, either directly or indirectly, less than 5% of the share capital in Apollo, and that such holder is not subject to any special tax regime in relation to Class A shares, such as the Spanish Holding Companies (Entidades de Tenencia de Valores Extranjeros) regime. Also, in the case of Spanish corporate holders (“Corporate Holders”), it is assumed that the financial year of Corporate Holders has started after 31 December 2007.

Income Tax

The Spanish income tax treatment applicable to Spanish resident holders of Class A shares depends upon Apollo’s characterization for Spanish tax purposes. In this respect, Apollo could be characterized legally as either (i) a corporation or (ii) a foreign entity with a similar or analogous nature to that of a Spanish pass-through entity (Entidad en Regimen de Atribución de Rentas).

In the following paragraphs, both of the above mentioned possible characterizations of Apollo will be considered because Apollo’s tax characterization for Spanish tax purposes is unclear. This lack of clarity is caused by the absence of (i) specific provisions of law regarding the legal characteristics that a foreign entity must have to be characterized as a pass-through entity for Spanish tax purposes; (ii) interpretations by the tax administration as to whether the nature of a U.S. limited liability company is similar to that of a pass-through for Spanish tax purposes; and (iii) clear guidance as to whether the tax treatment in a foreign entity’s state of incorporation would prevail over its legal classification under Spanish law the entity for Spanish tax purposes.

Characterization of Apollo as a Corporation—Dividend Taxation.  If Class A shares are characterized as shares in a corporation for Spanish tax purposes, profits distributed on Class A shares received by Spanish tax residents would be subject to the following regime:

 

   

Dividends paid by us to Corporate Holders and duly recognized for accounting purposes in the P&L account will form part of the aggregate taxable income of such holders, subject to corporate income tax

 

283


Table of Contents
 

(“CIT”) currently at a 30% rate (for tax periods starting as of 1 January 2008 and at a 32.5% rate for tax periods which have started before that date).

 

   

If dividends paid by us to Corporate Holders are subject to U.S. withholding tax, such Corporate Holders would be allowed to deduct from their annual CIT liability the lower of (i) the actual amount paid at source due to a tax of identical or analogous nature to CIT or to Spanish Non–Resident Income Tax (“NRIT”) ( i.e., withholding tax), which shall not exceed the maximum amount allowed to be taxed in the United States under the U.S.-Spain Double Tax Treaty (the “U.S.-Spain Treaty”) or (ii) the amount of tax which would have been payable had such income been realized in Spain.

 

   

If the dividends are paid by a Spanish paying agent, such agent must withhold from such dividend payments an 18% withholding tax as prepayment of the Spanish Corporate Holder’s final CIT liability.

 

   

Dividends paid by a non-resident company, such as Apollo, to Spanish tax resident individuals holding Class A shares (“Individual Holders”) would be subject to Individual Income Tax (“IIT”) at a flat rate of 18%. The first € 1,500 of any dividends received annually may be exempt under certain circumstances.

 

   

If dividends paid by us to Individual Holders are subject to U.S. withholding tax, such Individual Holder would be allowed to deduct from his or her annual IIT liability the lower of (i) the actual amount paid at source due to a tax of identical or analogous nature to IIT or to NRIT ( i.e., withholding tax), which shall not exceed the maximum amount allowed to be taxed in the United States under the U.S.-Spain Treaty; or (ii) the result of applying the Spanish effective average tax rate to the portion of the net tax base taxed abroad.

 

   

If the dividends are paid by a Spanish paying agent, such agent must withhold from such dividend payments an 18% withholding tax as prepayment of the Spanish Individual Holder’s final IIT liability.

Characterization of Apollo as a Corporation—Capital Gain Taxation.  If Class A shares are characterized as shares in a corporation for Spanish tax purposes, capital gains derived from Class A shares would be subject to the following regime:

 

   

Capital gains realized by a Corporate Holder upon holding or disposing of Class A shares will be regarded as taxable income on an accrual basis based on the income recognized in its P&L account adjusted in accordance with the rules contained in the CIT Law and, therefore, subject to CIT and taxed at the ordinary CIT rate (30% for tax periods starting as of 1 January 2008 and 32.5% for tax periods which have started before that date).

 

   

If the capital gains are subject to U.S. withholding tax, the Corporate Holder would be allowed to deduct from its annual CIT liability the lower of (i) the actual amount paid at source due to a tax of identical or analogous nature to CIT or to NRIT ( i.e., withholding tax), which shall not exceed the maximum amount allowed to be taxed in the United States under the U.S.-Spain Treaty or (ii) the amount of tax which would have been payable had such income had been realized in Spain.

 

   

Capital losses incurred by the Corporate Holder in relation to Class A shares based on the loss recognized in its P&L account adjusted in accordance with the rules contained in the CIT Law would be deductible for CIT purposes.

 

   

Disposal of Class A shares by an Individual Holder may give rise to a taxable capital gain or a tax deductible capital loss to be included in such Individual Holder’s IIT taxable income.

 

   

Such gain or loss shall be calculated by reference to the difference between the transfer value of Class A shares, as established under IIT Law, and their acquisition value.

 

284


Table of Contents
   

Capital gains obtained by an Individual Holder upon disposal of Class A shares will be taxed at a flat rate of 18%.

 

   

Capital losses may be offset against capital gains arising in the same taxable year. Outstanding capital losses can be carried forward and offset against capital gains arising in the same part of the taxable income base during the following four years.

 

   

If the capital gains are subject to U.S. withholding tax, the Individual Holder would be allowed to deduct from its IIT liability the lower of (i) the actual amount paid at source due to a tax of identical or analogous nature to IIT or to NRIT ( i.e., withholding tax), which shall not exceed the maximum amount allowed to be taxed in the United States under the U.S.-Spain Treaty or (ii) the result of applying the Spanish effective average tax rate to the portion of the net tax base taxed abroad.

Characterization of Apollo as a Foreign Pass-Through Entity (Entidad en Regimen de Atribución de Rentas).  If Apollo is characterized as a foreign pass-trough entity for Spanish tax purposes, Spanish holders of Class A shares would be treated as follows:

 

   

Any items of income or capital gains realized by Apollo would be allocated to Spanish holders of Class A shares in proportion to such holders’ interests in Apollo, even if such holders have not received any distributions. Therefore, the amount of tax allocated to Spanish holders of Class A shares may exceed the cash distributions. Distributions of cash by Apollo would not be taxable to Spanish holders of Class A shares. Also, in the case of Corporate Holders, amounts which may be recognized in the P&L account as a result of a change in value of the Class A shares should not be included in the CIT taxable income.

 

   

The characterization of the items of income and capital gains realized by Apollo would be maintained upon allocation to Spanish holders of Class A shares. Determination of the taxable income to be allocated to Spanish holders of Class A shares would generally be made according to the IIT rules, regardless of whether such holders are individuals or corporations.

 

   

The tax rate applicable to income and capital gain allocated to Corporate Holders would be 32.5% (30% for tax periods starting as of January 1, 2008 and 32.5% of tax periods which have started before that date), while the tax rate applicable to income allocated to Individual Holders would depend on the nature of the income allocated. If the income allocated to Individual Holders qualifies as dividend, interest or capital gain income, the applicable tax rate would be 18%.

 

   

If the income or capital gain allocated to Spanish holders of Class A shares is subject to withholding tax outside of Spain, such holders would be allowed to deduct this withholding tax from their Spanish income tax liability, subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in the above paragraphs regarding Corporate Holders and Individual Holders.

 

   

Disposal of Class A shares by Spanish holders may give rise to taxable capital gain or tax-deductible capital loss to be included in such holders’ taxable income, in accordance with the rules established under CIT Law (in the case of Corporate Holders) or under IIT Law (in the case of Individual Holders).

 

   

In the case of Corporate Holders, we believe that the capital gains should be calculated by reference to the difference between the transfer value and the acquisition value of Class A shares, and that for these purposes the acquisition value of transferred Class A shares should be increased by the amount of the previous undistributed income allocations during the transferring holder’s holding period that are allocable to such transferred Class A shares, although this is an unclear issue which is not expressly stated in the law. Capital gains realized by Corporate Holders would be taxed at a flat rate of 30% (for tax periods starting as of 1 January 2008 and 32.5% for tax periods which have started before that date). Capital losses would be deductible in accordance with the rules established under CIT Law.

 

285


Table of Contents
   

In the case of Individual Holders, such gain or loss would be calculated by reference to the difference between the transfer value and the acquisition value of Class A shares. For these purposes, we also believe that the acquisition value of transferred Class A shares should be increased by the amount of the previous undistributed income allocations during the transferring holder’s holding period that are allocable to such transferred Class A shares, although this is not expressly stated in the law. Capital gains realized by Individual Holders would be taxed at a flat rate of 18%. Capital losses would be deductible in accordance with the rules established under IIT Law.

 

   

Capital gains realized by Corporate Holders would be taxed at a flat rate of 32.5% (30% for tax periods starting as of January 1, 2008). Capital gains realized by Individual Holders would be taxed at a flat rate of 18%. Capital losses would be deductible in accordance with the rules established under CIT Law or under IIT Law, as applicable.

 

   

If the capital gain realized upon the disposal of Class A shares is subject to withholding tax outside of Spain, Spanish holders would be allowed to deduct this withholding tax from their Spanish income tax liability, subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in the above paragraphs regarding Corporate Holders and Individual Holders.

Prospective holders of Class A shares should be aware of the risk that, for Spanish tax purposes, the Spanish tax authorities could disregard Apollo and any of the companies, partnerships or entities in which Apollo owns an interest, and could try to allocate to Spanish holders of Class A shares any income or capital gain obtained by such a lower-tier entity before such entity makes distributions to Apollo if (i) the lower-tier entity is characterized as a foreign pass-through entity for Spanish tax purposes and (ii) the interest in the lower-tier entity is held by Apollo directly or through another lower-tier entity which is also deemed a foreign pass-through entity for Spanish tax purposes.

Spanish Net Wealth Tax

Spanish resident Individual Holders are subject to Spanish Net Wealth Tax at a rate ranging from 0.2% to 2.5% on their worldwide net wealth. The Wealth Tax is assessed following the rules established in corresponding regulations (qualifying debts or liabilities would be deductible for these purposes) as of December 31 of each year. Such assessment would include the value of Class A shares.

Notwithstanding the above, and unless otherwise regulated by the relevant region (Comunidad Autónoma) of residence, Individual Holders would be exempt from any Spanish Net Wealth Tax on the first €108,182.18 of their net wealth.

Transfer Tax, Stamp Duty and Capital Duty

Transfers of Class A shares will be exempt from any Spanish Transfer Tax or Value Added Tax. Additionally, no Stamp Duty will be levied on such transfers.

Material Swiss Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Swiss tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Switzerland. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Swiss tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Switzerland. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Swiss laws and regulations currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Class A shares.

 

286


Table of Contents

In General

Under Swiss tax regulations, an investment in a U.S. limited liability company, such as Apollo, is typically treated as an investment in a “company” (rather than in a partnership). This is the case without regard to whether a U.S. election is made to treat the limited liability company as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes.

In light of the above, Swiss resident holders of Class A shares will be treated in the following manner for Swiss tax purposes:

Income Tax

In General.  Our earnings would not be included in the taxable income or taxable profits of a Swiss resident before those earnings are effectively distributed to such Swiss resident.

Distributions by us would be considered dividend income and thus included in the taxable income or profits of the recipient of such distribution. If Class A shares are held by a Swiss resident legal entity and represent a participation of more than 20% of the share capital or a market value of more than $2 million, a “participation reduction” may be available to substantially reduce the profit tax due on such income.

Capital gains realized by a Swiss resident upon disposal of Class A shares would be treated differently depending on the qualification of the Swiss resident holder of Class A shares as a private or business investor.

Private Investors.  Swiss resident investors who do not qualify as so-called professional securities dealers (“commerçants professionnels de titres”) and who hold Class A shares as part of their private (as opposed to business) assets are hereby defined as Private Investors.

Capital gains realized upon disposal of Class A shares by a Private Investor is generally treated as tax exempt capital gain. Such exemption would, however, not be available if the Class A shares are redeemed by the company or its affiliates in order to cancel them or if they are not sold within six years following the redemption. Similarly, the tax exempt capital gain may, under certain circumstances, be re-characterized as a taxable income (either as an indirect partial liquidation or sale of a liquid company).

Business Investors.  Swiss resident individuals holding Class A shares as part of their business assets as well as Swiss resident legal entities would be liable to income or profit taxes on the gain realized upon disposal of the Class A shares. The difference between book value and market value would be included in the taxable income or profits and taxed as such.

If the Class A shares are held by a Swiss resident legal entity, and the ownership of such shares represents a participation of more than 20% of the share capital and is held for more than one year, the participation reduction may be available to substantially reduce the profit tax due on such gain.

U.S. Withholding Tax—Relief under the U.S.—Switzerland Treaty and Foreign Tax Credit

In General.  As discussed above (see “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons”), non-U.S. persons are subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate on the gross amount of interest, dividends and other fixed or determinable annual or periodical income received from sources within the United States if such income is not treated as effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States.

Relief from Double Taxation.  According to Article 10 of the Convention between the United States of America and the Swiss Confederation for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income (“U.S.—Switzerland”), a partial relief from double taxation may however be granted to Swiss resident investors. For example, according to Article 10 of the Treaty, Swiss resident individuals may benefit from a reduction to 15% of the U.S. withholding tax. This is subject, among other things, to compliance with the limitation of benefits provision (Article 22).

 

287


Table of Contents

The partial relief from double taxation may be granted by way of reimbursement by the relevant U.S. tax authorities or directly by the bank where the Swiss resident holder of the Class A shares has opened the bank account with respect to which the dividend is credited. This is subject to the requirement that such bank qualifies as a qualified intermediary within the meaning of the relevant U.S. legislation (“QI”). Provided that the relevant forms are filed with the QI, the latter would credit 85% of the gross dividend to the Swiss resident holder of the Class A shares and would retain the other 15% in favor of the United States.

However, should the QI be a Swiss resident, it will have to additionally withhold on behalf of the Swiss Federal tax administration for an amount equal to the relief from the U.S. withholding tax it is granting to the investor ( i.e., backup withholding). Hence, in such case, the QI will credit 70% of the gross dividend to the Swiss resident holder of the Class A shares and will retain 15% in favor of the U.S. and 15% in favor of Switzerland. The Swiss resident holder of the Class A shares will be entitled to a reimbursement or a credit against the backup withholding tax. This presupposes, however, that the Swiss resident holder of the Class A shares correctly declares such income on its Swiss tax return.

Foreign Tax Credit.  To the extent that partial relief from double taxation is granted to the Swiss investor (see above), a foreign tax credit is, generally, granted to the Swiss investor for the irrecoverable portion of the U.S. withholding tax. Certain limitations may however apply.

Cantonal Wealth Tax

Class A shares held by Swiss resident individuals are included in the taxable net wealth and are subject to Cantonal/Communal wealth taxes.

Swiss Transfer Stamp Duty

The issuance of Class A shares will be subject to a Swiss Transfer stamp duty (at the current rate of 0.3%) if a Swiss securities dealer is involved in the transaction either as a party to the transaction or as an intermediary. The notion of Swiss securities dealer is very broad and encompasses Swiss and Liechtenstein banks, securities brokers, and even companies holding in their books taxable securities for an amount exceeding CHF 10 million.

The purchase or sale of Class A shares is subject to a Swiss transfer stamp duty at the current rate of 0.30% if a Swiss securities dealer is involved in the transaction either as a party to the transaction or as an intermediary. Certain exceptions apply.

If the securities dealer is a party to the transaction it will have to settle half of the stamp duty for itself and the other half for the counterparty to the extent that the latter does not qualify as a securities dealer or as an exempt investor ( e.g. , Swiss or foreign investment schemes). If the bank acts as an intermediary, it will be liable for half of the stamp duty for each party to the transaction that does qualify as a securities dealer or an exempt investor.

Material United Kingdom Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material United Kingdom (“UK”) tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in the UK (“UK holders”). This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all UK tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in the UK In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on UK laws and the published practices of HM Revenue and Customs currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. It also takes into account the proposed changes to UK tax law as announced in the 2008 UK Budget

 

288


Table of Contents

delivered on March 12, 2008 and assumes that such changes will be enacted as proposed in due course. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

The following summary applies only to holders who are the beneficial owners of Class A shares and hold such shares for investment purposes, and does not apply to dealers in shares, insurance companies, trustees, collective investment schemes or tax-exempt entities.

General

For UK tax purposes we are treated as a company and not as a partnership or other tax transparent entity. Accordingly, UK holders of Class A shares would not generally be subject to UK tax in respect of income or gains that we accrue, or entitled to relief in respect of losses or expenses that we realize, incur or suffer. UK holders would be subject to UK tax on distributions by us, which would be treated as dividends for UK tax purposes.

Taxes that we or holders of Class A shares incur in respect of income or gains that we accrue would be regarded for UK double taxation relief purposes as “underlying tax”. Therefore, except in relation to a person holding 10% or more of our voting power, no credit would be available against UK taxation on distributions by us, under UK national tax law or under any double tax arrangements, for any taxes that we or holders of Class A shares pay in respect of the income, profits or gains out of which we pay such distributions. Any withholding tax levied in respect of such distributions, however, would generally be creditable.

Taxation of Distributions

A UK holder, or a holder of Class A shares who is carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency in connection with which Class A shares are held, would generally, depending upon the holder’s particular circumstances, be subject to UK income tax or corporation tax (as the case may be), on the gross amount of any distributions that we pay on Class A shares, before deduction of any U.S. withholding tax.

An individual UK holder who is liable to UK income tax at no more than the basic rate would be liable to income tax on the distributions at the dividend ordinary rate (10% in 2007-2008). An individual UK holder who is liable to UK income tax at the higher rate would be subject to income tax on the dividend income at the dividend upper rate (32.5% in 2007-2008). From April 6, 2008, individual UK holders whose Class A shares represent less than 10% of our shares should become entitled to a UK tax credit of  1 / 9 of the dividend income, reducing the effective rate of tax on gross dividend distributions to 25% for higher rate taxpayers and eliminating the tax liabilities for basic rate taxpayers.

An individual holder who is resident in the UK but is not ordinarily resident, or is not domiciled, in the UK and who has made a claim for the “remittance basis of taxation” in the UK for the relevant tax year would generally be subject to UK income tax on distributions received in that tax year to the extent that sums are received in the UK in respect of those distributions. This concept is interpreted broadly and is extended further under certain anti-avoidance legislation.

Corporate holders of Class A shares within the charge to UK corporation tax should be aware of the HMRC discussion document entitled “Taxation of the foreign profits of companies” published on June 21, 2007. This document proposes, inter alia, possible changes for such corporate shareholders to the UK law on the taxation of dividends and in relation to “Controlled Foreign Companies.” The document is open for consultation until September 2007 and legislation is currently not expected until Finance Bill 2009.

 

289


Table of Contents

Taxation of Chargeable Gains

A disposal of Class A shares by a holder who is either resident or, in the case of an individual, ordinarily resident for UK tax purposes in the UK, may, depending on the holder’s circumstances, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss (including by reference to changes in the U.S. dollar/UK sterling exchange rate) for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains (subject to any available exemptions or relief). A holder who is an individual and who has ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident for UK tax purposes in the UK for a period of less than five years, and who disposes of Class A shares during that period, may, depending on certain further conditions relating to tax years prior to the tax year of his departure, be liable on his return to UK taxation of chargeable gains (subject to any available exemptions or relief).

For a holder within the charge to corporation tax, indexation allowance on the cost apportioned to Class A shares should be available to reduce the amount of any chargeable gain realized on a subsequent disposal.

For a holder not within the charge to corporation tax (such as an individual, trustee or personal representative), taper relief, which reduces a chargeable gain depending on the length of time for which an asset is held, may be available to reduce the amount of chargeable gain realized on a subsequent disposal. An individual holder may also be entitled to set all or part of his gains against his annual capital gains exemption.

UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (SDRT)

As long as no register of our members or of the holders of any class of our shares is kept in the UK by us or on our behalf, the following position in respect of UK transfer taxes would apply. No UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”) would be payable in respect of the issue of Class A shares or any certificate representing Class A shares. Transfers of Class A shares or of interest in Class A shares under the system operated by DTC would not be subject to UK SDRT. Stamp duty would also not be payable on a transfer of Class A shares or of interests in Class A shares under the system operated by DTC provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the UK nor relates to any property situate, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the UK. No UK stamp duty or SDRT would be payable in respect of the issue of Class A shares to Euroclear or Clearstream or on the transfer of Class A shares within Euroclear or Clearstream.

Other UK Tax Considerations

Individual holders ordinarily resident in the UK should be aware of the provisions of Chapter 2 of Part 13 of the Income Tax Act 2007 (“ITA”). These anti-avoidance provisions deal with the transfer of assets to overseas persons in circumstances which may render such individuals liable to taxation in respect of our undistributed profits. More generally, individual holders should also be aware of the provisions of Chapter 1 of Part 13 of the ITA and the corresponding provisions applicable to holders within the charge to UK corporation tax in sections 703-709 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 that give powers to HM Revenue & Customs to cancel tax advantages derived from certain transactions in securities.

Companies resident in the UK should be aware of the fact that the “controlled foreign companies provisions” contained in sections 747-756 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 could be material to any company so resident that holds alone, or together with certain other associated persons, 25%, or more of the Class A shares, if at the same time we are controlled by companies or any other persons who are resident in the UK for taxation purposes. Persons who may be treated as “associated” with each other for these purposes include two or more companies one of which controls the other(s) or all of which are under common control. The effect of such provisions could be to render such companies liable to UK corporation tax in respect of our undistributed income profits.

UK resident or ordinarily resident (and if an individual, resident or ordinarily resident and not taxed in the UK on a remittance basis) holders should be aware of the provisions of section 13 of the Taxation of Chargeable

 

290


Table of Contents

Gains Act 1992 under which, in certain circumstances where we would, if UK resident, be a close company, a portion of capital gains realized by us can be attributed to an investor who, alone or together with associated persons, has more than a 10% interest in us.

Material Venezuelan Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material Venezuelan tax considerations relating to an investment in Class A shares by holders resident in Venezuela. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all Venezuelan tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder resident in Venezuela. In particular, this discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular investor. This summary is based on Venezuelan laws currently in force and as applied on the date of this prospectus, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Prospective holders of Class A shares should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A shares.

For the purpose of the material Venezuelan tax consequences described herein, we assume that, according to the Venezuelan Income Tax Law, tax residents in Venezuela are: (i) Venezuelan citizens; (ii) individuals who are present in Venezuela for more than 183 days in a tax period or during a former tax period; (iii) companies incorporated or domiciled in Venezuela; (iv) companies that have a permanent establishment ( e.g., fixed place of business, office, branch, workshop, factory or natural resource extraction site) in Venezuela.

We also assume that, according to the Venezuelan Income Tax Law, any income derived from Class A shares shall be regarded as income from a foreign (Non-Venezuelan) source for Venezuelan tax purposes.

The treaty to avoid double taxation executed between the United States and Venezuela (the “U.S.—Venezuela Treaty”) would be applicable to any income (dividends/interest), received by Venezuelan tax residents in respect of an investment in Class A shares.

The U.S.—Venezuela Treaty establishes that dividends paid from the United States to a Venezuelan tax resident are subject to income tax in Venezuela. Hence, the Venezuelan income tax rules for dividends would apply to dividends paid by us on Class A shares. According to the Venezuelan Income Tax Law dividends received from abroad are subject to income tax at a 34% proportional rate on the gross amount of such dividend.

The U.S.—Venezuela Treaty also establishes that such dividends may be subject to tax in the United States, but that such U.S. tax must not exceed 15% of the gross amount of the dividends. According to the Venezuelan Income Tax Law, the aforementioned tax paid in the United States on dividend income may be credited to the tax payable in Venezuela on the same dividend income.

Under the U.S.—Venezuela Treaty, interests from Class A shares are subject to tax in Venezuela. The taxable base of such tax will be the net profit of the interests. The applicable tax rate imposed on such profit would vary depending on whether the investor is an individual or a corporate entity as follows:

 

   

For individuals, the following progressive rates would apply depending on the amount of the profit:

 

Taxable Income (in Tax Units) (1)

   Tax Rate  

Up to 1,000

   6.00 %

Over 1,000 up to 1,500

   9.00  

Over 1,500 up to 2,000

   12.00  

Over 2,000 up to 2,500

   16.00  

Over 2,500 up to 3,000

   20.00  

Over 3,000 up to 4,000

   24.00  

Over 4,000 up to 6,000

   29.00  

Over 6,000

   34.00  

 

291


Table of Contents

 

(1) 1 Tax Unit 2008 = Bs. F 46 (approx. US $21.40).

 

   

For corporate entities, the following progressive rates would apply depending on the amount of the profit:

 

Taxable Income (in Tax Units)

   Tax Rate  

Up to 2,000

   15.00 %

Over 2,000 up to 3,000

   22.00  

Over 3,000

   34.00  

Interests derived from Class A shares may also be subject to tax in the United States according to the U.S.—Venezuela Treaty. However, such tax must not exceed a 10% rate over the gross amount of the interest earned. Under Venezuelan Income Tax Law, such tax paid in the US for interests may be credited against the tax payable in Venezuela with respect to the same interests, subject to the tax credit rules established under the Venezuelan Income Tax Law.

Under the U.S.—Venezuela Treaty, capital gain realized on the transfer of Class A shares would only be taxable in Venezuela. Such gain would be treated as ordinary income and, therefore, the same taxable base and the same rates as for interests will apply to individuals and corporate entities.

Any loss realized in connection with an investment in Class A shares could only be allocated to income derived from a foreign (Non-Venezuelan) source.

 

292


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the Class A shares covered by this prospectus to permit the selling shareholders to conduct public secondary trading of these shares from time to time after the date of this prospectus. Under the registration rights agreement covering the Class A shares held by the selling shareholders, we agreed to, among other things, bear all expenses, other than brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the registration and sale of the Class A shares covered by this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of the Class A shares offered by this prospectus. The aggregate proceeds to the selling shareholders from the sale of the Class A shares will be the purchase price of the Class A shares less any discounts and commissions. Each selling shareholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchases of Class A shares to be made directly or through agents. If any successor to the selling shareholders named in this prospectus wishes to sell under this prospectus, the company will file a prospectus supplement identifying such successors as selling shareholders.

The Class A shares offered by this prospectus may be sold from time to time to purchasers:

 

   

directly by the selling shareholders and their successors, which includes their donees, pledges or transferees or their successors-in-interest, or

 

   

through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, commissions or agent’s commissions from the selling shareholders or the purchasers of the Class A shares. These discounts, concessions, or commissions may be in excess of those customary in the types of transaction involved.

The selling shareholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents who participate in the sale or distribution of the Class A shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act. The selling shareholders identified as registered broker-dealers in the selling shareholders table above (see “Selling Shareholders”) are deemed to be underwriters. As a result, any profits on the sale of the Class A shares by such selling shareholders and any discounts, commissions or agent’s commissions or concessions received by any such broker-dealer or agents may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling shareholders who are deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Underwriters are subject to certain statutory liabilities, including, but not limited to, Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act.

The Class A shares may be sold in one or more transactions at:

 

   

fixed prices;

 

   

prevailing market prices at the time of sale;

 

   

prices related to such prevailing market prices;

 

   

varying prices determined at the time of sale; or

 

   

negotiated prices.

These sales may be effected in one or more transactions:

 

   

on any national securities exchange or quotation on which the Class A shares may be listed or quoted at the time of sale

 

   

in the over-the-counter market;

 

   

in transactions on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market;

 

293


Table of Contents
   

through the writing of options (including the issuance by the selling shareholders of derivative securities), whether the options or such other derivative securities are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;

 

   

through the settlement of short sales; or

 

   

through any combination of the foregoing.

These transactions may include block transactions or crosses. Crosses are transactions in which the same broker acts as an agent on both sides of the trade. In connection with the sales of the Class A shares, the selling shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that in turn may:

 

   

engage in short sales of the Class A shares in the course of hedging their positions;

 

   

sell the Class A shares short and deliver the Class A shares to close out short positions;

 

   

loan or pledge the Class A shares to broker-dealers or other financial institutions that in turn may sell the Class A shares;

 

   

enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that require the delivery to the broker-dealer or other financial institution of the Class A shares, which the broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell under the prospectus; or

 

   

enter into transactions in which a broker-dealer makes purchases as a principal for resale for its own account or through other types of transactions.

To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between any selling shareholders and any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent regarding the sale of the Class A shares by the selling shareholders.

We intend to apply to list the Class A shares on the NYSE under the symbol “            .” The listing is subject to approval of our application. We can give no assurances as to the development of liquidity or trading market for the Class A shares.

There can be no assurance that any selling shareholder will sell any or all of the Class A shares under this prospectus. Further, we cannot assure you that any such selling shareholder will not transfer, devise or gift the Class A shares by other means not described in this prospectus. In addition, any Class A shares covered by this prospectus that qualifies for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 144A of the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 or Rule 144A rather than under this prospectus. The Class A shares covered by this prospectus may also be sold t non-U.S. persons outside the U.S. in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act rather than under this prospectus. The Class A shares may be sold in some states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Class A shares may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and complied with.

The selling shareholders and any other person participating in the sale of the Class A shares will be subject to the Exchange Act. The Exchange Act rules include, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Class A shares by the selling shareholders and any other person. In addition, Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the Class A shares to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular Class A shares being distributed. This may affect the marketability of the Class A shares and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Class A shares.

We have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

294


Table of Contents

We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses incidental to the registration, offering and sale of the Class A shares to the public, including the payment of federal securities law and state blue sky registration fees, except that we will not bear any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes relating to the sale of Class A shares.

The Class A shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the Class A shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirements is available and complied with.

 

295


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A shares being offered hereby will be passed upon for us by O’Melveny & Myers LLP, New York, New York. O’Melveny & Myers LLP has provided a tax opinion in connection with the Class  A shares being offered hereby.

EXPERTS

The consolidated and combined financial statements of Apollo Global Management, LLC as of December 31, 2007, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A shares offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the Class A shares, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at the website maintained by the SEC. The address of this website is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

296


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Financial Condition as of March  31, 2008 and 2007

   F-2

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-3

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity Capital for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2008

   F-4

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-5

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

   F-7

Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-39

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-40

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-41

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Partners’ Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-42

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-43

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

   F-46

 

F-1


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION (UNAUDITED)

MARCH 31, 2008 AND DECEMBER 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     March 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 

Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 898,106     $ 763,053  

Restricted cash

     3,368       3,362  

Investments

     2,037,065       2,164,240  

Carried interest receivables

     794,237       1,316,125  

Due from affiliates

     96,636       65,103  

Fixed assets, net

     20,831       20,178  

Deferred tax assets

     613,519       614,475  

Other assets

     34,183       33,403  

Goodwill

     47,897       40,056  

Intangible assets, net

     91,218       95,647  
                

Total Assets

   $ 4,637,060     $ 5,115,642  
                

Liabilities, Non-Controlling Interest and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 38,758     $ 42,050  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     48,453       63,262  

Deferred revenue

     278,812       153,900  

Due to affiliates

     662,742       771,213  

Profit sharing payable

     356,238       596,876  

Debt

     1,056,406       1,057,761  

Other liabilities

     41,455       22,251  
                

Total Liabilities

     2,482,864       2,707,313  
                

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 13)

    

Non-Controlling Interest

     2,073,693       2,312,286  
                

Shareholders’ Equity:

    

Class A shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized, 97,324,541 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

     —         —    

Class B shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

     —         —    

Additional paid in capital

     1,145,580       1,064,183  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,058,511 )     (962,107 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,566 )     (6,033 )
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     80,503       96,043  
                

Total Liabilities, Non-Controlling Interest and Shareholders’ Equity

   $   4,637,060     $   5,115,642  
                

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008 AND 2007

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Revenues:

    

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 72,975     $ 26,399  

Management fees from affiliates

     84,692       31,210  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

     (142,238 )     67,301  
                

Total Revenues

     15,429       124,910  
                

Expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

     268,067       109,471  

Interest expense

     16,564       3,253  

Professional fees

     23,995       18,033  

General, administrative and other

     12,836       6,827  

Placement fees

     24,132       —    

Occupancy

     5,262       2,926  

Depreciation and amortization

     6,336       830  
                

Total Expenses

     357,192       141,340  
                

Other (Loss) Income:

    

Net (losses) gains from investment activities

     (125,300 )     753,017  

Dividend income from affiliates

     —         79,836  

Interest income ($0 and $4,166 from affiliates for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007)

     6,752       14,924  

(Loss) income from equity method investments

     (2,639 )     584  

Other (loss) income

     (468 )     487  
                

Total Other (Loss) Income

     (121,655 )     848,848  
                

(Loss) Income Before Income Tax Benefit (Provision) and Non-Controlling Interest

     (463,418 )     832,418  

Income tax benefit (provision)

     2,494       (1,771 )
                

(Loss) Income Before Non-Controlling Interest

     (460,924 )     830,647  

Non-Controlling Interest

     364,520       (686,606 )
                

Net (Loss) Income

   $ (96,404 )   $    144,041  
                

Net Loss Per Class A Share:

    

Net Loss Available to Class A Shareholders

   $ (96,404 )  
          

Net Loss Per Class A Share—Basic and Diluted

   $ (0.99 )  
          

Weighted Average Number of Class A Shares Basic and Diluted

       97,324,541    
          

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    Class A
Shares
  Class B
Shares
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 

Shareholders’ Equity at January 1, 2008

  97,324,541   1   $ 1,064,183     $ (962,107 )   $ (6,033 )   $ 96,043  

Capital increase related to equity-based compensation

        90,079           90,079  

Cash distributions to Managing Partners

        (16,769 )         (16,769 )

Non-cash distributions to Managing Partners

        (13,173 )         (13,173 )

Dilution impact of distributions

        21,260           21,260  

Comprehensive loss:

           

Net loss

          (96,404 )       (96,404 )

Net unrealized loss on interest rate swaps, net of tax

            (533 )     (533 )
                                       

Total comprehensive loss

  —     —       —         (96,404 )     (533 )     (96,937 )
                                       

Shareholders’ Equity at March 31, 2008

  97,324,541   1   $   1,145,580     $   (1,058,511 )   $   (6,566 )   $ 80,503  
                                       

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008 AND 2007

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (96,404 )   $ 144,041  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     6,336       830  

Non-Controlling Interest

     (241,720 )     (633 )

Income (loss) from equity method investments

     2,639       (584 )

Waived management fees

     (9,108 )     (6,757 )

Non-cash compensation related to waived management fees

     9,108       5,125  

Deferred taxes, net

     5,521       (82 )

Equity-based compensation

     283,277       189  

Impairment on assets held for sale

     1,024       —    

Other

     —         (69 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Carried interest receivable

     521,888       5,846  

Due from affiliates

     (31,064 )     (35,556 )

Other assets

     3,358       (24,674 )

Accrued compensation and benefits

     (15,255 )     1,639  

Deferred revenue

     124,912       (8,829 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     453       4,508  

Due to affiliates

     (129,235 )     3,355  

Profit sharing payable

     (240,638 )     (18,789 )

Other liabilities

     285       (21,645 )

Apollo Funds related:

    

Non-Controlling Interest

     (122,800 )     687,239  

Net realized gains from investment activities

     —         (691,288 )

Net change in unrealized losses (gains) from investment activities

     125,300       (61,729 )

Non-cash dividends from investment activities

     —         (60,761 )

Purchases of investments

     (231 )     (389,845 )

Proceeds from sale of investments and liquidating dividends

     —         2,041,867  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

        197,646         1,573,398  
                

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Purchases of fixed assets

     (7,729 )     (1,245 )

Cash contributions to equity method investments

     (20,548 )     (814 )

Cash distributions from equity method investments

     18,975       115  

Change in restricted cash

     (6 )     (3,311 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (9,308 )   $ (5,255 )
                

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008 AND 2007

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Principal repayments on debt

   $ (1,355 )   $ (15,721 )

Transaction costs for the S-1 filing

     (2,500 )     —    

Purchase of RDUs from Non-Controlling Interest holders

     (23,008 )     —    

Purchase of interests from Contributing Partners

     (7,590 )     —    

Distributions to Managing Partners

     (16,769 )     (151,577 )

Contributions from Managing Partners

     —         840  

Distributions to Contributing Partners

     —         (19,842 )

Distributions to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     (2,511 )       (1,164,698 )

Withdrawals paid to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     —         (216,329 )

Contributions from Non-Controlling Interest holders

     448       300,496  
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (53,285 )     (1,266,831 )
                

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     135,053       301,312  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     763,053       209,347  
                

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $   898,106     $ 510,659  
                

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 17,333     $ 2,623  

Income taxes paid

     2,869       665  

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing Activities:

    

Transfer of assets held for sale

     4,138       —    

Non-cash contributions to equity method investments

     —         4,641  

Non-cash distributions from equity method investments

     1,040       —    

Net assets other than cash transferred from feeder fund

    

Investments, at fair value

     —         378,457  

Receivables from brokers and counterparties

     —         42,967  

Other assets

     —         4,871  

Withdrawals payables

     —         (120,509 )

Other liabilities

     —         (19,114 )

Non-Controlling Interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     —         (286,672 )

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities:

    

Non-cash distributions of RDUs to Managing Partners

     (12,697 )     (10,272 )

Non-cash distributions of profits interests in funds to Managing Partners

     —         (8,000 )

Other non-cash distributions to Managing Partners

     (476 )     —    

Non-cash distributions of profits interests in funds to Contributing Partners

     —         (3,375 )

Non-cash purchase of interests from Contributing Partners

     (252 )     —    

Non-cash distributions of RDUs to Contributing Partners

     —         (5,069 )

Non-cash contributions from Non-Controlling Interest holders related to equity-based compensation

     184,897       —    

Non-cash contributions from Non-Controlling Interest holders

     —         9,425  

Dilution impact of distributions

     21,260       —    

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     (12,582 )     —    

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

     (5,098 )     —    

Deferred tax asset related to unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

     4,565       —    

Capital increase related to equity-based compensation

     90,079       —    

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Apollo Global Management, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Successor” or the “Company” or “Apollo”), is a global alternative asset manager whose predecessor was founded in 1990. Its primary business is to raise, invest and manage private equity and capital markets funds (collectively, the “Funds”) on behalf of pension and endowment funds, as well as, other institutional and individual investors. For these investment and management services, Apollo receives management fees generally related to the amount of assets managed, transaction and advisory fees for the investments made and carried interest income related to the performance of the Funds managed. The Funds fall into two primary business segments:

 

   

Private equity, which primarily invests in control equity and related debt instruments, or other convertible securities; and

 

   

Capital markets, which invests principally in non-control debt and non-control equity investments, including distressed instruments.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1934. The condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, including these notes, are unaudited and exclude some of the disclosures required in annual financial statements. Management believes it has made all necessary adjustments (consisting of normal recurring items) so that the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements are presented fairly and that estimates made in preparing its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements are reasonable and prudent. The operating results presented for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the entire year. These condensed consolidated and combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in the Company’s S-1 Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2008.

Prior to the Reorganization on July 13, 2007 described below, the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements include the entities engaged in the above businesses and their related funds (collectively, “Predecessor” or “Operating Entities” or the “Partnership”) under the common ownership of Leon Black, Joshua Harris, and Marc Rowan (the “Managing Partners” or “Control Group”). Subsequent to the Reorganization, the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of Apollo excluding the deconsolidation of the funds.

Reorganization of the Company

The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on July 3, 2007. The Company is managed and operated by its manager, AGM Management, LLC, which in turn is wholly owned and controlled by the Managing Partners.

Apollo’s business was historically conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by the Managing Partners and others (“Predecessor Owners”), and controlled by the Managing Partners. In order to facilitate the private placement, as described in

 

F-7


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

further detail below, the Predecessor Owners completed a Reorganization as of the close of business on July 13, 2007 (the “Reorganization”) whereby, except for Apollo Advisors, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors”) and Apollo Advisors II, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors II”), each of the operating entities of the Predecessor and the intellectual property rights associated with the Apollo name, were contributed (“Contributed Businesses”) to five newly-formed holding partnerships (Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. that was formed subsequent to July 13, 2007 (collectively, “Apollo Operating Group”)).

The Company currently owns, after completion of the transactions described below, through two Intermediate Holding Companies (APO Corp., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, collectively, (the “Intermediate Holding Companies”)), 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group as general partners. AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Holdings”), is the entity through which its Managing Partners and other Contributing Partners (the “Contributing Partners”) hold the remaining Apollo Operating Group Units (“AOG Units”) representing 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. The Company consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a Non-Controlling Interest in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

On July 13, 2007, the Company contributed to the Intermediate Holding Companies $1.2 billion proceeds from the sale of convertible securities to the California Public Employees Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and an affiliate of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (“ADIA” and, together with CalPERS, the “Strategic Investors”). The Intermediate Holding Companies used these proceeds to purchase from the Managing Partners for $1,068 million certain interests in the limited partnerships that operate the business, and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group, in return for approximately 17.4% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. In addition, the Intermediate Holding Companies purchased from the Contributing Partners a portion of their interests in subsidiaries of the Apollo Operating Group for an aggregate purchase price of $156.4 million (excluding any potential contingent consideration) and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group in return for approximately 2.6% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. Additionally, on August 8, 2007 and September 5, 2007, Apollo issued 34,500,000 Class A shares and 2,824,541 Class A Shares, respectively, which diluted the Non-Controlling Interest by 8.9%. The purchase agreement related to the Managing Partners’ and Contributing Partners’ interests also included a provision for contingent consideration.

In January 2008 and April 2008, a preliminary and final distribution was made to the Company’s Managing Partners and Contributing Partners related to a contingent consideration of $29.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively. The determination of the amount and timing of the distribution were based on net income with discretionary adjustments, all of which were determined by Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC, the general partner of Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. Included in the distribution were Restricted Depositary Units (“RDUs” of AP Alternative Assets, L.P. “AAA”) valued at approximately $12.7 million for the Managing Partners combined with a distribution of interests in Apollo VIF Co-Investors, LLC in settlement of deferred compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd. of approximately $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners, respectively.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

The Reorganization was accounted for as an exchange of entities under common control for the interests in the Contributed Businesses, which were contributed by the Managing Partners. The acquisition of Non-Controlling Interests from the Contributing Partners was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”).

Apollo also entered into an exchange agreement with Holdings that allows the partners of Holdings, subject to the vesting and minimum retained ownership requirements and transfer restrictions set forth in the partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group, to exchange their Apollo Operating Group Units (“AOG Units”) for the Company’s Class A shares on a one-for-one basis up to four times each year, subject to conversion rate adjustments for splits, unit distributions and reclassifications. A limited partner must exchange one partnership unit in each of the five Apollo Operating Group partnerships to affect an exchange for one Class A share.

As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, undistributed earnings of the Contributed Businesses through the date of the Reorganization that were attributable to the Managing Partners for the sold portion of their interest were $119.2 million and $238.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, undistributed earnings of the Contributed Businesses through the date of the Reorganization that were attributable to the Contributing Partners for the sold portion of their interest were $70.1 million and $148.6 million, respectively. These amounts have been recorded as a component of due to affiliates and profit sharing payable, respectively.

Private Placement— On August 8, 2007, Apollo completed a Rule 144A Private Placement (“Private Placement”) of its Class A shares. Upon the completion of the Private Placement, Qualified Institutional Buyers and Accredited Investors, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules, directly own 37,324,540 Class A shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC. The completion of the Private Placement triggered the conversion of the convertible securities and issuance of 60,000,001 non-voting Class A shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC to CalPERS and ADIA. The Company retained the proceeds from the Private Placement and intends to use such proceeds for general business purposes.

Consolidation and Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, a number of the Funds have historically been consolidated into its Predecessor’s combined financial statements.

Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Contributed Businesses that act as a general partner of most of the consolidated Funds granted rights to the unaffiliated investors in each respective fund to provide that a simple majority of such Fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right, without cause, to liquidate that fund in accordance with certain procedures. These rights were granted in order to achieve the deconsolidation of such Funds from the Company’s financial statements. For the Apollo Funds previously consolidated, these rights became effective either on August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. The deconsolidation of these funds will present the Company’s financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo evaluates its business and its related risks. Accordingly, the Company believes that deconsolidating these funds will provide investors with a better understanding of its business. The results of the deconsolidated funds are included in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements through the date of deconsolidation. Apollo will continue to consolidate AAA. As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, therefore Apollo will continue to control this entity.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

As the Company and Apollo Advisors and Apollo Advisors II (“Advisor Entities”) were under a common control group as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-5, Definition of “Common Control” in Relation to FASB No. 141 , the Advisor Entities are combined for the historical periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”), the Advisor Entities consolidated their respective funds. The Advisor Entities were excluded assets on July 12, 2007 as they were not sold to Apollo Global Management, LLC as part of the Reorganization (see “Reorganization of the Company” above). As such, they are not presented in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements subsequent to the Reorganization date.

Apollo’s interest in the Apollo Operating Group (see “Reorganization of the Company” above) is within the scope of EITF 04-5. Although Apollo has less than 50% of the economics in the Apollo Operating Group, it has a majority voting interest and controls the management of the Apollo Operating Group. Additionally, although Holdings has a majority of the economics in Apollo Operating Group, it does not have the right to dissolve the partnerships or have substantive kick-out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Apollo. Accordingly, Apollo consolidates the Apollo Operating Group and records the Non-Controlling Interest for the economic interest in Apollo Operating Group directly held by Holdings.

On July 31, 2007, certain management companies within Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. transferred their indirect interests in a corporate aircraft, a Gulfstream G-IV (“G-IV”), to a group of Apollo Non-Controlling Interest holders, which was treated as a distribution to such Non-Controlling Interest holders. Simultaneously with the transfer, such management companies were released from their obligations as guarantors of the loan used to finance the purchase of the G-IV. The transfer of the indirect interests and release as guarantors resulted in deconsolidation of the trust that owns the corporate aircraft.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting— The accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Principles of Consolidation— Apollo consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise, including those Funds in which the general partner is presumed to have control over them pursuant to EITF 04-5. Apollo also consolidates entities which are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which Apollo is the primary beneficiary pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (revised December 2003) , Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB 51 (“FIN 46(R)”). The provisions under both FIN 46(R) and EITF 04-5 have been applied respectively to all periods presented in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

Equity Method Investments— For entities over which the Company exercises significant influence but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation, the Company uses the equity method of accounting pursuant to Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock (“APB 18”), whereby the Company records its share of the underlying income or loss of these entities. Earnings from equity method investments are not material and therefore are recognized as part of Other Income in the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Non-Controlling Interest— For entities that are consolidated, but not 100% owned, a portion of the income or loss and corresponding equity is allocated to owners other than Apollo. The aggregate of the income or loss and corresponding equity that is not owned by the Company is included in Non-Controlling Interest in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Non-Controlling Interests relating to Apollo Global Management, LLC includes the ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group held by the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners through their partnership interests in Holdings and the limited partner interests in AAA. In the Predecessor’s combined financial statements, the Non-Controlling Interests include limited partner interests in the consolidated funds.

Use of Estimates— The preparation of the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Apollo’s most significant estimates include goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, carried interest income from affiliates, non-cash compensation and fair value of investments in consolidated and unconsolidated funds. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Due from/to Affiliates— Apollo considers its existing partners, employees, non-consolidated private equity funds, non-consolidated capital markets funds, private equity fund portfolio companies, certain real estate management companies and certain advisors to be affiliates or related parties.

Investments— The Company’s investments in Apollo funds are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The funds are, for U.S. GAAP purposes, investment companies and therefore apply specialized accounting principles specified by the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies , and reflect their investments on the condensed consolidated and combined statement of financial condition at their estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value reflected as a component of other income in the condensed consolidated and combined statement of operations. Realized and unrealized gains have a significant impact on its results of operations as the Company has retained the specialized accounting for the funds pursuant to the guidance contained in EITF Issue No. 85-12, Retention of Specialized Accounting for Investments in Consolidation .

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”) as of January 1, 2008, which among other things, requires enhanced disclosures about investments that are measured and reported at fair value. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework, which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level I—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The type of investments included in Level I include listed equities and listed

 

F-11


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

derivatives. As required by SFAS No. 157, the Company does not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where Apollo holds a large position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.

Level II—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. Investments which are generally included in this category include corporate bonds and loans, less liquid and restricted equity securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives.

Level III—Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Investments that are included in this category generally include general and limited partnership interests in corporate private equity and real estate funds, mezzanine funds, funds of hedge funds, distressed debt and non-investment grade residual interests in securitizations and collateralized debt obligations.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

Private Equity Investments

The value of liquid investments, where the primary market is an exchange (whether foreign or domestic) is determined using period end market prices. Such prices are generally based on the last sales price on the date of determination, or, if no sales occurred on such day, at the “bid” price at the close of business on such day and if sold short at the “ask” price or at ascertainable prices at the close of business on such day. Forwards are valued based on market rates obtained from counterparties or prices obtained from recognized financial data service providers.

When determining fair value pricing when no market value exists, the value attributed to an investment is based on the enterprise value at the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation approaches used to estimate the fair value of investments include the income approach and the market approach. The income approach provides an indication of fair value based on the present value of cash flows that a business or security is expected to generate in the future. The most widely used methodology used in the income approach is a discounted cash flow method. Inherent in the discounted cash flow method are assumptions of expected results and a calculated discount rate. The Market Approach provides an indication of fair value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in the industry. The market approach is driven more by current market conditions of actual trading levels of similar companies and actual transaction data of similar companies. Consideration may also be given to such factors as the company’s historical and projected financial data, valuations given to comparable companies, the size and scope of the company’s operations, the company’s strengths, weaknesses, expectations relating to the market’s receptivity to an offering of the company’s securities, applicable restrictions on transfer, industry information and assumptions, general economic and market conditions and other factors deemed relevant. As part of management’s process,

 

F-12


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

the Company utilizes a valuation committee to review and approve the valuations. However, because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed, and the differences could be material.

Capital Markets Investments

The vast majority of the investments in Apollo’s capital markets funds are valued by the funds based on quoted market prices. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value utilizing recognized pricing services, market participants or other sources. The capital markets funds also enter into foreign currency exchange contracts, credit default swap contracts, and other derivative contracts, which may include options, caps, collars and floors. Foreign currency exchange contracts are marked-to-market by recognizing the difference between the contract exchange rate and the current market rate as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Changes in value are recorded in income currently. Realized gains or losses are recognized when contracts are settled. Credit default swap contracts are recorded at fair value as an asset or liability with changes in fair value recorded as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Realized gains or losses are recognized at the termination of the contract based on the difference between the close-out price of the credit default contract and the original contract price.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments— SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires the disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

Apollo’s financial instruments are recorded at fair value or at amounts whose carrying value approximate fair value. See the Company’s valuation policy for Investments. While Apollo’s valuations of portfolio investments are based on assumptions that Apollo believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the actual realized gains or losses will depend on, among other factors, future operating results, the value of the assets and market conditions at the time of disposition, any related transaction costs and the timing and manner of sale, all of which may ultimately differ significantly from the assumptions on which the valuations were based. Other financial instruments carrying values generally approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of those instruments or variable interest rates related to the borrowings.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements— In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, Apollo recognizes derivatives as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. For derivatives that have been formally designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recorded in accumulated OCI. Amounts in OCI are reclassified into earnings when interest expense on the underlying borrowings is recognized.

If, at any time, the swaps are determined to be ineffective, in whole or in part, due to changes in the interest rate swap or underlying debt agreements, the fair value of the portion of the interest rate swap determined to be ineffective will be recognized as a gain or loss in the statement of operations.

Fixed Assets— Fixed Assets consist primarily of ownership interests in aircraft, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, computer hardware and software and are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Aircraft engine overhauls are capitalized and depreciated until the next

 

F-13


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

expected overhaul. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of the assets may be impaired. Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

In March 2008, the Company committed to a plan to sell its ownership interest in three aircraft which is expected to occur in the second half of 2008. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS No. 144”), the Company reclassified the aircraft from held and used assets to assets held for sale and measured the aircraft at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. As of March 31, 2008, the aircraft were measured at $4.1 million and included in Other Assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. As a result of reclassifying the aircraft to assets held for sale, the Company recognized a loss of $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2008, which is included in Other Loss in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets— SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”), does not permit the amortization of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets. Under SFAS No. 142, these assets must be reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Identifiable finite-life intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are periodically re-evaluated for impairment or when circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred in accordance with SFAS No. 144. Apollo amortizes its intangible assets using the straight-line method.

Compensation and Benefits— Compensation and benefits include salaries, bonuses, severance and employee benefits, but exclude payments made to the Managing Partners prior to the Reorganization of the Company. Prior to the Reorganization, individuals who owned direct equity interests and participated in its governing process are considered partners. As a result, any distributions made to these individuals are equity distributions and are presented within Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity within the captions of “Cash distributions”, “Distributions to Managing Partners”, “Reorganization adjustments” and “Non-cash distributions”.

Bonuses are accrued over the service period. From time to time, the Company may distribute profit interests received in lieu of management fees. Profit interests received as a result of waived management fees are granted to the investment professionals, which are considered compensation. Additionally, certain employees have arrangements whereby they are entitled to receive a percentage of carried interest income based on the fund’s performance. To the extent that individuals are entitled to a percentage of the carried interest income, and such entitlement is subject to potential forfeiture at inception, such arrangements are accounted for as profit sharing plans, and compensation expense is recognized as the related carried interest income is recognized.

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which is a defined contribution plan. U.S. based employees are entitled to participate in the 401(k) plan, based upon certain eligibility requirements. The Company may provide discretionary contributions from time to time. No contributions relating to this plan were made by the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Equity-based Compensation— Equity-based compensation is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R ), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) which requires the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments generally be measured based on the grant date fair value of the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

award. Equity-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards) are expensed immediately. Equity-based employee awards that require future service are recognized over the relevant service period. The Company estimates forfeitures for equity-based awards that are not expected to vest.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (“SFAS No. 130”) establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that the Company classify items of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) by their nature in the financial statements and display the accumulated balance of OCI separately in the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s condensed consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. Comprehensive Income (Loss) consists of Net Income (Loss) and OCI. Apollo’s OCI is comprised of the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed above. If, at any time, the Company’s subsidiaries’ functional currency become non-U.S. dollar denominated, the Company will record foreign currency cumulative translation adjustments in OCI.

Net Loss Per Class A Share The Company computes net loss per Class A share under the two class method in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share . Basic net income (loss) per Class A share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to Class A shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per Class A shares reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities, if any. Prior to the Reorganization, Apollo’s business was conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by its then existing partners. There was no single capital structure upon which to calculate historical earnings per share information. Accordingly, earnings per share information is not presented for historical periods prior to the Reorganization. The Class B share has no net loss per share as they do not participate in Apollo’s earnings or distributions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 46(R)-7, Application of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) to Investment Compani es (“FSP FIN 46(R)-7”), which provides clarification on the applicability of FIN 46(R) to the accounting for investments by entities that apply the accounting guidance in the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies . FSP FIN 46(R)-7 amends FIN 46(R), to make permanent the temporary deferral of the application of FIN 46(R), to entities within the scope of the guide under AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (“SOP 07-1”). FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is effective upon adoption of SOP 07-1. The adoption of FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is not expected to have a material impact on Apollo’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

SOP 07-1, issued in June 2007, addresses whether the accounting principles of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies, may be applied to an entity by clarifying the definition of an investment company and whether those accounting principles may be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an investor in the application of the equity method of accounting. SOP 07-1, as originally issued, was to be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2007 with earlier adoption encouraged. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP SOP 07-1-1, Effective Date of AICPA Statement of Position 07-1, to indefinitely defer the effective date of SOP 07-1. Apollo intends to monitor future developments associated with this statement in order to assess the impact, if any, that may result.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) requires that all business combinations whether full, partial or step acquisitions result in all assets and liabilities of an acquired business be recorded at fair value, with limited exceptions. The standard further requires the companies to expense acquisition costs as incurred and to record contingencies, earn-outs and contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and is applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited. Assets and liabilities that arose from business combinations whose acquisition dates preceded the application of this statement shall not be adjusted upon application of this statement. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present Non-Controlling (minority) Interests as equity (as opposed to a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and Non-Controlling Interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which, will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 . This FSP defers the effective date of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In March 2008, the EITF ratified its consensus opinion of EITF Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share, to Master Limited Partnerships (“EITF 07-4”). EITF 07-4 addresses how master limited partnerships should calculate earnings per unit using the two-class method in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share (“SFAS No. 128”) and how current period earnings of a master limited partnership should be allocated to the general partner, limited partners, and other participating securities. EITF 07-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. EITF 07-4 should be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that EITF 07-4 will have on its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand its effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets, effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. This FSP requires that an entity consider its own historical experience in developing assumptions about renewal or extension used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The FSP intends to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the

 

F-16


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

asset under SFAS No. 141 and other U.S. GAAP. This FSP also requires additional disclosures for all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, that this FSP will have on its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP in the United States (the U.S. GAAP hierarchy). This Statement is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The adoption of SFAS No. 162 is not expected to have a material impact on Apollo’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities . This FSP addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (EPS) under the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, that this FSP will have on its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

3. ACQUISITION OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Pursuant to the Reorganization and the Private Placement described in Note 1, the Company acquired interests in the predecessor businesses from the Predecessor Owners. These interests were acquired, in part, through an exchange of Holdings’ units (“Units”) and, in part, through the payment of cash.

This Reorganization has been accounted for partially as a transfer of interests under common control and, as an acquisition of Non-Controlling Interests in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The cash paid for the interests acquired from members of the Control Group has been charged to equity. Cash payments related to the acquisition of interests outside of the Control Group have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

The total consideration paid to the Contributing Partners, including contingent consideration, aggregated to $164.2 million. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible assets acquired approximates $148.2 million and has been included in the captions Goodwill and Intangible assets, net in the condensed consolidated and combined statement of financial condition as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

The finite-life intangible asset related to (i) trade names, (ii) the contractual right to receive future fee income from management, advisory services and (iii) the contractual right to earn future carried interest income from the private equity and capital markets funds. These finite-life intangible assets were estimated to be $100.3 million. The residual amount representing the purchase price in excess of fair value of the tangible and intangible assets is $47.9 million and has been recorded as Goodwill. Amortization expense related to the intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2008 was $4.4 million.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

The Company has performed an analysis and an evaluation of the excess of the cost over the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company has determined the following estimated fair values for the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition. To the extent that the estimates used in the purchase price allocation need to be adjusted, the Company will do so upon making that determination, but not later than one year from the date of acquisition.

 

Purchase price

   $   164,246
      

Net assets acquired, at fair value

   $ 16,049

Trade names/contractual rights

     100,300
      

Total

     116,349

Goodwill

     47,897
      

Purchase price allocation

   $ 164,246
      

4. INVESTMENTS

The following table represents Apollo’s investments:

 

     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Investments, at fair value

   $   2,007,778    $   2,132,847

Other investments

     29,287      31,393
             

Total Investments

   $ 2,037,065    $ 2,164,240
             

Investments at Fair Value

Investments, at fair value, consist primarily of financial instruments held by Consolidated Funds that are investment companies. As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the net assets of the Consolidated Funds were $2,003,968 and $2,131,494, respectively. The following investments are presented as a percentage of net assets of Consolidated Funds:

 

     March 31, 2008  
     Private Equity    Capital
Markets
   Total
Amount
   % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Investments, at fair value

           

Affiliates

   $   2,007,778    $   —      $   2,007,778    100.2 %
     December 31, 2007  
     Private Equity    Capital
Markets
   Total
Amount
   % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Investments, at fair value

           

Affiliates

   $ 2,132,847    $ —      $ 2,132,847    100.1 %

 

F-18


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Excluded Assets

At the time of the Reorganization on July 13, 2007, certain assets were not contributed to Apollo Global Management. The following summarizes the impact of the exclusion of the Advisor Entities for the period ended March 31, 2007:

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
 

Revenues

   $ —    

Expenses

       (39,989 )
        

Loss before Minority Interest

     (39,989 )

Minority Interest

     35,358  
        

Net Loss

   $ (4,631 )
        

Securities

At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the investment of AAA at fair value was its investment in AAA Investments, L.P. (“AAA Investments”). The following table represents each investment of AAA Investments constituting more than five percent of net assets of AAA Investments:

 

     March 31, 2008  
     Instrument Type    Cost    Fair Value    % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Apollo Strategic Value Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   Investment Fund    $   550,000    $   595,766    29.7 %

AP Investment Europe Limited

   Investment Fund      339,488      323,768    16.2  

Apollo Asia Opportunity Offshore Fund, Ltd

   Investment Fund      218,000      241,575    12.1  

Apollo European Principal Finance Fund, L.P.

   Investment Fund      149,136      157,034    7.8  

Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.

   Equity      165,625      179,500    9.0  

CEVA Logistics

   Equity      17,174      128,314    6.4  

Prestige Cruise Holdings

   Equity      100,019      105,700    5.3  
     December 31, 2007  
     Instrument Type    Cost    Fair Value    % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Apollo Strategic Value Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   Investment Fund    $ 550,000    $ 620,568    29.1 %

AP Investment Europe Limited

   Investment Fund      339,488      384,280    18.0  

Apollo Asia Opportunity Offshore Fund, Ltd

   Investment Fund      218,000      239,014    11.2  

Apollo European Principal Finance Fund, L.P.

   Investment Fund      132,317      128,501    6.0  

CEVA Logistics

   Equity      17,174      118,578    5.6  

 

F-19


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

The following table represents Apollo’s investments held through Consolidated Funds:

 

    Cost   Fair Value   % of Net Assets of
Consolidated Funds
 
    March 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 

Investments in Affiliates:

           

Europe

           

Investment fund

           

AAA Investments.

  $   1,803,341   $   1,803,110   $   2,007,778   $   2,132,847   100.2 %   100.1 %
                                   

Net (Losses) Gains from Investment Activities

Net (Losses) Gains from Investment Activities on the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations includes net realized gains from sales of investments, and the net change in net unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of the Consolidated Funds’ investments and realization of previously unrealized gains. The following table presents Apollo’s net realized gains and net change in net unrealized gains (losses) held through the Consolidated Funds:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
     Private
Equity
    Capital
Markets
    Total  

Change in unrealized gain due to changes in fair value

   $ (125,300 )   $ —       $ (125,300 )
                        

Net Loss From Investment Activities

   $ (125,300 )   $ —       $ (125,300 )
                        
     Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
     Private
Equity
    Capital
Markets
    Total  

Net realized gains

   $ 655,148     $ 36,140     $ 691,288  

Net change in net unrealized gains from realization due to sale of investments

     (689,595 )     (27,677 )     (717,272 )

Net change in net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value

     751,860       27,141       779,001  
                        

Net Gains From Investment Activities

   $    717,413     $    35,604     $    753,017  
                        

Other Investments

Other Investments consists of investments in equity method investees. Apollo’s share of operating (loss) income generated by these investments is recorded as Other (Loss) Income in the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

(Loss) income from equity method investments for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 consists of the following:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
     2008     2007

Accrued compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   $ —       $ 392

Investments:

    

Capital Markets Funds:

    

Apollo Special Opportunities Managed Account, L.P.

     (19 )     15

Apollo Value Investment Fund, L.P.

     (6 )     —  

Apollo Strategic Value Fund, L.P.

     (4 )     —  

Apollo Credit Liquidity Fund, L.P.

     (761 )     —  

Apollo/Artus Investors 2007-I, L.P.

     (1,670 )     —  

Private Equity Funds:

    

AAA Investments

     (73 )     —  

Apollo Investment Fund IV, L.P. (“Fund IV”)

     (7 )     11

Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P. (“Fund V”)

     (125 )     147

Apollo Investment Fund VI, L.P. (“Fund VI”)

     26       19
              

Total (Loss) Income From Equity Method Investments

   $   (2,639 )   $   584
              

Other investments as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 consists of the following:

 

     Equity held as of
     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007
     

Accrued compensation units in Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   $ 988    $   20,804

Investments:

     

Capital Markets Funds:

     

Apollo Special Opportunities Managed Account, L.P.

     3,618      100

Apollo Value Investment Fund, L.P.

     93      99

Apollo Strategic Value Fund, L.P.

     92      96

Apollo Credit Liquidity Fund, L.P.

     6,602      1,472

Apollo/Artus Investors 2007-I, L.P.

     4,890      6,560

Private Equity Funds:

     

AAA Investments

     1,126      1,198

Fund IV

     110      117

Fund V

     408      727

Fund VI

     313      220

Apollo Investment Fund VII, L.P. (“Fund VII”)

     11,047      —  
             

Total Other Investments

   $   29,287    $ 31,393
             

 

F-21


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the valuation of Apollo’s investments in fair value hierarchy levels as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:

 

     March 31, 2008
     Total    Level I    Level II    Level III

Investment in AAA Investments, L.P.

   $ 2,007,778    $  —      $  —      $ 2,007,778
     December 31, 2007
     Total    Level I    Level II    Level III

Investment in AAA Investments, L.P.

   $   2,132,847    $ —      $ —      $   2,132,847

The changes in investments measured at fair value for which the Company has used Level III investments are:

 

     For the Three
Months
Ended March 31,
2008
 

Balance, December 31, 2007

   $   2,132,847  

Purchases

     231  

Change in unrealized gain

     (125,300 )
        

Balance, March 31, 2008

   $ 2,007,778  
        

The above change in unrealized gain has been recorded within the caption “Net (losses) gains from investment activities” on the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations.”

The following table summarizes the Company’s Level III investments by valuation methodology:

 

     March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
     Private Equity     Private Equity  

Values based on Net Asset Value of the underlying funds (which in turn are based on the Funds underlying investments which are valued using market comparables and broker quotes).

   $   2,007,778    100.0 %   $   2,132,847    100.0 %
                          

Variable Interest Entities

Apollo is a variable interest holder in certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which are not consolidated, as Apollo is not their primary beneficiary.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

The following table presents the total assets of, and maximum exposure to loss relating to, VIEs for which Apollo has concluded that it holds significant variable interests but it is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated and excludes amounts related to unconsolidated VIEs which are majority owned by AAA Investments, L.P:

 

     March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
     Apollo is not Primary
Beneficiary
    Apollo is not Primary
Beneficiary
 
     Gross
Assets
   Apollo
Exposure
    Gross Assets    Apollo
Exposure
 

Private Equity Funds

   $ —      $ —       $   3,079,509    $   259,852 (a)

Capital Markets Funds

   $ 720,503    $ 3,618 (b)   $ 494,336    $ 100 (b)

 

(a) Represents Apollo’s direct investment, carried interest receivable and any applicable maximum potential clawback amounts assuming all of the investments are worthless.
(b) Represents Apollo’s direct investment.

5. CARRIED INTEREST RECEIVABLES

The carried interest receivables from private equity and capital markets funds consisted of the following at:

 

     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Private equity

   $ 772,075    $ 1,273,602

Capital markets

     22,162      42,523
             

Total Carried Interest Receivables

   $   794,237    $   1,316,125
             

The timing of the payment of carried interest due to the general partner or investment manager varies depending on the terms of the applicable fund agreements. Generally, carried interest in the private equity funds is payable and is distributed to the fund’s general partner upon realization of an investment. In most capital markets funds, carried interest is payable at the end of the relevant fund’s fiscal quarter or, more commonly, year.

6. OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Pending deal costs

   $ 4,003    $ 22,013

Prepaid expenses

     9,699      3,322

Tax receivables

     12,713      2,402

Assets held for sale

     4,138      —  

Prepaid rent

     1,904      1,764

Rent deposit

     950      934

Other

     776      2,968
             

Total Other Assets

   $   34,183    $   33,403
             

 

F-23


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

7. OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Interest rate swap agreements

   $ 39,909    $ 20,989

Deferred taxes

     579      579

Deferred rent

     967      683
             

Total Other Liabilities

   $   41,455    $   22,251
             

Interest Rate Swap Agreements —The principal financial instruments used for cash flow hedging purposes are interest rate swaps. Apollo enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. The swaps effectively converted a portion of its variable rate debt under the credit agreement to a fixed rate, without exchanging the notional principal amounts. Apollo entered into interest rate swap agreements whereby Apollo receives floating rate payments in exchange for fixed rate payments of 5.15% (weighted average) and 4.85%, on the notional amounts of $500 and $100 million, respectively, effectively converting a portion of its floating rate borrowings to a fixed rate. Apollo has hedged only the risk related to changes in the benchmark interest rate (three month LIBOR). As of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company has recorded a liability of $39,909 and $20,989, respectively, to recognize the fair value of these derivatives, which is included in Other Liabilities in the condensed consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. The Company has determined that the valuation of the interest rate swaps fall within Level 2 of the SFAS No. 157 fair value hierarchy.

8. INCOME TAXES AND RELATED PAYMENTS

Prior to July 13, 2007, the Company had not been subject to U.S. corporate Federal income taxes. However, certain subsidiaries of the Company were subject to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“NYC UBT”) attributable to Apollo’s operations apportioned to New York City. In addition, certain non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were subject to income taxes in their local jurisdictions. Commencing July 13, 2007, APO Corp. became subject to U.S. corporate Federal income tax. The Company’s provision for income taxes is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS No. 109”).

Subsequent to the Reorganization, APO Corp. is required to file a standalone Federal corporate tax return, as well as filing standalone corporate state tax returns in New York State and California. In addition, various subsidiaries of the Company file New York City Unincorporated Business Tax returns, and others file corporate tax returns in foreign jurisdictions as required.

Apollo’s benefit (provision) for income taxes totaled $2,494 and $(1,771) for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Apollo’s effective income tax rate was approximately 0.54% and 0.21% for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The difference between the effective tax rate for the three months March 31, 2008 and the comparable 2007 period is due to the following: (1) as discussed above, prior to the Reorganization, Apollo provided for New York City unincorporated business tax, (2) following the Reorganization, certain newly formed wholly-owned

 

F-24


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

subsidiaries were subject to Federal, state and local corporate income taxes, and (3) the absence of a non-cash compensation expense caused income, instead of a loss, historically. As a result of the estimates used in its calculation, Apollo’s effective tax rate for U.S. GAAP reporting purposes is subject to significant variation from period to period in 2008.

Apollo files its tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business it is subject to examination by Federal and certain state, local and foreign regulators. As of January 1, 2008, the predecessor entities’ U.S. Federal income tax returns for the years 2004 through 2007 are open under the normal statute of limitations and therefore subject to examination. State and local tax returns are generally subject to audit from 2001 through 2007. Currently, New York City is examining certain subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 2004 and 2005. The Company does not believe that the outcome of these examinations will have a material impact on its condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

9. DEBT

Debt consists of the following:

 

     March 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
     Outstanding
Balance
   Annualized
weighted
average
interest
rate
    Outstanding
Balance
   Annualized
weighted
average
interest
rate
 

AMH credit agreement

   $ 1,000,000    6.35 % (1)   $ 1,000,000    6.73 %

AAA Holdings credit agreement

     54,810    4.77       54,810    6.24  

RACC secured loan agreements

     1,596    5.37       2,951    7.83  
                  

Total Debt

   $   1,056,406    6.27 %   $   1,057,761    6.71 %
                  

 

(1) Includes the effect of interest rate swaps.

AMH Credit Agreement —On April 20, 2007, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“AMH”) entered into a $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement. The agreement may from time to time be Eurodollar (“LIBOR”) or Alternate Base Rate (ABR) as determined by the borrower. Of this $1.0 billion credit agreement, AMH has irrevocably elected three-month LIBOR for $433 million of the debt for three years and $167 million of the debt for five years. The remaining $400 million of the debt is computed based on three-month LIBOR for the entire term of the Note. The interest rate of the Eurodollar loan will be the daily Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin rate of 1.5%. The interest rate on the ABR term loan, for any day, will be the greater of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and the applicable margin rate of 0.5%.

The credit agreement is collateralized by substantially all the assets of Apollo Principal Holdings II and IV and AMH and their subsidiaries, as well as, cash proceeds from the sale of assets or similar recovery events, which will be deposited as cash collateral to the extent necessary as set out in the credit agreement. The proceeds of the term loan have substantially all been distributed to the Managing Partners. In compliance with the terms of this credit agreement, the pre-existing AAA Holdings, L.P. credit agreement has been amended to reflect the elimination of certain covenants and ratios.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

In accordance with the AMH credit agreement, Apollo Principal Holdings II and Apollo Principal Holdings IV and AMH and their subsidiaries are subject to certain debt covenants. Among other things, the covenants limit the amount of aggregate additional indebtedness to 20% of EBITDA for the most recent quarter, limits the AAA Holdings, L.P. guarantee from certain subsidiaries to a maximum of $60 million and specifies the excess sweep leverage ratio may not exceed 5.00:1, 4.75:1 and 4.25:1 for the years ended 2007 through 2009, respectively, then 4.00:1 for the years ended 2010 through 2012. As of March 31, 2008, the Company is not aware of any instances of non-compliance of any debt covenants.

AAA Holdings Credit Agreement —On June 15, 2006, AAA Holdings, L.P. entered into a $75,000 credit agreement with third party lenders, which is guaranteed by certain management company subsidiaries. The proceeds were used to finance the acquisition by AAA Holdings, L.P. of 3,700,000 RDUs of AAA, the sole owner of all limited partnership interests of AAA Investments, L.P. The RDUs are pledged as collateral for the benefit of the lenders. The term loan matures on December 15, 2009. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, $15,340 was repaid on the term loan. Per the credit agreement, AAA Holdings, L.P. may prepay the term loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. The term loan is subject to mandatory prepayment after December 31, 2007 if certain excess cash flows or debt to EBITDA leverage ratio of the respective guarantors and AAA Holdings, L.P. are not met, as defined under the terms of the agreement. The loan is a LIBOR based loan as determined by AAA Holdings, L.P. The computation of LIBOR is defined in the credit agreement and refers to interest rates calculated based on one or multiple indices or variables. The loan bears interest based on the 90 day LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points per annum. As of March 31, 2008, the Company is not aware of any instances of non-compliance of any debt covenants.

10. NET LOSS PER CLASS A SHARES

Basic and diluted weighted average Class A shares outstanding are calculated as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2008
     Basic and Diluted

Apollo Global Management, LLC, Class A shares outstanding

   97,324,541
    

Weighted average Class A shares outstanding

   97,324,541
    

Basic and diluted net loss per Class A share is calculated as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2008
 
     Basic and Diluted  

Net loss available to Class A shareholders

   $ (96,404 )

Weighted average Class A shares outstanding

       97,324,541  

Net loss per Class A share

   $ (0.99 )

Prior to the Company’s Reorganization, there was no single capital structure of the Apollo Operating Group upon which to calculate earnings per share information. Accordingly, earnings per share information is not meaningful and has not been presented for periods prior to the Reorganization.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Basic and diluted loss per unit are identical for the three months ended March 31, 2008, as application of the treasury method for Apollo Class A shares equivalents for the Class B share for vested and unvested units are anti-dilutive. Had the Class A shares been dilutive, the Company would have: (1) included an additional 240,000,000 shares from the conversion of the Class B share and 26,880,654 shares from its Apollo Global Management Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) in the determination of diluted net income per Class A share, and (2) adjusted net income related to amortization of the AOG Units and RSUs, as well as its related tax effects.

Holders of AOG Units are subject to the vesting requirements and transfer restrictions set forth in the agreements with the respective holders, and may up to 4 times each year (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their AOG Units for Class A shares on a one-for-one basis. A limited partner must exchange one partnership unit in each of the five Apollo Operating Group partnerships to affect an exchange for one Class A share. If converted, the result would be an additional 240,000,000 Class A shares added to the basic earnings per share calculation. Consequently, the Company applies the “if converted method” to determine the dilutive effect, if any, that the exchange of all AOG Units would have on basic earnings per Class A share. The assumed exchange of AOG Units includes an assumed tax effect resulting from the increased income (loss) allocated to the Company on the exchange of the AOG Units.

Apollo has one Class B share held by Holdings, which is exchangeable into Class A shares based on the amount of Class B votes. The Class B share has no net income (loss) per share as they do not participate in Apollo’s earnings (losses) or distributions. The Class B share has no dividend or liquidation rights. The Class B share, along with one Apollo Operating Group Unit, can be exchanged for 240,000,000 Class A shares, subject to certain limitations. The Class B share has voting rights on a pari passu basis with the Class A shares. The number of Class B shares outstanding did not change subsequent to the Private Placement. The Class B share has a super voting power of 240,000,000 votes.

11. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

AOG Units

At the time of the Reorganization, the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners received 240,000,000 AOG Units, all of which will vest over a period of either 60 or 72 months. The Reorganization agreements specify that the service inception date commenced on January 1, 2007 for Managing Partners. The Company is accounting for the unvested AOG Units as compensation expense in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). The Company recognized six months of compensation expense on July 13, 2007, based on the terms of a partnership agreement, which provided for the vesting of the units granted to the Managing Partners as if they were granted on January 1, 2007. The Company is accounting for the unvested AOG Units as compensation expense in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). The unvested AOG Units are charged to compensation expense as the AOG Units vest monthly over the service period on a straight-line basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, $259.9 million of compensation expense was recognized related to amortization of AOG Units.

 

     Apollo Operating
Group Units
    Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Unvested Balance, January 1, 2008

   198,724,070     $ 23.43

Vested

   (11,053,568 )     23.51
        

Unvested at March 31, 2008

   187,670,502     $   23.43
        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Units Expected to Vest— As of March 31, 2008, the following unvested AOG Units are expected to vest:

 

     Units

Apollo Global Management

   186,865,652

RSUs

On October 24, 2007 and November 28, 2007, the Company commenced the granting of Apollo Global Management, LLC units in the form of RSUs. Approximately 6.4 million RSUs were granted to its employees during the three months ended March 31, 2008. The grants are accounted for as a grant of equity awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) . The fair value of this award of approximately $39.0 million, which is based on the public share price discounted for transfer restrictions and lack of dividends until vested and will be charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 24 quarters. The Company has estimated that 8% will be forfeited based on the employee population. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, $15.1 million of compensation expense was recognized.

The following table summarizes RSU activity for the three months ended March 31, 2008:

 

     RSUs     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Balance, January 1, 2008

   20,477,101     $   15.30

Granted

   6,424,387       6.07

Forfeited

   (20,834 )     16.58

Vested at March 31, 2008

   —         —  
        

Unvested at March 31, 2008

   26,880,654     $ 13.09
        

Units Expected to Vest— As of March 31, 2008, the following unvested RSUs are expected to vest:

 

     RSUs

Apollo Global Management

   24,749,369

On June 30, 2008, the Company has committed to grant approximately 2.8 million RSUs.

AAA Restricted Depositary Units (“RDUs”)

During the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company’s subsidiary, AAA Holdings, L.P. purchased an additional 1,802,016 units for an aggregate purchase price of $23,250. These units were purchased at fair value. These RDUs are granted periodically to employees of Apollo Global Management, LLC and its affiliated management companies. On March 14, 2008 and March 15, 2007, 2,422,496 and 1,280,480 RDUs were granted to employees, respectively, either directly or in the form of incentive units entitling their holders to receive RDUs in the future. The RDUs granted to employees generally vest over three years. The RDUs granted to the Company’s Managing Partners and Contributing Partners fully vest upon grant. The fair value of the grants are recognized over the vesting period. All RDUs are subject to a lock-up that prohibits their disposition or transfer until June 7, 2009. The vested RDUs can be converted into ordinary common units of AP Alternative Assets,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

L.P. The estimated forfeiture rate was revised from 0% to 8% during the three months ended March 31, 2008 due to forfeitures that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2008 and the Company’s future forfeiture expectations. For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, $8,290 and $189 of compensation expense was recognized, respectively. The payable related to RDUs that are vested but not delivered are included in due to affiliates in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

The following table summarizes RDU activity for the three months ended March 31, 2008:

 

     Unvested     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
   Vested    Total
Number of
RDUs Issued
 

Balance, January 1, 2008

   407,001     $   19.60    942,997    1,349,998  

Granted

   2,422,496       13.00    —      2,422,496  

Forfeited

   (1,000 )     19.50    —      (1,000 )

Vested

   (1,584,434 )     13.01    1,584,434    —    
                    

Balance, March 31, 2008

   1,244,063       15.05    2,527,431    3,771,494  
                    

Units Expected to Vest— As of March 31, 2008, the following unvested RDUs are expected to vest:

 

     RDUs

AP Alternative Assets, L.P

   1,145,458

The following table summarizes the activity of RDUs available for future grants:

 

     RDUs Available
For Future
Grants
 

Balance, January 1, 2008

   2,439,724  

Purchases

   1,802,016  

Granted

   (2,422,496 )

Forfeited

   1,000  
      

Balance, March 31, 2008

   1,820,244  
      

Equity-based compensation is allocated based on ownership interests. Therefore, the amortization of the AOG Units is allocated to Shareholders’ Equity and the Non-Controlling Interest, which results in a difference in the amounts charged to equity-based compensation expense and the amounts credited to Shareholders’ Equity in the Company’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Below is a reconciliation of the equity-based compensation allocated to Apollo Global Management, LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2008:

 

     Total
Amount
   Non-
Controlling
Interest %
    Allocated
to Non-
Controlling
Interest
   Allocated to
Apollo Global
Management, LLC
 

AOG Units

   $  259,869    71.1 %   $  184,908    $  74,961  

RSUs

     15,118           15,118  

RDUs

     8,290    71.1 %     5,898      2,392  
                        

Total Equity-based Compensation

   $ 283,277      $ 190,806      92,471  
                  

Less RDUs

             (2,392 )
                

Capital Increase Related to Equity-based Compensation

           $ 90,079  
                

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As a management company, the Company is responsible for paying for certain operating costs incurred by the Funds and affiliates. These costs are reimbursable to us from the Funds and are included in due from affiliates.

Due from affiliates and due to affiliates is comprised of the following:

 

     March 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Due from Affiliates:

     

Due from Managing and Contributing Partners

   $ 14,179    $ —  

Management and advisory fees receivable from capital markets funds

     32,047      25,400

Due from private equity funds

     11,616      7,854

Due from capital markets funds

     538      —  

Due from portfolio companies

     26,827      22,592

Due from related party real estate management companies (1)

     6,591      6,133

Due from employees

     3,998      2,499

Other

     840      625
             

Total Due From Affiliates

   $ 96,636    $ 65,103
             

Due to Affiliates:

     

Due to Managing Partners and Contributing Partners in connection with the tax receivable agreement

   $ 520,330    $ 520,330

Due to Managing Partners (2)

     119,159      238,416

Due to Contributing Partners

     1,669      —  

AAA RDUs—vested but not delivered

     20,365      —  

Due to private equity funds

     —        4,591

Other

     1,219      7,876
             

Total Due To Affiliates

   $   662,742    $   771,213
             

 

(1) Due from related party real estate management companies primarily represents expense allocations from Apollo.
(2) Carried interest related to transactions entered into prior to Reorganization.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

Management Fee Waiver and Notional Investment Program

Apollo has forgone a portion of management fee revenue it would have been entitled to receive in cash and instead received profits interests and assigned these profits interests to employees and partners. The amount of management fees waived amounted to $9.1 million and $16.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively. Compensation expense was $9.1 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively and the remaining amount in 2007 was treated as an equity distribution to our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Financial Guarantees— Apollo has provided financial guarantees on behalf of certain employees for the benefit of unrelated third party lenders, in connection with their capital commitment to Funds managed by Apollo. As of March 31, 2008, the maximum exposure relating to this financial guarantee approximated $3.5 million. Apollo has historically not incurred any liabilities as a result of these agreements and does not expect to in the future. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

Investment Commitments —As the general partner and manager of the Apollo Private Equity Funds and Capital Markets Funds, Apollo has unfunded capital commitments at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 of $189,319 and $166,242, respectively.

Apollo has an ongoing obligation to acquire additional common units of AP Alternative Assets, L.P., on a quarterly basis, in an amount equal to 25% of the aggregate after-tax cash distributions, if any, that are made to its affiliates pursuant to the carried interests distribution rights that are applicable to investments made through AAA Investments, L.P.

Debt Covenants— Apollo’s debt obligations contain various customary loan covenants. As of the balance sheet date, the Company is not aware of any instances of noncompliance with any of these covenants.

Litigation and Contingencies— Apollo is, from time to time, party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business including claims and litigations, reviews, investigations or proceedings by governmental and self regulatory agencies regarding its business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel, that the resolution of any such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Apollo, taken as a whole; such resolution may, however, have a material effect on the operating results and cash flows in any future period, depending on the level of income for such period.

Commitments— Apollo leases office space and certain office equipment under various lease and sublease arrangements, which expire on various dates through 2022. As these leases expire, it can be expected that in the normal course of business they will be renewed or replaced. Certain lease agreements contain renewal options, rent escalation provisions based on certain costs incurred by the landlord or other inducements provided by the landlord. Rent expense is accrued to recognize lease escalation provisions and inducements provided by the landlord, if any, on a straight-line basis over the lease term and renewal periods where applicable.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

As of March 31, 2008, the approximate aggregate minimum future payments required on the operating leases are as follows:

 

     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    Thereafter    Total

Aggregate minimum future payments

   $   18,426    $   23,205    $   21,366    $   21,666    $   17,983    $   39,887    $   142,533

Lease expense related to non-cancellable operating leases was $5.3 million and $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Contingent Obligations— Carried interest income in both private equity funds and certain capital markets funds is subject to clawback in the event of future losses to the extent of the cumulative carried interest recognized in income to date. If all of the existing investments became worthless, the amounts of cumulative revenues that have been recognized by Apollo through March 31, 2008 that would be reversed approximates $1.1 billion. Management views the possibility of all the investments becoming worthless as remote. The amounts relate to the following Funds:

 

     March 31,
2008

Fund IV

   $ 601,755

Fund V

     326,277

Fund VI

     191,485
      

Total

   $   1,119,517
      

14. MARKET AND CREDIT RISK

In the normal course of business, Apollo encounters market and credit risk concentrations. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other market factors. Credit risk includes the risk of default on Apollo’s investments, where the counterparty’s unable or unwilling to make required or expected payments.

Apollo’s derivative financial instruments contain credit risk to the extent that its counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Apollo minimizes this risk by limiting its counterparties to highly rated major financial institutions with good credit ratings. Management does not expect any material losses as a result of default by other parties.

Substantially all amounts on deposit with major financial institutions that exceed insured limits are invested in interest-bearing accounts.

Apollo is exposed to economic risk concentrations insofar as they are dependent on the ability of the Funds to compensate them for the services the Management Companies provide to these Funds. Further, the incentive income component of this compensation is based on the ability of the Funds to generate returns above certain specified thresholds.

Additionally, Apollo is exposed to interest rate risk. Apollo has debt obligations which have variable rates. Interest rate changes may therefore affect the amount of interest payments, future earnings and cash flows. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, $1,056,406 and $1,057,761 of Apollo’s debt balance had a variable interest rate, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

15. SEGMENT REPORTING

Apollo conducts its management, advisory and investment businesses primarily in the United States and substantially all of its revenues are generated domestically. These businesses are conducted through the following two reportable segments:

 

   

Private Equity—Apollo’s private equity segment is comprised of its management of private equity funds. Revenues are generated by management fees, advisory and transaction fees, carried interest income and investment income.

 

   

Capital Markets—Apollo’s capital markets segment is comprised of its management of capital markets funds. Revenues are generated by management fees, carried interest income and investment income.

These business segments are differentiated based on the varying investment strategies of the underlying funds they manage. The performance is measured by management on an unconsolidated basis because management makes operating decisions and assesses the performance of each of Apollo’s business segments based on financial and operating metrics and data that excludes the effects of consolidation of any of the Consolidated Funds.

Economic Net Income (Loss)

Economic Net Income (“ENI”) is a key performance measure used by management in evaluating the performance of Apollo’s private equity and capital markets segments, as the amount of management fees, advisory and transaction fees and carried interest income are indicative of the Company’s performance. Management also uses ENI in making key operating decisions such as the following:

 

   

Decisions related to the allocation of resources such as staffing decisions including hiring and locations for deployment of the new hires.

 

   

Decisions related to capital deployment such as providing capital to facilitate growth for the business and/or to facilitate expansion into new businesses.

 

   

Decisions related to compensation expense, such as determining annual discretionary bonuses to its employees. As it relates to compensation, the philosophy has been and remains to better align the interests of certain professionals and selected other individuals who have a profit sharing interest in the carried interest earned in relation to the funds with its own and with those of the investors in the funds. To achieve that objective, a significant amount of compensation is based on the Company’s performance and growth for the year.

ENI is a measure of profitability and has certain limitations in that it does not take into account certain items included under U.S. GAAP. ENI represents segment income (loss), which excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest. In addition, segment data excludes the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Apollo Funds that are included in the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

The following tables present the financial data for Apollo’s two reportable segments, as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively:

 

     As of and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008
 
     Private Equity
Segment
    Capital
Markets
Segment
    Total
Reportable
Segments
 

Revenues:

      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 72,374     $ 601     $ 72,975  

Management fees from affiliates

     51,025       33,667       84,692  

Carried interest (loss) income from affiliates

     (158,299 )     16,061       (142,238 )
                        

Total Revenue

     (34,900 )     50,329       15,429  

Expenses

     (22,548 )     (48,909 )     (71,457 )

Other Loss

     (1,624 )     311       (1,313 )
                        

Economic Net (Loss) Income

   $ (59,072 )   $ 1,731     $ (57,341 )
                        

Total Assets

   $   2,086,064     $   630,374     $   2,716,438  
                        

The following table reconciles the Total Reportable Segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2008.

 

     As of and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008
 
     Total
Reportable
Segments
    Consolidation
Adjustments
    Condensed
Consolidated
and Combined
 

Revenues

   $ 15,429     $ —       $ 15,429  

Expenses

     (71,457 )     (285,735 ) (a)     (357,192 )

Other loss

     (1,313 )     (120,342 ) (b)     (121,655 )

Economic Net Loss

     (57,341 )     N/A  (c)     N/A (c)

Total Assets

   $   2,716,438     $   1,920,622  (d)   $   4,637,060  

 

(a) Represents the addition of expenses of AAA and expenses related to equity-based compensation.
(b) Results from the following:

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2008
 

Net loss from investment activities

   $ (125,300 )

Loss from equity method investments

     4,958  
        

Total Consolidation Adjustments

     $  (120,342 )
        

 

F-34


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

(c) The reconciliation of Economic Net Loss to Net Loss reported in the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations consists of the following:

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2008
 

Economic Net Loss

   $ (57,341 )

Income tax benefit

     2,494  

Non-Controlling Interest

        241,720  

Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation

     (283,277 )
        

Net Loss

   $ (96,404 )
        

 

(d) Represents the addition of assets of the Funds.

 

     For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007
 
     Private Equity
Segments
    Capital
Markets
Segments
    Total
Reportable
Segments
 

Revenues:

      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 13,796     $ —       $ 13,796  

Management fees from affiliates

     36,522       18,801       55,323  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     162,770       48,271       211,041  
                        

Total Revenue

     213,088       67,072       280,160  

Expenses

     (125,641 )     (14,444 )     (140,085 )

Other Income

     4,822       471       5,293  
                        

Economic Net Income

   $ 92,269     $    53,099     $    145,368  
                        

The following table reconciles the Total Reportable Segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2007:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007
 
     Total
Reportable
Segments
    Consolidation
Adjustments
    Consolidated,
Combined
and
Condensed
 

Revenues

   $ 280,160     $ (155,250 ) (a)   $    124,910  

Expenses

     (140,085 )     (1,255 ) (b)     (141,340 )

Other Income

     5,293          843,555  (c)     848,848  

Economic Net Income

   $    145,368       N/A  (d)     N/A (d)

 

(a) Revenues consist of: (i) addition of Funds’ share of transaction and advisory fees, (ii) elimination of management fee income earned from Funds, and (iii) elimination of carried interest income earned from Funds.
(b) Represents the addition of expenses of the Funds.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

(c) Results from the following:

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2007
 

Net gain from investment activities

   $ 753,017  

Dividend income from affiliates

     79,836  

Interest income

     13,969  

Income from equity method investments

     (3,296 )

Other

     29  
        

Total Consolidation Adjustments

   $   843,555  
        

 

(d) The reconciliation of Economic Net Income to Net Income reported in the condensed consolidated and combined statements of operations consists of the following:

 

     For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2007
 

Economic Net Income

   $ 145,368  

Income tax provision

     (1,771 )

Non-Controlling Interest

     633  

Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation

     (189 )
        

Net Income

   $   144,041  
        

The following table presents total assets for Apollo’s two reportable segments, and reconciles the two segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s condensed consolidated and combined financial statements as of December 31, 2007.:

 

     As of December 31, 2007
     Private Equity
Segments
   Capital
Markets

Segments
   Total
Reportable

Segments
   Consolidation
Adjustments
    Condensed
Consolidated
and
Combined

Total Assets

   $   2,711,997    $   338,447    $   3,050,444    $   2,065,198 (a)   $   5,115,642

 

(a) Represents the addition of assets of the Funds.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 4, 2008, the Company declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.33 per Class A share. The distribution results from the quarterly distribution with respect to the first quarter of 2008 amounting to $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution amounting to $0.17 per Class A share primarily resulting from the realization of a fund portfolio company in February 2008. The distribution was paid on April 18, 2008, to holders of record on April 8, 2008.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

On June 18, 2008, the Company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc. (“Hexion”), a portfolio company of Funds IV and V, commenced legal action in Delaware to declare its contractual rights with respect to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among Hexion, Nimbus Merger Sub, Inc. and Huntsman Corporation (“Huntsman”). In this suit, Hexion alleges, among other things, that it believes that the capital structure agreed to by Huntsman and Hexion for the combined company is no longer viable because of Huntsman’s increased net debt and decreased earnings. The suit alleges that while both companies individually are solvent, consummating the merger on the basis of the capital structure agreed to with Huntsman would render the combined company insolvent. The suit alleges that, in light of this conclusion, Hexion does not believe that the banks will provide the debt financing for the merger contemplated by their commitment letters. The suit also alleges that in light of the substantial deterioration in Huntsman’s financial performance, the increase in its net debt and the expectation that the material downturn in Huntsman’s business that has occurred will continue for a significant period of time, Huntsman has suffered a material adverse effect as defined in the Merger Agreement. The suit further seeks a declaration that the company and certain of its affiliates have no liability to Huntsman in connection with the merger.

On June 23, 2008, the Company, Leon Black, Joshua Harris and certain of the Company’s affiliates were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed by Huntsman in Texas. Huntsman asserts certain fraud and tortious interference claims in connection with the facts surrounding the Merger Agreement and seeks, among other things, damages in excess of $3.0 billion. The Company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the Huntsman lawsuit is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself.

On July 2, 2008, Huntsman filed an answer and counterclaims in the lawsuit filed in Delaware by the Company and certain of its affiliates described above, which asserts claims against the Company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, in connection with the Merger Agreement including breach of contract, breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, tortious interference with contract, and defamation. The Company believes, after consulting with its counsel, that the claims alleged in Huntsman’s answer and counterclaims are without merit.

On July 7, 2008, the Company and certain of its affiliates, including Hexion, filed an amended and supplemental complaint against Huntsman in the Delaware action. In this complaint, the Company and certain of its affiliates assert the same claims as set forth in the June 18, 2008 complaint. In addition, they seek a declaration that Huntsman’s extension of the termination date of the Merger Agreement to October 2, 2008 was invalid, and they assert that Huntsman breached the Merger Agreement by bringing suit in Texas.

The Delaware court has scheduled trial to begin September 8, 2008.

On July 15, 2008, the Company declared a cash distribution amounting to $0.23 per Class A share. The distribution is with respect to the second quarter of 2008, and amounts to $0.16 per Class A share plus a special distribution amounting to $0.07 per Class A share. The special distribution results from the realizations of two fund portfolio companies, dividend income from a fund portfolio company, and interest income attributable to fund debt investments. The distribution was payable on July 25, 2008 to holders of record on July 18, 2008.

On July 16, 2008, the Company was joined as a defendant in a pre-existing purported class action pending in Massachusetts federal court against, among other defendants, numerous private equity firms. The suit alleges

 

F-37


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED AND

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(continued)

 

that beginning in mid-2003 the Company, the other private equity firm defendants, and other unidentified alleged co-conspirators, violated U.S. antitrust laws by forming “bidding clubs” or “consortia” that, among other things, rigged the bidding for control of various public corporations, restricted the supply of private equity financing, fixed the prices for target companies at artificially low levels, and allocated amongst themselves an alleged market for private equity services in leveraged buyouts. The suit seeks class action certification, declaratory and injunctive relief, unspecified damages, and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that the lawsuit is without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

R EPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Apollo Global Management, LLC

New York, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of financial condition of Apollo Global Management, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and partners’ capital, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Apollo Global Management, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/    Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

April 7, 2008

 

F-39


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2006

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     2007     2006

Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $   763,053     $   155,744

Cash and cash equivalents held at Consolidated Funds

     —         53,603

Restricted cash

     3,362       5,991

Investments

     2,164,240       10,756,303

Carried interest receivable

     1,316,125       91,977

Due from affiliates

     65,103       26,614

Receivables from brokers and counterparties

     —         45,653

Fixed assets, net

     20,178       36,446

Deferred tax assets

     614,475       2,242

Other assets

     33,403       5,348

Goodwill

     40,056       —  

Intangible assets, net

     95,647       —  
              

Total Assets

   $   5,115,642     $   11,179,921
              

Liabilities, Non-Controlling Interest and Shareholders’ Equity/
Partners’ Capital

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $   42,050     $   28,275

Accrued compensation and benefits

     63,262       43,321

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

     —         14,449

Withdrawals payable

     —         107,234

Deferred revenue

     153,900       46,090

Due to affiliates

     771,213       19,724

Profit sharing payable

     596,876       468,416

Debt

     1,057,761       93,738

Other liabilities

     22,251       26,684
              

Total Liabilities

     2,707,313       847,931
              

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 14)

    

Non-Controlling Interest

     2,312,286       9,847,069
              

Shareholders’ Equity/Partners’ Capital:

    

Class A shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized, 97,324,541 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

     —         —  

Class B shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized, 1 and 0 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

     —         —  

Additional paid in capital

     1,064,183       —  

Apollo Operating Group partners’ capital

     —         484,921

Accumulated deficit

     (962,107 )     —  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,033 )     —  
              

Total Shareholders’ Equity/Partners’ Capital

     96,043       484,921
              

Total Liabilities, Non-Controlling Interest and Shareholders’ Equity/Partners’ Capital

   $   5,115,642     $   11,179,921
              

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Revenues:

      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $   150,191     $   147,051     $   80,926  

Management fees from affiliates

     192,934       101,921       33,492  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     294,725       97,508       69,347  
                        

Total Revenues

     637,850       346,480       183,765  
                        

Expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

     1,450,330       266,772       309,235  

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

     240,000       —         —    

Interest expense

     105,968       8,839       1,405  

Professional fees

     81,824       31,738       45,687  

General, administrative and other

     36,618       38,782       25,955  

Placement fees

     27,253       —         47,028  

Occupancy

     12,865       7,646       5,993  

Depreciation and amortization

     7,869       3,288       2,304  
                        

Total Expenses

     1,962,727       357,065       437,607  
                        

Other Income:

      

Net gains from investment activities

     2,279,263       1,620,554       1,970,770  

Dividend income from affiliates

     238,609       140,569       25,979  

Interest income ($11,268, $8,344 and $17,753 from affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively)

     52,500       38,423       33,578  

Income from equity method investments

     1,722       1,362       412  

Other (loss) income

     (36 )     3,154       2,832  
                        

Total Other Income

     2,572,058       1,804,062       2,033,571  
                        

Income Before Income Tax Provision and Non-Controlling Interest

     1,247,181       1,793,477       1,779,729  

Income tax provision

     (6,726 )     (6,476 )     (1,026 )
                        

Income Before Non-Controlling Interest

     1,240,455       1,787,001       1,778,703  

Non-Controlling Interest

       (1,810,106 )       (1,414,022 )       (1,577,459 )
                        

Net (Loss) Income

   $ (569,651 )   $   372,979     $   201,244  
                        
       July 13,
2007 through
December 31,
2007
             

Net Loss Per Class A Share:

    

Net Loss Available to Class A Shareholders

     $     (962,107 )  
          

Net Loss Per Class A Share—Basic and Diluted

     $         (11.71 )  
          

Weighted Average Number of Class A Shares
Basic and Diluted

        82,152,883    
          

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    Class A
Shares
  Class B
Shares
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Apollo Global
Management
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Apollo Operating
Group’s Partners’
Capital (Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total Shareholders’
Equity and
Partners’ Capital
(Deficit)
 

Balance at January 1, 2005

  —       —     $    —       $    406,672     $    —       $    406,672  

Cash distributions

          (261,950 )       (261,950 )

Non-cash distributions

          (8,200 )       (8,200 )

Capital contributions

          859         859  

Comprehensive income

           

Net income

          201,244         201,244  
                                       

Total comprehensive income

  —     —       —         201,244       —         201,244  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2005

  —     —       —         338,625       —         338,625  

Cash distributions

          (190,503 )       (190,503 )

Non-cash distributions

          (36,397 )       (36,397 )

Capital contributions

          217         217  

Comprehensive income

           

Net income

          372,979         372,979  
                                       

Total comprehensive income

  —     —       —         372,979       —         372,979  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

  —     —       —         484,921       —         484,921  

Cash distributions

          (1,239,409 )         (1,239,409 )

Non-cash distributions

          (68,392 )       (68,392 )

Capital contributions

          2,535         2,535  

Distributions to Managing Partners and other Reorganization adjustments

          (222,047 )       (222,047 )

Comprehensive income

           

Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps

            2,860       2,860  

Net income

          392,456         392,456  
                                       

Total comprehensive income

  —     —       —         392,456       2,860       395,316  
                                       

Balance at July 12, 2007

  —     —       —         (649,936 )     2,860       (647,076 )

Reclassify predecessor partners’ deficit

        (649,936 )     649,936      

Beneficial conversion feature

        240,000           240,000  

Distributions to Managing Partners

        (1,067,862 )         (1,067,862 )

Conversion of Strategic Investors debt

  60,000,001       1,200,000           1,200,000  

Issuance of shares

  37,324,540   1     816,391           816,391  

Dilution impact of conversion and issuance of shares

        (237,353 )         (237,353 )

Deferred tax effects resulting from acquisition of Apollo Operating Group units

        92,330           92,330  

Capital increase related to equity-based compensation

        679,954           679,954  

Cash distributions

        (9,341 )         (9,341 )

Comprehensive loss

           

Net loss

          (962,107 )       (962,107 )

Net unrealized loss on interest rate swaps, net of tax

            (8,893 )     (8,893 )
                                       

Total comprehensive loss

  —     —       —         (962,107 )     (8,893 )     (971,000 )
                                       

Shareholders’ Equity at December 31, 2007

  97,324,541   1   $    1,064,183     $   (962,107 )   $   (6,033 )   $   96,043  
                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, AND 2005

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    2007     2006     2005  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

     

Net (loss) income

  $     (569,651 )   $      372,979     $      201,244  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

  7,869       3,288       2,304  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

  430       —         —    

Non-Controlling Interest

  (274,078 )     (2,855 )     (3,410 )

Income from equity method investments

  (1,722 )     (1,362 )     (412 )

Waived management fees

  (27,922 )     (17,473 )     (1,194 )

Non-cash compensation expense related to waived management fees

  21,582       9,600       —    

Deferred taxes, net

  (866 )     360       (1,000 )

Equity-based compensation

  989,849       —         —    

Interest expense—beneficial conversion feature

  240,000       —         —    

Other

  308       843       (4,721 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Carried interest receivables

  (203,140 )     (26,283 )     (18,340 )

Due from affiliates

  (40,270 )     (9,589 )     1,403  

Receivable from brokers and counterparties

  51,565       (80 )     (32,972 )

Other assets

  (25,613 )     (8,449 )     (679 )

Accrued compensation and benefits

  19,941       9,827       30,363  

Deferred revenue

  (702 )     (22,876 )     44,552  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  102,841       (10,295 )     23,879  

Due to affiliates

  15,115       (1,647 )     (505 )

Profit sharing payable

  174,777       42,274       35,450  

Other liabilities

  (6,974 )     3,931       86  

Apollo Funds related:

     

Non-Controlling Interest

  2,084,184       1,416,877       1,580,869  

Net realized gains from investment activities

  (1,013,220 )     (1,011,446 )     (1,274,601 )

Net increase in unrealized gains and losses from investment activities

  (1,266,043 )     (609,108 )     (696,169 )

Non-cash dividends from investment activities

  (62,161 )     (78,649 )     (11,036 )

Cash relinquished with deconsolidation of funds

  (142,161 )     —         —    

Purchases of investments

  (3,010,514 )     (4,216,497 )     (849,342 )

Proceeds from sale of investments and liquidating dividends

  3,792,317       2,331,126       3,092,051  
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  855,741       (1,825,504 )     2,117,820  
                     

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Purchases of fixed assets

  (6,856 )     (7,039 )     (2,194 )

Cash contributions to equity investments

  (9,211 )     (80 )     (57 )

Cash distributions from equity investments

  326       344       495  

Cash relinquished related to excluded assets

  (16,001 )     —         —    

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

  2,629       (2,636 )     (63 )
                     

Net cash used in investing activities

  (29,113 )     (9,411 )     (1,819 )
                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, AND 2005

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Principal repayments on debt

   $ (21,376 )   $ (1,781 )   $ (1,743 )

Proceeds from credit agreement

     1,000,000       75,000       —    

Issuance of convertible debt to strategic investors

     1,200,000       —         —    

Debt issuance costs

     (13,096 )     —         —    

Issuance of shares in Rule 144A offering (net of issuance costs)

     818,891       —         —    

Offering costs of affiliate

     —         (108,102 )     —    

Distributions to partners

     (1,248,750 )     (190,503 )     (261,950 )

Contributions from partners

     2,535       217       859  

Distributions to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     (2,731,108 )        (1,803,963 )        (2,626,275 )

Withdrawals paid to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     (227,744 )     —         —    

Contributions from Non-Controlling Interest holders

     2,171,993       3,833,172       768,560  

Distributions to Managing Partners

        (1,067,862 )     —         —    

Purchase of interests from Contributing Partners

     (156,405 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (272,922 )     1,804,040       (2,120,549 )
                        

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     553,706       (30,875 )     (4,548 )

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     209,347       240,222       244,770  
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 763,053     $ 209,347     $ 240,222  
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information :

      

Interest paid

   $ 95,606     $ 5,447     $ 1,257  

Income taxes paid

     5,443       5,945       2,921  

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing Activities :

      

Net assets other than cash of deconsolidated funds

      

Investments, at fair value

     10,457,695       —         —    

Other

     (1,044,992 )     —         —    

Non-Controlling Interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     (9,554,871 )     —         —    

Net assets other than cash of excluded assets on July 13, 2007

      

Investments, at fair value

     116,758       —         —    

Other

     (12,192 )     —         —    

Non-Controlling Interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     (121,021 )     —         —    

Assets and liabilities of newly consolidated subsidiaries

     20,994       —         —    

Net assets other than cash transferred from feeder fund

      

Investments, at fair value

     378,457       —         —    

Receivables from brokers and counterparties

     42,967       —         —    

Other assets

     4,871       —         —    

Withdrawals payables

     (120,509 )     —         —    

Other liabilities

     (19,114 )     —         —    

Non-Controlling Interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     (286,672 )     —         —    

Non-cash investments (deferred performance fees)

     —         14,215       4,328  

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, AND 2005

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     2007     2006    2005

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities :

       

Non-cash distributions

   $ 68,392     $ 36,397    $ 8,200

Non-cash distributions of profits interests in funds to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     2,625       —        —  

Non-cash contributions from Non-Controlling Interest holders

     59,952       32,815      7,006

Non-cash contributions from AP Professional Interest holders

     291,146       —        —  

Non-cash distributions to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     1,324       139,388      13,203

Carried interest payable to Managing Partners

     238,416       —        —  

Transfer of partners’ capital to Non-Controlling Interest holders

     237,353       —        —  

Accrued transaction costs for S-1 Filing

     2,500       —        —  

Conversion of Strategic Investors’ notes to equity

        1,440,000       —        —  

Adjustments related to exchange of Managing Partners and Contributing Partners’ limited partnership interests for Apollo Operating Group units and tax receivable agreement:

       

Deferred tax assets

     612,660       —        —  

Due to Affiliates

     (520,330 )     —        —  

Additional paid in capital

     (92,330 )     —        —  

Partners’ capital

     (4,033 )     —        —  

Profit sharing payable

     (46,318 )     —        —  

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Apollo Global Management, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Successor” or the “Company” or “Apollo”), is a global alternative asset manager whose predecessor was founded in 1990. Its primary business is to raise, invest and manage private equity and capital markets funds (collectively, the “Funds”) on behalf of pension and endowment funds, as well as, other institutional and individual investors. For these investment and management services, Apollo receives management fees generally related to the amount of assets managed, transaction and advisory fees for the investments made and carried interest income related to the performance of the Funds managed. The Funds fall into two primary business segments:

 

   

Private equity, which primarily invests in control equity and related debt instruments, or other convertible securities

 

   

Capital markets, which invests principally in non-control debt and non-control equity investments, including distressed instruments

Basis of Presentation

Prior to the Reorganization on July 13, 2007 described below, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements include the entities engaged in the above businesses and their related funds (collectively, “Predecessor” or “Operating Entities” or the “Partnership”) under the common ownership of Leon Black, Joshua Harris, and Marc Rowan (the “Managing Partners” or “Control Group”). Subsequent to the Reorganization, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of Apollo excluding deconsolidated funds. The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Reorganization of the Company

The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on July 3, 2007. The Company is managed and operated by its manager, AGM Management, LLC, which in turn is wholly owned and controlled by the Managing Partners.

Apollo’s business was historically conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by the Managing Partners and others (“Predecessor Owners”), and controlled by the Managing Partners. In order to facilitate the private placement, as described in further detail below, the Predecessor Owners completed a Reorganization as of the close of business on July 13, 2007 (the “Reorganization”) whereby, except for Apollo Advisors, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors”) and Apollo Advisors II, L.P. (“Apollo Advisors II”), each of the operating entities of the Predecessor and the intellectual property rights associated with the Apollo name, were contributed (“Contributed Businesses”) to five newly-formed holding partnerships (Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. that was formed subsequent to July 13, 2007 (collectively, “Apollo Operating Group”)).

The Company currently owns, after completion of the transactions described below, through two Intermediate Holding Companies (APO Corp., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, collectively, (the “Intermediate Holding Companies”)), 28.9% of the economic interests of, and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of, the Apollo Operating Group as general partners. AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Holdings”), is the entity

 

F-46


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

through which the Company’s Managing Partners and other contributing partners (the “Contributing Partners”) hold the remaining Apollo Operating Group Units (“AOG Units”). Holdings owns the remaining 71.1% of the economic interests in the Apollo Operating Group. The Company consolidates the financial results of the Apollo Operating Group and its consolidated subsidiaries. Holdings’ ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group is reflected as a Non-Controlling Interest in the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements.

Concurrently with the Reorganization, the Company entered into a strategic investor agreement on July 13, 2007 with a subsidiary of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (“ADIA”) and the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) (collectively, the “Strategic Investors,” both of which are limited partners in a number of Funds). In connection with this agreement, the Company issued notes which were subject to contingent conversion with a Beneficial Conversion Feature (“BCF”) in the principal amount of approximately $600 million to each of ADIA and CalPERS (see Note 10). These notes were converted into non-voting Class A limited liability company shares in Apollo Global Management, LLC on August 8, 2007.

On July 13, 2007, the Company contributed the $1.2 billion proceeds from the sale of the convertible securities described above to the Intermediate Holding Companies which, in turn, purchased from the Managing Partners for $1,068 million certain interests in the limited partnerships that operate the business, and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group, in return for approximately 17.4% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. In addition, the Intermediate Holding Companies purchased from the Contributing Partners a portion of their interests in subsidiaries of the Apollo Operating Group for an aggregate purchase price of $156.4 million, excluding potential contingent consideration, and contributed those purchased interests to the Apollo Operating Group in return for approximately 2.6% of the limited partnership interests of the Apollo Operating Group. Additionally, as discussed below in Private Placement, Apollo Global Management, LLC issued additional Class A shares, which diluted the Non-Controlling Interest holders by 8.9%. The purchase of the Managing Partners’ and Contributing Partners’ interests also included a provision for contingent consideration.

The Reorganization was accounted for as an exchange of entities under common control for the interests in the Contributed Businesses, which were contributed by the Managing Partners. The acquisition of Non-Controlling Interests from the Contributing Partners was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”).

Apollo also entered into an exchange agreement with Holdings that allows the partners in Holdings, subject to the vesting and minimum retained ownership requirements and transfer restrictions set forth in the partnership agreements of the Apollo Operating Group, to exchange their AOG Units for the Company’s Class A shares on a one-for-one basis up to four times each year, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for splits, unit distributions and reclassifications. A limited partner must exchange one partnership unit in each of the five Apollo Operating Group partnerships to effect an exchange for one Class A share.

Undistributed earnings of the Contributed Businesses through the date of the Reorganization that were attributable to the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners for the sold portion of their interest were $238.4 million and $148.6 million, and have been recorded as a component of due to affiliates and profit sharing payable, respectively.

Private Placement— On August 8, 2007, Apollo completed a Rule 144A Private Placement (“Private Placement”) of its Class A shares. Upon the completion of the Private Placement, Qualified Institutional Buyers

 

F-47


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

and Accredited Investors, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules, directly own 37,324,540 Class A shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC. The completion of the Private Placement triggered the conversion of the convertible securities and issuance of 60,000,001 non-voting Class A shares of Apollo Global Management, LLC to CalPERS and ADIA. The Company retained the proceeds from the Private Placement and intends to use such proceeds for general business purposes. Additionally, on August 8, 2007 and September 5, 2007, Apollo issued 34,500,000 Class A shares and 2,824,541 Class A Shares, respectively, which diluted the Non-Controlling Interest by 8.9%.

Consolidation and Deconsolidation of Apollo Funds

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, a number of the Funds have historically been consolidated into the Company’s Predecessor’s combined financial statements.

Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Contributed Businesses that act as a general partner of most of the consolidated Funds granted rights to the unaffiliated investors in each respective fund to provide that a simple majority of such Fund’s unaffiliated investors have the right, without cause, to liquidate that fund in accordance with certain procedures. These rights were granted in order to achieve the deconsolidation of such Funds from the Company’s financial statements. For the Apollo Funds previously consolidated, these rights became effective either on August 1, 2007 or November 30, 2007. The deconsolidation of these funds will present the Company’s financial statements in a manner consistent with how Apollo evaluates its business and its related risks. Accordingly, we believe that deconsolidating these funds will provide investors with a better understanding of the Company’s business. The results of the deconsolidated funds are included in the consolidated and combined financial statements through the date of deconsolidation. Apollo will continue to consolidate AAA. As a listed vehicle, AAA is able to access the public markets to raise additional capital. Through its relationship with AAA, Apollo is able to access AAA’s capital to seed new strategies in advance of a lengthy third party fundraising process. As a result, Apollo has not granted voting rights to the AAA limited partners to allow them to liquidate this entity, therefore Apollo will continue to control this entity.

Due to the fact that the Company and Apollo Advisors and Advisors II (“advisor entities”) were under a common control group as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-5, Definition of “Common Control” in Relation to FASB No. 141 , the advisor entities are combined for the historical periods prior to the effective date of the Reorganization in the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”), the advisor entities consolidated their respective funds. The advisor entities were excluded assets on July 12, 2007 as they were not sold to Apollo Global Management, LLC as part of the Reorganization (see “Reorganization of the Company” above). As such, they are not presented in the consolidated and combined financial statements subsequent to the Reorganization date.

Apollo’s interest in the Apollo Operating Group (see “ Reorganization of the Company ” above) is within the scope of EITF 04-5. Although Apollo has less than 50% of the economics in the Apollo Operating Group, it has a majority voting interest and controls the management of the Apollo Operating Group. Additionally, although Holdings has a majority of the economics in Apollo Operating Group, it does not have the right to dissolve the partnerships or have substantive kick-out rights or participating rights that would overcome the presumption of control by Apollo. Accordingly, Apollo consolidates the Apollo Operating Group and records the Non-Controlling Interest for the economic interest in Apollo Operating Group directly held by Holdings.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

On July 31, 2007, certain management companies within Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. transferred their indirect interests in a corporate aircraft, a Gulfstream G-IV (“G-IV”), to a group of Apollo Non-Controlling Interest holders, which was treated as a distribution to such Non-Controlling Interest holders. Simultaneously with the transfer, such management companies were released from their obligations as guarantors of the loan used to finance the purchase of the G-IV. The transfer of the indirect interests and release as guarantors resulted in deconsolidation of the trust that owns the corporate aircraft.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting— The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Principles of Consolidation— Apollo consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise, including those Funds in which the general partner is presumed to have control over them pursuant to EITF 04-5. Apollo also consolidates entities which are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which Apollo is the primary beneficiary pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (revised December 2003) , Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB 51 (“FIN 46(R)”). The provisions under both FIN 46(R) and EITF 04-5 have been applied respectively to all periods presented in the consolidated and combined financial statements. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the consolidated and combined financial statements.

Equity Method— For entities over which the Company exercises significant influence but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation, the Company uses the equity method of accounting pursuant to Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock (“APB 18”), whereby we record the Company’s share of the underlying income or loss of these entities. Earnings from equity method investments are not material and therefore are recognized as part of Other Income in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.

Non-Controlling Interest— For entities that are consolidated, but not 100% owned, a portion of the income or loss and corresponding equity is allocated to owners other than Apollo. The aggregate of the income or loss and corresponding equity that is not owned by the Company is included in Non-Controlling Interest in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Non-Controlling Interests relating to Apollo Global Management, LLC includes the ownership interest in the Apollo Operating Group held by the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners through their partnership interests in Holdings, and the limited partner interests in AAA. In the Predecessor’s combined financial statements, the Non-Controlling Interests include limited partner interests in the consolidated funds.

Use of Estimates— The preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated and combined financial statements, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated and combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Apollo’s most significant estimates include goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, carried interest income from affiliates, non-cash compensation and fair value of investments in consolidated and unconsolidated funds. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Revenues— Revenues consist principally of (i) management fees, which are based on committed or invested capital, gross invested capital or fund net asset value, (ii) advisory and transaction fees relating to the investments the Funds make or individual monitoring agreements with portfolio companies of the private equity funds and (iii) carried interest, based on the performance of the Funds.

Management Fees from Affiliates —Management fees for private equity funds and certain capital markets funds are recognized in the period during which the related services are performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the related agreement. Management fees for private equity funds and certain capital markets funds are based upon a percentage of the capital committed during the commitment period, and thereafter based on the remaining invested capital of unrealized investments. For most capital markets funds, management fees are recognized in the period during which the related services are performed and are based upon a percentage of investments, gross assets or net assets, all as defined in the respective partnership agreements.

Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates —Advisory and transaction fees are recognized when the underlying services rendered are substantially completed in accordance with the terms of their engagement letters. Additionally, during the normal course of business, the Company incurs certain costs related to private equity fund transactions that are not consummated (“broken deal costs”). Please refer to “Pending Deal Costs” policy below for information regarding how and when broken deal costs are accounted for.

As a result of providing advisory services and its advice on potential private equity investments, when applicable, Apollo is entitled to receive fees for transactions related to the acquisition and disposition of portfolio companies as well as ongoing monitoring of portfolio company operations. Under the terms of the limited partnership agreements for certain Funds, the management fee is subject to a reduction of a certain percentage of such transaction fees, net of applicable broken deal costs. Such amounts are presented as a reduction to Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.

Carried Interest Income from Affiliates —Apollo is entitled to an incentive return that can amount to as much as approximately 20% of the total returns on Funds’ capital, depending upon performance. Performance-based fees are assessed as a percentage of the investment performance of the Funds. Carried interest income from affiliates is recognized from private equity and capital markets funds in accordance with EITF Topic D-96, Accounting for Arrangement Fees Based on a Formula (“Topic D-96”). In applying Topic D-96, the carried interest income from affiliates for any period is based upon an assumed liquidation of the Fund’s net assets on the reporting date, and distribution of the net proceeds in accordance with the Fund’s income allocation provisions. The net carried interest may be subject to clawback based on subsequent performance in accordance with the respective partnership agreements. Carried interest receivable is classified within Investments in the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition.

Management Fee Waiver and Notional Investment Program Under the terms of certain investment fund partnership agreements, Apollo may from time to time elect to forgo a portion of the management fee revenue which is due from the Funds and instead receive a right to a proportionate interest in future distributions of profits of those Funds. Waived fees recognized during the period are included in management fees in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. In turn this election allows certain employees of Apollo to waive a portion of their respective share of future income from Apollo and receive, in lieu of a cash distribution, title and ownership of the profits interests in the respective fund. Apollo immediately assigns the profits interests received to its employees. Such assignments of profits interests are treated as compensation and benefits when assigned. Waived fees recognized during the period are included in Management Fees from Affiliates in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Prior to the Reorganization, the profits interests assigned to

 

F-50


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners are treated as asset distributions to Non-Controlling Interest holders and are recorded as Non-Cash Distributions of Funds’ Profits Interests.

Deferred Revenue In accordance with the management agreements with the Funds, Apollo receives advisory and transaction fees during the same period as management fees are received. When Apollo receives cash in excess of the management fees earned, they are deferred and recorded as a liability within deferred revenue in the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition.

The advisory agreements with the Funds’ portfolio companies vary in duration and the associated fees are received monthly, quarterly or annually. When a payment is received, the payment is deferred and the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

Under the terms of the Funds’ partnership agreements, Apollo is required to bear organizational expenses over a set dollar amount and placement costs in connection with the offering and sale of interests in private equity and capital markets funds to investors. The placement fees are payable to placement agents, who are independent third parties, which assist in identifying limited partners, when a limited partner either commits or funds a commitment to a Fund, and in certain instances the placement fees are paid over a period of time.

Based on the management fee formula with the Funds, Apollo considers placement fees and organization costs paid in determining if cash has been received in excess of the management fees earned. When transaction fees received are in excess of the management fees earned, the Funds defer the management fee until the excess transaction fees are reduced to zero.

Interest and Dividend Income and Other Income— Apollo recognizes security transactions on the trade date. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date, and interest income is recognized as earned on an accrual basis. Discounts and premiums on securities purchased are accreted or amortized over the life of the respective securities using the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses are recorded based on the specific identification method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents— Apollo considers all highly liquid short term investments with original maturities of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Cash and Cash Equivalents Held at Consolidated Funds— Cash held at Consolidated Funds are not available to fund general liquidity needs of Apollo.

Restricted Cash— Restricted cash represents cash deposited at a bank, which is pledged as collateral in connection with leased premises.

Due from/to Affiliates— Apollo considers its existing partners, employees, non-consolidated private equity funds, non-consolidated capital markets funds, private equity fund portfolio companies, certain real estate management companies and certain advisors to be affiliates or related parties.

Investments and Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value— The Funds are investment companies and therefore prepare their financial statements under the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide , Investment Companies . The Funds, therefore, reflect their investments including securities sold, not yet purchased on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition at their estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value reflected as a component of Other Income in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., exit price).

 

F-51


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Additionally, these Funds do not consolidate their majority owned and controlled portfolio companies. Apollo has retained the specialized accounting for the Funds pursuant to the guidance contained in EITF Issue No. 85-12, Retention of Specialized Accounting for Investments in Consolidation .

Private Equity Investments

The value of liquid investments, where the primary market is an exchange (whether foreign or domestic) is determined using period end market prices. Such prices are generally based on the last sales price on the date of determination, or, if no sales occurred on such day, at the “bid” price at the close of business on such day and if sold short at the “ask” price or at ascertainable prices at the close of business on such day. Forwards are valued based on market rates obtained from counterparties or prices obtained from recognized financial data service providers.

When determining fair value when no market value exists, the value attributed to an investment is based on the enterprise value at which the company could be sold in an orderly disposition over a reasonable period of time between willing parties other than in a forced or liquidation sale. A market multiple approach that considers a specific financial measure (such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), adjusted EBITDA, cash flow, net income, revenues or net asset value) or a discounted cash flow or liquidation analysis is generally used. Consideration may also be given to such factors as the company’s historical and projected financial data, valuations given to comparable companies, the size and scope of the company’s operations, the company’s strengths, weaknesses, expectations relating to the market’s receptivity to an offering of the company’s securities, applicable restrictions on transfer, industry information and assumptions, general economic and market conditions and other factors deemed relevant. As part of management’s valuation process we utilize a valuation committee to review, challenge and approve the valuations. However, because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed, and the differences could be material.

Capital Markets Investments

The vast majority of the investments in the Company’s capital markets funds are valued based on quoted market prices. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value utilizing recognized pricing services, market participants or other sources. The capital markets funds also enter into foreign currency exchange contracts, credit default swap contracts, and other derivative contracts, which may include options, caps, collars and floors. Foreign currency exchange contracts are marked-to-market by recognizing the difference between the contract exchange rate and the current market rate as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Changes in value are recorded in income currently. Realized gains or losses are recognized when contracts are settled. Credit default swap contracts are recorded at fair value as an asset or liability with changes in fair value recorded as unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Realized gains or losses are recognized at the termination of the contract based on the difference between the close-out price of the credit default contract and the original contract price.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires the disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Apollo’s financial instruments are recorded at fair value or at amounts whose carrying value approximate fair value as indicated in the valuation policy previously discussed. Apollo’s valuations of portfolio investments are based on assumptions that Apollo believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the actual realized gains or losses will depend on, among other factors, future operating results, the value of the assets and market conditions at the time of disposition, any related transaction costs and the timing and manner of sale, all of which may ultimately differ significantly from the assumptions on which the valuations were based. Other financial instruments carrying values generally approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of those instruments or variable interest rates related to the borrowings.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements— In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, Apollo recognizes derivatives as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. For derivatives that have been formally designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Amounts in OCI are reclassified into earnings when interest expense on the underlying borrowings is recognized.

If, at any time, the swaps are determined to be ineffective, in whole or in part, due to changes in the interest rate swap or underlying debt agreements, the fair value of the portion of the interest rate swap determined to be ineffective will be recognized as a gain or loss in the statement of operations.

Receivable from Brokers and Counterparties— Receivables from brokers and counterparties include cash balances with financial institutions, including proceeds from securities sold short and cash deposited as collateral on foreign currency exchange contracts.

Pending Deal Costs— Pending deal costs consist of certain costs incurred (i.e. research costs) related to private equity fund transactions we are pursuing but have not yet been consummated. These costs are deferred in Other Assets until such transactions are successfully completed or broken. A transaction is determined to be broken upon management’s decision to no longer pursue the transaction. In accordance with the related fund agreements, in the event the deal is broken, a portion of the costs are reimbursed by the funds through reductions of the management fee rebate and are included in Advisory and Transaction Fees from Affiliates in the Company’s consolidated and combined statements of operations. If a deal is successfully completed, Apollo is reimbursed by the portfolio company for all costs incurred.

Fixed Assets— Fixed Assets consist primarily of ownership interests in an aircraft, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, computer hardware and software and are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which for leasehold improvements is the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the term of the lease, and two to sixteen years for fixed assets, taking into consideration any residual value. The expected useful life of the aircraft is fifteen years. Aircraft engine overhauls are capitalized and depreciated until the next expected overhaul, which is generally anticipated to be five years. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Apollo evaluates long-life assets for impairment periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of the assets may be impaired.

Business Combinations— The Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition day. The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company for the periods presented do not reflect any business combinations. However, the acquisitions of Non-Controlling Interests described in Notes 1 and 3 are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting pursuant to SFAS No. 141.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets— SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”), does not permit the amortization of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets. Under SFAS No. 142, these assets must be reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Identifiable finite-life intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are periodically re-evaluated for impairment or when circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . Apollo amortizes its intangible assets using the straight-line method.

Profit Sharing Payable— Profit sharing payable represents the amounts payable to employees and former employees who are entitled to a proportionate share of carried interest income in one or more Funds. The liability is calculated based upon the changes to realized and unrealized carried interest and is therefore not payable until the carried interest itself is realized.

Withdrawals Payable— Non-Controlling Interests related to certain Consolidated Funds are generally subject to annual, semi-annual or quarterly withdrawal or redemption by investors in such funds following the expiration of a specified period of time when capital may not be withdrawn. When redeemed amounts become legally payable to investors, they are reclassified as a liability.

Debt Issuance Costs— Debt issuance costs consist of costs incurred in obtaining financing and are amortized over the term of the financing using the effective interest method. These costs are included in Other Assets on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition.

Foreign Currency— Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are primarily held through the Consolidated Funds. Such assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Results of foreign operations are translated at the average exchange rate for each reporting period. Translation adjustments are included in current income to the extent that unrealized gains and losses on the related investment are included in income.

Compensation and Benefits— Compensation and benefits include salaries, bonuses, severance and employee benefits, but exclude payments made to the Managing Partners prior to the Reorganization of the Company. Prior to the Reorganization, individuals who owned direct equity interests and participated in the Company’s governing process are considered partners. As a result, any distributions made to these individuals are equity distributions and are presented within Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Partners’ Capital within the captions of “Cash distributions,” “Distributions to Managing Partners,” “Reorganization adjustments” and “Non-cash distributions.”

Bonuses are accrued over the service period. From time to time, the Company may distribute profit interests as a result of waived management fees to their investment professionals, which are considered compensation. Additionally, certain employees have arrangements whereby they are entitled to receive a percentage of carried interest income based on the Funds’ performance. To the extent that individuals are entitled to a percentage of the carried interest income, and such entitlement is subject to potential forfeiture at inception, such arrangements are accounted for as profit sharing plans, and compensation expense is recognized as the related carried interest income is recognized.

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which is a defined contribution plan. U.S. based employees are entitled to participate in the 401(k) plan, based upon certain eligibility requirements. The Company may provide discretionary contributions from time to time. No contributions relating to this plan were made by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Equity-based Compensation— Equity-based compensation is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R ), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) requires the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments generally be measured based on the grant date fair value of the award. Equity-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards) are expensed immediately. Equity-based employee awards that require future service are recognized over the relevant service period. The Company estimates forfeitures for equity-based awards that are not expected to vest.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (“SFAS No. 130”) establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that the Company classify items of other comprehensive income by their nature in the financial statements and display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately in the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. Comprehensive Income (Loss) consists of Net Income (Loss) and OCI. Apollo’s OCI is comprised of the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed above. If, at any time, the Company’s subsidiaries’ functional currency become non-U.S. dollar denominated, we will record foreign currency cumulative translation adjustments in OCI.

Income Taxes Apollo has historically operated as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and primarily corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. As a result, prior to the Reorganization, income was not subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by these entities represent obligations of the individual partners and members and have not been reflected in the historical consolidated and combined financial statements. Income taxes shown on the historical consolidated and combined statements of operations are attributable to the New York City unincorporated business tax and income taxes on certain entities located in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Following the Reorganization, Apollo Operating Group and its subsidiaries continue to operate in the U.S. as partnerships for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and generally as corporate entities in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, these entities in some cases continue to be subject to New York City unincorporated business tax, or in the case of non-U.S. entities, to non-U.S. corporate income taxes. In addition, APO Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is subject to U.S. corporate Federal income tax, and the Company’s provision for income taxes is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS No. 109”).

As significant judgment is required in determining tax expense and in evaluating tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties under FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), we recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only where the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by tax authorities. The tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained then no benefits of the position are to be recognized. We review and evaluate the Company’s tax positions quarterly and determine whether or not we have uncertain tax positions that require financial statement recognition. FIN 48 was adopted on January 1, 2007 and there was no financial statement impact.

Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Net Loss Per Class A Share The Company computes net loss per Class A share under the two class method in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share . Basic net income (loss) per Class A share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to Class A shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per Class A shares reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities, if any. Prior to the Reorganization, Apollo’s business was conducted through a large number of entities as to which there was no single holding entity but which were separately owned by its then existing partners. There was no single capital structure upon which to calculate historical earnings per share information. Accordingly, earnings per share information is not presented for historical periods prior to the Reorganization.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 requires companies to measure and disclose the fair value of its financial instruments according to a fair value hierarchy. Additionally, companies are required to provide enhanced disclosure regarding certain instruments, including a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances separately for each major category of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Apollo will provide SFAS No. 157 disclosures upon adoption. Other than enhanced disclosures, the adoption of SFAS No. 157 as of January 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 as of January 1, 2008 did not have any impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 46(R)-7, Application of FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) to Investment Compani es (“FSP FIN 46(R)-7”), which provides clarification on the applicability of FIN 46(R) to the accounting for investments by entities that apply the accounting guidance in the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies . FSP FIN 46(R)-7 amends FIN 46(R), to make permanent the temporary deferral of the application of FIN 46(R), to entities within the scope of the guide under AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (“SOP 07-1”). FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is effective upon adoption of SOP 07-1. The adoption of FSP FIN 46(R)-7 is not expected to have a material impact on Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

SOP 07-1, issued in June 2007, addresses whether the accounting principles of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Investment Companies may be applied to an entity by clarifying the definition of an investment company and whether those accounting principles may be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an investor in the application of the equity method of accounting. SOP 07-1, as originally issued, was to be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2007 with earlier adoption encouraged. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP SOP 07-1-1, Effective Date of AICPA Statement of Position 07-1 , to indefinitely defer the effective date of SOP 07-1. Apollo intends to monitor future developments associated with this statement in order to assess the impact, if any, that may result.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

In June 2007, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-11 , Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted share units, which are expected to vest, be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. EITF 06-11 is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The adoption of EITF 06-11 as of January 1, 2008 is not expected to have a material impact to Apollo’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) requires that all business combinations whether full, partial or step acquisitions result in all assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their fair values, with limited exceptions. The standard further requires the companies to expense acquisition costs as incurred and to record contingencies, earn-outs and contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and is applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited. Assets and liabilities that arose from business combinations whose acquisition dates preceded the application of this statement shall not be adjusted upon application of this statement.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present Non-Controlling (minority) Interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and Non-Controlling Interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively as of January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which, will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard.

3. ACQUISITION OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Pursuant to the Reorganization and the Private Placement described in Note 1, the Company acquired interests in the predecessor businesses from the Predecessor Owners. These interests were acquired, in part, through an exchange of Holdings’ units (“Units”) and, in part, through the payment of cash.

The consideration paid to the Contributing Partners was $156.4 million excluding potential contingent consideration. The excess of the cash paid over the fair value of the tangible assets acquired approximates $140.4 million and has been included in the captions Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in the consolidated and combined statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2007.

The finite-life intangible asset related to (i) trade names, (ii) the contractual right to receive future fee income from management, advisory services and (iii) the contractual right to earn future carried interest income from the private equity and capital markets funds. These finite-life intangible assets were estimated to be $100.3 million. The residual amount representing the purchase price in excess of fair value of the tangible and intangible assets is $40.1 million and has been recorded as Goodwill.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The Company has performed an analysis and an evaluation of the excess of the cost over the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company has determined the following estimated fair values for the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition. To the extent that the estimates used in the purchase price allocation need to be adjusted, the Company will do so upon making that determination, but not later than one year from the date of acquisition.

 

Purchase price

   $   156,405
      

Net assets acquired, at fair value

   $ 16,049

Trade names/contractual rights

     100,300
      

Total

     116,349

Goodwill

     40,056
      

Purchase price allocation

   $   156,405
      

This Reorganization has been accounted for partially as a transfer of interests under common control and, as an acquisition of Non-Controlling Interests in accordance with SFAS No. 141. The cash paid for the interests to the Control Group has been recorded in the Company’s Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Partners’ Capital as “Distributions to Managing Partners” in the amount of $1,068 million. Cash payments related to the acquisition of interests outside of the Control Group have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

The estimated useful lives of the finite-life intangibles are expected to range between 2 and 20 years. The Company is amortizing these finite-life intangibles over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The weighted average useful life of the finite-life intangibles is 10 years. Amortization expense associated with the Company’s finite-life intangibles was $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

     Useful
life in
years
   Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Trade names

   20    $   400  

Existing contractual relationships—Capital Markets

   14      42,700  

Existing contractual relationships—Private Equity

   2 –15      57,200  
           

Total identifiable intangible asset fair values

        100,300  

Less: Amortization of intangibles

        (4,653 )
           

Total

      $   95,647  
           

Expected amortization of intangible assets for each of the next 5 years and thereafter is as follows:

 

     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    There-
after
   Total

Amortization of intangible assets

   $   12,653    $   12,676    $   12,352    $   11,524    $   10,184    $   36,258    $   95,647

 

F-58


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

4. INVESTMENTS

The following table represents Apollo’s investments at:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Investments, at fair value

   $   2,132,847    $   10,728,355

Other investments

     31,393      20,558

Derivatives

     —        7,390
             

Total Investments

   $   2,164,240    $   10,756,303
             

Investments at Fair Value

Investments, at fair value, consist primarily of financial instruments held by Consolidated Funds that are investment companies. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the net assets of the Consolidated Funds were $2,131,494 and $10,738,631, respectively. The change of investments at fair value and equity method investments was partially due to the deconsolidation of Apollo Funds as described in Note 1. The following investments are presented as a percentage of net assets of Consolidated Funds:

 

     December 31, 2007  
     Private
Equity
   Capital
Markets
   Total
Amount
   % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Investments, at fair value

           

Affiliates

   $   2,132,847    $   —      $   2,132,847    100.1 %

 

     December 31, 2006  
     Private
Equity
   Capital
Markets
   Total
Amount
   % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Investments, at fair value

           

Affiliates

   $   10,386,112    $
—  
   $
  10,386,112
   96.7 %

Non-Affiliates

     —        342,243      342,243    3.2  
                       

Total

   $
  10,386,112
   $   342,243    $   10,728,355    99.9 %
                       

Of the total amount of investments at fair value at December 31, 2006, $310,971 represents assets excluded from Apollo Global Management, LLC effective on July 13, 2007 and $8,506,051 represents investments of funds deconsolidated effective on August 1, 2007.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Excluded Assets

At the time of the Reorganization on July 13, 2007, certain assets were not contributed to Apollo Global Management. The following summarizes the impact of the exclusion of the Advisor Entities for the period from January 1, 2007 to July 13, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Period
January 1,
2007 – July 13,
2007
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2006
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2005
 

Revenues

   $   —       $ (5,736 )   $ 157  

Expenses

     (297 )     (18,625 )     2,652  

Other (loss) income

     (4,513 )     163,362       (50,900 )
                        

Loss before Minority Interest

     (4,810 )     139,001       (48,091 )

Minority Interest

     3,942       (123,285 )     47,568  
                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (868 )   $ 15,716     $ (523 )
                        

Securities

The following table represents each investment constituting more than five percent of net assets of the Consolidated Funds:

 

     December 31, 2007  
     Instrument Type    Cost    Fair Value    % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Apollo Strategic Value Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   Investment Fund    $   550,000    $   620,568    29.1 %

AP Investment Europe Limited

   Investment Fund      339,488      384,280    18.0  

Apollo Asia Opportunity Offshore Fund, Ltd

   Investment Fund      218,000      239,014    11.2  

Apollo European Principal Finance Fund, L.P.

   Investment Fund      132,317      128,501    6.0  

CEVA Logistics

   Equity      17,174      118,578    5.6  
     December 31, 2006  
     Instrument Type    Cost    Fair Value    % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Intelsat, Ltd.

   Equity    $   7,411    $   749,991    7.0 %

Hexion Specialty Chemicals, Inc

   Equity      38,156      726,846    6.8  

Apollo Strategic Value Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   Investment Fund      550,000      595,081    5.5  

Unity Media SCA

   Equity      111,754      570,615    5.3  

 

F-60


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table represents Apollo’s investments held through Consolidated Funds:

 

    Cost   Fair Value   % of Net Assets
of Consolidated Funds
 
    December 31,
2007
  December 31,
2006
  December 31,
2007
  December 31,
2006
  December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Investments in Affiliates:

           

Europe

           

Investment fund

           

AAA Investments, L.P.

  $   1,803,110   $   1,822,816   $   2,132,847   $ 1,918,723   100.1 %   17.9 %

Equity securities

           

Distribution and Transportation

    —       288,687     —       299,599   0.0     2.8  

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       111,754     —       570,615   0.0     5.3  

Satellite and Wireless

    —       7,411     —       749,991   0.0     7.0  
                                   

Total Europe

    1,803,110     2,230,668     2,132,847     3,538,928   100.1     33.0  
                                   

North America

           

Debt Instruments

           

Auto

    —       31,355     —       13,118   0.0     0.1  

Distribution and Transportation

    —       25,593     —       12,507   0.0     0.1  
                                   

Total Debt Instruments

    —       56,948     —       25,625   0.0     0.2  
                                   

Equity Securities

           

Chemicals

    —       38,156     —       838,802   0.0     7.8  

Distribution and Transportation

    —       220,690     —       453,155   0.0     4.2  

Financial and Business Services

    —       228,832     —       434,637   0.0     4.0  

Manufacturing and Industrial

    —       628,076     —       1,010,214   0.0     9.4  

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       324,915     —       652,849   0.0     6.1  

Packaging and materials

    —       704,672     —       750,939   0.0     7.0  

Rental and Services

    —       632,892     —       921,683   0.0     8.6  

Retail and Consumer

    —       385,915     —       935,832   0.0     8.7  

Satellite and wireless

    —       348,238     —       823,448   0.0     7.7  
                                   

Total Equity Securities

    —       3,512,386     —       6,821,559   0.0     63.5  
                                   

Total North America

    —       3,569,334     —       6,847,184   0.0     63.7  
                                   

Total Investments in Affiliates

  $ 1,803,110   $ 5,800,002   $ 2,132,847   $   10,386,112   100.1 %   96.7 %
                                   

Investments in Non-Affiliates:

           

Asia

           

Corporate bonds

           

Manufacturing and Industrial

  $ —     $ 9,303   $ —     $ 10,023   0.0 %   0.1 %
                                   

Total Asia

    —       9,303     —       10,023   0.0     0.1  
                                   

Europe

           

Corporate bonds

           

Manufacturing and Industrial

    —       8,527     —       8,540   0.0     0.1  

Debt instruments

           

Retail and Consumer

    —       5,465     —       5,882   0.0     0.1  

Equity securities

           

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       7,411     —       8,160   0.0     0.1  
                                   

Total Europe

    —       21,403     —       22,582   0.0     0.3  
                                   

North America

           

Corporate bonds

           

Auto

    —       28,048     —       30,380   0.0     0.3  

Building materials and housing

    —       7,004     —       7,444   0.0     0.1  

Distribution and Transportation

    —       7,911     —       8,418   0.0     0.1  

Energy

    —       20,395     —       26,410   0.0     0.2  

Financial and Business Services

    —       23,898     —       25,765   0.0     0.2  

Manufacturing and Industrial

    —       6,573     —       6,843   0.0     0.1  

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       29,747     —       32,011   0.0     0.3  

Rental and Services

    —       5,407     —       6,779   0.0     0.1  

Retail and Consumer

    —       13,295     —       13,476   0.0     0.1  
                                   

Total Corporate Bonds

  $ —     $ 142,278   $ —     $ 157,526   0.0 %   1.5 %
                                   

 

F-61


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

    Cost   Fair Value   % of Net Assets
of Consolidated Funds
 
    December 31,
2007
  December 31,
2006
  December 31,
2007
  December 31,
2006
  December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Debt Instruments

           

Building materials and housing

    —       13,840     —       14,356   0.0     0.1  

Distribution and Transportation

    —       26,444     —       26,602   0.0     0.3  

Energy

    —       25,821     —       29,255   0.0     0.3  

Manufacturing and industrial

    —       2,380     —       2,386   0.0     0.0  

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       3,000     —       3,045   0.0     0.0  

Rental and Services

    —       2,825     —       2,847   0.0     0.0  
                                   

Total Debt Instruments

    —       74,310     —       78,491   0.0     0.7  
                                   

Equity Securities

           

Auto

    —       1,111     —       1,111   0.0     0.0  

Building materials and housing

    —       3,655     —       2,957   0.0     0.0  

Distribution and Transportation

    —       16,777     —       23,184   0.0     0.2  

Energy

    —       10,334     —       10,267   0.0     0.1  

Manufacturing and industrial

    —       22,960     —       23,848   0.0     0.2  

Media, Cable and Leisure

    —       1,343     —       1,431   0.0     0.0  

Rental and Services

    —       10,711     —       10,823   0.0     0.1  
                                   

Total Equity Securities

    —       66,891     —       73,621   0.0     0.6  
                                   

Total North America

    —       283,479     —       309,638   0.0     2.8  
                                   

Total Investments in Non-Affiliates

  $   —     $   314,185   $   —     $   342,243   0.0 %   3.2 %
                                   

 

F-62


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table represents Apollo’s investments in derivatives held through Consolidated Entities:

 

     December 31, 2006  

Investments

   Fair Value     % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds
 

Derivative Contracts

    

Credit Default Swaps Buy Protection

    

United Kingdom

    

Consumer

   $   (46 )   —   %
              

Total United Kingdom

     (46 )   —    
              

United States

    

Building materials and housing

     (197 )   —    

Consumer

     (37 )   —    

Industrial

     (237 )   —    
              

Total United States

     (471 )   —    
              

Total Credit Default Swaps Buy Protection

     (517 )   —    
              

Forward Currency Contracts

    

EUR/USD

     (226 )   —    

GBP/USD

     27     —    
              

Total Forward Currency Contracts

     (199 )   —    
              

Total Credit Default Swaps Buy Protection / Forward Currency Contracts

     (716 )   —    
              

Foreign Currency Option

    

EUR/USD (cost $18,550)

     8,106     0.1  
              

Total Foreign Currency Option

     8,106     0.1  
              

Total Derivatives

   $   7,390     0.1 %
              

 

F-63


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased

The following table represents Apollo’s Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased, as a percentage of net assets, held through the Consolidated Funds:

 

     December 31, 2006

Instrument Type / Geographic Region / Industry Type

   Fair Value    % of Net
Assets of
Consolidated
Funds

Corporate Debt

     

United States

     

Building materials and housing

   $   9,071    0.1%
           

Total corporate debt (proceeds of $9,097)

     9,071    0.1   

Common Stock

     

Canada

     

Transportation

     1,129    —     
           

Total Common Stock (proceeds of $619)

     1,129    —     

U.S. Government obligations

     

U.S. Treasury Note 4  1 / 4  % due 11/15/14

     655    —     

U.S. Treasury Note 4  1 / 2  % due 02/15/36

     3,594    —     
           

Total U.S. Government obligations (proceeds of $4,122)

     4,249    —     
           

Total Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased (proceeds of $13,818)

   $   14,449    0.1%
           

Net Gains from Investment Activities

Net Gains from Investment Activities on the consolidated and combined statements of operations includes net realized gains from sales of investments, and the net change in net unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of the Consolidated Funds’ investments and realization of previously unrealized gains. The following table presents Apollo’s net realized gains and net change in net unrealized gains held through the Consolidated Funds:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     Private Equity     Capital
Markets
   Total  

Net realized gains

   $   948,856     $   64,364     $   1,013,220  

Net change in net unrealized gains due to sale of investments

     (996,666 )     (32,859)      (1,029,525 )

Net change in net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value

     2,290,782       4,786      2,295,568  
                       

Net Gains From Investment Activities

   $   2,242,972     $   36,291     $   2,279,263  
                       

 

F-64


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Private Equity     Capital
Markets
    Total  

Net realized gains

   $   985,758     $   25,688     $   1,011,446  

Net change in net unrealized gains due to sale of investments

     (654,965 )     (4,111 )     (659,076 )

Net change in net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value

     1,244,505       23,679       1,268,184  
                        

Net Gains From Investment Activities

   $   1,575,298     $   45,256     $   1,620,554  
                        

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2005  
     Private Equity     Capital
Markets
   Total  

Net realized gains

   $   1,262,284     $   12,317    $   1,274,601  

Net change in net unrealized gains due to sale of investments

     (1,571,436 )     (6,438)      (1,577,874 )

Net change in net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value

     2,270,008       4,035      2,274,043  
                       

Net Gains From Investment Activities

   $ 1,960,856     $ 9,914    $ 1,970,770  
                       

Other Investments

Other Investments consists of investments in equity method investees. Apollo’s share of operating income generated by these investments is recorded as Other Income in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.

Income from equity method investments for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the investment balance as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, consists of the following:

 

     Net Income from Equity Method Investments
for the year ended December 31,
       2007          2006          2005  

Accrued compensation units in

        

Apollo Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd.

   $   1,181      $   1,080      $   —  

Investments:

        

Capital Markets Funds:

        

Apollo Special Opportunities Managed Account, L.P.

     40        —          —  

Apollo Value Investment Fund, L.P.

     87        —          —  

Apollo Strategic Value Fund, L.P.

     (4 )      —          —  

Private Equity Funds:

        

AAA Investments, L.P.

     157        —          —  

Fund IV

     40        (9 )      256

Fund V

     224        281        156

Fund VI

     (3 )      10        —  
                        

Total Income From Equity Method Investments

   $ 1,722      $ 1,362      $ 412
                        

 

F-65


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

     Equity Held as of
December 31,
     2007    2006

Accrued compensation units in Apollo

     

Value Investment Offshore Fund, Ltd

   $   20,804    $   19,623

Investments:

     

Capital Markets Funds:

     

Apollo Special Opportunities Managed Account, L.P.

     100      —  

Apollo Value Investment Fund, L.P.

     99      —  

Apollo Strategic Value Fund, L.P.

     96      —  

Apollo/Artus Investors 2007-I, L.P.

     6,560      —  

Apollo Credit Liquidity Fund, L.P.

     1,472      —  

Private Equity Funds:

     

AAA Investments, L.P.

     1,198      —  

Fund IV

     117      360

Fund V

     727      486

Fund VI

     220      89
             

Total Other Investments

   $ 31,393    $ 20,558
             

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 157 requires, among other things, enhanced disclosures about investments that are measured and reported at fair value. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework, which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

Level I—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The type of investments included in Level I include listed equities and listed derivatives. As required by SFAS No. 157, the Company does not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where Apollo holds a large position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.

Level II—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. Investments which are generally included in this category include corporate bonds and loans, less liquid and restricted equity securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives.

Level III—Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Investments that are included in this category generally include general and limited partnership interests in corporate private equity and real estate funds, mezzanine funds, funds of hedge funds, distressed debt and non-investment grade residual interests in securitizations and collateralized debt obligations.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the valuation of Apollo’s investments in a fair value hierarchy levels, including equity investments in U.S. GAAP fair value entities, as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Total    Level I    Level II    Level III

Investment in AAA Investments, L.P.

   $   2,132,847    $   —      $   —      $   2,132,847

The following table summarizes the Level III investments by valuation methodology as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Private
Equity
    Capital
Markets
    Total
Holdings
 

Values based on net asset value of the underlying funds

(which in turn is based on the funds underlying investments

which are valued using market comparables and broker quotes)

   100 %   0 %   100.0 %

Variable Interest Entities

Apollo is a variable interest holder in certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which are not consolidated, as Apollo is not their primary beneficiary.

The following table presents the total assets of, and maximum exposure to loss relating to, VIEs for which Apollo has concluded that it holds significant variable interests but it is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated and excludes amounts related to unconsolidated VIE’s which are majority owned by AAA Investments, L.P.:

 

     December 31, 2007      December 31, 2006  
   Apollo is not Primary Beneficiary      Apollo is not Primary Beneficiary  
     Gross Assets    Apollo
Exposure
     Gross Assets    Apollo
Exposure
 

Private Equity Funds

   $   3,079,509    $   259,852  (a)    $   1,602,431    $   248,590  (a)

Capital Markets Funds

     494,336      100  (b)      429,794      19,623  (b)

 

(a) Represents Apollo’s direct investment, carried interest receivable and any applicable maximum potential clawback amounts assuming all of the investments are worthless.
(b) Represents Apollo’s direct investment.

Investment in Derivatives

Foreign Currency Hedges— Apollo Value Investment Fund, L.P. (“VIF”) has entered into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the economic risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates with respect to certain foreign investments. When entering into a forward currency contract, VIF agrees to receive or deliver a

 

F-67


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

fixed quantity of foreign currency for an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon future date. These contracts are valued daily, and Apollo’s net equity therein, representing unrealized gain or loss on the contracts as measured by the difference between the forward foreign exchange rates at the date of entry into the contracts and the forward rates at the reporting date are recorded in Investments, at fair value, as applicable, on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2006 (prior to deconsolidation). Changes in fair value are reflected in the consolidated and combined statements of operations as a component of Net Gains from Investment Activities through the date of deconsolidation.

In addition, one of the consolidated private equity funds entered into a currency option related to a portfolio investment denominated in Euros. Upon exercise, sale, termination or expiration, Apollo is obligated to pay a premium plus interest on the unpaid portion of the premium, which is recorded in Other Liabilities on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2006 (prior to deconsolidation). The unrealized gains or losses on derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded in Net Gains from Investment Activities on the consolidated and combined statements of operations through the date of deconsolidation. The Company did not have any foreign currency hedges after deconsolidation.

Credit Default Swaps— Certain funds enter into credit default swap contracts (each a “CDS contract”) whereby the buyer (the Funds) of the CDS contract agrees to pay a specified fixed charge to the seller of the CDS contract in return for the right to put the debt of the debtor named in the agreement to the seller of the CDS contract at par value of the applicable debt instrument in the event that the debtor defaults in payment. Prior to deconsolidation, these contracts are recorded in Investments, at fair value, as applicable, on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition and the changes in fair value are reflected in the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of operations as a component of Net Gains from Investment Activities. When the CDS contract is terminated, the Funds record a realized gain or loss equal to the difference between the close-out price of the CDS contract and the original contract price. The Company did not have any CDS contracts after deconsolidation.

5. CARRIED INTEREST RECEIVABLES

The carried interest receivables from private equity and capital markets funds consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Private equity

   $ 1,273,602    $ 71,514

Capital markets

     42,523      20,463
             

Total Carried Interest Receivables

     $1,316,125    $ 91,977
             

The timing of the payment of carried interest due to the general partner or investment manager varies depending on the terms of the applicable fund agreements. Generally, carried interest in the private equity funds is payable and is distributed to the fund’s general partner upon realization of an investment. In most capital markets funds, carried interest is payable at the end of the relevant fund’s fiscal quarter or, more commonly, year.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

6. FIXED ASSETS

Fixed assets consist of the following:

 

     Useful
life in
years
   December 31,  
      2007     2006  

Ownership interests in aircraft

   15    $ 7,214     $ 34,835  

Leasehold improvements

   10 -16      7,250       6,990  

Furniture, fixtures and other equipment

   4 -10      7,821       5,029  

Computer software and hardware

   2 - 4      6,893       3,080  

Other

   4      666       666  
                   

Total fixed assets

        29,844       50,600  

Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (9,666 )     (14,154 )
                   

Fixed Assets, net

      $   20,178     $    36,446  
                   

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $3,216, $3,288 and $2,304, respectively.

7. OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Pending deal costs

   $   22,013    $   702

Prepaid expenses

     3,322      —  

Tax receivables

     2,402      —  

Prepaid rent

     1,764      —  

Rent deposit

     934      854

Other

     2,968      3,792
             

Total Other Assets

   $   33,403    $   5,348
             

8. OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Interest rate swap agreements

   $   20,989    $   —  

Deferred taxes

     579      1,861

Deferred rent

     683      2,376

Liability on foreign currency option

     —        21,731

Other

     —        716
             

Total Other Liabilities

   $   22,251    $   26,684
             

 

F-69


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES AND RELATED PAYMENTS

Prior to July 13, 2007, the Company had not been subject to U.S. corporate Federal income taxes. However, certain subsidiaries of the Company were subject to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“NYC UBT”) attributable to Apollo’s operations apportioned to New York City. In addition, certain non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were subject to income taxes in their local jurisdictions. Commencing July 13, 2007, APO Corp. became subject to U.S. corporate Federal income tax. The Company’s provision for income taxes is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 109 .

Subsequent to the Reorganization, APO Corp. is required to file a standalone Federal corporate tax return, as well as filing standalone corporate state and local tax returns in New York State, New York City, and California. In addition, various subsidiaries of the Company file New York City Unincorporated Business Tax returns, and others file corporate tax returns in foreign jurisdictions as required.

The provision for income taxes is presented in the following table:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006    2005  

Current:

       

Foreign income tax

   $ 2,507     $ 409    $ —    

NYC UBT

     5,085       5,707      2,027  
                       

Subtotal

     7,592       6,116      2,027  

Deferred:

       

Federal

     1,596       —        —    

State & Local

     276       —        —    

NYC UBT

     (2,738 )     360      (1,001 )
                       

Subtotal

     (866 )     360      (1,001 )
                       

Total Income Tax Provision

   $    6,726     $   6,476    $    1,026  
                       

Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities on the consolidated and combined statements of financial condition consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Amortizable Assets

   $   589,351    $ —  

Other

     25,124      2,242
             

Total Deferred Tax Assets

   $ 614,475    $ 2,242
             

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Other

   $ 579    $ 1,861
             

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

   $ 579    $   1,861
             

 

F-70


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

As a result of the Reorganization, the tax basis of certain assets increased and the Company established a deferred tax asset of $612.2 million for the expected tax benefit associated with this increase. Simultaneous with the recording of this deferred tax asset, a related liability was recorded for the tax receivable agreement (see Note 13). The establishment of the deferred tax asset less the liability increased additional paid-in capital, as the Reorganization transaction gave rise to the increase in tax basis.

No valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets has been recorded as the amounts are more likely than not to be realized in future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Reconciliation of the Statutory Income Tax Rate:

      

Statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate

   35.00 %   35.00 %   35.00 %

Non-Controlling Interest

   (39.20 )   (35.00 )   (35.00 )

Foreign income taxes

   0.20     0.02     —    

State and local taxes, net

   0.20     0.34     0.06  

Equity-based compensation

   3.55     —       —    

Other

   0.79     —       —    
                  

Effective Income Tax Rate

   0.54 %   0.36 %   0.06 %
                  

At December 31, 2007, APO Corp. has a federal net operating loss (“NOL”) of approximately $21,000 that will expire on December 31, 2027. APO Corp. also has state and local tax carry-forwards of approximately $21,000 which will begin to expire on December 31, 2017. The Company has established a deferred tax asset of approximately $8,700 related to the NOL. Additionally, APO Corp. has foreign tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $288 that will expire on December 31, 2017.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarifies the criteria that must be met prior to recognition of the financial statement benefit of a tax position taken in a tax return. FIN 48 provides a benefit recognition model with a two-step approach consisting of a “more-likely-than-not” recognition criterion, and a measurement attribute that measures the position as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 also requires the recognition of liabilities created by differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.

Apollo files its tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business it is subject to examination by federal and certain state, local and foreign regulators. As of January 1, 2008, the predecessor entities’ U.S. Federal income tax returns for the years 2004 through 2007 are open under the normal statute of limitations and therefore subject to examination. State and local tax returns are generally subject to audit from 2001 through 2007. Currently, New York City is examining certain subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 2004 and 2005. We do not believe that the outcome of these examinations will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

10. DEBT

Debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
     Outstanding
Balance
   Annualized
weighted
average
interest rate
    Outstanding
Balance
   Annualized
weighted
average
interest rate
 

AMH credit agreement

   $   1,000,000    6.73 % (1)   $ —      —   %

AAA Holdings credit agreement

     54,810    6.24       75,000    6.36  

G.E. Capital loan agreement

     —      —         15,378    5.69  

RACC secured loan agreements

     2,951    7.83       3,360    8.16  
                  

Total Debt

   $ 1,057,761    6.71 %   $   93,738    6.33 %
                  

 

(1) Includes the effect of interest rate swaps.

AMH Credit Agreement On April 20, 2007, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“AMH”) entered into a $1.0 billion seven year credit agreement. The agreement may from time to time be Eurodollar (“LIBOR”) or Alternate Base Rate (ABR) as determined by the borrower. Of this $1.0 billion credit agreement, AMH has irrevocably elected three-month LIBOR for $433 million for three years and $167 million for five years. The remaining $400 million is computed based on three-month LIBOR for the entire term of the Note. The interest rate of the Eurodollar loan will be the daily Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin rate of 1.5%. The interest rate on the ABR term loan, for any day, will be the greater of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1% and the applicable margin rate of 0.5%. At December 31, 2007, the weighted average interest rate was 6.73%.

The credit agreement is collateralized by substantially all the assets of Apollo Principal Holdings II and IV and AMH and their subsidiaries, as well as, cash proceeds from the sale of assets or similar recovery events, which will be deposited as cash collateral to the extent necessary as set out in the credit agreement. The proceeds of the term loan have substantially all been distributed to the Managing Partners. In compliance with the terms of this credit agreement, the pre-existing AAA Holdings, L.P. credit agreement has been amended to reflect the elimination of certain covenants and ratios.

In accordance with the AMH credit agreement, Apollo Principal Holdings II and IV and AMH and their subsidiaries are subject to certain debt covenants. Among other things, the covenants limit the amount of aggregate additional indebtedness to 20% of EBITDA for the most recent quarter, limits the AAA Holdings, L.P. guarantee from certain subsidiaries to a maximum of $60 million and specifies the excess sweep leverage ratio may not exceed 5.00:1, 4.75:1 and 4.25:1 for the years ended 2007 through 2009, respectively, then 4.00:1 for the years ended 2010 through 2012. As of December 31, 2007, the management companies were in compliance with all debt covenants.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements—The principal financial instruments used for cash flow hedging purposes are interest rate swaps. Apollo enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. The swaps effectively converted a portion of its variable rate debt under the credit agreement to a fixed rate, without exchanging the notional principal amounts. Apollo entered into three interest rate swap agreements whereby Apollo receives floating rate payments in exchange for fixed rate payments of 5.15% (weighted average) and 4.85%, on the notional amounts of $500 and $100 million, respectively, effectively converting a portion of its floating rate borrowings to a fixed rate. Apollo has hedged only the risk related to changes in the

 

F-72


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

benchmark interest rate (three month LIBOR). As of December 31, 2007, we have recorded a liability of $20,989 to recognize the fair value of these derivatives, which is included in Other Liabilities in the consolidated and combined financial statements.

AAA Holdings Credit Agreement On June 15, 2006, AAA Holdings, L.P. entered into a $75,000 credit agreement with third party lenders, which is guaranteed by certain management company subsidiaries. The proceeds were used to finance the acquisition by AAA Holdings, L.P. of 3,700,000 restricted depositary units (“RDUs”) of AP Alternative Investments, L.P., the sole owner of all limited partnership interests of AAA Investments, L.P. The RDUs are pledged as collateral for the benefit of the lenders. The term loan matures on December 15, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2007, $20,190 was repaid on the term loan. Per the credit agreement, AAA Holdings, L.P. may prepay the term loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. The term loan is subject to mandatory prepayment after December 31, 2007 if certain excess cash flows or debt to EBITDA leverage ratio of the respective guarantors and AAA Holdings, L.P. are not met, as defined under the terms of the agreement. The loan is a LIBOR based loan as determined by AAA Holdings, L.P. The computation of LIBOR is defined in the credit agreement and refers to interest rates calculated based on one or multiple indices or variables. The loan bears interest based on the 90 day LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points per annum. The weighted average interest rates as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were 6.24% and 6.36%, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the management companies were in compliance with all debt covenants.

G.E. Capital Loan Agreement— The G.E. Capital loan related to the G-IV aircraft bears interest at the fixed rate of 5.69% per annum with monthly payments of $182 and a balloon payment of $9,500 at maturity in December 2010. As discussed in Note 1, on July 31, 2007, the G-IV and related debt were distributed to certain Non-Controlling Interest holders that contributed them to certain management companies. Additionally, such management companies were released as the guarantor of the G-IV debt.

RACC Secured Loan Agreements— On September 29, 2000, July 31, 2001 and January 3, 2003, certain management companies entered into three secured loan agreements with Raytheon Aircraft Credit Corporation (“RACC”) to finance the purchase of interests in various aircraft. The balance on these loans as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, in the amount of $2,951 and $3,360, respectively, are collateralized by these aircraft. The loans are to be repaid over periods ranging from four to twelve years under an amortization schedule. The loans bear interest at variable rates based on prime rate or 90 day LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum and are payable in monthly installments, including amortization of the original principal loan balances and interest. Weighted average interest rates on the three secured loans as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was 7.83% and 8.16%, respectively.

Convertible Debt Issued to Strategic Investors— On July 13, 2007, the Company issued convertible notes with a principal amount of $1.2 billion to the Strategic Investors. The notes bore interest at 7% per annum and had a stated 15-year term. Apollo incurred approximately $44.3 million in costs in conjunction with the issuance of the debt. The notes included provisions calling for either an optional or mandatory conversion of the loan to non-voting Class A shares at a conversion price of $20 per share. The mandatory conversion occurred at the time of the Private Placement, which was completed on August 8, 2007 at $24 per share. On the conversion date, the unamortized deferred debt issuance costs of $44.1 million were written off and included as a component of interest expense.

Based on EITF 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios , and EITF 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments , the intrinsic value calculated at the commitment date is based on the fair value of the

 

F-73


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Company as determined through an independent valuation. The intrinsic value of the BCF was approximately $240 million based on the difference between the conversion price of $20 per share and $24 fair value per share and given the conversion of the $1.2 billion notes into 60,000,001 Class A shares. The BCF was charged to interest expense upon conversion of the notes. At that time, the $1.2 billion of notes held by the Strategic Investors converted to 60,000,001 Class A shares. Additionally, the Company paid approximately $6.1 million of interest while the notes were outstanding prior to conversion.

As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s debt obligations have contractual maturities as follows:

 

     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    Thereafter    Total

Contractual maturities

   $   1,606    $   55,175    $   397    $   227    $   196    $   1,000,160    $   1,057,761

Apollo has determined that the carrying value of the debt approximates the fair value of the debt as the loans are primarily variable rate in nature.

11. NET LOSS PER CLASS A SHARES

Basic and diluted weighted average Class A shares outstanding are calculated as follows:

 

     July 13, 2007
Through
December 31, 2007
     Basic and Diluted

Issuance of shares upon conversion of Strategic Investors’ notes on August 8, 2007

   60,000,001

Issuance of shares on August 8, 2007

   34,500,000

Issuance of additional shares on September 5, 2007

   2,824,540
    

Apollo Global Management, LLC, Class A shares outstanding

   97,324,541
    

Weighted average Class A shares outstanding

   82,152,883
    

On August 8, 2007, the Company issued 34.5 million Class A shares in connection with the Private Placement, which also triggered the issuance of 60,000,001 Class A shares as a result of the conversion of the Strategic Investor notes. The Private Placement also included an option to purchase additional shares. On August 31, 2007, the initial purchasers exercised their option to purchase additional shares, which closed on September 5, 2007 and resulted in the issuance of 2,824,540 shares. An additional over allotment purchase option of 2,375,460 shares has expired unexercised.

Holders of AOG Units are subject to the vesting requirements and transfer restrictions set forth in the agreements with the respective holders, and may up to 4 times each year (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their AOG Units for Class A shares on a one-for-one basis. A limited partner must exchange one partnership unit in each of the five Apollo Operating Group partnerships to effect an exchange for one Class A share. If converted, the result would be an additional 240,000,000 Class A shares added to the basic earnings per share calculation. Consequently, the Company applies the “if converted method” to determine the dilutive effect, if any, that the exchange of all AOG Units would have on basic earnings per Class A share. The assumed exchange of AOG Units includes an assumed tax effect resulting from the increased income (loss) allocated to the Company on the exchange of the AOG Units.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Basic and diluted net loss per Class A share is calculated as follows:

 

     July 13, 2007
Through
December 31, 2007
 
     Basic and Diluted  

Net loss available to Class A shareholders

   $ (962,107 )

Weighted average Class A shares outstanding

       82,152,883  

Net loss per Class A share

   $ (11.71 )

Prior to the Company’s Reorganization, there was no single capital structure of the Apollo Operating Group upon which to calculate historical earnings per share information. Accordingly, earnings per share information is not meaningful and has not been presented for historical periods prior to the Reorganization.

Basic and diluted loss per unit are identical for the period July 13, 2007 through December 31, 2007, as application of the treasury method for Apollo Class A shares equivalents for the Class B share for vested and unvested units are anti-dilutive. Had the Class A shares been dilutive, we would have included an additional 240,000,000 shares from the conversion of the Class B share and 20,477,101 shares from the Company’s RSUs in the determination of diluted net income per Class A share.

Apollo has one Class B share held by Holdings, which is exchangeable into Class A shares based on the amount of Class B votes. The Class B share has no net income (loss) per share as they do not participate in Apollo’s earnings (losses) or distributions. The Class B share has no dividend or liquidation rights. The Class B share, along with one Apollo Operating Group unit, can be exchanged for 240,000,000 Class A shares, subject to certain limitations. The Class B share has voting rights on a pari passu basis with the Class A shares. The number of Class B shares outstanding did not change subsequent to the Private Placement. The Class B share has a super voting power of 240,000,000 votes.

The convertible debt issued to the Strategic Investors had participation rights to dividends under certain circumstances for the period from July 13 until August 8, 2007 (Private Placement) based on the number of AGM shares that the debt converted into (60,000,001 Class A shares). We have included these shares in the computation of both basic and diluted earnings per Class A share using the two-class method for participating securities, in accordance with EITF 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128. Additionally, in accordance with the Two-Class Method, we have not added back the interest expense associated with the convertible debt (including the BCF charge) because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

12. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

AOG Units

At the time of the Reorganization, the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners received 240,000,000 AOG Units, all of which will vest over a period of either 60 or 72 months. The Reorganization agreements specify that the service inception date commenced on January 1, 2007 for the Managing Partners. The Company is accounting for the unvested AOG Units as compensation expense in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). The unvested AOG Units are charged to compensation expense as the AOG Units vest over the service period on a straight-line basis. Compensation expense for the Contributing Partners has been calculated based on the enterprise fair value, which was determined based upon expected future cash flows, discounted back to present

 

F-75


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

value of $28 per share as of July 13, 2007 less a 29% discount to reflect transfer restrictions. Additionally, the calculation of the compensation expense assumes a forfeiture rate for the Contributing Partners of up to 3%, based on Apollo’s historical turnover experience. The Managing Partners compensation expense is also based on $28 per share less a 14% discount to reflect transfer restrictions on the Managing Partners’ units for certain restrictions, which include satisfaction of certain criteria related to transferability and ability to cause a change in control in the entity.

The Managing Partners entered into an agreement among themselves (the “Principals Agreement”) which provides that, in the event a Managing Partner voluntarily terminates his employment with Apollo Global Management, LLC for any reason prior to January 1, 2012 or January 1, 2013, a portion of the equity interests held by that Managing Partner as of the completion of the Private Placement will be forfeited to the remaining Managing Partners who are employed by Apollo Global Management, LLC generally as of the date of such termination of employment. Generally, upon the termination of a Managing Partner’s employment, for any reason, all unvested AOG Units received by the Managing Partner will be immediately forfeited without any payment or consideration; provided that (1) if such termination is due to death or permanent disability, 100% or 50%, respectively, of the unvested AOG Units will become vested, or (2) if such termination occurs in connection with a resignation or retirement, the amount forfeited is the number of unvested units. In the event that a Managing Partner breaches his or her restrictive covenants or is terminated for cause, all AOG Units (whether vested or unvested), and any AOG Units then held by the Managing Partner in respect of previously delivered unvested AOG Units, will be forfeited. Additionally, in connection with certain change of control events, any unvested AOG Units will automatically be deemed vested immediately prior to such change in control and their delivery may be accelerated. The terms of the Principals Agreement provided for partial vesting of the AOG Units as if they were granted on January 1, 2007, therefore six months of expense was recognized on July 13, 2007.

As a result of the service requirement, the fair value of the AOG Units of approximately $5.6 billion will be charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the five or six year service period, as applicable. Accordingly, we have recognized $980.7 million of compensation expense in the Company’s consolidated and combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, there was $4.6 billion of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested shares which is expected to vest over approximately the next five years.

 

     Apollo Operating
Group Units
   Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

Balance, July 13, 2007

   —      $ —  

Granted

   240,000,000        23.49

Vested at December 31, 2007

   41,275,930      23.75
       

Unvested at December 31, 2007

   198,724,070      23.43
       

Units Expected to Vest— As of December 31, 2007, the following unvested units are expected to vest:

 

     Units

Apollo Operating Group

   197,804,241

 

F-76


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Apollo Global Management Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”)

On October 24 and November 28, 2007, the Company commenced the granting of Apollo Global Management, LLC units in the form of RSUs. Approximately 20 million RSUs were granted to its employees during 2007. The grants are accounted for as a grant of equity awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). The fair value of this award of approximately $288,184, which is based on the public share price discounted for transfer restrictions and lack of dividends until vested and will be charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of 24 quarters, with 5/24 of the units vesting on December 31, 2008, and the balance vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter. The Company has estimated that 8% will be forfeited based on the employee population. Accordingly, we have recognized approximately $5,267 of compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The following table summarizes RSU activity for 2007:

 

     RSUs    Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

Balance, July 13, 2007

   —      $ —  

Granted

   20,477,101        15.30

Vested at December 31, 2007

   —        —  
       

Unvested at December 31, 2007

   20,477,101      15.30
       

On March 31, 2008, approximately 8 million RSUs were granted to the Company’s employees with a grant date fair value per unit to be determined shortly after the grant date. These grants have the same terms as those noted above.

Units Expected to Vest —As of December 31, 2007, the following unvested RSUs are expected to vest:

 

       RSUs

Apollo Global Management

   18,838,933

AAA Restricted Depositary Units (“RDUs”)

On June 15, 2006, the Company’s subsidiary, AAA Holdings, L.P., purchased 3,700,000 RDUs of AP Alternative Assets, L.P. for $74,000. These units were purchased as part of the global private placement of AAA RDUs. These RDUs are granted periodically to Apollo Global Management, LLC employees. On March 15, 2007, 1,280,498 RDUs were granted, and an additional 74,500 RDUs were granted in June 2007. The RDUs generally vest over three years except the Company’s Managing Partners and Contributing Partners were fully vested upon grant. The fair value of the grants will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The RDUs, once vested, can be converted into units of AP Alternative Assets, L.P. In December 2007, 5,000 of granted RDUs were forfeited. The cash flow impact was a $74,000 cash outflow for the purchase of the 3,700,000 units in 2006.

For the year ended 2007, $3,869 of compensation expense was recognized. The Company granted 513,524 and 253,474 RDUs to the Company’s Managing Partners and Contributing Partners, respectively, prior to the Reorganization which were treated as equity distributions in the amounts of $10,272 and $5,069, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the unvested awards will incur approximately $8,000 of compensation expense over the next two years.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table summarizes RDUs activity for 2007:

 

     RDUs    Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

Balance, January 1, 2007

   —      $ —  

Granted

   1,354,998      19.60

Forfeited

   5,000      19.60

Vested at December 31, 2007

   942,997      19.60
       

Unvested at December 31, 2007

   407,001        19.60
       

Units Expected to Vest —As of December 31, 2007, the following unvested RDUs are expected to vest:

 

       RDUs

AP Alternative Assets, L.P.

   407,001

Equity-based compensation is based on the ownership interest pre and post-Reorganization. As the ownership structure changed on July 13, 2007, all subsequent Apollo Operating Group amortization is allocated to the Non-Controlling Interest holders at 71.1%. Therefore any Apollo Operating Group amortization creates a difference between the total equity-based compensation disclosed in the Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Partners’ Equity and the amounts computed and disclosed above.

Below is a reconciliation of the equity-based compensation allocated to Apollo Global Management, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

     Total
Amount
   Non-
Controlling
Interest %
    Allocated
to Non-
Controlling
Interest
   Allocated to
Apollo Global
Management, LLC
 

AOG Units:

          

Pre Non-Controlling Interest

   $   550,599         $   550,599  

Post Non-Controlling Interest

     430,114    71.1 %   $ 306,026      124,088  

RSUs

     5,267           5,267  

RDUs

     3,869    71.1 %     2,753      1,116  
                        

Total Equity-based Compensation

   $   989,849      $   308,779        681,070  
                  

Less RDUs

             (1,116 )
                

Capital Increase Related to Equity-based Compensation

           $   679,954  
                

 

F-78


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As a management company, we are responsible for paying for certain operating costs incurred by the Funds and affiliates. These costs are reimbursable to us from the Funds and are included in due from affiliates.

Due from affiliates and due to affiliates is comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2006

Due from Affiliates:

     

Management fees receivable from capital markets funds

   $ 25,400    $ 14,524

Due from private equity funds

     7,854      6,390

Due from portfolio companies

     22,592      3,804

Due from related party real estate management companies (1)

     6,133      1,785

Due from employees

     2,499      —  

Other

     625      111
             

Total Due From Affiliates

   $ 65,103    $ 26,614
             

Due to Affiliates:

     

Due to Managing Partners and Contributing Partners in connection with the tax receivable agreement

   $ 520,330    $ —  

Due to Managing Partners (2)

     238,416      —  

Due to private equity funds

     4,591      18,024

Due to related party real estate management companies

     —        1,357

Other

     7,876      343
             

Total Due To Affiliates

   $   771,213    $   19,724
             

 

(1) Due from related party real estate management companies primarily represents expense allocations from Apollo.
(2) Carried interest related to transactions entered into prior to Reorganization.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Subject to certain restrictions, each of the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners has the right to exchange their vested units for the Company’s Class A shares. Certain Apollo Operating Group entities will make an election under Section 754 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, as amended, which will result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by Apollo Operating Group at the time of the exchange. These exchanges will result in increases in tax deductions that will reduce the amount of tax that APO Corp. will otherwise be required to pay in the future. Additionally, the further acquisition of AOG Units from the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners also may result in increases in tax deductions and tax basis of assets that will further reduce the amount of tax that APO Corp. will otherwise be required to pay in the future.

APO Corp. entered into a tax receivable agreement with the Managing Partners and Contributing Partners that provides for the payment of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes that APO Corp. would realize, as defined in the agreement, as a result of the increases in tax basis of assets that resulted from the Reorganization. These payments are expected to occur approximately over the next 15 years. As a result, a $520.3 million capital decrease and corresponding liability was recorded.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Transactions with the Funds consist of the following:

Private Equity Funds

The agreements entered into with the Funds allow the Company to receive management fees, payable semi-annually in advance. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, these fees range from .65% to 1.5% per annum of the aggregate third party capital commitments of the Funds or assets under management as defined by the relevant management agreement with the exception of management fees received by Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P. Management fees are reduced pursuant to the limited partnership agreements of the Funds by a percentage of advisory fees and transaction fees received by the Company, net of costs of unconsummated transactions. Percentages, formula calculations, underlying agreements and terms vary and are defined in each management agreement. See Note 16 for discussion of revenues earned and expenses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

As part of the Management Fee Waiver and Notional Investment Program, the Company elected to receive, in lieu of cash payment for management fees, profits interests in the Funds in the amounts of $49,000, $45,810 and $8,200 the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Profits interests received from unconsolidated funds are included in management fee revenue and were assigned to certain Non-Controlling Interest holders and employees of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $27,418, $36,397 and $8,200 of profits interests received are accounted for as a distribution to Non-Controlling Interest holders, respectively. The Company did not retain any profits interests in the private equity funds for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, as such assignments were made concurrently with the Company receipt of the profits interests. As the profits interests have been distributed, the Company did not recognize any gains or losses with respect to the profits interests during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Capital Markets Funds

The Company derives revenues from management fees and carried interest income. The management fees are calculated and payable based on the principal amount of investments held, capital commitments or the net asset value of the respective Funds, as applicable. Management fee percentages generally vary from 1.25% to 2.0% per annum. Net asset value includes the value of investments of the fund, which are valued at fair value by the general partner, managing member or board of directors, as applicable, based on quoted market prices or independent market quotations obtained from recognized pricing services, market participants or other sources. See Note 16 for discussion of revenues earned and expenses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

Management Fee Waiver and Notional Investment Program

Apollo has forgone a portion of management fee revenue it would have been entitled to receive in cash and instead received profits interests and assigned these profits interests to employees and partners. The amount of management fees waived amounted to $49.0 million, $45.8 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Compensation expense was $21.6 million, $ 9.6 million and $0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively and prior to the Reorganization the remaining amount was treated as an equity distribution to our Managing Partners and Contributing Partners.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Financial Guarantees Apollo has provided financial guarantees on behalf of certain employees for the benefit of unrelated third party lenders, in connection with their capital commitment to Funds managed by Apollo. As of December 31, 2007, the maximum exposure relating to this financial guarantee approximated $3.5 million. Apollo has historically not incurred any liabilities as a result of these agreements and does not expect to in the future. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements.

Commitments Apollo leases office space and certain office equipment under various lease and sublease arrangements, which expire on various dates through 2022. As these leases expire, it can be expected that in the normal course of business they will be renewed or replaced. Certain lease agreements contain renewal options, rent escalation provisions based on certain costs incurred by the landlord or other inducements provided by the landlord. Rent expense is accrued to recognize lease escalation provisions and inducements provided by the landlord, if any, on a straight-line basis over the lease term and renewal periods where applicable.

As of December 31, 2007, the approximate aggregate minimum future payments required on the operating leases are as follows:

 

     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    Thereafter    Total

Aggregate minimum future payments

   $   20,177    $   19,381    $   17,399    $   17,550    $   15,514    $   39,887    $   129,908

Lease expense related to non-cancellable operating leases was $13,722, $7,646 and $5,993 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Investment Commitments —As the general partner and manager of the Apollo Private Equity Funds and Capital Markets Funds, Apollo has unfunded capital commitments at December 31, 2007 of $166,242.

Apollo has an ongoing obligation to acquire additional common units of AP Alternative Assets, L.P., on a quarterly basis, in an amount equal to 25% of the aggregate after-tax cash distributions, if any, that are made to its affiliates pursuant to the carried interests distribution rights that are applicable to investments made through AAA Investments, L.P.

Debt Covenants Apollo’s debt obligations contain various customary loan covenants. As of the balance sheet date, we have not violated any of these covenants.

Litigation and Contingencies Apollo is, from time to time, party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business including claims and litigations, reviews, investigations or proceedings by governmental and self regulatory agencies regarding its business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel, that the resolution of the foregoing matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Apollo, taken as a whole; such resolution may, however, have a material effect on the operating results and cash flows in any future period, depending on the level of income for such period.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

Contingent Obligations Carried interest income in both private equity funds and certain capital markets funds is subject to clawback in the event of future losses to the extent of the cumulative carried interest recognized in income to date. If all of the existing investments became worthless, the amounts of cumulative revenues that have been recognized by Apollo through December 31, 2007 that would be reversed approximates $1.7 billion. Management views the possibility of all the investments becoming worthless as remote.

The amounts relate to the following Funds at:

 

       December 31,
2007

Fund IV

   $ 627,577

Fund V

     843,497

Fund VI

     266,181
      

Total

   $ 1,737,255
      

15. MARKET AND CREDIT RISK

In the normal course of business, Apollo encounters market and credit risk concentrations. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other market factors. Credit risk includes the risk of default on Apollo’s investments, where the counterparty is unable or unwilling to make required or expected payments.

Apollo’s derivative financial instruments contain credit risk to the extent that its counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Apollo minimizes this risk by limiting its counterparties to highly rated major financial institutions with good credit ratings. Management does not expect any material losses as a result of default by other parties.

Substantially all amounts on deposit with major financial institutions that exceed insured limits are invested in interest-bearing accounts.

Apollo is exposed to economic risk concentrations insofar as they are dependent on the ability of the Funds to compensate them for the services the Management Companies provide to these Funds. Further, the incentive income component of this compensation is based on the ability of the Funds to generate returns above certain specified thresholds.

Additionally, Apollo is exposed to interest rate risk. Apollo has debt obligations which have variable rates. Interest rate changes may therefore affect the amount of interest payments, future earnings and cash flows. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, $1,057,761 and $78,360 of Apollo’s debt balance had a variable interest rate, respectively.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

16. SEGMENT REPORTING

Apollo conducts its management, advisory and investment businesses primarily in the United States and substantially all of its revenues are generated domestically. These businesses are conducted through the following two reportable segments:

 

   

Private Equity—Apollo’s private equity segment is comprised of its management of private equity funds. Revenues are generated by management fees, advisory and transaction fees, carried interest income and investment income.

 

   

Capital Markets—Apollo’s capital markets segment is comprised of its management of capital markets funds. Revenues are generated by management fees, carried interest income and investment income.

These business segments are differentiated based on the varying investment strategies of the underlying funds they manage. The performance is measured by management on an unconsolidated basis because management makes operating decisions and assesses the performance of each of Apollo’s business segments based on financial and operating metrics and data that excludes the effects of consolidation of any of the Consolidated Funds.

Economic Net Income (Loss)

Economic Net Income (“ENI”) is a key performance measure used by management in making operating decisions and evaluating the performance of our businesses and employees. ENI is a measure of profitability and represents segment income (loss), which excludes the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation, income taxes and Non-Controlling Interest. In addition, segment data excludes the assets, liabilities and operating results of the Apollo Funds that are included in the consolidated and combined financial statements.

The following tables present the financial data for Apollo’s two reportable segments, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively:

 

    As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    Private Equity
Segment
    Capital Markets
Segment
    Total Reportable
Segments
 

Revenues:

     

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

  $ 90,408     $ 194     $ 90,602  

Management fees from affiliates

    149,180       100,244       249,424  

Carried interest income from affiliates

    656,901       80,186       737,087  
                       

Total Revenue

    896,489       180,624       1,077,113  

Expenses

    (679,917 ) (a)     (276,227 ) (a)     (956,144 ) (a)

Other Income

    27,500       4,377       31,877  
                       

Economic Net Income

  $ 244,072     $ (91,226 )   $ 152,846  
                       

Total Assets

  $   2,711,997     $   338,447     $   3,050,444  
                       

 

(a) Includes expenses related to beneficial conversion feature relating to Strategic Investor debt conversion, placement fees, and transaction costs.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table reconciles the Total Reportable Segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s consolidated and combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

     As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     Total
Reportable
Segments
     Consolidation
Adjustments
    Consolidated and
Combined
 

Revenues

   $   1,077,113      $ (439,263 ) (a)   $ 637,850  

Expenses

   $ (956,144 )    $   (1,006,583 ) (b)   $   (1,962,727 )

Other Income

   $ 31,877      $ 2,540,181   (c)   $ 2,572,058  

Economic Net Income

   $ 152,846      $ N/A   (e)   $ N/A  (e)

Total Assets

   $ 3,050,444      $ 2,065,198   (d)   $ 5,115,642  

 

(a) Revenues consist of: (i) addition of Funds’ share of transaction and advisory fees, (ii) elimination of management fee income earned from Funds, and (iii) elimination of carried interest income earned from Funds.
(b) Represents the addition of expenses of the Funds and expenses related to equity-based compensation.
(c) Results from the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 

Net gain from investment activities

   $   2,279,336  

Dividend income from affiliates

     238,058  

Interest income

     33,079  

Loss from equity method investments

     (10,292 )
        

Total Consolidation Adjustments

   $ 2,540,181  
        

 

(d) Represents the addition of assets of the Funds.
(e) The reconciliation of Economic Net Income to Net Loss reported in the consolidated and combined statements of operations consists of the following:

 

     For The Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 

Economic Net Income

   $ 152,846  

Adjusted for the impact of non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation

     (989,849 )

Income tax provision

           (6,726 )

Non-Controlling Interest

     274,078  
        

Net Loss

   $       (569,651 )
        

 

     As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Private Equity
Segments
    Capital Markets
Segments
    Total Reportable
Segments
 

Revenues:

      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 78,335     $ —       $ 78,335  

Management fees from affiliates

     150,731       53,222       203,953  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     345,702       69,159       414,861  
                        

Total Revenue

     574,768         122,381       697,149  

Expenses

     (302,862 )     (31,863 )     (334,725 )

Other Income

     12,404       1,772       14,176  
                        

Economic Net Income

   $ 284,310     $ 92,290     $ 376,600  
                        

Total Assets

   $   1,205,079     $ 72,784     $   1,277,863  
                        

 

F-84


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table reconciles the Total Reportable Segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s consolidated and combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

     As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Total
Reportable
Segments
    Consolidation
Adjustments
    Consolidated
and Combined
 

Revenues

   $   697,149     $ (350,669 ) (a)   $ 346,480  

Expenses

   $ (334,725 )   $ (22,340 ) (b)   $ (357,065 )

Other Income

   $ 14,176     $ 1,789,886   (c)   $   1,804,062  

Economic Net Income

   $ 376,600     $ N/A   (e)   $ N/A   (e)

Total Assets

   $   1,277,863     $   9,902,058   (d)   $   11,179,921  

 

(a) Revenues consist of: (i) addition of Funds’ share of transaction and advisory fees, (ii) elimination of management fee income earned from Funds, and (iii) elimination of carried interest income earned from Funds.
(b) Represents the addition of expenses of the Funds.
(c) Results from the following:

 

       For the Year ended
December 31, 2006
 

Net gain from investment activities

   $   1,620,554  

Dividend income from affiliates

     140,569  

Interest income

     35,102  

Loss from equity method investments

     (6,109 )

Other

     (230 )
        

Total Consolidation Adjustments

   $ 1,789,886  
        

 

(d) Represents the addition of assets of the Funds.
(e) The reconciliation of Economic Net Income to Net Income reported in the consolidated and combined statements of operations consists of the following:

 

       For the Year ended
December 31, 2006
 

Economic Net Income

   $   376,600  

Income tax provision

     (6,476 )

Non-Controlling Interest

     2,855  
        

Net Income

   $ 372,979  
        

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
     Private Equity
Segments
    Capital Markets
Segments
    Total Reportable
Segments
 

Revenues:

      

Advisory and transaction fees from affiliates

   $ 42,274     $ —       $ 42,274  

Management fees from affiliates

     70,831       29,895       100,726  

Carried interest income from affiliates

     438,522       24,701       463,223  
                        

Total Revenue

     551,627       54,596       606,223  

Expenses

     (399,454 )     (13,228 )     (412,682 )

Other Income

     5,171       148       5,319  
                        

Economic Net Income

   $    157,344     $    41,516     $    198,860  
                        

 

F-85


Table of Contents

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(continued)

 

The following table reconciles the Total Reportable Segments to Apollo Global Management, LLC’s consolidated and combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
     Total
Reportable
Segments
    Consolidation
Adjustments
    Consolidated
and Combined
 

Revenues

   $   606,223     $ (422,458 ) (a)   $ 183,765  

Expenses

   $   (412,682 )   $ (24,925 ) (b)   $ (437,607 )

Other Income

   $ 5,319     $   2,028,252   (c)   $   2,033,571  

Economic Net Income

   $   198,860     $ N/A   (d)   $ N/A  (d)

 

(a) Revenues consist of: (i) addition of Funds’ share of transaction and advisory fees, (ii) elimination of management fee income earned from Funds, and (iii) elimination of carried interest income earned from Funds.
(b) Represents the addition of expenses of the Funds.
(c) Results from the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2005
 

Net gain from investment activities

   $   1,970,770  

Dividend income from affiliates

     25,979  

Interest income

     32,793  

Loss from equity method investments

     (1,315 )

Other

     25  
        

Total Consolidation Adjustments

   $ 2,028,252  
        

 

(d) The reconciliation of Economic Net Income to Net Income reported in the consolidated and combined statement of operations consists of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2005
 

Economic Net Income

   $   198,860  

Income tax provision

     (1,026 )

Non-Controlling Interest

     3,410  
        

Net Income

   $   201,244  
        

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

The Company has declared a quarterly distribution for the first quarter of 2008 of $0.16 per Class A share and a special distribution of $0.17 per Class A share, primarily resulting from the carried interest income associated with the realization of a fund portfolio company, to shareholders of record on April 8, 2008.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

DATED AS OF JULY 13, 2007

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
ARTICLE I   

DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1

    

Definitions

   1

Section 1.2

    

Interpretation

   10

ARTICLE II

  

ORGANIZATION

   11

Section 2.1

    

Formation

   11

Section 2.2

    

Certificate of Formation

   11

Section 2.3

    

Name

   12

Section 2.4

    

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

   12

Section 2.5

    

Purposes

   12

Section 2.6

    

Powers

   12

Section 2.7

    

Power of Attorney

   12

Section 2.8

    

Term

   13

Section 2.9

    

Title to Company Assets

   13

ARTICLE III

  

MEMBERS AND SHARES

   14

Section 3.1

    

Members

   14

Section 3.2

    

Authorization to Issue Shares

   14

Section 3.3

    

Certificates

   15

Section 3.4

    

Record Holders

   16

Section 3.5

    

Registration and Transfer of Shares

   16

Section 3.6

    

Restrictions on Transfers

   17

Section 3.7

    

Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees

   18

Section 3.8

    

Redemption of Shares of Non-citizen Assignees

   18

Section 3.9

    

Rights of Members

   19

Section 3.10

    

ERISA Ownership Limitations

   20

ARTICLE IV

  

SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS

   22

Section 4.1

    

Splits and Combinations

   22

ARTICLE V

  

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; ALLOCATIONS OF TAX ITEMS; DISTRIBUTIONS

   22

Section 5.1

    

Maintenance of Capital Accounts; Allocations

   22

Section 5.2

    

Distributions to Record Holders

   23

ARTICLE VI

  

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

   24

Section 6.1

    

Management

   24

Section 6.2

    

Restrictions on Manager’s Authority

   26

Section 6.3

    

Resignation of the Manager

   26

Section 6.4

    

Board Generally

   26

Section 6.5

    

Election of Directors

   27

Section 6.6

    

Removal

   27

 

A-i


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page

Section 6.7

    

Resignations

   27

Section 6.8

    

Vacancies

   27

Section 6.9

    

Chairman of Meetings

   27

Section 6.10

    

Place of Meetings

   27

Section 6.11

    

Special Meetings; Notice

   28

Section 6.12

    

Action Without Meeting

   28

Section 6.13

    

Conference Telephone Meetings

   28

Section 6.14

    

Quorum

   28

Section 6.15

    

Committees

   28

Section 6.16

    

Remuneration

   28

Section 6.17

    

Reimbursement of the Manager

   29

Section 6.18

    

Outside Activities

   29

Section 6.19

    

Loans from the Manager; Loans or Contributions from the Company; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the Manager

   30

Section 6.20

    

Indemnification

   31

Section 6.21

    

Liability of Indemnified Persons

   33

Section 6.22

    

Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties

   33

Section 6.23

    

Other Matters Concerning the Manager

   34

Section 6.24

    

Reliance by Third Parties

   34

ARTICLE VII

  

BOOKS; RECORDS; ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

   35

Section 7.1

    

Records and Accounting

   35

Section 7.2

    

Fiscal Year

   35

Section 7.3

    

Reports

   35

ARTICLE VIII

  

TAX MATTERS

   36

Section 8.1

    

Tax Returns and Information

   36

Section 8.2

    

Tax Elections

   36

Section 8.3

    

Tax Controversies

   36

Section 8.4

    

Withholding

   36

Section 8.5

    

Class B Common Shares

   36

Section 8.6

    

Tax Receivable Agreement

   36

ARTICLE IX

  

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

   37

Section 9.1

    

Dissolution

   37

Section 9.2

    

Liquidator

   37

Section 9.3

    

Liquidation

   37

Section 9.4

    

Cancellation of Certificate of Formation

   38

Section 9.5

    

Return of Contributions

   38

 

A-ii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page

Section 9.6

 

Waiver of Partition

   38

ARTICLE X

   AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT    38

Section 10.1

 

Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager

   38

Section 10.2

 

Amendment Procedures

   39

Section 10.3

 

Amendment Requirements

   40

ARTICLE XI

   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION    40

Section 11.1

 

Authority

   40

Section 11.2

 

Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion

   40

Section 11.3

 

Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion or Sales of Substantially All of the Company’s Assets

   41

Section 11.4

 

Certificate of Merger or Conversion

   42

Section 11.5

 

Amendment of Agreement

   42

Section 11.6

 

Effect of Merger

   42

Section 11.7

 

Corporate Treatment; Change of Law

   43

ARTICLE XII

   MEMBER MEETINGS    43

Section 12.1

 

Member Meetings

   43

Section 12.2

 

Notice of Meetings of Members

   44

Section 12.3

 

Record Date

   44

Section 12.4

 

Quorum: Required Vote for Member Action; Voting for Directors; Adjournment

   44

Section 12.5

 

Conduct of a Meeting; Member Lists

   45

Section 12.6

 

Action Without a Meeting

   45

Section 12.7

 

Voting and Other Rights

   45

Section 12.8

 

Proxies and Voting

   46

ARTICLE XIII

   GENERAL PROVISIONS    47

Section 13.1

 

Addresses and Notices

   47

Section 13.2

 

Further Assurances

   47

Section 13.3

 

Binding Effect

   47

Section 13.4

 

Integration

   47

Section 13.5

 

Creditors

   48

Section 13.6

 

Waiver

   48

Section 13.7

 

Counterparts

   48

Section 13.8

 

Applicable Law

   48

Section 13.9

 

Severability

   48

Section 13.10

 

Consent of Members

   48

Section 13.11

 

Facsimile Signatures

   48

 

A-iii


Table of Contents

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), of Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is made and entered into and shall be effective as of this 13th day of July, 2007, by and among the Members (as defined below), AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), and the Company.

WHEREAS , the Company was formed under the Delaware Act pursuant to a certificate of formation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 3, 2007;

WHEREAS , the Company and certain Members originally entered into a Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”), for the purpose of governing the affairs of, and the conduct of the business of, a limited liability company formed pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are entering into this Agreement to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein and the Manager has authorized and approved an amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

NOW , THEREFORE , the parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1     Definitions .

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person. Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” with respect to the Company does not include at any time any Fund or Portfolio Company.

Aggregate Class B Vote ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.7(e) .

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Agreement Among Principals ” means the Agreement Among Principals, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Principals, Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MJR Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, BRH and Holdings, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Apollo Employer ” means the Company (or such successor thereto or such other entity controlled by the Company or its successor as may be such Person’s employer at such time, but does not include any Portfolio Companies).

Apollo Group ” means (i) the Manager and its Affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (ii) Holdings and its Affiliates, including their respective general partners,

 

A-1


Table of Contents

members and limited partners, (iii) with respect to each Principal, such Principal and such Principal’s Group, (iv) any former or current investment professional of or other employee of an Apollo Employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group) and any member of such Person’s Group, (v) any former or current executive officer of an Apollo Employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group) and any member of such Person’s Group; and (vi) any former or current director of an Apollo Employer or the Apollo Operating Group (or such other entity controlled by a member of the Apollo Operating Group) and any member of such Person’s Group.

Apollo Operating Group ” means (i) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed by the Company or its Subsidiaries to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and (ii) any such carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed by the Company or its Affiliates to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and receiving management fees, incentive fees, fees paid by Portfolio Companies, carry or other remuneration which are not Subsidiaries of the Persons described in clause (i), excluding any Funds and any Portfolio Companies.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any Governmental Entity applicable to such Person.

Assets ” means all assets, whether, tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, at any time owned by the Company, including cash and investments acquired by the Manager for the account of the Company in the course of carrying on the activities of the Company, including the lending of money or the purchasing of shares, bonds, debentures, notes, warrants, options or other securities, instruments, rights or any other assets of the Company (whether convertible or exchangeable or not);

Audit Committee ” means a committee of the Board designated as such in accordance with Section 6.15 hereof, and composed entirely of one or more Independent Directors.

Beneficial Owner ” means, with respect to a Share, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (A) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such Share and/or (B) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such Share. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” have correlative meanings.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

BRH ” means BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

BRH Holdings ” means BRH Holdings GP, Ltd, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

BRH Holdings Cessation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c) .

Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the fair market value (as determined by the Manager) of any property or asset that a Member contributes to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Company asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Company shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the Manager, and the Carrying Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of: (a) the date of the acquisition of any additional Share by any new or existing Members in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets to a Member; (c) the date a Share is relinquished to the Company; or (d) any other date specified in the United States Treasury Regulations; provided however that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) (c) and (d) above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Manager to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Net Income (Loss)” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Certificate ” means a certificate issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depository Trust Company or in such other form as may be adopted by the Manager, issued by the Company evidencing ownership of one or more Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the Manager, issued by the Company evidencing ownership of one or more other securities of the Company.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Charitable Institution ” means an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of a future United State Internal Revenue law) which is exempt from income taxation under Section 501(a) thereof.

Charitable Beneficiary ” means one or more beneficiaries of a trust as determined pursuant to Section 3.10(d)(vi) , provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

Citizenship Certification ” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the Manager by which a Member certifies that he, she or it (and if he, she or it is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.

Class A Common Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Company (including any non-voting Class A Common Shares held by an Investor or its Affiliates) representing limited liability company interests in the Company, having such rights associated with such Class A Common Shares as set forth in this Agreement and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Common Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Class B Common Shares ” means the Class B Common Shares of the Company representing limited liability company interests in the Company, having such rights associated with such Class B Common Shares as set forth in this Agreement and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class B Common Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Common Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, including any successor entity thereto.

Company Group ” means the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company.

Company Group Member ” means a member of the Company Group.

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board designated as such in accordance with Section 6.15 hereof, and composed entirely of one or more Independent Directors.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contrast or otherwise, and “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

CS Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be entered into by and between the Company and “CS” (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Current Market Price ” means with respect to any class of Shares as of any date, the average of the daily closing prices per Share of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date, or as otherwise determined in accordance with Section 3.8(a)(ii) .

Delaware Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Departing Manager ” means a former Manager from and after the effective date of any withdrawal of such former Manager.

DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Director ” means a member of the Board.

Eligible Citizen ” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Company Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Member the Manager determines in its sole discretion does not or would not subject such Company Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Law of 1974, as amended, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Person ” means any Person which is, or is acting on behalf of, a Plan.

ERISA Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(g) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of date hereof, by and among the Company, each member of the Apollo Operating Group, Intermediate Holdings and the other parties thereto.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Governmental Entity ” means any Federal, state, county, city, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, commission, committee, agency or body (including any court, tribunal or arbitral body).

Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Holdings ” means AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Indemnified Person ” means: (a) the Manager, (b) any Departing Manager; (c) any Affiliate of the Manager or any Departing Manager; (d) any member, partner, Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code), officer, director, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Company Group Member, the Manager, any Departing Manager or any of their respective Affiliates; (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Manager or any Departing Manager or any of their respective Affiliates as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, Tax Matters Partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnified Person by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services; and (f) any Person that the Manager in its sole discretion designates as an “Indemnified Person” for purposes of this Agreement.

Independent Director ” means a Director who meets the then current independence standards required of audit committee members established by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder and by each National Securities Exchange on which Shares are listed for trading.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) a Private Placement or (ii) an IPO.

Initial Offering Registration Rights Agreements ” means any registration rights agreement approved by the Manager in connection with the consummation of an IPO.

Investment Company Act ” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Investor ” means, each of the APOC Holdings, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, and California Public Employees’ Retirement System, a unit of the State and Consumer Services Agency of the State of California (together with its Affiliates that become Noteholders under the Strategic Agreement).

IPO ” means the earlier of (i) the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Common Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms); provided , that no such underwritten public offering shall constitute an “IPO” for the purposes of this Agreement unless (x) it involves a sale to underwriters for distribution to the public representing a public float of at least 10% of the then Outstanding Voting Power of the Company (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes have been converted into, Class A Common Shares) and (y) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold, and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Company in respect of the Class A Common Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; in the case of clauses both (i) and (ii), such registration statement to be filed by the Company with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

IPO Date ” means the first date on which Class A Common Shares are delivered by the Company to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Lender Rights Agreement ” means the Lender Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Investors and the Company, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Liquidator ” means one or more Persons selected by the Manager to perform the functions described in Section 9.2 as liquidating trustee of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Member ” means any Person owning any Share in the Company, including any Substitute Member or any Person admitted as a Member of the Company in accordance with Article III as a result of an issuance of Shares by the Company to such Person.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 .

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the SEC under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act or any other exchange (domestic or foreign, and whether or not so registered) designated by the Manager as a National Securities Exchange.

Net Income (Loss) ” for any tax years means the taxable income or loss of the Company for such period as determined in accordance with the accounting method used by the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments; (i) any income of the Company that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (Loss) shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (ii) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any depreciation, amortization or gain resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (iii) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value of any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; and (iv) any expenditures of the Company not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (Loss) pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Non-citizen Assignee ” means a Person whom the Manager has determined in its sole discretion does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Shares the Manager has become the Member, pursuant to Section 3.8 .

Noteholder ” means any Person who holds a Note, other than Persons who acquired Notes in a transaction not permitted by the Notes, the Strategic Agreement, any substantially similar agreement pursuant to which additional Notes may be issued and the Lender Rights Agreement.

Notes ” means the 7% convertible senior unsecured notes of the Company, convertible into non-voting Class A Common Shares, as each may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. “Notes” shall also include any additional Notes issued within ninety (90) days of the date hereof.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represent one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Company or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the Manager.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Company securities, all Company securities that are issued by the Company and reflected as outstanding on the Company’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided , however , that if at any time any Person or Group (other than any member of the Apollo Group) Beneficially Owns 20% or more of any class of Outstanding Shares, all Shares owned by such Person or Group shall not be entitled to be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Members to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement; provided , further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply: (i) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Shares of any class then Outstanding directly from any member of the Apollo Group; (ii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Shares of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i)  provided that the Manager shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply; or (iii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Shares issued by the Company with the prior approval of the Manager; provided , further , that if at any time the Investor or any of its Affiliates Beneficially Owns any Class A Common Shares, no Class A Common Shares Beneficially Owned by the Investor or any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Members to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement.

Percentage Interest ” means, as to any Class A Common Shares held by any Person (assuming the conversion of the Notes into Class A Common Shares), the product obtained by multiplying (a) 100% less the percentage applicable to the Shares referred to in clause (iii) by (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of such Class A Common Shares held by such Person (determined on an as-converted basis) by (y) the total number of all Outstanding Class A Common Shares (determined on an as-converted basis), (ii) as to any Class B Common Shares, 0%, and (iii) as to any other Shares, the percentage established for such Shares by the Manager as a part of the issuance of such Shares.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, business, association, trust, Governmental Entity or other entity.

Plan ” means (a) an “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan, individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or any Similar Law, or (c) an entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement pursuant to ERISA, the Code, any applicable Similar Law or otherwise;

Plan Asset Regulations ” means the plan asset regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, 29 C.F.R. Sec. 2510.3-101 (as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA);

Plan of Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 .

Portfolio Company ” means any Person in which any Fund owns or has made, directly or indirectly, an “Investment” (as defined in the Strategic Agreement).

Preferred Shares ” means a class of Shares that entitles the Record Holders thereof to a preference or priority over the Record Holders of any other class of Shares in: (i) the right to share profits or losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Company distributions; or (iii) rights upon dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Price Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Principal ” means each of Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan and Joshua J. Harris.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Principal’s Group ” means with respect to each Principal, such Principal and (i) such Principal’s spouse, (ii) a lineal descendant of such Principal’s parents, the spouse of any such descendant or a lineal descendent of any such spouse, (iii) a Charitable Institution controlled solely by such Principal and other members of such Principal’s Group, (iv) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), all of the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such Principal and Persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition, (v) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such Principal and Persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, (vi) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) a legal or personal representative of such Principal in the event of his death or Disability. For purposes of this definition, (x) “lineal descendants” shall not include individuals adopted after attaining the age of eighteen (18) years and such adopted Person’s descendants; and (y) “presumptive remaindermen” shall refer to those Persons entitled to a share of a trust’s assets if it were then to terminate. No Principal shall ever be a member of the Principal Group of another Principal. As used herein, “Principal’s Group means individually, any member of a Principal’s Group or, collectively, more than one member of a Principal’s Group.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Common Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision) and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Company to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Common Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering (subject to Section 6.2(d) ); provided , that no such private placement shall qualify as a “Private Placement” for the purposes of this Agreement, unless (x) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold and (y) it involves engagement of one or more initial purchasers, placement agents or investment banks performing a similar role for the purpose of facilitating the distribution of Class A Common Shares representing at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Company (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes had been converted into, Class A Common Shares); provided , further that in the event that any Person purchases Class A Common Shares representing more than 25% of such offering, the amount in excess of 25% shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the 10% threshold set forth in this clause (y) has been satisfied.

Prohibited Owner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a) .

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter after the IPO Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the IPO Date, of the Company.

Record Date ” means the date established by the Manager in its sole discretion for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Members or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Company action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Members; or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” or “ holder ” means with respect to any Shares, the Person in whose name such Shares are registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day.

Registration Statement ” means (i) any registration statement or comparable U.K. filing, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Company with the SEC or the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms), in each case, to register the offering and sale of the Class A Common Shares in the Initial Offering, or (ii) any Private Placement offering memorandum, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, prepared by the Company pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act including, without limitation, Rule 144A and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to effect a Private Placement of Class A Common Shares by the Company in the Initial Offering.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Roll-up Agreements ” mean the several Roll-up Agreements, each dated as of the date hereof, among Holdings, BRH, the Company, APO Corp., a Delaware corporation, and APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on the one hand, and a senior manager of Apollo, on the other hand, in each case, dated as of the date hereof.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Share ” means a share of capital stock or other equity interests (including, the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares) of the Company or any options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock or other equity interests of the Company then outstanding (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Notes).

Share Designation ” means, with respect to any additional Shares that may be issued by the Company in one or more classes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be junior to, equivalent to, or senior or superior to, any existing classes of Shares), as shall be fixed by the Manager and reflected in a written action or actions approved by the Manager.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Holdings, BRH, Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MJR Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, and each of the Principals, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Similar Law ” means any state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that would have the same effect as the Plan Asset Regulations so as to cause the underlying assets of the Company to be treated as assets of an investing entity by virtue of its investment (or any beneficial interest) in the Company and thereby subject the Company and the Manager (or other Persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Company’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Special Approval ” means either (a) approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee, as applicable, or (b) approval by the vote of the Record Holders of a majority of the voting power of the Outstanding Voting Shares (excluding Voting Shares owned by the Manager and its Affiliates).

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among the Company, the Investors, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person. The term “Subsidiary” does not include at any time any Funds or Portfolio Companies.

Substitute Member ” means a Person who is admitted as a Member of the Company pursuant to Article III as a result of a Transfer of Shares to such Person.

“Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a)(ii) .

Tax Matters Partner ” means the “ tax matters partner ” as defined in the Code.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among APO Corp., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with all other Persons in which APO Corp. acquires a partnership interest, member interest or similar interest after the date thereof and who becomes party thereto by execution of a joinder), Holdings, the Principals and the Senior Managers party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Trading Day ” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Shares of any class are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Shares of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

Transfer ” means a direct or indirect sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

Transfer Agent ” means, with respect to any class of Shares, such bank, trust company or other Person (including the Company or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Company to act as registrar and transfer agent for such class of Shares; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for such class of Shares, the Company shall act in such capacity.

Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(g) .

Trustee ” means the Person unaffiliated with the Company that is appointed by the Manager to serve as trustee of an ERISA Trust.

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter or purchaser in the Underwriting Agreement who is obligated to purchase Class A Common Shares pursuant thereto.

Underwriting Agreement ” means the underwriting agreement or the purchase agreement, as the case may be, expected to be entered into by the Company providing for the sale of Class A Common Shares in the Initial Offering, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Voting Power ” means the aggregate number of votes that may be cast by holders of Voting Shares Outstanding as of the relevant Record Date.

Voting Share ” means a Class A Common Share (other than any Class A Common Shares Beneficially Owned by the Investor or any of its Affiliates), a Class B Common Share and any other Share of the Company that is designated as a “Voting Share” from time to time.

Section 1.2     Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

(b)     pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms;

(c)     a reference to a clause, party, annex, exhibit or schedule is a reference to a clause of, and a party, annex, exhibit and schedule to this Agreement, and a reference to this Agreement includes any annex, exhibit and schedule hereto;

(d)     a reference to a statute, regulations, proclamation, ordinance or by-law includes all statues, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws amending, consolidating or replacing it, whether passed by the same or another Governmental Entity with legal power to do so, and a reference to a statute includes all regulations, proclamations, ordinances and by-laws issued under the statute;

 

A-10


Table of Contents

(e)     a reference to a document includes all amendments or supplements to, or replacements or novations of, that document;

(f)     a reference to a party to a document includes that party’s successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns;

(g)     the use of the term “including” means “including, without limitation”;

(h)     the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the annexes, schedules and exhibits, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement;

(i)     the title of and the section and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern of affect the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions in this Agreement;

(j)     where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates;

(k)     the language used in this Agreement has been chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party; and

(l)     unless expressly provided otherwise, the measure of a period of one month or year for purposes of this Agreement shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the starting date; provided , that if no corresponding date exists, the measure shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the next day following the starting date (for example, one month following February 18 is March 18, and one month following March 31 is May 1).

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1     Formation . The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Members and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Shares shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Member has no interest in specific Company property.

Section 2.2     Certificate of Formation . The Certificate of Formation has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act, such filing being hereby confirmed, ratified and approved in all respects. The Manager shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that it determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited liability company in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that the Manager determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the Manager shall direct the appropriate officers of the Company to file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property, and any such officer so directed shall be an “authorized person” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Act for purposes of filing any such certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Subject to Section 3.9(a) , the Company shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Formation, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Member.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Section 2.3     Name . The name of the Company shall be “Apollo Global Management, LLC.” The Company’s business may be conducted under any other name or names, as determined by the Manager. The words “Limited Liability Company”, “LLC” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Company’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time by filing an amendment to the Certificate of Formation (and upon any such filing this Agreement shall be deemed automatically amended to change the name of the Company) and shall notify the Members of such change in the next regular communication to the Members.

Section 2.4     Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . Unless and until changed by the Manager, the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019 or such other place as the Manager may from time to time designate by notice to the Members. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 2.5     Purposes . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Company shall be to: (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the Manager in its sole discretion and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity; and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate in furtherance of Section 2.5(a) , including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Company Group Member. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Manager shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Company of any business free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Company or any Member and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be deemed to have breached this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby, the Delaware Act or any other provision of Applicable Law.

Section 2.6     Powers . The Company shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.5(a) and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

Section 2.7     Power of Attorney .

(a)    Each Member and Record Holder hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and, if a Liquidator (other than the Manager) shall have been selected pursuant to Section 9.2 , the Liquidator, severally (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, Transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized managers, officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

(i)     execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices:

(A)     all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the Manager or the Liquidator, determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property;

(B)     all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager, or the Liquidator, determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement;

 

A-12


Table of Contents

(C)     all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(D)     all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Member pursuant to, or other events described in, Article III or Article IX (including, without limitation, issuance and cancellations of Class B Common Shares pursuant to Section 3.2 );

(E)     all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class of Shares issued pursuant to Section 3.2 ; and

(F)     all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company pursuant to Article XI ; and

(ii)    execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to: (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Members hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (B) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided , that when required by Section 10.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Members or of the Members of any class or series required to take any action, the Manager, or the Liquidator, may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.7(a) only after the necessary vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action of the Members or of the Members of such class or series, as applicable.

(b)    Nothing contained in this Section 2.7 shall be construed as authorizing the Manager, or the Liquidator, to amend, change or modify this Agreement except in accordance with Article X or as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement.

(c)    The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Member or Record Holder and the Transfer of all or any portion of such Member or Record Holder’s Shares and shall extend to such Member or Record Holder’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Member or Record Holder hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the Manager, or the Liquidator, pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Member or Record Holder, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the Manager, or the Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney in accordance with this Section 2.7 . Each Member and Record Holder shall execute and deliver to the Manager, or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designations, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Company.

Section 2.8     Term . The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article IX . The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.9     Title to Company Assets . Title to Company assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Company assets may be held in the name of the Company one or more of its Affiliates or

 

A-13


Table of Contents

one or more nominees, as the Manager may determine. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Company assets is held.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS AND SHARES

Section 3.1     Members .

(a)     A Person shall be admitted as a Member and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Share and becomes the Record Holder of such Share in accordance with the provisions of this Article III . A Person may become a Record Holder without the consent or approval of any of the Members. A Person may not become a Member without acquiring a Share.

(b)     The name and mailing address of each Member shall be listed on the books and records of the Company maintained for such purpose by the Company or the Transfer Agent. The Secretary of the Company shall update the books and records of the Company from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable).

(c)     Except as otherwise provided in the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company.

(d)    Subject to Article XI and Sections 3.8 and 3.10 , Members may not be expelled from or removed as Members of the Company. Members shall not have any right to withdraw from the Company; provided , however , that when a transferee of a Member’s Shares becomes a Record Holder of such Shares, such Transferring Member shall cease to be a member of the Company with respect to the Shares so Transferred.

(e)     Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement (including any Share Designation):

(i)    no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent that distributions, if any, made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Company may be considered as such by Applicable Law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement;

(ii)    no interest shall be paid by the Company on Capital Contributions; and

(iii)    except for any member of the Apollo Group, no Member, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control of the Company’s business, transact any business in the Company’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company.

(f)    Any Member shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Company Group, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty (including fiduciary duties) otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise to any Company Group Member or Member. Neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business interests or activities of any Member.

Section 3.2     Authorization to Issue Shares .

(a)    The Company may issue Shares, and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Shares, for any Company purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration (which may be cash, property, services or any other lawful consideration) or for no consideration and on

 

A-14


Table of Contents

such terms and conditions as the Manager shall determine, all without the approval of any Member. Each Share shall have the rights and be governed by the provisions set forth in this Agreement (including any Share Designation). Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement (including any Share Designation), no Share shall entitle any Member to any preemptive, preferential, or similar rights with respect to the issuance of Shares.

(b)    As of the date of this Agreement, two classes of Shares have been designated: Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares. Subject to Article XII , the Shares shall entitle the Record Holders thereof to vote on any and all matters submitted for the consent or approval of Members generally. The Company has entered into the Lender Rights Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the CS Rights Agreement, which provide certain rights to the other parties thereto, including, without limitation, certain registration rights relating to the Shares. The Company, Holdings and the other parties thereto have entered into an Exchange Agreement which provides for the exchange by Holdings of Operating Group Units, on the one hand, for Class A Common Shares (or, at the election of the Company, cash), on the other hand.

(c)    On the date of this Agreement, the Company shall issue one (1) Class B Common Share to BRH Holdings. On any date BRH Holdings may in its sole discretion elect to give up its Class B Common Share (the “ BRH Holdings Cessation Date ”), and the Company shall issue one (1) Class B Common Share to each holder of record on such date of an Operating Group Unit (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) for each Operating Group Unit held, whether or not such Operating Group Unit is vested. In addition, on each date following the BRH Holdings Cessation Date that any Person that is not already a holder of a Class B Common Share shall become a holder of record of an Operating Group Unit (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), whether or not such Operating Group Unit is vested, the Company shall issue one (1) Class B Common Share to such Person on such date for each Operating Group Unit held. In the event that a holder of a Class B Common Share shall subsequent to the BRH Holdings Cessation Date cease to be the record holder of any such Operating Group Unit, the Class B Common Share held by such holder with respect to such Operating Group Unit shall be automatically cancelled without any further action of any Person and such holder shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Class B Common Share so cancelled. Upon the issuance to it of a Class B Common Share, each holder thereof shall automatically and without further action be admitted to the Company as a Member of the Company.

(d)    The Manager may, without the consent or approval of any Members, amend this Agreement and make any filings under the Delaware Act or otherwise to the extent the Manager determines that it is necessary or desirable in order to effectuate any issuance of Shares pursuant to this Article III , including, without limitation, an amendment of Section 3.2(b) .

Section 3.3     Certificates .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the Manager shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Shares, Shares shall not be evidenced by certificates.

(b)    In the event that Certificates are issued:

(i)    such Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Manager (and by any authorized officer of the Company on behalf of the Manager).

(ii)    No Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided , however , that if the Manager elects to issue certificates evidencing Shares in global form, the certificates evidencing Shares shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the certificates evidencing the Shares have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Company.

(iii)    If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the authorized officers of the Company, on behalf of the Manager, shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and class or series of Shares as the Certificate so surrendered.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

(iv)    The authorized officers of the Company, on behalf of the Manager, shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(A)    makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(B)    requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the Manager has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(C)    if requested by the Manager, delivers to the Manager a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Manager may direct to indemnify the Company, the Manager and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(D)    satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Manager.

(v)    If a Member fails to notify the Manager within a reasonable time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a Transfer of the Shares represented by the Certificate is registered before the Manager or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Member shall be precluded from making any claim against the Manager, the Company or the Transfer Agent for such Transfer or for a new Certificate. As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 3.3 , the Manager may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent and the Manager) connected therewith.

Section 3.4     Record Holders . The Company shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the owner of a Share and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Share on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Company shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law, including any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Shares are listed for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Shares, as between the Company on the one hand, and such other Person on the other, such representative Person shall be deemed the Record Holder of such Share.

Section 3.5     Registration and Transfer of Shares .

(a)    No Share shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article III . Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Share not made in accordance with this Article III shall be null and void.

(b)    Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any equityholder of the Manager of any or all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in the Manager.

(c)    The authorized officers of the Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 3.5(d) , the Company will provide for the registration and Transfer of Shares. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Shares and Transfers of such Shares as herein provided.

(d)    In furtherance, and not in limitation, of this Section 3.5 , in the event that Shares are evidenced by Certificates, the provisions of this Section 3.5(c) shall apply to any Transfer of Shares and the Company shall not recognize Transfers of a Certificate unless such Transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 3.5 . Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of Transfer of any Shares evidenced by a

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Certificate to the Company, and subject to the provisions of this Section 3.5(d) , the authorized officers of the Company, on behalf of the Manager, shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Shares as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.7 , the Company shall not recognize any Transfer of Shares evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Shares are surrendered for registration of such Transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the Manager for such Transfer; provided that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 3.5 , the Manager may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

(e)    Shares shall be freely transferable subject to the following: (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.5 ; (ii)  Section 3.4 ; (iii)  Section 3.6 ; (iv)  Section 3.10 ; (v) with respect to any series of Shares, the provisions of any Share Designations, or amendments to this Agreement establishing such series; (vi) any contractual provisions that are binding on any Member; and (vii) any provisions of Applicable Law, including the Securities Act.

Section 3.6     Restrictions on Transfers .

(a)    Except as provided in Section 3.6(c) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article III , no Transfer of any Shares shall be made if such Transfer would:

(i)    violate the then Applicable Law, including U.S. federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the SEC, any state securities commission or any other applicable securities laws of a Governmental Entity (including those outside the jurisdiction of the U.S.) with jurisdiction over such Transfer or have the effect of rendering unavailable any exemption under Applicable Law relied upon for a prior transfer of such Shares;

(ii)    terminate the existence or qualification of the Company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation;

(iii)    cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed);

(iv)    require the Company to be subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act; or

(v)    result in (A) all or any portion of the Assets of the Company becoming or being deemed to be “plan assets” (pursuant to ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law or otherwise) of any existing or contemplated Member or be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or any applicable Similar Law, or (B) the Manager becoming or being deemed to be a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Member pursuant to ERISA, the Code, any applicable Similar Law or otherwise.

(b)    The Manager may impose restrictions on the Transfer of Shares if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to avoid a significant risk of the Company becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Manager may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement without the approval of the Members.

(c)    Nothing contained in this Article III , or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude (i) the Company from complying with its obligations under the Initial Offering Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) the settlement of any transactions involving Shares entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Shares are listed for trading.

(d)    By acceptance of the Transfer of any Share, and subject to compliance with Sections 3.5 and 3.6 with respect to such Transfer, each transferee of a Share (including any nominee holder or an agent or

 

A-17


Table of Contents

representative acquiring such Shares for the account of another Person): (i) shall be admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member with respect to the Shares so Transferred to such transferee when any such Transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Company; (ii) shall be deemed to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; (iii) shall become the Record Holder of the Shares so Transferred; (iv) grants powers of attorney to the officers of the Company and any Liquidator of the Company, as specified herein; and (v) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement.

(e)    Any Transfer of a Share shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Member pursuant to this Article III .

(f)    The Transfer of any Shares and the admission of any new Member shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(g)    For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions on the Transfer of Shares contained herein shall be in addition to restrictions on the Transfer of Shares applicable to a Member pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered into among the Company and such Member.

Section 3.7     Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees .

(a)    If any Company Group Member is or becomes subject to any Applicable Law that, in the determination of the Manager in its sole discretion, creates a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Company Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any Member, the Manager may request any Member (or, in the case of a Member that is an entity, its direct or indirect equity owners, as required) to furnish to the Manager, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Member is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such other Person) as the Manager may request. If a Member fails to furnish to the Manager within such 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information, or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the Manager determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Member is not an Eligible Citizen, the Shares owned by such Member shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.8 . The Manager also may require in its sole discretion that the status of any such Member be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the Manager (or its designee) shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Member in respect of such Shares.

(b)    Upon dissolution of the Company, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 9.3 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Company shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of the distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for the Company’s purposes as a purchase by the Company from the Non-citizen Assignee of their Shares (representing their right to receive such share of such distribution in kind).

(c)    At any time after such Member can and does certify that they have become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the Manager, request that with respect to any Shares of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 3.8 , such Non-citizen Assignee be admitted as a Member, and upon approval of the Manager in its sole discretion, such Non-citizen Assignee shall be admitted as a Member and shall no longer constitute a Non-citizen Assignee and the Manager (or its designee) shall cease to be deemed to be the Member in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Shares.

Section 3.8     Redemption of Shares of Non-citizen Assignees .

(a)    If at any time a Member fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 3.7(a) , or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or

 

A-18


Table of Contents

other information the Manager determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Member is not an Eligible Citizen, the Manager, in its sole discretion, may cause the Company to, unless the Member establishes to the satisfaction of the Manager that such Member is an Eligible Citizen or has Transferred his, her or its Shares to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and such Person furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the Manager prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Shares of such Member as follows:

(i)    The Manager shall, not later than the 30 th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Member, at his last address designated on the records of the Company or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the redeemable Shares, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon the redemption of the redeemable Shares (or, if later in the case of redeemable Shares evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificates evidencing such redeemable Shares) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Member would otherwise be entitled in respect of the redeemable Shares will accrue or be made.

(ii)    The aggregate redemption price payable by the Company for Shares redeemable under this Section 3.8 shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Shares of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Shares of each such class included among the redeemable Shares, as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. Prior to such time as the Shares are listed on a National Securities Exchange, the Current Market Price shall be determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. The redemption price shall be paid as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Company in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 7% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii)    The Member (or its duly authorized representative) shall be entitled to receive the payment for the redeemable Shares at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of redeemable Shares evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Member, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the certificates, evidencing the redeemable Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv)    After the redemption date, redeemable Shares shall no longer constitute Outstanding Shares.

(b)    The provisions of this Section 3.8 shall also be applicable to Shares held by a Member as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.

(c)     Nothing in this Section 3.8 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from Transferring his Shares before the redemption date if such Transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a Transfer, the Manager shall withdraw the notice of redemption; provided , the transferee of such Shares certifies to the satisfaction of the Manager in a Citizenship Certification that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

Section 3.9     Rights of Members .

(a)    In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by Applicable Law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b) , each Member shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a Member in the Company, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Member’s own expense:

(i)    promptly after its becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Company’s U.S. federal, state and local income tax returns for each year; and

 

A-19


Table of Contents

(ii)    to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto have been executed.

(b)    The Manager may keep confidential from the Members, for such period of time as the Manager determines in its sole discretion: (i) any information that the Manager believes to be in the nature of trade secrets; or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the Manager believes: (A) is not in the best interests of the Company Group; (B) could damage the Company Group or its business; or (C) that any Company Group Member is required by Applicable Law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Company, the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.9 ).

Section 3.10     ERISA Ownership Limitations .

(a)    Unless permitted by the Manager pursuant to a written waiver, any purported acquisition or holding of a Share with the assets of any Plan will be void and shall have no force and effect. In addition, if any ERISA Person acquires or holds Shares in violation of the foregoing sentence, (i) the Shares acquired or held by such ERISA Person shall be deemed to be “Shares-in-Trust” to prevent the Assets from being treated as “plan assets” that are subject to Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any Similar Laws; (ii) such Shares shall be transferred automatically and by operation of law to an ERISA Trust (as described below); and (iii) the ERISA Persons purportedly owning such Shares-in-Trust (the “ Prohibited Owner ”) shall submit such Shares for registration in the name of the ERISA Trust. Such transfer to an ERISA Trust and the designation of Shares as Shares-in-Trust shall be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the event that otherwise could have caused the Assets to be treated as “plan assets” that are subject to Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any Similar Laws. The Manager shall not permit a waiver of the type described in the first sentence of this Section 3.10(a) unless the Person for which such waiver is provided represents to the Manager in writing, or the Manager otherwise determines, that such purchase and holding of Shares will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of Similar Laws and will not cause the Assets to be treated as “plan assets” or equity participation in the Company by “benefit plan investors” to be “significant” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulation).

(b)    During the period prior to the discovery of the existence of the ERISA Trust, any transfer of Shares by an ERISA Person to a non-ERISA Person shall reduce the number of Shares-in-Trust on a one-for-one basis, and to that extent such Shares shall cease to be designated as Shares-in-Trust. After the discovery of the existence of the ERISA Trust, but prior to the redemption of all discovered Shares-in-Trust and/or the submission of all discovered Shares-in-Trust for registration in the name of the ERISA Trust, any transfer of Shares by an ERISA Person to a non-ERISA Person shall reduce the number of Shares-in-Trust on a one-for-one basis, and to that extent such Shares shall cease to be designated as Shares-in-Trust.

(c)    If any Shares are deemed “Shares-in-Trust,” the Prohibited Owner shall immediately cease to own any right or interest with respect to such Shares and the Company will have the right to repurchase such Shares-in-Trust for an amount equal to their Current Market Price, which proceeds shall be payable to the Prohibited Owner.

(d)    (i)    Upon any purported transfer or other event that would result in a transfer of Shares to an ERISA Trust, such Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to a Trustee as trustee of such ERISA Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the ERISA Trust. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Company as provided below.

(ii)    Shares held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Shares of the Company. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the Shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any Shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no

 

A-20


Table of Contents

rights to any distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the Shares held in the ERISA Trust.

(iii)    The Trustee shall have all consent rights and rights to distributions with respect to Shares held in the ERISA Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Manager that the Shares have been transferred to the ERISA Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no consent rights with respect to Shares held in the ERISA Trust and, effective as of the date that the Shares have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (A) to rescind as void any consent cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Manager that the Shares have been transferred to the Trustee and (B) to recast such consent in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary, provided that if the Company has already taken irreversible action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Manager has received notification that Shares have been transferred into an ERISA Trust, the Manager shall be entitled to rely on its Shares transfer and other Company records for purposes of preparing lists of Record Holders entitled to consent at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise obtaining consents of Members.

(iv)    Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Manager that Shares have been transferred to the ERISA Trust, the Trustee of the ERISA Trust shall sell the Shares held in the ERISA Trust to a Person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the Shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth herein. Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided herein. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (A) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the Shares in connection with the event causing the Shares to be held in the ERISA Trust ( e.g.,  in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Current Market Price of the Shares on the day of the event causing the Shares to be held in the ERISA Trust and (B) the price received by the Trustee from the sale or other disposition of the Shares held in the ERISA Trust. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Company that Shares have been transferred to the Trustee, such Shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (X) such Shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the ERISA Trust and (Y) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such Shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive hereunder, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

(v)    Shares transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Company, or its designee, at a price per Share equal to the lesser of (1) the price per Share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the ERISA Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Current Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (2) the Current Market Price on the date the Company, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Company shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the Shares held in the ERISA Trust. Upon such a sale to the Company, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

(vi)    By written notice to the Trustee, the Manager shall designate one or more non-profit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that the Shares held in the ERISA Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth herein in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

(e)    The provisions of Section 3.10 shall cease to apply and all Shares-in-Trust shall cease to be designated as Shares-in Trust and shall be returned, automatically and by operation of law, to their Prohibited Owners, all of which shall occur at such time as Shares qualify as a class of “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations.

ARTICLE IV

SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS.

Section 4.1     Splits and Combinations .

(a)    Subject to Section 4.1(d) , the Company may make a pro rata distribution of Shares of any class or series to all Record Holders of such class or series of Shares, or may effect a subdivision or combination of Shares of any class or series so long as, after any such event, each Member shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Company as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Share basis (including voting rights) or stated as a number of Shares are proportionately adjusted.

(b)    Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Shares is declared, the Manager shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The Manager also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Shares to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The Manager shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c)    In the event that Certificates are issued, promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Company may issue new Certificates to the Record Holders of Shares or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Shares as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Shares or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Shares held by such Record Holders, or the Manager may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Outstanding Shares or outstanding options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Shares, the Company shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of any such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d)    The Company shall not issue fractional Shares upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Shares. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Shares would otherwise result in the issuance of fractional Shares, each fractional Share shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share (and a 0.5 Share shall be rounded to the next higher Share).

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; ALLOCATIONS OF TAX ITEMS; DISTRIBUTIONS.

Section 5.1     Maintenance of Capital Accounts; Allocations .

(a)    There shall be established for each Member on the books of the Company as of the date such Member becomes a Member a capital account (each being a "Capital Account"). Each Capital Contribution by any Member, if any, shall be credited to the Capital Account of such Member on the date such Capital Contribution is made to the Company. In addition, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (a) credited with (i) such Member’s allocable share of any Net Income of the Company, and (ii) the amount of any Company liabilities that are assumed by the Member or secured by any Company property distributed to the Member, (b) debited with (i) the amount of distributions (and deemed distributions) to such Member of cash

 

A-22


Table of Contents

or the fair market value of other property so distributed, (ii) such Member’s allocable share of Net Loss of the Company and expenditures of the Company described or treated under Section 704(b) of the Code as described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, and (iii) the amount of any liabilities of the Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by the Member to the Company and (c) otherwise maintained in accordance with the provisions of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. Any other item which is required to be reflected in a Member’s Capital Account under Section 704(b) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or otherwise under this Agreement shall be so reflected. The Manager shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a Member’s interest in the Company. Interest shall not be payable on Capital Account balances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Manager shall maintain the Capital Accounts of the Members in accordance with the principles and requirements set forth in Section 704(b) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Capital Account of each holder of Class B Common Shares shall at all times be zero, except to the extent such holder also holds Shares other than Class B Common Shares.

(b)    Net Income (Loss) of the Company for each tax year shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts of the Members in a manner that as closely as possible gives economic effect to the manner in which distributions are made to the Members pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.2(e) and 9.3.

(c)    All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated among the Members for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes consistent with the manner that the corresponding constituent items of Net Income (Loss) shall be allocated among the Members pursuant to this Agreement, except as may otherwise be provided herein or by the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager in its sole discretion shall make such allocations for tax purposes as may be needed to ensure that allocations are in accordance with the interests of the Members in the Company, within the meaning of the Code and United States Treasury Regulations. The Manager shall determine all matters concerning allocations for tax purposes not expressly provided for herein in its sole discretion. For the proper administration of the Company and for the preservation of uniformity of Shares (or any portion or class or classes thereof), the Manager may (i) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of United States Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of Shares (or any portion or class or classes thereof), and (ii) adopt and employ or modify such conventions and methods as the Manager determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate for (A) the determination for tax purposes of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit and the allocation of such items among Members and between transferors and transferees under this Agreement and pursuant to the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (B) the determination of the identities and tax classification of Members, (C) the valuation of Company assets and the determination of tax basis, (D) the allocation of asset values and tax basis, (E) the adoption and maintenance of accounting methods and (F) taking into account differences between the Carrying Values of Company assets and such asset adjusted tax basis pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d)    Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Member under the provisions of this Article V shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Shares held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Company in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the Manager in its sole discretion.

Section 5.2     Distributions to Record Holders .

(a)    Subject to the applicable provisions of the Delaware Act, the Manager may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, declare, make and pay distributions of cash or other assets to the Members. Subject to the terms of any Share Designation, distributions shall be paid to Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests as of the Record Date selected by the Manager. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Company shall not make or pay any

 

A-23


Table of Contents

distributions of cash or other assets with respect to the Class B Common Share except for distributions consisting only of additional Class B Common Shares paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding Class B Common Share.

(b)    Notwithstanding Section 5.2(a) , in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Company, all distributions shall be made in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 9.3 .

(c)    Pursuant to Section 8.4 , the Company is authorized to withhold from payments or other distributions to the Members, and to pay over to any U.S. federal, state and local government or any foreign government, any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any other Applicable Law.

(d)    Each distribution in respect of any Shares shall be paid by the Company, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Shares as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Company’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2 to the contrary, after an Initial Offering, the following amounts shall be distributed solely to holders of Class A Common Shares that acquired such shares as a result of the conversion of Notes into Class A Shares: (i) any interest on the Notes that was accrued and unpaid at the IPO Date, (ii) any amount Deemed Distribution Reserve as such term is defined in the Strategic Agreement and (iii) any other amount distributable solely to a Noteholder or former Noteholder pursuant to the Strategic Agreement after the IPO Date.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 6.1     Management .

(a)    The Manager shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Company for so long as the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns at least 10% of the Voting Power. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Manager, and no other Member shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Company. In the event that the Apollo Group no longer Beneficially Owns, in the aggregate, 10% or more of the Voting Power of the Company, the Board or its designee shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Company or, as contemplated under Section 6.3 , shall exercise all of the powers granted to the Manager hereunder.

(b)    In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to the Manager under any other provision of this Agreement, the Manager, subject to Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.2 , shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines, in its sole discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Company, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.6 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.5 , including without limitation the power to:

(i)    vest in the Board any or all powers over the business and affairs of the Company, as the Manager determines, in its sole discretion;

(ii)    make any expenditures, lend or borrow money, assume or guarantee, or otherwise contract for, indebtedness and other liabilities, issue evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities, and incur any other obligations;

(iii)    make tax, regulatory and other filings, or render periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Company;

 

A-24


Table of Contents

(iv)    acquire, dispose of, mortgage, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or exchange any or all of the assets of the Company or merge or otherwise combine the Company with or into another Person (subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 6.2 , Article XI );

(v)    use the assets of the Company (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the distribution of Company cash, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Company Group; subject to applicable securities laws, the lending of funds to other Persons; the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Company Group Member and the making of capital contributions to any Company Group Member;

(vi)    negotiate, execute and perform any contract, conveyance or other instrument (including instruments that limit the liability of the Manager under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Company, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the Manager or its assets other than its interest in the Company, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Company than would otherwise be the case);

(vii)    select, appoint and dismiss the Company’s officers and employees (including employees having titles such as “chief executive officer,” “senior managing director,” “president,” “vice president,” “secretary,” “treasurer” or any other titles the Manager in its sole discretion may determine) and agents, representatives, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii)    maintain insurance for the benefit of the Company Group, the Members and Indemnified Persons;

(ix)    form, or acquire an interest in, and contribute property and make loans to, any limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, corporations or other relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, the Company’s Subsidiaries from time to time);

(x)    control any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Company, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi)    indemnify any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by Applicable Law;

(xii)    enter into listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and delist some or all of the Shares from, or request that trading be suspended on, any such exchange;

(xiii)    purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities;

(xiv)    undertake any action in connection with the Company’s participation in the management of the Company Group through its managers, directors, officers or employees or the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of the Company Group Members, including, without limitation, all things described in or contemplated by any Registration Statement and the agreements described in or filed as exhibits to any Registration Statement;

(xv)    cause to be registered for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws, any securities of, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into securities of, the Company held by any Person;

(xvi)    declare or pay any distributions of cash or other assets to Members;

(xvii)    file a bankruptcy petition; and

(xviii)    execute and deliver agreements with Affiliates of the Company or any Company Group Member to render services to a Company Group Member.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

(c)    In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the Manager may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Member of any action taken (or not taken) by it. Neither the Company nor the Manager shall have any liability to a Member for monetary damages or otherwise for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by such Member in connection with such decisions.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Delaware Act or any Applicable Law, each of the Members and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Company securities hereby:

(i)    approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Strategic Agreement, the Notes, the Lender Rights Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the CS Rights Agreement, the Roll-up Agreements and the other agreements described in or contemplated by any Registration Statement;

(ii)    agrees that the Manager is authorized to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Company the agreements referred to in Section 6.1(d)(i) and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by any Registration Statement, without any further act, approval or vote of the Members or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Company securities; and

(iii)    agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the Company, any Company Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them, of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the Company of any duty that the Company may owe the Members or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty (fiduciary or otherwise) existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

Section 6.2     Restrictions on Manager’s Authority .

(a)    The Manager shall have the right to exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its duly authorized representatives or the duly authorized officers of the Company, and the Manager shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence on the part of any such officer or representative duly appointed or duly authorized by the Manager in good faith.

(b)    Except as provided in Article IX and Article XI , the Manager may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company Group’s assets, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a majority of the Voting Power of the Company; provided , however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the Manager’s ability, in its sole discretion, to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Company Group (including for the benefit of Persons other than members of the Company Group, including Affiliates of the Manager) and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Company Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 6.3     Resignation of the Manager . The Manager, may resign at any time by giving notice of such resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein. The acceptance of such resignation by the Board shall not be necessary to make it effective. The Manager may at any time designate a substitute manager that is a member of the Apollo Group, which substitute manager shall, upon the later of the acceptance of such designation and the effective date of such resignation of the departing Manager, be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and be deemed the “Manager” for all purposes hereunder. In the event the Manager resigns and does not designate a substitute manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Board shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Company and shall exercise all of the powers granted to the Manager hereunder.

Section 6.4     Board Generally . Following an Initial Offering, the Manager shall establish the Board, unless the Manager determines, in its sole discretion, to establish the Board prior to the Initial Offering. For so long as

 

A-26


Table of Contents

the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the Voting Power of the Company, the Manager shall (i) nominate and elect all Directors on the Board, (ii) set the number of Directors which shall constitute the Board and (iii) fill any vacancies on the Board. Each Director elected by the Manager shall hold office until such Director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such Director’s death or until such Director resigns or is removed in the manner hereinafter provided. In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Voting Power of the Company, the number of directors which will constitute the Board shall be set by resolution of the Board.

Section 6.5     Election of Directors . In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Voting Power of the Company, (i) Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of Members, except as provided in Section 6.8 and each Director elected shall hold office until the succeeding meeting after such Director’s election and until such Director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such Director’s death or until such Director resigns or is removed in the manner hereinafter provided and (ii) Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of Outstanding Voting Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of Directors at any annual or special meeting of Members.

Section 6.6     Removal . For so long as the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the Voting Power of the Company, any Director may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by the Manager. In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Outstanding Voting Power of the Company, any Director or the whole Board may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by the affirmative vote of holders of 50% of the Voting Power of the Company, given at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of Members called for that purpose.

Section 6.7     Resignations . Any Director may resign at any time by giving notice of such Director’s resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, then it shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Company of such resignation. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.8     Vacancies . For so long as the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the Voting Power of the Company, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, any vacancy on the Board will be filled by a designee of the Manager. In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Voting Power of the Company, unless otherwise required by law, (i) any vacancy on the Board that results from newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancies may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, (ii) any Director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of Directors shall have the same remaining term as that of such Director’s predecessor and until such Director’s successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal, (iii) if there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by the DGCL, as though the Company were a Delaware corporation and as though the Members were stockholders of a Delaware corporation.

Section 6.9     Chairman of Meetings . The Manager may elect one of the Directors then in office as Chairman of the Board. At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman of the Board’s absence, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary of the Company shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 6.10     Place of Meetings . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Section 6.11     Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board may be called by either the Manager, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or, upon a resolution adopted by the Board, by the Secretary (or other officer of the Company if the Secretary is unavailable) on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to each Director, either personally or by telephone or by mail, facsimile, wireless or other form of recorded or electronic communication, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate under the circumstances. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any Director, however, if waived by such Director in writing or by facsimile, wireless or other form of recorded or electronic communication, or if such Director shall be present at such meeting.

Section 6.12     Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting by the Board or any committee thereof, as the case may be, may be taken without a meeting if a consent thereto is signed or transmitted electronically, as the case may be, by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 6.13     Conference Telephone Meetings . Members of the Board, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 6.14     Quorum . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the then total number of Directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. At all meetings of any committee of the Board, the presence of a majority of the total number of members of such committee (assuming no vacancies) shall constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the Directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board or such committee, as the case may be. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board or any committee, a majority of the Directors or members, as the case may be, present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting.

Section 6.15     Committees . The Manager may designate one (1) or more committees consisting of one (1) or more Directors of the Company, which, to the extent provided in such designation, shall have and may exercise, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the powers and authority granted hereunder. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by the Manager. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place, if any, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the Manager shall otherwise provide. The Manager shall have power to change the members of any such committee at any time to fill vacancies, and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time. The Secretary of the Company shall act as Secretary of any committee, unless otherwise provided by the Board or the Committee. From after the IPO Date, the Manager shall cause the Company to form, constitute and empower each of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee, which shall have such powers and rights as the Manager shall set forth in its written resolution.

Section 6.16     Remuneration . Unless otherwise expressly provided by the Manager, none of the Directors shall, as such, receive any stated remuneration for such Director’s services; but the Manager may at any time and from time to time by resolution provide that a specified sum shall be paid to any Director, payable in cash or securities, either as such Director’s annual remuneration as Director or member of any special or standing committee of the Board or as remuneration for such Director’s attendance at each meeting of the Board or any such committee. The Manager may also provide that the Company shall reimburse each Director for any expenses paid by such Director on account of such Director’s attendance at any meeting. Nothing in this Section 6.16 shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Section 6.17     Reimbursement of the Manager .

(a)    Except as provided in this Section 6.17 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the Manager shall not be compensated for its services as manager or general partner of any Company Group Member.

(b)    The Manager shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other reasonable basis as the Manager may determine, in its sole discretion, for: (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Company Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the Manager to perform services for the Company Group or for the Manager in the discharge of its duties to the Company Group); and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Company Group or otherwise incurred by the Manager in connection with operating the Company Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the Manager by its Affiliates). The Manager in its sole discretion shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Company Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 6.17 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the Manager as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.20 .

(c)    The Manager may, in its sole discretion, without the approval of the other Members (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), propose and adopt on behalf of the Company Group equity benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities), or cause the Company to issue Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any such equity benefit plan, program or practice or any equity benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the Manager or any of its Affiliates in respect of services performed directly or indirectly for the benefit of the Company Group. The Company agrees to issue and sell to the Manager or any of its Affiliates any Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities that the Manager or such Affiliates are obligated to provide pursuant to any equity benefit plans, programs or practices maintained or sponsored by them. Expenses incurred by the Manager in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the Manager or such Affiliates of Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities purchased by the Manager or such Affiliates from the Company to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 6.17(b) .

Section 6.18     Outside Activities .

(a)    The Manager, for so long as it is a manager of the Company: (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a manager, managing member or general partner, and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto, of (x) the Company and any other limited liability company or partnership of which the Company is, directly or indirectly, a member or partner, or (y) any member of the Apollo Group; and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to: (A) its performance as manager, managing member or general partner of one or more Company Group Members or manager, managing member or general partner of one or more members of the Apollo Group; or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Company Group Member or member of the Apollo Group.

(b)    Except insofar as the Manager is specifically restricted by Section 6.18(a) , each Indemnified Person shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Company Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Company Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise to any Company Group Member or any Member or Record Holder. None of any Company Group Member, any Member or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Indemnified Person.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

(c)    Subject to the terms of Section 6.18(a) and (b) , and subject to any agreement between the Manager or the Company and any Indemnified Person, but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein: (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnified Person (other than the Manager) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.18 is hereby approved by the Company and all the Members; (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of the Manager’s or any other Indemnified Person’s duties or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the Manager or any other Indemnified Person for the Indemnified Person (other than the Manager) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of any Company Group Member; (iii) the Manager and the Indemnified Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise to present business opportunities to any Company Group Member; and (iv) the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” or other analogous doctrine shall not apply to any such Indemnified Person.

(d)    The Manager may cause the Company or any other Company Group Member to purchase or otherwise acquire Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities. Affiliates of the Manager may acquire Shares or other Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise all rights of the Manager or a Member, as applicable, relating to such Shares or Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities.

Section 6.19     Loans from the Manager; Loans or Contributions from the Company; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the Manager .

(a)    Affiliates of the Manager may, but shall be under no obligation to, lend to any Company Group Member, and any Company Group Member may borrow from Affiliates of the Manager, funds needed or desired by the Company Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the Manager may determine, in each case on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Company; provided , however , that the requirements of this Section 6.19 conclusively shall be deemed satisfied and not a breach of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise as to any transaction: (i) approved by Special Approval; (ii) the terms of which are no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or (iii) that is fair and reasonable to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be or have been particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company).

(b)    Any Company Group Member may lend or contribute to any other Company Group Member, and any Company Group Member may borrow from any other Company Group Member, funds on terms and conditions determined by the Manager. The foregoing authority shall be exercised by the Manager in its sole discretion and shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Company Group Member or any other Person.

(c)    Affiliates of the Manager may render services to a Company Group Member or to the Manager in the discharge of its duties as manager of the Company. Any services rendered to a Company Group Member by an Affiliate of the Manager shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Company; provided , however , that the requirements of this Section 6.19(c) conclusively shall be deemed satisfied and not a breach of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise as to any transaction: (i) approved by Special Approval; (ii) the terms of which are no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or (iii) that is fair and reasonable to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be or have been particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company). The provisions of Section 6.17 shall apply to the rendering of services described in this Section 6.19(c) .

(d)    The Manager or any of its Affiliates may Transfer any property to, or purchase any property from, the Company, directly or indirectly, pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Company; provided , however that the requirements of this Section 6.19(d) conclusively shall be deemed to be satisfied

 

A-30


Table of Contents

and not a breach of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise as to: (i) the transactions described in or contemplated by any Registration Statement; (ii) any transaction approved by Special Approval; (iii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or (iv) any transaction that is fair and reasonable to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be or have been particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company). With respect to any contribution of assets to the Company in exchange for Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities, the Conflicts Committee (if utilized), in determining whether the appropriate number of Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Company securities are being issued, may take into account, among other things, the fair market value of the assets, the liquidated and contingent liabilities assumed, the tax basis in the assets, the extent to which tax-only allocations to the transferor will protect the existing partners of the Company against a low tax basis, and such other factors as the Conflicts Committee deems relevant under the circumstances.

Section 6.20     Indemnification .

(a)    To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnified Persons shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnified Person whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after the date of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Indemnified Person shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnified Person is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.20 , the Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.20(k) , the Company shall be required to indemnify a Person described in such sentence in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Person only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such Person was authorized by the Manager in its sole discretion.

(b)    To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in appearing at, participating in or defending any indemnifiable claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding pursuant to Section 6.20(a) shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a final and non-appealable determination that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Peron to repay such amount if it ultimately shall be determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.20 . Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.20(k) , the Company shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Person only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such Person was authorized by the Manager in its sole discretion.

(c)    The indemnification provided by this Section 6.20 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnified Person may be entitled under this or any other agreement, pursuant to a vote of a majority of disinterested Directors with respect to such matter, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnified Person’s capacity as an Indemnified Person and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

(d)    The Company may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the Manager, its Affiliates, any other Indemnified Person and such other Persons as the Manager shall determine in its sole discretion, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or any such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    For purposes of this Section 6.20 : (i) the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnified Person to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such Indemnified Person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; (ii) excise taxes assessed on an Indemnified Person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to Applicable Law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 6.20(a) ; and (iii) any action taken or omitted by an Indemnified Person with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.

(f)    Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.20 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company. In no event may an Indemnified Person subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g)    An Indemnified Person shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.20 because the Indemnified Person had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h)    The provisions of this Section 6.20 are for the benefit of the Indemnified Persons and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i)    The Manager and each Director and officer shall, in the performance of his, her or its duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and on such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the officers, directors or employees of the Company or any other Company Group Member, or committees of the Board, or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it) as to matters the Director or the Manager, as the case may be, reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence.

(j)    No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.20 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnified Person to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnified Person under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.20 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or-in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

(k)    If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is being sought) or advancement of expenses under this Section 6.20 is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by any Indemnified Person has been received by the Company, such Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

(l)    This Section 6.20 shall not limit the right of the Company, to the extent and in the manner permitted by Applicable Law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to, and purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of Persons other than Indemnified Persons.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Section 6.21     Liability of Indemnified Persons .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, no Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company, the Members, in their capacity as such, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Company securities, for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnified Person, or for any breach of contract (including breach of this Agreement) or any breach of duties (including breach of fiduciary duties) whether arising hereunder, at law, in equity or otherwise, unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.

(b)    Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.21 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnified Persons under this Section 6.21 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted, and provided such Person became an Indemnified Person hereunder prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

Section 6.22     Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties .

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the Manager, one or more Directors or its or their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company, any Company Group Member or any Member, on the other hand, any resolution or course of action by the Manager or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Members, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, including any fiduciary duty, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is: (i) approved by Special Approval; (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Company, Company Group Member or Member, as applicable, than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or (iii) fair and reasonable to the Company taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company).

The Manager shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the Manager may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. Failure to seek Special Approval shall not be deemed to indicate that a conflict of interest exists or that Special Approval could not have been obtained. If Special Approval is not sought and the Manager determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (ii)  or (iii)  of this Section 6.22(a) , then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Manager acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company, any Member or any other Person challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein or any duty otherwise existing in law, equity, or otherwise, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in any Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Members and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

(b)    The Members hereby authorize the Manager, on behalf of the Company as a partner or member of a Company Group Member, to approve of actions by the directors, general partner, managers or managing member of such Company Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the Manager pursuant to this Section 6.22 .

(c)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein or any Applicable Law, whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, the Manager, in its capacity as the manager of the Company, is permitted to or required to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or

 

A-33


Table of Contents

“discretion” or that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, then the Manager, or any of its Affiliates that cause it to make any such decision, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, make such decision in its sole discretion (regardless of whether there is a reference to “sole discretion” or “discretion”), and shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or the Members, and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby, under the Delaware Act or under any other Applicable Law or in equity. Whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise the Manager is permitted to or required to make a decision in its “good faith” then for purposes of this Agreement, the Manager, or any of its Affiliates that cause it to make any such decision, shall be conclusively presumed to be acting in good faith if such Person or Persons subjectively believe(s) that the decision made or not made is in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Manager and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to: (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Company Group; or (ii) permit any Company Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the Manager and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the Manager or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in such Person’s sole discretion.

(e)    Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, neither the Manager nor any other Indemnified Person shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Company, any Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or otherwise modify or eliminate the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Manager or any other Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Manager or such other Indemnified Person.

(f)    The Members expressly acknowledge that the Manager is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Members (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Members) in deciding whether to cause the Company to take (or decline to take) any actions, and that the Manager shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by Members in connection with such decisions.

Section 6.23     Other Matters Concerning the Manager .

(a)    The Manager may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b)    The Manager shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers or any duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact, and the Manager shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence on the part of any such officer or attorney. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the Manager in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty that is permitted or required to be done by the Manager hereunder.

Section 6.24     Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, any Person dealing with the Company shall be entitled to assume that the Manager, its representatives and any officer of the Company authorized by the Manager to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Company, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Manager, any such representative or any such officer as if it were the Company’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Member hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Manager, any such representative or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Manager or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Manager or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company by the Manager or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that: (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect; (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Company; and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS; RECORDS; ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 7.1     Records and Accounting . The Manager shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Members any information required to be provided pursuant to this Agreement. Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Company in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Members, books of account and records of Company proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Company shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Section 7.2     Fiscal Year . The fiscal year for tax and financial reporting purposes of the Company shall be a calendar year ending December 31 unless otherwise required by the Code or permitted by Applicable Law.

Section 7.3     Reports .

(a)    As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company, the Manager shall cause to be mailed or made available to each Record Holder, as of a date selected by the Manager, an annual report containing financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year of the Company, presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a registered public accounting firm selected by the Manager.

(b)    As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the Manager shall cause to be mailed or made available to each Record Holder, as of a date selected by the Manager in its sole discretion, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Company and such other information as may be required by Applicable Law or any National Securities Exchange on which the Shares are listed for trading, or as the Manager determines to be necessary.

(c)    The Manager shall be deemed to have made a report available to each Record Holder as required by this Section 7.3 if it has either: (i) filed such report with the SEC via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such report is publicly available on such system; or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Company.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VIII

TAX MATTERS

Section 8.1     Tax Returns and Information . The Company shall timely file all returns of the Company that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and its fiscal year. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to furnish to all Members necessary tax information as promptly as possible after the end of the fiscal year of the Company; provided , however , that delivery of such tax information may be subject to delay as a result of the late receipt of any necessary tax information from an entity in which the Company or any Company Group Member holds an interest. Each Member shall be required to report for all tax purposes consistently with such information provided by the Company.

Section 8.2     Tax Elections .

(a)    The Manager shall determine whether to make or refrain from making the election provided for in Section 754 of the Code, and any and all other elections permitted by the tax laws of the U.S., the several states and other relevant jurisdictions, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the Manager shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Share will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Shares on any National Securities Exchange on which such Shares are traded during the calendar month in which such Transfer occurs as is deemed to occur pursuant to this Agreement without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b)    Except as otherwise provided herein, the Manager shall determine whether the Company should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 8.3     Tax Controversies . The Manager (or such other person as required by applicable law) shall be the Tax Matters Partner. The Manager is authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Company funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Member agrees to cooperate with the Manager and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the Manager to conduct such proceedings. The Company shall give the Manager any required power of attorney to satisfy the intent of this Section 8.3.

Section 8.4     Withholding . Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Manager is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Company and other Company Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other Applicable Law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Company is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Member (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the Manager may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Sections 5.2 or 9.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Member.

Section 8.5     Class B Common Shares . For federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes, no Class B Common Shares shall be treated as outstanding limited liability company membership interests and holders that own only Class B Common Shares shall not be treated as Members.

Section 8.6     Tax Receivable Agreement . In the event the Company is taxed as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes, the Company will enter, and will cause APO LLC, Apollo Principal I, Apollo Principal III, and any other flow-through entity the Issuer owns interests in, to enter, into a tax receivable agreement substantially in the same form as the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

A-36


Table of Contents

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 9.1     Dissolution . The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substitute Members or additional Members following the date hereof. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a)    an election to dissolve the Company by the Manager that is approved by the Members holding a majority of the Voting Power of the Company;

(b)    the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Company;

(c)    the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d)    at any time that there are no Members of the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 9.2     Liquidator .

(a)    Upon dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator (which may be the Manager). The Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by the Manager. The Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by the Manager.

(b)    Upon dissolution, death, incapacity, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be appointed by the Manager. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article IX , the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Manager under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Company as provided for herein.

Section 9.3     Liquidation . The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Company, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 18-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a)    Subject to Section 9.3(c) the assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Members on such terms as the Liquidator and such Member or Members may agree. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Company’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Company’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members. The Liquidator may distribute the Company’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members. If any property is distributed in kind, the Member receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 9.3(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Members. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Members understand and acknowledge that a Member may be compelled to accept a distribution of any asset in kind from the Company despite the fact that the percentage of the asset distributed to such Member exceeds the percentage of that asset which is equal to the percentage in which such Member shares in distributions from the Company.

 

A-37


Table of Contents

(b)    Liabilities of the Company include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 9.2 ) and amounts to Members otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article V . With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be applied to other liabilities or distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c)    Upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to Article IX, all property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 9.3(b) shall be distributed to the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, and shall also take into consideration any liquidation preference that the Noteholders are entitled to receive under the Strategic Agreement.

Section 9.4     Cancellation of Certificate of Formation . Upon the completion of the distribution of Company cash and property as provided in Section 9.3 in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the Certificate of Formation and all qualifications of the Company as a foreign limited liability company in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company shall be taken.

Section 9.5     Return of Contributions . The Manager, the Members and the officers of the Company will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets.

Section 9.6     Waiver of Partition . To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Member hereby waives any right to partition of the Company property.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

Section 10.1     Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager . Each Member agrees that the Manager, without the approval of any Member, the Board or any other Person, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a)    a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company;

(b)    the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement;

(c)    a change that the Manager determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company or a company in which the Members have limited liability under the laws of any state or other jurisdiction or to ensure that the Company Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(d)    a change that the Manager determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation;

(e)    a change that the Manager determines in its sole discretion: (i) does not adversely affect the Members considered as a whole (including any particular class of Shares as compared to other classes of Shares, treating the Common Shares as a separate class for this purpose) in any material respect; (ii) to be

 

A-38


Table of Contents

necessary, desirable or appropriate to: (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. agency or judicial authority or contained in any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. statute (including the Delaware Act); or (B) facilitate the trading of the Shares (including the division of any class or classes of Shares into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Shares) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Shares are or will be listed; (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the Manager pursuant to Section 4.2 ; or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in any Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(f)    a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company including, if the Manager shall so determine in its sole discretion, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company;

(g)    an amendment that the Manager determines is necessary or appropriate based on advice of counsel, to prevent the Company, or the Manager or its partners, officers, trustees, representatives or agents (as applicable) from having a material risk of being in any manner subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(h)    an amendment that the Manager determines in its sole discretion to be necessary, desirable or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Company securities or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Shares;

(i)    any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Manager acting alone;

(j)    an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 11.3 ;

(k)    an amendment that the Manager determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Company of, or investment by the Company in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Company of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.5 or Section 6.1 ;

(l)     a merger, conversion or conveyance pursuant to Section 11.3(d) , including any amendment permitted pursuant to Section 11.5 ; or

(m)     any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 10.2     Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Section 3.2 , Section 10.1 , Section 10.3 and Section 11.5 , all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the Manager; provided however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Manager shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Company or any Member or other Person bound by this Agreement and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other Applicable Law or at equity. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the Manager and the Members holding a majority of the Voting Power of the Company unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of the Voting Power of the Company shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the Manager shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of the Voting Power of the Company or call a

 

A-39


Table of Contents

meeting of the Members to consider and vote on such proposed amendment, in each case in accordance with the other provisions of this Article X . The Manager shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

Section 10.3     Amendment Requirements .

(a)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.1 , Section 10.2 and Section 11.5 , no provision of this Agreement that requires the vote or consent of Members holding, or holders of, a percentage of the Voting Power of the Company (including the Voting Power in respect of Voting Shares deemed owned by the Manager and its Affiliates) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of Members or holders of Voting Power of the Company whose aggregate Voting Power constitutes not less than the voting or consent requirement sought to be reduced.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.1 and Section 10.2 , no amendment to this Agreement may: (i) enlarge the obligations of any a Member without his, her or its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 10.3(c) ; or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to the Manager or any of its Affiliates without the Manager’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

(c)     Except as provided in Section 10.1 and Section 11.3 , any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Shares in relation to other classes of Shares must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Shares of the class affected.

(d)    Except as provided in Section 10.1 and subject to Section 12.7(c) , this Section 10.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the Members holding of at least 90% of the Voting Power of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 11.1     Authority . The Company may merge or consolidate with one or more limited liability companies or “other business entities” as defined in Section 18-209 of the Delaware Act, or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XI .

Section 11.2     Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion . Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company pursuant to this Article XI requires the prior approval of the Manager; provided , however , that to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Manager shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, may decline to do so free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Company, any Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or other business combination, shall not be required to act pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other Applicable Law.

(a)    If the Manager shall determine to consent to a merger or consolidation, the Manager shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i)     the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

 

A-40


Table of Contents

(ii)     the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii)     the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv)     the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the rights or securities of, or interests in, each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property, rights, or securities of or interests in, the Surviving Business Entity; and if any rights or securities of, or interests in, any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property, rights, or securities of or interests in, the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property, rights, or securities of or interests in, any limited liability company or other business entity which the holders of such rights, securities or interests are to receive, if any;

(v)     a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement, articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi)     the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later than the time of the filing of the certificate of merger or the time stated therein); and

(vii)     such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(b)     If the Manager shall determine to consent to a conversion, the Manager may approve and adopt a Plan of Conversion containing such terms and conditions that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 11.3     Approval by Members of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion or Sales of Substantially All of the Company’s Assets .

(a)    Except as provided in Section 11.3(d) , the Manager, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Members, whether at an annual meeting or a special meeting, in either case, in accordance with the requirements of Article XII . A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of meeting.

(b)    Except as provided in Section 11.3(d) , the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as applicable, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the Voting Power of the Company.

(c)     Except as provided in Section 11.3(d) , after such approval by vote or consent of the Members, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or a certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 11.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(d)     Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Manager is permitted, without Member approval, to convert the Company into a new limited liability entity, or to merge the Company into, or convey all of the Company’s assets to, another limited liability entity, which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Company if: (i) the Manager has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Member or cause the Company to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to

 

A-41


Table of Contents

be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such); (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Company into another limited liability entity; and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Members and the Manager with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e)     No Member is entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal in the event of a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to this Article XI , a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Company’s Subsidiaries, or any other similar transaction or event.

(f)     The Manager may cause the Company to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, or approve on behalf of the Company any such sale, exchange or other disposition, or mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case, without the approval of any Member.

(g)     Without the approval of any Member, the Manager may, at any time, cause the Company to implement a reorganization whereby a Delaware statutory trust (the “ ERISA Trust ”) would hold all Outstanding Class A Common Shares and the holder of each Class A Common Share would receive, in exchange for such Class A Common Shares, a common share of the Trust which would represent one undivided beneficial interest in the Trust, and each common share of the Trust would correspond to one underlying Class A Common Share; provided , however , that the Manager will not implement such a trust structure if, in its sole discretion, it determines that such reorganization would be taxable or otherwise alter the benefits or burdens of ownership of the Class A Common Shares, including altering a Member’s allocation of items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or the treatment of such items for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Manager will also be required to implement the reorganization in such a manner that the reorganization does not have a material effect on the voting or economic rights of Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares.

(h)     Each merger, consolidation or conversion approved pursuant to this Article XI shall provide that all holders of Class A Common Shares shall be entitled to receive the same consideration pursuant to such transaction with respect to each of their Class A Common Shares.

Section 11.4     Certificate of Merger or Conversion . Upon the required approval by the Manager of a Merger Agreement or a Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

Section 11.5     Amendment of Agreement . Pursuant to Section 18-209(f) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger, consolidation or other business combination approved in accordance with this Article XI may:

(a)     effect any amendment to this Agreement; or

(b)     effect the adoption of a new limited liability company agreement for a limited liability company if it is the Surviving Business Entity.

Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger, consolidation or other business combination.

Section 11.6     Effect of Merger .

(a)     At the effective time of the certificate of merger, consolidation or similar certificate:

(i)     all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity and all other things and causes of action belonging to

 

A-42


Table of Contents

each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii)     the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii)     all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv)     all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b)     It is the intent of the parties hereto that a merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article XI shall not be deemed to result in a Transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another.

Section 11.7     Corporate Treatment; Change of Law .

(a)     In the event that the Manager determines the Company should seek relief pursuant to Section 7704(e) of the Code to preserve the status of the Company as a partnership for U.S. federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes, the Company and each Member shall agree to adjustments required by the tax authorities, and the Company shall pay such amounts as required by the tax authorities, to preserve the status of the Company as a partnership for tax purposes.

(b)     If there is a change in the Code or other applicable tax law that causes the Company to be taxable as an association or a corporation, or otherwise imposes taxes with respect to the earnings of the Company or its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, on the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Members in a way that is materially different from the way in which such taxes are imposed as of the date hereof, then the Manager may take such measures as it determines, in consultation with tax counsel, are necessary or advisable to optimize the Company’s tax structure, including causing the Company to be taxed as a corporation.

ARTICLE XII

MEMBER MEETINGS.

Section 12.1     Member Meetings .

(a)     All acts of Members (other than the Manager) to be taken hereunder shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XII . The Manager may, in its sole discretion, call meetings of the Members for the transaction of such business, at such time and place as the Manager shall specify.

(b)     A failure to hold a meeting of the Members at a designated time shall not affect otherwise valid acts of the Company or work a forfeiture or dissolution of the Company.

(c)     In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Voting Power of the Company and the annual meeting for election of Directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the Directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon as is convenient. If there is a failure to hold the annual meeting for a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated, for a period of 13 months after the latest to occur of the date of this Agreement or its last annual meeting, it is the intent of the parties that no annual meeting be held for that year. In such situations, the Manager will provide notice to all Members entitled to vote in the election of Directors as to the manner in which the election shall be conducted and the procedure that such Member must comply with in order to vote in the election of Directors.

(d)     In the event that the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns less than 10% of the Voting Power of the Company, all elections of Directors will be by written ballots; if authorized by the Board, such requirement

 

A-43


Table of Contents

of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be reasonably determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the Member or proxyholder.

(e)    Special meetings of the Members may only be called by either the Manager or the holders of a majority of the Voting Power of the Company.

Section 12.2     Notice of Meetings of Members .

(a)    Notice, stating the place, day and hour of any annual or special meeting of the Members, as determined by the Manager, and: (i) in the case of a special meeting of the Members, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called; or (ii) in the case of an annual meeting, those matters that the Manager, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the Members, shall be delivered by the Company not less than 10 calendar days nor more than 60 calendar days before the date of the meeting, to each Record Holder who is entitled to vote at such meeting. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by Delaware law. Any previously scheduled meeting of the Members may be postponed, and any meeting of the Members may be canceled, by written notice of the Manager prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of the Members.

Section 12.3     Record Date. For purposes of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members, the Manager may set a Record Date, which shall not be (a) less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Shares are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting (pursuant to Section 12.6 ), the date by which Members are requested in writing by the Manager to give such approvals. If no Record Date is fixed by the Manager, then (x) the Record Date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given and (ii) the Record Date for determining the Members entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Company. A determination of Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall apply to any adjournment or postponement of the meeting; provided , however , that the Manager may fix a new Record Date for the adjourned or postponed meeting.

Section 12.4     Quorum: Required Vote for Member Action; Voting for Directors; Adjournment.

(a)    At any meeting of the Members, the holders of a majority of the Voting Power of the Company or of such class or series for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such class or classes or series unless any such action by the Members requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of Voting Power of such Shares, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. The submission of matters to Members for approval shall occur only at a meeting of the Members duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present; provided , however , that the Members present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Shares specified in this Agreement. Any meeting of Members may be adjourned from time to time by the chairman of the meeting to another place or time, without regard to the presence of a quorum.

(b)     All matters properly submitted to Members for approval shall be determined by a majority of the Voting Power of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting (unless a greater percentage is required with respect to such matter under the Delaware Act, under the rules of any National Securities Exchange on which the Shares are listed for trading, or under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the approval of Members holding Outstanding Shares that in the aggregate represent at least such greater percentage shall be required) and such determination shall be deemed to constitute the act of all of the Members.

 

A-44


Table of Contents

(c)    Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast for a particular position.

(d)    In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Members may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of Members holding at least a majority of the Voting Power of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in this Article XII. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XII.

Section 12.5     Conduct of a Meeting; Member Lists . The Manager shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Members, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of this Article XII , the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The Manager shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Company maintained by the Manager. The Manager may make such other regulations consistent with Applicable Law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Members, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote.

Section 12.6     Action Without a Meeting . On any matter that is to be voted on, consented to or approved by Members, the Members may take such action without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the Members having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Section 12.7     Voting and Other Rights .

(a)     Only those Record Holders of Outstanding Shares on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 12.3 shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Members or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Shares have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the holders of Outstanding Shares shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Voting Shares on such Record Date. Each Class A Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof (other than the Investor or any of its Affiliates) to one vote for each Class A Common Share held of record by such holder as of the relevant Record Date. Each Class B Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7(e) .

(b)     With respect to Outstanding Shares that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Outstanding Shares are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Outstanding Shares on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Outstanding Shares in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the Beneficial Owner, and the Company shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry.

(c)     Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, for the avoidance of doubt, the Investor and each of its Affiliates shall be subject to the limitations on voting set forth in this Section 12.7(c) upon becoming a Member (whether at the time of conversion of the Note into Class A Common Shares or otherwise) and for so long as the Investor and its Affiliates Beneficially Own any Shares. Notwithstanding

 

A-45


Table of Contents

anything otherwise to the contrary herein or the terms of any Class A Common Shares, the Investor and each of its Affiliates shall have no voting rights whatsoever with respect to the Company, including any voting rights that may otherwise exist for Members or Record Holders hereunder, under the Delaware Act, at law, in equity or otherwise; provided , that, (i) prior to an Initial Offering, any amendment to Article IV , Article V , Article IX , Section 10.3 , or Section 11.3 of this Agreement that would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Noteholders must be consented to in writing by the Noteholders holding 66% of the aggregate principal balance of the then outstanding Notes; provided, that as long as either Investor (directly or indirectly) holds at least 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes purchased by such Investor under the Strategic Agreement on the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Strategic Agreement), such consent shall also require the separate prior consent of such Investor; and (ii) after an Initial Offering, any amendment to Article IV , Article V , Article IX , Section 10.3 , or Section 11.3 of this Agreement that would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Investors and their Affiliates must be consented to in writing by the Investors and their Affiliates.

(d)     Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Delaware Act or Applicable Law, each of the Members and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Shares hereby agrees that the holders of Class B Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, be included in any requisite quora for and participate in any and all approvals, votes or other actions of the Members on an equivalent basis as holders of Class A Common Shares (including any and all notices, quora, approvals, votes and other actions that may be taken pursuant to the requirements of the Delaware Act or any other Applicable Law), in each case subject to and not in limitation of the rights of the holders of Class B Common Shares as provided in this Agreement.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the holders of Class B Common Shares, as such, collectively shall be entitled to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Operating Group Units outstanding as of the relevant Record Date, less the number of Class A Common Shares outstanding as of the same relevant Record Date (the “ Aggregate Class B Vote ”). Prior to the BRH Holdings Cessation Date, BRH Holdings shall be entitled to all of the votes to which the holders of Class B Common Shares, as such, collectively are then entitled. From and after the BRH Holdings Cessation Date, the Aggregate Class B Vote shall be allocated among all holders of Class B Common Shares (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries), if more than one, as BRH Holdings shall determine in its sole discretion. The number of votes to which the holders of Class B Common Shares shall be entitled shall be adjusted accordingly if (i) a holder of Class A Common Shares, as such, shall become entitled to a number of votes other than one for each Class A Common Share held and/or (ii) under the terms of the Exchange Agreement the holders of Operating Group Units party thereto shall become entitled to exchange each such Operating Group Unit for a number of Class A Common Shares other than one. The holders of Class B Common Shares shall vote together with the holders of Class A Common Shares as a single class and, to the extent that the holders of Class A Common Shares shall vote together with the holders of any other class of limited liability company interests, the holders of Class B Common Shares shall also vote together with the holders of such other class of limited liability company interests on an equivalent basis as the holders of Class A Common Shares.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, and in addition to any other vote required by the Delaware Act or this Agreement, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Class B Common Shares (excluding Class B Common Shares held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) voting separately as a class shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Sections 12.7(d) or 12.7(e) or this Section 12.7(f) , or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

Section 12.8     Proxies and Voting .

(a)    On any matter that is to be voted on by Members, the Members may vote in person or by proxy, and such proxy may be granted in writing, by means of electronic transmission or as otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. Any such proxy shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of

 

A-46


Table of Contents

communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(b)    The Manager may, and to the extent required by Applicable Law, shall, in advance of any meeting of Members, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Manager may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.

(c)    With respect to the use of proxies at any meeting of Members, the Company shall be governed by paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of Section 212 of the DGCL and other applicable provisions of the DGCL, as though the Company were a Delaware corporation and as though the Members were stockholders of a Delaware corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 13.1     Addresses and Notices . Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Member under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Member at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Member hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Shares at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Company, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Shares by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1 executed by the Company, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Company is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Company of a change in his address) if they are available for the Member at the principal office of the Company for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Members. Any notice to the Company shall be deemed given if received by the Secretary at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.4 . The Manager may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Member or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

Section 13.2     Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 13.3     Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 13.4     Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto;

 

A-47


Table of Contents

provided , that nothing contained herein shall be construed to amend or modify in any way the rights and obligations of the respective parties under the Agreement Among Principals, the Shareholders Agreement and the Investors Rights Agreement.

Section 13.5     Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Company.

Section 13.6     Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 13.7     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Share pursuant to Article III , without need for execution hereto.

Section 13.8     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Prior to the Initial Offering, each Member: (i) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any Delaware state court or U.S. federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware in any action arising out of this Agreement; and (ii) consents to the service of process by mail. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by Applicable Law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

Section 13.9     Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 13.10     Consent of Members . Each Member hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Members, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Members and each Member shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 13.11     Facsimile Signatures . The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Company on certificates representing Shares is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

A-48


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

By:

 

AGM Management, LLC,

its Manager

By:

 

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

its Sole Member

By:

 

/s/    J OHN J. S UYDAM        

 

Name:

Title:

 

John J. Suydam

Vice President

AGM MANAGEMENT, LLC

By:

 

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

its Sole Member

By:

 

/s/    J OHN J. S UYDAM        

 

Name:

Title:

 

John J. Suydam

Vice President

APOC HOLDINGS, LTD

By:

 

/s/    Authorized Signatory        

 

 
 
California Public Employees Retirement System

By:

 

/s/    Authorized Signatory        

 

 
 


Table of Contents

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

37,324,540 Class A Shares

Apollo Global

Management, LLC

Representing Class A Limited Liability Company Interests

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13 OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the Class A shares being registered hereby. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

   $   16,410

Fee—FINRA

     *

Listing Fee—New York Stock Exchange

     *

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

     *

Printing Expenses

     *

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

     *

Miscellaneous Expenses

     *
      

Total

     *
      

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 107 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers us to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever. Pursuant to Section 6.20 of our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, we will generally indemnify our members, managers, officers, directors and affiliates of the managers and certain other specified persons to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events. We currently maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers.

 

ITEM 15 RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On August 8, 2007, in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), we sold 27,000,000 Class A shares, at an initial offering price of $24 per share and for a total of $763.3 million in net proceeds, to (i) Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, which we refer to as the “initial purchasers,” for their resale to qualified institutional buyers that are also qualified purchasers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (ii) to accredited investors, with the initial purchasers acting as placement agents, in a private placement, as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The initial purchasers exercised their over-allotment option and on September 5, 2007, we sold an additional 2,824,540 Class A shares to the initial purchasers at the price of $24 per share and we received a total of $64.1 million in net proceeds. We refer to this exempt sale of Class A shares to the initial purchasers and to accredited investors, as the “Rule 144A Offering.”

In connection with the Rule 144A Offering, on July 16, 2007, we entered into a purchase agreement with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, one of the Rule 144A Offering initial purchasers, pursuant to which Credit Suisse Management LLC, or the “CS Investor,” purchased from us in a private placement that closed concurrently with the Rule 144A Offering an aggregate of $180 million of the Class A shares at a price per share of $24 or 7,500,000 Class A shares. Pursuant to a shareholders agreement we entered into with the CS Investor, the CS Investor agreed not to sell its Class A shares for a period of one year from August 8, 2007, the closing date of the Rule 144A Offering. We refer to our sale of Class A shares to the CS Investor as the “Private Placement” and to the Private Placement, and the Rule 144A Offering collectively, as the “Offering Transactions.”

 

II-1


Table of Contents

On July 13, 2007, we sold securities to the California Public Employees’ Retirement System, or “CalPERS,” and an affiliate of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority, or “ADIA,” in return for a total investment of $1.2 billion. We refer to CalPERS and ADIA as the “Strategic Investors.” Upon completion of the Offering Transactions, the securities that we sold to the Strategic Investors converted into non-voting Class A shares. Pursuant to a lenders rights agreement we have entered into with the Strategic Investors, the Strategic Investors have agreed not to sell any of their Class A shares for a period of two years after the date on which the shelf registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part became effective, or the “shelf effectiveness date,” subject to limited exceptions. Thereafter, the amount of Class A shares they may sell is subject to a limit that increases with each year.

 

ITEM 16 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description

1.1    Purchase/Placement Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as representatives of the purchasers and placement agents named therein
†3.1    Certificate of Formation of Apollo Global Management, LLC
†3.2    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Apollo Global Management, LLC dated as of July 13, 2007
*5.1    Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP regarding validity of the Class A shares registered
*8.1    Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP regarding certain tax matters
†10.1    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of AGM Management, LLC dated as of July 10, 2007
10.2    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.3    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.4    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.5    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.6    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
10.7    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, AGM Management, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
10.8    Apollo Global Management, LLC 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
10.9   

Agreement Among Principals, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan, Joshua J. Harris, Black Family Partners, L.P., MJR Foundation LLC, AP Professional Holdings, L.P. and BRH Holdings, L.P.

10.10    Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., BRH Holdings, L.P., Black Family Partners, L.P., MJR Foundation LLC, Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan and Joshua J. Harris

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number   

Description

10.11   

Exchange Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and the Apollo Principal Holders (as defined therein), from time to time party thereto.

10.12   

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among APO Corp., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and each Holder defined therein.

10.13    Credit Agreement dated as of April 20, 2007 among Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., as borrower, Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo International Management, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. and AAA Holdings, L.P., as guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
*10.14    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Leon D. Black
*10.15    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Marc J. Rowan
*10.16    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Joshua J. Harris
*10.17    Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Kenneth A. Vecchione
*10.18    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Barry Giarraputo
*21.1    Subsidiaries of Apollo Global Management, LLC
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
*23.2    Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
†24.1    Power of Attorney
†99.1    Consent of Duff & Phelps, LLC

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

See the Index to Financial Statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement.

All schedules not identified above have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the selected combined financial data or notes contained in this registration statement.

 

ITEM 17 UNDERTAKINGS

 

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered

 

II-3


Table of Contents
 

(if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Apollo Global Management, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on the 12 th day of August, 2008.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:  

 

AGM Management, LLC,

its Manager

By:  

 

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.

its Sole Member

By:   / S /    J OHN J. S UYDAM
 

Name: John J. Suydam

Title: Vice President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 12 th day of August, 2008.

 

Signature

  

Title

        *        

Leon D. Black

  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

        *        

Joshua J. Harris

   President and Director

        *        

Marc J. Rowan

   Director

        *        

Kenneth Vecchione

   Chief Financial Officer

        *        

Barry J. Giarraputo

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

*   / S /    J OHN J. S UYDAM
 

Name: John J. Suydam

Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number   

Description

1.1    Purchase/Placement Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as representatives of the purchasers and placement agents named therein
†3.1    Certificate of Formation of Apollo Global Management, LLC
†3.2    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Apollo Global Management, LLC dated as of July 13, 2007
*5.1    Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP regarding validity of the Class A shares registered
*8.1    Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP regarding certain tax matters
†10.1    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of AGM Management, LLC dated as of July 10, 2007
10.2    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.3    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.4    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.5    Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. dated as of July 13, 2007
10.6    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
10.7    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, AGM Management, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
10.8    Apollo Global Management, LLC 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
10.9   

Agreement Among Principals, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan, Joshua J. Harris, Black Family Partners, L.P., MJR Foundation LLC, AP Professional Holdings, L.P. and BRH Holdings, L.P.

10.10    Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., BRH Holdings, L.P., Black Family Partners, L.P., MJR Foundation LLC, Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan and Joshua J. Harris
10.11   

Exchange Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and the Apollo Principal Holders (as defined therein), from time to time party thereto.

10.12   

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among APO Corp., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. and each Holder defined therein.

10.13    Credit Agreement dated as of April 20, 2007 among Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., as borrower, Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo International Management, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. and AAA Holdings, L.P., as guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number   

Description

*10.14    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Leon D. Black
*10.15    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Marc J. Rowan
*10.16    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Joshua J. Harris
*10.17    Employment, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Kenneth A. Vecchione
*10.18    Employment, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Barry Giarraputo
*21.1    Subsidiaries of Apollo Global Management, LLC
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
*23.2    Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
†24.1    Power of Attorney
†99.1    Consent of Duff & Phelps, LLC

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

EXECUTION COPY

Apollo Global Management, LLC

Class A Shares

Purchase/Placement Agreement

August 2, 2007

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

    As Representatives of the several

    Purchasers and Placement Agents

    named in Schedule I hereto,

    c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

    85 Broad Street

    New York, NY 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Purchasers ”) an aggregate of 27,000,000 Class A shares (“ Stock ”) of the Company less the number of Reg. D Securities (as defined below) that the Company sells in the Private Placement (as defined below) (the “ Firm 144A Securities ” and, together with the Optional Securities (as defined below), the “ 144A Securities ”). The Firm 144A Securities together with the Reg. D Securities (as defined below) are referred to herein collectively as the “ Firm Securities ”, and the Firm Securities together with the Optional Securities (as defined below) are referred to herein collectively as the “ Securities ”.

The Company also proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell an aggregate of 370, 370 shares of Stock (the “ Reg. D Securities ”) directly to certain individual and institutional accredited investors (the “ Subscribers ”) in a private placement (the “ Private Placement ”) pursuant to Regulation D (“ Regulation D ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). The Placement Agents named in Schedule I (each, a “ Placement Agent ”) acting directly or through one or more affiliates shall collectively act as exclusive placement agents for the Reg. D Securities.


Pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Purchasers may purchase up to an additional 4,050,000 shares of Stock (the “ Optional Securities ”).

The 144A Securities are being offered without being registered under the Securities Act only to institutions (“ QIB/QPs ”) that are both qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A ”) under the Securities Act, and qualified purchasers, within the meaning of Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. The Reg. D Securities are being offered without being registered under the Securities Act only to accredited investors, as defined in Rule 501 (a) under the Securities Act, that have total investments, as defined in Rule 2a51-1(b) under the Investment Company Act, of at least $5,000,000 (“ Als ”) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation D. Securities will only be offered to (a) QIB/QPs that have (i) entered into a Recognized QIB/QP Agreement (the “ Recognized QIB/QP Agreement ”) with American Stock Transfer and Trust Company (the “ Transfer Agent ”), and (ii) been confirmed as a “Designated Investor” in respect of the Securities, including by agreeing that the Company is considered an “Issuer” for purposes of the Recognized QIB/QP Agreement and that the Additional Terms with respect to the Securities (the “ Additional Terms ”) are incorporated into such Recognized QIB/QP Agreement, and (b) Als that have signed a Subscription Agreement (a “ Subscription Agreement ”).

Each of the Company’s operating group entities listed on Schedule II hereto are referred to herein collectively as the “ Apollo Operating Group ”. The Company, its subsidiaries, including the Apollo Operating Group but not including funds managed by subsidiaries of the Company and entities controlled by such funds (collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”), and AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the manager of the Company (the “ Manager ”), are referred to herein collectively as the “ Apollo Entities ” and individually as an “ Apollo Entity ”. “ Apollo Funds ” means, collectively, all Funds (i) sponsored or promoted by any of the Subsidiaries, (ii) for which any of the Subsidiaries acts as a general partner or managing member (or in a similar capacity) or (iii) for which any of the Subsidiaries acts as an investment adviser or investment manager and “ Fund ” means any collective investment vehicle (whether open-ended or closed-ended) including, without limitation, any such vehicle in the form of an investment company, a general and limited partnership, a trust and a company organized in any jurisdiction. The term “ Basic Documents ” used herein refers to the documents listed on Schedule III. The term “ Affiliate ” used herein has the definition given to that term under Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

 

1. Each of the representations, warranties and agreements in this Section 1 is made on the date of this Agreement and is deemed to be repeated at the Applicable Time (as defined below) and at each Time of Delivery (as defined below) by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. The Company and the Manager, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to, and agree with, each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents that:

 

  (a)

A preliminary offering circular, dated July 17, 2007 (the “ Preliminary Offering Circular ”) and an offering circular, dated August 2, 2007 (the “ Offering Circular ”), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular, as amended and supplemented immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(b)), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Pricing Circular ”. Any reference to the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular shall be deemed to refer to and include any Additional Issuer Information (as defined in Section 5(g)) furnished by the Company prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular or

 

2


 

the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser or Placement Agent through the Representatives expressly for use therein, which the parties agree is limited to the information set forth on Annex III hereto

 

  (b) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Applicable Time ” is 7:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Circular as supplemented by the information set forth in Schedule IV(a) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “ Pricing Disclosure Package ”) as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Company Supplemental Disclosure Document (as defined in Section 6(a)(ii)) listed on Schedule IV(b) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular and each such Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser or Placement Agent through a Representative expressly for use therein;

 

  (c) Except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Offering Circular, since the respective dates as of which information is given therein, none of the Apollo Entities has sustained any material loss or interference with its business, there have been no transactions entered into by any of the Apollo Entities, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Apollo Entities taken as a whole and there has not been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, net assets or results of operations of the Apollo Entities, taken as a whole, or the Company (each such change or development, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”);

 

  (d) Each of the Apollo Entities has good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances except such as are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Apollo Entities; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Apollo Entities are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; none of the Apollo Entities holds any ownership interests in any material real property;

 

  (e)

The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate

 

3


 

and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, has been duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; each of the other Apollo Entities and the Apollo Funds has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; we have made available to the Representatives true and correct copies of the organizational documents (including, as applicable, the charter, by-laws, limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement, and other organizational documents) for each of the Apollo Entities and the Apollo Funds as in effect on the date hereof and as will be in effect at the Applicable Time and each Time of Delivery;

 

  (f) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company will have been duly and validly authorized and issued and, upon payment in full of the consideration payable with respect to the Securities as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the holders of the Securities shall not be liable to the Company to make any additional capital contributions with respect to the Securities; the Securities will conform to the description of the Securities contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (g) All of the issued shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary (i) have been duly and validly authorized and issued, (ii) in the case of any entities that are organized as corporations, are fully paid and non-assessable and, in the case of any entities that are organized as limited liability companies, the Company is not liable to such entity to make any additional capital contributions with respect to its equity interest in such entity, and (iii) except for (A) interests held by employees in entities that function as investment managers or general partners of particular Apollo Funds and that, with respect to the percentage of such interests held by employees as of the date of any historical balance sheet contained in the financial statements included in the Pricing Circular, are reflected in non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries on such balance sheets, and (B) the interests in the Apollo Operating Group entities held by AP Professional Holdings, L.P. as described in the Pricing Circular, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the interests in each Subsidiary organized as a partnership (i) have been duly and validly created and (ii) except for (X) interests held directly or indirectly by AP Professional Holdings, L.P. and (Y) interests held by employees in entities that function as investment managers or general partners of particular Apollo Funds and that, with respect to the percentage of such interests held by employees as of the date of any historical balance sheet contained in the financial statements included in the Pricing Circular, are reflected in non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries on such balance sheets;

 

4


  (h) At the Time of Delivery, the Manager will be the sole managing member of the Company, with such power and authority relating to the Company as is described In the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular; and as of the date of this Agreement and at the Time of Delivery, all of the equity interests issued by the Manager are and will be owned as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (i) At each Time of Delivery: (i) all of the general partnership interests in the entities that compose the Apollo Operating Group will be held solely by wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company; (ii) the limited partnership interests of the entities composing the Apollo Operating Group will be held solely by wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and by AP Professional Holdings, L.P. (“ APPH ”) in the proportion set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular; and (iii) the Class A shares and Class B shares of the Company will, after taking into account the issuance and sale of Securities to occur at such Time of Delivery, be held by investors in this offering, the Strategic Investors (as defined in the Pricing Circular) and APPH in the proportions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (j) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligation into or exchange any securities for, limited partner interests or other ownership interests in any of the Apollo Entities or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for partner interests or other ownership interests in any Apollo Entity;

 

  (k) The Registration Rights Agreement to be dated as of August [8], 2007 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), which will be substantially in the form previously delivered to you, has been duly authorized, and as of the Time of Delivery will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and will constitute a valid and legally binding instrument enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; the Registration Rights Agreement will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (l) Each of the Basic Documents has been, or by the Time of Delivery will have been, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Apollo Entities party thereto and is, or by the Time of Delivery will be, a legal, valid and binding agreement of each such Apollo Entity enforceable against each such Apollo Entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles;

 

  (m) Prior to the date hereof, no Apollo Entity nor any Affiliate of an Apollo Entity has taken any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably have been expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of any Apollo Entity in connection with the offering of the Securities;

 

5


  (n) The Reorganization and the Strategic Investors Transaction (each as defined under the caption “Our Structure” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular) have been or will be prior to the First Time of Delivery consummated in all material respects as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (o) The Reorganization and the Strategic Investors Transaction, the issue and sale of the Securities and the compliance by each Apollo Entity with ail of the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, each of the Basic Documents, each of the Agreements entered into in connection with the Reorganization and the Strategic Investors Transaction, and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, therein and in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund is a party or by which any Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund is bound or to which any of the property or assets of any Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund is subject, except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that, singly or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, or the organizational documents of any other Apollo Entity, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any Apollo Entity or any of their properties, except, other than in the case of the Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company or any organizational documents of any other Apollo Entity, such violations that, singly or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (p) Assuming (i) the accuracy of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Purchasers and the Placement Agents contained in this Agreement, (ii) that the purchasers to whom the Purchasers sell the 144A Securities are QIB/QPs and (iii) that the Subscribers who purchase the Reg. D. Securities are Als, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Securities, the compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and each of the Basic Documents by each Apollo Entity that is a party thereto or hereto, as applicable, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein, herein and in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular by each Apollo Entity which is a party thereto or hereto, as applicable, except (x) such as have been obtained or made or will have been made or obtained prior to the Time of Delivery, (y) such as may be required by applicable state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering or placement of the Securities by the Purchasers or the Placement Agents, as applicable, and (z) the filing of a Form D with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

  (q) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is or was required for the consummation of the Reorganization and the Strategic Investors Transaction and the compliance by each of the Apollo Entities with the provisions of any agreement entered into in connection with the Reorganization or the Strategic Investors Transaction, except such as have been obtained or made;

 

6


  (r) None of the Apollo Entities or Apollo Funds is (i) in violation of any of its organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in the Credit Agreement among Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., the Borrowers referred to therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated April 20, 2007, or in any other indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except for, in the case of clause (ii), such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (s) The statements set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of Shares”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock and the other equity interests of the Company, and under the captions “Our Structure”, “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, “Description of Indebtedness”, “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations”, “Certain ERISA Considerations” and “Plan of Distribution”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair;

 

  (t) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends, from making any other distribution on its partner interests, capital stock or other equity interests, from repaying any loans or advances to it from any other Apollo Entity or from transferring any of its property or assets to any other Apollo Entity, except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (u) There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Manager, threatened, against or affecting any Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the properties or assets of any Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund or on the power or ability of the Company, the Manager or any other Apollo Entity to perform its obligations under this Agreement or under any of the Basic Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;

 

  (v) When the Securities are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Securities will not be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) as securities that are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

 

  (w) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Manager;

 

  (x) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act;

 

7


  (y) None of the Apollo Entities nor any person acting on its or their behalf has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act;

 

  (z) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Circular, within the preceding six months, none of the Apollo Entities nor any other person acting on their behalf has offered or sold to any person any Securities, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities, other than the 144A Securities offered or sold to the Purchasers and Placement Agents and the Reg. D Securities offered or sold by the Company hereunder. The Company will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or any substantially similar security issued by the Company, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities has been completed (as notified to the Company by the Representatives), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act;

 

  (aa) Each of the Apollo Entities maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

 

  (bb) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have audited certain financial statements of the Company, are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

 

  (cc)

The historical condensed combined financial statements (including the related notes) set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular present fairly in all material respects the combined financial position, the combined income and the combined changes in cash flows of the Apollo Operating Group in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”); the summary and selected historical financial data set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein; the unaudited combined “tax basis” summary and selected financial data were prepared by the Company from the underlying tax and accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, present fairly the information set forth therein and have been prepared in conformity with the applicable accounting requirements of the Internal Revenue Service regarding the preparation of U.S. Federal income tax returns, applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; the adjustments to such data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect all adjustments necessary to conform such data to the comparable financial data prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular include assumptions that provide a reasonable

 

8


 

basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein in all material respects, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect in all material respects the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma consolidated financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular; and the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act;

 

  (dd) No stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties are payable by or on behalf of the Purchasers or Subscribers to the State of Delaware or any other political subdivision or taxing authority thereof in connection with the issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities to the Purchasers and Subscribers, as applicable;

 

  (ee) All tax returns required to be filed by the Apollo Entities and the Apollo Funds in all jurisdictions have been timely and duly filed, other than those filings being contested in good faith and except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no tax returns of the Apollo Entities and the Apollo Funds that are currently being audited by state, local or federal taxing authorities or agencies (and with respect to which any Apollo Entities or any Apollo Funds has received notice), except where the findings of such audit would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All taxes, including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities, have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided or those currently payable without penalty or interest or those that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (ff) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries maintains insurance covering its properties, operations, personnel and businesses that insures against such losses and risks as are adequate in accordance with its reasonable business judgment to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries and their businesses, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (gg) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular, there are no material business relationships or related party transactions that would be required to be disclosed in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act by Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act that are not disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular and each business relationship or related party transaction described therein is a fair and accurate description in all material respects of the relationship and transaction so described;

 

  (hh)

The Company is not required to be registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser or a broker-dealer or as a commodity trading advisor, a commodity pool operator or a futures commission merchant or any or all of the foregoing, as applicable; each of the Subsidiaries that is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser or a broker-dealer or as a commodity trading advisor, a commodity pool operator or a

 

9


 

futures commission merchant or any or all of the foregoing, as applicable, is so registered, licensed or qualified in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business requires such registration, license or qualification (and such registration, license or qualification is in full force and effect), and is in compliance with all applicable laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and where the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (ii) The Company is not a party to any investment advisory agreement; each investment advisory agreement to which any of the Subsidiaries is a party is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Subsidiaries party thereto and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Advisers Act, except as have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Subsidiaries is in breach or violation of or in default under any such agreement which breach, violation, default or invalidity has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (jj) Each of the Apollo Funds that is required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) as an investment company under the Investment Company Act (i) is duly registered with the Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) is in compliance with Federal Securities Laws (as defined below), including compliance by each investment adviser, principal underwriter, administrator and transfer agent of such Apollo Fund, except, with respect to each of (i) and (ii), for such failure to be so registered or to have adopted such programs as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Federal Securities Laws” shall mean the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Title V of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act and the rules adopted by the Commission thereunder, as well as certain applicable provisions under the Bank Secrecy Act and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury;

 

  (kk) Consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Reorganization and the Strategic Investors Transaction, will not constitute an “assignment” within the meaning of such term under the Investment Company Act (and the rules and regulations thereunder) or the Advisers Act (and the rules and regulations thereunder) of any of the investment advisory contracts to which any of the Subsidiaries is a party; nor will consummation of such transactions adversely affect in any material respect the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses in compliance with applicable law as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular, including, but not limited to, providing investment advisory services to clients and funds, whether or not such funds are registered under the Investment Company Act;

 

  (ll) None of the Apollo Entities or the Apollo Funds, or, to the knowledge of the Company, no director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of any Apollo Entity or the Apollo Funds, has violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment;

 

10


  (mm)  The operations of the Apollo Entities and the Apollo Funds are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Apollo Entities or the Apollo Funds with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Manager, threatened, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (nn) To the knowledge of the Company, none of the Subsidiaries that act as a general partner or managing member (or in a similar capacity) or as an investment adviser or investment manager of any Apollo Fund has performed any act or otherwise engaged in any conduct that would prevent such Subsidiary from benefiting from any exculpation clause or other limitation of liability available to it under the terms of the management agreement or advisory agreement, as applicable, between such Subsidiary and Apollo Fund except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (oo) Each of the Company, APO Asset Co., LLC and the Apollo Operating Group entities is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity, as the case may be, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes;

 

  (pp) There are no material liabilities of any Apollo Entity of any kind whatsoever owing to, relating to or in connection with any Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Pricing Circular), whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is no existing condition, situation or set of circumstances that could reasonably be expected to result in such a liability;

 

  (qq)

Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), subject to Title IV of ERISA, that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its affiliates, that together with the Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001 (b)(1) of ERISA (“ ERISA Affiliates ”) for employees or former employees of the Company and its ERISA Affiliates, other than any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, has been maintained in compliance in all material respects with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, for which the Company would have any material liability, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a class, statutory or administrative exemption, has occurred with respect to any such plan; (iii) for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived; and (iv) no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any such

 

11


 

plan for which the Company would have any material liability; and neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any such plan;

 

  (rr) None of the Apollo Entities or the Apollo Funds or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Manager, any of their respective directors, officers, agents, employees or affiliates, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any other Apollo Entity or Apollo Fund or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and

 

  (ss) Each Recognized QIB/QP Agreement between a purchaser of the Rule 144A Securities and the Transfer Agent, on behalf of the Company, as it relates to the Company, the Additional Terms, which supplement and form part of each such Recognized QIB/QP Agreement, with respect to the Company and the Stock, and each Subscription Agreement with each Al have been duly authorized by the Company and are valid and legally binding agreements of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

2.      (a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $22.68, the percentage of Firm 144A Securities set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule I hereto and (ii) in the event and to the extent that the Purchasers shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Securities as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (i) above, that portion of the number of Optional Securities as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Securities by the percentage of Firm 144A Securities set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule I hereto;

 

  (b) The Company hereby grants to the Purchasers the right to purchase from time to time at their election up to an aggregate of 4,050,000 Optional Securities at the purchase price set forth in paragraph (a) above. Any such election to purchase Optional Securities may be exercised by written notice from the Representatives to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days from the date of this Agreement, setting forth the number of Optional Securities to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Securities are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice;

 

  (c) Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Subscribers, at a purchase price of $24.00 per Security, the Reg. D Securities for which each Subscriber has subscribed pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in each Subscription Agreement;

 

12


  (d) The Placement Agents shall collect and deliver to the Company as soon as is reasonably practicable a Subscription Agreement from each of the Subscribers. The applicable purchase price for the Reg. D Securities shall be collected from each Subscriber by such Subscriber’s respective Placement Agent or Placement Agents and paid to the Company upon the sale of such Reg. D Securities to such Subscriber. The Company shall pay to each Placement Agent a placement fee of $1.32 per Security that such Placement Agent places pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

  (e) Each Purchaser and Placement Agent may act, for purposes of this Agreement, directly or through one or more affiliates.

 

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities, the several Purchasers propose to offer the 144A Securities and the several Placement Agents propose to place the Reg. D Securities, as applicable, for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular and each Purchaser and Placement Agent, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company and the Manager that:

 

  (a) assuming the accuracy of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and the Manager contained in this Agreement, (i) it has offered and sold, and will offer and sell, the 144A Securities in accordance with Rule 144A under the Act only to institutions that have (x) entered into a Recognized QIB/QP Agreement with the Transfer Agent, and (y) been confirmed as a “Designated Investor” in respect of the Securities, including agreeing that the Company is a party to the Recognized QIB/QP Agreement in respect of the Securities and that the Additional Terms are incorporated into such Recognized QIB/QP Agreement and (ii) it has offered and placed, and will offer and place, the Reg. D Securities only to persons who it reasonably believes are Als in transactions meeting the requirements of Regulation D;

 

  (b) it is an Al;

 

  (c) neither it, its affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States; and

 

  (d) any Securities delivered to it pursuant to this Purchase Agreement that are registered in the name of a nominee will be held by it for the benefit of a person who it reasonably believes is an Al, and the beneficial ownership of such Securities will at all times be held by persons who are Als.

 

4.      (a)

The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser or Subscriber, as applicable, hereunder, will be either certificated or uncertificated as notified to the Company by the Purchasers or Placement Agents, as applicable, as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement. Those Securities, if any, which will be certificated will be represented by one or more definitive certificates registered in such names and in such amounts as the Purchasers or Placement Agents, as applicable, shall request as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement. Those Securities, if any, which will be uncertificated will be registered in the records of the Transfer Agent in such names and in such amounts as the

 

13


 

Purchasers shall request as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement. The Company will deliver the Securities to the Purchasers or Subscribers, for each of their own accounts, against payment by them of the purchase price therefore by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, by (i) with respect to certificated Securities, delivering the certificates representing such Securities to the Transfer Agent and (ii) with respect to uncertificated Securities, causing the Transfer Agent to credit in its records such Securities to the accounts of such persons and in such amounts as specified at the Purchasers’ request. The Company will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Securities to be made available to the Purchasers for checking at least twenty-four hours prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined below) at the office of the transfer agent for the Stock. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Securities, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on August 8, 2007 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Securities, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Purchasers’ election to purchase such Optional Securities, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Securities is herein called the “ First Time of Delivery ”, any such time and date for delivery of the Optional Securities, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called an “ Optional Time of Delivery ”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “ Time of Delivery ”.

 

  (b) The documents to be delivered at Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 8 hereof, will be delivered at the offices of O’Melveny & Myers LLP, 7 Times Square, New York, NY 10036 (the “ Closing Location ”), and the Securities will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 2 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “ New York Business Day ” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

5. The Company and the Manager, jointly and severally, agree with each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents:

 

  (a) To prepare the Pricing Circular and the Offering Circular in a form approved by the Representatives; to make no amendment or any supplement to the Pricing Circular and the Offering Circular unless the Representatives shall have consented thereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) within a reasonable time of being furnished a copy thereof;

 

  (b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify (or obtain an exemption from qualification for) the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction;

 

14


  (c) To file or cause to be filed, in a timely manner, any filing or notice, and to pay any fee, required to be filed or paid, as applicable, under applicable United States federal, state, local or other law or under applicable laws of any other jurisdiction in which the Company has asked the Purchasers to offer or sell Securities and in which Securities are offered or sold;

 

  (d) To furnish the Purchasers and Placement Agents with written and electronic copies of the Offering Circular and Pricing Circular, and of any amendments and supplements thereof, in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the Offering Circular, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser or Placement Agent and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and to furnish to any Purchasers after such period, such amended or supplemented Offering Circular at the expense of such Purchasers;

 

  (e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date hereof (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose, except as provided hereunder, of any Stock or securities of the Company that are substantially similar to Stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent;

 

  (f) Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of two years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act;

 

  (g)

For so long as any Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, at any time after the Time of Delivery when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is exempt from the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, for the benefit of holders from time to time of Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the “ Additional Issuer

 

15


 

Information ”) satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act and the information required by the Recognized QIB/QP Agreement and the Additional Terms;

 

  (h) To file with the Commission, not later than 15 days after the Time of Delivery, five copies of a notice on Form D under the Securities Act (one of which will be manually signed by a person duly authorized by the Company); to file the required number of such notices on Form D with the appropriate authority in each state where such filing is required; to otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 503 under the Act; and to furnish promptly to you evidence of each such required timely filing (including a copy thereof);

 

  (i) That neither the Company, nor any Affiliate of the Company nor any person acting on its or their behalf will (i) sell, offer for sale, solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) under circumstances that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Stock or (ii) engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with any offer and sale of the Securities (it being understood that no representation or warranty is being made with regard to the Purchasers or Placement Agents pursuant to clause (ii) hereof);

 

  (j) That, except as described in the Offering Memorandum, neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected to, cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities;

 

  (k) During the period of two years after the Time of Delivery, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them;

 

  (l) To affix to each certificate for the Securities an appropriate legend to facilitate compliance with Rule 144A, Regulation D, ERISA and any other transfer restrictions (as set forth in the Pricing Offering Memorandum under “ Transfer Restrictions ”), as applicable;

 

  (m) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds”; and

 

  (n)

Upon request of the Purchasers, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Purchasers an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by one or more Purchasers, for a term lasting as long as the Stock is still being offered for purchase, for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Stock (the “ License ”): provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be directly or indirectly assigned, sublicensed, pledged or transferred by any Purchaser; the Purchasers agree that the above website will be of high quality and will display content and offer products and services that reflect the high levels of quality associated with the Company and with the Purchasers; the Purchasers agree that the Company has the right to approve in advance all

 

16


 

uses and placements of its trademarks, servicemarks and logos on the above website, provided that, once a use is approved, no future approval is required unless material changes are made; if any Purchaser materially breaches its quality control obligations and does not cure the same within 30 days after written notice from the Company, the Company may terminate the License.

 

6.  (a) (i) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act (any such offer is hereinafter referred to as a “ Company Supplemental Disclosure Document ”);

(ii) each Purchaser represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, other than one or more term sheets relating to the Securities containing customary information, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act (any such offer (other than any such term sheets), is hereinafter referred to as a “ Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document ”): and

(iii) any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document or Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule IV(b) hereto;

 

7.

The Company covenants and agrees with the several Purchasers and Placement Agents that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (a) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s and any other Apollo Entity’s counsel, accountants and appraisers in connection with the issue of the Securities and all other expenses in connection with the preparation and printing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers, Placement Agents and dealers; (b) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement Among Purchasers, Purchaser’s Letters, non-U.S. Purchaser’s Letters, Subscription Agreements, this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum (and any similar Memorandum for non-U.S. jurisdictions), closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities; (c) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions where the Securities may be offered and sold as provided in Section 5(d) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers and Placement Agents (including Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer and other counsel in any non-U.S. jurisdiction) in connection with such qualification and in connection with the blue sky and legal investment surveys including similar surveys for non-U.S. jurisdictions; (d) the cost of preparing the Securities; (e) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar; (f) any cost incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market upon effectiveness of the shelf registration statement contemplated by the

 

17


 

Registration Rights Agreement; and (g) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided, that the Company on the one hand and the Purchasers and Placement Agents on the other shall each bear their proportionate share of the other expenses associated with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities (determined by the number of people attending such meetings from the Company on the one hand and the Representatives on the other), including, without limitation, all expenses associated with the use of any chartered or private aircraft in connection with such presentation, all transportation and lodging expenses incurred in connection with such presentation and all expenses associated with the use of any conference rooms or similar facilities in connection with such presentations. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Purchasers and Placement Agents will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

8. The obligations of the Purchasers and Placement Agents hereunder, as to the Securities to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Manager herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Manager shall have performed all of their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

 

  (a) Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel for the Purchasers and Placement Agents, shall have furnished to the Purchasers and Placement Agents such opinions or letters, dated such Time of Delivery, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as it may reasonably request to enable it to pass upon such matters;

 

  (b) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, special United States counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Purchasers and Placement Agents its written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, substantially in the form set forth in Annex I hereto and otherwise satisfactory in substance to the Representatives;

 

  (c) O’Melveny & Myers LLP, special United States counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Purchasers and Placement Agents a letter, dated such Time of Delivery, substantially in the form set forth in Annex II hereto and otherwise satisfactory in substance to the Representatives;

 

  (d) Each tax counsel and advisor listed on Schedule VI hereto shall have furnished to the Purchasers and Placement Agents its written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, concerning the accuracy of the tax disclosure set forth in the Preliminary Offering Circular in respect of the country set forth opposite the name of such counsel or advisor on Schedule VI, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

  (e) On the date of the Pricing Circular prior to the execution of this Agreement and also at such Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Purchasers and Placement Agents a letter, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, substantially in the form set forth in Annex IV hereto and otherwise satisfactory in substance to the Representatives;

 

18


  (f) Barry Giarraputo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, shall have furnished to the Purchasers his written certificate as to the accuracy of certain financial information presented in the Pricing Circular in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

  (g) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Circular there shall not have been any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, net assets or results of operations of the Apollo Entities taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular, the effect of which is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Pricing Circular;

 

  (h) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the debt securities of any Apollo Entity by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any debt securities of any Apollo Entity;

 

  (i) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on any of the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market; (ii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by Federal or New York State authorities, or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iii) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (iv) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iii) or (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Circular;

 

  (j) The Representatives shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company;

 

  (k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Representatives executed copies of an agreement from each of the persons identified on Schedule V attached hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Section 5(d) hereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

  (l)

The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and the Manager satisfactory to the Representatives as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the

 

19


 

Manager of all of their obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in Section 7(m) and as to such other matters as the Representatives may reasonably request;

 

  (m) The Company shall have obtained such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws or (subject to the qualification set forth in Section 5(d) hereof) by the laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States in connection with the purchase and distribution of the 144A Securities by the Purchasers and the sale of Reg. D. Securities by the Company; and

 

  (n) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives at the Time of Delivery a cross-receipt for the Securities and such further information, opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

9.      (a) The Company and the Manager will, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser and Placement Agent against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser or Placement Agent may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Purchaser and Placement Agent for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Purchaser or Placement Agent in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use therein.

 

  (b)

Each Purchaser and Placement Agent will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Manager against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and the Manager may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Purchaser or Placement Agent through the

 

20


 

Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

 

  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

  (d)

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Manager on the one hand and the Purchasers and Placement Agents on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Manager on the one hand and the Purchasers and Placement Agents on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Manager on the one hand and the Purchasers and Placement Agents on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts, commissions and placement fees received by the Purchasers and Placement Agents, in each case as set

 

21


 

forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Manager on the one hand or the Purchasers and Placement Agents on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Manager and the Purchasers and Placement Agents agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Purchasers and Placement Agents were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser or Placement Agent shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities purchased or placed by it and distributed to investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such Purchaser or Placement Agent has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers’ and Placement Agents’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective purchasing and placement obligations and not joint.

 

  (e) The obligations of the Company and the Manager under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Manager may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to any affiliate of each Purchaser and Placement Agent and each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser or Placement Agent within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers and Placement Agent under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Purchasers or Placement Agents may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and the Manager and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

 

10.    (a)  If any Purchaser or Placement Agent shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Purchaser or Placement Agent you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to prepare promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The terms “Purchaser” and “Placement Agent” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

 

22


  (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers or Placement Agent or Placement Agents by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the number of such Securities that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the number of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser or Placement Agent to purchase the number of Securities that such Purchaser and Placement Agent agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser and Placement Agent to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Securities that such Purchaser and Placement Agent agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers or Placement Agent or Placement Agents for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser or Placement Agent from liability for its default.

 

  (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers or Placement Agent or Placement Agents by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the number of Securities that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the number of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers or Placement Agents to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers or Placement Agent or Placement Agents, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser or Placement Agent or the Company or the Manager, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Purchasers and Placement Agents as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser and Placement Agents from liability for its default.

 

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Manager and the several Purchasers and Placement Agents, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or Placement Agent or any controlling person of any Purchaser or Placement Agent, or the Company or the Manager, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company or the Manager, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company and the Manager shall not then be under any liability to any Purchaser or Placement Agent except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company and the Manager will reimburse the Purchasers and Placement Agents through you for all properly documented expenses approved in writing by you, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Purchasers and Placement Agents in making preparations for the purchase, placement, sale and delivery of the Securities, but the Company and the Manager shall then be under no further liability to any Purchaser or Placement Agent except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

 

23


13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Purchasers or Placement Agent, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser or Placement Agent made or given by you jointly or by any of the Representatives.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers or Placement Agents shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives: to Goldman, Sachs & Co., One New York Plaza, 42 nd Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department: to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 277 Park Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10172, Attn: Equity Syndicate Desk; and to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York, 10010-3629, Attn: LCD-IBD and if to the Company or the Manager shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser or Placement Agent pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser or Placement Agent at its address set forth in its Purchasers’ and Placement Agents’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Placement Agents, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company or any Purchaser or Placement Agent, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser, or recipient of any of the Securities from any Placement Agent, shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase or receipt.

 

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

16. The Company and the Manager acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Manager, on the one hand, and the several Purchasers and Placement Agents, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Purchaser and or Placement Agent is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company and the Manager, (iii) no Purchaser or Placement Agent has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company and the Manager with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Purchaser or Placement Agent has advised or is currently advising the Company and the Manager on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company and the Manager except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Company and the Manager have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate and (v) the Company has contracted separately with its transfer agent with respect to the securities registration, transfer and settlement system for the Securities and the Purchasers shall have no liability with respect thereto. The Company and the Manager agree that they will not claim that the Purchaser, Placement Agent, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company and the Manager, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

24


17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Manager and the Purchasers and Placement Agents, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

18. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

19. The Company, the Manager and each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Manager (and the Company’s employees, representatives, and other agents) are authorized to disclose to any and all persons, the tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Manager relating to that treatment and structure, without the Purchasers’ or Placement Agents’ imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax treatment” means US federal and state income tax treatment, and “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

 

25


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us six counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents and the Company and the Manager. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers and Placement Agents is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers and Placement Agents, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Manager for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   AGM Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:  

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

  its Sole Member
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
Name:   John J. Suydam
Title:   Vice President
AGM MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,
  its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ John J. Suydam

Name:   John J. Suydam
Title:   Vice President


Accepted as of the date hereof:

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:   /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  Name:
  Title:
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
By:   /s/ Elizabeth P. Myers
  Name: Elizabeth P. Myers
  Title: Managing Director
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:   /s/ Steven C. Pierson
  Name: Steven C. Pierson
  Title: Managing Director


SCHEDULE I

 

Purchaser

   Percentage of
144A
Securities to
be Purchased
    Total Number of
Reg D Securities
to be placed

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   50.8 %   0

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

   49.2     370,371

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   0     0
    
    
    
    
    
    
          

Total

   100 %   370,370
          

Exhibit 10.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I, L.P.

Dated as of July 13, 2007

THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I, L.P. HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, PROVINCE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH UNITS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR PROVINCE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH UNITS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Article I DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.01. Definitions

   1

Article II FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

   8

Section 2.01. Formation

   8

Section 2.02. Name

   8

Section 2.03. Term

   8

Section 2.04. Offices

   9

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process

   9

Section 2.06. Business Purpose

   9

Section 2.07. Powers of the Partnership

   9

Section 2.08. Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners

   9

Section 2.09. Withdrawal

   9

Article III MANAGEMENT

   9

Section 3.01. General Partner

   9

Section 3.02. Compensation

   10

Section 3.03. Expenses

   10

Section 3.04. Authority of Partners

   10

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification

   11

Article IV DISTRIBUTIONS

   11

Section 4.01. Distributions

   11

Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution

   13

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution

   13

Article V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

   13

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions

   13

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions

   13

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts

   13

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses

   13

Section 5.05. Special Allocations

   14

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations

   15

Section 5.07. Tax Advances

   15

Section 5.08. Tax Matters

   16

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions

   16

Article VI BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

   17

Section 6.01. Books and Records

   17

Article VII PARTNERSHIP UNITS

   17

Section 7.01. Units

   17

Section 7.02. Register

   18

 

i


Section 7.03. Registered Partners

   18

Article VIII FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

   18

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers

   18

Section 8.02. Encumbrances

   19

Section 8.03. Further Restrictions

   19

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees

   19

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals

   20

Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners

   20

Section 8.07. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners

   20

Article IX DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

   21

Section 9.01. No Dissolution

   21

Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution

   21

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution

   21

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation

   22

Section 9.05. Termination

   22

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners

   22

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions

   22

Article X LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

   23

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners

   23

Section 10.02. Indemnification

   23

Article XI MISCELLANEOUS

   25

Section 11.01. Severability

   25

Section 11.02. Notices

   25

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies

   26

Section 11.04. Binding Effect

   26

Section 11.05. Interpretation

   26

Section 11.06. Counterparts

   26

Section 11.07. Further Assurances

   26

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement

   26

Section 11.09. Governing Law

   26

Section 11.10. Expenses

   27

Section 11.11. Amendments and Waivers

   27

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries

   28

Section 11.13. Headings

   28

Section 11.14. Construction

   28

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney

   28

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules

   29

Section 11.17. Partnership Status

   29

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I, L.P.

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) is made as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Principal Holdings I GP, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as general partner, and the Limited Partners (as defined herein) of the Partnership.

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Act, by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “ Certificate ”) with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 5, 2007 and the execution of the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company (the “ Original Agreement ”) by Laurie Medley (the “ Initial Limited Partner ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restated the Original Agreement to permit the admission of additional Limited Partners to the Partnership and the withdrawal of the Initial Limited Partner.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined): “ Act ” means, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time.

Additional Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to each Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and any amounts such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable Law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

APO Corp .” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Operating Group ” means each of the Partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the Issuer’s carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management), as set forth on Annex A , as amended from time to time.

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account (a) the nondeductiblity of expenses subject to the limitation described in Section 67(a) of the Code and (b) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt income) of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Rate will be the same for all Partners.

Authorized Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

Capital Account ” means the separate capital account maintained for each Partner in accordance with Section 5.03 hereof.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the aggregate amount of money contributed to the Partnership and the Carrying Value of any property (other than money), net of any liabilities assumed by the Partnership upon contribution or to which such property is subject, contributed to the Partnership pursuant to Article V.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Partnership shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the General Partner, and the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of (a) the date of the acquisition of any additional Partnership Interest by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets to a Partner; (c) the date a Partnership Interest is relinquished to the Partnership; (d) any other date specified in the Treasury Regulations or (e) any other date specified by the General Partner; provided , however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) (c) and (d) above shall be made only if such adjustments

 

2


are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners. The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be adjusted immediately before such distribution to equal its fair market value. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Profits (Losses)” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Class ” means the classes of Units into which the interests in the Partnership may be classified or divided from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited partnership interests of the Issuer.

Class A Units ” means the Units of partnership interest in the Partnership designated as the “Class A Units” herein and having the rights pertaining thereto as are set forth in this Agreement.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Contingencies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(c).

Control ” (including the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

Covered Person ” and “ Covered Persons ” have the meanings set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

Creditable Non-U.S. Tax ” means a non-U.S. tax paid or accrued for United States federal income tax purposes by the Partnership, in either case to the extent that such tax is eligible for credit under Section 901(a) of the Code. A non-U.S. tax is a Creditable Non-U.S. Tax for these purposes without regard to whether a partner receiving an allocation of such non-U.S. tax elects to claim a credit for such amount. This definition is intended to be consistent with the definition of “Creditable Non-U.S. Tax” in Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi)(b), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

3


Disabling Event ” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

Distributable Cash ” means cash received by the Partnership from dividends and distributions or other income, other than cash reserves to account for reasonably anticipated expenses and other liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate.

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Issuer, the Apollo Operating Group, and the limited partners of the Apollo Operating Group entities from time to time, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Transaction ” means an exchange of Units for Class A Shares pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, if the Issuer and the exchanging Limited Partner shall mutually agree, a Transfer of Units to the Issuer, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries for other consideration.

Final Adjudication ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Final Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Fiscal Year ” means (i) the period commencing upon the formation of the Partnership and ending on December 31, 2007 or (ii) any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

General Partner ” means Apollo Principal Holdings I GP LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any successor general partner admitted to the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Incapacity ” means, with respect to any Person, the bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, entry of an order of incompetence, or the insanity, permanent disability or death of such Person.

Initial Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO and (ii) a Private Placement.

 

4


IPO ” means the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms); provided , that no such underwritten public offering shall constitute an “IPO” for the purposes of this Agreement unless (x) it involves a sale to underwriters for distribution to the public representing a public float of at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer Convertible Notes (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes have been converted into, Class A Shares) and (y) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold, and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Issuer in respect of the Class A Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; in the case of clauses both (i) and (ii), such registration statement to be filed by the Issuer with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Issuer ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

Issuer Manager ” means AGM Management LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and the manager of the Issuer, or any successor manager of the Issuer.

Issuer Convertible Notes ” means the 7% convertible senior unsecured notes of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Strategic Agreement.

Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order issued or promulgated by any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Partnership or any Partner, as the case may be.

Limited Partner ” means each of the Persons from time to time listed as a limited partner in the books and records of the Partnership.

Liquidation Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 of this Agreement.

Net Taxable Income ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership for a fiscal year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain of the Partnership during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Offering Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

 

5


Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a partner (including the General Partner) on the books and records of the Partnership, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of the Partnership as provided hereunder.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount with respect to each partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units then owned by such Partner by the number of Units then owned by all Partners.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated or governmental organization or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Price Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision), Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Issuer to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering; provided , that no such private placement shall qualify as a “Private Placement” for the purposes of this Agreement, unless (x) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold and (y) it involves engagement of one or more initial purchasers, placement agents or investment banks performing a similar role for the purpose of facilitating the distribution of Class A Shares representing at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units had been exchanged for, and all Issuer Convertible Notes had been converted into, Class A Shares); provided , further , that in the event that any Person purchases Class A Shares representing more than 20% of such offering, the amount in excess of 20% shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the 10% threshold set forth in this clause (y) has been satisfied.

 

6


Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, the taxable income or loss of the Partnership, or particular items thereof, determined in accordance with the accounting method used by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments: (a) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 shall not be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss; (b) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (c) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (d) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (other than an adjustment in respect of depreciation) of any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; (e) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to such asset for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, if any, shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Carrying Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions bears to such adjusted tax basis; provided that if the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction is zero, the General Partner may use any reasonable method for purposes of determining depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions in calculating Profits and Losses); and (f) except for items in (a) above, any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Roll-up Agreements ” mean collectively, each Roll-up Agreement, by and among BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, the Issuer, APO LLC, APO Corp., and an employee of the Issuer or one of its subsidiaries, dated as of the date hereof, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Similar Law ” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Partnership to be treated as assets of the Limited Partner by virtue of its limited partner interest in the Partnership and thereby subject the Partnership and the General Partner (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Partnership’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

 

7


Tax Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07.

Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Distributions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08.

Transfer ” means, in respect of any Unit, property or other asset, any sale, assignment, transfer, distribution or other disposition thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, including, without limitation, the exchange of any Unit for any other security.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Class A Units and any other Class of Units authorized in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute interests in the Partnership as provided in this Agreement and under the Act; entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.01 . Formation . The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership under the provisions of the Act by the filing on April 5, 2007 the Certificate as provided in the preamble of this Agreement. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) if the General Partner deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership.

Section 2.02 . Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P.

Section 2.03 . Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate, and the term shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Article IX. The existence of the Partnership shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Act.

 

8


Section 2.04 . Offices . The Partnership may have offices at such places as the General Partner from time to time may select.

Section 2.05 . Agent for Service of Process . The Partnership’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate, as the same may be amended by the General Partner from time to time.

Section 2.06 . Business Purpose . The Partnership shall have the power to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited partnerships may be formed under the Act.

Section 2.07 . Powers of the Partnership . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act including, without limitation, the ownership and operation of the assets contributed to the Partnership by the Partners, by any other Law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.06.

Section 2.08 . Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners . The Initial Limited Partner hereby withdraws as a Partner of the Partnership. As of the date hereof, the Initial Limited Partner received a return of any capital contribution made to the Partnership. Each of the Persons listed in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, by virtue of the execution of this Agreement, are admitted as Partners of the Partnership. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, and the Partners consent to the variation of such rights, duties and liabilities as provided herein. A Person may be admitted from time to time as a new Partner in accordance with Section 8.05 and Section 8.06; provided , however, that each new Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner an appropriate supplement to this Agreement pursuant to which the new Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.09 . Withdrawal . No Partner shall have the right to withdraw as a Partner of the Partnership other than following the Transfer of all Units owned by such Partner in accordance with Article VIII; provided , however, that a new General Partner or substitute General Partner may be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.05.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.01 . General Partner .

(a) The business, property and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the General Partner, which may from time to time delegate authority to officers or to others to act on behalf of the Partnership.

(b) The Partners hereby agree that the Partnership, acting by the General Partner and/or any officer of the General Partner, including but not limited to Tom Doria and Tony Tortorelli (each, an “ Authorized Person ”) on its behalf, shall be and hereby is authorized (i)

 

9


to open bank accounts on behalf of the Partnership in such banks, and designate the persons authorized to sign checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, undertakings or orders for payment of money from funds of the Partnership on deposit in such accounts, as may be deemed by the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership and, in connection therewith, execute any form of required resolution necessary to open any such bank accounts; (ii) prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, by mail, facsimile or telephone, for and on behalf of the Partnership, an Application for Employer Identification Number on United States Internal Revenue Service Form SS-4, and to prepare, execute and file with the appropriate authorities such other federal, state or local applications, forms and papers on behalf of the Partnership as may be required by law or deemed by the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership, as applicable; and (iii) pay on behalf of the Partnership any and all fees and expenses incident to and necessary to perfect the organization of the Partnership. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, acting by the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person on its behalf, is hereby authorized to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents, without any consent of any Limited Partner, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Partnership or the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Partnership to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The Partners agree that the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person may execute the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents on behalf of the Partnership under any title, including without limitation “Authorized Person,” that the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, deems appropriate and that any prior acts of the Partnership and the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Partnership, consistent with the foregoing authorizations, are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 3.02 . Compensation . The General Partner shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in its capacity as General Partner.

Section 3.03 . Expenses . The Partnership shall bear and/or reimburse (i) the General Partner for any expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with serving as the general partner of the Partnership, and (ii) Issuer and APO LLC, with respect to the Partnership’s allocable share of any expenses solely incurred by or attributable to the Issuer or APO LLC (such as expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Offering) but excluding obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by the Issuer, income tax expenses of the Issuer or APO LLC and indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or APO LLC.

Section 3.04 . Authority of Partners . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Partnership. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units do not confer any rights upon the Limited Partners to participate in the affairs of the Partnership described in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Limited Partners shall have no right to vote on any matter involving the Partnership, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership. The conduct, control and management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Partnership,

 

10


the decision of the General Partner shall be the decision of the Partnership. Except as required or permitted by Law, or by separate agreement with the Partnership, no Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Partnership in. its capacity as a Partner, nor shall any Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Partnership in his or its capacity as a Partner in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Partnership or of any other Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may employ one or more Partners from time to time, and such Partners, in their capacity as employees of the Partnership (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Limited Partners of the Partnership), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Partnership to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership has been delegated to them by the General Partner.

Section 3.05 . Action by Written Consent or Ratification . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken if all Partners whose consent or ratification is required consent thereto or provide a consent or ratification in writing.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.01 . Distributions .

(a) Prior to an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, in the following order of priority

(i) first , to APO LLC, until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. or APO LLC, as applicable, equals any principal amount of the Issuer Convertible Notes then due; and

(ii) second , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided , that any amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date but has not yet closed, shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO LLC. It is understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(b) Immediately following an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided , that :

(i) amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO LLC, it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

 

11


(ii) amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed on or after the Closing Date and prior to the Offering Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed on or after the Closing Date and prior to the Offering Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed, shall be distributed to the Limited Partners based upon their Percentage Interests outstanding immediately prior to Offering Date, it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(c) Tax Distributions .

(i) In addition to the foregoing, if the General Partner reasonably determines that the taxable income of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year will give rise to taxable income for the Partners (“ Net Taxable Income ”), the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute Distributable Cash in respect of income tax liabilities (the “ Tax Distributions ”) to the extent that other distributions made by the Partnership for such year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities, provided that distributions pursuant to Section 4.02 and allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 related to such distributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 4.01(c). The Tax Distributions payable with respect to any Fiscal Year shall be computed based upon the General Partner’s estimate of the allocable Net Taxable Income in accordance with Article V, multiplied by the Assumed Tax Rate (the “ Tax Amount ”). For purposes of computing the Tax Amount, the effect of any benefit under Section 743(b) of the Code will be ignored. Any Tax distributions shall be made to all Partners, whether or not they are subject to such applicable U.S. federal, state and local taxes, pro rata in accordance with their Participation Percentages.

(ii) Tax Distributions shall be calculated and paid no later than one day prior to each quarterly due date for the payment by corporations on a calendar year of estimated taxes under the Code in the following manner (A) for the first quarterly period, 25% of the Tax Amount, (B) for the second quarterly period, 50% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year, (C) for the third quarterly period, 75% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year and (D) for the fourth quarterly period, 100% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year. Following each Fiscal Year, and no later than one day prior to the due date for the payment by corporations of income taxes for such Fiscal Year, the General Partner shall make an amended calculation of the Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year (the “ Amended Tax Amount ”), and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Distributable Cash, to the extent that the Amended Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of such Fiscal Year. If the Amended Tax Amount is less than the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (the “ Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Within 30 days following the date on which the Partnership files a tax return on Form 1065, the General Partner shall make a final calculation of the Tax Amount of such Fiscal Year (the “ Final Tax Amount ”) and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Distributable Cash, to the extent that the Final Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the Amended Tax Amount. If the Final Tax Amount is less than the Amended Tax Amount in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (“ Additional

 

12


Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Any Credit Amount and Additional Credit Amount applied against future Tax Distributions shall be treated as an amount actually distributed pursuant to this Section 4.01(c) for purposes of the computations herein.

Section 4.02 . Liquidation Distribution . Distributions made upon dissolution of the Partnership shall be made as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 4.03 . Limitations on Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not make a Partnership distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;

TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

Section 5.01 . Initial Capital Contributions . The Partners have made, on or prior to the date hereof, Capital Contributions and have acquired the number of Class A Units as specified in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 5.02 . No Additional Capital Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in this Article V, no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the consent of such Partner or permitted to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner.

Section 5.03 . Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account of each Partner shall be credited with such Partner’s Capital Contributions, if any, all Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 and any items of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.05; and shall be debited with all Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04, any items of loss or deduction of the Partnership specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.05, and all cash and the Carrying Value of any property (net of liabilities assumed by such Partner and the liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Any references in any section of this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Partner shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be credited or debited from time to time as set forth above. In the event of any transfer of any interest in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

Section 5.04 . Allocations of Profits and Losses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Partnership) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Partner after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.05 is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Article IV if the Partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to

 

13


their Carrying Value, all Partnership liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Partnership were distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership, and in no event will APO LLC be allocated Profits and Losses (or items thereof) attributable to any carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed.

Section 5.05 . Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V:

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Partnership taxable year, the Partners shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.05(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Qualified Income Offset . If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.05(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 5.05(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Gross Income Allocation . If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if Section 5.05(b) and this Section 5.05(c) were not in this Agreement.

 

14


(d) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

(f) Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes . Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes for any taxable period attributable to the Partnership, or an entity owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership, shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to the partners’ distributive shares of income (including income allocated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code) to which the Creditable Non-U.S. Tax relates (under principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.904-6). The provisions of this Section 5.07(f) are intended to comply with the provisions of Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(g) Ameliorative Allocations . Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 and this Section 5.05(g), so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Partner shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) had not occurred.

Section 5.06 . Tax Allocations . For income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as the corresponding items of Profits and Losses and specially allocated items are allocated for Capital Account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the Code (in any manner determined by the General Partner and permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations) so as to take account of the difference between Carrying Value and adjusted basis of such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such allocations for tax purposes as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.07 . Tax Advances . To the extent the General Partner reasonably believes that the Partnership is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Partner or the Partnership is subjected to tax itself by reason of the status of any Partner (“ Tax Advances ”), the General Partner may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Partner shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. For all

 

15


purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is equal to the Tax Advance. Each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest other than any penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed as a result of the Partnership’s failure to withhold or make a tax payment on behalf of such Partner which withholding or payment is required pursuant to applicable Law but only to the extent amounts sufficient to pay such taxes were not timely distributed to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(c)) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner.

Section 5.08 . Tax Matters . The General Partner shall be the initial “tax matters partner” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”). The Partnership shall file as a partnership for federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes, except where otherwise required by Law. All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership, and all other tax decisions and determinations relating to federal, state, provincial or local tax matters of the Partnership, shall be made by the Tax Matters Partner, in consultation with the Partnership’s attorneys and/or accountants. Tax audits, controversies and litigations shall be conducted under the direction of the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall keep the other Partners reasonably informed as to any tax actions, examinations or proceedings relating to the Partnership and shall submit to the other Partners, for their review and comment, any settlement or compromise offer with respect to any disputed item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Partnership. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall send to each Partner a copy of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, and any comparable statements required by applicable U.S. state or local income tax Law as a result of the Partnership’s activities or investments, with respect to such Fiscal Year. The Partnership also shall provide the Partners with such other information as may be reasonably requested for purposes of allowing the Partners to prepare and file their own tax returns. The Partnership shall use any reasonable method or combination of methods in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code for the purpose of allocating or specifically allocating items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes to account for the varying interests of the Partners for the Fiscal Year.

Section 5.09 . Other Allocation Provisions . Certain of the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. Section 5.03, Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 may be amended at any time by the General Partner if the General Partner believes such amendment is advisable, so long as any such amendment does not materially change the relative economic interests of the Partners. Furthermore, the General Partner shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its subsidiaries to make adjustments to capital accounts to reflect an adjustment to the carrying value of such subsidiaries assets consistent with the adjustments to Carrying Values of the Partnerships assets hereunder.

 

16


ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

Section 6.01 . Books and Records .

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership.

(b) Except as limited by Section 6.01(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right to receive, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(ii) promptly after their becoming available, copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership, could damage the Partnership or its business or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential.

ARTICLE VII

PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Section 7.01 . Units . Interests in the Partnership shall be represented by Units. The Units initially are comprised of one Class: Class A Units. The General Partner may establish, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the General Partner shall determine from time to time, other Classes, one or more series of any such Classes, or other Partnership securities with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Classes and series of Units or other Partnership securities), as shall be determined by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Units or other Partnership securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Unit or other Partnership security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Unit or other Partnership security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Units or other Partnership securities; and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of each such Unit or other Partnership security to vote on Partnership matters,

 

17


including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units or other Partnership securities. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Class A Units and any other Classes that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

Section 7.02 . Register . The register of the Partnership shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit and all relevant information with respect to each Partner. Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 7.03 . Registered Partners . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE VIII

FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 8.01 . Limited Partner Transfers .

(a) Except as provided in clauses (b) and (c), of this Section 8.01, no Limited Partner or Assignee thereof may Transfer (including by exchanging in an Exchange Transaction) all or any portion of its Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, the receipt of such legal opinions and other documents that the General Partner may require) as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not in accordance with, or subsequently violates, this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, and subject to Section 8.03, each Limited Partner may exchange or otherwise Transfer Units in an Exchange Transaction pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement. In the case of a Transfer of Units in connection with an Exchange Transaction, the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for, as applicable, a decrease in the number of Units owned by the Exchanging Limited Partner and an increase in the number of Units owned by APO LLC.

 

18


(c) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, and subject to Section 8.04, each Limited Partner that is a party to a Roll-up Agreement may exchange or otherwise Transfer Units pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 8.02 . Encumbrances . No Limited Partner or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) other than Encumbrances that run in favor of the Limited Partner unless the General Partner consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Consent of the General Partner shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

Section 8.03 . Further Restrictions . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Limited Partner or Assignee if:

(a) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;

(b) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any Class of Unit pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

(c) such Transfer would not cause (i) all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to (A) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, or (B) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (ii) the General Partner to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, pursuant to ERISA, any. applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;

(d) to the extent requested by the General Partner, the Partnership does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner, as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion; or

(e) such Transfer would create a substantial risk that the Partnership would be classified or otherwise treated other than as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.04 . Rights of Assignees . Subject to Section 8.06, the transferee of any permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article VIII will be an assignee only (“ Assignee ”), and only will receive, to the extent transferred, the distributions and allocations of income; gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item to which the Partner which transferred its Units would be entitled, and such Assignee will not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other rights or powers

 

19


of a Partner, such other rights, and all obligations relating to, or in connection with, such Interest remaining with the transferring Partner. The transferring Partner will remain a Partner even if it has transferred all of its Units to one or more Assignees until such time as the Assignee(s) is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner pursuant to Section 8.05.

Section 8.05 . Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals .

(a) No Person may be admitted to the Partnership as an additional General Partner or substitute General Partner without the prior written consent or ratification of Partners whose Percentage Interests exceed 50% of the Percentage Interests of all Partners in the aggregate. A General Partner will not be entitled to Transfer all of its Units or to withdraw from being a General Partner of the Partnership unless another General Partner shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or withdrawn).

(b) No Limited Partner will be removed or entitled to withdraw from being a Partner of the Partnership except in accordance with Section 8.07 hereof.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Article IX or the Act, no admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of a Partner will cause the dissolution of the Partnership. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any purported admission, withdrawal or removal that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void.

Section 8.06 . Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners . An Assignee will become a substitute Limited Partner only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the General Partner consents in writing to such admission, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion;

(b) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as a substitute Limited Partner) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner (as determined in its sole discretion);

(c) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with this Agreement and all applicable Law; and

(d) if required by the General Partner, the parties to the Transfer, or any one of them, pays all of the Partnership’s reasonable expenses connected with such Transfer (including, but not limited to, the reasonable legal and accounting fees of the Partnership).

Section 8.07 . Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners . If a Limited Partner ceases to hold any Units, then such Limited Partner shall withdraw from the Partnership and shall cease to be a Limited Partner and to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner.

 

20


ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 9.01 . No Dissolution . Except as required by the Act, the Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated wound up and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

Section 9.02 . Events Causing Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership under Section 17-802 of the Act upon the finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that the General Partner (i) is permanently incapable of performing its part of this Agreement, (ii) has been guilty of conduct that is calculated to affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business of the Partnership, (iii) willfully or persistently commits a breach of this Agreement or (iv) conducts itself in a manner relating to the Partnership or its business such that it is not reasonably practicable for the other Partners to carry on the business of the Partnership with the General Partner;

(b) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Partnership to be carried on by the Partners;

(c) the written consent of all Partners;

(d) any other event not inconsistent with any provision hereof causing a dissolution of the Partnership under the Act;

(e) the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner; provided that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 9.02(e) if: (1) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one other general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to, and elects to, carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) all remaining Limited Partners consent to or ratify the continuation of the business of the Partnership and the appointment of another general partner of the Partnership, effective as of the event that caused the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, within 120 days following the occurrence of any such event, which consent shall be deemed (and if requested each Limited Partner shall provide a written consent or ratification) to have been given for all Limited Partners if the holders of more than 50% of the Units then outstanding agree in writing to so continue the business of the Partnership.

Section 9.03 . Distribution upon Dissolution .

(a) Upon dissolution, the Partnership shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership is completed. Upon the winding up

 

21


of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any other Person designated by the General Partner (the “Liquidation Agent”), shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and shall, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, liquidate the assets of the Partnership as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds of any liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(b) First, to the satisfaction of debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including satisfaction of all indebtedness to Partners and/or their Affiliates to the extent otherwise permitted by law) including the expenses of liquidation, and including the establishment of any reserve which the Liquidation Agent shall deem reasonably necessary for any contingent, conditional or unmatured contractual liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (“ Contingencies ”). Any such reserve may be paid over by the Liquidation Agent to any attorney-at-law, or acceptable party, as escrow agent, to be held for disbursement in payment of any Contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the Liquidation Agent for distribution of the balance in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.03; and

(c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, pro rata to each of the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

Section 9.04 . Time for Liquidation . A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Liquidation Agent to minimize the losses attendant upon such liquidation.

Section 9.05 . Termination . The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Units in the manner provided for in this Article IX, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 9.06 . Claims of the Partners . The Partners shall look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner or any other Person. No Partner with a negative balance in such Partner’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Partnership or to the other Partners or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance during the existence of the Partnership, upon dissolution or termination of the Partnership or otherwise, except to the extent required by the Act.

Section 9.07 . Survival of Certain Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 11.09 shall survive the termination of the Partnership.

 

22


ARTICLE X

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01 . Liability of Partners .

(a) No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner or have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account solely by reason of being a Partner of the Partnership, except to the extent required by the Act.

(b) This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any fiduciary duty on any of the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, the Partners hereby waive any and all fiduciary duties that, absent such waiver, may exist at or be implied by Law or in equity, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Partnership are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement and those required by the Act.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Partners relating thereto (including without limitation, the General Partner).

(d) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, such General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

Section 10.02 . Indemnification .

(a) The General Partner (including, without limitation, for this purpose each former and present director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, employee and stockholder of the General Partner) and each Limited Partner (including any former Limited Partner), in his capacity, as such, and to the extent such Limited Partner participates, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership’s activities (each, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the

 

23


Covered Persons ”) shall not be liable to the Partnership or, to the extent applicable, to any of the other Partners for any loss, claim, damage or liability occasioned by any acts or omissions in the performance of its services hereunder, unless it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ Final Adjudication ”) that such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to an act or omission of a Covered Person (i) made in bad faith or with criminal intent or (ii) that adversely affected the Partnership and that failed to satisfy the duty of care owed pursuant to the Partnership or as otherwise required by law.

(b) A Covered Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law by the Partnership against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by or imposed upon him by reason of or in connection with any action taken or omitted by such Covered Person arising out of the Covered Person’s status as a Partner or its activities on behalf of the Partnership, including in connection with any action, suit, investigation or proceeding before any judicial, administrative, regulatory or legislative body or agency to which it may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which it shall be threatened by reason of being or having been the General Partner or by reason of serving or having served as a director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, partner, employee or stockholder of any enterprise in which the Partnership or any of its affiliates has or had a financial interest; provided that the Partnership may, but shall not be required to, indemnify a Covered Person with respect to any matter as to which there has been a Final Adjudication that its acts or its failure to act (i) were in bad faith or with criminal intent, or (ii) were of a nature that makes indemnification by the relevant affiliate unavailable. The right to indemnification granted by this Section 10.02 shall be in addition to any rights to which a Covered Person may otherwise be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the successors by operation of law or valid assigns of such Covered Person. The Partnership shall pay the expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, investigation or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay such payment if there shall be a Final Adjudication that it is not entitled to indemnification as provided herein. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02, and in any suit in the name of the Partnership to recover expenses advanced pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Partnership shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon Final Adjudication that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02. In any such suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification or to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to an advancement of expenses, shall be on the Partnership (or any Limited Partner acting derivatively or otherwise on behalf of the Partnership or the Limited Partners). The General Partner may not satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section 10.02 or to which it may be otherwise entitled except out of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds and rights pursuant to indemnification agreements), and no Partner shall be personally liable with respect to any such claim for indemnity or reimbursement. The General Partner may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02 and obtain appropriate insurance coverage on behalf and at the expense of the Partnership to secure the Partnership’s indemnification obligations hereunder and may enter into appropriate indemnification

 

24


agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02. Each Covered Person shall be deemed a third party beneficiary (to the extent not a direct party hereto) to this Agreement and, in particular, the provisions of this Section 10.02.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Partners, the Covered Person shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of each such Covered Person.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01 . Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 11.02 . Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.02):

 

  (a) If to the Partnership, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings I GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (b) If to any Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings I GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

25


  (c) If to the General Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings I GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Section 11.03 . Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by Law.

Section 11.04 . Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.05 . Interpretation . Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.06 . Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 11.06.

Section 11.07 . Further Assurances . Each Limited Partner shall perform all other acts and execute and deliver all other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 11.08 . Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Limited Partners that serve as a senior managing director of any of the Apollo Operating Group entities or their subsidiaries may from time to time enter into agreements with the Partnership in respect of the terms of such service.

Section 11.09 . Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner and each Limited Partner hereby agree that any claim, action or

 

26


proceeding by any Limited Partner seeking any relief whatsoever based on, arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the Partnership’s business or affairs shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (or other appropriate state court in the State of Delaware) or the federal courts located in the State of Delaware, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country. EACH PARTNER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY .

Section 11.10 . Expenses . Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with its operation.

Section 11.11 . Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement (including the Annexes hereto) may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the General Partner; provided that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any Class of Units in relation to other Classes of Units must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Class affected; provided further , that the General Partner may, without the written consent of any Limited Partner or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (i) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership; (ii) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership; (iv) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; (v) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

(c) The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(1) (or any similar provision)

 

27


under which the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Partnership and each of its Partners to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), and (iv) any other related amendments.

(d) Except as may be otherwise required by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution of the Partnership, each Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for judicial accounting or for partition of any of the Partnership’s property.

Section 11.12 . No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof).

Section 11.13 . Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 11.14 . Construction . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees it has had the opportunity to draft, review and edit the language of this Agreement and that it is the intent of the parties hereto that no presumption for or against any party arising out of drafting all or any part of this Agreement will be applied in any dispute relating to, in connection with or involving this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require that in cases of uncertainty, the language of a contract should be interpreted most strongly against the party who drafted such language.

Section 11.15 . Power of Attorney . Each Limited Partner, by its execution hereof, hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement that has been adopted as herein provided; (b) the original certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership and all amendments thereto required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments (including consents and ratifications which the Limited Partners have agreed to provide upon a matter receiving the agreed support of Limited Partners) deemed advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 8.04) and Law or to permit the Partnership to become or to continue as a limited partnership or partnership wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in each jurisdiction where the Partnership may be doing business; (d) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in

 

28


accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the admission of additional Limited Partners or substituted Limited Partners pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments or papers deemed advisable by the General Partner to effect the liquidation and termination of the Partnership; and (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted (in light of the Partnership’s activities) to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 11.16 . Letter Agreements: Schedules . The General Partner may, or may cause the Partnership to, without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person, enter into separate letter agreements with individual Limited Partners with respect to any matter, in each case on terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement. The General Partner may from time to time execute and deliver to the Limited Partners schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Partnership and any other matters deemed appropriate by the General Partner. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 11.17 . Partnership Status . The parties intend to treat the Partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

General Partner:    

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I GP,

LLC

      By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
        John J. Suydam
        Vice President

 

Limited Partners:     BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
      By:  

Black Family GP, LLC,

its General Partner

      By:    /s/ Leon D. Black
       

Leon D. Black

Manager

 

    MJR FOUNDATION LLC
      By:    /s/ Marc J. Rowan
       

Marc J. Rowan

Manager

        /s/ Joshua J. Harris
        Joshua J. Harris
  Initial Limited Partner:       /s/ Laurie Medley
        Laurie Medley

[Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. - LPA]

Exhibit 10.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II, L.P.

Dated as of July 13, 2007

THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II, L.P. HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, PROVINCE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH UNITS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR PROVINCE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH UNITS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Article I DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.01. Definitions

   1

Article II FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

   8

Section 2.01. Formation

   8

Section 2.02. Name

   8

Section 2.03. Term

   9

Section 2.04. Offices

   9

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process

   9

Section 2.06. Business Purpose

   9

Section 2.07. Powers of the Partnership

   9

Section 2.08. Partners; Admission of New Partners

   9

Section 2.09. Withdrawal

   9

Article III MANAGEMENT

   9

Section 3.01. General Partner

   9

Section 3.02. Compensation

   10

Section 3.03. Expenses

   10

Section 3.04. Authority of Partners

   10

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification

   11

Article IV DISTRIBUTIONS

   11

Section 4.01. Distributions

   11

Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution

   13

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution

   13

Article V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

   14

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions

   14

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions

   14

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts

   14

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses

   14

Section 5.05. Special Allocations

   15

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations

   16

Section 5.07. Tax Advances

   16

Section 5.08. Tax Matters

   16

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions

   17

Article VI BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

   17

Section 6.01. Books and Records

   17

Article VII PARTNERSHIP UNITS

   18

Section 7.01. Units

   18

Section 7.02. Register

   18

Section 7.03. Registered Partners

   18

 

i


Article VIII FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

   19

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers

   19

Section 8.02. Encumbrances

   19

Section 8.03. Further Restrictions

   19

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees

   20

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals

   20

Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners

   21

Section 8.07. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners

   21

Article IX DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

   21

Section 9.01. No Dissolution

   21

Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution

   21

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution

   22

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation

   22

Section 9.05. Termination

   23

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners

   23

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions

   23

Article X LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

   23

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners

   23

Section 10.02. Indemnification

   24

Article XI MISCELLANEOUS

   25

Section 11.01. Severability

   25

Section 11.02. Notices

   26

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies

   26

Section 11.04. Binding Effect

   26

Section 11.05. Interpretation

   26

Section 11.06. Counterparts

   27

Section 11.07. Further Assurances

   27

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement

   27

Section 11.09. Governing Law

   27

Section 11.10. Expenses

   27

Section 11.11. Amendments and Waivers

   27

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries

   28

Section 11.13. Headings

   28

Section 11.14. Construction

   29

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney

   29

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules

   29

Section 11.17. Partnership Status

   29

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II, L.P.

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) is made as of July 13, 2007, by and among Apollo Principal Holdings II GP, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as general partner, and the Limited Partners (as defined herein) of the Partnership.

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Act, by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “ Certificate ”) with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 21, 2007 and the execution of the initial Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company (the “ Original Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restated the Original Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined):” Act ” means, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time.

Additional Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to each Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and any amounts such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable Law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).


APO Corp .” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO Corp. Distribution Amount ” means the sum of (a) the accrued and unpaid interest then due on the then outstanding Issuer Convertible Notes, and (b) an amount sufficient to pay the Taxes on that portion of the annual net income of APO Corp. that exceeds the amount of Distributable Cash paid to APO Corp.

APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnership ” means each of the Apollo Operating Group entities in which APO Corp. is a Limited Partner.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Operating Group ” means each of the Partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the Issuer’s carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management), as set forth on Annex A , as amended from time to time.

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account (a) the nondeductiblity of expenses subject to the limitation described in Section 67(a) of the Code and (b) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt income) of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Rate will be the same for all Partners.

Authorized Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

Capital Account ” means the separate capital account maintained for each Partner in accordance with Section 5.03 hereof.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the aggregate amount of money contributed to the Partnership and the Carrying Value of any property (other than money), net of any liabilities assumed by the Partnership upon contribution or to which such property is subject, contributed to the Partnership pursuant to Article V.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Partnership shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the General Partner, and the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of (a) the date of the acquisition of any additional Partnership Interest by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of

 

2


more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets to a Partner; (c) the date a Partnership Interest is relinquished to the Partnership; (d) any other date specified in the Treasury Regulations or (e) any other date specified by the General Partner; provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) (c) and (d) above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners. The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be adjusted immediately before such distribution to equal its fair market value. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Profits (Losses)” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Class ” means the classes of Units into which the interests in the Partnership may be classified or divided from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited partnership interests of the Issuer.

Class A Units ” means the Units of partnership interest in the Partnership designated as the “Class A Units” herein and having the rights pertaining thereto as are set forth in this Agreement.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. “Contingencies” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(c).

Control ” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

Conversion Shares ” means the Class A Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes.

Covered Person ” and “ Covered Persons ” have the meanings set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

3


Creditable Non-U.S. Tax ” means a non-U.S. tax paid or accrued for United States federal income tax purposes by the Partnership, in either case to the extent that such tax is eligible for credit under Section 901(a) of the Code. A non-U.S. tax is a Creditable Non-U.S. Tax for these purposes without regard to whether a partner receiving an allocation of such non-U.S. tax elects to claim a credit for such amount. This definition is intended to be consistent with the definition of “Creditable Non-U.S. Tax” in Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi)(b), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Disabling Event ” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

Distributable Cash ” means cash received by the Partnership from dividends and distributions or other income, other than cash reserves to account for reasonably anticipated expenses and other liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate.

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Issuer, the Apollo Operating Group, and the limited partners of the Apollo Operating Group entities from time to time, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Transaction ” means an exchange of Units for Class A Shares pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, if the Issuer and the exchanging Limited Partner shall mutually agree, a Transfer of Units to the Issuer, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries for other consideration.

Final Adjudication ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Final Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Fiscal Year ” means (i) the period commencing upon the formation of the Partnership and ending on December 31, 2007 or (ii) any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

General Partner ” means Apollo Principal Holdings II GP LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any successor general partner admitted to the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

4


Incapacity ” means, with respect to any Person, the bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, entry of an order of incompetence, or the insanity, permanent disability or death of such Person.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO and (ii) a Private Placement.

IPO ” means the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms); provided , that no such underwritten public offering shall constitute an “IPO” for the purposes of this Agreement unless (x) it involves a sale to underwriters for distribution to the public representing a public float of at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer Convertible Notes (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes have been converted into, Class A Shares) and (y) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold, and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Issuer in respect of the Class A Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; in the case of clauses both (i) and (ii), such registration statement to be filed by the Issuer with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Issuer ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

Issuer Manager ” means AGM Management LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and the manager of the Issuer, or any successor manager of the Issuer.

Issuer Convertible Notes ” means the 7% convertible senior unsecured notes of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Strategic Agreement.

Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order issued or promulgated by any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Partnership or any Partner, as the case may be.

Limited Partner ” means each of the Persons from time to time listed as a limited partner in the books and records of the Partnership.

Liquidation Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 of this Agreement.

Net Taxable Income ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership for a fiscal year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain of the Partnership during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Offering Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

 

5


Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a partner (including the General Partner) on the books and records of the Partnership, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of the Partnership as provided hereunder.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount with respect to each partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units then owned by such Partner by the number of Units then owned by all Partners.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated or governmental organization or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Price Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision), Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Issuer to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering; provided , that no such private placement shall qualify as a “Private Placement” for the purposes of this Agreement, unless (x) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold and (y) it involves engagement of one or more initial purchasers, placement agents or investment banks performing a similar role for the purpose of facilitating the distribution of Class A Shares representing at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units

 

6


had been exchanged for, and all Issuer Convertible Notes had been converted into, Class A Shares); provided , further , that in the event that any Person purchases Class A Shares representing more than 20% of such offering, the amount in excess of 20% shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the 10% threshold set forth in this clause (y) has been satisfied.

Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, the taxable income or loss of the Partnership, or particular items thereof, determined in accordance with the accounting method used by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments: (a) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 shall not be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss; (b) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (c) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (d) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (other than an adjustment in respect of depreciation) of any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; (e) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to such asset for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, if any, shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Carrying Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions bears to such adjusted tax basis; provided that if the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction is zero, the General Partner may use any reasonable method for purposes of determining depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions in calculating Profits and Losses); and (f) except for items in (a) above, any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Roll-up Agreements ” mean collectively, each Roll-up Agreement, by and among BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, the Issuer, APO LLC, APO Corp., and an employee of the Issuer or one of its subsidiaries, dated as of the date hereof, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Similar Law ” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Partnership to be treated as assets of the Limited Partner by virtue of its limited partner interest in the Partnership and thereby subject the Partnership and the General Partner (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Partnership’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

7


Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

Tax Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07. “Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Distributions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08.

Transfer ” means, in respect of any Unit, property or other asset, any sale, assignment, transfer, distribution or other disposition thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, including, without limitation, the exchange of any Unit for any other security.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Class A Units and any other Class of Units authorized in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute interests in the Partnership as provided in this Agreement and under the Act; entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.01. Formation . The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership under the provisions of the Act by the filing on March 21, 2007 the Certificate as provided in the preamble of this Agreement. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) if the General Partner deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership.

Section 2.02. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.

 

8


Section 2.03. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate, and the term shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Article IX. The existence of the Partnership shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Act.

Section 2.04. Offices . The Partnership may have offices at such places as the General Partner from time to time may select.

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process . The Partnership’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate, as the same may be amended by the General Partner from time to time.

Section 2.06. Business Purpose . The Partnership shall have the power to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited partnerships may be formed under the Act.

Section 2.07. Powers of the Partnership . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act including, without limitation, the ownership and operation of the assets contributed to the Partnership by the Partners, by any other Law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.06.

Section 2.08. Partners; Admission of New Partners . Each of the Persons listed in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, by virtue of the execution of this Agreement, are admitted as Partners of the Partnership. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, and the Partners consent to the variation of such rights, duties and liabilities as provided herein. A Person may be admitted from time to time as a new Partner in accordance with Section 8.05 and Section 8.06; provided , however, that each new Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner an appropriate supplement to this Agreement pursuant to which the new Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.09. Withdrawal . No Partner shall have the right to withdraw as a Partner of the Partnership other than following the Transfer of all Units owned by such Partner in accordance with Article VIII; provided , however, that a new General Partner or substitute General Partner may be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.05.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.01. General Partner.

(a) The business, property and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the General Partner, which may from time to time delegate authority to officers or to others to act on behalf of the Partnership.

 

9


(b) The Partners hereby agree that the Partnership, acting by the General Partner and/or any officer of the General Partner, including but not limited to Tom Doria and Tony Tortorelli (each, an “ Authorized Person ”) on its behalf, shall be and hereby is authorized (i) to open bank accounts on behalf of the Partnership in such banks, and designate the persons authorized to sign checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, undertakings or orders for payment of money from funds of the Partnership on deposit in such accounts, as may be deemed by the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership and, in connection therewith, execute any form of required resolution necessary to open any such bank accounts; (ii) prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, by mail, facsimile or telephone, for and on behalf of the Partnership, an Application for Employer Identification Number on United States Internal Revenue Service Form SS-4, and to prepare, execute and file with the appropriate authorities such other federal, state or local applications, forms and papers on behalf of the Partnership as may be required by law or deemed by the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership, as applicable; and (iii) pay on behalf of the Partnership any and all fees and expenses incident to and necessary to perfect the organization of the Partnership. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, acting by the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person on its behalf, is hereby authorized to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents, without any consent of any Limited Partner, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Partnership or the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Partnership to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The Partners agree that the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person may execute the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents on behalf of the Partnership under any title, including without limitation “Authorized Person,” that the General Partner or any Authorized Person, or any of them, deems appropriate and that any prior acts of the Partnership and the General Partner and/or any Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Partnership, consistent with the foregoing authorizations, are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 3.02. Compensation . The General Partner shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in its capacity as General Partner.

Section 3.03. Expenses . The Partnership shall bear and/or reimburse (i) the General Partner for any expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with serving as the general partner of the Partnership, and (ii) Issuer and APO Corp., with respect to the Partnership’s allocable share of any expenses solely incurred by or attributable to the Issuer or APO COrp. (such as expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Offering) but excluding obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by the Issuer or APO Corp., income tax expenses of the Issuer or APO Corp. and indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or APO Corp.

Section 3.04. Authority of Partners . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Partnership. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units do not confer any rights upon the Limited Partners to participate in the affairs of the Partnership described in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Limited Partners shall have no right to vote on any matter involving the Partnership, including

 

10


with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership. The conduct, control and management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Partnership, the decision of the General Partner shall be the decision of the Partnership. Except as required or permitted by Law, or by separate agreement with the Partnership, no Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Partnership in. its capacity as a Partner, nor shall any Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Partnership in his or its capacity as a Partner in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Partnership or of any other Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may employ one or more Partners from time to time, and such Partners, in their capacity as employees of the Partnership (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Limited Partners of the Partnership), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Partnership to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership has been delegated to them by the General Partner.

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken if all Partners whose consent or ratification is required consent thereto or provide a consent or ratification in writing.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.01. Distributions .

(a) Prior to an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, in the following order of priority

(i) first , to APO Corp., until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. or APO LLC, as applicable, equals any principal amount of the Issuer Convertible Notes then due;

(ii) second , to APO Corp., until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, equals the APO Corp. Distribution Amount;

(iii) third , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Interests, until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, equals the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator being the number of Operating Group Units outstanding minus the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes and the denominator being the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes and (y) the amount described in clause (a) of the definition of APO Corp. Distribution Amount; provided , that for purposes of this clause (iii) the number of Operating Group Units deemed to be owned by APO Corp. and APO LLC (in the aggregate) shall be reduced by the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of all outstanding Issuer

 

11


Convertible Notes and the number of Class A Shares issuable in the Initial Offering (the intent of this provision being that APO Corp. shall not participate in any distributions pursuant to this clause (iii) if no Class A Shares are actually outstanding prior to the Initial Offering); and

(iv) fourth , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that the amount attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period prior to the Closing Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO Corp. and their respective transferees pro rata (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including January 1, 2007 to but excluding the Closing Date and the denominator being 365); provided, further , if the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, do not have sufficient funds to fully satisfy the APO Corp. Distribution Amount, then amounts otherwise distributable pursuant to this Section 4.01(a)(iv) shall not be distributed to the Limited Partners unless either (x) after giving pro-forma effect to such distribution, there is no payment default of the Issuer Convertible Notes or (y) the consent of the Noteholders has been given. It is understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(b) Immediately following an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided , that :

(i) amounts attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period prior to the Closing Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO Corp. and their respective transferees (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including January 1, 2007 and to but excluding Closing Date and the denominator being 365), it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

(ii) amounts attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period from and after the Closing Date but prior to the Offering Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners immediately prior to Offering Date pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests prior the Offering Date (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including the Closing Date and to but excluding the Offering Date and the denominator being 365), it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

(iii) the distribution required pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) shall be made before the application of this subsection (b).

(c) Tax Distributions .

 

12


(i) In addition to the foregoing, if the General Partner reasonably determines that the taxable income of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year will give rise to taxable income for the Partners (“ Net Taxable Income ”), the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute Available Cash in respect of income tax liabilities (the “ Tax Distributions ”) to the extent that other distributions made by the Partnership for such year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities, provided that distributions pursuant to Section 4.02 and allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 related to such distributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 4.01(c). The Tax Distributions payable with respect to any Fiscal Year shall be computed based upon the General Partner’s estimate of the allocable Net Taxable Income in accordance with Article V, multiplied by the Assumed Tax Rate (the “ Tax Amount ”). For purposes of computing the Tax Amount, the effect of any benefit under Section 743(b) of the Code will be ignored. Any Tax distributions shall be made to all Partners, whether or not they are subject to such applicable U.S. federal, state and local taxes, pro rata in accordance with their Participation Percentages.

(ii) Tax Distributions shall be calculated and paid no later than one day prior to each quarterly due date for the payment by corporations on a calendar year of estimated taxes under the Code in the following manner (A) for the first quarterly period, 25% of the Tax Amount, (B) for the second quarterly period, 50% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year, (C) for the third quarterly period, 75% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year and (D) for the fourth quarterly period, 100% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year. Following each Fiscal Year, and no later than one day prior to the due date for the payment by corporations of income taxes for such Fiscal Year, the General Partner shall make an amended calculation of the Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year (the “ Amended Tax Amount ”), and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Available Cash, to the extent that the Amended Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of such Fiscal Year. If the Amended Tax Amount is less than the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (the “ Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Within 30 days following the date on which the Partnership files a tax return on Form 1065, the General Partner shall make a final calculation of the Tax Amount of such Fiscal Year (the “ Final Tax Amount ”) and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Available Cash, to the extent that the Final Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the Amended Tax Amount. If the Final Tax Amount is less than the Amended Tax Amount in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (“ Additional Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Any Credit Amount and Additional Credit Amount applied against future Tax Distributions shall be treated as an amount actually distributed pursuant to this Section 4.01(c) for purposes of the computations herein.

Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution . Distributions made upon dissolution of the Partnership shall be made as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not make a Partnership distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable Law.

 

13


ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;

TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions . The Partners have made, on or prior to the date hereof, Capital Contributions and have acquired the number of Class A Units as specified in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in this Article V, no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the consent of such Partner or permitted to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner.

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account of each Partner shall be credited with such Partner’s Capital Contributions, if any, all Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 and any items of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.05; and shall be debited with all Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04, any items of loss or deduction of the Partnership specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.05, and all cash and the Carrying Value of any property (net of liabilities assumed by such Partner and the - liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Any references in any section of this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Partner shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be credited or debited from time to time as set forth above. In the event of any transfer of any interest in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Partnership) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Partner after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.05 is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Article IV if the Partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Partnership liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Partnership were distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership, and in no event will APO Corp. be allocated Profits and Losses (or items thereof) attributable to any carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed.

 

14


Section 5.05. Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V:

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Partnership taxable year, the Partners shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.05(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Qualified Income Offset . If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.05(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 5.05(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Gross Income Allocation . If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if Section 5.05(b) and this Section 5.05(c) were not in this Agreement.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

 

15


(f) Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes . Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes for any taxable period attributable to the Partnership, or an entity owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership, shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to the partners’ distributive shares of income (including income allocated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code) to which the Creditable Non-U.S. Tax relates (under principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.904-6). The provisions of this Section 5.07(f) are intended to comply with the provisions of Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(g) Ameliorative Allocations . Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 and this Section 5.05(g), so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Partner shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) had not occurred.

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations . For income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as the corresponding items of Profits and Losses and specially allocated items are allocated for Capital Account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the Code (in any manner determined by the General Partner and permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations) so as to take account of the difference between Carrying Value and adjusted basis of such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such allocations for tax purposes as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.07. Tax Advances . To the extent the General Partner reasonably believes that the Partnership is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Partner or the Partnership is subjected to tax itself by reason of the status of any Partner (“ Tax Advances ”), the General Partner may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Partner shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. For all purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is equal to the Tax Advance. Each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest other than any penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed as a result of the Partnership’s failure to withhold or make a tax payment on behalf of such Partner which withholding or payment is required pursuant to applicable Law but only to the extent amounts sufficient to pay such taxes were not timely distributed to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(c)) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner.

Section 5.08. Tax Matters . The General Partner shall be the initial “ tax matters partner ” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “Tax Matters Partner”). The Partnership shall file as a partnership for federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes,

 

16


except where otherwise required by Law. All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership, and all other tax decisions and determinations relating to federal, state, provincial or local tax matters of the Partnership, shall be made by the Tax Matters Partner, in consultation with the Partnership’s attorneys and/or accountants. Tax audits, controversies and litigations shall be conducted under the direction of the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall keep the other Partners reasonably informed as to any tax actions, examinations or proceedings relating to the Partnership and shall submit to the other Partners, for their review and comment, any settlement or compromise offer with respect to any disputed item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Partnership. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall send to each Partner a copy of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, and any comparable statements required by applicable U.S. state or local income tax Law as a result of the Partnership’s activities or investments, with respect to such Fiscal Year. The Partnership also shall provide the Partners with such other information as may be reasonably requested for purposes of allowing the Partners to prepare and file their own tax returns. The Partnership shall use any reasonable method or combination of methods in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code for the purpose of allocating or specifically allocating items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes to account for the varying interests of the Partners for the Fiscal Year.

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions . Certain of the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. Section 5.03, Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 may be amended at any time by the General Partner if the General Partner believes such amendment is advisable, so long as any such amendment does not materially change the relative economic interests of the Partners. Furthermore, the General Partner shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its subsidiaries to make adjustments to capital accounts to reflect an adjustment to the carrying value of such subsidiaries assets consistent with the adjustments to Carrying Values of the Partnerships assets hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

Section 6.01. Books and Records .

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership.

(b) Except as limited by Section 6.01(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right to receive, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

 

17


(ii) promptly after their becoming available, copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership, could damage the Partnership or its business or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential.

ARTICLE VII

PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Section 7.01. Units . Interests in the Partnership shall be represented by Units. The Units initially are comprised of one Class: Class A Units. The General Partner may establish, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the General Partner shall determine from time to time, other Classes, one or more series of any such Classes, or other Partnership securities with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Classes and series of Units or other Partnership securities), as shall be determined by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Units or other Partnership securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Unit or other Partnership security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Unit or other Partnership security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Units or other Partnership securities; and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of each such Unit or other Partnership security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units or other Partnership securities. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Class A Units and any other Classes that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

Section 7.02. Register . The register of the Partnership shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit and all relevant information with respect to each Partner. Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 7.03. Registered Partners . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

 

18


ARTICLE VIII

FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers .

(a) Except as provided in clauses (b) and (c), of this Section 8.01, no Limited Partner or Assignee thereof may Transfer (including by exchanging in an Exchange Transaction) all or any portion of its Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, the receipt of such legal opinions and other documents that the General Partner may require) as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not in accordance with, or subsequently violates, this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, and subject to Section 8.03, each Limited Partner may exchange or otherwise Transfer Units in an Exchange Transaction pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement. In the case of an Transfer of Units in connection with an Exchange Transaction, the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for, as applicable, a decrease in the number of Units owned by the Exchanging Limited Partner and an increase in the number of Units owned by APO Corp.

(c) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, and subject to Section 8.04, each Limited Partner that is a party to a Roll-up Agreement may exchange or otherwise Transfer Units pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 8.02. Encumbrances . No Limited Partner or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) other than Encumbrances that run in favor of the Limited Partner unless the General Partner consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Consent of the General Partner shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

Section 8.03. Further Restrictions . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Limited Partner or Assignee if:

(a) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;

 

19


(b) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any Class of Unit pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

(c) such Transfer would not cause (i) all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to (A) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, or (B) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (ii) the General Partner to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, pursuant to ERISA, any applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;

(d) to the extent requested by the General Partner, the Partnership does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner, as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion or

(e) such Transfer would create a substantial risk that the Partnership would be classified or otherwise treated other than as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees . Subject to Section 8.06, the transferee of any permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article VIII will be an assignee only (“ Assignee ”), and only will receive, to the extent transferred, the distributions and allocations of income; gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item to which the Partner which transferred its Units would be entitled, and such Assignee will not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other rights or powers of a Partner, such other rights, and all obligations relating to, or in connection with, such Interest remaining with the transferring Partner. The transferring Partner will remain a Partner even if it has transferred all of its Units to one or more Assignees until such time as the Assignee(s) is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner pursuant to Section 8.05.

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals .

(a) No Person may be admitted to the Partnership as an additional General Partner or substitute General Partner without the prior written consent or ratification of Partners whose Percentage Interests exceed 50% of the Percentage Interests of all Partners in the aggregate. A General Partner will not be entitled to Transfer all of its Units or to withdraw from being a General Partner of the Partnership unless another General Partner shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or withdrawn).

(b) No Limited Partner will be removed or entitled to withdraw from being a Partner of the Partnership except in accordance with Section 8.07 hereof.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Article IX or the Act, no admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of a Partner will cause the dissolution of the Partnership. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any purported admission, withdrawal or removal that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

20


Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners . An Assignee will become a substitute Limited Partner only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the General Partner consents in writing to such admission, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion;

(b) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as a substitute Limited Partner) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner (as determined in its sole discretion);

(c) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with this Agreement and all applicable Law; and

(d) if required by the General Partner, the parties to the Transfer, or any one of them, pays all of the Partnership’s reasonable expenses connected with such Transfer (including, but not limited to, the reasonable legal and accounting fees of the Partnership).

Section 8.07. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners . If a Limited Partner ceases to hold any Units, then such Limited Partner shall withdraw from the Partnership and shall cease to be a Limited Partner and to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner.

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 9.01. No Dissolution . Except as required by the Act, the Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated wound up and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership under Section 17-802 of the Act upon the finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that the General Partner (i) is permanently incapable of performing its part of this Agreement, (ii) has been guilty of conduct that is calculated to affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business of the Partnership, (iii) willfully or persistently commits a breach of this Agreement or (iv) conducts itself in a manner relating to the Partnership or its business such that it is not reasonably practicable for the other Partners to carry on the business of the Partnership with the General Partner;

 

21


(b) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Partnership to be carried on by the Partners;

(c) the written consent of all Partners;

(d) any other event not inconsistent with any provision hereof causing a dissolution of the Partnership under the Act;

(e) the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner; provided that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 9.02(e) if: (1) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one other general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to, and elects to, carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) all remaining Limited Partners consent to or ratify the continuation of the business of the Partnership and the appointment of another general partner of the Partnership, effective as of the event that caused the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, within 120 days following the occurrence of any such event, which consent shall be deemed (and if requested each Limited Partner shall provide a written consent or ratification) to have been given for all Limited Partners if the holders of more than 50% of the Units then outstanding agree in writing to so continue the business of the Partnership.

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution .

(a) Upon dissolution, the Partnership shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership is completed. Upon the winding up of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any other Person designated by the General Partner (the “ Liquidation Agent ”), shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and shall, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, liquidate the assets of the Partnership as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds of any liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(b) First, to the satisfaction of debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including satisfaction of all indebtedness to Partners and/or their Affiliates to the extent otherwise permitted by law) including the expenses of liquidation, and including the establishment of any reserve which the Liquidation Agent shall deem reasonably necessary for any contingent, conditional or unmatured contractual liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (“ Contingencies ”). Any such reserve may be paid over by the Liquidation Agent to any attorney-at-law, or acceptable party, as escrow agent, to be held for disbursement in payment of any Contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the Liquidation Agent for distribution of the balance in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.03; and

(c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, pro rata to each of the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation . A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Liquidation Agent to minimize the losses attendant upon such liquidation.

 

22


Section 9.05 . Termination . The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Units in the manner provided for in this Article IX, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners . The Partners shall look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner or any other Person. No Partner with a negative balance in such Partner’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Partnership or to the other Partners or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance during the existence of the Partnership, upon dissolution or termination of the Partnership or otherwise, except to the extent required by the Act.

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 11.09 shall survive the termination of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01 . Liability of Partners .

(a) No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner or have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account solely by reason of being a Partner of the Partnership, except to the extent required by the Act.

(b) This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any fiduciary duty on any of the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, the Partners hereby waive any and all fiduciary duties that, absent such waiver, may exist at or be implied by Law or in equity, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Partnership are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement and those required by the Act.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Partners relating thereto (including without limitation, the General Partner).

 

23


(d) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, such General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

Section 10.02. Indemnification .

(a) The General Partner (including, without limitation, for this purpose each former and present director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, employee and stockholder of the General Partner) and each Limited Partner (including any former Limited Partner), in his capacity, as such, and to the extent such Limited Partner participates, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership’s activities (each, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall not be liable to the Partnership or, to the extent applicable, to any of the other Partners for any loss, claim, damage or liability occasioned by any acts or omissions in the performance of its services hereunder, unless it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ Final Adjudication ”) that such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to an act or omission of a Covered Person (i) made in bad faith or with criminal intent or (ii) that adversely affected the Partnership and that failed to satisfy the duty of care owed pursuant to the Partnership or as otherwise required by law.

(b) A Covered Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law by the Partnership against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by or imposed upon him by reason of or in connection with any action taken or omitted by such Covered Person arising out of the Covered Person’s status as a Partner or its activities on behalf of the Partnership, including in connection with any action, suit, investigation or proceeding before any judicial, administrative, regulatory or legislative body or agency to which it may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which it shall be threatened by reason of being or having been the General Partner or by reason of serving or having served as a director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, partner, employee or stockholder of any enterprise in which the Partnership or any of its affiliates has or had a financial interest; provided that the Partnership may, but shall not be required to, indemnify a Covered Person with respect to any matter as to which there has been a Final Adjudication that its acts or its failure to act (i) were in bad faith or with criminal intent, or (ii) were of a nature that makes indemnification by the

 

24


relevant affiliate unavailable. The right to indemnification granted by this Section 10.02 shall be in addition to any rights to which a Covered Person may otherwise be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the successors by operation of law or valid assigns of such Covered Person. The Partnership shall pay the expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, investigation or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay such payment if there shall be a Final Adjudication that it is not entitled to indemnification as provided herein. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02, and in any suit in the name of the Partnership to recover expenses advanced pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Partnership shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon Final Adjudication that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02. In any such suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification or to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to an advancement of expenses, shall be on the Partnership (or any Limited Partner acting derivatively or otherwise on behalf of the Partnership or the Limited Partners). The General Partner may not satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section 10.02 or to which it may be otherwise entitled except out of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds and rights pursuant to indemnification agreements), and no Partner shall be personally liable with respect to any such claim for indemnity or reimbursement. The General Partner may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02 and obtain appropriate insurance coverage on behalf and at the expense of the Partnership to secure the Partnership’s indemnification obligations hereunder and may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02. Each Covered Person shall be deemed a third party beneficiary (to the extent not a direct party hereto) to this Agreement and, in particular, the provisions of this Section 10.02.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Partners, the Covered Person shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of each such Covered Person.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify

 

25


this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 11.02. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.02):

 

  (a) If to the Partnership, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings II GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (b) If to any Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings II GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (c) If to the General Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings II GP, LLC

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by Law.

Section 11.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.05 . Interpretation . Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

 

26


Section 11.06. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 11.06.

Section 11.07. Further Assurances . Each Limited Partner shall perform all other acts and execute and deliver all other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Limited Partners that serve as a senior managing director of any of the Apollo Operating Group or their subsidiaries may from time to time enter into agreements with the Partnership in respect of the terms of such service.

Section 11.09. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner and each Limited Partner hereby agree that any claim, action or proceeding by any Limited Partner seeking any relief whatsoever based on, arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the Partnership’s business or affairs shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (or other appropriate state court in the State of Delaware) or the federal courts located in the State of Delaware, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country. EACH PARTNER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY .

Section 11.10. Expenses . Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with its operation.

Section 11.11 . Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement (including the Annexes hereto) may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the General Partner; provided that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any Class of Units in relation to other Classes of Units must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Class affected; provided further , that the General Partner may, without the written consent of any Limited Partner or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to,

 

27


acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (i) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership; (ii) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership; (iv) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; (v) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

(c) The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(1) (or any similar provision) under which the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Partnership and each of its Partners to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), and (iv) any other related amendments.

(d) Except as may be otherwise required by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution of the Partnership, each Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for judicial accounting or for partition of any of the Partnership’s property.

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof).

Section 11.13. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

28


Section 11.14. Construction . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees it has had the opportunity to draft, review and edit the language of this Agreement and that it is the intent of the parties hereto that no presumption for or against any party arising out of drafting all or any part of this Agreement will be applied in any dispute relating to, in connection with or involving this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require that in cases of uncertainty, the language of a contract should be interpreted most strongly against the party who drafted such language.

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney . Each Limited Partner, by its execution hereof, hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement that has been adopted as herein provided; (b) the original certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership and all amendments thereto required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments (including consents and ratifications which the Limited Partners have agreed to provide upon a matter receiving the agreed support of Limited Partners) deemed advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 8.04) and Law or to permit the Partnership to become or to continue as a limited partnership or partnership wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in each jurisdiction where the Partnership may be doing business; (d) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the admission of additional Limited Partners or substituted Limited Partners pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments or papers deemed advisable by the General Partner to effect the liquidation and termination of the Partnership; and (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted (in light of the Partnership’s activities) to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules . The General Partner may, or may cause the Partnership to, without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person, enter into separate letter agreements with individual Limited Partners with respect to any matter, in each case on terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement. The General Partner may from time to time execute and deliver to the Limited Partners schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Partnership and any other matters deemed appropriate by the General Partner. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 11.17. Partnership Status . The parties intend to treat the Partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

General Partner:     APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II GP, LLC
      By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
        John J. Suydam
        Vice President

 

Limited Partners:     BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
      By:   Black Family GP, LLC,
        its General Partner
      By:   /s/ Leon D. Black
        Leon D. Black
        Manager
    MJR FOUNDATION LLC
      By:   /s/ Marc J. Rowan
        Marc J. Rowan
        Manager
        /s/ Joshua J. Harris
        Joshua J. Harris

[Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P. - LPA]

Exhibit 10.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III, L.P.

Dated July 13, 2007

THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III, L.P. HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, PROVINCE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH UNITS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR PROVINCE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH UNITS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page

Article I DEFINITIONS

   1

Section

   1.01.    Definitions    1

Article II FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

   8

Section

   2.01.    Formation    8

Section

   2.02.    Name    8

Section

   2.03.    Term    8

Section

   2.04.    Offices    8

Section

   2.05.    Agent for Service of Process    9

Section

   2.06.    Business Purpose    9

Section

   2.07.    Powers of the General Partner    9

Section

   2.08.    Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners    9

Section

   2.09.    Withdrawal    9

Article III MANAGEMENT

   9

Section

   3.01.    General Partner    9

Section

   3.02.    Compensation    10

Section

   3.03.    Expenses    10

Section

   3.04.    Authority of Partners    10

Section

   3.05.    Action by Written Consent or Ratification    11

Article IV DISTRIBUTIONS

   11

Section

   4.01.    Distributions    11

Section

   4.02.    Liquidation Distribution    13

Section

   4.03.    Limitations on Distribution    13

Article V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

   13

Section

   5.01.    Initial Capital Contributions    13

Section

   5.02.    No Additional Capital Contributions    13

Section

   5.03.    Capital Accounts    13

Section

   5.04.    Allocations of Profits and Losses    13

Section

   5.05.    Special Allocations    14

Section

   5.06.    Tax Allocations    15

Section

   5.07.    Tax Advances    15

Section

   5.08.    Tax Matters    16

Section

   5.09.    Other Allocation Provisions    16

Article VI BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

   16

Section

   6.01.    Books and Records    16

Article VII PARTNERSHIP UNITS

   17

Section

   7.01.    Units    17

Section

   7.02.    Register    18

 

i


Section

   7.03.    Registered Partners    18

Article VIII FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

   18

Section

   8.01.    Limited Partner Transfers    18

Section

   8.02.    Encumbrances    18

Section

   8.03.    Further Restrictions    19

Section

   8.04.    Rights of Assignees    19

Section

   8.05.    Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals    19

Section

   8.06.    Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners    20

Section

   8.07.    Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners    20

Article IX DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

   20

Section

   9.01.    No Dissolution    20

Section

   9.02.    Events Causing Dissolution    21

Section

   9.03.    Distribution upon Dissolution    21

Section

   9.04.    Time for Liquidation    22

Section

   9.05.    Termination    22

Section

   9.06.    Claims of the Partners    22

Section

   9.07.    Survival of Certain Provisions    22

Article X LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

   22

Section

   10.01.    Liability of Partners    22

Section

   10.02.    Indemnification    23

Article XI MISCELLANEOUS

   24

Section

   11.01.    Severability    24

Section

   11.02.    Notices    25

Section

   11.03.    Cumulative Remedies    25

Section

   11.04.    Binding Effect    25

Section

   11.05.    Interpretation    25

Section

   11.06.    Counterparts    26

Section

   11.07.    Further Assurances    26

Section

   11.08.    Entire Agreement    26

Section

   11.09.    Governing Law    26

Section

   11.10.    Expenses    26

Section

   11.11.    Amendments and Waivers    26

Section

   11.12.    No Third Party Beneficiaries    27

Section

   11.13.    Headings    27

Section

   11.14.    Construction    28

Section

   11.15.    Power of Attorney    28

Section

   11.16.    Letter Agreements: Schedules    28

Section

   11.17.    Partnership Status    28

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III, L.P.

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) is made on the 13th day of July, 2007, by and among Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd., a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as general partner, and the Limited Partners (as defined herein) of the Partnership.

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Act by the filing of a Certificate of Registration (the “ Certificate ”) with the Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnership on April 10, 2007 and the execution of the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company (the “ Original Agreement ”) by Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd., as general partner, and Sheryl Dean, as limited partner (the “ Initial Limited Partner ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restated the Original Agreement to permit the admission of additional Limited Partners to the Partnership and the withdrawal of the Initial Limited Partner.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined):”Act” means the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Additional Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to each Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and any amounts such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable Law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnership ” means each of the Apollo Operating Group entities in which APO Corp. is a Limited Partner.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Operating Group ” means each of the Partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the Issuer’s carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management), as set forth on Annex A , as amended from time to time.

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account (a) the nondeductiblity of expenses subject to the limitation described in Section 67(a) of the Code and (b) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt income) of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Rate will be the same for all Partners.

Capital Account ” means the separate capital account maintained for each Partner in accordance with Section 5.03 hereof.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the aggregate amount of money contributed to the Partnership and the Carrying Value of any property (other than money), net of any liabilities assumed by the Partnership upon contribution or to which such property is subject, contributed to the Partnership pursuant to Article V.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Partnership shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the General Partner, and the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of (a) the date of the acquisition of any additional Partnership Interest by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets to a Partner; (c) the date a Partnership Interest is relinquished to the Partnership; (d) any other date specified in the Treasury Regulations or (e) any other date specified by the General Partner; provided , however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) (c) and (d) above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner to reflect the relative economic

 

2


interests of the Partners. The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be adjusted immediately before such distribution to equal its fair market value. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Profits (Losses)” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Class ” means the classes of Units into which the interests in the Partnership may be classified or divided from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited partnership interests of the Issuer.

Class A Units ” means the Units of partnership interest in the Partnership designated as the “Class A Units” herein and having the rights pertaining thereto as are set forth in this Agreement.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Contingencies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(c).

Control ” (including the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

Covered Person ” and “ Covered Persons ” have the meanings set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

Creditable Non-U.S. Tax ” means a non-U.S. tax paid or accrued for United States federal income tax purposes by the Partnership, in either case to the extent that such tax is eligible for credit under Section 901(a) of the Code. A non-U.S. tax is a Creditable Non-U.S. Tax for these purposes without regard to whether a partner receiving an allocation of such non-U.S. tax elects to claim a credit for such amount. This definition is intended to be consistent with the definition of “Creditable Non-U.S. Tax” in Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi)(b), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Disabling Event ” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

 

3


Distributable Cash ” means cash received by the Partnership from dividends and distributions or other income, other than cash reserves to account for reasonably anticipated expenses and other liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate.

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Issuer, the Apollo Operating Group, and the limited partners of the Apollo Operating Group entities from time to time, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Transaction ” means an exchange of Units for Class A Shares pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, if the Issuer and the exchanging Limited Partner shall mutually agree, a Transfer of Units to the Issuer, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries for other consideration.

Final Adjudication ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Final Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Fiscal Year ” means (i) the period commencing upon the formation of the Partnership and ending on December 31, 2007 or (ii) any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

General Partner ” means Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. , a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands or any successor general partner admitted to the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Incapacity ” means, with respect to any Person, the bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, entry of an order of incompetence, or the insanity, permanent disability or death of such Person.

Initial Limited Partner ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO and (ii) a Private Placement.

IPO ” means the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors

 

4


and/or equivalents to such forms); provided , that no such underwritten public offering shall constitute an “IPO” for the purposes of this Agreement unless (x) it involves a sale to underwriters for distribution to the public representing a public float of at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer Convertible Notes (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes have been converted into, Class A Shares) and (y) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold, and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Issuer in respect of the Class A Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; in the case of clauses both (i) and (ii), such registration statement to be filed by the Issuer with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Issuer ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

Issuer Manager ” means AGM Management LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and the manager of the Issuer, or any successor manager of the Issuer.

Issuer Convertible Notes ” means the 7% convertible senior unsecured notes of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Strategic Agreement.

Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order issued or promulgated by any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Partnership or any Partner, as the case may be.

Limited Partner ” means each of the Persons from time to time listed as a limited partner in the books and records of the Partnership.

Liquidation Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 of this Agreement.

Net Taxable Income ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership for a fiscal year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain of the Partnership during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Offering Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

 

5


Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a partner (including the General Partner) on the books and records of the Partnership, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of the Partnership as provided hereunder.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount with respect to each partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units then owned by such Partner by the number of Units then owned by all Partners.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated or governmental organization or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Price Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision), Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Issuer to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering; provided , that no such private placement shall qualify as a “Private Placement” for the purposes of this Agreement, unless (x) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold and (y) it involves engagement of one or more initial purchasers, placement agents or investment banks performing a similar role for the purpose of facilitating the distribution of Class A Shares representing at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units had been exchanged for, and all Issuer Convertible Notes had been converted into, Class A Shares); provided , further , that in the event that any Person purchases Class A Shares representing more than 20% of such offering, the amount in excess of 20% shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the 10% threshold set forth in this clause (y) has been satisfied.

Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, the taxable income or loss of the Partnership, or particular items thereof, determined in accordance with the accounting

 

6


method used by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments: (a) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 shall not be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss; (b) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (c) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (d) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (other than an adjustment in respect of depreciation) of any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; (e) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to such asset for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, if any, shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Carrying Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions bears to such adjusted tax basis; provided that if the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction is zero, the General Partner may use any reasonable method for purposes of determining depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions in calculating Profits and Losses); and (f) except for items in (a) above, any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Roll-up Agreements ” mean collectively, each Roll-up Agreement, by and among BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, the Issuer, APO LLC, APO Corp., and an employee of the Issuer or one of its subsidiaries, dated as of the date hereof, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Similar Law ” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Partnership to be treated as assets of the Limited Partner by virtue of its limited partner interest in the Partnership and thereby subject the Partnership and the General Partner (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Partnership’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

Tax Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07.

 

7


Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i). “Tax Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i). “Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08.

Transfer ” means, in respect of any Unit, property or other asset, any sale, assignment, transfer, distribution or other disposition thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, including, without limitation, the exchange of any Unit for any other security.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Class A Units and any other Class of Units authorized in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute interests in the Partnership as provided in this Agreement and under the Act; entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.01. Formation . The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership under the provisions of the Act by the filing on April 10, 2007 the Certificate as provided in the preamble of this Agreement. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands, (b) if the General Partner deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership.

Section 2.02. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P.

Section 2.03. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate, and the term shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Article IX. The existence of the Partnership shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Act.

Section 2.04. Offices . The Partnership may have offices at such places as the General Partner from time to time may select.

 

8


Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process . The Partnership’s registered office and registered agent for service of process in the Cayman Islands shall be Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9002 or as otherwise determined by the General Partner from time to time.

Section 2.06. Business Purpose . The Partnership shall have the power to engage in any lawful act or activity for which exempted limited partnerships may be formed under the Act.

Section 2.07. Powers of the General Partner . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the General Partner will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act including, without limitation, the ownership and operation of the assets contributed to the Partnership by the Partners, by any other Law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.06.

Section 2.08. Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners . The Initial Limited Partner hereby withdraws as a Partner of the Partnership and shall have no interest in, or owe any obligations to, the Partnership whatsoever. As of the date hereof, the Initial Limited Partner received a return of any capital contribution made to the Partnership. Each of the Persons listed in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, by virtue of the execution of this Agreement, are admitted as Partners of the Partnership. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, and the Partners consent to the variation of such rights, duties and liabilities as provided herein. A Person may be admitted from time to time as a new Partner in accordance with Section 8.05 and Section 8.06; provided , however, that each new Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner an appropriate supplement to this Agreement pursuant to which the new Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.09. Withdrawal . No Partner shall have the right to withdraw as a Partner of the Partnership other than following the Transfer of all Units owned by such Partner in accordance with Article VIII; provided , however, that a new General Partner or substitute General Partner may be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.05.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.01. General Partner .

(a) The business, property and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the General Partner, which may from time to time delegate authority to officers or to others to act on behalf of the Partnership.

(b) The Partners hereby agree that the Partnership, acting by the General Partner, shall be and hereby is authorized (i) to open bank accounts on behalf of the Partnership in such banks, and designate the persons authorized to sign checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, undertakings or orders for payment of money from funds of the

 

9


Partnership on deposit in such accounts, as may be deemed by the General Partner, or any of them, to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership and, in connection therewith, execute any form of required resolution necessary to open any such bank accounts; (ii) prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, by mail, facsimile or telephone, for and on behalf of the Partnership, an Application for Employer Identification Number on United States Internal Revenue Service Form SS-4, and to prepare, execute and file with the appropriate authorities such other federal, state or local applications, forms and papers on behalf of the Partnership as may be required by law or deemed by the General Partner to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership, as applicable; and (iii) pay on behalf of the Partnership any and all fees and expenses incident to and necessary to perfect the organization of the Partnership. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, acting by the General Partner, is hereby authorized to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents, without any consent of any Limited Partner, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Partnership or the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The Partners agree that the General Partner may execute the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents on behalf of the Partnership, that the General Partner deems appropriate and that any prior acts of the Partnership and the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership, consistent with the foregoing authorizations, are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 3.02. Compensation . The General Partner shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in its capacity as General Partner.

Section 3.03. Expenses . The Partnership shall bear and/or reimburse (i) the General Partner for any expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with serving as the general partner of the Partnership, and (ii) Issuer and APO LLC, with respect to the Partnership’s allocable share of any expenses solely incurred by or attributable to the Issuer or APO LLC (such as expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Offering) but excluding obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by the Issuer, income tax expenses of the Issuer or APO LLC and indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or APO LLC.

Section 3.04. Authority of Partners . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Partnership. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units do not confer any rights upon the Limited Partners to participate in the affairs of the Partnership described in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Limited Partners shall have no right to vote on any matter involving the Partnership, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership. The conduct, control and management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Partnership, the decision of the General Partner shall be the decision of the Partnership. No Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Partnership in. its capacity as a Partner, nor shall any Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Partnership in his or its capacity as a Partner in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Partnership or of any other Partner.

 

10


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may employ one or more Partners from time to time, and such Partners, in their capacity as employees of the Partnership (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Limited Partners of the Partnership), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Partnership to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership has been delegated to them by the General Partner.

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken if all Partners whose consent or ratification is required consent thereto or provide a consent or ratification in writing.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.01. Distributions .

(a) Prior to an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, in the following order of priority

(i) first , to APO LLC., until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. or APO LLC, as applicable, equals any principal amount of the Issuer Convertible Notes then due; and

(ii) second , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that any amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date but has not yet closed, shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO LLC. It is understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(b) Immediately following an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided , that :

(i) amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO LLC, it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

(ii) amounts attributable to carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed on or after the Closing Date and prior to the Offering Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed on or after the Closing Date and prior to the Offering Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed, shall be distributed to the Limited Partners based upon their Percentage Interests outstanding immediately prior to Offering Date, it being understood

 

11


that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(c) Tax Distributions .

(i) In addition to the foregoing, if the General Partner reasonably determines that the taxable income of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year will give rise to taxable income for the Partners (“ Net Taxable Income ”), the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute Distributable Cash in respect of income tax liabilities (the “ Tax Distributions ”) to the extent that other distributions made by the Partnership for such year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities, provided that distributions pursuant to Section 4.02 and allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 related to such distributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 4.01(c). The Tax Distributions payable with respect to any Fiscal Year shall be computed based upon the General Partner’s estimate of the allocable Net Taxable Income in accordance with Article V, multiplied by the Assumed Tax Rate (the “ Tax Amount ”). For purposes of computing the Tax Amount, the effect of any benefit under Section 743(b) of the Code will be ignored. Any Tax distributions shall be made to all Partners, whether or not they are subject to such applicable U.S. federal, state and local taxes, pro rata in accordance with their Participation Percentages.

(ii) Tax Distributions shall be calculated and paid no later than one day prior to each quarterly due date for the payment by corporations on a calendar year of estimated taxes under the Code in the following manner (A) for the first quarterly period, 25% of the Tax Amount, (B) for the second quarterly period, 50% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year, (C) for the third quarterly period, 75% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year and (D) for the fourth quarterly period, 100% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year. Following each Fiscal Year, and no later than one day prior to the due date for the payment by corporations of income taxes for such Fiscal Year, the General Partner shall make an amended calculation of the Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year (the “ Amended Tax Amount ”), and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Distributable Cash, to the extent that the Amended Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of such Fiscal Year. If the Amended Tax Amount is less than the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (the “ Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Within 30 days following the date on which the Partnership files a tax return on Form 1065, the General Partner shall make a final calculation of the Tax Amount of such Fiscal Year (the “ Final Tax Amount ”) and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Distributable Cash, to the extent that the Final Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the Amended Tax Amount. If the Final Tax Amount is less than the Amended Tax Amount in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (“ Additional Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Any Credit Amount and Additional Credit Amount applied against future Tax Distributions shall be treated as an amount actually distributed pursuant to this Section 4.01(c) for purposes of the computations herein.

 

12


Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution . Distributions made upon dissolution of the Partnership shall be made as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not make a Partnership distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;

TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions . The Partners have made, on or prior to the date hereof, Capital Contributions and have acquired the number of Class A Units as specified in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in this Article V, no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the consent of such Partner or permitted to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner.

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account of each Partner shall be credited with such Partner’s Capital Contributions, if any, all Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 and any items of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.05; and shall be debited with all Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04, any items of loss or deduction of the Partnership specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.05, and all cash and the Carrying Value of any property (net of liabilities assumed by such Partner and the- liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Any references in any section of this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Partner shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be credited or debited from time to time as set forth above. In the event of any transfer of any interest in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Partnership) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Partner after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.05 is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Article IV if the Partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Partnership liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Partnership were distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

13


the General Partner shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership, and in no event will APO LLC be allocated Profits and Losses (or items thereof) attributable to any carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed.

Section 5.05. Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V:

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Partnership taxable year, the Partners shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.05(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Qualified Income Offset . If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.05(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 5.05(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Gross Income Allocation . If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if Section 5.05(b) and this Section 5.05(c) were not in this Agreement.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

14


(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

(f) Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes . Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes for any taxable period attributable to the Partnership, or an entity owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership, shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to the partners’ distributive shares of income (including income allocated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code) to which the Creditable Non-U.S. Tax relates (under principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.904-6). The provisions of this Section 5.07(f) are intended to comply with the provisions of Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(g) Ameliorative Allocations . Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 and this Section 5.05(g), so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Partner shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) had not occurred.

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations . For income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as the corresponding items of Profits and Losses and specially allocated items are allocated for Capital Account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the Code (in any manner determined by the General Partner and permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations) so as to take account of the difference between Carrying Value and adjusted basis of such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such allocations for tax purposes as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.07. Tax Advances . To the extent the General Partner reasonably believes that the Partnership is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Partner or the Partnership is subjected to tax itself by reason of the status of any Partner (“ Tax Advances ”), the General Partner may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Partner shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. For all purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is equal to the Tax Advance. Each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest other than any penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed as a result of the Partnership’s failure to withhold or make a tax payment on behalf of such Partner which withholding or payment is required pursuant to

 

15


applicable Law but only to the extent amounts sufficient to pay such taxes were not timely distributed to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(c)) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner.

Section 5.08. Tax Matters . The General Partner shall be the initial “tax matters partner” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”). The Partnership shall file as a partnership for federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes, except where otherwise required by Law. All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership, and all other tax decisions and determinations relating to federal, state, provincial or local tax matters of the Partnership, shall be made by the Tax Matters Partner, in consultation with the Partnership’s attorneys and/or accountants. Tax audits, controversies and litigations shall be conducted under the direction of the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall keep the other Partners reasonably informed as to any tax actions, examinations or proceedings relating to the Partnership and shall submit to the other Partners, for their review and comment, any settlement or compromise offer with respect to any disputed item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Partnership. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall send to each Partner a copy of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, and any comparable statements required by applicable U.S. state or local income tax Law as a result of the Partnership’s activities or investments, with respect to such Fiscal Year. The Partnership also shall provide the Partners with such other information as may be reasonably requested for purposes of allowing the Partners to prepare and file their own tax returns. The Partnership shall use any reasonable method or combination of methods in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code for the purpose of allocating or specifically allocating items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes to account for the varying interests of the Partners for the Fiscal Year.

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions . Certain of the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. Section 5.03, Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 may be amended at any time by the General Partner if the General Partner believes such amendment is advisable, so long as any such amendment does not materially change the relative economic interests of the Partners. Furthermore, the General Partner shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its subsidiaries to make adjustments to capital accounts to reflect an adjustment to the carrying value of such subsidiaries assets consistent with the adjustments to Carrying Values of the Partnerships assets hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

Section 6.01. Books and Records .

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership.

 

16


(b) Except as limited by Section 6.01(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right to receive, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(ii) promptly after their becoming available, copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership, could damage the Partnership or its business or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential.

ARTICLE VII

PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Section 7.01. Units . Interests in the Partnership shall be represented by Units. The Units initially are comprised of one Class: Class A Units. The General Partner may establish, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the General Partner shall determine from time to time, other Classes, one or more series of any such Classes, or other Partnership securities with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Classes and series of Units or other Partnership securities), as shall be determined by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Units or other Partnership securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Unit or other Partnership security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Unit or other Partnership security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Units or other Partnership securities; and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of each such Unit or other Partnership security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units or other Partnership securities. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Class A Units and any other Classes that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

17


Section 7.02. Register . The register of the Partnership shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit and all relevant information with respect to each Partner. Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 7.03. Registered Partners . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE VIII

FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers .

(a) No Limited Partner or Assignee thereof may Transfer (including by exchanging in an Exchange Transaction) all or any portion of its Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, the receipt of such legal opinions and other documents that the General Partner may require) as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not in accordance with, or subsequently violates, this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(b) Subject to Section 8.03, the General Partner may consider consenting to an exchange or Transfer of Units in an Exchange Transaction pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement. In the case of an Transfer of Units in connection with an Exchange Transaction, the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for, as applicable, a decrease in the number of Units owned by the Exchanging Limited Partner and an increase in the number of Units owned by APO LLC.

(c) Subject to Section 8.04, the General Partner may consider consenting to an exchange or Transfer of Units by a Limited Partner that is a party to a Roll-up Agreement pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 8.02. Encumbrances . No Limited Partner or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) unless the General Partner consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Consent of the General Partner shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

 

18


Section 8.03 . Further Restrictions . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Limited Partner or Assignee if:

(a) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;

(b) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any Class of Unit pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

(c) such Transfer would not cause (i) all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to (A) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, or (B) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (ii) the General Partner to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, pursuant to ERISA, any. applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;

(d) to the extent requested by the General Partner, the Partnership does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner, as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion; or

(e) such Transfer would create a substantial risk that the Partnership would be classified or otherwise treated other than as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees . Subject to Section 8.06, the transferee of any permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article VIII will be an assignee only (“ Assignee ”), and only will receive, to the extent transferred, the distributions and allocations of income; gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item to which the Partner which transferred its Units would be entitled, and such Assignee will not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other rights or powers of a Partner, such other rights, and all obligations relating to, or in connection with, such Interest remaining with the transferring Partner. The transferring Partner will remain a Partner even if it has transferred all of its Units to one or more Assignees until such time as the Assignee(s) is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner pursuant to Section 8.05.

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals .

(a) No Person may be admitted to the Partnership as an additional General Partner or substitute General Partner without the prior written consent or ratification of Partners whose Percentage Interests exceed 50% of the Percentage Interests of all Partners in the aggregate. A General Partner will not be entitled to Transfer all of its Units or to withdraw from being a General Partner of the Partnership unless another General Partner shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or withdrawn).

 

19


(b) No Limited Partner will be removed or entitled to withdraw from being a Partner of the Partnership except in accordance with Section 8.07 hereof.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Article IX or the Act, no admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of a Partner will cause the dissolution of the Partnership. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any purported admission, withdrawal or removal that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void.

Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners . An Assignee will become a substitute Limited Partner only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the General Partner consents in writing to such admission, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion;

(b) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as a substitute Limited Partner) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner (as determined in its sole discretion);

(c) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with this Agreement and all applicable Law; and

(d) if required by the General Partner, the parties to the Transfer, or any one of them, pays all of the Partnership’s reasonable expenses connected with such Transfer (including, but not limited to, the reasonable legal and accounting fees of the Partnership).

Section 8.07 . Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners . If a Limited Partner ceases to hold any Units, then such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner and to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner.

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 9.01. No Dissolution . Except as required by the Act, the Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated wound up and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

 

20


Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership under Section 17-802 of the Act upon the finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that the General Partner (i) is permanently incapable of performing its part of this Agreement, (ii) has been guilty of conduct that is calculated to affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business of the Partnership, (iii) willfully or persistently commits a breach of this Agreement or (iv) conducts itself in a manner relating to the Partnership or its business such that it is not reasonably practicable for the other Partners to carry on the business of the Partnership with the General Partner;

(b) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Partnership to be carried on by the Partners;

(c) the written consent of all Partners;

(d) any other event not inconsistent with any provision hereof causing a dissolution of the Partnership under the Act;

(e) the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner; provided that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 9.02(e) if: (1) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one other general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to, and elects to, carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) all remaining Limited Partners consent to or ratify the continuation of the business of the Partnership and the appointment of another general partner of the Partnership, effective as of the event that caused the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, within 90 days following the occurrence of any such event.

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution .

(a) Upon dissolution, the Partnership shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership is completed. Upon the winding up of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any other Person designated by the General Partner (the “ Liquidation Agent ”), shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and shall, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, liquidate the assets of the Partnership as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds of any liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(b) First, to the satisfaction of debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including satisfaction of all indebtedness to Partners and/or their Affiliates to the extent otherwise permitted by law) including the expenses of liquidation, and including the establishment of any reserve which the Liquidation Agent shall deem reasonably necessary for any contingent, conditional or unmatured contractual liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (“ Contingencies ”). Any such reserve may be paid over by the Liquidation Agent to any attorney-at-law, or acceptable party, as escrow agent, to be held for disbursement in payment of any Contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the Liquidation Agent for distribution of the balance in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.03; and

 

21


(c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, pro rata to each of the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation . A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Liquidation Agent to minimize the losses attendant upon such liquidation.

Section 9.05. Termination . The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Units in the manner provided for in this Article IX, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners . The Partners shall look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner or any other Person. No Partner with a negative balance in such Partner’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Partnership or to the other Partners or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance during the existence of the Partnership, upon dissolution or termination of the Partnership or otherwise, except to the extent required by the Act.

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 11.09 shall survive the termination of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners.

(a) No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner or have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account solely by reason of being a Partner of the Partnership, except to the extent required by the Act.

(b) This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any fiduciary duty on any of the Limited Partners hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, the Limited Partners hereby waive any and all fiduciary duties that, absent such waiver, may exist at or be implied by Law or in equity, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Partnership are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement and those required by the Act.

 

22


(c) Subject to the Act, to the extent that, at law or in equity, any Partner has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the Act, the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Partner otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Partners relating thereto.

(d) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

Section 10.02. Indemnification .

(a) The General Partner (including, without limitation, for this purpose each former and present director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, employee and stockholder of the General Partner) and each Limited Partner (including any former Limited Partner), in his capacity, as such, and to the extent such Limited Partner participates, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership’s activities (each, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall not be liable to the Partnership or, to the extent applicable, to any of the other Partners for any loss, claim, damage or liability occasioned by any acts or omissions in the performance of its services hereunder, unless it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ Final Adjudication ”) that such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to an act or omission of a Covered Person (i) made in bad faith or with criminal intent or (ii) that adversely affected the Partnership and that failed to satisfy the duty of care owed pursuant to the Partnership or as otherwise required by law.

(b) A Covered Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law by the Partnership against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by or imposed upon him by reason of or in connection with any action taken or omitted by such Covered Person arising out of the Covered Person’s status as a Partner or its activities on behalf of the Partnership, including in connection with any action, suit, investigation or proceeding before any judicial, administrative, regulatory or legislative body or agency to which it may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which it shall be threatened by reason of being or having been the General Partner or by reason of serving or having served as a director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, partner, employee or stockholder of any enterprise in which the Partnership or any of its affiliates has or had a financial interest; provided that the Partnership may, but shall not be required to, indemnify a Covered Person with respect to any matter as to which there has been a Final Adjudication that its acts or its failure to act (i) were in bad faith or with criminal intent, or (ii) were of a nature that makes indemnification by the relevant affiliate unavailable. The right to indemnification granted by this Section 10.02 shall be

 

23


in addition to any rights to which a Covered Person may otherwise be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the successors by operation of law or valid assigns of such Covered Person. The Partnership shall pay the expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, investigation or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay such payment if there shall be a Final Adjudication that it is not entitled to indemnification as provided herein. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02, and in any suit in the name of the Partnership to recover expenses advanced pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Partnership shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon Final Adjudication that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02. In any such suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification or to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to an advancement of expenses, shall be on the Partnership (or any Limited Partner acting derivatively or otherwise on behalf of the Partnership or the Limited Partners). The General Partner may not satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section 10.02 or to which it may be otherwise entitled except out of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds and rights pursuant to indemnification agreements), and no Partner shall be personally liable with respect to any such claim for indemnity or reimbursement. The General Partner may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02 and obtain appropriate insurance coverage on behalf and at the expense of the Partnership to secure the Partnership’s indemnification obligations hereunder and may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02. Each Covered Person shall be deemed a third party beneficiary (to the extent not a direct party hereto) to this Agreement and, in particular, the provisions of this Section 10.02.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Partners, the Covered Person shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the Act, the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of each such Covered Person.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

24


Section 11.02. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.02):

 

  (a) If to the Partnership, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd.

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (b) If to any Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd.

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (c) If to the General Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd.

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by Law.

Section 11.04 . Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.05. Interpretation . Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

 

25


Section 11.06. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 11.06.

Section 11.07. Further Assurances . Each Limited Partner shall perform all other acts and execute and deliver all other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Limited Partners that serve as a senior managing director of any of the Apollo Operating Group entities or their subsidiaries may from time to time enter into agreements with the Partnership in respect of the terms of such service.

Section 11.09. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner and each Limited Partner hereby agree that any claim, action or proceeding by any Limited Partner seeking any relief whatsoever based on, arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the Partnership’s business or affairs shall be brought only in the courts of the Cayman Islands. EACH PARTNER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 11.10. Expenses . Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with its operation.

Section 11.11. Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement (including the Annexes hereto) may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the General Partner; provided that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any Class of Units in relation to other Classes of Units must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Class affected; provided further , that the General Partner may, without the written consent of any Limited Partner or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection

 

26


therewith, to reflect: (i) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership; (ii) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership; (iv) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; (v) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

(c) The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(1) (or any similar provision) under which the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Partnership and each of its Partners to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), and (iv) any other related amendments.

(d) Except as may be otherwise required by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution of the Partnership, each Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for judicial accounting or for partition of any of the Partnership’s property.

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof).

Section 11.13. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

27


Section 11.14. Construction . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees it has had the opportunity to draft, review and edit the language of this Agreement and that it is the intent of the parties hereto that no presumption for or against any party arising out of drafting all or any part of this Agreement will be applied in any dispute relating to, in connection with or involving this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require that in cases of uncertainty, the language of a contract should be interpreted most strongly against the party who drafted such language.

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney . Each Limited Partner, by its execution hereof, hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement that has been adopted as herein provided; (b) the original certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership and all amendments thereto required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments (including consents and ratifications which the Limited Partners have agreed to provide upon a matter receiving the agreed support of Limited Partners) deemed advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 8.04) and Law or to permit the Partnership to become or to continue as a limited partnership or partnership wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in each jurisdiction where the Partnership may be doing business; (d) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the admission of additional Limited Partners or substituted Limited Partners pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments or papers deemed advisable by the General Partner to effect the liquidation and termination of the Partnership; and (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted (in light of the Partnership’s activities) to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules . The General Partner may, or may cause the Partnership to, without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person, enter into separate letter agreements with individual Limited Partners with respect to any matter, in each case on terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement. The General Partner may from time to time execute and deliver to the Limited Partners schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Partnership and any other matters deemed appropriate by the General Partner. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 11.17. Partnership Status . The parties intend to treat the Partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The General Partner shall file a Form 8832 with the Internal Revenue Service electing for the Partnership to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as a deed as of the date first written above.

 

General Partner:     APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III GP, LTD.
      By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
        John J. Suydam
        Vice President
      Witness:    /s/ Laurie Medley
        Laurie Medley
Limited Partners:     BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
      By:   Black Family GP, LLC,
        its General Partner
      By:   /s/ Leon D. Black
        Leon D. Black
        Manager
      Witness:   /s/ Melanie Spinela
        Melanie Spinela
    MJR FOUNDATION LLC
      By:   /s/ Marc J. Rowan
        Marc J. Rowan
        Manager
      Witness:   /s/ Karen Bowen
        Karen Bowen

[Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. - LPA]


  Limited Partners:       /s/ Joshua J. Harris
        Joshua J. Harris
      Witness:    /s/ Katherine Frize
        Katherine Frize
       
  Initial Limited Partner:       /s/ Sheryl Dean
        Sheryl Dean
      Witness:   /s/ Ben Benson
        Ben Benson

[Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. - LPA]

Exhibit 10.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV, L.P.

Dated July 13, 2007

THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS OF APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV, L.P. HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, PROVINCE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH UNITS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR PROVINCE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED

OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH UNITS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Article I DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.01. Definitions

   1

Article II FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

   8

Section 2.01. Formation

   8

Section 2.02. Name

   9

Section 2.03. Term

   9

Section 2.04. Offices

   9

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process

   9

Section 2.06. Business Purpose

   9

Section 2.07. Powers of the General Partner

   9

Section 2.08. Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners

   9

Section 2.09. Withdrawal

   9

Article III MANAGEMENT

   10

Section 3.01. General Partner

   10

Section 3.02. Compensation

   10

Section 3.03. Expenses

   10

Section 3.04. Authority of Partners

   11

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification

   11

Article IV DISTRIBUTIONS

   11

Section 4.01. Distributions

   11

Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution

   14

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution

   14

Article V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

   14

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions

   14

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions

   14

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts

   14

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses

   14

Section 5.05. Special Allocations

   15

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations

   16

Section 5.07. Tax Advances

   16

Section 5.08. Tax Matters

   17

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions

   17

Article VI BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

   17

Section 6.01. Books and Records

   17

Article VII PARTNERSHIP UNITS

   18

Section 7.01. Units

   18

Section 7.02. Register

   19

 

i


Section 7.03. Registered Partners

   19

Article VIII FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

   19

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers

   19

Section 8.02. Encumbrances

   19

Section 8.03. Further Restrictions

   20

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees

   20

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals

   20

Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners

   21

Section 8.07. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners

   21

Article IX DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

   21

Section 9.01. No Dissolution

   21

Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution

   22

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution

   22

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation

   23

Section 9.05. Termination

   23

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners

   23

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions

   23

Article X LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

   23

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners

   23

Section 10.02. Indemnification

   24

Article XI MISCELLANEOUS

   25

Section 11.01. Severability

   25

Section 11.02. Notices

   26

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies

   26

Section 11.04. Binding Effect

   26

Section 11.05. Interpretation

   26

Section 11.06. Counterparts

   27

Section 11.07. Further Assurances

   27

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement

   27

Section 11.09. Governing Law

   27

Section 11.10. Expenses

   27

Section 11.11. Amendments and Waivers

   27

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries

   28

Section 11.13. Headings

   28

Section 11.14. Construction

   29

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney

   29

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules

   29

Section 11.17. Partnership Status

   29

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV, L.P.

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EXEMPTED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) is made as of the 13th day of July, 2007, by and among Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd., a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as general partner, and the Limited Partners (as defined herein) of the Partnership.

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Act, by the filing of a Certificate of Registration (the “ Certificate ”) with the Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnership on April 30, 2007 and the execution of the initial Limited Partnership Agreement of the Company (the “ Original Agreement ”) by Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd., as general partner, and Sheryl Dean, as limited partner (the “ Initial Limited Partner ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restated the Original Agreement to permit the admission of additional Limited Partners and the withdrawal of the Initial Limited Partner.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined):“ Act ” means the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Additional Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to each Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and any amounts such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable Law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

APO Corp. ” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO Corp. Distribution Amount ” means the sum of (a) the accrued and unpaid interest then due on the then outstanding Issuer Convertible Notes, and (b) an amount sufficient to pay the Taxes on that portion of the annual net income of APO Corp. that exceeds the amount of Distributable Cash paid to APO Corp.

APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnership ” means each of the Apollo Operating Group entities in which APO Corp. is a Limited Partner.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Operating Group ” means each of the Partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership and Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the Issuer’s carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management), as set forth on Annex A , as amended from time to time.

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account (a) the nondeductiblity of expenses subject to the limitation described in Section 67(a) of the Code and (b) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt income) of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Rate will be the same for all Partners.

Capital Account ” means the separate capital account maintained for each Partner in accordance with Section 5.03 hereof.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the aggregate amount of money contributed to the Partnership and the Carrying Value of any property (other than money), net of any liabilities assumed by the Partnership upon contribution or to which such property is subject, contributed to the Partnership pursuant to Article V.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Partnership shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the General Partner, and the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of (a)

 

2


the date of the acquisition of any additional Partnership Interest by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets to a Partner; (c) the date a Partnership Interest is relinquished to the Partnership; (d) any other date specified in the Treasury Regulations or (e) any other date specified by the General Partner; provided , however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a), (b) (c) and (d) above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners. The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be adjusted immediately before such distribution to equal its fair market value. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Profits (Losses)” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Class ” means the classes of Units into which the interests in the Partnership may be classified or divided from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited partnership interests of the Issuer.

Class A Units ” means the Units of partnership interest in the Partnership designated as the “Class A Units” herein and having the rights pertaining thereto as are set forth in this Agreement.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Contingencies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(c).

Control ” (including the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

Conversion Shares ” means the Class A Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes.

Covered Person ” and “ Covered Persons ” have the meanings set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Credit Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

3


Creditable Non-U.S. Tax ” means a non-U.S. tax paid or accrued for United States federal income tax purposes by the Partnership, in either case to the extent that such tax is eligible for credit under Section 901(a) of the Code. A non-U.S. tax is a Creditable Non-U.S. Tax for these purposes without regard to whether a partner receiving an allocation of such non-U.S. tax elects to claim a credit for such amount. This definition is intended to be consistent with the definition of “Creditable Non-U.S. Tax” in Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi)(b), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Disabling Event ” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

Distributable Cash ” means cash received by the Partnership from dividends and distributions or other income, other than cash reserves to account for reasonably anticipated expenses and other liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate.

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Issuer, the Apollo Operating Group, and the limited partners of the Apollo Operating Group entities from time to time, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Transaction ” means an exchange of Units for Class A Shares pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, if the Issuer and the exchanging Limited Partner shall mutually agree, a Transfer of Units to the Issuer, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries for other consideration.

Final Adjudication ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Final Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(ii).

Fiscal Year ” means (i) the period commencing upon the formation of the Partnership and ending on December 31, 2007 or (ii) any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

4


General Partner ” means Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd., a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands or any successor general partner admitted to the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Incapacity ” means, with respect to any Person, the bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, entry of an order of incompetence, or the insanity, permanent disability or death of such Person.

Initial Limited Partner ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO and (ii) a Private Placement.

IPO ” means the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms); provided , that no such underwritten public offering shall constitute an “IPO” for the purposes of this Agreement unless (x) it involves a sale to underwriters for distribution to the public representing a public float of at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer Convertible Notes (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for, and all outstanding Notes have been converted into, Class A Shares) and (y) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold, and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Issuer in respect of the Class A Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; in the case of clauses both (i) and (ii), such registration statement to be filed by the Issuer with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Issuer ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

Issuer Manager ” means AGM Management LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and the manager of the Issuer, or any successor manager of the Issuer.

Issuer Convertible Notes ” means the 7% convertible senior unsecured notes of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Strategic Agreement.

Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order issued or promulgated by any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Partnership or any Partner, as the case may be.

Limited Partner ” means each of the Persons from time to time listed as a limited partner in the books and records of the Partnership.

Liquidation Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 of this Agreement.

Net Taxable Income ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

 

5


Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership for a fiscal year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain of the Partnership during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Offering Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a partner (including the General Partner) on the books and records of the Partnership, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of the Partnership as provided hereunder.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount with respect to each partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units then owned by such Partner by the number of Units then owned by all Partners.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated or governmental organization or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Price Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision), Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Issuer to file

 

6


with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering; provided , that no such private placement shall qualify as a “Private Placement” for the purposes of this Agreement, unless (x) such offering satisfies the Price Threshold and (y) it involves engagement of one or more initial purchasers, placement agents or investment banks performing a similar role for the purpose of facilitating the distribution of Class A Shares representing at least 10% of the then outstanding equity interests of the Issuer (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units had been exchanged for, and all Issuer Convertible Notes had been converted into, Class A Shares); provided, further , that in the event that any Person purchases Class A Shares representing more than 20% of such offering, the amount in excess of 20% shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether the 10% threshold set forth in this clause (y) has been satisfied.

Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, the taxable income or loss of the Partnership, or particular items thereof, determined in accordance with the accounting method used by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments: (a) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 shall not be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss; (b) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (c) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (d) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (other than an adjustment in respect of depreciation) of any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; (e) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to such asset for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, if any, shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Carrying Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions bears to such adjusted tax basis; provided that if the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction is zero, the General Partner may use any reasonable method for purposes of determining depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions in calculating Profits and Losses); and (f) except for items in (a) above, any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Roll-up Agreements ” mean collectively, each Roll-up Agreement, by and among BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, the Issuer, APO LLC, APO Corp., and an employee of the Issuer or one of its subsidiaries, dated as of the date hereof, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

 

7


Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Similar Law ” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Partnership to be treated as assets of the Limited Partner by virtue of its limited partner interest in the Partnership and thereby subject the Partnership and the General Partner (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Partnership’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

Tax Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07.

Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Distributions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c)(i).

Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08.

Transfer ” means, in respect of any Unit, property or other asset, any sale, assignment, transfer, distribution or other disposition thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, including, without limitation, the exchange of any Unit for any other security.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Class A Units and any other Class of Units authorized in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute interests in the Partnership as provided in this Agreement and under the Act; entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.01. Formation . The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership under the provisions of the Act by the filing on April 30, 2007 the Certificate as provided in the preamble of this Agreement. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a

 

8


limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands, (b) if the General Partner deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership.

Section 2.02. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.

Section 2.03. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate, and the term shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Article IX. The existence of the Partnership shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Act.

Section 2.04. Offices . The Partnership may have offices at such places as the General Partner from time to time may select.

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process . The Partnership’s registered offiec and registered agent for service of process in the Cayman Islands shall be Walkers SPV Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9002 or as otherwise determined by the General Partner from time to time.

Section 2.06. Business Purpose . The Partnership shall have the power to engage in any lawful act or activity for which exempted limited partnerships may be formed under the Act.

Section 2.07. Powers of the General Partner . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the General Partner will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act including, without limitation, the ownership and operation of the assets contributed to the Partnership by the Partners, by any other Law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.06.

Section 2.08. Partners; Withdrawal of Initial Limited Partner; Admission of New Partners . The Initial Limited Partner hereby withdraws as a Partner of the Partnership and shall have no interest in, or owe any obligation to, the Partnership whatsoever. As of the date hereof, the Initial Limited Partner received a return of any capital contribution made to the Partnership. Each of the Persons listed in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, by virtue of the execution of this Agreement, are admitted as Partners of the Partnership. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, and the Partners consent to the variation of such rights, duties and liabilities as provided herein. A Person may be admitted from time to time as a new Partner in accordance with Section 8.05 and Section 8.06; provided , however, that each new Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner an appropriate supplement to this Agreement pursuant to which the new Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.09. Withdrawal . No Partner shall have the right to withdraw as a Partner of the Partnership other than following the Transfer of all Units owned by such Partner in accordance with Article VIII; provided , however, that a new General Partner or substitute General Partner may be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.05.

 

9


ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.01. General Partner .

(a) The business, property and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the General Partner, which may from time to time delegate authority to officers or to others to act on behalf of the Partnership.

(b) The Partners hereby agree that the Partnership, acting by the General Partner, shall be and hereby is authorized (i) to open bank accounts on behalf of the Partnership in such banks, and designate the persons authorized to sign checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, undertakings or orders for payment of money from funds of the Partnership on deposit in such accounts, as may be deemed by the General Partner to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership and, in connection therewith, execute any form of required resolution necessary to open any such bank accounts; (ii) prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, by mail, facsimile or telephone, for and on behalf of the Partnership, an Application for Employer Identification Number on United States Internal Revenue Service Form SS-4, and to prepare, execute and file with the appropriate authorities such other federal, state or local applications, forms and papers on behalf of the Partnership as may be required by law or deemed by the General Partner to be necessary, appropriate or otherwise in the best interests of the Partnership, as applicable; and (iii) pay on behalf of the Partnership any and all fees and expenses incident to and necessary to perfect the organization of the Partnership. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Partnership, acting by the General Partner on its behalf, is hereby authorized to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents, without any consent of any Limited Partner, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Partnership or the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership to enter into, and to perform its obligations under, other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The Partners agree that the General Partner may execute the aforementioned agreements, deeds, receipts, certificates, filings and other documents on behalf of the Partnership that the General Partner deems appropriate and that any prior acts of the Partnership and the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership, consistent with the foregoing authorizations, are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 3.02. Compensation . The General Partner shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in its capacity as General Partner.

Section 3.03. Expenses . The Partnership shall bear and/or reimburse (i) the General Partner for any expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with serving as the general partner of the Partnership, and (ii) Issuer and APO Corp., with respect to the Partnership’s allocable share of any expenses solely incurred by or attributable to the Issuer or APO COrp. (such as expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Offering) but excluding obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by the Issuer or APO Corp., income tax expenses of the Issuer or APO Corp. and indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or APO Corp.

 

10


Section 3.04. Authority of Partners . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Partnership. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units do not confer any rights upon the Limited Partners to participate in the affairs of the Partnership described in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Limited Partners shall have no right to vote on any matter involving the Partnership, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership. The conduct, control and management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Partnership, the decision of the General Partner shall be the decision of the Partnership. No Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Partnership in. its capacity as a Partner, nor shall any Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Partnership in his or its capacity as a Partner in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Partnership or of any other Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may employ one or more Partners from time to time, and such Partners, in their capacity as employees of the Partnership (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Limited Partners of the Partnership), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Partnership to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership has been delegated to them by the General Partner.

Section 3.05. Action by Written Consent or Ratification . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken if all Partners whose consent or ratification is required consent thereto or provide a consent or ratification in writing.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.01. Distributions .

(a) Prior to an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, in the following order of priority

(i) first , to APO Corp., until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. or APO LLC, as applicable, equals any principal amount of the Issuer Convertible Notes then due;

(ii) second , to APO Corp., until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, equals the APO Corp. Distribution Amount;

(iii) third , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Interests, until the cumulative amount distributed in the aggregate by the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, equals the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator being the number of Operating Group Units outstanding minus the

 

11


number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes and the denominator being the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Issuer Convertible Notes and (y) the amount described in clause (a) of the definition of APO Corp. Distribution Amount; provided, that for purposes of this clause (iii) the number of Operating Group Units deemed to be owned by APO Corp. and APO LLC (in the aggregate) shall be reduced by the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of all outstanding Issuer Convertible Notes and the number of Class A Shares issuable in the Initial Offering (the intent of this provision being that APO Corp. shall not participate in any distributions pursuant to this clause (iii) if no Class A Shares are actually outstanding prior to the Initial Offering); and

(iv) fourth , to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that the amount attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period prior to the Closing Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO Corp. and their respective transferees pro rata (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including January 1, 2007 to but excluding the Closing Date and the denominator being 365); provided, further, if the Partnership and the other APO Corp. Subsidiary Partnerships, collectively, do not have sufficient funds to fully satisfy the APO Corp. Distribution Amount, then amounts otherwise distributable pursuant to this Section 4.01(a)(iv) shall not be distributed to the Limited Partners unless either (x) after giving pro-forma effect to such distribution, there is no payment default of the Issuer Convertible Notes or (y) the consent of the Noteholders has been given. It is understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008.

(b) Immediately following an Initial Offering, all distributions of Distributable Cash shall be made, at the discretion of the General Partner, to the Limited Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided , that :

(i) amounts attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period prior to the Closing Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners other than APO Corp. and their respective transferees (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including January 1, 2007 and to but excluding Closing Date and the denominator being 365), it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

(ii) amounts attributable to net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 for the period from and after the Closing Date but prior to the Offering Date shall be distributed to the Limited Partners immediately prior to Offering Date pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests prior the Offering Date (which net income shall be calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate amount of net income earned by the Partnership with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 by (y) a fraction, the numerator being the number of days that elapsed from and including the Closing Date and to but excluding the Offering Date and the denominator being 365), it being understood that net income earned with respect to Fiscal Year 2007 may not be determinable or paid until Fiscal Year 2008; and

 

12


(iii) the distribution required pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) shall be made before the application of this subsection (b).

(c) Tax Distributions .

(i) In addition to the foregoing, if the General Partner reasonably determines that the taxable income of the Partnership for a Fiscal Year will give rise to taxable income for the Partners (“ Net Taxable Income ”), the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute Available Cash in respect of income tax liabilities (the “ Tax Distributions ”) to the extent that other distributions made by the Partnership for such year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities, provided that distributions pursuant to Section 4.02 and allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 related to such distributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of this Section 4.01(c). The Tax Distributions payable with respect to any Fiscal Year shall be computed based upon the General Partner’s estimate of the allocable Net Taxable Income in accordance with Article V, multiplied by the Assumed Tax Rate (the “ Tax Amount ”). For purposes of computing the Tax Amount, the effect of any benefit under Section 743(b) of the Code will be ignored. Any Tax distributions shall be made to all Partners, whether or not they are subject to such applicable U.S. federal, state and local taxes, pro rata in accordance with their Participation Percentages.

(ii) Tax Distributions shall be calculated and paid no later than one day prior to each quarterly due date for the payment by corporations on a calendar year of estimated taxes under the Code in the following manner (A) for the first quarterly period, 25% of the Tax Amount, (B) for the second quarterly period, 50% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year, (C) for the third quarterly period, 75% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year and (D) for the fourth quarterly period, 100% of the Tax Amount, less the prior Tax Distributions for the Fiscal Year. Following each Fiscal Year, and no later than one day prior to the due date for the payment by corporations of income taxes for such Fiscal Year, the General Partner shall make an amended calculation of the Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year (the “ Amended Tax Amount ”), and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Available Cash, to the extent that the Amended Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of such Fiscal Year. If the Amended Tax Amount is less than the cumulative Tax Distributions previously made by the Partnership in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (the “ Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Within 30 days following the date on which the Partnership files a tax return on Form 1065, the General Partner shall make a final calculation of the Tax Amount of such Fiscal Year (the “ Final Tax Amount ”) and shall cause the Partnership to distribute a Tax Distribution, out of Available Cash, to the extent that the Final Tax Amount so calculated exceeds the Amended Tax Amount. If the Final Tax Amount is less than the Amended Tax Amount in respect of the relevant Fiscal Year, then the difference (“ Additional Credit Amount ”) shall be applied against, and shall reduce, the amount of Tax Distributions made for subsequent Fiscal Years. Any Credit Amount and Additional Credit Amount applied against future Tax Distributions shall be treated as an amount actually distributed pursuant to this Section 4.01(c) for purposes of the computations herein.

 

13


Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution . Distributions made upon dissolution of the Partnership shall be made as provided in Section 9.03.

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not make a Partnership distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;

TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions . The Partners have made, on or prior to the date hereof, Capital Contributions and have acquired the number of Class A Units as specified in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions . Except as otherwise provided in this Article V, no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the consent of such Partner or permitted to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner.

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account of each Partner shall be credited with such Partner’s Capital Contributions, if any, all Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 and any items of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.05; and shall be debited with all Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04, any items of loss or deduction of the Partnership specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.05, and all cash and the Carrying Value of any property (net of liabilities assumed by such Partner and the- liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Any references in any section of this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Partner shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be credited or debited from time to time as set forth above. In the event of any transfer of any interest in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Partnership) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Partner after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.05 is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Article IV if the Partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Partnership liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Partnership were distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

14


the General Partner shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership, and in no event will APO Corp. be allocated Profits and Losses (or items thereof) attributable to any carried interest on private equity Funds related to either carry generating transactions that have closed prior to the Closing Date or carry generating transactions in which a definitive agreement has been executed prior to the Closing Date, but such carry generating transaction has not yet closed.

Section 5.05. Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V:

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Partnership taxable year, the Partners shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.05(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Qualified Income Offset . If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.05(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 5.05(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Gross Income Allocation . If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if Section 5.05(b) and this Section 5.05(c) were not in this Agreement.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

15


(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

(f) Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes . Creditable Non-U.S. Taxes for any taxable period attributable to the Partnership, or an entity owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership, shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to the partners’ distributive shares of income (including income allocated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code) to which the Creditable Non-U.S. Tax relates (under principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.904-6). The provisions of this Section 5.07(f) are intended to comply with the provisions of Temporary Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(g) Ameliorative Allocations . Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 and this Section 5.05(g), so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Partner shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or (c) had not occurred.

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations . For income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as the corresponding items of Profits and Losses and specially allocated items are allocated for Capital Account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the Code (in any manner determined by the General Partner and permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations) so as to take account of the difference between Carrying Value and adjusted basis of such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such allocations for tax purposes as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.07. Tax Advances . To the extent the General Partner reasonably believes that the Partnership is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Partner or the Partnership is subjected to tax itself by reason of the status of any Partner (“ Tax Advances ”), the General Partner may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Partner shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. For all purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is equal to the Tax Advance. Each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest other than any penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed as a result of the Partnership’s failure to withhold or make a tax payment on behalf of such Partner which withholding or payment is required pursuant to

 

16


applicable Law but only to the extent amounts sufficient to pay such taxes were not timely distributed to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(c)) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner.

Section 5.08. Tax Matters . The General Partner shall be the initial “tax matters partner” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”). The Partnership shall file as a partnership for federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes, except where otherwise required by Law. All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership, and all other tax decisions and determinations relating to federal, state, provincial or local tax matters of the Partnership, shall be made by the Tax Matters Partner, in consultation with the Partnership’s attorneys and/or accountants. Tax audits, controversies and litigations shall be conducted under the direction of the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall keep the other Partners reasonably informed as to any tax actions, examinations or proceedings relating to the Partnership and shall submit to the other Partners, for their review and comment, any settlement or compromise offer with respect to any disputed item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Partnership. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall send to each Partner a copy of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, and any comparable statements required by applicable U.S. state or local income tax Law as a result of the Partnership’s activities or investments, with respect to such Fiscal Year. The Partnership also shall provide the Partners with such other information as may be reasonably requested for purposes of allowing the Partners to prepare and file their own tax returns. The Partnership shall use any reasonable method or combination of methods in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code for the purpose of allocating or specifically allocating items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes to account for the varying interests of the Partners for the Fiscal Year.

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions . Certain of the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. Section 5.03, Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 may be amended at any time by the General Partner if the General Partner believes such amendment is advisable, so long as any such amendment does not materially change the relative economic interests of the Partners. Furthermore, the General Partner shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its subsidiaries to make adjustments to capital accounts to reflect an adjustment to the carrying value of such subsidiaries assets consistent with the adjustments to Carrying Values of the Partnerships assets hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

Section 6.01. Books and Records.

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership.

 

17


(b) Except as limited by Section 6.01(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right to receive, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(ii) promptly after their becoming available, copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership, could damage the Partnership or its business or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential.

ARTICLE VII

PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Section 7.01. Units . Interests in the Partnership shall be represented by Units. The Units initially are comprised of one Class: Class A Units. The General Partner may establish, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the General Partner shall determine from time to time, other Classes, one or more series of any such Classes, or other Partnership securities with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Classes and series of Units or other Partnership securities), as shall be determined by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Units or other Partnership securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Unit or other Partnership security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Unit or other Partnership security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Units or other Partnership securities; and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of each such Unit or other Partnership security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units or other Partnership securities. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Class A Units and any other Classes that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

18


Section 7.02. Register . The register of the Partnership shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit and all relevant information with respect to each Partner. Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 7.03. Registered Partners . The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE VIII

FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 8.01. Limited Partner Transfers .

(a) No Limited Partner or Assignee thereof may Transfer (including by exchanging in an Exchange Transaction) all or any portion of its Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, the receipt of such legal opinions and other documents that the General Partner may require) as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not in accordance with, or subsequently violates, this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(b) Subject to Section 8.03, the General Partner may consider consenting to an exchange or Transfer of Units in an Exchange Transaction pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement. In the case of an Transfer of Units in connection with an Exchange Transaction, the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for, as applicable, a decrease in the number of Units owned by the Exchanging Limited Partner and an increase in the number of Units owned by APO Corp.

(c) Subject to Section 8.04, the General Partner may consider consenting to an exchange or Transfer of Units by a Limited Partner that is a party to a Roll-up Agreement pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 8.02. Encumbrances . No Limited Partner or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) unless the General Partner consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Consent of the General Partner shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

 

19


Section 8.03. Further Restrictions . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Limited Partner or Assignee if:

(a) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;

(b) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any Class of Unit pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

(c) such Transfer would not cause (i) all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to (A) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, or (B) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (ii) the General Partner to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, pursuant to ERISA, any. applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;

(d) to the extent requested by the General Partner, the Partnership does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner, as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion or

(e) such Transfer would create a substantial risk that the Partnership would be classified or otherwise treated other than as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.04. Rights of Assignees . Subject to Section 8.06, the transferee of any permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article VIII will be an assignee only (“ Assignee ”), and only will receive, to the extent transferred, the distributions and allocations of income; gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item to which the Partner which transferred its Units would be entitled, and such Assignee will not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other rights or powers of a Partner, such other rights, and all obligations relating to, or in connection with, such Interest remaining with the transferring Partner. The transferring Partner will remain a Partner even if it has transferred all of its Units to one or more Assignees until such time as the Assignee(s) is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner pursuant to Section 8.05.

Section 8.05. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals .

(a) No Person may be admitted to the Partnership as an additional General Partner or substitute General Partner without the prior written consent or ratification of Partners whose Percentage Interests exceed 50% of the Percentage Interests of all Partners in the aggregate. A General Partner will not be entitled to Transfer all of its Units or to withdraw from being a General Partner of the Partnership unless another General Partner shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or withdrawn).

 

20


(b) No Limited Partner will be removed or entitled to withdraw from being a Partner of the Partnership except in accordance with Section 8.07 hereof.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Article IX or the Act, no admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of a Partner will cause the dissolution of the Partnership. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any purported admission, withdrawal or removal that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void.

Section 8.06. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners . An Assignee will become a substitute Limited Partner only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the General Partner consents in writing to such admission, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion;

(b) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as a substitute Limited Partner) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner (as determined in its sole discretion);

(c) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with this Agreement and all applicable Law; and

(d) if required by the General Partner, the parties to the Transfer, or any one of them, pays all of the Partnership’s reasonable expenses connected with such Transfer (including, but not limited to, the reasonable legal and accounting fees of the Partnership).

Section 8.07. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners . If a Limited Partner ceases to hold any Units, then such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner and to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner.

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 9.01. No Dissolution . Except as required by the Act, the Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated wound up and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

 

21


Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership under Section 17-802 of the Act upon the finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that the General Partner (i) is permanently incapable of performing its part of this Agreement, (ii) has been guilty of conduct that is calculated to affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business of the Partnership, (iii) willfully or persistently commits a breach of this Agreement or (iv) conducts itself in a manner relating to the Partnership or its business such that it is not reasonably practicable for the other Partners to carry on the business of the Partnership with the General Partner;

(b) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Partnership to be carried on by the Partners;

(c) the written consent of all Partners;

(d) any other event not inconsistent with any provision hereof causing a dissolution of the Partnership under the Act;

(e) the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner; provided that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 9.02(e) if: (1) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one other general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to, and elects to, carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) all remaining Limited Partners consent to or ratify the continuation of the business of the Partnership and the appointment of another general partner of the Partnership, effective as of the event that caused the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, within 90 days following the occurrence of any such event.

Section 9.03 . Distribution upon Dissolution .

(a) Upon dissolution, the Partnership shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership is completed. Upon the winding up of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any other Person designated by the General Partner (the “ Liquidation Agent ”), shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and shall, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, liquidate the assets of the Partnership as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds of any liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(b) First, to the satisfaction of debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including satisfaction of all indebtedness to Partners and/or their Affiliates to the extent otherwise permitted by law) including the expenses of liquidation, and including the establishment of any reserve which the Liquidation Agent shall deem reasonably necessary for any contingent, conditional or unmatured contractual liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (“ Contingencies ”). Any such reserve may be paid over by the Liquidation Agent to any attorney-at-law, or acceptable party, as escrow agent, to be held for disbursement in payment of any Contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the Liquidation Agent for distribution of the balance in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.03; and

 

22


(c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, pro rata to each of the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation . A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Liquidation Agent to minimize the losses attendant upon such liquidation.

Section 9.05. Termination . The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Units in the manner provided for in this Article IX, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners . The Partners shall look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner or any other Person. No Partner with a negative balance in such Partner’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Partnership or to the other Partners or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance during the existence of the Partnership, upon dissolution or termination of the Partnership or otherwise, except to the extent required by the Act.

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 11.09 shall survive the termination of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners .

(a) No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner or have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account solely by reason of being a Partner of the Partnership, except to the extent required by the Act.

(b) This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any fiduciary duty on any of the Limited Partners hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, the Limited Partners hereby waive any and all fiduciary duties that, absent such waiver, may exist at or be implied by Law or in equity, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Partnership are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement and those required by the Act.

 

23


(c) Subject to the Act, to the extent that, at law or in equity, any Partner has duties and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to another Partner, the Partners acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Partnership or to any such other Partner for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the Act, the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Partner otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Partners relating thereto.

(d) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

Section 10.02. Indemnification .

(a) The General Partner (including, without limitation, for this purpose each former and present director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, employee and stockholder of the General Partner) and each Limited Partner (including any former Limited Partner), in his capacity, as such, and to the extent such Limited Partner participates, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership’s activities (each, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall not be liable to the Partnership or, to the extent applicable, to any of the other Partners for any loss, claim, damage or liability occasioned by any acts or omissions in the performance of its services hereunder, unless it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “ Final Adjudication ”) that such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to an act or omission of a Covered Person (i) made in bad faith or with criminal intent or (ii) that adversely affected the Partnership and that failed to satisfy the duty of care owed pursuant to the Partnership or as otherwise required by law.

(b) A Covered Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law by the Partnership against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by or imposed upon him by reason of or in connection with any action taken or omitted by such Covered Person arising out of the Covered Person’s status as a Partner or its activities on behalf of the Partnership, including in connection with any action, suit, investigation or proceeding before any judicial, administrative, regulatory or legislative body or agency to which it may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which it shall be threatened by reason of being or having been the General Partner or by reason of serving or having served as a director, officer, consultant, advisor, manager, member, partner, employee or stockholder of any enterprise in which the Partnership or any of its affiliates has or had a financial interest; provided that the Partnership may, but shall not be required to, indemnify a Covered Person with respect to any matter as to which there has been a Final Adjudication that its acts or its failure to act (i) were in bad faith or with criminal intent, or (ii) were of a nature that makes indemnification by the relevant affiliate unavailable. The right to indemnification granted by this Section 10.02 shall be in addition to any rights to which a Covered Person may otherwise be entitled and shall inure to

 

24


the benefit of the successors by operation of law or valid assigns of such Covered Person. The Partnership shall pay the expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, investigation or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay such payment if there shall be a Final Adjudication that it is not entitled to indemnification as provided herein. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02, and in any suit in the name of the Partnership to recover expenses advanced pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Partnership shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon Final Adjudication that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 10.02. In any such suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification or to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to an advancement of expenses, shall be on the Partnership (or any Limited Partner acting derivatively or otherwise on behalf of the Partnership or the Limited Partners). The General Partner may not satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section 10.02 or to which it may be otherwise entitled except out of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds and rights pursuant to indemnification agreements), and no Partner shall be personally liable with respect to any such claim for indemnity or reimbursement. The General Partner may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02 and obtain appropriate insurance coverage on behalf and at the expense of the Partnership to secure the Partnership’s indemnification obligations hereunder and may enter into appropriate indemnification agreements and/or arrangements reflective of the provisions of this Section 10.02. Each Covered Person shall be deemed a third party beneficiary (to the extent not a direct party hereto) to this Agreement and, in particular, the provisions of this Section 10.02.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Partners, the Covered Person shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the Act, the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of each such Covered Person.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

25


Section 11.02. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.02):

 

  (a) If to the Partnership, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd,

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (b) If to any Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd.

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

  (c) If to the General Partner, to:

Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P.

c/o Apollo Principal Holdings IV GP, Ltd.

9 West 57 th St., 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by Law.

Section 11.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.05. Interpretation . Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

 

26


Section 11.06. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 11.06.

Section 11.07. Further Assurances . Each Limited Partner shall perform all other acts and execute and deliver all other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Limited Partners that serve as a senior managing director of any of the Apollo Operating Group or their subsidiaries may from time to time enter into agreements with the Partnership in respect of the terms of such service.

Section 11.09. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner and each Limited Partner hereby agree that any claim, action or proceeding by any Limited Partner seeking any relief whatsoever based on, arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the Partnership’s business or affairs shall be brought only in the courts of the Cayman Islands. EACH PARTNER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 11.10. Expenses . Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with its operation.

Section 11.11. Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement (including the Annexes hereto) may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the General Partner; provided that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any Class of Units in relation to other Classes of Units must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Class affected; provided further , that the General Partner may, without the written consent of any Limited Partner or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (i) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General

 

27


Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership; (ii) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership; (iv) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; (v) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

(c) The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(1) (or any similar provision) under which the fair market value of a partnership interest that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Partnership and each of its Partners to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all partnership interests transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), and (iv) any other related amendments.

(d) Except as may be otherwise required by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution of the Partnership, each Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for judicial accounting or for partition of any of the Partnership’s property.

Section 11.12. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof).

Section 11.13. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

28


Section 11.14. Construction . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees it has had the opportunity to draft, review and edit the language of this Agreement and that it is the intent of the parties hereto that no presumption for or against any party arising out of drafting all or any part of this Agreement will be applied in any dispute relating to, in connection with or involving this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require that in cases of uncertainty, the language of a contract should be interpreted most strongly against the party who drafted such language.

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney . Each Limited Partner, by its execution hereof, hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement that has been adopted as herein provided; (b) the original certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership and all amendments thereto required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments (including consents and ratifications which the Limited Partners have agreed to provide upon a matter receiving the agreed support of Limited Partners) deemed advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 8.04) and Law or to permit the Partnership to become or to continue as a limited partnership or partnership wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in each jurisdiction where the Partnership may be doing business; (d) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the admission of additional Limited Partners or substituted Limited Partners pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments or papers deemed advisable by the General Partner to effect the liquidation and termination of the Partnership; and (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted (in light of the Partnership’s activities) to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 11.16. Letter Agreements: Schedules . The General Partner may, or may cause the Partnership to, without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person, enter into separate letter agreements with individual Limited Partners with respect to any matter, in each case on terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement. The General Partner may from time to time execute and deliver to the Limited Partners schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Partnership and any other matters deemed appropriate by the General Partner. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 11.17. Partnership Status . The parties intend to treat the Partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The General Partner shall file a Form 8832 with the Internal Revenue Service electing for the Partnership to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as a deed as of the date first written above.

 

General Partner:     APOLLO PRINCIPAL H0LDINGS IV GP, LTD.
      By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
       

John J. Suydam

Vice President

      Witness:    /s/ Laurie Medley
        Laurie Medley

 

Limited Partners:     BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
      By:  

Black Family GP, LLC,

its General Partner

      By:   /s/ Leon D. Black
       

Leon D. Black

Manager

      Witness:    /s/ Melanie Spinela
        Melanie Spinela

 

    MJR FOUNDATION LLC
      By:   /s/ Marc J. Rowan
       

Marc J. Rowan

Manager

      Witness:    /s/ Karen Bowen
        Karen Bowen

[Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. - LPA]


  Limited Partner:       /s/ Joshua J. Harris
        Joshua J. Harris
      Witness:    /s/ Katherine Frize
        Katherine Frize

 

  Initial Limited Partner:       /s/ Sheryl Dean
        Sheryl Dean
      Witness:    /s/ Ben Benson
        Ben Benson

[Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P. - LPA]

Exhibit 10.6

EXECUTION COPY

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 8, 2007 among Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”), J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (“J.P. Morgan”) and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse” and, together with Goldman, Sachs and J.P. Morgan, collectively, the “Representatives” and the “Initial Purchasers”).

THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT on the basis of the facts, understandings and intentions set forth below:

A. The Company, the Initial Purchasers and AGM Management, LLC (“Manager”) entered into that certain Purchase/Placement Agreement dated as of August 2, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”) in connection with the offering and sale (the “Offering”) of up to 34,500,000 Class A Shares of the Company (“Shares”).

B. In order to induce the investors who are purchasing the Shares in the Offering to purchase such Shares and the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement for the holders of Registrable Shares (as defined below).

C. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as set forth below:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Shares: Shares or other securities issued in respect of the Shares by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such shares or any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Shares.

Agreement: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.

Affiliate: As to any specified Person, (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person, (ii) any executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner of the specified Person and (iii) any legal entity for which the specified Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests or otherwise.

Business Day: Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close. In the event that any date, deadline or period end described in this Agreement falls on a day that is not a Business Day, such date, deadline or period end shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day.


Closing Time: August 8, 2007 or such other time or such other date as the Representatives and the Company may agree.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Credit Suisse: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.

Goldman Sachs: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Holder: Each Participant and its direct or indirect transferees, so long as such Participant or transferee owns any Registrable Shares.

Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

J.P. Morgan: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Manager: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.

NASD: The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Offered Shares: The Rule 144A Shares and the Regulation D Shares sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement or the Subscription Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

Offering: As defined in Recital A hereof.

Offering Circular: The offering circular, dated August 3, 2007, prepared in connection with the Offering.

Participants: The purchasers in the Offering of (i) the Regulation D Shares from the Company and (ii) Rule 144A Shares from the Initial Purchasers.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments and any free writing prospectus filed with the Commission or otherwise conveyed to investors, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.

 

2


Purchase Agreement: As defined in Recital A of this Agreement, as amended from time to time.

Registrable Shares: Each of the Offered Shares and any Additional Shares, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder, until, in the case of any such Offered Shares or Additional Shares, as applicable, the earliest to occur of:

(i) the second anniversary of the initial effective date of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement or, in the case of any Additional Shares for which tacking under Rule 144A is not available and which are not included in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, until the second anniversary of the issuance of the Additional Shares;

(ii) the date on which such Shares have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement or distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144;

(iii) the date on which, in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, such Shares not held by Affiliates of the Company are saleable pursuant to subparagraph (k) of Rule 144; or.

(iv) the date on which such Shares are sold to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, NASD registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Shares in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Shares and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of the NASD), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Shares on any securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market pursuant to Section 4(m) of this Agreement, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent public accountants of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance, including with respect to rate of return data, but only such letters as are substantially similar to those delivered in connection with the Offering), and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders to review the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, and any agreements to be entered into by a Selling Stockholder in connection with any of the foregoing, and (vi) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by issuers in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement), provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions and transfer taxes or transfer fees, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder and the fees and disbursements of any counsel to the Holders other than as provided for in subparagraph (v) above.

Registration Statement: Any Shelf Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post- effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

 

3


Regulation D: Regulation D (Rules 501-508) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

Regulation D Shares: Shares initially sold by the Company in accordance with the Purchase Agreement in accordance with Regulation D and pursuant to Subscription Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule I44A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A Shares: Shares initially sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and resold by the Initial Purchasers to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).

Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Shares: As defined in Recital A hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: The Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.

Strategic Investors: The California Public Employees’ Retirement System, a unit of the State and Consumer Services Agency of the State of California, and APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(d) hereof.

Suspension Event: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.

Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.

Trigger Date: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

4


Underwritten Offering: A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Rights.

(a) Mandatory Shelf Registration. As set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission no later than 240 days from the date hereof a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares (including for the avoidance of doubt any Additional Shares that are issued prior to the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement) (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, the “Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement”); provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Company shall not file the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission prior to the 181st day from the date hereof. The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practicable following such filing, and for this purpose, the Company shall be entitled to consider the advice of the managing underwriter or underwriters of an initial public offering of the Shares that is then pending, if any, as to the effect that the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement could reasonably be expected to have on the marketing of the initial public offering. Any Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a sale through brokers or agents, or a sale over the internet) by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares.

(b) Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Shares sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement and any other expense of the Holders not specifically allocated to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Shares pursuant to any Registration Statement.

(c) Subsequent Shelf Registration for Additional Shares Issued after Effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement. If any Additional Shares are issued or distributed to Holders after the effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, or such Additional Shares were otherwise not included in a prior Registration Statement, then the Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable file an additional shelf registration statement (including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) covering such Additional Shares on behalf of the Holders thereof in the same manner, and subject to the same provisions in this Agreement as the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, provided that the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof will not apply to any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.

 

5


3. Rules 144 and 144A Reporting.

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Registrable Shares to the public without registration, the Company agrees to, so long as any Holder owns any Registrable Shares:

(a) at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of all securities to the general public, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act;

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(x) post on its primary website and a website maintained by the transfer agent for the Shares (the “Rule 144A Website”) annual reports within the time periods specified below, which will contain information that is substantially similar to the information that is required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the date of the Offering Circular) under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent the Company has historically provided similar information, including in the Offering Circular), including (i) a discussion of financial condition and results of operations consistent with the discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K and (ii) audited combined annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(y) post on its primary website and the Rule 144A Website quarterly reports within the time period specified below in respect of each of the first three calendar quarters of each fiscal year, which will contain information that is substantially similar to the information that is required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the date of the Offering Circular) under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent the Company has historically provided similar Information, including in the Offering Circular), including (i) a discussion of financial condition and results of operations consistent with the discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and (ii) unaudited condensed combined quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to post its annual reports:

(x) for its 2007 fiscal year, within 120 days after the end of that fiscal year, and

(y) for each subsequent fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of that fiscal year;

(iii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to post its quarterly reports:

(x) for its second fiscal quarter of 2007, within 90 days after the end of that fiscal quarter,

(y) for its third fiscal quarter of 2007, within 60-75 days after the end of that fiscal quarter, and

(z) for each subsequent, applicable fiscal quarter, within 45 days after the end of that fiscal quarter;

 

6


(iv) in the event it is unable to post a report within the time periods specified above, post a notification on its primary website and the Rule 144A Website describing why the report was not timely posted, and post the report as soon after the end of such period as is reasonably practicable; and

(v) when it affirmatively decides to disclose information about its business that it has determined to be material to any person not subject to a confidentiality undertaking, it will simultaneously make that information available through postings to its primary website and the Rule 144A Website; in addition, in the case of any other disclosure of material information about its business it will make that information available to through postings to our primary website and the Rule 144A Website as soon as reasonably practicable after such disclosure; and finally, the Company will take steps to ensure that, in the event it provides information to any client or other person and that information might reasonably be deemed to be material to its business as a whole, such persons will be aware of their obligation to preserve the confidentiality of such information and understand that they may not trade in the Company’s securities on the basis of such information until it has been made available to all Holders;

provided, however, that (i) the Company will not include information in the reports described above if and to the extent it determines in its good faith judgment that (A) such information is not material to Holders or to the Company’s businesses, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects or (B) in any discussion of a material contract or business arrangement, the disclosure of such information could reasonably be expected to result in competitive harm to the Company’s business or prospects so long as the statements contained in the applicable report, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, are accurate in all material respects; (ii) the Company will provide as exhibits only its operating agreement and any amendments thereto; and (iii) the Company will not have any obligation to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or Items 307, 308, 402, 405, 406, 407, 601 and 10(e) of Regulation S-K.

4. Registration Procedures.

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act to permit the resale of such Registrable Shares by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holders’ intended method or methods of resale and distribution (which methods shall be commercially reasonable), all on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Company shall:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Shelf Registration Statement, which shall comply in all material respects as to form with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable following such filing as specified in Section 4(a) and to remain effective, subject to Section 5 hereof, until the date on which no Holders hold Registrable Shares, provided, however, that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon 30 days prior written notice to all Holders of Registrable Shares, register any Registrable Shares registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form Shelf Registration Statement and, once the short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such shares under the previous Registration Statement or transfer filing fees from the previous Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 429;

 

7


(b) subject to Section 4(i) hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 4(a) hereof, (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424, and (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the method or methods of distribution set forth in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus;

(c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; the Company consents, subject to Section 5, to the lawful use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by any such Prospectus;

(d) use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Shares by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such domestic United States jurisdictions as the Representatives or any Holder covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 4(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any action to comply with this Section 4(d) if it would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(d), (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) notify the Representatives and each Holder with Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement promptly and, if requested by the Representatives or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing at the address determined in accordance with Section 10(b), (i)when such Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments thereto become effective or upon the filing of a supplement to any prospectus, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, and (iv) of the happening of any event during the period such Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the Prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made);

(f) during the period of time referred to in Section 4(a) above, use all commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(g) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder with Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

8


(h) except as provided in Section 5, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4(f)(iv) hereof, use all commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, upon request, promptly furnish to each requesting Holder a reasonable number of copies each such supplement or post-effective amendment;

(i) if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holders of Registrable Shares being sold in connection with an Underwritten Offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such material information as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or such Holders indicate in writing relates to them and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received written notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(j) enter into customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take all other reasonable action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders and underwriters in underwritten offerings, respectively, and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(k) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available for inspection by one representative appointed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares and, with respect to an Underwritten Offering, the representative of any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and one law firm retained by each representative of such Holders or underwriters, respectively, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative of the Holders, the representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no records, documents or information shall be disclosed by the representative of the Holders, representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public by the Company; provided, further, that to the extent practicable, the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by one law firm designated by and on behalf of the Holders and the other parties, which counsel the Company reasonably determines to be acceptable;

(l) use all commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure in the Company’s listing or inclusion application any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market) to list or include all Registrable Shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market;

 

9


(m) use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements) and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 4(a) hereof;

(n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(o) (i) otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earning statements covering at least 12 months that satisfy the provisions of Section 1l(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (iii) delay the effectiveness of any Registration Statement to which any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement shall have, based upon the written opinion of counsel, objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, provided that the Company may request effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such time as the Company shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such issue with the objecting Holder and shall have advised the Holder in writing of its reasonable belief that such filing complies with the requirements of the Securities Act;

(p) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(q) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Shares (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the security being delivered no longer being Registrable Shares, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Shares to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any transfer restrictive legends (other than as required by the Company’s operating agreement) and to enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or the Holders may reasonably request at least three Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Shares;

(r) upon effectiveness of the first registration statement filed by the Company, the Company will take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or as soon as practicable following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(s) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use all commercially reasonable efforts to furnish or cause to be furnished to the underwriters a signed counterpart, addressed to the underwriters, of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Company and counsel for the Company; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in Underwritten Offerings and such other financial matters as such Holder and the underwriters may reasonably request and customarily obtained by underwriters in Underwritten Offerings;

 

10


(t) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD).

The Company may require the Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder (including information concerning voting and dispositive control over such Holder’s Registrable Shares) as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling stockholder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading. A representative of the Holders shall have a reasonable opportunity prior to the filing of any Registration Statement to review the Registration Statement with respect to the accuracy of the information provided by such Holders and to provide comments thereon to the Company or its counsel.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(f)(ii), 4(f)(iii) or 4(f)(iv) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the reasonable expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

5. Black-Out Period.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time to suspend the use of a Registration Statement following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), if a Suspension Event (as defined below) occurs. If the Company elects to suspend the effectiveness and/or use of a Registration Statement following the occurrence of a Suspension Event, the Company, by written notice to the Representatives and by written notice, email transmission or such other means that the Company reasonably believes to be a reliable means of communication (a “Suspension Notice”), shall notify the Holders that the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been suspended and shall direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement until the Suspension Event has ended. A Suspension Event shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of common stock of the Company has advised the Company that the offer or sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s Underwritten Offering; (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company or the Manager in good faith has determined that the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company; or (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company or the Manager has determined in good faith, that it is required by law, or that it is in the best interests of the Company, to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to ensure that the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement (1) contains the financial

 

11


information required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) discloses any fundamental change in the information included in the Prospectus; or (3) discloses any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any Suspension Event, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Shares as soon as practicable. In no event shall the Company be permitted to suspend the use of a Registration Statement in any 12 month period for more than 45 consecutive days or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective, in which case the Company shall terminate the suspension of the use of the Registration Statement immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment.

(b) If the Company gives a Suspension Notice to the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares following a Suspension Event, the Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) upon delivery by the Company of notice that the Suspension Event or its potential effects are no longer continuing (an “End of Suspension Notice”), which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and the Representatives in the same manner as the Suspension Notice promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 5, the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of the giving of the Suspension Notice to and including the date when Holders shall have received the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that securities are no longer Registrable Shares.

6. Representations and Warrantees.

The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Shares that:

(a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; and

(b) the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents of the Company or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except in the case of (i) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not reasonably be expected to result in a material

 

12


adverse effect on the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”); and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (w) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Shares, (x) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Shares, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that the failure to have would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, (ii) each person, if any, who controls each Initial Purchaser and each Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each Holder or any person who controls any of the foregoing (each person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus including any document incorporated by reference therein, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to the Registration Statement, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to the Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to a Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of a Holder or any participating underwriter specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) in the case of a Suspension Event, the Company shall not be liable for any loss, claim, damage or liability resulting from a sale of Shares by any Holder occurring after delivery by the Company of a Suspension Notice and prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice; provided, further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Shares if requested by such Holders.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating and as a condition to such participation, each Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and investment advisers and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (the “Company Indemnified Persons”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any

 

13


such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to a Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of a Holder or any participating underwriter specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company or any Company Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Company Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any Company Indemnified Person.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who may, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the indemnifying party a potential conflict of interest exists, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs and expenses incurred at the request of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes any unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above in such proportion as is appropriate to respect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or

 

14


liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(d), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 (f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 6 shall survive the sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

8. Market Stand-off Agreement.

Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares then owned by such Holder (other than to donees, partners or other transferees of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for a period of up to 60 days following the date of an Underwritten Offering by the Company pursuant to a shelf registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that:

(a) with respect to the 60-day period that follows the date of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, such agreement shall not be applicable to Registrable Shares sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be;

(b) the Company, the Strategic Investors, all executive officers and directors of the Company and Manager then holding Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares shall enter into similar agreements for not less than the entire time period required of the Holders hereunder; and

(c) the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to the Company, the Strategic Investors or any executive officer or director that entered into similar agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 7 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

9. Termination of the Company’s Obligations.

The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no Registrable Shares are outstanding, provided, however, that the Company’s obligations under Sections 3, 7 and l0(a) through and including 10(k) of this Agreement and Exhibit A to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

 

15


10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than 50% of the then outstanding Registrable Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current addresses given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to the Company; and

(ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at 9 West 57 th Street, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Chief Legal Officer, Fax: (212) 515-3267.

(c) Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by the Initial Purchasers and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that no Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements unless and until such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

(d) Stock Legend. In addition to any other legend that may appear on the stock certificates evidencing the Registrable Shares, for so long as any Shares remain Registrable Shares each stock certificate evidencing such Registrable Shares shall contain a legend to the following effect: “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A CERTAIN REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AUGUST 8, 2007.”

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE.

(g) Severability. if any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially

 

16


reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibit hereto), together with the Purchase Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.

(i) Registrable Shares Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(j) Survival. This Agreement is intended to survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 6 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

(k) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement. All references made in this Agreement to “Section” refer to such Section of this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise.

(l) Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

[Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   AGM Management, LLC,
  its Manager
By:   BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,
  its Sole Member
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
 

Name: John J. Suydam

Title: Vice President

AGM MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,
  its Sole Member
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
 

Name: John J. Suydam

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS & CO
By:   /s/ Goldman Sachs & Co
 

Name:

Title:

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Elizabeth P. Myers
 

Name:    Elizabeth P. Myers

Title:    Managing Director

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:   /s/ Steven C. Pierson
 

Name: Steven C. Pierson

Title: Managing Director

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Copy

 

 

 

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC,

AGM MANAGEMENT, LLC,

AND

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

DATED AS OF AUGUST 8, 2007

 

 

 


INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT , dated as of August 8, 2007 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (together with its Affiliates that become Investors under this Agreement, “ Credit Suisse ”), Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), A.P. Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempt limited partnership (“ Holdings ”), and AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”). Credit Suisse intends to assign this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee prior to the Closing Date.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on July 16, 2007, the Company and Credit Suisse entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue to Credit Suisse and Credit Suisse agreed to purchase from the Company the Class A Common Shares (as defined below), upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company, the Manager, Holdings and Credit Suisse desire to address herein certain relationships among themselves, including certain terms and conditions relating to the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to Credit Suisse’s Class A Common Shares.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8 .

ADIA ” means APOC Holdings LTD, a Cayman Islands exempt company, together with its Affiliates that become Investors under the Lender Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person. Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” with respect to the Company does not include at any time any Fund or Portfolio Company.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

1


Agreement Among Principals ” means the Agreement Among Principals, dated as of July 13, 2007, among the Principals and the other parties named therein, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to such Agreement Among Principals that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

APO Corp. ” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Operating Group ” means (i) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for the Company’s carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and (ii) any such carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and receiving management fees, incentive fees, fees paid by Portfolio Companies, carry or other remuneration which are not Subsidiaries of the Persons described in clause (i), excluding any Funds and any Portfolio Companies.

Apollo Securities ” means (i) capital stock or other equity interests (including the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares) of the Company, (ii) options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock or other equity interests of the Company and (iii) Operating Group Units.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any Governmental Entity applicable to such Person.

BRH Holdings ” means BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and any successor entity thereto.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

CalPERS ” means the California Public Employees’ Retirement System.

Class A Common Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares of the Company (including non-voting Class A Common Shares) representing limited liability company interests in the Company, having such rights associated with such Class A Common Shares as set forth in the Operating Agreement and any Equity Securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Common Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

2


Class B Common Shares ” means the Class B Common Shares of the Company representing limited liability company interests in the Company, having such rights associated with such Class B Common Shares as set forth in the Operating Agreement and any Equity Securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class B Common Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Closing Price ” means, with respect to any security, as of any date of determination, the closing price per share of such security on such date published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) or, if no such closing price on such date is published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) , the average of the last reported bid and asked prices (or, if more than one (1) in either case, the average of the average bid and average asked prices) on such date, as officially reported on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such security is then listed or admitted to trading.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Demand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Equity Securities ” means (i) capital stock or other equity interests (including, the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares) of the Company then outstanding or (ii) options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock or other equity interests of the Company.

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in the Agreement Among Principals.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among the Company, each member of the Apollo Operating Group, Holdings and the other parties named therein.

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

3


GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Governmental Entity ” means any Federal, state, county, city, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, commission, committee, agency or body (including any court, tribunal or arbitral body).

Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement, including any successor entity thereto.

Inspectors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(viii) .

Investment ” has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Investors ” means Credit Suisse and each other Person who becomes an “Investor” in accordance with this Agreement.

IPO ” means the earlier of (i) the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Common Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms), with the Shares sold representing at least 10% of the then outstanding Class A Common Shares of the Company (to be determined assuming that all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for Class A Common Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement) and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Company in respect of the Class A Common Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; provided , that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such registration statement is to be filed by the Company with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Lender Rights Agreement ” means the Lender Rights Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among the Company, the Manager, BRH Holdings GP, Ltd. ADIA and CalPERS and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to such Lender Rights Agreement that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .

Majority Requesting Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i) .

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement, including any successor entity thereto; provided , however , that if the Operating Agreement authorizes the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof or any other governing body to make the determination at issue under this Agreement, the “Manager” for purpose of such determination shall be deemed to refer to the board of directors of the Company or such committee or other governing body and any such determination made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Operating Agreement shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.

 

4


National Securities Exchange ” means any of the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Stock Market, the American Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange.

Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Agreement.

Operating Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of July 13, 2007, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to such Operating Agreement that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, each of which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any other securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. All calculations in respect of the Operating Group Units shall assume that all Operating Group Units shall have vested fully as of the date of determination.

Other Demanding Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Other Proposed Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Permitted Transferee ” with respect to an Investor, means such Investor’s Affiliates so long as such Affiliates are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act or “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the transferee shall not become a “Permitted Transferee” until (a) such Transfer is made in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, and (b) such transferee has executed and delivered to the Company a joinder to each Transaction Document in the form annexed hereto as Annex A pursuant to which such Permitted Transferee agrees to be bound by the Transaction Documents and to be treated as an “Investor” for all purposes of the Transaction Documents.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, business, association, trust, Governmental Entity or other entity.

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

Piggyback Seller ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

 

5


Portfolio Company ” means any Person in which any Fund owns or has made, directly or indirectly, an Investment.

Principal ” means any of Leon D. Black, Marc J. Rowan or Joshua J. Harris.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Class A Common Shares pursuant to Rule 144A (or any successor provision) and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least fifteen (15) purchasers and (ii) that requires the Company to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered re-sales of the Class A Common Shares within eight (8) months of the consummation of such offering.

Proceeding ” means any action, suit, lawsuit, customer claim, warranty claim, insurance claim, counterclaim, proceeding or investigation at law, or in equity, or by or before any Governmental Entity.

Purchased Securities ” means the Class A Common Shares acquired by Credit Suisse on the Closing Date pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(viii) .

Registrable Amount ” means a number of Registrable Securities representing at least $75 million (such value shall to be determined based on the value of such Registrable Securities on the date immediately preceding the date upon which the Demand has been received by the Company).

Registrable Securities ” means any Class A Common Shares currently owned or hereafter held by any member of the Company, including pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, an Exchange or the conversion of Notes into Class A Common Shares. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement registering such securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such securities have been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to such effective registration statement or (ii) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .

Requested Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(g) .

Requesting Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Roll-up Agreements ” mean collectively, each Roll-up Agreement, by and among Holdings, BRH Holdings, the Company, APO LLC, APO Corp., and an employee of Apollo or one of its Subsidiaries, dated as of July 13, 2007, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to any such Roll-Up Agreement that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

 

6


SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Stock Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Selected Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8 .

Selling Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(i) .

Selling Investors’ Counsel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(i) .

Shareholders ” means the Persons designated as “Shareholders” under the Shareholders Agreement.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among the Company, Holdings, BRH Holdings, Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MRJ Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, and each of the Principals; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to such Shareholders Agreement that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

Shares ” means, collectively, the outstanding Class A Shares (as equitably adjusted to reflect any split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Class A Shares).

Strategic Agreement ” means the Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2007, by and among the Company, the Manager, BRH Holdings GP, Ltd. and each of the Strategic Investors, pursuant to which the Company sold convertible securities to the Strategic Investors, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any amendments or supplements to such Strategic Agreement that would materially alter Credit Suisse’s rights or obligations under this Agreement will be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement unless agreed to by Credit Suisse.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person. The term “Subsidiary” does not include at any time any Funds or Portfolio Companies.

Strategic Investors ” means each of ADIA and CalPERS.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

7


Transfer ” means a direct or indirect sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

Unaffiliated Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) .

Underwritten Offering ” means a sale of equity securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

United States Dollars ” means the lawful currency of the United States.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act and which (i) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities Act.

Section 1.2 Interpretation .

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

(b) pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms;

(c) a reference to a clause, party, annex, exhibit or schedule is a reference to a clause of, and a party, annex, exhibit and schedule to this Agreement, and a reference to this Agreement includes any annex, exhibit and schedule hereto;

(d) a reference to a statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or by-law includes all statues, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws amending, consolidating or replacing it, whether passed by the same or another Governmental Entity with legal power to do so, and a reference to a statute includes all regulations, proclamations, ordinances and by-laws issued under the statute;

(e) a reference to a document includes all amendments or supplements to, or replacements or novations of that document;

(f) a reference to a party to a document includes that party’s, successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns;

(g) the use of the term “including” means “including, without limitation”;

(h) the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the annexes, schedules and exhibits, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement;

 

8


(i) the section and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern of affect the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions in this Agreement;

(j) where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates;

(k) the language used in this Agreement has been chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party;

(l) unless expressly provided otherwise, the measure of a period of one month or year for purposes of this Agreement shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the starting date; provided , that if no corresponding date exists, the measure shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the next day following the starting date (for example, one month following February 18 is March 18, and one month following March 31 is May 1 (or in the case of January 29, 30 or 31, the following month shall be March 1));

(m) unless otherwise specified herein, all statements or references to dollar amounts or “$” set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document shall refer to United States Dollars; and

(n) accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

ARTICLE 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) At any time after the one year anniversary of the Closing Date, Credit Suisse shall be entitled to make a written request of the Company (a “ Demand ” and upon making a Demand, Credit Suisse to be a “ Requesting Investor ”) for registration under the Securities Act of an amount of Registrable Securities owned by Credit Suisse and the other Investors that either (x) equals or is greater than the Registrable Amount (based on the number of Registrable Securities outstanding on the date such Demand is made), or (y) constitutes all of the Registrable Securities of all of the Investors (a “ Demand Registration ”) and thereupon the Company will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration as promptly as practicable under the Securities Act of:

(i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Requesting Investor for disposition in accordance with the intended method of disposition stated in such Demand; and

(ii) all equity securities of the Company which the Company may elect to register in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.1 , but subject to Section 2.1(h) , all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities and the additional securities, if any, to be so registered.

 

9


(b) Each Demand shall specify: (i) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Demand Registration; (ii) the intended method of disposition in connection with such Demand Registration, to the extent then known; and (iii) the identity of the Requesting Investor and any of its Permitted Transferees who are participating in the Demand.

(c) [reserved]

(d) Credit Suisse shall be entitled to an aggregate of three (3) Demand Registrations.

(e) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have been effected and shall not count as a Demand:

(i) unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and has remained effective for a period of at least ninety (90) days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration have actually been sold thereunder);

(ii) if, after it has become effective, such Demand Registration becomes subject, prior to ninety (90) days after effectiveness, to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Entity for any reason and such order or requirement is not cured within ten (10) Business Days;

(iii) unless at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by Credit Suisse in any Demand Registration for which Credit Suisse is the Requesting Investor are actually registered in such Demand Registration;

(iv) if such Demand Registration is withdrawn pursuant to Section 2.3 after the Company exercises its right to postpone the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(g) ; or

(v) if the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such Demand Registration are not satisfied, other than by reason of any act or omission by such Requesting Investors.

(f) Demand Registrations shall be on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration, (ii) on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration (other than a shelf registration), if such a short-form registration is then available to the Company or (iii) on Form S-3ASR if the Company is, at the time a Demand is made, a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer.

 

10


(g) The Company shall not be obligated to:

(i) subject to the proviso in Section 2.5(a)(ii) , maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act filed pursuant to a Demand Registration for a period longer than ninety (90) days; or

(ii) effect any Demand Registration:

(A) within six months after the effective date of a registration statement with respect to a “firm commitment” Underwritten Offering in which all Piggyback Sellers (as hereinafter defined) were given “piggyback” rights pursuant to Section 2.2 (subject to Section 2.1(h) ) and at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Piggyback Seller to be included in such Demand Registration were included;

(B) within four months after the effective date of a registration statement with respect to any other Demand Registration; or

(C) if, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, it is not feasible for the Company to proceed with the Demand Registration because of the unavailability of audited or other require financial statements; provided , that the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such financial statements as promptly as practicable.

In addition, the Company shall be entitled to postpone (upon written notice to the Requesting Investor) the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for any Demand Registration (but no more than twice in any period of 12 consecutive months and in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any 365 day period) if the Manager determines in its reasonable judgment that the filing or effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration would cause the disclosure of material, non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or because of the unavailability of audited or other required financial statements. In the event of a postponement by the Company of the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration, the Requesting Investors shall have the right to withdraw such Demand in accordance with Section 2.3 .

(h) The Company shall not include any securities in a Demand Registration except Registrable Securities held by the Investors and securities held by the Strategic Investors pursuant to the Strategic Agreement and by the Shareholders, or with the written consent of Investors participating in such Demand Registration that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration. If, in connection with a Demand Registration, the lead bookrunning underwriters (or, if such Demand Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized independent investment bank selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration, and whose fees and expenses shall be borne solely by the Company) advise the Company in writing that, in their reasonable opinion, the inclusion of all of the securities, including securities of the Company that are not Registrable Securities, sought to be registered in connection with such Demand Registration would adversely affect the marketability of the Registrable Securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include

 

11


in such registration statement only such securities as the Company is reasonably advised by such underwriters or investment bank can be sold without such adverse effect as follows and in the following order of priority: (i) first, up to the number of Class A Common Shares requested to be included in such Demand Registration by any Shareholders, any Investors, and the Strategic Investors, which, in the opinion of the underwriter or investment bank can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, pro rata among such Shareholders, the Investors and the Strategic Investors, based upon the number of Class A Common Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Common Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement or Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, being deemed as not owned by such Investors, such Shareholders or such Strategic Investors, and any Class A Common Shares being issuable upon conversion of non-voting Class A Common Shares or in connection with an Exchange being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof); (ii)  second , securities the Company proposes to sell; and (iii) third, all other equity securities duly requested to be included in such registration statement, pro rata on the basis of the amount of such other securities requested to be included or such other method determined by the Company.

(i) Any time that a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Offering (i) the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Demand Registration (the “ Majority Requesting Holders ”) shall select a nationally-recognized investment banking firm (reasonably acceptable to the Company) to act as a co-lead bookrunning underwriter with respect to the offering of such Registrable Securities, (ii) the Company shall select a nationally-recognized investment banking firm (reasonably acceptable to the Majority Requesting Holders) to act as a co-lead bookrunning underwriter with respect to the offering of such Registrable Securities, and (iii) the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement that is reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Majority Requesting Holders, with such agreement containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein) by an issuer of securities similar to the Class A Common Shares in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of securities similar to the Class A Common Shares for the account of, or on behalf of, such issuers.

(j) In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 2.1(j) , (i) the Company shall not be required to include the Registrable Securities of an Investor (other than a Majority Requesting Holder) in the Underwritten Offering unless such Investor accepts the terms of the underwriting (pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be negotiated and entered into as specified in Section 2.1(i) ) as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company, in accordance with the terms hereof, and (ii) any Majority Requesting Holder shall enter into the underwriting agreement referred to in Section 2.1(i)( iii ) above.

(k) All rights of Investors under this Section 2.1 shall be subject to the restrictions of Article 3 .

 

12


Section 2.2 Piggyback Registration .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration by the Company on a registration statement on Form S-4 or a registration statement on Form S-8, any successor forms thereto, and excluding any resale shelf registration statement that the Company agrees to file in connection with the Private Placement) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether for its own account or for the account of others, the Company shall give each Investor prompt written notice thereof (but not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the filing by the Company with the SEC of any registration statement with respect thereto). Such notice (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) shall specify, at a minimum, the number of equity securities proposed to be registered, the proposed date of filing of such registration statement with the SEC, the proposed means of distribution, the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters (if any and if known) and a reasonable estimate by the Company of the proposed minimum offering price of such equity securities. Upon the written request of any Persons that on the date of the Piggyback Notice constitute an Investor (a “ Piggyback Seller ”) (which written request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities then presently intended to be disposed of by such Piggyback Seller) given within ten (10) days after such Piggyback Notice is received by such Piggyback Seller, the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities held by Piggyback Sellers with respect to which the Company has received such written requests for inclusion to be included in such Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as the Company’s equity securities being sold in such Piggyback Registration.

(b) If, in connection with a Piggyback Registration, the lead bookrunning underwriter (or, if such Piggyback Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized independent investment bank selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration, and whose fees and expenses shall be borne solely by the Company) advises the Company in writing that, in its reasonable opinion, the inclusion of all the equity securities of the Company sought to be included in such Piggyback Registration by (i) the Company, (ii) others who have sought to have equity securities of the Company registered in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to rights to demand (other than pursuant to so-called “piggyback” or other incidental or participation registration rights) such registration (such Persons being “ Other Demanding Sellers ”), (iii) the Piggyback Sellers, the Shareholders who have sought to have Class A Common Shares included in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to “piggyback” rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement and within the Lender Rights Agreement, and (iv) any other proposed sellers of equity securities of the Company (such Persons being “ Other Proposed Sellers ”), as the case may be, would adversely affect the marketability of the securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include in the registration statement applicable to such Piggyback Registration only such equity securities of the Company as the Company is so advised by such underwriter can be sold without such an effect, as follows and in the following order of priority:

(i) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of equity securities of the Company to be sold by the Company for its own account, (B) second, Class A Common Shares requested to be

 

13


included in such Piggyback Registration by any Other Demanding Sellers, any Piggyback Sellers, any Strategic Investors and any Shareholders (who have sought to have Class A Common Shares included in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to “piggyback” rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement or the Lender Rights Agreement, as applicable) pro rata among such Other Demanding Sellers, Piggyback Sellers and Shareholders based upon the number of Class A Common Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Common Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement or Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, being deemed as not owned by such Investors, such Shareholders or such Strategic Investors, and any Class A Common Shares being issuable upon conversion of non-voting Class A Common Shares or in connection with an Exchange being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof) and (C) third, other equity securities of the Company proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers (excluding the Investors and the Strategic Investors); or

(ii) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering other than for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, Class A Common Shares requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by any Other Demanding Sellers, any Piggyback Sellers, any Strategic Investors and any Shareholders (each, as applicable, who have sought to have Class A Common Shares included in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to “piggyback” rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement or the Lender Rights Agreement, as applicable) pro rata among such Other Demanding Sellers, Piggyback Sellers, the Strategic Investors and Shareholders based upon the number of Class A Common Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Common Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement or Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, being deemed as not owned by such Investors, such Shareholders or such Strategic Investors, and any Class A Common Shares being issuable upon conversion of non-voting Class A Common Shares or in connection with an Exchange being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof), and (B) second, the other equity securities of the Company proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers (excluding Investors and the Strategic Investors) or to be sold by the Company as determined by the Company.

(c) In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include the Registrable Securities of an Investor in the Underwritten Offering unless such Investor accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters.

(d) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any of its equity securities as set forth in this Section 2.2 and prior to the time the registration statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration is declared effective, the Company shall determine, at its election, for any reason not to register such equity securities, the Company may give written notice of such determination to each Piggyback Seller within five (5) days thereof and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such particular withdrawn or abandoned Piggyback Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith as provided herein); provided , however , that Investors may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 .

 

14


(e) All rights of Investors under this Section 2.2 shall be subject to the restrictions of Article 3 .

Section 2.3 Withdrawal Rights .

Any Requesting Investor having notified or directed the Company to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to the Company prior to the effective date of such registration statement. In the event of any such withdrawal, the Company shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement. No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn. If the Requesting Investor withdraws its notification or direction to the Company to include Registrable Securities in a registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.3 , such Investor shall be required to promptly reimburse the Company for all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with preparing for the registration of such Registrable Securities and such withdrawn registration request shall also count as a Demand for purposes of Section 2.1(d) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, with respect to any such registration withdrawn as a result of a Company postponement pursuant to Section 2.1(g) , (i) such Investor shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any expenses incurred by the Company in connection with preparing for such registration and (ii) such registration shall not count as a Demand for purposes of Section 2.1(d) .

Section 2.4 Holdback Agreements .

(a) To the extent (a) requested (i) by the Company or the Requesting Investor, as the case may be, in the case of a non-Underwritten Offering or (ii) by the lead bookrunning underwriter in the case of an Underwritten Offering, and (b) the Company and all of the Company’s executive officers, directors and holders in excess of 5% of its outstanding equity securities (on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis) execute agreements substantially identical to or more restrictive than those referred to in this Section 2.4(a) , each Investor agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities of the Company, during any time period reasonably requested by the Company (which shall not exceed ninety (90) days) with respect to the IPO, any Demand Registration or any Piggyback Registration (in each case, except as part of such registration), or, in each case, during any time period (which shall not exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days) required by any underwriting agreement with respect thereto.

(b) With respect to each relevant offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all of its officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of the Registrable Securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such Registrable Securities) to execute holdback agreements that contain restrictions that are no less restrictive than the restrictions contained in the holdback agreements executed by the Company.

 

15


Section 2.5 Registration Procedures .

(a) If and whenever the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 , the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement to effect such registration and thereafter use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and cause such registration statement to contain a “Plan of Distribution” that permits the distribution of securities pursuant to all legal means; provided , however , that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities which are not Registrable Securities at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto; provided , further , that a reasonable time before filing such registration statement, prospectus or any amendments thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel (“ Selling Investors’ Counsel ”) selected by the Investors that are including Registrable Securities in such registration (“ Selling Investors ”) copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of Selling Investors’ Counsel, and such review to be conducted with reasonable promptness;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until the earlier of such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement, or:

(A) in the case of a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , the expiration of ninety (90) days after such registration statement becomes effective;

(B) in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 2.2 , the expiration of ninety (90) days after such registration statement becomes effective;

provided , that in each case, if the Company shall have exercised its right to postpone the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(g) , the Company shall be obligated to extend the effectiveness of such registration statement by the duration of any such postponement;

(iii) furnish to each Selling Investor and each underwriter, if any, of the securities being sold by such Selling Investors, prior to filing a registration statement, at least one copy of such registration statement as is proposed to be filed, and thereafter

 

16


such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) (a “ Free Writing Prospectus ”) utilized in connection therewith and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling Investor and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Investors;

(iv) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Investor and any underwriter of the securities being sold by such Selling Investor shall reasonably request, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Investor and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Investor, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to:

(A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (iv)  be obligated to be so qualified;

(B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction; or

(C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if no such securities are so listed, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on a National Securities Exchange;

(vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities as may be necessary to enable each Selling Investor thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(vii) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, obtain for each Selling Investor and underwriter:

(A) an opinion of counsel for the Company, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Selling Investor and underwriters, and

 

17


(B) a “comfort” letter (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort” letter specified in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement;

(viii) promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Investor, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such Selling Investor or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility in connection with such registration statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement; provided , however , that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement or the release of such Records is required by Applicable Law or is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court, other Governmental Entity or self-regulatory organization of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (viii)  if:

(A) the Company reasonably believes, after consultation with counsel for the Company, that to do so would cause the Company to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information; or

(B) if either: (x) the Company has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise; or (y) the Company reasonably determines that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing,

unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (A)  or (B)  above, such Selling Investor requesting such information agrees, and causes each of its Inspectors (other than attorneys), to enter into a confidentiality agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company (which terms shall include customary exceptions and shall permit disclosure of such Records (i) as necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement, (ii) as required by Applicable Law or (iii) as ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court, other Governmental Entity or self-regulatory organization of competent jurisdiction); and provided , further , that each Selling Investor and Inspector agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records by such Selling Investor or Inspector is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

 

18


(ix) promptly notify in writing each Selling Investor and the underwriters, if any, of the following events:

(A) the filing of the registration statement, the filing of a prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or the filing of any amendment to the registration statement or the filing of any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and, with respect to the registration statement or any amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;

(B) any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus or for additional information;

(C) the issuance by the SEC or any other Governmental Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation or threat of any Proceedings by any Person for that purpose; and

(D) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any Proceeding for such purpose;

(x) notify each Selling Investor, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly prepare and furnish to such Selling Investor a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xi) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of and, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction;

(xii) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to each Selling Investor, as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than fifteen (15) months after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement of the Company covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

19


(xiii) cooperate with the Selling Investors and the managing underwriter to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under Applicable Law) representing securities sold under any registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or such Selling Investor may request and keep available and make available to the Company’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement a supply of such certificates, or, if requested by a Selling Investor or an underwriter, to facilitate the delivery of such securities in book-entry form;

(xiv) have appropriate officers of the Company prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, and other information meetings organized by the underwriters, take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities (if they are eligible to be rated) and otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Investors and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities; provided , that such presentations, meetings, actions and efforts do not cause unreasonable disruption to the management of the Company’s business;

(xv) with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of the Investors holding the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the prior reasonable review of the Selling Investors and Selling Investors’ Counsel;

(xvi) (A) as expeditiously as possible and within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filings of all prospectuses and Free Writing Prospectuses with the SEC and (B) after the consummation of the IPO, within the deadlines specified by the Exchange Act, make all filings of periodic and current reports and other materials required by the Exchange Act;

(xvii) as expeditiously as possible and within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any registration statement or prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

(xviii) as expeditiously as practicable, keep Selling Investors’ Counsel advised as to the initiation and progress of any registration under Article 2 ;

(xix) cooperate with each Selling Investor and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;

(xx) furnish the Selling Investors (and Selling Investors’ Counsel) and the underwriters, as expeditiously as possible, copies of all correspondence with or from the SEC, the NASD, any stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization relating to the registration statement or the transactions contemplated thereby and, a reasonable time prior to furnishing or filing any such correspondence to the SEC, the NASD,

 

20


stock exchange or self-regulatory organization, furnish drafts of such correspondence to the Selling Investors (and Selling Investors’ Counsel) and the underwriters for review and comment, such review and comment to be conducted with reasonable promptness; and

(xxi) to take all other reasonable steps necessary to effect the registration and disposition of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

(b) The Company may require each Selling Investor and each underwriter, if any, to furnish the Company in writing such information regarding each Selling Investor or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request to complete or amend the information required by such registration statement.

(c) Without limiting the terms of this Article 2 , in the event that the offering of Registrable Securities is to be made by or through an underwriter, the Company, if requested by the underwriter, shall enter into an underwriting agreement with a managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with such offering containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein) by an issuer of securities similar to the Class A Common Shares in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of securities similar to the Class A Common Shares for the account of, or on behalf of, such issuers.

(d) Each Selling Investor agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.5(a)(ix)(C), (a)(ix)(D) or (x) , such Selling Investor shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Investor’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Investor’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.5(a)(ix) or lifting of any suspension of (i) effectiveness of the Registration Statement or (ii) qualification of any Registrable Security contemplated by Section 2.5(a)(x) and, if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Investor’s possession of the prospectus current at the time of receipt of such notice relating to such Registrable Securities. In the event the Company shall give such notice, any applicable ninety (90) day period during which such registration statement must remain effective pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from the date of giving of a notice pursuant to Section 2.5(a)(ix)(c), (a)(ix)(d) or (x) to the date when all such Selling Investors are again able to sell their Registrable Securities under such registration statement with an appropriate a supplemented or amended prospectus and any such prospectus shall have been filed with the SEC.

Section 2.6 Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of, or compliance with, its obligations under this Article 2 including, all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the NASD (including, if applicable, reasonable and customary fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in Schedule E of the

 

21


By-Laws of the NASD), all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all printing (including, expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, all messenger and delivery expenses, all fees and expenses of the Company’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including, with respect to “comfort” letters and opinions), the reasonable and customary fees and expenses of one firm of counsel to the Selling Investors (which firm shall be selected by the Selling Investors that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration), and all customary “road show” expenses (collectively, the “ Registration Expenses ”) shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a registration is effected. The Company will pay its internal expenses (including, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties, the expense of any annual audit and the expense of any liability insurance) and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange and included in each established over-the-counter market on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded. Each Selling Investor shall pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of such Selling Investor’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration.

Section 2.7 Indemnification .

(a) By the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Selling Investors and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, partners and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Investor or such other Person indemnified under this Section 2.7(a) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, the “ Losses ”) to which they are or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law (including any applicable “blue sky” laws), rule or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such Losses arise out of, are based upon, are caused by or relate to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any filing or document incidental to such registration or qualification of the securities as required by this Agreement or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any filing or document incidental to such registration or qualification of the securities as required by this Agreement or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are made in conformity with and reliance on information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Investor expressly for use therein. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other Person indemnified under this Section 2.7(a) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of Selling

 

22


Investors. Reimbursements payable pursuant to the indemnification contemplated by this Section 2.7(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

(b) By the Selling Investors . In connection with any registration statement in which a Selling Investor is participating, each such Selling Investor will furnish to the Company in writing information regarding such Selling Investor’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall, indemnify the Company, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or such other Person indemnified under this Section 2.7(b) against all Losses to which they are or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law (including any applicable “blue sky” laws), rule or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such Losses arise out of, are based upon, are caused by or relate to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any filing or document incidental to such registration or qualification of the securities as required by this Agreement or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement, the prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any filing or document incidental to such registration or qualification of the securities as required by this Agreement or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in conformity with and reliance on information so furnished in writing by such Selling Investor. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of each Selling Investors other obligations under this Agreement, each Selling Investor shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other Person indemnified under this Section 2.7(b) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, indemnification by the Selling Investors shall be several and not joint, and no Selling Investors shall be liable to the Company under this Section 2.7 for amounts in excess of the net amount received by such Selling Investor in the offering giving rise to such liability.

(c) Notice . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has forfeited substantive rights or defenses as a result of such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.

(d) Defense of Actions . In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the

 

23


indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party, (ii) counsel to the indemnifying party has informed the indemnifying party that the joint representation of the indemnifying party and one or more indemnified parties could be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), in any such event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party to the extent provided elsewhere herein against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 2.7 , the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than (x) 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (y) 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the material terms of such settlement, and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail to diligently contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that the indemnified party shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding its consent if the proposed settlement imposes any obligation on the indemnified party). No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(e) Survival . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

 

24


(f) Contribution . If recovery is not available or is insufficient under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Investor shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such Selling Investor from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

(g) Request for Information . Not less than ten (10) Business Days before the expected filing date of each registration statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall notify each Investor who has timely provided the requisite notice hereunder entitling such Investor to register Registrable Securities in such registration statement of the information, documents and instruments from such Investor that the Company or any underwriter reasonably requests in connection with such registration statement, including, but not limited to a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney, lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (the “ Requested Information ”). If the Company has not received, on or before the second (2 nd ) day before the expected filing date, the Requested Information (or a written assurance from such Investor that the Requested Information that cannot be practicably provided prior to the filing of the registration statement shall be provided in a timely fashion) from such Investor, the Company may file the registration statement without including Registrable Securities of such Investor (or amend such registration statement to exclude the Registrable Securities of an Investor who fails to provide information when needed). The failure to so include in any registration statement the Registrable Securities of an Investor (with regard to that registration statement) shall not in and of itself result in any liability on the part of the Company to such Investor.

ARTICLE 3

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 3.1 Permitted Transferees .

(a) No Investor may Transfer any of its Purchased Securities prior to the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date, other than to its Permitted Transferees and between Permitted Transferees of an Investor. The Company shall not be obligated to register any proposed Transfer of Purchased Securities by any Investor pursuant to this Article 3 on the stock transfer books of the Company until the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act or any such other Applicable Laws and/or representation letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and any other Applicable Laws. Upon

 

25


satisfaction of conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence and the execution and delivery to the Company of a joinder to the Transaction Documents, as required under the terms of the definition of “ Permitted Transferee ” hereunder, the applicable Permitted Transferee shall be treated as an “Investor” for all purposes under the Transaction Documents.

(b) No Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees and any other Investor) may transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, Purchased Securities representing 2% or more of the total outstanding Class A Common Shares (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units had been exchanged for Class A Common Shares) to any one Person or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) or the Exchange Act as in effect on the date this Agreement) of related Persons; provided , that transfers of Purchased Securities representing 2% or more of the total outstanding Class A Common Shares (calculated on a fully-diluted basis as if all Operating Group Units had been exchanged for Class A Common Shares) to underwriters or placement agents shall be permissible so long as such underwriters or placement agents are themselves bound to comply with such restriction.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event any Permitted Transferee that holds any Purchased Securities or Apollo Securities acquired pursuant to Section 3.1 ceases to be an Affiliate of Credit Suisse (an “ Unaffiliated Transferee ”), such Unaffiliated Transferee and Credit Suisse shall promptly give notice to the Company of the change in circumstances and such Unaffiliated Transferee shall immediately and unconditionally Transfer any Purchased Securities held by it back to Credit Suisse.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Investor that is an entity that was formed for the primary purpose of directly or indirectly acquiring equity securities of the Company or that has no substantial assets other than the equity securities of the Company or direct or indirect interests in the equity securities of the Company agrees that (i) certificates for units of its common stock or other instruments reflecting equity interests in such entity (and the certificates for units of common stock or other equity interests in any similar entities controlling such entity) will note the Transfer restrictions contained in this Agreement as if such common stock or other equity interests were equity securities of the Company, (ii) no units of such common stock or other equity interests may be Transferred (including any Transfer or issuance by such entity) to any Person other than in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement as if such common stock or other equity interests were equity securities of the Company and (iii) any Transfer of such common stock or other equity interests shall be deemed to be a Transfer of a proportionate percentage of equity securities of the Company.

ARTICLE 4

TERM

The provisions of this Agreement shall become effective immediately upon consummation of the Closing and shall terminate and become void and of no further force and effect after the five (5) year anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , that , the provisions of Section 2.7 and Article 5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement; provided , further , that the right by a party to commence a Proceeding against any other party for any breach of this Agreement by such other party that occurs prior to the earlier of (x) termination of this Agreement and (y) the termination of the applicable provision, shall survive such termination, unimpaired, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination.

 

26


ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1 Transfers and Related Matters .

(a) Any Transfer or attempted Transfer not in conformity with this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be null, void and of no effect. In connection with any attempted Transfer not in conformity therewith or herewith, the Company may hold and refuse to Transfer any Apollo Securities, or any certificates therefore, in addition to, and without prejudice to, any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it.

Section 5.2 Notices .

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile ( provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 5.2 ) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

(a) if to the Company, to:

Apollo Management, L.P.

9 West 57th Street, 43 rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: John J. Suydam

Facsimile: (212) 515-3288

with a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Harvey M. Eisenberg

Facsimile: (212) 326-2061

(b) if to Credit Suisse, to:

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Attention:

Facsimile:

 

27


with a copy to

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Kris F. Heinzelman

Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

Section 5.3 Severability .

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by an arbitrator in accordance with Section 5.9 or, if applicable, a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 5.4 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by facsimile transmission, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 5.5 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

The Transaction Documents and any other written agreement executed contemporaneously herewith constitute the entire agreement by, between and among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements, both written and oral, by, between and among the Company on one hand and Investors on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, their Permitted Transferees or a third party purchaser pursuant to an Investor Private Sale, except as provided in Section 2.7(a) and Section 2.7(b) of this Agreement, any rights or remedies hereunder or under the Operating Agreement.

Section 5.6 Further Assurances .

Each party hereto shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

28


Section 5.7 Governing Law .

THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of the Transaction Documents were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that in the event that (a) arbitration pursuant to Section 5.9 is not available, or (b) circumstances exist such that immediate action must be taken to preserve the intent of the Transaction Documents, as applicable, pending an arbitration in accordance with Section 5.9 , the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of the Transaction Documents and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in and thereof in the Selected Court, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In such event, any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance pursuant to this Section 5.7 , it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

Section 5.8 Consent to Jurisdiction .

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that any disputes or controversies arising under or in connection with the Transaction Documents be resolved pursuant to arbitration in accordance with Section 5.9 ; provided, however, that, to the extent that Section 5.9 is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, and the result is that the parties hereto are precluded from resolving any claim arising under or in connection with the Transaction Documents, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 (after giving effect to the terms of Section 5.3 ), the following provisions of this Section 5.8 shall govern the resolution of all such disputes or controversies. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Action ”) arising out of or relating to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby and thereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (A) of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or (B) in the event that such court lacks jurisdiction to hear the claim, in the State Courts of New York located in the borough of Manhattan, New York City (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Action other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided, however, that a party may commence any Action in a court other than the Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by the Selected Court; (b) consents to service of process in any Action by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company and such Investor at their respective addresses referred to in Section 5.2 ; provided, however, that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTION

 

29


DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

Section 5.9 [reserved]

Section 5.10 Amendments; Waivers

(a) The terms and provisions of the Transaction Documents may be modified or amended, and any of the provisions thereof be waived, temporarily or permanently, pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Company and the holders of 66% of the Purchased Securities that are Registrable Securities; provided , that as long as Credit Suisse holds at least 50% of the Purchased Securities that are Registrable Securities, such written instrument shall also separately require the execution of Credit Suisse; provided , further that any such amendment, modification or waiver that would adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Investor, in its capacity as an Investor, without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all Investors, in their capacities as Investors, shall not be effective as to such Investor without its prior written consent.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 5.11 Assignment .

Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , that (a) the Company may assign its rights and/or obligations, in whole or in part, under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates; provided , that such Affiliate(s) execute and deliver to Investors a joinder to this Agreement and (if applicable) the Operating Agreement pursuant to which such Affiliate agrees to be bound by all of the obligations of the Company to the applicable Transaction Documents and the Operating Agreement (if applicable); and (b) each Investor may assign its rights under this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee to the extent that such Investor Transfers Purchased Securities to such Person; provided , however , that such Investors will not as a group have greater rights with respect to any provision of this Agreement than Credit Suisse is entitled to under such provision, including with respect to the aggregate number of demand rights pursuant to Section 2.1(c) . Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

30


Section 5.12 No Inconsistent Agreements .

No Investor hereunder shall enter into any investor agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any Apollo Securities on terms inconsistent with the Transaction Documents, the Lender Rights Agreement or the Operating Agreement (whether or not such agreements or arrangements are with other holders of securities of the Company or with Persons that are not parties to the Transaction Documents), including agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition or disposition of any securities of the Company in a manner inconsistent with the Transaction Documents, the Lender Rights Agreement or the Operating Agreement.

Section 5.13 Exercise of Rights .

In the event that any Investor exercises any rights hereunder, such Investor will be deemed to have exercised such right on behalf of itself and its Affiliates.

Section 5.14 Investor Cooperation .

Without limitation to any rights of the Investors hereunder (including Section 3.3 ), each Investor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide all reasonable cooperation requested by the Company to the extent necessary or helpful to permit the Company and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws or obtain approvals from any Governmental Entity or make filings with any Governmental Entity necessary or helpful to carry out the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including in connection with an IPO or Private Placement; provided , that Credit Suisse shall not be obligated to furnish any information regarding its activities (financial or otherwise) that it deems, in its commercially reasonable discretion, proprietary or confidential.

Section 5.15 Rights Terminate .

Any Investor who disposes of all of its Purchased Securities in conformity with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall have no further rights hereunder; provided , that any such disposal of Purchased Securities by an Investor shall not serve to release such Investor from any liability arising from its breach of this Agreement.

Section 5.16 The Company, the Manager and Holdings .

Both the Manager and Holdings agree, as applicable, that either (acting on their own or in concert) shall cause, or cause any of their respective Affiliates to cause, the Company to comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement that are applicable to the Company.

[Signature page follows]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Investor Rights Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: AGM Management, LLC
        its manager
By: BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.
        its Sole Member
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
Name:   John J. Suydam
Title:   Vice President
AGM MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.
        its Sole Member
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
Name:    John J. Suydam
Title:   Vice President
A.P. PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.
        its General Partner
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
Name:    John J. Suydam
Title:   Vice President
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:   /s/ Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Name:  
Title:  

[Investor Rights Agreement — Apollo Global Management]


Annex A

Form of Joinder Agreement

Reference is made to the (i) the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007 and as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Apollo Global Management, LLC (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited liability company, AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Credit Suisse ”), and (ii) the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of •, 2007 and as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ” and, together with the Stock Purchase Agreement, the “ Transaction Documents ”), by and among the Company, the Manager and Credit Suisse. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Investor Rights Agreement.

You hereby agree to be bound by, and to act in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents as if you had signed the Transaction Documents and been a party thereto.

You agree that you will be an “Investor” for all purposes under the Transaction Documents.

Please sign and return to us this joinder agreement to indicate your acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

   
Name:
Address:
Date:

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.8

Originally Adopted October 23, 2007

As Amended as of March 31, 2008

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose of Plan.

The name of this plan is the Apollo Global Management, LLC 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to provide additional incentive to selected employees, directors, and other service providers of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (as hereinafter defined) whose contributions are integral to the growth and success of the Company’s business, in order to strengthen the commitment of such persons to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, motivate such persons to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts shall result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may (or may cause a Subsidiary or Affiliate to) grant (a) Options, (b) Share Appreciation Rights, (c) Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, unrestricted Shares or Other Share-Based Awards, or (d) any combination of the foregoing.

Section 2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board, or if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used herein, “ control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(c) “ AOG ” means the Apollo Operating Group.

(d) “ AOG Unit ” refers to a unit in the Apollo Operating Group, which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such AOG Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

(e) “ Apollo Operating Group ” means (i) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and (ii) any such Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and receiving management fees, incentive fees, fees paid by Portfolio Companies, carry or other remuneration which are not Subsidiaries of the Persons described in clause (i), excluding any Funds and any Portfolio Companies.

(f) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Option, Share Appreciation Right, Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit, Performance Share, unrestricted Share or Other Share-Based Award granted under the Plan.


(g) “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(h) A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security, and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The term “ Beneficially Own ” shall have a correlative meaning.

(i) “ Board ” means AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole manager of the Company, except that at such time as AGM Management, LLC ceases to have all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company in accordance with Section 6.1 of the LLC Agreement, the Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(j) “ Cause ” means, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, a termination of employment or service, based upon a finding by the Company, acting in good faith, after the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the Participant is convicted or charged with a criminal offense; (2) the Participant’s intentional violation of law in connection with any transaction involving the purchase, sale, loan or other disposition of, or the rendering of investment advice with respect to, any security, futures or forward contract, insurance contract, debt instrument, financial instrument or currency; (3) the Participant’s dishonesty, bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or willful or reckless disregard of duties in connection with the performance of any services on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates or the Participant’s engagement in conduct which is injurious to the Company or any of its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise; (4) the Participant’s intentional failure to comply with any reasonable directive by a supervisor in connection with the performance of any services on behalf of the Company of any of its Affiliates; (5) the Participant’s intentional breach of any material provision of an Award Agreement or any other agreements of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (6) the Participant’s material violation of any written policies adopted by the Company or any of its Affiliates governing the conduct of persons performing services on behalf of the Company or such Affiliate or the Participant’s non-adherence to Apollo’s policies and procedures or other applicable Apollo compliance manuals; (7) the taking of or omission to take any action that has caused or substantially contributed to a material deterioration in the business or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or that was otherwise materially disruptive of their business or affairs; provided, however, that the term Cause shall not include for this purpose any mistake of judgment made in good faith with respect to any transaction respecting a portfolio investment or account managed by the Company; (8) the failure by the Participant to devote a significant portion of time to performing services as an agent of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company, other than by reason of death or Disability; (9) the obtaining by the Participant of any material improper personal benefit as a result of a breach by the Participant of any covenant or agreement (including, without limitation, a breach by the Participant of the Company’s code of ethics or a material breach by the Participant of other written policies furnished to the Participant relating to personal investment transactions or of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained in any limited partnership agreement); or (10) the Participant’s suspension or other disciplinary action against the Participant by an applicable regulatory authority; provided, however, that if a failure, breach, violation or action or omission described in any of clauses (4) to (7) is capable of being cured, the Participant has failed to do so after being given notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure. As used in this definition, “material” means “more than de minimis .”

(k) “ Change in Capitalization ” means any (i) merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event, (ii) distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, or other property), share split or reverse share split, (iii) combination or exchange of shares, (iv) other change in structure, or (v) declaration of a distribution, which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Shares such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 hereof is appropriate.

 

2


(l) “ Class A Shares ” means the Class A Shares of the Company.

(m) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

(n) “ Committee ” means the Board or any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan from time to time. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Shares are traded. If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the LLC Agreement, as amended from time to time, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or by unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.

(o) “ Company ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

(p) “ Consultant ” means a consultant or advisor who is a natural person, engaged to render bona fide services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

(q) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning provided under Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Disability (or any analogous term) in an Award Agreement shall supersede the foregoing definition; provided, however, that if no definition of Disability or any analogous term is set forth in such agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(r) “ Eligible Recipient ” means an employee, director, partner or Consultant of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate who has been selected as an eligible participant by the Administrator.

(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Exercise Price ” means the per share price (if any) at which a holder of an Award granted hereunder may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Award.

(u) “ Fair Market Value ” as of a particular date shall mean the fair market value as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, (i) if the Share or other security is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, on the private over-the-counter market for Tradable Unregistered Equity Securities developed by Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ GS TrUE ”) or on a substantially similar over-the-counter market, the fair market value on any date shall be the closing sale price reported on such date, or (ii) if the Share or other security is then traded in an over-the-counter market that, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, is not substantially similar to GS TrUE, the fair market value on any date shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such share in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such share in such market.

 

3


(v) “ Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(w) “ Investment ” shall mean any investment (or similar term describing the results of the deployment of capital) as defined in the governing document of any Fund managed (directly or indirectly) by a member of the Apollo Operating Group.

(x) “ LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Apollo Global Management, LLC, as amended from time to time.

(y) “ LTIP Units ” means Awards issued with respect to AOG Units, as more fully described in Section 10.

(z) “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

(aa) “ Other Share-Based Awards ” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant under the Plan that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares, including but not limited to restricted units, distribution equivalent rights, LTIP Units or performance units, each of which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms or conditions as permitted under the Plan.

(bb) “ Participant ” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority in Section 3 below, to receive grants of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Awards of Restricted Shares, Awards of unrestricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, Other Share-Based Awards or any combination of the foregoing, and upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.

(cc) “ Performance Goals ” means performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings including operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income, after-tax income, or economic net income; (iii) earnings per Share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) distributable earnings; (vi) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vii) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (ix) operating expenses; (x) share price appreciation; (xi) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xii) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xiii) economic value created; (xiv) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xv) operating margin or profit margin; (xvi) Share price or total shareholder return; (xvii) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xviii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, investor satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xix) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xx) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing. Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company, or may be applied to the performance of

 

4


the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Committee. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). Each of the foregoing Performance Goals shall not be required to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be subject to certification by the Committee; provided that the Committee shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.

(dd) “ Performance Shares ” means Shares that are subject to restrictions based upon the attainment of specified performance objectives granted pursuant to Section 9 below.

(ee) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

(ff) “ Plan ” means this Apollo Global Management, LLC 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

(gg) “ Portfolio Company ” means any Person in which any Fund owns an Investment.

(hh) “ Restricted Shares ” means Shares subject to certain restrictions granted pursuant to Section 9 below.

(ii) “ Restricted Share Units ” means the right to receive Shares at the end of a specified period, or upon specified dates, granted pursuant to Section 9 below.

(jj) “ Retirement ” means a termination of a Participant’s employment, other than for Cause, on or after attainment of age 65.

(kk) “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

(ll) “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and interpretative guidance issued thereunder.

(mm) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(nn) “ Shares ” means the Company’s Class A Shares (as specified in the applicable Award Agreement) reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to the Plan, and any successor (pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other reorganization) security.

(oo) “ Share Appreciation Right ” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 8 below to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the date such Share Appreciation Right or portion thereof is surrendered, of the Shares covered by such right or such portion thereof, over (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price of such right or such portion thereof.

 

5


(pp) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Section 3. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator and shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (but only to the extent necessary and desirable to maintain qualification of Awards under the Plan under Section 162(m) of the Code) and, to the extent applicable, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 16b-3 ”).

(b) Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:

(1) to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;

(2) to determine whether and to what extent Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, Other Share-Based Awards or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder to Participants;

(3) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(4) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all written instruments evidencing Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, Other Share-Based Awards or any combination of the foregoing granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, (i) the restrictions applicable to Awards and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Awards shall lapse, (ii) the performance goals and periods applicable to Awards of Performance Shares, (iii) the Exercise Price, if any, of Awards, (iv) the vesting schedule (and, for unit Awards, Share issuance schedule) applicable to Awards, (v) the terms upon which Awards may be forfeited, (vi) the number of Shares subject to Awards, and (vii) any amendments or modifications to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to reducing the Exercise Price of such Awards, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating the vesting schedule of such Awards);

(5) to determine the Fair Market Value with respect to any Award;

(6) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting a termination of the Participant’s employment for purposes of Options granted under the Plan;

(7) to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;

(8) to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan;

 

6


(9) to delegate its authority, in whole or in part, under this Section 3 to two or more individuals (who may or may not be members of the Board), subject to the requirements of applicable law or any stock exchange on which the Shares are traded;

(10) to determine the manner and timing of sales or other dispositions of Shares received pursuant to an Award, including by requiring that any such disposition occur on a date or dates designated by the Company or Administrator and/or pursuant to a block trade; and

(11) to determine at any time whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods (including in the form of cash or other property) Awards may be settled by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. In the event of such determination, references to the Company shall be deemed to be references to the applicable Subsidiary or Affiliate for purposes of the Plan as appropriate.

(c) All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary or Affiliate acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.

Section 4. Shares Reserved for Issuance Under the Plan.

(a) Subject to Section 5 hereof, the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (the “ Share Limit ”) shall be 52,950,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided herein, as increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in calendar year 2008 by a number of Class A Shares equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of (i) 15% of the number of outstanding Class A shares of the Company and those AOG Units that are exchangeable for Class A Shares of the Company on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year over (ii) the number of Class A Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan as of such date, or (y) such lesser amount as the Administrator may decide to increase the number of Class A Shares by as of such date. For purposes of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the number of Class A Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be determined net of the number of Shares covered by Awards approved by the Administrator during the fiscal year ending on such date. From and after such time as the Plan is subject to Code Section 162(m), the aggregate Awards granted during any fiscal year to any single individual who is likely to be a “covered employee” as defined under Code Section 162(m) shall not exceed (i) 3,000,000 shares subject to Options or Share Appreciation Rights or (ii) 3,000,000 shares subject to Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, unrestricted Shares or Other Share-Based Awards. Determinations made in respect of the limitation set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution

 

7


of shares to the Participant, the Shares with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan.

Section 5. Equitable Adjustments.

In the event of any Change in Capitalization, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, in each case, in the manner to be determined by the Administrator, in (i) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan and the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Awards granted to any Participant in any calendar or fiscal year, (ii) the kind, number and Exercise Price subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, and (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, unrestricted shares or Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated. Equitable substitutions or adjustments shall also be made if the Administrator determines in its sole discretion that such adjustment is necessary in order to avoid an adverse impact on the value of any outstanding Award granted hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization, the Administrator shall take such action as is necessary to adjust the outstanding Awards to reflect the Change in Capitalization, including, but not limited to, the cancellation of any outstanding Award granted hereunder in exchange for payment in cash or other property of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Award under the circumstances, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or purchase price thereof, if any. The Administrator’s determinations pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Section 6. Eligibility.

The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from among Eligible Recipients.

Section 7. Options.

(a) General . Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option granted thereunder. The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant, provided that the Exercise Price of any Option intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

(c) Option Term . The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date such Option is granted. Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

8


(d) Exercisability . Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of preestablished corporate performance goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(e) Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator. As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which, (x) in the case of unrestricted Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Participant for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate option price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

(f) Rights as Shareholder . A Participant shall have no rights to distributions or any other rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, has satisfied the requirements of Section 13 hereof and, if requested, has given the representation described in paragraph (b) of Section 14 hereof or in the applicable Award Agreement.

(g) Transfers of Options . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, no Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a Participant other than by the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during the period the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, subject to applicable law, permit the gratuitous transfer during a Participant’s lifetime of an Option, (i) by gift to a member of the Participant’s immediate family, (ii) by transfer by instrument to a trust for the benefit of such immediate family members, or (iii) to a partnership or limited liability company in which such family members are the only partners or members; provided, however, that, in addition to such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine in connection with any such transfer, no transferee may further assign, sell, hypothecate or otherwise transfer the transferred Option, in whole or in part, other than by operation of the laws of descent and distribution. Each permitted transferee shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(h) Termination of Employment or Service .

(1) Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall terminate for any reason other than Cause, Retirement, Disability, or death, (A) if such termination occurs before the effectiveness of the registration of the Company’s Shares in accordance with the Securities Act, Options granted to Participants, whether vested or unvested, shall be forfeited and be terminated and cancelled with no consideration therefor; and (B) if such termination occurs after the effectiveness of the registration of the Company’s Shares in accordance with the Securities Act, then (x) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that

 

9


they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is 90 days after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (y) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. The 90-day period described in this Section 7(h)(1) shall be extended to one year after the date of such termination in the event of the Participant’s death during such 90-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

(2) Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate on account of the Retirement, Disability, or death of the Participant, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is one year after such termination, on which date they shall expire and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

(3) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

Section 8. Share Appreciation Rights.

(a) General . Share Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“ Standalone Rights ”) or in conjunction with all or part of any other Award granted under the Plan (“ Tandem Rights ”). Tandem Rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Award. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Share Appreciation Rights shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded, the price per share, and all other conditions of Share Appreciation Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Tandem Right may be granted for more shares than are subject to the Award to which it relates and any Share Appreciation Right must be granted with an Exercise Price not less than the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant. The provisions of Share Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Awards . The prospective recipient of a Share Appreciation Right shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has executed an Award Agreement and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of 60 days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Participants who are granted Share Appreciation Rights shall have no rights as shareholders of the Company with respect to the grant or exercise of such rights.

 

10


(c) Exercisability .

(1) Share Appreciation Rights that are Standalone Rights (“ Standalone Share Appreciation Rights ”) shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after grant.

(2) Share Appreciation Rights that are Tandem Rights (“ Tandem Share Appreciation Rights ”) shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Awards to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 above and this Section 8 of the Plan.

(d) Payment Upon Exercise .

(1) Upon the exercise of a Standalone Share Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date of exercise over the price per share specified in the Standalone Share Appreciation Right (which price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Share on the date of grant) multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Standalone Share Appreciation Right is being exercised, with the Administrator having the right to determine the form of payment.

(2) A Tandem Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Award. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Award (which price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant) multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Tandem Share Appreciation Right is being exercised, with the Administrator having the right to determine the form of payment. Awards that have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Tandem Rights have been so exercised.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Share Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash).

(e) Non-Transferability .

(1) Standalone Share Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only when and to the extent that an Award would be transferable under Section 7 of the Plan.

(2) Tandem Share Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Award would be transferable under Section 7 of the Plan.

(f) Termination of Employment or Service .

(1) In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of a Participant who has been granted one or more Standalone Share Appreciation Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after grant.

(2) In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary of a Participant who has been granted one or more Tandem Share Appreciation Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the related Options.

 

11


(g) Term .

(1) The term of each Standalone Share Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Standalone Share Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date such right is granted.

(2) The term of each Tandem Share Appreciation Right shall be the term of the Award to which it relates, but no Tandem Share Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date such right is granted.

Section 9. Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and Performance Shares.

(a) General . Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares; the “ Restricted Period ” (as defined in the applicable Award Agreement), if any, applicable to Awards of Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units; the performance objectives applicable to Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares; and all other conditions of Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and Performance Shares. The Administrator may also condition the grant of the award of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares upon the exercise of Options, or upon such other criteria as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion. If the restrictions, performance objectives and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her shares of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares. The provisions of Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

(b) Awards and Certificates . The prospective recipient of Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares shall not have any rights with respect to any such Award, unless and until such recipient has executed an Award Agreement and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Except as otherwise provided below in this Section 9, (i) each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Shares or Performance Shares shall be issued a share certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Shares or Performance Shares (or such other appropriate evidence of ownership, including book entry, as determined by the Administrator), and (ii) such certificate (or other evidence of ownership) shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and, if appropriate, shall bear a legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to any such Award.

(1) The Company may require that any share certificates evidencing Restricted Shares or Performance Shares granted hereunder be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Shares or Performance Shares, the Participant shall have delivered a power of attorney, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

 

12


(2) With respect to Awards of Restricted Share Units, at such times as are indicated in the applicable Award Agreement, share certificates (or such other appropriate evidence of ownership, including book entry, as determined by the Administrator) in respect of such shares of Restricted Share Units shall be delivered to the Participant, or his legal representative, in a number equal to the number of Shares the Participant is entitled to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement.

(c) Restrictions and Conditions . Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and Performance Shares granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or thereafter:

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and except as otherwise provided in the Restricted Shares Award Agreement, Restricted Share Units Award Agreement or Performance Shares Award Agreement, as appropriate, governing any such Award, during such period as may be set by the Administrator commencing on the date of grant, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign shares of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares awarded under the Plan; provided, however, that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain performance related goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as a director, partner or Consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Participant’s death or Disability.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares subject to Awards of Restricted Share Units until such Shares are issued in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement. Except as may be provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Shares or Performance Shares; provided, however, that unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the Participant shall not have rights to any distributions declared on unvested Restricted Shares or Performance Shares.

(3) The rights of Participants granted Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Performance Shares upon termination of employment or service as a director or Consultant to the Company or to any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement and subject to the Plan.

Section 10. Other Share-Based Awards.

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Share-Based Awards, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and as evidenced by an Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, Awards of LTIP Units, Awards of restricted units and Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to Shares, including Awards valued by reference to book value, fair value or performance of a Subsidiary, partner interests or AOG Units, including distribution equivalent rights and performance units. Other Share-Based Awards may be granted as free-standing Awards or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, consistent with the terms of the Plan, at the date of grant or thereafter, including any Performance Goals and performance periods. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions applicable to Other Share-Based Awards in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain performance related goals, the Participant’s

 

13


termination of employment or service as a director or Consultant to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Participant’s death or Disability. Shares or other securities or property delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 10 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, Shares, other Awards, notes or other property, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to any required corporate action. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, settle such Other Share-Based Awards for cash or other property as appropriate.

(b) LTIP Units may be granted as free-standing Awards or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, and may be valued by reference to the Shares, and will be subject to such other conditions and restrictions as the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine, including, but not limited to, continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. LTIP Unit Awards, whether vested or unvested, may entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, distributions or distribution equivalent payments with respect to the number of Shares corresponding to the LTIP Unit or other distributions from AOG and the Administrator may provide in the applicable Award Agreement that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or LTIP Units. The LTIP Units granted under the Plan, subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to the conversion ratio, may be exchanged for Shares in accordance with applicable Company agreement(s) governing such exchanges. LTIP units may be structured as “profits interests,” “capital interests” or other types of interests for federal income tax purposes. The Administrator has the authority to determine the number of Shares underlying an Award of LTIP Units in light of all applicable circumstances, including performance-based vesting conditions, operating partnership “capital account allocations,” partnership agreements with respect to Apollo Operating Group, the Code, or value accretion factors and conversion ratios.

(c) To the extent that the Plan is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, no payment shall be made to a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) prior to the certification by the Committee that the Performance Goals have been attained. The Committee may establish such other rules applicable to the Other Share-Based Awards, provided, however, that in the event that the Plan is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, such rules shall be in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code. Any rules contained herein that apply by reason of Section 162(m) of the Code shall not be binding on the Administrator during any period in which Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to the Plan.

Section 11. Amendment and Termination.

The Board may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but, subject to Sections 5 and 17 of the Plan, no amendment, alteration, or termination shall be made that would materially impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without the Participant’s consent. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Board shall obtain approval of the Company’s shareholders for any amendment that would require such approval in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, any rules of the stock exchange on which the Shares are traded or other law, in each case to the extent applicable. The Administrator may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Sections 5 and 17, no such amendment shall materially impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s consent shall not be required to the extent the Board or Administrator (as applicable) in its sole discretion, determines that an amendment, alteration or termination is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of any accounting standard or to correct an administrative error.

 

14


Section 12. Unfunded Status of Plan.

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

Section 13. Withholding Taxes.

Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes and/or for other non-U.S. tax purposes, pay to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (as determined by the Administrator), or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld or accounted for by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates with respect to the Award. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award granted hereunder, the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements (or local taxes required to be accounted for by the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) related thereto. Whenever Shares are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements (or local taxes required to be accounted for by the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) related thereto. With the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by electing to have the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates withhold from delivery of Shares or by delivering already owned unrestricted Shares, in each case, having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld or paid. Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of which the amount of tax to be withheld or paid is determined. Solely for this purpose, fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award. The Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may also use any other method or procedure of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy their withholding or other tax obligations with respect to any Option or other Award and the Participant shall comply with any reasonable requests made by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to complete and execute documentation necessary to implement such method or procedure.

Section 14. General Provisions.

(a) Compliance with Law . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of any Award granted hereunder unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company shall be under no obligation to register the Shares pursuant to the Securities Act or any other federal or state securities laws.

(b) Legending and Other Considerations . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. The certificates for such Shares may include any legend that the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, arise under applicable securities laws or are otherwise applicable. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop-transfer

 

15


orders and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Administrator may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(c) Lock-Up Agreements . The Administrator may require a Participant receiving Shares pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to enter into a shareholder agreement or “lock-up” agreement in such form as the Committee shall determine is necessary or desirable to further the Company’s interests.

(d) No Right to Continued Service . The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.

(e) Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan and all Awards shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws, and not the laws pertaining to conflicts or choices of laws, of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State of Delaware. The agreed venue for the resolution of disputes relating to an Award Agreement or the Plan, if any, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided by explicit reference to the jury waiver provision in this Section 14(e) in an applicable Award Agreement, each Participant, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT THE PARTICIPANT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN OR ANY AWARD AGREEMENT, WHETHER AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE OR THEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR THE PARTICIPANT MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE PARTICIPANT, ON THE OTHER HAND, IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE PLAN OR ANY AWARD AGREEMENT, AND THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

(f) Certain Changes in Employment Status . Unless otherwise specifically provided in the applicable Award Agreement, an Award shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial disability or other changes in the employment status of a Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator. The Administrator shall follow any applicable written policies (if any) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, including such rules, guidelines and practices as may be adopted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, as they may be in effect from time to time, with regard to such matters.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile ( provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 14(g)) or by a nationally recognized overnight courier. If to the Company, such

 

16


notice shall be sent to Apollo Global Management, LLC, Attention: Gerard F. Cruse, 9 West 57th St. 41st Floor, New York, NY 10019. If to a Participant, such notice shall be delivered by hand or sent to the last home address on file with the Company.

(h) Regional Variation . The Administrator reserves the right to authorize the establishment of, and to grant Awards pursuant to, annexes, sub-plans or other supplementary documentation as the Administrator deems appropriate in light of local laws, rules and customs.

Section 15. Effective Date.

The Plan became effective upon adoption by the Board and approval by the shareholders as of October 23, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”).

Section 16. Term of Plan.

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Section 17. Section 409A.

To the extent applicable, this Plan and Awards issued hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreements thereunder, it is intended that no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional U.S. tax under Section 409A upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Administrator that, as a result of Section 409A, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A, the Company may take whatever actions the Administrator determines necessary or advisable to comply with, or exempt the Plan and Award Agreement from the requirements of, Section 409A, and, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A, any payment of “deferred compensation” arising solely due to a “separation from service” (and not by reason of the lapse of a “substantial risk of forfeiture”), as such terms are used in Section 409A, to a Participant who is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(i)(1) shall be delayed until the first day following the six-month period beginning on the date of the Participant’s separation from service under Section 409A (or, if earlier, until the Participant’s death). Neither the Company, the Administrator nor any employee, director, advisor or representative of the Company or of any of its Affiliates shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 17.

[END OF PLAN]

 

17

Exhibit 10.9

AGREEMENT AMONG PRINCIPALS

dated as of

July 13, 2007

among

LEON D. BLACK,

MARC J. ROWAN,

JOSHUA J. HARRIS,

BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.,

MJR FOUNDATION LLC,

AP PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.,

and

BRH HOLDINGS, L.P.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
ARTICLE I         DEFINITIONS    1

SECTION 1.1

   DEFINITIONS    1

SECTION 1.2

   GENDER    10
ARTICLE II         OWNERSHIP    10

SECTION 2.1

   OWNERSHIP    10

SECTION 2.2

   SHARING PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS    12

SECTION 2.3

   HERITAGE POINTS PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS    12

SECTION 2.4

   TRANSFERS; REGISTRATION RIGHTS    13

SECTION 2.5

   EXCLUDED ASSETS    15

SECTION 2.6

   ALLOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS    15

SECTION 2.7

   DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS    16

SECTION 2.8

   DISTRIBUTIONS    17
ARTICLE III         EMPLOYMENT    18

SECTION 3.1

   TERMINATION    18

SECTION 3.2

   VESTING    18

SECTION 3.3

   COMPENSATION; OTHER ECONOMIC BENEFITS    18
ARTICLE IV         FORFEITURE    19

SECTION 4.1

   FORFEITURE AMONG PRINCIPALS    19

SECTION 4.2

   FORFEITURE BY OTHER PERSONS    20
ARTICLE V         GOVERNANCE; CERTAIN RIGHTS; COMPETING ACTIVITIES    20

SECTION 5.1

   EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE; LIMITATIONS ON HOLDINGS AND THE HOLDINGS GP    20

SECTION 5.2

   AUTHORITY OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE    21

SECTION 5.3

   FILLING VACANCIES ON EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE    22

SECTION 5.4

   EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS    23

SECTION 5.5

   EMPLOYMENT MATTERS    24

SECTION 5.6

   ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BY THE PRINCIPALS    25

SECTION 5.7

   ACCESS TO BOOKS, RECORDS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION    25

SECTION 5.8

   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION    25

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

ARTICLE VI         MISCELLANEOUS

   26

SECTION 6.1

   NOTICES    26

SECTION 6.2

   INTERPRETATION    26

SECTION 6.3

   SEVERABILITY    26

SECTION 6.4

   COUNTERPARTS    27

SECTION 6.5

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES    27

SECTION 6.6

   FURTHER ASSURANCES    27

SECTION 6.7

   GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES    27

SECTION 6.8

   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION    27

SECTION 6.9

   ARBITRATION    28

SECTION 6.10

   AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS; NO DISCRIMINATORY ACTION    30

SECTION 6.11

   ASSIGNMENT    31

SECTION 6.12

   SCHEDULE VI    31

 

-ii-


AGREEMENT AMONG PRINCIPALS (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 13, 2007, among Leon D. Black (“LB”), Marc J. Rowan (“MR”), Joshua J. Harris (“JH”, and together with LB and MR, the “ Principals ”, and each individually, a “ Principal ”), Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MJR Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Intermediate Holdings ”), and BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Holdings ”).

WHEREAS, the Principals and other members of their respective Principal Groups (as defined herein) own all of the equity interests in Holdings;

WHEREAS, BRH Holdings GP, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Holdings GP ”) is the general partner of Holdings and Intermediate Holdings;

WHEREAS, the Principals are the sole members of the Holdings GP;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the parties hereto have entered into the Principals Contribution Agreement (as defined herein) whereby the Principals and their Groups contributed certain equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group to Intermediate Holdings (as defined herein) and sold certain equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. and APO LLC (each as defined herein); and

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, certain Apollo senior managers entered into the Roll-up Agreements, whereby such senior managers contributed certain equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group to Intermediate Holdings and sold certain equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group to APO Corp. and APO LLC;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 .

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

AOG Unit ” refers to a unit in the Apollo Operating Group, which represents one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such AOG Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.


APO Corp .” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC.

Apollo Employer ” means Apollo or any successor thereto.

Apollo Operating Group ” means (i) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and (ii) any such Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and receiving management fees, incentive fees, fees paid by Portfolio Companies, carry or other remuneration which are not Subsidiaries of the Persons described in clause (i), excluding any Funds and any Portfolio Companies.

Base Cause Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Base Disability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Board ” means the board of directors of Apollo.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Cause ” means (i) a final, non-appealable conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony prohibiting such Principal from continuing to provide services as an investment professional to Apollo due to legal restriction or physical confinement; or (ii) ceasing to be eligible to continue performing services as an investment professional on behalf of Apollo or any of its material Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to a final, non-appealable legal restriction (such as a final, non-appealable injunction, but expressly excluding a preliminary injunction or other provisional restriction).

Charitable Institution ” means an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of a future United State Internal Revenue law) which is exempt from income taxation under Section 501(a) thereof.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Shares of Apollo representing Class A limited liability company interests of Apollo and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

2


Class B Share ” means the Class B Share of Apollo representing Class B limited liability company interests of Apollo and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class B Share (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Confidential Information ” means information that is not generally known to the public and that is or was used, developed or obtained by Holdings or any member of the Apollo Operating Group, their respective Subsidiaries or any Fund or Portfolio Company, including but not limited to, (i) information, observations, procedures and data obtained by the Principal while employed by the Apollo Employer or while a member of Holdings, or in connection with being a partner of any business or predecessor of the Apollo Operating Group or its Subsidiaries, concerning the business or affairs of Holdings, Apollo and its Subsidiaries, any Fund or any Portfolio Companies, (ii) products or services, (iii) costs and pricing structures, (iv) analyses, (v) performance data (vi) computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings, (vii) flow charts, manuals and documentation, (viii) data bases, (ix) accounting and business methods, (x) inventions, devices, new developments, methods and processes, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, (xi) investors, customers, vendors, suppliers and investor, customer, vendor and supplier lists, (xii) other copyrightable works, (xiii) all production methods, processes, technology and trade secrets, (xiv) this Agreement and the governing agreements of Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries, (xv) investment memoranda and investment documentation concerning any potential, actual or aborted Investments, and (xvi) all similar and related information in whatever form. Confidential Information will not include any information that is generally available to the public prior to the date the Principal proposes to disclose or use such information. For the avoidance of doubt, Confidential Information does not include information concerning non-proprietary business or investment practices, methods or relationships customarily employed or entered into by comparable business enterprises.

Continuing Principal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) .

Deficit Restoration Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .

Disability ” shall refer to any physical or mental incapacity which prevents a Principal from carrying out all or substantially all of his duties under his employment agreement with the Apollo Employer in such capacity for any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or any aggregate period of eight (8) months in any 12-month period, as determined, in its sole discretion, by a majority of the members of the Board, including a majority of the Continuing Principals who are members of the Board (but for the sake of clarity not including the Principal in respect of which the determination is being made).

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(a) .

Distribution Account ” means any of the LB Distribution Account, the MR Distribution Account and the JH Distribution Account.

 

3


Employment Fraction ” means (i) with respect to a Principal who resigns, retires or is terminated for Cause, a fraction (not to exceed one), the numerator of which is the number of whole months elapsed from January 1, 2007 until the date of such Principal’s termination and the denominator of which is 60, if such Principal is MR or JH and 72, if such Principal is LB, and (ii) with respect to a Principal who is terminated due to death or Disability, a fraction (not to exceed one), the numerator of which is the number of whole months elapsed from January 1, 2007 until the date of such Principal’s termination and the denominator of which is 60.

Equivalent Heritage Points ” means, with respect to each Principal Group, the number of Heritage Points a Principal Group would own if the Heritage Points were allocated in accordance with the Sharing Percentages. Equivalent Heritage Points shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3 .

Equivalent Heritage Points Deficit ” means, with respect to a Principal Group, as of immediately prior to any Exchange, the excess (if any) of the number of Equivalent Heritage Points of such Principal Group over the Pecuniary Interest in the Heritage Points of such Principal Group.

Exchange ” means (i) the exchange by Holdings of an AOG Unit for a Class A Share pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and the subsequent sale of such Class A Share, at prevailing market prices for a Class A Share (unless the Person requesting such Exchange is willing to accept a lower price, e.g., to effect a block trade), (ii) a redemption of AOG Units initiated by Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries, solely upon Apollo’s election, in which any Principal elects to participate, (iii) a sale by Intermediate Holdings of AOG Units in an LB Extraordinary Transaction or any other transaction approved by the Persons who will be selling Pecuniary Interests in AOG Units or (iv) at the option of the Executive Committee, in the event of a Pro Rata Exchange or a Non-Pro Rata Exchange, an In-Kind Exchange Distribution.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Apollo, each member of the Apollo Operating Group, Intermediate Holdings and the other parties thereto.

Exchange Percentage ” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of AOG Units transferred by a Principal Group pursuant to an Exchange and the denominator of which is the number of AOG Units in which such Principal Group had a Pecuniary Interest immediately prior to such transfer.

Excluded Assets ” means any direct or indirect (i) personal investment or co-investment in any Fund or co-investment vehicle by any Principal or other member of his Principal Group (including future personal investments or co-investments and investments funded through any Apollo fee waiver program, provided , that in connection with the Apollo fee waiver program, a Principal may only waive compensation or distributions that would otherwise be paid to such Principal (directly or indirectly) from the members of the Apollo Operating Group consistent

 

4


with the terms of the Reorganization Documents (as such term is defined in the Strategic Agreement)), (ii) any amounts owed to any Subsidiary of Apollo by a Fund pursuant to a fee deferral arrangement in an investment management agreement with respect to any periods ending on or prior to the date hereof (which amount includes deferred fees and earnings thereon earned anytime after such fees are deferred), which for this purpose shall include with respect to fees deferred for 2007, the portion of such fees that bears the same relationship to the total deferred fees as the number of days from January 1, 2007 through the date of this agreement bears to 365 days, (iii) interest in any of the entities set forth on Schedule II hereto (including any indirect interest in the profits, losses and returns of capital associated with a Fund’s general partner making capital commitments to such Fund, as described on Schedule II ), (iv) amounts owed to any Principal or other member of his Principal Group pursuant to any escrow of carried interest earned that has been escrowed to secure the clawback obligation of the general partner of any Fund pursuant to its organizational documents, (v) compensation and benefits paid or given to a Principal consistent with the terms of such Principal’s Employment Agreement, (vi) director options issued prior to January 1, 2007 by any Portfolio Company, (vii) an entity formed (without any material economics) to control the investment in Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc. and (viii) interest in the Gulfstream IV aircraft and any associated purchase debt.

Executive Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Extraordinary Transaction ” means (i) a sale or other disposition of the Apollo Operating Group and/or its Subsidiaries or any portion thereof, through a merger, recapitalization, stock sale, asset sale or otherwise, to an unaffiliated third party, or (ii) a borrowing to finance a direct or indirect distribution to Holdings; provided , however , that (x) Non-Pro Rata Exchanges and Pro Rata Exchanges in which each seller has the option not to sell, (y) transfers by a Principal or a member of his Group to another member of such Principal’s Group and (z) the issuance of bona fide equity incentives to any employee (other than the Principals) of Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or their respective Subsidiaries shall not constitute an Extraordinary Transaction.

First Closing ” means with respect to any Fund, the bona fide first closing with respect to any Fund that includes at least twenty percent (20%) of capital contributed or committed by unaffiliated third party Persons or any Fund.

Forfeited Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) .

Forfeiting Principal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) .

Forfeiture Date ” means, as to the Forfeited Interests to be forfeited within Holdings for the benefit of the Continuing Principals, the date which is the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months after the applicable date of termination of employment and (ii) the date on or after such termination date that is six (6) months after the date of the latest publicly-reported disposition (or deemed disposition subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act) of equity securities of Apollo by any of the Continuing Principals.

FRCP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 .

 

5


Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed by Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries.

Fund IV ” means, collectively, Apollo Investment Fund IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Apollo Overseas Partners IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Fund IV GP ” means Apollo Advisors IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Fund V ” means, collectively, Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Overseas Partners V, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Netherlands Partners V(A), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Netherlands Partners V(B), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo German Partners V GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited partnership, AIF V Euro Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and Apollo Investment Fund V (PLASE), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Fund V GP ” means, collectively, Apollo Advisors V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Apollo Advisors V, (EH Cayman), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Fund VI GP ” means, collectively, Apollo Advisors VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Apollo Advisors VI, (EH), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

Group ” shall mean with respect to each Principal, such Principal and (i) such Principal’s spouse, (ii) a lineal descendant of such Principal’s parents, the spouse of any such descendant or a lineal descendent of any such spouse, (iii) a Charitable Institution solely controlled by such Principal and other members of his Group, (iv) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), all of the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such Principal and Persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition, (v) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such Principal and Persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, (vi) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) a legal or personal representative of such Principal in the event of his death or Disability. For purposes of this definition, (x) “lineal descendants” shall not include individuals adopted after attaining the age of eighteen (18) years and such adopted Person’s descendants; and (y) “presumptive remaindermen” shall refer to those Persons entitled to a share of a trust’s assets if it were then to terminate. No Principal shall ever be a member of the Group of another Principal.

Heritage Fund ” means Fund IV and/or Fund V, as applicable.

Heritage Points ” means the nominal number of “points” with respect to each Heritage Fund contributed by each Principal Group to the Apollo Operating Group, as set forth on Schedule I hereto. The general partner of each Heritage Fund has issued 2,000 “points” in the aggregate, with each “point” representing 0.05% of the carried interest paid by such Heritage Fund to its general partner.

 

6


Heritage Points Percentage ” means, with respect to any Principal Group and Heritage Fund, such Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in the Heritage Points of such Heritage Fund divided by the Pecuniary Interest of all the Principal Groups in the Heritage Points of such Heritage Fund as set forth on Schedule I hereto, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 4.1(d) and 4.2 . For the avoidance of doubt, Persons other than the Principal Groups own interests, directly or indirectly, in Fund IV and Fund V, and therefore, a Principal Group’s Heritage Points Percentage will be greater than its ownership percentage in Fund IV and Fund V, respectively.

Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Holdings GP ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

In-Kind Exchange Distribution ” means a Pro Rata Exchange or a Non-Pro Rata Exchange accomplished by the distribution of AOG Units to all the Principals in the case of a Pro Rata Exchange or, in the case of a Non-Pro Rata Exchange, to those Principals directing such Non-Pro Rata Exchange.

Independent Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) .

Intermediate Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Investment ” shall mean any investment (or similar term describing the results of the deployment of capital) as defined in the governing document of any Fund managed (directly or indirectly) by a member of the Apollo Operating Group.

JH ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

JH Distribution Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .

JH Group ” means JH and his Group.

LB ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

LB Distribution Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .

LB Extraordinary Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b) .

LB Group ” means LB and his Group.

Lender Rights Agreement ” means the Lender Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Apollo, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

MR ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

MR Distribution Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .

MR Group ” means MR and his Group.

 

7


Non-Pro Rata Exchange ” means an Exchange the proceeds of which (including in the case of an In-Kind Distribution, the AOG Units) will be distributed to (or otherwise benefit) the Principal Groups within Holdings in any manner other than a Pro Rata Exchange.

Partial Vested Cause Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Partial Vested Disability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c) .

Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement of Holdings, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Holdings GP and each member of the Principal Groups.

Pecuniary Interest ” means (i) with respect to AOG Units, the number of AOG Units that would be distributable to a Principal Group assuming that Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and any other Person that holds AOG Units in which Holdings has a direct or indirect interest were liquidated and distributed their respective assets in accordance with their respective governing agreements and (ii) with respect to Heritage Points, the number of Heritage Points that would be distributable to a Principal Group assuming that Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and any other Person that holds Heritage Points in which Holdings has a direct or indirect interest were liquidated and distributed their respective assets in accordance with their respective governing agreements (in each case, assuming the interests held by the Principal Groups were fully vested).

Permitted Transferee ” means with respect to any Person who proposes to transfer an interest in Holdings, (i) another Person in the same Group as the transferee, (ii) any other Principal with respect to transactions contemplated by Sections 2.3 and 4.1 of this Agreement or (iii) any Continuing Principal or any member of such Continuing Principal’s Group.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Portfolio Company ” means any Person in which any Fund owns an Investment.

Principal Group ” means with respect to any Principal, such Principal and his Group.

Principal ” and “ Principals ” have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Principals Contribution Agreement ” means the Contribution, Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated the date hereof, by and among the Partnership, Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MJR Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, Joshua J. Harris, Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, APO Corp., APO LLC and each member of the Apollo Operating Group.

Pro Rata Exchange ” means an Exchange in which all three Principal Groups participate and transfer a number of AOG Units in proportion to their respective Sharing Percentages.

Proceeding ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8 .

 

8


Roll-up Agreement ” means any Roll-up Agreement by and among Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, Apollo, APO LLC and APO Corp., on the one hand, and a senior manager of Apollo, on the other hand, in each case, dated as of the date hereof.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Selected Courts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8 .

Senior Professional ” means any executive officer of Apollo or any of the investment professionals who provide services (either as partners or employees) to Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries whose “total income” for the most recent preceding fiscal year is among the 25 highest (excluding the Principals from the 25 employees); provided , that any such individual must provide services to Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries on a substantially full-time basis; and provided , further , that the Principals shall not be considered Senior Professionals. As used herein, “total income” is an amount equal to the sum of (without duplication) (i) total compensation determined pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K and (ii) total income listed on the applicable K-1 from Holdings, Intermediate Holdings or any Subsidiary of Apollo (excluding Funds and co-investment vehicles that invest in Funds).

Shareholders Agreement ” shall mean the shareholders agreement by and among Apollo, Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and the other parties thereto dated the date hereof.

Shares ” means, collectively, the outstanding Class A Shares and Class B Share (as equitably adjusted to reflect any split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Class A Shares and/or Class B Share).

Sharing Percentage ” means, with respect to any Principal Group, the amount, expressed as a percentage, obtained by dividing (i) the Pecuniary Interest of such Principal Group in AOG Units by (ii) the Pecuniary Interest of all the Principal Groups in AOG Units, as set forth on Schedule III hereto, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 4.1 . For the avoidance of doubt, Persons other than the Principal Groups own interests, directly or indirectly, in the Apollo Operating Group and related management companies, and therefore, a Principal Group’s Sharing Percentage will be greater than its ownership percentage in any particular entity within the Apollo Operating Group.

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Apollo, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax ” means all federal, foreign, state, county, local or other taxes, charges, fees or assessments based on or measured with respect to income, including, without limitation, withholding, social security, payroll, employments, franchise and unemployment, imposed by a taxing authority, and shall include all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts.

 

9


Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among APO Corp., a Delaware corporation, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with all other Persons in which APO Corp. acquires a partnership interest, member interest or similar interest after the date thereof and who becomes party thereto by execution of a joinder), and the other parties thereto.

Term Sheet ” means the Restructuring Term Sheet executed on March 19, 2007 among LB, MR and JH.

Transferred Equivalent Heritage Points ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .

Transferred Interests ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

SECTION 1.2 GENDER. For the purposes of this Agreement, the words “he,” “his” or “himself” shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine and corporate, other entity or trust form.

ARTICLE II

OWNERSHIP

SECTION 2.1 OWNERSHIP.

(a) The Principal Groups own Holdings in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages; provided , however , that each Principal Group’s interest in income and gains derived by Holdings from its indirect interest in the Heritage Funds shall be in accordance with such Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in Heritage Points.

(b) Other than Excluded Assets, each Principal (i) has contributed all of his interests in Intermediate Holdings, Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group and their respective Subsidiaries to Holdings and (ii) will not directly own any interests in Intermediate Holdings, the Apollo Operating Group and their respective Subsidiaries in the future; provided , however , that any future salary, compensation, equity incentives and other fringe benefits made available to any of the Principals or any member of their respective Groups by Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or their respective Subsidiaries shall be Excluded Assets and shall not be contributed to Holdings.

(c) The Executive Committee shall negotiate in good faith with potential Fund investors to provide that any future mandatory capital commitments to be made by the general partner of any Fund shall be funded by Apollo (and not directly by the Principals). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive Committee shall have the authority to determine whether it is commercially advantageous to have the Principals fund such capital commitments and, in the event that the Executive Committee so determines, the Principals agree to fund such

 

10


capital commitments; provided , however , that (i) without the unanimous consent of the Executive Committee, no general partner of any Fund or any co-investment vehicle established to invest in any Fund shall commit to make a capital commitment in excess of 2.5%, in the aggregate, of the total capital commitments received by such Fund, and the portion of such capital commitment to be made by the Principals shall be reduced by the amount of such capital commitments to be made (as determined by the majority approval of the Executive Committee) by (A) Apollo and its Subsidiaries (excluding any Funds that may be Subsidiaries) and (B) the other investment professionals employed by Apollo and its Subsidiaries; (ii) without the unanimous consent of the Executive Committee, no Principal shall be required to make a capital commitment in excess of $75 million in any individual Fund; (iii) except as provided in clauses (iv) and (v) below, if the Principals are obligated to make future capital commitments to any Fund or any co-investment vehicle established to invest in any Fund, such capital commitments will be made by the Continuing Principals (or other members of their respective Groups) outside of Holdings ratably in accordance with the Sharing Percentages of their respective Groups as of the date of the First Closing of such Fund (for the avoidance of doubt, each such capital commitment by a Principal or his Group shall be an Excluded Asset); (iv) no Principal shall be required to make any future capital commitment to any Fund that has a First Closing after the date of such Principal’s termination or to any co-investment vehicle established to invest in any Fund that has a First Closing after the date of such Principal’s termination; and (v) any mandatory capital commitments by Holdings to a Heritage Fund will be made by the Principals in accordance with the Heritage Points Percentages in such Heritage Fund without giving effect to any adjustments thereto (for the avoidance of doubt, each such capital commitment by a Principal or his Group shall be an Excluded Asset).

(d) Each Principal shall determine individually whether such Principal and his Group shall indirectly participate in the management fee waiver program with respect to such Principal Group’s indirect right to receive distributions from Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. with respect to management fees that would have otherwise been payable on July 2, 2007. After July 2, 2007, the Principals and Holdings shall not indirectly participate in any management fee waiver program in effect from time to time unless the Executive Committee determines otherwise (it being understood that so long as participation by the Principals does not have an adverse impact on the financial results of Apollo and its Subsidiaries, the Executive Committee shall work diligently toward developing a plan that would allow such participation in compliance with clauses (i) through (iii) below); provided , that (i) to the extent that the Principals or Holdings participate in any such management fee waiver program, the Principals shall be entitled to indirectly participate in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages, (ii) if there is any limitation on the amount of investment pursuant to any such management fee waiver program, the amount available to the Principals shall be allocated among the Principals in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages, and (iii) to the extent that participation by the Principals or Holdings in any such management fee waiver program has an adverse economic impact on any non-participating Principal or the unitholders of Apollo generally, the Executive Committee must approve such participation by unanimous consent. The Executive Committee shall initially determine whether any “adverse economic impact” referred to in clause (iii) above will occur, but any Principal may dispute such determination.

 

11


(e) The Executive Committee will determine whether and to what extent any entity or investment professional (including the Principals) may invest in the Funds on terms more favorable than those offered to third party investors. If the Executive Committee permits any Principal to invest on terms more favorable than those offered to third party investors, it will permit all Continuing Principals to do so, and if any limit is imposed upon the amounts that may be invested on more favorable terms then such amount shall be allocated among the Continuing Principals in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages.

(f) Holdings may hold interests in AOG Units, Shares, Heritage Points or other securities indirectly through Intermediate Holdings or other Persons. In such instance, this Agreement will be construed as if Holdings held such securities directly and Holdings shall cause such other Persons to take any actions necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

SECTION 2.2 SHARING PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS.

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Exchange directed by any Principal Group pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof, such Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall be decreased by the number of AOG Units transferred.

(b) Holdings shall track all transfers of AOG Units, other than (i) transfers pursuant to Sections 4.1(d) and 4.2 , (ii) transfers made pursuant to an LB Extraordinary Transaction and (iii) transfers between members of the same Principal Group, in a tracking account (with sales represented as additions to the tracking account and acquisitions (other than as a result of the operation of the forfeiture provisions contained in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 ) represented as subtractions from the tracking account) and the total positive or negative sum of such transfers for each Principal Group at any given time shall be hereinafter referred to as such Principal’s “ Transferred Interests ”.

(c) Upon the termination of a Principal, such Principal’s Sharing Percentage shall be adjusted in accordance with Article IV .

SECTION 2.3 HERITAGE POINTS PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENTS.

(a) Each Principal Group’s Heritage Points shall be adjusted and reallocated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3 and Sections 4.1(d) and 4.2 . Schedule I sets forth the Heritage Points Percentage of each Principal Group, and Schedule I shall be updated by the Principals from time to time to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.3 .

(b) In the event of an Exchange by a Principal Group (whether a Pro Rata Exchange or a Non-Pro Rata Exchange), the number of Heritage Points attributable to the AOG Units transferred by such Principal Group in the Exchange shall be equal to the product of such Principal Group’s Equivalent Heritage Points and the Exchange Percentage (the “ Transferred Equivalent Heritage Points ”); provided , that immediately prior to such Exchange, the Pecuniary Interests of all of the Principal Groups in the Heritage Points shall be adjusted and reallocated among the Principal Groups by debiting the LB Group’s Pecuniary Interest in the Heritage Points and crediting the MR Group’s or the JH Group’s (as applicable) Pecuniary Interest in the Heritage Points by an amount equal to fifty (50) percent of the product of (1) the Equivalent Heritage Points Deficit of the MR Group and/or JH Group (as applicable) and (2) the Exchange Percentage of the MR Group and/or JH Group (as applicable)

 

12


(the “ Deficit Restoration Amount ”); provided , further , that if and to the extent the Transferred Equivalent Heritage Points for the MR Group and/or the JH Group exceeds such Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in the Heritage Points (after giving effect to the Deficit Restoration Amount), the LB Group’s Pecuniary Interest in Heritage Points will be further debited by the amount of such excess and the amount so debited shall be reallocated to the JH Group and/or MR Group as applicable.

(c) If new AOG Units or equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group are issued to any Person (e.g., issuances to Apollo to reflect the proceeds of a sale of newly issued Class A Shares or issuances to employees of Apollo or its Subsidiaries pursuant to an equity incentive plan), the economic interest of Holdings in the Heritage Funds will be diluted. In each such instance, the Heritage Points of each Principal Group will be adjusted as if Holdings sold that number of AOG Units in a Pro Rata Exchange which would result in the same reduction in Holdings’ direct or indirect interest in the carried interest of the Heritage Funds.

(d) The LB Group shall retain a sufficient number of Heritage Points in each Heritage Fund to honor its obligations in this Section 2.3 .

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Heritage Points Percentages may be further adjusted as set forth in Sections 4.1(d) and  4.2 .

SECTION 2.4 TRANSFERS; REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.4 and the Exchange Agreement, each Principal (and upon the death or Disability of such Principal, his duly appointed personal representative) individually shall have the right to cause Holdings to effect, at any time and from time to time, on one or more occasions, an Exchange with respect to all or a portion of such Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units. The proceeds from any such Exchange (including any payments received by Holdings pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement), net of all selling expenses (other than selling expenses borne by Apollo pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement), shall be distributed by Holdings to the members of such selling Principal’s Group in proportion to their Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units subject to such Exchange. Upon the direction by a Principal (and upon the death or Disability of such Principal, his duly appointed personal representative) to effect an Exchange in compliance with this Agreement, Holdings shall be required to cause Intermediate Holdings to undertake an exchange, on a one-for-one basis, of an AOG Unit for a Class A Share and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly consummate such Exchange (it being understood that no such transfer shall be effective unless such Principal and his Group have vested into the Pecuniary Interest in the AOG Units proposed to be transferred); provided , however , that each Principal acknowledges that one or more events, such as an underwriter cutback, the unavailability of a registration, the possession of material non-public information, or general market dislocation may affect the timing of a proposed sale or disposition of Class A Shares following an exchange, and accordingly, any Person that receives Class A Shares shall sell or dispose of such shares as promptly as practicable upon receipt thereof, taking into account the circumstances surrounding such proposed sale or disposition. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, at the option of the Executive Committee, Holdings will cause Intermediate Holdings to make an In-Kind Exchange Distribution to Holdings, and Holdings will make an In-Kind Exchange Distribution. No In-Kind Exchange Distribution may be made unless (i) the recipient is already a party to the

 

13


Exchange Agreement as an “Apollo Principal Holder” and a party to the Shareholders Agreement as a “Shareholder” (or becomes so on or substantially simultaneous with such In-Kind Exchange Distribution) and (ii) Holdings shall make such election and cause Intermediate Holdings to make such In-Kind Exchange Distribution in a manner that would permit the applicable notice provisions under the Exchange Agreement to be met in order for the Exchange to occur on the same Quarterly Exchange Date with respect to which the Principal directed such Exchange. In addition, upon an In-Kind Exchange Distribution, the recipient shall exchange the AOG Units received for Class A Shares, as soon as possible, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by the next Quarterly Exchange Date thereafter (as defined in the Exchange Agreement). The Principal Group that directed any such Exchange shall indemnify and hold harmless Holdings and its other partners from any liabilities or expenses (other than selling expenses borne by Apollo pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement) incurred in connection with such Exchange other than with respect to any taxable income realized by such other Principal Group as a result of such Exchange.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Sections 4.1(d) and 4.2 , Holdings may not undertake an Exchange at the direction of a Principal unless (i) the vested portion of the Pecuniary Interest of such Principal and his Group in AOG Units (calculated on a pro-forma basis assuming such Principal voluntarily resigned immediately prior to such Exchange and such resignation constitutes a resignation under Section 3.2(b) hereof) is sufficient to cover the number of AOG Units proposed to be Exchanged and (ii) such Principal is permitted to direct an Exchange pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement. No party may request that an Exchange be made pursuant to the Exchange Agreement if the intended transferee is a member of such party’s Group. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, prior to consummating an Exchange within six (6) months of any purchase or sale of AOG Units by Holdings or Intermediate Holdings, the Principal proposing such Exchange shall consult with and obtain the approval of the general counsel of Apollo; provided , that all Principals subject to the same legal restrictions shall be treated ratably in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages.

(c) Neither the Principal Group nor any Person controlled by the Principal Group shall own any Class A Shares other than Class A Shares received in an Exchange and then only to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement.

(d) Subject to Section 5.4(b) , no member of a Principal Group shall (i) direct Holdings to undertake an Exchange in violation of the Shareholders Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Partnership Agreement or any applicable lock-up agreement, or (ii) transfer its interests in Holdings without unanimous consent of the Principals other than to a Permitted Transferee; provided , that a Principal may not transfer any of its interests in Holdings to a Permitted Transferee unless such Permitted Transferee becomes a party to this Agreement by executing a joinder in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

(e) In connection with the registration rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement, each Principal and his Group will have the right (and all of the Principals shall have equal rights) to direct Holdings to cause Intermediate Holdings to exercise any of its rights under Article V of the Shareholders Agreement for the benefit of the Principal or members of his Group as if such Person were a Shareholder thereunder, in which event Holdings will cause

 

14


Intermediate Holdings to direct Apollo to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of Class A Shares. Any underwriter cutbacks affecting the Class A Shares indirectly held by Holdings shall be borne among the Principals or their respective Groups pro rata in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages. Holdings and Intermediate Holdings shall promptly notify the other Principals (i) upon the exercise of a demand registration right by a Principal or any other Person or (ii) upon the registration by another Person (including Apollo) in which Intermediate Holdings is entitled to participate in accordance with its piggyback registration rights as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement, and in the case of a registration described in clause (i) or (ii), prior to causing Apollo to include any shares in such registration, afford each Principal through Holdings and Intermediate Holdings, equal rights to direct Apollo to include Class A Shares in any such registration to be sold for the benefit of the members of that Principal’s Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Principal’s death, for purposes of calculating cutbacks within Holdings, the Class A Shares indirectly proposed to be included in such offering by Holdings for the benefit of such Principal’s estate will be adjusted such that the Class A Shares allocable to the Principal’s estate to be included in such offering shall be three times (3x) the number of Class A Shares otherwise allocable to such Principal in such offering.

(f) At least five days prior to submitting formal notice of a request for an Exchange pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, a Principal shall inform the other Principals of his intention to direct such an Exchange.

(g) Each Principal shall cause his Group to take any action (or refrain from taking any action) reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.5 EXCLUDED ASSETS. The terms of this Agreement shall not in any way affect the ownership of the Excluded Assets, and the Principal Groups shall continue to share the benefits and burdens of ownership in the Persons set forth on Schedule II hereto in the manner provided for in the existing arrangements among the Principals without regard to the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that to the extent that a Principal or his respective Group controls or influences the general partner, managing member or similar governing party of any of the Persons listed on Schedule II , such Principal will (and will cause his Group to) exercise such control or influence in the manner directed by the Executive Committee.

SECTION 2.6 ALLOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS. The members of each Principal Group are set forth on Schedule IV hereto, which may be updated from time to time to reflect additional transfers to a Permitted Transferee that is a member of a Principal Group. Any adjustment to a Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units or Heritage Points pursuant to this Agreement shall be allocated among the members of such Group in a manner directed by the Principal of such Group or absent such instructions, pro rata among the members of such Group based upon their relative interests in Holdings.

 

15


SECTION 2.7 DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.

(a) Holdings shall establish and maintain a ledger account on behalf of the (i) LB Group (the “ LB Distribution Account ”), (ii) MR Group (the “ MR Distribution Account ”) and (iii) JH Group (the “ JH Distribution Account ”), in each case, in accordance with this Section 2.7 .

(b) Other than cash or in-kind distributions described in Sections 2.8(b)(i) or 2.8(b)(ii) and 2.8(c) , each Distribution Account shall be increased as follows:

(i) the LB Distribution Account shall be increased by the amount of any distributions to Holdings received (x) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund IV, in accordance with the LB Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund IV in effect on the date of such distribution, (y) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund V, in accordance with the LB Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund V in effect on the date of such distribution, and (z) with respect to any other distributions to Holdings, in accordance with the LB Group’s Sharing Percentage in effect on the date of such distribution;

(ii) the MR Distribution Account shall be increased by the amount of any distributions to Holdings received (x) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund IV, in accordance with the MR Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund IV in effect on the date of such distribution, (y) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund V, in accordance with the MR Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund V in effect on the date of such distribution, and (z) with respect to any other distributions to Holdings, in accordance with the MR Group’s Sharing Percentage in effect on the date of such distribution; and

(iii) the JH Distribution Account shall be increased by the amount of any cash distributions to Holdings received (x) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund IV, in accordance with the JH Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund IV in effect on the date of such distribution, (y) with respect to Heritage Points in Fund V, in accordance with the JH Group’s Heritage Points Percentage applicable to Fund V in effect on the date of such distribution, and (z) with respect to any other distributions to Holdings, in accordance with the JH Group’s Sharing Percentage in effect on the date of such distribution.

Holdings shall be deemed to have received any distribution made by the Fund IV GP, the Fund V GP, and, without duplication, the Apollo Operating Group, in each case, with respect to its pecuniary interest in such Persons.

(c) Each Distribution Account shall be decreased as follows:

(i) the LB Distribution Account shall be decreased by the amount of (x) any distributions from Holdings to the LB Group other than distributions pursuant to Sections 2.8(b)(i) , 2.8(b)(ii) and 2.8(c) , and (y) the LB Group’s Sharing Percentage of any expenses incurred by Holdings, other than expenses that are expressly payable by a particular Principal or his Group pursuant to this Agreement;

 

16


(ii) the MR Distribution Account shall be decreased by the amount of (x) any distributions from Holdings to the MR Group other than distributions pursuant to Sections 2.8(b)(i) , 2.8(b)(ii) and 2.8(c) , and (y) the MR Group’s Sharing Percentage of any expenses incurred by Holdings, other than expenses that are expressly payable by a particular Principal or his Group pursuant to this Agreement; and

(iii) the JH Distribution Account shall be decreased by the amount of (x) any distributions from Holdings to the JH Group other than distributions pursuant to Sections 2.8(b)(i) , 2.8(b)(ii) and 2.8(c) , and (y) the JH Group’s Sharing Percentage of any expenses incurred by Holdings, other than expenses that are expressly payable by a particular Principal or his Group pursuant to this Agreement;

provided , that , any expenses incurred by Holdings that solely relate to a particular Heritage Fund, and are not expressly payable by a particular Principal or his Group shall be allocated among the Groups in accordance with their respective Heritage Points Percentages.

SECTION 2.8 DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a) Subject to the retention of cash reserves to account for reasonably anticipated expenses and other liabilities as the Executive Committee may determine to be appropriate, Holdings shall make distributions to the Principal Groups promptly upon receipt of any cash distributions from the Apollo Operating Group. Such distributions shall be made in cash, without interest. At no time shall Holdings or any of the Principals take any action that shall prevent Intermediate Holdings or any other similar holding vehicle from making cash distributions to Holdings upon receipt of a cash distribution from the Apollo Operating Group.

(b) The net proceeds of any (i) Pro Rata Exchange (including, in the case of an In-Kind Exchange Distribution, the AOG Units) shall be distributed to the Principal Groups in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages, (ii) Non-Pro Rata Exchange (including, in the case of an In-Kind Exchange Distribution, the AOG Units) shall be distributed entirely to the Principal Group(s) that directed such Non-Pro Rata Exchange, (iii) other distribution to Holdings which has properly been reflected in the Distribution Accounts pursuant to Section 2.7 shall be distributed to the Principal Groups in proportion to (and not in excess of) their respective Distribution Accounts and (iv) other distribution (other than a distribution of Heritage Points) shall be distributed to the Principal Groups in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages (it being understood that any expenses incurred in connection with any Exchange shall be borne by the Principals directing such Exchange in proportion to the number of AOG Units being Exchanged by such Principals).

(c) In the event that Holdings distributes the partnership interests represented by the Heritage Points to the Principal Groups, it shall distribute such partnership interests in accordance with Heritage Points Percentages for the applicable Heritage Fund.

 

17


ARTICLE III

EMPLOYMENT

SECTION 3.1 TERMINATION.

(a) Termination by Apollo Employer . A Principal may be terminated by the Apollo Employer only for Cause. The Principals shall take all actions necessary to ensure that no Principal shall be terminated by the Apollo Employer for any other reason.

(b) Termination by Principal . Each Principal shall be deemed terminated upon his death, Disability, retirement or resignation from the Apollo Employer.

SECTION 3.2 VESTING. Each Principal Group’s Pecuniary Interest in the AOG Units shall be subject to vesting as provided in this Section 3.2 .

(a) Upon a Principal’s termination for Cause, the vested portion of his Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall equal (i) the product (such product, the “ Partial Vested Cause Amount ”) of (x) the sum (such sum, the “ Base Cause Amount ”) of such Principal Group’s then-current Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units plus such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests (if any), multiplied by (y) such Principal’s Employment Fraction; plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (x) the Base Cause Amount and (y) the Partial Vested Cause Amount; minus (iii) such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests.

(b) Upon a Principal’s termination as a result of resignation or retirement, the vested portion of his Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall equal (i) (x) such Principal Group’s then-current Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units plus such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests (if any) multiplied by (y) such Principal’s Employment Fraction; minus (ii) such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests.

(c) Upon a termination of MR or JH for death or Disability, the vested portion of his Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall equal (i) the product (such product, the “ Partial Vested Disability Amount ”) of (x) the sum (such sum, the “ Base Disability Amount ”) of such Principal Group’s then-current Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units plus such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests (if any), multiplied by (y) such Principal’s Employment Fraction; plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (x) the Base Disability Amount and (y) the Partial Vested Disability Amount; minus (iii) such Principal Group’s Transferred Interests.

(d) Upon a termination of LB for death or Disability, 100% of his Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall be vested.

SECTION 3.3 COMPENSATION; OTHER ECONOMIC BENEFITS. Until the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, each Continuing Principal shall receive the same salary, compensation, equity incentives and other fringe benefits as the other Continuing Principals. Additionally, the Principals may from time to time use aircraft owned or leased by Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries for their personal use. In such instance, such Principal will reimburse Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or such Subsidiary for his personal use of such aircraft at then-prevailing charter rates. Alternatively, if a Principal uses his own aircraft for business of Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or their respective Subsidiaries, Apollo shall reimburse such Principal for the use of his aircraft at then-prevailing charter rates.

 

18


ARTICLE IV

FORFEITURE

SECTION 4.1 FORFEITURE AMONG PRINCIPALS.

(a) Upon a Principal’s (the “ Forfeiting Principal ”) resignation, retirement, death, Disability or termination for Cause, the Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units held by such Forfeiting Principal and his Group that has not vested in accordance with Section 3.2 (if any) shall be forfeited (the “ Forfeited Interests ”) as of the applicable Forfeiture Date within Holdings for the benefit of the Principals (the “ Continuing Principals ”) who continue to be employed by the Apollo Employer as of the applicable Forfeiture Date pro rata in accordance with the respective Sharing Percentages of such Continuing Principals’ Groups as of the Forfeiture Date.

(b) All credits and debits to the Distribution Account of a Forfeiting Principal’s Group shall, from the date of termination of such Forfeiting Principal until the applicable Forfeiture Date, be computed on a pro-forma basis assuming the Sharing Percentage and Heritage Points Percentage of such Forfeiting Principal had been adjusted on the date of termination to give effect to the forfeiture to occur on the Forfeiture Date. Amounts that would, but for the preceding sentence, be debited or credited to the Distribution Account of such Forfeiting Principal and his Group shall, on the applicable Forfeiture Date, be debited or credited to the Distribution Accounts of the Continuing Principals in accordance with such Continuing Principals’ respective Sharing Percentages, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.1(a) .

(c) Upon the termination of any Principal, the Pecuniary Interest of such Principal Group in Heritage Points shall be reduced by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the vested portion of such Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units calculated pursuant to Section 3.2 above and the denominator of which is such Group’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units immediately prior to such Principal’s termination. The Heritage Points subject to reduction shall be reallocated among the respective Groups of the Continuing Principals in the same manner as the Forfeited Interests are allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) .

(d) The Continuing Principals receiving Forfeited Interests shall be permitted to direct Holdings to sell (as part of an Exchange) without regard to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.4(b) , such number of Class A Shares as required to pay Taxes payable, if any, as a result of the receipt of such Forfeited Interests and Heritage Points, calculated based on the maximum combined U.S. federal, New York State and New York City tax rate applicable to individuals. Transfers pursuant to this Section 4.1(d) shall not increase a Principal Group’s number of Transferred Interests.

 

19


SECTION 4.2 FORFEITURE BY OTHER PERSONS

(a) In the event of any forfeiture to (or for the benefit of) Holdings of AOG Units or other economic interest in Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or any Subsidiary thereof by any Person other than a Principal or his Group, the AOG Units or other economic interest related to such “points” shall be allocated among the Principal Groups based upon their respective Sharing Percentages as of the date of such forfeiture. The Heritage Points Percentages will be appropriately adjusted to give effect to this re-allocation with respect to any such forfeiture of “points” in a Heritage Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive Committee may elect to assign such AOG Units or other economic interest in the Apollo Operating Group or any Subsidiary thereof to the Apollo Operating Group, it being understood that in such circumstance each limited partnership interest that comprises an AOG Unit shall be contributed to the respective issuer within the Apollo Operating Group and any other economic interest shall be similarly contributed to the member of the Apollo Operating Group that is the parent entity of the issuer of such economic interest.

(b) The Continuing Principals receiving such forfeited interests shall be permitted to direct Holdings to sell (as part of an Exchange) without regard to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.4(b) , such number of Class A Shares as required to pay Taxes payable, if any, as a result of the receipt of such forfeited interests, calculated based on the maximum combined U.S. federal, New York State and New York City tax rate applicable to individuals. Transfers pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall not increase a Principal Group’s number of Transferred Interests.

ARTICLE V

GOVERNANCE; CERTAIN RIGHTS; COMPETING ACTIVITIES

SECTION 5.1 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE; LIMITATIONS ON HOLDINGS AND THE HOLDINGS GP.

(a) Except as expressly provided herein or as otherwise delegated to another Person by the Executive Committee, Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, the Holdings GP, Apollo (and its managing member, if any), the Apollo Operating Group and their respective Subsidiaries will be governed by, and the business and affairs of each such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of, a three (3) person executive committee (the “ Executive Committee” ) with each Principal having the right to be a member of such Executive Committee for so long as each such Principal is employed by the Apollo Employer; provided , however , that upon his retirement, LB may, at his option, remain on such Executive Committee until the earlier of his death or Disability or commission of an act or omission that would constitute Cause assuming that LB was still employed by the Apollo Employer. For so long as a Principal is a member of the Executive Committee, such Principal shall not transfer any equity interests in the Holdings GP under any circumstances unless approved by the unanimous consent of the Executive Committee. In the event that any of the Principals ceases to be a member of the Executive Committee, any equity interests held by such Principal in the Holdings GP shall automatically be transferred to his successor on the Executive Committee without any action on the part of such Principal. In the event that any of Apollo (and its managing member, if any), the Apollo

 

20


Operating Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries is not governed by the Executive Committee, the Principals shall, to the extent permitted to do so by law, ensure that any decision undertaken by a Principal, whether pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, the Partnership Agreement or otherwise, conforms to the provisions of this Article V , and Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and the Holdings GP shall continue to be governed by the Executive Committee pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Each of the Principals hereby agrees and acknowledges that Holdings (i) has been formed strictly as a passive holding vehicle for the Principal Groups, (ii) has not and will not engage in any active business, and (iii) has not and will not engage in any activity of any kind, except in connection with and in furtherance of this Agreement or with the unanimous consent of the Principals.

(c) Each of the Principals hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Holdings GP (i) has been formed strictly as a passive, non-economic general partner of Holdings and Intermediate Holdings, (ii) has not and will not engage in any active business, and (iii) has not and will not engage in any activity of any kind, except in connection with and in furtherance of this Agreement or with the unanimous consent of the Principals.

SECTION 5.2 AUTHORITY OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any action taken by the Executive Committee shall require the affirmative vote of at least two (2) of the Principals.

(b) In addition to other actions specifically provided herein, all (i) decisions regarding (x) the employment of senior investment professionals at or (y) the engagement of senior consultants by Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or their respective Subsidiaries, including without limitation, hiring, terminating and compensating (whether through an equity-based arrangement or otherwise) such persons shall require the unanimous consent of the Executive Committee, (ii) any delegation of the authority of the Executive Committee to any Person and (iii) the dissolution of Holdings or any actions or transactions that result or could result in non-pro rata treatment or effect upon a Principal (other than as a result of termination of such Principal for Cause), within Holdings, Intermediate Holdings or otherwise, shall require the unanimous consent of the Principals. If Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries become parties to a joint venture engaged in any business similar to any of the businesses of Apollo, then any rights that such Apollo joint venture party may have to control or influence the terms of the employment of the senior investment professionals and consultants of such joint venture (including in connection with the establishment of such terms at the commencement of such joint venture) shall be subject to clause (i) of the preceding sentence.

(c) Each Principal and his Group will take all action necessary to cause Holdings and/or Intermediate Holdings to elect each Principal to the Board so long as such Principal is eligible to actively participate on the Executive Committee. The designation of the other directors to the Board shall be determined by the Executive Committee; provided , that LB shall have a veto over the designation of any such other director for so long he is a member of the Executive Committee.

 

21


SECTION 5.3 FILLING VACANCIES ON EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

(a) All vacancies on the Executive Committee will be filled by a Senior Professional. Except as provided in Section 5.3(b) , if a vacancy exists on the Executive Committee as a result of the termination of any member of the Executive Committee, then the remaining members of the Executive Committee shall select the replacement. If the remaining members of the Executive Committee cannot agree on a replacement, each such member shall recommend a Senior Professional to the independent directors of Apollo (the “ Independent Board ”) who shall then select (by majority vote) one of the two Senior Professionals presented to them by the Executive Committee to serve on the Executive Committee. If, for any reason, there are no members of the Executive Committee and the rights to appoint a member of the Executive Committee set forth in Section 5.3(b) have expired, the Independent Board shall select the successors to the Executive Committee from among the Senior Professionals.

(b) If a vacancy exists on the Executive Committee as a result of the death or Disability of LB or the termination of any subsequent individual who was appointed to the Executive Committee pursuant to this Section 5.3(b) , then LB (or his personal representative, if applicable) shall, after consultation with the Executive Committee, nominate a Senior Professional to fill such vacancy. Such nominee must be approved by at least one (1) member of the Executive Committee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The right of LB (or his personal representative, as applicable) to exercise the rights set forth in this Section 5.3(b) shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) LB ceasing to be a member of the Executive Committee for any reason other than death or Disability, (ii) LB’s commission of an act or omission that would constitute Cause assuming that LB was still employed by the Apollo Employer, or (iii) the LB Group ceases to be the largest beneficial owner of Shares (for these purposes, (x) each Group shall be deemed to own that number of Class A Shares beneficially owned by Holdings (or indirectly owned by Holdings through Intermediate Holdings or another intermediary) multiplied by such Group’s Sharing Percentage and (y) the number of Shares beneficially owned by stockholders (other than any member of a Principal Group) shall be aggregated with the number of Shares beneficially owned by such stockholder’s affiliates). Beneficial ownership shall be calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

(c) Any Senior Professional who becomes a member of the Executive Committee shall not be terminated from Apollo and its Subsidiaries or removed from the Executive Committee other than for Cause. So long as such Senior Professional remains on the Executive Committee, his “points” in any Person that is a Subsidiary of the Apollo Operating Group shall not be reduced (other than due to pro rata dilution in the ordinary course reflecting the issuance of “points” to or for the benefit of Persons other than any member of a Principal Group). Additionally, such Senior Professional shall be entitled to no less than the highest number of “points” awarded to any other Senior Professional in a future Apollo private equity fund which has a First Closing while such Senior Professional remains on the Executive Committee and the vesting of such “points” will be on terms no less favorable than those given to any other Senior Professional, considered in the aggregate and as reasonably determined by the Executive Committee after giving effect to the aggregate “points” awarded, the value of such “points” and related factors. Additionally, such Senior Professional, so long as he is on the Executive Committee, shall participate in all other Apollo incentive plans and fringe benefits on terms determined by the Independent Board (by majority vote).

 

22


SECTION 5.4 EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS.

(a) Except as provided in Section 5.4(b) , the initiation of any Extraordinary Transaction will be determined by the Executive Committee upon the affirmative vote of two (2) Principals; provided , that LB shall have a veto over any such Extraordinary Transaction to the extent that it involves (i) the direct or indirect sale of a ratable interest (or substantially ratable interest) in each Person that constitutes the Apollo Operating Group or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Apollo, in each case, so long as he is on the Executive Committee.

(b) Subject to approval of the Independent Board, at any time after December 31, 2009, LB, in consultation with, but not subject to the approval of, the Executive Committee, may cause an Extraordinary Transaction to the extent that it involves (i) the direct or indirect sale of a ratable interest (or substantially ratable interest) in each Person that constitutes the Apollo Operating Group or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Apollo, in each case; provided , however , that:

(i) LB must provide the other Principals with written notice of any such Extraordinary Transaction at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation thereof;

(ii) all Principal Groups shall be treated ratably with respect to proceeds or other consideration, hold-backs, and any related matters based upon Sharing Percentages;

(iii) any indemnification obligations of Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and/or the Principal Groups shall survive for no more than two (2) years from the closing of such Extraordinary Transaction, other than indemnification for representations and warranties made on a several basis, as described in Section 5.4(b)(vii) below, which may survive longer;

(iv) the transaction shall be on an arms-length basis with an unaffiliated third party or parties;

(v) the terms of the transaction shall not obligate any member of a Principal Group to any covenants or other provisions beyond the terms and scope of this Agreement;

(vi) if any Principal Group is given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all Principal Groups will be given the same option ratably in accordance with their Sharing Percentages;

(vii) no Principal Group shall be obligated to pay more than its pro rata amount of expenses incurred (based upon Sharing Percentages) in connection with such consummated Extraordinary Transaction to the extent such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all Principal Groups and are not otherwise paid by Apollo or the acquiring party (expenses incurred by or on behalf of a Principal Group for its sole benefit not being considered expenses incurred for the benefit of all Principal Groups); and

 

23


(viii) in the event that the Principal Groups are required to provide any representations, warranties or indemnities in connection with such Extraordinary Transaction (other than representations, warranties and indemnities made on a several basis concerning each Principal Group’s valid ownership of its equity interests, free of all liens and encumbrances, enforceability of transaction documents, and each Principal Group’s authority, power, and right to enter into and consummate agreements relating to such Extraordinary Transaction without violating applicable law or any other agreement), then each Principal Group shall not be liable for more than its pro rata amount (based upon Sharing Percentages) of any liability for misrepresentation or indemnity (except in respect of such several representations and warranties) and such liability shall not exceed the total purchase price received by such Principal Group from such purchaser (an Extraordinary Transaction which meets the criteria set forth in this Section 5.4(b) is referred to herein as an “ LB Extraordinary Transaction ”).

(c) The other Principals shall and shall direct their respective Groups and Holdings to (x) approve and consent to, and raise no objections to, any LB Extraordinary Transaction and (y) take all necessary and desirable actions to facilitate the consummation of any LB Extraordinary Transaction. Each Principal shall and shall direct their respective Groups and Holdings to waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with any LB Extraordinary Transaction, if any, and vote all of his or its interests in favor of any LB Extraordinary Transaction and execute definitive documents negotiated by LB in order to effect any LB Extraordinary Transaction.

(d) In the event of any LB Extraordinary Transaction, then the vesting schedule of any Principal (other than LB) who has not previously been terminated and who elected a six (6) year vesting schedule with a one (1) year non-compete/non-solicitation provision shall automatically convert (retroactively) to a five (5) year vesting schedule with a two (2) year non-compete/non-solicitation provision.

(e) Any distribution of net cash proceeds from an Extraordinary Transaction shall not be subject to vesting.

(f) The Executive Committee shall determine the use of proceeds from an Extraordinary Transaction; provided , that LB shall have a veto over any such use so long as he is on the Executive Committee; and, provided , further , that the proceeds from any LB Extraordinary Transaction shall be distributed in accordance with Section 5.4(b) .

SECTION 5.5 EMPLOYMENT MATTERS. The definitions of “Cause” and “Disability” in this Agreement are used solely in connection with the vesting and forfeiture of each Principal’s Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units. A Principal’s vesting in his Pecuniary Interest in AOG Units shall cease upon his termination for Cause or Disability in accordance with this Agreement. However, there may be a delay between the act or omission that may constitute Cause or the condition that may result in a Disability, and the effective date of such termination. In such case, the Executive Committee may temporarily appoint a Senior Professional to perform the functional responsibilities and duties of such Principal until Cause or Disability definitively occurs or is determined not to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Executive Committee may so appoint a Senior Professional only if such Principal is unable to perform his

 

24


responsibilities and duties to the Apollo Employer, or, as a matter of fiduciary duty, should be prohibited from performing his responsibilities and duties, and (b) such Principal shall continue to serve on the Executive Committee unless otherwise prohibited from doing so pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 5.6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BY THE PRINCIPALS

(a) Each Principal and his Group shall comply with the provisions of (i)  Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 5.1 (“drags and tags” and “Sale of the Company”) of the Lender Rights Agreement and (ii)  Sections 3.6 and 5.2 (“tags and drags”) of each Roll-up Agreement.

(b) Each Principal and his Group shall comply with the provisions of (i)  Clause E (“Disparaging Comments”) of Exhibit A to the employment agreements entered into by the Principals on the date hereof, (ii)  Clause F (“Competing Activities”) of Exhibit A to the employment agreements entered into by the Principals on the date hereof and (iii)  Section 5.6(e) (non-disparagement) of each Roll-up Agreement.

SECTION 5.7 ACCESS TO BOOKS, RECORDS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION. Each Principal shall have the right, upon reasonable request for purposes reasonably related to the interest of such Principal as a partner or former partner of Holdings, to inspect, during normal business hours, Holdings’ books and records (including such financial and other information relating to Holdings or any other Person in which Holdings directly or indirectly owns an interest) relating to any period of time during which such Principal was a partner of Holdings. All requests for information or access shall be made in writing and shall specify the reasons for such request. Holdings shall have twenty (20) Business Days to respond to such request (or such longer period as may be reasonable under the circumstances given the volume or complexity of the request). The requesting Principal shall reimburse Holdings for all reasonable expenses incurred by Holdings in order to provide such information or access (including expenses necessary to provide such information or access in a manner that is prudent in order to protect the interests of Holdings and its affiliates). Holdings shall have no obligation to generate information that does not exist nor organize information in a format that does not exist. Holdings shall not have to respond to more than one request in any thirty (30) day period made by the same Principal. The rights of a Principal pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall expire when such Principal’s Group no longer owns an interest in Holdings. The Principals acknowledge and agree that they have bargained for and agreed to the provisions of this Section 5.7 and any other provisions of this Agreement which restrict access to information, that such provisions constitute a fundamental element of their agreement relating to the affairs of Holdings, that such provisions limit rights of inspection otherwise available to them and that such provisions are intended to be enforceable notwithstanding any rights of inspection otherwise available at law or in equity.

SECTION 5.8 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

(a) A Principal will not disclose or use at any time, either prior to his termination or thereafter, any Confidential Information of which such Principal is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is authored or developed by him, except to the extent that (i) such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by such Principal’s performance of

 

25


duties to Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries or any Portfolio Company, (ii) subject to Sections 6.8 and 6.9 , to the extent that such disclosure is required in connection with any action by such Principal to enforce rights under this Agreement or any other agreement with Holdings, Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) such disclosure is expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement or by the Executive Committee, or (iv) such disclosure is legally required to be made; provided , that such Principal shall provide ten (10) days prior written notice, if practicable, to Holdings of such disclosure so that Holdings may seek a protective order or similar remedy; and, provided further , that, in each case set forth above, such Principal informs the recipients that such information or communication is confidential in nature. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, upon the expiration of the term of any non-competition agreement that a Principal is party to with Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a Principal shall be permitted to use, and will be given full access to, performance information of the Apollo Funds related to such Principal’s respective tenure as an employee or active manager of Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided , that Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, Apollo, the Apollo Operating Group and their respective Subsidiaries shall not be responsible for any misrepresentations on such Principal’s part to any third parties regarding the foregoing.

(b) Any trade secrets of Holdings, Apollo or any of its Subsidiaries or any Portfolio Company will be entitled to all of the protections and benefits under any applicable law. If any information that Holdings deems to be a trade secret is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be a trade secret for purposes of this Agreement, such information will, nevertheless, be considered Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement. Each Principal hereby waives any requirement that Holdings submit proof of the economic value of any trade secret or post a bond or other security.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or by nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address set forth on Schedule V .

SECTION 6.2 INTERPRETATION. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “included”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

SECTION 6.3 SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such

 

26


provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.4 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including via facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.

SECTION 6.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and (except with respect to Excluded Assets and any agreements entered into contemporaneously herewith) supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Term Sheet, and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies hereunder.

SECTION 6.6 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

SECTION 6.7 GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that in the event that (a) arbitration pursuant to Section 6.9 is not available or (b) circumstances exist such that immediate action must be taken to preserve the intent of this Agreement pending an arbitration in accordance with Section 6.9 , the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In such event, any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance pursuant to this Section 6.7 , it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

SECTION 6.8 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that any disputes or controversies arising under or in connection with this Agreement be resolved pursuant to arbitration in accordance with Section 6.9 ; provided , however , that, to the extent that Section 6.9 is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, and the result is that the parties hereto are precluded from resolving any claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 6.9 (after giving effect to the terms of Section 6.3 ), the following provisions of this Section 6.8 shall govern the resolution of

 

27


all disputes or controversies arising under this Agreement. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (A) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or (B) in the event that such court lacks jurisdiction to hear the claim, the state courts of New York located in the borough of Manhattan, New York City (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to Holdings and the Principals at their respective addresses referred to in Section 6.1 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c)  TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY .

SECTION 6.9 ARBITRATION.

(a) Except as provided in Sections 6.7 , the parties hereto agree that any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether based on contract, tort, statute or other legal or equitable theory (including without limitation, any claim of fraud, intentional misconduct, misrepresentation or fraudulent inducement or any question of validity or effect of this Agreement including this clause) or the breach or termination hereof (the “ Dispute ”), shall be resolved in binding arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Such dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration to be conducted before JAMS in accordance with the provisions of JAMS’ Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures as in effect at the time of the arbitration.

(ii) The arbitration shall be held before a panel of three arbitrators appointed by JAMS, in accordance with its rules, who are not affiliates of any party to such arbitration and do not have any potential for bias or conflict of interest with respect any of the parties hereto, directly or indirectly, by virtue of any direct or indirect financial interest, family relationship or close friendship.

 

28


(iii) Such arbitration shall be held at such place as the arbitrators appointed by JAMS may determine within New York, New York, or such other location to which the parties hereto may agree.

(iv) The arbitrators shall have the authority, taking into account the parties’ desire that any arbitration proceeding hereunder be reasonably expedited and efficient, to permit the parties hereto to conduct discovery. Any such discovery shall be (i) guided generally by but be no broader than permitted under the United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (the “ FRCP ”), and (ii) subject to the arbitrators and the parties hereto entering into a mutually acceptable confidentiality agreement.

(v) The arbitrators shall have the authority to issue subpoenas for the attendance of witnesses and for the production of records and other evidence at any hearing and may administer oaths. Any such subpoena must be served in the manner for service of subpoenas under the FRCP and enforced in the manner for enforcement of subpoenas under the FRCP.

(vi) The arbitrators’ decision and award in any such arbitration shall be made by majority vote and delivered within thirty (30) calendar days of the conclusion of the evidentiary hearings. In addition, the arbitrators shall have the authority to award injunctive relief to any of the parties.

(vii) The arbitrators’ decision shall be in writing and shall be as brief as possible and will include the basis for the arbitrators’ decision. A record of the arbitration proceeding shall be kept.

(viii) Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(ix) The parties shall share equally all expenses of JAMS (including those of the arbitrators) incurred in connection with any arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the arbitrators determine that any party’s claim or position was frivolous, such party shall reimburse the other parties to such arbitration for all reasonable expenses incurred (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) in connection with such arbitration.

(x) The parties hereto agree to participate in any arbitration in good faith.

(b) If JAMS is unable or unwilling to commence arbitration with regard to any such Dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after the parties have met the requirements for commencement as set forth in Rule 5 of the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures, then the Disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration, in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”), before a panel of three arbitrators who shall be selected jointly by the parties involved in such Dispute, or

 

29


if the parties cannot agree on the selection of the arbitrators, shall be selected by the AAA (provided that any arbitrators selected by the AAA shall meet the requirements of subparagraph (a)(ii) above). Any such arbitration shall be subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (a)(iii) through (a)(x) above (as if the AAA were JAMS). If the AAA is unable or unwilling to commence such arbitration within thirty (30) calendar days after the parties have met the requirements for such commencement set forth in the aforementioned rules, then either party may seek resolution of such Dispute through litigation in accordance with Sections 6.7 and 6.8 .

(c) Except as may be necessary to enter judgment upon the award or to the extent required by applicable law, all claims, defenses and proceedings (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the existence of the controversy and the fact that there is an arbitration proceeding) shall be treated in a confidential manner by the arbitrators, the parties and their counsel, and each of their agents, and employees and all others acting on behalf of or in concert with them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no one shall divulge to any Person not directly involved in the arbitration the contents of the pleadings, papers, orders, hearings, trials, or awards in the arbitration, except as may be necessary to enter judgment upon an award or as required by applicable law. Any court proceedings relating to the arbitration hereunder, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to prevent or compel arbitration or to confirm, correct, vacate or otherwise enforce an arbitration award, shall be filed under seal with the court, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.10 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS; NO DISCRIMINATORY ACTION.

(a) The Agreement may be amended and the terms and conditions of the Agreement may be changed or modified at any time upon the approval, in writing, of the Principals (or their legal representative, if applicable).

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

(c) Except in connection with a termination for Cause, no Principal shall take any action against another Principal that is discriminatory against such Principal without the consent of such affected Principal. Additionally, each Principal shall use his best efforts to cause each of Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, the Holdings GP, Apollo (and its managing member, if any), the Apollo Operating Group and their respective Subsidiaries to refrain from taking any action that is discriminatory against any Principal without the consent of such affected Principal.

(d) Each Principal, whether on his own behalf or on behalf of his Group, will not take any action as a Principal, stockholder, director, partner, member, officer or otherwise except in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and no Principal shall enter into any agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person on terms inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreement or arrangement is with other Principals, Permitted Transferees or with Persons that are not party to this Agreement). Each Permitted Transferee will not take any action as a stockholder, director, partner, member, officer

 

30


or otherwise except in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and no Permitted Transferee shall enter into any agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person on terms inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreement or arrangement is with a Principal, any other Permitted Transferee or with Persons that are not party to this Agreement).

SECTION 6.11 ASSIGNMENT. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 6.12 SCHEDULE VI. Schedule VI is hereby incorporated by reference.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

/s/ Leon D. Black
Leon D. Black
/s/ Marc J. Rowan
Marc J. Rowan
/s/ Joshua J. Harris
Joshua J. Harris
BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   

Black Family GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:    /s/ Leon D. Black
  Leon D. Black
  Manager
MJR FOUNDATION LLC
By:    /s/ Marc J. Rowan
  Name: Marc J. Rowan
  Title: Manager
BRH HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:   

BRH Holdings GP, LTD.

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name: John J. Suydam
  Title: Vice President

[Agreement Among Principals]


AP PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:   

BRH Holdings GP, LTD.

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name: John J. Suydam
  Title: Vice President

[Agreement Among Principals]

Exhibit 10.10

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

dated as of

July 13, 2007

among

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC,

AP PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.,

BRH HOLDINGS, L.P.,

BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.,

MJR FOUNDATION LLC,

LEON D. BLACK,

MARC J. ROWAN

AND

JOSHUA J. HARRIS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I         ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

   1

Section 1.2

 

Interpretation

   9

ARTICLE II         TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS

   10

Section 2.1

 

Transfer Restrictions - Shareholders

   10

Section 2.2

 

Transfer Restrictions - Restricted Parties

   11

Section 2.3

 

Ownership Restrictions

   12

ARTICLE III         BOARD REPRESENTATION

   13

Section 3.1

 

Nominees

   13

Section 3.2

 

Vacancies

   13

ARTICLE IV         TERMINATION

   13

Section 4.1

 

Term

   13

Section 4.2

 

Survival

   13

ARTICLE V         REGISTRATION RIGHTS

   13

Section 5.1

 

Demand Registration

   13

Section 5.2

 

Piggyback Registration

   16

Section 5.3

 

Shelf Registration

   18

Section 5.4

 

Withdrawal Rights

   19

Section 5.5

 

Holdback Agreements

   20

Section 5.6

 

Registration Procedures

   20

Section 5.7

 

Registration Expenses

   25

Section 5.8

 

Registration Indemnification

   26

Section 5.9

 

Request for Information; Certain Rights

   28

ARTICLE VI         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   29

Section 6.1

 

Representations and Warranties of Each Shareholder

   29

Section 6.2

 

Representations and Warranties of the Company

   30

ARTICLE VII         INDEMNIFICATION

   30

Section 7.1

 

Indemnification of Principals

   30

Section 7.2

 

Indemnification of Other Professionals

   31

 

-i-


Section 7.3

  

Company Actions

   31

ARTICLE VIII         MISCELLANEOUS

   31

Section 8.1

  

Notices

   31

Section 8.2

  

Severability

   32

Section 8.3

  

Counterparts

   32

Section 8.4

  

Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

   32

Section 8.5

  

Further Assurances

   33

Section 8.6

  

Governing Law; Equitable Remedies

   33

Section 8.7

  

Consent To Jurisdiction

   33

Section 8.8

  

Amendments; Waivers

   34

Section 8.9

  

Assignment

   34

 

-ii-


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 13, 2007, among Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ Holdings ” and, collectively with all other Persons (as defined herein) who become parties to this Agreement as “Shareholders” in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Shareholders ”), BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ BRH ”), Black Family Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Leon D. Black (“ LB ”), MJR Foundation LLC, a New York limited liability company, Marc J. Rowan (“ MR ”), Joshua J. Harris (“ JH ”, and together with LB and MR, the “ Principals ”, and each individually, a “ Principal ”).

WHEREAS , the Principals and the other members of their respective Groups (as defined herein) own all of the equity interests of (i) BRH, the entity through which the Principals and the other members of their respective Groups own their equity interests in Holdings and (ii) BRH Holdings GP, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company and the general partner of BRH and Holdings (the “ Holdings GP ”);

WHEREAS , Holdings owns certain Shares of the Company and certain equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group (as defined herein); and

WHEREAS , the Shareholders, the Principals, BRH and the Company desire to address herein certain relationships among themselves, including with respect to the equity interests in the Apollo Operating Group.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person. As used in this definition, the term “control,” including the correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or any partnership or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise) of a Person. The term “Affiliate” does not include at any time any direct or indirect Portfolio Companies.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

1


Agreement Among Principals ” means the Agreement Among Principals, dated as of the date hereof, among the Principals and the other parties named therein, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

APO Corp. ” means APO Corp., a Delaware corporation.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Apollo Group ” means (i) Holdings and its Affiliates, including their respective general partners, members and limited partners, (ii) each Principal and such Principal’s Group, (iii) any former or current investment professional of or other employee of an Apollo Service Recipient or the Apollo Operating Group and any member of such Person’s Group, (iv) any former or current executive officer of an Apollo Service Recipient or the Apollo Operating Group and any member of such Person’s Group; and (v) any former or current director of an Apollo Service Recipient or the Apollo Operating Group and any member of such Person’s Group.

Apollo Operating Group ” means (i) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and any successors thereto or other entities formed to serve as holding vehicles for Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and (ii) any such Apollo carry vehicles, management companies or other entities formed to engage in the asset management business (including alternative asset management) and receiving management fees, incentive fees, fees paid by Portfolio Companies, carry or other remuneration which are not Subsidiaries of the Persons described in clause (i), excluding any Funds and any Portfolio Companies.

Apollo Service Recipient ” means the Company (or such successor thereto or such other entity controlled by the Company or its successor as may be the recipient of a senior executive’s services at such time). Service to a Portfolio Company shall not be deemed service as a partner to, or employment by, an Apollo Service Recipient, and Portfolio Companies shall not be considered Apollo Service Recipients.

Beneficial Owner ” means, (i) with respect to a Shareholder, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (A) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (B) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security and (ii) with respect to a Restricted Party, a Person who, directly or indirectly, holds a Pecuniary Interest. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” have correlative meanings.

Board ” means (i) if prior to the consummation of an Initial Offering, the Manager and (ii) if following the consummation of an Initial Offering, the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

2


BRH ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

CS ” means Credit Suisse and any of its Affiliates and/or transferees.

CS Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into with CS.

Charitable Institution ” means an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of a future United States Internal Revenue law) which is exempt from income taxation under § 501(a) thereof.

Class A Shares ” means the Class A Shares of the Company (including Conversion Shares) representing Class A limited liability company interests of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Class B Share ” means the Class B Share of the Company representing Class B limited liability company interests of the Company and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class B Share (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company Indemnifying Parties ” means the Company, APO Corp., APO LLC, and each Person that is a member of the Apollo Operating Group.

Conversion Shares ” means the Class A Shares issued upon conversion of the Notes.

Demand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Disability ” shall refer to any physical or mental incapacity which prevents a Principal from carrying out all or substantially all of his duties under his employment agreement with an Apollo Service Recipient in such capacity for any period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or any aggregate period of eight (8) months in any 12-month period, as determined (x) after an Initial Offering, in its sole discretion, by a majority of the members of the Board, including a majority of the Continuing Principals (as defined in the Agreement Among Principals) who are members of the Board (but for the sake of clarity not including the Principal in respect of which the determination is being made), and (y) prior to an Initial Offering, in his or her sole discretion, by a licensed doctor selected by the executive committee of the Holdings GP.

 

3


Disclosure Package ” means, with respect to any offering of securities, (i) the preliminary prospectus, (ii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iii) all other information, in each case, that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale of such securities (including a contract of sale).

Exchange ” means (i) the exchange by Holdings of an Operating Group Unit for a Class A Share pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and the subsequent sale of such Class A Share, at prevailing market prices for a Class A Share (unless the Person requesting such Exchange is willing to accept a lower price, e.g., to effect a block trade), (ii) a redemption of Operating Group Units initiated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, solely upon the Company’s election, in which any limited partner of Holdings elects to participate, (iii) a sale by Holdings of Operating Group Units, or (iv) at the option of the Holdings GP, in the event of a Pro Rata Exchange or a request by a limited partner of Holdings for a Non-Pro Rata Exchange, an In-Kind Exchange Distribution.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. A reference to an “Exchange Act Rule” means such rule or regulation of the SEC under the Exchange Act, as in effect from time to time or as replaced by a successor rule thereto.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, APO Corp., APO LLC, Holdings and the other parties thereto.

Form S-3 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 .

Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(iii) .

Fund ” means any pooled investment vehicle or similar entity sponsored or managed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Governmental Entity ” means any Federal, state, county, city, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, commission, committee, agency or body (including any court, tribunal or arbitral body).

Group ” shall mean with respect to any Person, such Person’s and (i) such Person’s spouse, (ii) a lineal descendant of such Person’s parents, the spouse of any such descendant or a lineal descendent of any such spouse, (iii) a Charitable Institution controlled solely by such Person or other member of his Group, (iv) a trustee of a trust (whether inter vivos or testamentary), all of the current beneficiaries and presumptive remaindermen of which are one or more of such Persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition, (v) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, of which all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or interests therein are owned by one or more of such Persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this definition, (vi) an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) a legal or personal representative of such Person in the event of his death or Disability. For purposes of this definition, (x) “lineal descendants” shall not include individuals adopted after attaining the age of eighteen (18) years and such adopted Person’s

 

4


descendants; and (y) “presumptive remaindermen” shall refer to those Persons entitled to a share of a trust’s assets if it were then to terminate. No Principal shall ever be a member of the Group of another Principal or a senior executive, and no senior executive shall ever be a member of the Group of another senior executive or a Principal. Each Transferor (as defined in each Roll-up Agreement) that is a party to a Roll-up Agreement with a senior executive, and each other Person listed on Annex A to such Roll-up Agreement as a member of the “Group” of such senior executive pursuant to such Roll-up Agreement shall also constitute a member of the Group of such senior executive hereunder.

Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Holdings GP ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

In-Kind Exchange Distribution ” means a Non-Pro Rata Exchange accomplished by the distribution of Operating Group Units to the limited partner of Holdings directing such Non-Pro Rata Exchange.

Indemnifiable Percentage ” means, with respect to each Other Professional, the percentage set forth opposite such Other Professional’s name on Schedule I attached hereto.

Initial Offering ” means the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO or (ii) a Private Placement.

Inspectors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(viii) .

Investment ” shall mean any investment (or similar term describing the results of the deployment of capital) as defined in the governing document of any Fund managed (directly or indirectly) by a member of the Apollo Operating Group.

Investors ” means any holders of Notes and/or Conversion Shares.

IPO ” means the earlier of (i) the consummation of an underwritten public offering of Class A Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors and/or equivalents to such forms), with the Shares sold representing at least 10% of the then outstanding Class A Shares of the Company (to be determined assuming that all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for Class A Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement) and (ii) the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement to be filed by the Company in respect of the Class A Shares to be sold in the Private Placement; provided , that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such registration statement is to be filed by the Company with the SEC or (in connection with a listing on the London Stock Exchange) with the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom.

Lender Rights Agreement ” means the Lender Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a) .

 

5


Manager ” means AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the manager of the Company.

Non-Pro Rata Exchange ” means an Exchange the proceeds of which (including in the case of an In-Kind Exchange Distribution, the Operating Group Units) will be distributed to (or otherwise benefit) the limited partners of Holdings in any manner other than a Pro Rata Exchange.

Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Strategic Agreement.

Operating Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Operating Group Units ” refers to units in the Apollo Operating Group, which represent one limited partnership interest in each of the limited partnerships that comprise the Apollo Operating Group and any securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Operating Group Units (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Other Demanding Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) .

Other Professional ” means each of the Persons set forth on Schedule I attached hereto and any members of a Group of such Persons who is a “Permitted Transferee” under the Roll-up Agreement of such Person.

Other Proposed Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) .

Pecuniary Interest ” means with respect to the Operating Group Units (and all securities into which such Operating Group Units are exchanged therefor) held by a Restricted Party, the number of Operating Group Units (and all securities into which such Operating Group Units are exchanged therefor) that would be distributable to a Principal and his Group, assuming that BRH, Holdings and any other Person that holds Operating Group Units, securities into which such Operating Group Units are exchanged therefor, and such other securities in which BRH has a direct or indirect interest, were liquidated and BRH, Holdings and such other Person distributed their respective assets in accordance with their respective governing agreements.

Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Restricted Party, any member of his Group or any other Restricted Party.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, business, association, trust, Governmental Entity or other entity.

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) .

 

6


Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) .

Piggyback Seller ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) .

Principal ” and “ Principals ” each have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Private Placement ” means a private placement of Shares by the Company pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation D and Regulation S under the Securities Act, in an offering (i) to at least 15 purchasers and (ii) that requires the Company to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement permitting registered resales of the Company’s Shares, with the Shares sold representing at least 10% of the outstanding Class A Shares of the Company (to be determined assuming that all outstanding Operating Group Units have been exchanged for Class A Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement).

Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7 .

Pro Rata Exchange ” means an Exchange in which all the limited partners of Holdings participate and transfer a number of Operating Group Units in proportion to their respective ownership percentages of Holdings.

Quarterly Exchange Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Exchange Agreement.

Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(viii) .

Registrable Amount ” means a number of Registrable Securities representing at least the lesser of (i) 2.5% of the Total Voting Power of the Company then outstanding and (ii) $10 million (such value shall be determined based on the value of such Registrable Securities on the date immediately preceding the date upon which the Demand or Shelf Notice, as applicable, has been received by the Company).

Registrable Securities ” means any Class A Shares currently owned or hereafter acquired by any Shareholder, including pursuant to an Exchange. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) such securities have been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to an effective registration statement or (ii) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Requesting Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Restricted Party ” means any Principal and members of such Principal’s Group.

Roll-up Agreements ” mean the several Roll-up Agreements, each dated as of the date hereof, among Holdings, BRH, the Company, APO LLC, APO Corp., and a senior executive of Apollo or one of its Subsidiaries and/or with members of such senior executive’s Group.

 

7


Sale of the Company ” a sale by the one or more Restricted Parties in one or a series of related transactions resulting in the Restricted Parties owning or controlling, directly or indirectly, less than 50.1% of the economic or voting interests in the Company or the Apollo Operating Group, or any other Person shall exercise control over the Company or the Apollo Operating Group by contract.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selected Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7 .

Selling Shareholders ” means the Persons named as selling shareholders in any registration statement under Article V hereof and who is the Beneficial Owner of Registrable Securities being offered thereunder.

Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Shares ” means, collectively, the outstanding Class A Shares (as equitably adjusted to reflect any split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving the Class A Shares).

Shelf Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 .

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 .

Strategic Agreement ” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Apollo, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “controlled” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Securities, by contract or otherwise. The term “Subsidiary” does not include at any time any Funds or Portfolio Companies.

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(d) .

Total Voting Power of the Company ” means the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company if all Voting Securities outstanding or treated as outstanding pursuant to the final two sentences of this definition were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Company

 

8


Beneficially Owned by any Person is the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Company that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person. In calculating such percentage, the Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any Person that are not outstanding but are subject to issuance upon exercise or exchange of rights of conversion or any options, warrants or other rights Beneficially Owned by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Company represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by such Person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Company represented by Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by any other Person.

Underwritten Offering ” means a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Voting Securities ” means the Class A Shares, the Class B Share and any other securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act and which (i) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities Act.

Section 1.2 Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

(b) pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms;

(c) a reference to a clause, party, annex, exhibit or schedule is a reference to a clause of, and a party, annex, exhibit and schedule to this Agreement, and a reference to this Agreement includes any annex, exhibit and schedule hereto;

(d) a reference to a statute, regulations, proclamation, ordinance or by-law includes all statues, regulations, proclamations, ordinances or by-laws amending, consolidating or replacing it, whether passed by the same or another Governmental Entity with legal power to do so, and a reference to a statute includes all regulations, proclamations, ordinances and by-laws issued under the statute;

(e) a reference to a document includes all amendments or supplements to, or replacements or novations of that document;

 

9


(f) a reference to a party to a document includes that party’s successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns;

(g) the use of the term “including” means “including, without limitation”;

(h) the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the annexes, schedules and exhibits, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement;

(i) the title of and the section and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern or affect the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions in this Agreement;

(j) where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates;

(k) the language used in this Agreement has been chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party; and

(l) unless expressly provided otherwise, the measure of a period of one month or year for purposes of this Agreement shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the starting date, provided that if no corresponding date exists, the measure shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the next day following the starting date (for example, one month following February 18 is March 18, and one month following March 31 is May 1 (or in the case of January 29, 30 or 31, the following month shall be March 1)).

ARTICLE II

TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS

Section 2.1 Transfer Restrictions - Shareholders .

(a) Each Shareholder may transfer all or any portion of its Shares at any time, and from time to time, subject to this Article II .

(b) The Company shall not be obligated to register any proposed transfer of any Shares by any Shareholder, on the stock transfer books of the Company, until the Company shall have received: (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act or any such other applicable laws and/or representation letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable laws ( provided , that no such opinion

 

10


will be necessary for transfers pursuant to a registered offering or the Private Placement); and (ii) if the proposed transferee is not a “Shareholder” under this Agreement, a joinder to this Agreement and the Operating Agreement, executed by the proposed transferee and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, in which such proposed transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Operating Agreement; provided, that, without limiting, and subject to, the terms of the Operating Agreement, Shares acquired in a transaction that is consummated in accordance with Rule 144, a Private Placement approved by the Company, or a registered public offering shall not be subject to the terms of this Section 2.1 .

Section 2.2 Transfer Restrictions - Restricted Parties .

(a) No Restricted Party may, directly or indirectly, voluntarily effect cumulative transfers of his Pecuniary Interests representing more than (the percentages set forth in this Section 2.2(a) , in each case, shall be determined based on the aggregate amount of Pecuniary Interests held by such Restricted Party as of the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.2(d) ):

(i) 0% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time prior to the second anniversary of the closing date of the IPO;

(ii) 7.5% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time after the second anniversary and prior to the third anniversary of the closing date of the IPO;

(iii) 15% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time after the third anniversary and prior to the fourth anniversary of the closing date of the IPO;

(iv) 22.5% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time after the fourth anniversary and prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the IPO;

(v) 30% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time after the fifth anniversary and prior to the sixth anniversary of the closing date of the IPO; and

(vi) 100% of his Pecuniary Interests at any time after the sixth anniversary of the closing date of the IPO.

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this Section 2.2(a) , any Restricted Party may transfer any of his Pecuniary Interests: (x) to any Permitted Transferee or (y) in connection with a Sale of the Company. Any transfers consummated permitted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not count for purposes of calculating whether the total amount of Pecuniary Interests transferred by a Restricted Party is below the percentage thresholds set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

(b) Any Restricted Party may, at any time, assign all or any portion of his rights to transfer a percentage of his Pecuniary Interests pursuant to Section 2.2(a) to any other Restricted Party; provided , however , that any assignee of such rights shall not be relieved of his status as a “Restricted Party” under this Agreement with respect to such assignment.

 

11


(c) No Restricted Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Section 2.2 solely as a result of any exchange directed by such Restricted Party of any of the Operating Group Units which it owns or in which it has a Pecuniary Interest for Class A Shares received in such exchange.

(d) To the extent a Restricted Party receives Pecuniary Interests pursuant to the forfeiture provisions of Section 4.1 and 4.2 of the Agreement Among Principals, such forfeited Pecuniary Interests will be deemed to be Pecuniary Interests of such Restricted Party for all purposes of this Section 2.2 .

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.2 , a Restricted Party that receives Pecuniary Interests pursuant to the forfeiture provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of the Agreement Among Principals is permitted to sell, in addition to the Pecuniary Interests he is otherwise entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 2.2 , up to that amount of forfeited Pecuniary Interests that would provide such Restricted Party with aggregate sales proceeds equal to the amount of taxes that such Restricted Party will be required to pay as a result of the receipt of such forfeited Pecuniary Interests, calculated based on the maximum combined U.S. federal, New York State and New York City tax rate applicable to individuals.

(f) Each Principal and his Group shall comply with the provisions of Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 5.1 (“drags and tags” and “Sale of the Company”) of the Lender Rights Agreement and Sections 3.6 and 5.2 (“tags and drags”) of each Roll-up Agreement.

Section 2.3 Ownership Restrictions . Prior to the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, (i) no Restricted Party may participate (other than through his ownership of Operating Group Units or Class A Shares) in the carried interest, incentive fees or management fees of any future Funds and (ii) no Restricted Party shall be issued additional Operating Group Units (other than pursuant to the forfeiture provisions of Section 4.1 and 4.2 of the Agreement Among Principals); provided , however , that a Restricted Party may purchase outstanding Operating Group Units or Class A Shares to the extent not otherwise prohibited by any other agreement to which such Restricted Party is a party.

Section 2.4 Adjustments . In the event of: any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split or reverse stock split; any merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization; any split-up, spin-off, or similar extraordinary dividend distribution in respect of the Class A Shares; or any similar extraordinary transaction, in each case, that affects the AOG Units, the Manager or the Board, as the case may be, shall equitably and proportionately adjust the AOG Units to the extent necessary to preserve (but not increase) each such holder’s rights with respect to such AOG Units immediately prior to such transaction or event. Any good faith determination by the Manager or the Board, as the case may be, as to whether an adjustment is required in the circumstances pursuant to this Section 2.4 , and the extent and nature of any such adjustment, shall be conclusive and binding on all Persons.

 

12


ARTICLE III

BOARD REPRESENTATION

Section 3.1 Nominees . Following consummation of an Initial Offering and for so long as the Apollo Group Beneficially Owns Voting Securities representing more than 10% of the Total Voting Power of the Company, the Board shall nominate individuals designated by the Manager such that the Manager will have a majority of the designees on the Board.

Section 3.2 Vacancies . In the event that any designee of the Manager under Section 3.1 shall for any reason cease to serve as a member of the Board during his or her term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board shall be filled by an individual designated by the Manager.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Term . This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (a) July 13, 2050 and (b) the date on which the Apollo Group no longer Beneficially Owns Shares representing at least 1% of the Total Voting Power of the Company.

Section 4.2 Survival . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 , this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions set forth in Section 5.8 , Section 7.1 , Section 7.2 and Article VIII .

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 5.1 Demand Registration .

(a) At any time after the six month anniversary of the IPO, one or more Shareholders (each a “ Requesting Shareholder ”) shall be entitled to make a written request of the Company (a “ Demand ”) for registration under the Securities Act of an amount of Registrable Securities that, in the aggregate taking into account all of the Requesting Shareholders, equals or is greater than the Registrable Amount (based on the number of Registrable Securities outstanding on the date such Demand is made) (a “ Demand Registration ”) and thereupon the Company will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration as promptly as practicable under the Securities Act of:

(i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Requesting Shareholders for disposition in accordance with the intended method of disposition stated in such Demand;

 

13


(ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register pursuant to Section 5.1(b) ; and

(iii) all equity securities of the Company which the Company may elect to register in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 5.1 , but subject to Section 5.1(h) ;

all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities and the additional Shares, if any, to be so registered.

(b) Each Demand shall specify: (i) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Demand Registration, (ii) the intended method of disposition in connection with such Demand Registration, to the extent then known and (iii) the identity of the Requesting Shareholder (or Requesting Shareholders). Each Requesting Shareholder shall make such Demand at least seventy-five (75) days prior to such Quarterly Exchange Date in which such Requesting Shareholder expects to request an Exchange to obtain the Registrable Securities to be sold in such registration. Within five business days after receipt of a Demand, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand to all other Shareholders. Subject to Section 5.1(h) , the Company shall include in the Demand Registration covered by such Demand all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within ten days after the Company’s notice required by this paragraph has been given, or, to the extent practicable, within such longer period of time specified by the Company sufficient to comply with the notice requirements under the Exchange Agreement for any Shareholder who must effect an Exchange prior to such registration. Such written request shall comply with the requirements of a Demand as set forth in this Section 5.1(b) .

(c) Each of the Shareholders shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Demand Registrations.

(d) Demand Registrations shall be on (i) Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration, (ii) Form S-3 or any similar short form registration, if such short form registration is then available to the Company, or (iii) Form S-3ASR if the Company is, at the time a Demand is made, a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Requesting Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the applicable Demand Registration.

(e) The Company shall not be obligated to (i) maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act, filed pursuant to a Demand Registration, for a period longer than 90 days or (ii) effect any Demand Registration (A) within six months of the effective date of a registration statement with respect to a “firm commitment” Underwritten Offering in which all Piggyback Sellers were given “piggyback” rights pursuant to Section 5.2 (subject to Section 5.1(f) ) and at least 50% of the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Piggyback Sellers to be included in such Demand Registration were included, (B) within four months of the effective date of a registration statement with respect to any other Demand Registration or (C) if, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, it is not feasible for the Company to proceed with the Demand Registration because of the

 

14


unavailability of audited or other required financial statements, provided that the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such financial statements as promptly as practicable. In addition, the Company shall be entitled to postpone (upon written notice to all Shareholders) the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for any Demand Registration (but no more than twice in any period of 12 consecutive months and in no event for more than an aggregate of 120 days in any 365 consecutive day period) if the Board determines in its reasonable judgment that the filing or effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration would cause the disclosure of material, non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential.

(f) The Company shall not include any securities other than Registrable Securities in a Demand Registration, except securities held by the Investors pursuant to the Lender Rights Agreement, CS pursuant to the CS Rights Agreement, any shareholders who acquire shares after the date hereof and whom the Company gives pari passu rights, or with the written consent of Shareholders participating in such Demand Registration that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration. If, in connection with a Demand Registration, the lead bookrunning underwriters (or, if such Demand Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized independent investment bank selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration, and whose fees and expenses shall be borne solely by the Company) advise the Company, in writing, that, in their reasonable opinion, the inclusion of all of the securities, including securities of the Company that are not Registrable Securities, sought to be registered in connection with such Demand Registration would adversely affect the marketability of the Registrable Securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include in such registration statement only such securities as the Company is reasonably advised by such underwriters or investment bank can be sold without such adverse effect as follows and in the following order of priority: (i) first, up to the number of Class A Shares requested to be included in such Demand Registration by any Shareholders, any Investors and CS, which, in the opinion of the underwriter or investment bank can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, pro rata among such Shareholders, Investors and CS based upon the number of Class A Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, or Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement, being deemed as not owned by a Shareholder, an Investor, or CS, and any Class A Shares being issuable in connection with an Exchange and any non-voting Class A Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof); (ii) second, securities the Company proposes to sell; and (iii) third, all other equity securities of the Company duly requested to be included in such registration statement, pro rata on the basis of the amount of such other securities requested to be included or such other method determined by the Company.

(g) Any time that a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall (i) select the investment banker or investment bankers and managers that will serve as lead and co-managing underwriters with respect to the offering of such Registrable Securities, and (ii) enter into an underwriting agreement that is reasonably acceptable to the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be

 

15


included in the Demand Registration and the Company, with such agreement containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein) by an issuer of common stock in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of common stock for the account of, or on behalf of, such issuers.

(h) In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 5.1 , the Company shall not be required to include the Registrable Securities of a Shareholder in the Underwritten Offering unless such Shareholder accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company, in accordance with the terms hereof.

(i) All rights of the Shareholders under this Section 5.1 shall be subject to the restrictions of Section 2.2 .

Section 5.2 Piggyback Registration .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration by the Company on a registration statement on Form S-4 or a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto and excluding any resale shelf registration statement that the Company agrees to file in connection with the Private Placement) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether for its own account or for the account of others, the Company shall give each Shareholder, prompt written notice thereof (but not less than ten business days prior to the filing by the Company with the SEC of any registration statement with respect thereto, and, to the extent practicable, with sufficient time in order to comply with the notice requirements under the Exchange Agreement if such Shareholder must effect an Exchange prior to such registration). Such notice (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) shall specify, at a minimum, the number of equity securities proposed to be registered, the proposed date of filing of such registration statement with the SEC, the proposed means of distribution, the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters (if any and if known) and a reasonable estimate by the Company of the proposed minimum offering price of such equity securities. Upon the written request of any Person that on the date of the Piggyback Notice is a Shareholder or such other Person who has given notice of their intent to effect an Exchange pursuant to the notice requirements under the Exchange Agreement (a “ Piggyback Seller ”) (which written request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities then presently intended to be disposed of by such Piggyback Seller) given within ten days after such Piggyback Notice is received by such Piggyback Seller, the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities held by Piggyback Sellers with respect to which the Company has received such written requests for inclusion to be included in such Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as the Company’s equity securities being sold in such Piggyback Registration.

(b) If, in connection with a Piggyback Registration, any managing underwriter (or, if such Piggyback Registration is not an Underwritten Offering, a nationally recognized independent investment bank selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback

 

16


Registration, and whose fees and expenses shall be borne solely by the Company) advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the inclusion of all the equity securities sought to be included in such Piggyback Registration by (i) the Company, (ii) others who have sought to have equity securities of the Company registered in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to rights to demand (other than pursuant to so-called “piggyback” or other incidental or participation registration rights) such registration (such Persons being “ Other Demanding Sellers ”), (iii) the Piggyback Sellers, the Investors, and CS and (iv) any other proposed sellers of equity securities of the Company (such Persons being “ Other Proposed Sellers ”), as the case may be, would adversely affect the marketability of the equity securities sought to be sold pursuant thereto, then the Company shall include in the registration statement applicable to such Piggyback Registration only such equity securities as the Company is so advised by such underwriter can be sold without such an effect, as follows and in the following order of priority:

(i) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of equity securities to be sold by the Company for its own account, (B) second, Class A Shares requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by any Other Demanding Sellers, any Piggyback Sellers, any Investors, and CS, pro rata among such Other Demanding Sellers, Piggyback Sellers, Investors and CS based upon the number of shares of Class A Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, or Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement being deemed as not owned by a Shareholder, Investor or CS, and any Class A Shares being issuable in connection with an Exchange or upon conversion of non-voting Class A Shares being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof) and (C) third, other equity securities of the Company proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers (excluding the Investors and CS); or

(ii) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering other than for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, Class A Shares requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by any Other Demanding Sellers, any Piggyback Sellers and any Investors, pro rata among such Other Demanding Sellers, Piggyback Sellers, the Investors, and CS based upon the number of shares of Class A Shares deemed to be owned by such Persons (with any Class A Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, Section 7.2 of the Lender Rights Agreement, or Section 4.3 of any Roll-up Agreement being deemed as not owned by a Shareholder, Investor, or CS and any Class A Shares being issuable in connection with an Exchange or upon conversion of non-voting Class A Shares being deemed to be owned by the holder thereof), and (B) second, the other equity securities of the Company proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers (excluding the Investors and CS) or to be sold by the Company as determined by the Company.

(c) In connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 5.2 , the Company shall not be required to include the Registrable Securities of a Shareholder in the Underwritten Offering unless such Shareholder accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company in accordance with the terms of hereof.

 

17


(d) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any of its equity securities as set forth in this Section 5.2 and prior to the time the registration statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration is declared effective, the Company shall determine, at its election, for any reason not to register such equity securities, the Company may give written notice of such determination to each Shareholder within five days thereof and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such particular withdrawn or abandoned Piggyback Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith as provided herein); provided , that Shareholders may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1 .

(e) All rights of the Shareholders under this Section 5.2 shall be subject to the restrictions of Section 2.2 .

Section 5.3 Shelf Registration.

(a) At any time after the six month anniversary of the IPO, subject to Section 5.3(d) , and further subject to the availability of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or on any other form which permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the issuer with the SEC (“ Form S-3 ”) to the Company, any of the Shareholders may by written notice delivered to the Company (the “ Shelf Notice ”) require the Company to file as soon as practicable (but no later than 60 days after the date the Shelf Notice is delivered), and to use reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective by the SEC within 90 days after such filing date, a Form S-3 providing for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of a number of Registrable Securities that is equal to or greater than the Registrable Amount (based on the number of Registrable Securities outstanding on the date such notice is delivered) owned by such Shareholders and any other Shareholders who elect to participate therein as provided in Section 5.3(b) in accordance with the plan and method of distribution set forth in the prospectus included in such Form S-3 (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”).

(b) A Shareholder that delivers a Shelf Notice to the Company shall do so at least seventy-five (75) days prior to such Quarterly Exchange Date in which such Shareholder expects to request an Exchange to obtain the Registrable Securities to be sold in such registration. Within five business days after receipt of a Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 5.3 , the Company will deliver written notice thereof to each Shareholder. Each Piggyback Seller may elect to participate in the Shelf Registration Statement by delivering to the Company a written request to so participate within ten days after the Shelf Notice is received by any such Piggyback Seller, or, to the extent practicable, within such longer period of time specified by the Company sufficient to comply with the notice requirements under the Exchange Agreement for any Shareholder who must effect an Exchange prior to such registration.

(c) Subject to Section 5.3(d) , the Company will use reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) two years after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective; and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold thereunder in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, or otherwise.

 

18


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to suspend the use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, filed in accordance with Section 5.3 , for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 90 days in succession or 180 days in the aggregate in any 12 month period (a “ Suspension Period ”) if the Company shall determine in its reasonable judgment that (A) it is not feasible for the Shareholder to use the prospectus for the sale of Registrable Securities because of the unavailability of audited or other required financial statements, provided that the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain such financial statements as promptly as practicable, or (B) the filing or effectiveness of the prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration Statement would cause the disclosure of material, non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; provided , however , that any Suspension Period shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made. After the expiration of any Suspension Period and without any further request from a Shareholder, the Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) All rights of the Shareholders under this Section 5.3(e) shall be subject to the restrictions of Section 2.2 .

(f) The Shareholders shall be entitled to demand such number of shelf registrations as shall be necessary to sell all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 5.3 .

Section 5.4 Withdrawal Rights .

Any Shareholder having notified or directed the Company to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to the Company prior to the effective date of such registration statement. In the event of any such withdrawal, the Company shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement. No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn; provided , however , that in the case of a Demand Registration, if such withdrawal shall reduce the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included in such registration below the Registrable Amount, then the Company shall as promptly as practicable give each Shareholder seeking to register Registrable Securities notice to such effect and, within ten days following the mailing of such notice, such Shareholders still seeking registration shall, by written notice to the Company, elect to register additional

 

19


Registrable Securities, when taken together with elections to register Registrable Securities by their Permitted Transferees, to satisfy the Registrable Amount or elect that such registration statement not be filed or, if theretofore filed, be withdrawn. During such ten day period, the Company shall not file such registration statement if not theretofore filed or, if such registration statement has been theretofore filed, the Company shall not seek, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent, the effectiveness thereof. If a Shareholder withdraws its notification or direction to the Company to include Registrable Securities in a registration statement in accordance with this Section 5.4 with respect to a sufficient number of shares so as to reduce the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration statement below the Registrable Amount, such Shareholder shall be required to promptly reimburse the Company for all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with preparing for the registration of such Registrable Securities.

Section 5.5 Holdback Agreements .

Each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, during any time period reasonably requested by the Company (which shall not exceed 90 days) with respect to the IPO, any Demand Registration or any Piggyback Registration (in each case, except as part of such registration or to members of such Shareholder’s Group), or, in each case, during any time period (which shall not exceed 180 days) required by any underwriting agreement with respect thereto.

Section 5.6 Registration Procedures .

(a) If and whenever the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 5.1 , Section 5.2 , and Section 5.3 the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement to effect such registration and thereafter use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and cause such registration statement to contain a “Plan of Distribution” that permits the distribution of securities pursuant to all legal means; provided , however , that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities which are not Registrable Securities at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto; provided , further that before filing such registration statement, prospectus or any amendments thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Shareholders which are including Registrable Securities in such registration copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel, and such review to be conducted with reasonable promptness;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the

 

20


provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until the earlier of such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement or (i) in the case of a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 5.1 , the expiration of 90 days after such registration statement becomes effective or (ii) in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 5.2 , the expiration of 90 days after such registration statement becomes effective or (iii) in the case of a shelf registration pursuant to Section 5.3 , the expiration of two year after such registration statement becomes effective;

(iii) furnish to each Selling Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities being sold by such Selling Shareholder such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) (a “ Free Writing Prospectus ”) utilized in connection therewith and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling Shareholder and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Shareholder;

(iv) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Shareholder and any underwriter of the securities being sold by such Selling Shareholder shall reasonably request, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Shareholder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Shareholder, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (iv) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if no such securities are so listed, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market;

(vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities as may be necessary to enable each Selling Shareholder thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

21


(vii) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, obtain for each Selling Shareholder and underwriter:

(A) an opinion of counsel for the Company, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Selling Shareholder and underwriters, and

(B) a “comfort” letter (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort” letter specified in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement;

(viii) promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Shareholder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such Selling Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility in connection with such registration statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement; provided , however , that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (viii) if (i) the Company believes, after consultation with counsel for the Company, that to do so would cause the Company to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (ii) if either (A) the Company has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (B) the Company reasonably determines that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (i) or (ii) such Selling Shareholder requesting such information agrees, and causes each of its Inspectors, to enter into a confidentiality agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided , further , that each Selling Shareholder agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

(ix) promptly notify in writing each Selling Shareholder and the underwriters, if any, of the following events:

(A) the filing of the registration statement, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;

 

22


(B) any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus or for additional information;

(C) the issuance by the SEC or any other Governmental Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose; and

(D) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;

(x) notify each Selling Shareholder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly prepare and furnish to such Selling Shareholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xi) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of and, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction;

(xii) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to each Selling Shareholder, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement of the Company covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earning statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xiii) cooperate with the Selling Shareholders and the managing underwriter to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under applicable law) representing securities sold under any registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or such Selling Shareholders may request and keep available and make available to the Company’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement a supply of such certificates, or, if requested by a Selling Shareholder or an underwriter, to facilitate the delivery of such securities in book-entry form;

 

23


(xiv) have appropriate officers of the Company prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, and other information meetings organized by the underwriters, take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities (if they are eligible to be rated) and otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Shareholders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities; provided , that such presentations, meetings, actions and efforts do not cause unreasonable disruption to the management of the Company’s business;

(xv) with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of the Shareholders holding the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the prior reasonable review of the Selling Shareholders and their counsel;

(xvi) (A) as expeditiously as possible and within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filings of all prospectuses and Free Writing Prospectuses with the SEC and (B) after the consummation of the IPO, within the deadlines specified by the Exchange Act, make all filings of periodic and current reports and other materials required by the Exchange Act;

(xvii) as expeditiously as possible and within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any registration statement or prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

(xviii) as expeditiously as practicable, keep the Selling Shareholders and their counsel advised as to the initiation and progress of any registration hereunder;

(xix) cooperate with each Selling Shareholder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;

(xx) furnish the Selling Shareholders, their counsel and the underwriters, as expeditiously as possible, copies of all correspondence with or from the SEC, the NASD, any stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization relating to the registration statement or the transactions contemplated thereby and, a reasonable time prior to furnishing or filing any such correspondence to the SEC, the NASD, stock exchange or self-regulatory organization, furnish drafts of such correspondence to the Selling Shareholders, their counsel, and the underwriters for review and comment, such review and comment to be conducted with reasonable promptness; and

(xxi) to take all other reasonable steps necessary to effect the registration and disposition of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

24


(b) The Company may require each Selling Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, to furnish the Company in writing such information regarding each Selling Shareholder or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request to complete or amend the information required by such registration statement.

(c) Without limiting the terms of Section 5.1(a) , in the event that the offering of Registrable Securities is to be made by or through an underwriter, the Company, if requested by the underwriter, shall enter into an underwriting agreement with a managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with such offering containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein) by an issuer of common stock in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of common stock for the account of, or on behalf of, such issuers.

(d) Each Selling Shareholder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Sections 5.6(a)(ix)(C) , 5.6(a)(ix)(D) , or 5.6(a)(x) , such Selling Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue (in the case of Section 5.6(a)(ix)(D) , only in the relevant jurisdiction set forth in such notice) such Selling Shareholder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5.6(a)(x) and, if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Shareholder’s possession of the prospectus current at the time of receipt of such notice relating to such Registrable Securities. In the event the Company shall give such notice, any applicable 90 day or two year period during which such registration statement must remain effective pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from the date of giving of a notice regarding the happening of an event of the kind described in Section 5.6(a)(ix) or (x)  to the date when all such Selling Shareholders shall receive such a supplemented or amended prospectus and such prospectus shall have been filed with the SEC.

Section 5.7 Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of, or compliance with, its obligations under Article V of this Agreement including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the NASD (including, if applicable, reasonable and customary fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in Schedule E of the by-laws of the NASD), all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all printing (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, all messenger and delivery expenses, all fees and expenses of the Company’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including with respect to “comfort” letters and opinions) and reasonable and customary fees and expenses of one firm of counsel to the Selling Shareholders (which firm shall be selected by the Selling Shareholders that hold a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration) (collectively,

 

25


the “ Registration Expenses ”) shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a registration is effected. The Company will pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties, the expense of any annual audit and the expense of any liability insurance) and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange and included in each established over-the-counter market on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded. Each Selling Shareholder shall pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of such Selling Shareholder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration.

Section 5.8 Registration Indemnification .

(a) By the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Selling Shareholder, each Apollo Group member and each of their respective Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, partners and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Shareholder, such Apollo Group member or such other Person indemnified under this Section 5.8(a) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, whether joint or several (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, the “ Losses ”), to which they are or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law (including any applicable “blue sky” laws), rule or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such Losses arise out of, are based upon, are caused by or relate to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, offering circular, offering memorandum or Disclosure Package (including the Free Writing Prospectus) or any amendment or supplement thereto or any filing or document incidental to such registration or qualification of the securities as required by this Agreement, or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except that no Person indemnified shall be indemnified hereunder insofar as the same are made in conformity with and in reliance on information furnished in writing to the Company by such Person concerning such Person expressly for use therein. Such indemnification obligation shall be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to any such indemnified person. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other Person indemnified under this Section 5.8(a) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of Selling Shareholders. Reimbursements payable pursuant to the indemnification contemplated by this Section 5.8(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

(b) By the Selling Shareholders . In connection with any registration statement in which a Shareholder is participating, each such Selling Shareholder will cause such member of the Apollo Group participating in the registration statement to furnish to the

 

26


Company in writing information regarding such Person’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or such other Person indemnified under this Section 5.8(b) against all Losses caused by any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in conformity with and in reliance on information furnished in writing by such Person concerning such Person expressly for use therein; provided , however , that each Selling Shareholder’s obligation to indemnify the Company hereunder shall, to the extent more than one Person is subject to the same indemnification obligation, be apportioned between each Person based upon the net amount received by each Person from the sale of Registrable Securities, as compared to the total net amount received by all of the indemnifying Persons pursuant to such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be liable to the Company and the underwriters for aggregate amounts in excess of the lesser of (i) such apportionment and (ii) the net amount received by such holder in the offering giving rise to such liability.

(c) Notice . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.

(d) Defense of Actions . In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party, (ii) counsel to the indemnifying party has informed the indemnifying party that the joint representation of the indemnifying party and one or more indemnified parties could be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and the indemnified party is or is reasonably likely to be prejudiced by such delay, in any such event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim effected without its consent (such

 

27


consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail to diligently contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that the indemnified party shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding its consent if the proposed settlement imposes any obligation on the indemnified party).

(e) Survival . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

(f) Contribution . If recovery is not available or is insufficient under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Shareholder or transferee thereof shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such holder from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

Section 5.9 Request for Information; Certain Rights .

(a) Request for Information . Not less than five business days before the expected filing date of each registration statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall notify each Shareholder who has timely provided the requisite notice hereunder entitling the Shareholder to register Registrable Securities in such registration statement of the information, documents and instruments from such Shareholder that the Company or any underwriter reasonably requests in connection with such registration statement, including, but not limited to a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney, lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (the “ Requested Information ”). Such Shareholder shall promptly return the Requested Information to the Company. If the Company has not received the Requested Information (or a written assurance from such Shareholder that the Requested Information that cannot practicably be provided prior to filing of the registration statement will be provided in a timely fashion) from such Shareholder within a reasonable period of time (as determined by the Company) prior to the filing of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company may file such Registration Statement without including Registrable Securities of

 

28


such Shareholder. The failure to so include in any registration statement the Registrable Securities of a Shareholder (with regard to that registration statement) shall not in and of itself result in any liability on the part of the Company to such Shareholder.

(b) No Grant of Future Registration Rights . The Company shall not grant any shelf, demand, piggyback or incidental registration rights that are senior to the rights granted to the Shareholders hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Shareholders; provided , however , that nothing herein shall preclude the Company from granting registration rights to any Person that are pari passu with those of the (i) Shareholders hereunder, (ii) Investors pursuant to the Lender Rights Agreement or (iii) CS pursuant to the CS Rights Agreement.

(c) Alternative Markets . In the event that a trading market for the Company’s Class A Shares develops that does not require that the Class A Shares be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (e.g. outside the United States or through a Rule 144A trading market), the Company agrees to provide alternative liquidity provisions to the Shareholders that would be the functional equivalent of this Article V , including the provision of offering documents, the entering into of placement and/or listing agreements and the functional equivalent of the other terms of this Article V and with the functional equivalent of the division of liabilities and expenses as provided in this Article V .

(d) Rights of Principals . In connection with any registration rights provided in this Article V , each Principal, through Holdings and BRH, will have equal rights to direct the Company to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of Class A Shares. Any underwriter cutbacks affecting the Class A Shares held by Holdings or BRH shall be borne among the Principals or their respective Groups as provided in the Agreement Among Principals.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties of Each Shareholder .

(a) Each Shareholder and each Restricted Party (that is not a natural person) represents and warrants to the Company that (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, and is a valid and binding agreement of such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (v) the execution, delivery and performance by such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default under any agreement to which such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, is a party or, the organizational documents of such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable.

 

29


(b) Each Shareholder and each Restricted Party (that is a natural person) represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, and is a valid and binding agreement of such Shareholder or such Restricted Party, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 6.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Shareholder and to each Restricted Party that (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach by the Company of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default by the Company under its Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement, any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order, or decree of any Governmental Entity exercising any statutory or regulatory authority of any of the foregoing, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification of Principals . The Company Indemnifying Parties hereby agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Principal (and each member of such Principal’s Group) for all amounts (including all costs and expenses incurred or paid by such Principal that relate to investigating the basis for, or objecting to any claims made in respect of, such Principal’s guaranties) that such Principal is required to pay pursuant to such Principal’s personal guaranties of the obligations of a general partner of any Fund to repay incentive income received by the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether received before or after the date hereof, in the event certain specified return thresholds are not ultimately achieved by such Fund. The Company shall advance to the Principals any amount payable pursuant to this Section 7.1 ; provided , that if the Principal pays any such amount directly, the Company shall reimburse each Principal for such amount paid by such Principal within two business days of receiving reasonable evidence from such Principal that he has paid any amount that is covered by the indemnification set forth in this Section 7.1 .

 

30


Section 7.2 Indemnification of Other Professionals . The Company Indemnifying Parties hereby agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Other Professional for such Other Professional’s Indemnifiable Percentage of all amounts (including all costs and expenses incurred or paid by such Other Professional that relate to investigating the basis for, or objecting to any claims made in respect of, such Other Professional’s guaranties) that such Other Professional is required to pay pursuant to such Other Professional’s personal guaranties of the obligations of a general partner of any Fund to repay incentive income received by the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether received before or after the date hereof, in the event certain specified return thresholds are not ultimately achieved by such Fund. The Company shall advance to the Other Professionals any amount payable pursuant to this Section 7.2 ; provided , that if the Other Professional pays any such amount directly, the Company shall reimburse each Other Professional for such indemnifiable amount (pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) paid by such Other Professional within two business days of receiving reasonable evidence from such Other Professional that he has paid any amount that is covered by the indemnification set forth in this Section 7.2 .

Section 7.3 Company Actions . The Company shall (i) cause any new member of the Apollo Operating Group to agree to be bound by this Article VII and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any indemnification payments made by the Company Indemnifying Parties hereunder to be made by the members of the Apollo Operating Group prior to any other Company Indemnifying Party making any indemnification payment.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 8.1 ) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

(a) if to the Company, to:

Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: John J. Suydam

Telephone: (212) 515-3200

Facsimile: (212) 515-3251

 

31


with a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Harvey M. Eisenberg

Taurie M. Zeitzer

Telephone: (212) 326-2000

Facsimile: (212) 326-2061

(b) if to Holdings, to:

c/o Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Leon D. Black

Marc J. Rowan

Joshua J. Harris

John J. Suydam

Telephone: (212) 515-3200

Facsimile: (212) 515-3251

(c) if to the Shareholders (other than Holdings) or to the Restricted Parties, to their respective addresses set forth on Schedule II .

Section 8.2 Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 8.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. Facsimile counterpart signatures to this Agreement shall be binding and enforceable.

Section 8.4 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) except (i) for the Investors, who are intended third party beneficiaries solely with respect to Section 2.2 , (ii) the Other Professionals, who are intended third party beneficiaries solely with respect to Article V , (iii) each Principal’s Group, and (iv) as provided in Section 5.8 , Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 , is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

32


Section 8.5 Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 8.6 Governing Law; Equitable Remedies . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF) . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

Section 8.7 Consent To Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (A) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or (B) in the event that such court lacks jurisdiction to hear the claim, the state courts of New York located in the borough of Manhattan, New York City (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or to the applicable party hereto at their respective addresses referred to in Section 8.1 ; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c)  TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY

 

33


FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

Section 8.8 Amendments; Waivers .

(a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company, the Principals and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; provided , that such amendment or waiver which adversely affects any party to this Agreement and is prejudicial to such party relative to all other parties (other than the Company) cannot be effected without the consent of such party.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 8.9 Assignment . Without limiting, and subject to, the provisions set forth in Section 2.1 , neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:   

AGM Management, LLC,

its Manager

By:  

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

its Sole Member

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President
AP PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President
BRH HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President
BLACK FAMILY PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

Black Family GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Leon D. Black
  Leon D. Black
  Manager

[Apollo Global Management Shareholders Agreement]


MJR FOUNDATION LLC
By:   /s/ Marc J. Rowan
  Marc J. Rowan
  Manager
  /s/ Leon D. Black
  Leon D. Black
  /s/ Marc J. Rowan
  Marc J. Rowan
  /s/ Joshua J. Harris
  Joshua J. Harris

Agreed and acknowledged solely

in connection with Article VII :

 

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I, L.P.
By:  

Principal Holdings I GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II L.P.
By:  

Principal Holdings I GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary

[Apollo Global Management Shareholders Agreement]


APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III L.P.
By:  

Principal Holdings III GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV L.P.
By:  

Principal Holdings IV GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APOLLO MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLP,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APO ASSET CO., LLC
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary

[Apollo Global Management Shareholders Agreement]


APO CORP.
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary

[Apollo Global Management Shareholders Agreement]

Exhibit 10.11

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 13, 2007, among Apollo Global Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the Apollo Principal Holders (as defined herein) from time to time that are party hereto.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of certain AOG Units for Class A Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the right to exchange AOG Units set forth in Section 2.1(a) below, once exercised, represents a several, and not a joint and several, obligation of Apollo Principal Partnerships (on a pro rata basis), and no Apollo Principal Partnership shall have any obligation or right to acquire any part of the partnership interest issued by another Apollo Principal Partnership;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS.

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

A Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

AMH ” means Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

AOG Unit ” shall have the meaning given to the term “Operating Group Unit” in the Shareholders Agreement.

APO Corp. ” means APO Corp., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

APO LLC ” means APO Asset Co, LLC., a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

Apollo Operating Group ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

1


Apollo Principal I ” means Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

Apollo Principal II ” means Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

Apollo Principal III ” means Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and any successor thereto.

Apollo Principal IV ” means Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and any successor thereto.

Apollo Principal Holder ” means each Person that is as of the date of this Agreement or thereafter becomes from time to time a limited partner of each of the Apollo Principal Partnerships pursuant to the terms of the Apollo Principal Partnership Agreements, other than (i) the Issuer and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt APO Corp., APO LLC and their respective subsidiaries.

Apollo Principal Partnership Agreements ” means, collectively, the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal I dated as of the date hereof, the Agreement of Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal II dated as of the date hereof, the Amended and Restated Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal III dated as of the date hereof the Amended and Restated Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement of Apollo Principal IV dated as of the date hereof, the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of AMH dated as of April 19, 2007, and the partnership agreement of any other partnership formed after the date hereof that becomes an Apollo Principal Partnership, as each may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Apollo Principal Partnerships ” means, collectively, Apollo Principal I, Apollo Principal II, Apollo Principal III, Apollo Principal IV, AMH, and any other partnership formed after the date hereof that has executed and delivered a joinder agreement hereto.

AP Professional ” means AP Professional Holdings, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

AP Professional Partnership Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of AP Professional dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

B Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Charity ” means any organization that is organized and operated for a purpose described in Section 170(c) of the Code (determined without reference to Section 170(c)(2)(A) of the Code) and described in Sections 2055(a) and 2522 of the Code.

 

2


Class A Shares ” means the Class A Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited liability company interests of the Issuer and any equity securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to such Class A Shares (i) by way of a dividend, split or combination of shares or (ii) in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Delaware Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d) of this Agreement.

Exchange Rate ” means the number of Class A Shares for which an AOG Unit is entitled to be exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1subject to adjustments as provided in Section 2.4 .

Governing Body ” means the manager of the Issuer, so long as one exists, and thereafter the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

Issuer ” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

Issuer Operating Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Issuer dated as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Insider Trading Policy ” means the Insider Trading Policy of the Issuer applicable to the directors and executive officers of the Issuer or its manager, as such Insider Trading Policy may be amended from time to time.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Issuer.

Quarterly Exchange Date ” means, for each Quarter, unless the Issuer cancels such Quarterly Exchange Date pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, the date that is the later to occur of either: (1) the second Business Day after the date on which the Issuer makes a public news release of its quarterly earnings for the prior Quarter or (2) the first day of such Quarter that directors and executive officers of the Issuer or its manager are permitted to trade under the Insider Trading Policy.

Sale Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of this Agreement.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, AP Professional and the other parties thereto.

 

3


Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person as shall be appointed from time to time by the Issuer pursuant to the Issuer Operating Agreement to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Class A Shares.

ARTICLE II

EXCHANGE OF AOG UNITS

SECTION 2.1 EXCHANGE OF AOG UNITS.

(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article II, the provisions of the Apollo Principal Partnership Agreements and the Issuer Operating Agreement, each Apollo Principal Holder shall be entitled to exchange AOG Units held by such Apollo Principal Holder on any Quarterly Exchange Date as follows:

(i) For the purpose of making a gratuitous transfer to any Charity, an Apollo Principal Holder may surrender AOG Units to the Issuer in exchange for the delivery by the Issuer of a number of Class A Shares equal to the product of the number of AOG Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “ A Exchange ”); or

(ii) An Apollo Principal Holder may surrender AOG Units to the Apollo Principal Partnerships in exchange for the delivery by the Apollo Principal Partnerships of a number of Class A Shares equal to the product of such number of AOG Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, a “ B Exchange ”).

(b) On the Quarterly Exchange Date that AOG Units are surrendered for exchange, all rights of the exchanging Apollo Principal Holder as holder of such AOG Units shall cease, and such exchanging Apollo Principal Holder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the Record Holder (as defined in the Issuer Operating Agreement) of such Class A Shares and shall be admitted as a Member (as defined in the Issuer Operating Agreement) of the Issuer in accordance and upon compliance with the Issuer Operating Agreement.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any exchange of AOG Units shall be subject to the provisions of the Apollo Principal Partnership Agreements, including the issuance of additional units of each of the Apollo Principal Partnerships to APO Corp and APO LLC, as applicable, in respect of the contribution of Class A Shares, by APO Corp. and APO LLC to the Apollo Principal Partnerships.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Apollo Principal Holder may exchange any AOG Units held by it pursuant to this Agreement except at the same time and to the same extent that the Person on whose behalf it is requesting such exchange would be entitled to effect transfers of his Pecuniary Interests (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) under Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement.

(e) Each exchange shall be made by the Apollo Principal Partnerships ratably based on their relative values on the applicable Quarterly Exchange Date.

 

4


SECTION 2.2 EXCHANGE PROCEDURES.

(a) An Apollo Principal Holder may exercise the right to exchange AOG Units set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by providing a written notice of exchange at least sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Quarterly Exchange Date to:

(i) in the case of an A Exchange , the Issuer substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and

(ii) in the case of a B Exchange , each of the Apollo Principal Partnerships substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto,

in each case, executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney in respect of the AOG Units to be exchanged, and delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Issuer or the Apollo Principal Partnerships, as applicable.

(b) As promptly as practicable following the surrender for exchange of AOG Units in the manner provided in this Article II, the Issuer, in the case of an A Exchange, or the Apollo Principal Partnerships, in the case of a B Exchange, shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the principal executive offices of the Issuer or at the office of the Transfer Agent the number of Class A Shares issuable upon such exchange, issued in the name of such exchanging Apollo Principal Holder.

(c) The Issuer, in the case of an A Exchange, or the Apollo Principal Partnerships in the case of a B Exchange, may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the exchange provisions set forth in this Article II, including, without limitation, procedures for the giving of notice of an election for exchange. Further, the Apollo Principal Partnerships will coordinate with the Issuer, APO Corp. and APO LLC to guarantee that each Apollo Principal Partnership will have sufficient Class A Shares to meet such Apollo Principal Partnership’s obligation to deliver Class A Shares in exchange of AOG Units on each Quarterly Exchange Date. This will be accomplished by APO Corp. purchasing such Class A Shares from the Issuer, provided , that , if there is insufficient cash for such purchase, then such purchase may be made through delivery of a note or otherwise, such that the acquisition of Class A Shares is by way of purchase pursuant to Section 1001 of the Code.

SECTION 2.3 BLACKOUT PERIODS AND OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, an Apollo Principal Holder shall not be entitled to exchange AOG Units, and the Issuer and the Apollo Principal Partnerships shall have the right to refuse to honor any request for exchange of AOG Units, (i) at any time upon such request, if the Issuer or the Apollo Principal Partnerships shall determine, based on the advice of counsel (which may be inside counsel), that there may be material non-public information that may affect the trading price per Class A Share at such time, provided , however , that this shall not restrict (a) any Apollo Principal Holder from exchanging AOG Units if it is anticipated that the material non-public information will become public prior to the date such Apollo Principal Holder sells the Class A Shares; or (b) any exchange or sale of Class A Shares pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan that was put in place by an Apollo Principal Holder when such Apollo Principal Holder was not in possession of material non-public information about the Issuer and its subsidiaries, (ii) if such

 

5


exchange would be prohibited under applicable law or regulation, or (iii) unless the Governing Body provides its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, if the individual Apollo Principal Holder, at the time of such request for exchange, is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of equity securities issued by the Issuer.

SECTION 2.4 SPLITS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RECLASSIFICATIONS.

If there is: (1) any subdivision (by split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the AOG Units it shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Shares; or (2) any subdivision (by split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Shares it shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the AOG Units. In the event of a reclassification or other similar transaction as a result of which the Class A Shares are converted into another security, then an Apollo Principal Holder shall be entitled to receive upon exchange the amount of such security that such Apollo Principal Holder would have received if such exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification or other similar transaction. Except as may be required in the immediately preceding sentence, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the exchange of any AOG Unit.

SECTION 2.5 CLASS A SHARES TO BE ISSUED.

The Issuer covenants that if any Class A Shares require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any United States federal or state law before such Class A Shares may be issued upon exchange pursuant to this Article II, the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Class A Shares to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Shares required to be delivered upon exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter—dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Shares may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Issuer or the Apollo Principal Partnership from satisfying their obligations in respect of the exchange of the AOG Units by delivery of Class A Shares which are held in the treasury of the Issuer or the Apollo Principal Partnership or any of their subsidiaries.

SECTION 2.6 TAXES.

The delivery of Class A Shares upon exchange of AOG Units shall be made without charge to the Apollo Principal Holder for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance.

SECTION 2.7 DISPOSITION OF CLASS A SHARES ISSUED.

An Apollo Principal Holder shall only request an exchange under this Agreement pursuant to a transaction to sell its economic interest in the AOG Units exchanged, and the Class A Shares received. To that end, an Apollo Principal Holder requesting an exchange under this Agreement covenants to use reasonable best efforts to sell or otherwise dispose of any Class A Shares received in such an exchange as promptly as practicable after the receipt thereof taking into account the circumstances surrounding such proposed sale or disposition. Any Apollo Principal Holder, other than AP Professional, that is unable to sell or otherwise dispose of such Class A Shares in a prompt

 

6


manner as set forth in the preceding sentence (but in any event, within ten (10) days) shall cause all such Class A Shares to be transferred immediately to a partnership, trust or other entity (other than an entity disregarded as an entity separate from its parent for United States federal income tax purposes). The Governing Body acknowledges that one or more events, such as an underwriter cutback, the unavailability of a registration, the possession of material non-public information, or general market dislocation may affect the timing of a proposed sale or disposition following an exchange.

SECTION 2.8 SUBSEQUENT OFFERING.

The Issuer may from time to time provide the opportunity for Apollo Principal Holders to sell AOG Units to the Issuer, the Apollo Principal Partnerships or any of their subsidiaries for cash proceeds (a “ Sale Transaction ”); provided , that no Sale Transaction shall occur unless the Issuer cancels the nearest Quarterly Exchange Date scheduled to occur in the same fiscal year of the Issuer as such Sale Transaction. An Apollo Principal Holder selling AOG Units in connection with a Sale Transaction must provide notice to Issuer at least thirty (30) days prior to the cash settlement of such Sale Transaction in respect of the AOG Units to be sold, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, the total aggregate number of Quarterly Exchange Dates and Sale Transactions occurring during any fiscal year of the Issuer shall not exceed four (4).

ARTICLE III

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 3.1 AMENDMENT.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement may be amended by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of the Apollo Principal Partnerships and, by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the interests of the AOG Units (excluding AOG Units held by the Issuer, APO LLC and APO Corp. or any of their respective subsidiaries); provided that any matter relating solely to A Exchanges shall also require the consent of the Issuer.

(b) Each Apollo Principal Holder hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or written consent of less than all of the Apollo Principal Holders, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Apollo Principal Holders and each Apollo Principal Holder shall be bound by the results of such action.

SECTION 3.2 ADDRESSES AND NOTICES.

All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2 ):

(a) If to the Issuer, to:

Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57 th Street, 43 rd Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: John J. Suydam, Esq.

Electronic Mail: jsuydam@apollolp.com

 

7


with a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Harvey Eisenberg, Esq.

Electronic Mail: heisenberg@omm.com

(b) If to any Apollo Principal Partnership:

c/o Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57 th Street, 43 rd Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: John J. Suydam, Esq.

Electronic Mail: jsuydam@apollolp.com

with a copy to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Harvey Eisenberg, Esq.

Electronic Mail: heisenberg@omm.com

(c) If to any Apollo Principal Holder, to the address set forth on Schedule I .

SECTION 3.3 FURTHER ACTION.

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.4 BINDING EFFECT.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

 

8


(b) No Apollo Principal Holder shall transfer AOG Units to any Person, who is not a party to this Agreement without first obtaining an agreement from such Person to be a party to this Agreement as an Apollo Principal Holder; provided that the foregoing condition shall not apply to transfers of AOG Units to the Issuer, APO Corp., APO LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries or to any Apollo Principal Partnerships.

(c) The Issuer shall cause any Person who hereafter becomes a member of the Apollo Operating Group to execute an agreement to be a party to this Agreement as an Apollo Principal Partnership.

SECTION 3.5 SEVERABILITY.

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 3.6 INTERACTION.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

SECTION 3.7 WAIVER.

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 3.8 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION: WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

 

9


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) in the case of matters relating to an A Exchange, the Issuer may bring, and in the case of matters relating to a B Exchange, the Apollo Principal Partnerships may cause any Apollo Principal Partnership to bring, on behalf of the Issuer or such Apollo Principal Partnership or on behalf of one or more Apollo Principal Holders, an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Apollo Principal Holder (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 3.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Issuer, in the case of matters relating to an A Exchange and the Apollo Principal Partnerships, in the case of matters relating to a B Exchange, as such Apollo Principal Holder’s agents for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Apollo Principal Holders of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Apollo Principal Holders in any such action or proceeding.

(c) (i) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 3.8 , OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 3.8 shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Delaware Uniform Arbitration Act (10 Del. C. § 5701 et seq.) (the “ Delaware Arbitration Act ”). If, nevertheless, it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision or wording of this Section 3.8 , including any rules of the International Chamber of Commerce, shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Delaware Arbitration Act, or other applicable law, such invalidity shall not invalidate all of this Section 3.8 . In that case, this Section 3.8 shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it valid or enforceable within the requirements of the Delaware Arbitration Act or other applicable law, and, in the event such term or provision cannot be so limited, this Section 3.8 shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

10


SECTION 3.9 COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 3.9 .

SECTION 3.10 TAX TREATMENT.

To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations upon a particular Apollo Principal Partnership, APO LLC or APO Corp., this Agreement shall be treated as part of the relevant Apollo Principal Partnership Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any A Exchange consummated hereunder, as a tax-free contribution of AOG Units pursuant to Section 721 of the Code. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any B Exchange consummated hereunder, (a) as a taxable sale to APO Corp., or any other corporate general partner of the respective Apollo Principal Partnership, of AOG Units by an Apollo Principal Holder in the case of an exchange with any Apollo Principal Partnership in which APO Corp. or another corporation is the general partner, and (b) in the case of any Apollo Principal Partnership in which APO LLC, or another flow-through entity is the general partner, as a tax-free exchange of AOG Units. No party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority unless otherwise required by applicable law.

SECTION 3.11 APPLICABLE LAW.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

APOLLO GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:    AGM Management, LLC
  its Manager
By:    BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.
  its Sole Member
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I L.P.
By:   

Principal Holdings I GP, LLC

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II L.P.
By:   

Principal Holdings II GP, LLC

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President and Secretary

[Exchange Agreement]


APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS III L.P.
By:   

Principal Holdings III GP, LLC

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV L.P.
By:   

Principal Holdings IV GP, LLC

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:   

Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLP

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President and Secretary

AP PROFESSIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:   

BRH Holdings GP, Ltd.

its General Partner

By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
 

John J. Suydam

Vice President

[Exchange Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of July 13, 2007, is hereby entered into by and among APO Corp., a Delaware corporation (“APO Corp.”), Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Apollo Principal II”), Apollo Principal Holdings IV, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“Apollo Principal IV”), Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“AMH”) (together with all other Persons (as defined herein) in which APO Corp. acquires a partnership interest, member interest or similar interest after the date hereof and who execute and deliver a joinder contemplated in Section 7.14, the “Partnerships”), and each of the undersigned parties hereto identified as “Holders”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Holders hold interests as partners or members of entities (the “Prior Entities”) and are selling some of such interests in the Prior Entities, as well as selling some interests in the Partnerships (“Partnership Units”) to APO Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Initial Sale”) in connection with the issuance of Notes pursuant to the Strategic Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Issuer, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto;

WHEREAS, some of the Holders also indirectly hold Partnership Units through AP Professional Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“AP Professional”);

WHEREAS, each of the Partnerships is treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the limited partner interests in the Apollo Operating Group (as defined herein), are exchangeable, for Federal income tax purposes, with APO Corp. and the Issuer for Class A Shares (as defined herein), subject to the provisions of the Exchange Agreement (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, the Prior Entities, the Partnerships, and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries, will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for the Taxable Year in which the Initial Sale occurs and for each Taxable Year in which an exchange of Partnership Units for Class A Shares occurs, which elections are intended generally to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by the Partnerships and the Prior Entities (solely with respect to APO Corp.) at the time of a sale of Partnership Units for Class A Shares, or any other acquisition of Partnership Units for cash or other consideration, including the Initial Sale (collectively, an “Exchange”) (such time, the “Exchange Date”) (such assets and any asset whose tax basis is determined in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset, or is adjusted as a result of the sale or exchange of such asset, the “Original Assets”) by reason of such Exchange and the receipt of payments under this Agreement;

 

1


WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest (in each case, as defined herein) on the actual liability for Taxes of APO Corp.;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

“Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Agreement” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement.

“Amended Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

“AMH” means AMH (as defined in the Recitals of this Agreement), and any successor thereof.

“APO Corp.” means APO Corp. (as defined in the Recitals of this Agreement), and any successor corporation thereof or similar blocker corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer.

“APO Corp. Return” means the federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of APO Corp. filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

“Apollo Operating Group” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, AP Professional and the other parties named therein.

“Apollo Operating Group Members” means, collectively, APO Corp., and APO Asset Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereof.

“Apollo Principal II” means Apollo Principal II (as defined in the Recitals of this Agreement), and any successor thereto.

 

2


“Apollo Principal IV” means Apollo Principal IV (as defined in the Recitals of this Agreement), and any successor thereto.

“Apollo Principal Partnerships” means, collectively, Apollo Principal Holdings I L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Apollo Principal Holdings III, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Apollo Principal II, Apollo Principal IV, AMH, and any successors thereto.

“Basis Adjustment” means, as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement, the adjustment to the tax basis of an Original Asset under (i) Section 732 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, a Partnership becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes), and (ii) Section 1012 of the Code, or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, a Partnership remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes), and, in case of clauses (i) and (ii), comparable sections of state, local and foreign tax laws all as calculated under Section 2.01 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Partnership Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Partnership Units, and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any Person, other than a Person approved by the current Manager, becoming the manager of the Issuer.

“Class A Shares” means the Class A Common Shares of the Issuer representing Class A limited liability company interests of the Issuer.

“Code” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

“Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.

 

3


“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

“Exchange” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement among the Issuer, each of the Apollo Principal Partnerships, APO Corp. and APO LLC dated the date hereof.

“Exchange Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

“Exchange Date” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Exchange Payment” is defined in Section 5.01.

“Excluded Assets” is defined in Section 7.11(c) of this Agreement.

“Expert” is defined in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

“Holder” means the parties hereto other than APO Corp., Apollo Principal II, Apollo Principal IV, and each other individual who from time to time executes a joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Holder Group Member” means any Holder, Affiliate of a Holder, AP Professional, BRH Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and BRH Holdings GP Ltd., a Cayman Islands limited liability corporation.

“Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign tax law with respect to APO Corp.’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

“Initial Sale” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Issuer” means Apollo Global Management, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor thereto.

“LIBOR” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).

“Manager” means AGM Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the manager of the Issuer.

 

4


“Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange or Interdealer Quotation System, “Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of the Class A Shares, as determined by the Manager in good faith.

“Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02.

“Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of APO Corp., including with respect, directly or indirectly, to the income and gains allocable to APO Corp. from any Partnership in which APO Corp. owns an interest using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on APO Corp.’s Return, but calculated using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the tax basis of the Original Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to the Imputed Interest.

“Notes” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Strategic Agreement.

“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

“Original Assets” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Partnerships” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.

“Partnership Agreement” means, with respect to a Partnership, the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of such Partnership.

“Partnership Units” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Person” shall be construed broadly and includes any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Holder) of one or more Partnership Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Partnership Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

“Prior Entities” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

5


“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Non-Stepped Up Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of APO Corp. or any Partnership in which APO Corp. owns, directly or indirectly, an interest, but only with respect to Taxes imposed with respect to income of such Partnership allocable to APO Corp. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority for the Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of APO Corp. or any Partnership in which APO Corp. owns an interest, but only with respect to Taxes imposed with respect to income of such Partnership allocable to APO Corp., over the Non-Stepped Up Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority for the Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

“Reconciliation Procedures” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

“Schedule” means any Exchange Basis Schedule, Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.

“Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.

“Strategic Agreement” means the Strategic Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Apollo, APOC Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the other parties thereto.

“Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

“Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

“Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign tax law, as applicable, (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made) ending on or after an Exchange Date in which there is a Basis Adjustment due to an Exchange.

 

6


“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges measured with respect to net income or profits and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, APO Corp. will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers or carryback generated by the Basis Adjustment or the Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be utilized by APO Corp. on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers or carrybacks, (4) any non-amortizable assets are deemed to be disposed of (A) with respect to private equity fund related assets, pro-rata over the number of years remaining under the original fund agreement until expected liquidation (without extensions) of the applicable fund (or, if such expected liquidation date has passed, on the Early Termination Date) and (B) with respect to all other assets, on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date and (5) if an Early Termination Date is effected prior to an Exchange of Partnership Units, clause (i) of Section 2.01 shall be read to include the Market Value of the Class A Shares and cash that would be transferred if the Exchange of all Partnership Units, that have not previously been Exchanged, occurred on the Early Termination Date.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01. Basis Adjustment. APO Corp. and the Partnerships, on the one hand, and the applicable Holder, on the other hand, acknowledge that, as a result of an Exchange, APO Corp.’s and its Subsidiaries’ basis in the Original Assets shall be increased by the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, cash or other consideration transferred to the applicable Holder pursuant to the Exchange as payment for the sold Partnership Units and interests in the Prior Entities, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange plus (z) the amount of debt allocated to the Partnership Units and the interest in the Prior Entities acquired pursuant to such Exchange over (ii) APO Corp.’s and its Subsidiaries’ proportionate share, as determined in accordance with the Code, of the basis of the Original Assets immediately after the Exchange attributable to the

 

7


Partnership Units and interests in the Prior Entities exchanged, determined as if (x) each Partnership remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes, and (y) no Partnership made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

Section 2.02. Exchange Basis Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income APO Corp. Return for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected, APO Corp. shall deliver to the applicable Holder a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule”), (i) the actual unadjusted tax basis of the Original Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Original Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Original Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).

Section 2.03. Tax Benefit Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income APO Corp. Return for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, APO Corp. shall provide to the applicable Holder a schedule showing the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).

Section 2.04. Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time APO Corp. delivers to the applicable Holder an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, APO Corp. shall also (x) deliver to the applicable Holder schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow the applicable Holder reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at APO Corp. in connection with the review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the applicable Holder, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or 30 calendar days after receiving a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides APO Corp. with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith; provided, for the sake of clarity, only Holders shall have the right to object to any Schedule or Amended Schedule pursuant to this Section 2.04. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by APO Corp. of an Objection Notice, APO Corp. and the applicable Holder shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”). For the avoidance of doubt, it being understood, that for purposes of this Section 2.04(a), an Amended Schedule (as defined herein) shall not include an amendment made to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures.

 

8


(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by APO Corp. (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the applicable Holder, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended APO Corp.’s Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”).

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01. Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) calendar days of a Tax Benefit Schedule becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), APO Corp. shall pay to the applicable Holder, for such Taxable Year, the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the applicable Holder previously designated by such Holder or as otherwise agreed by APO Corp. and the applicable Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal income tax estimated payments.

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to 85% of the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Imputed Interest amount. The “Net Tax Benefit” shall equal: (1) APO Corp.’s Realized Tax Benefit, if any, for a Taxable Year plus (2) the amount of the excess Realized Tax Benefit reflected on an Amended Tax Benefit Schedule for a previous Taxable Year over the Realized Tax Benefit (or Realized Tax Detriment (expressed as a negative number)) reflected on the Tax Benefit Schedule for such previous Taxable Year, minus (3) an amount equal to APO Corp.’s Realized Tax Detriment (if any) for the current or any previous Taxable Year, minus (4) the amount of the excess Realized Tax Benefit reflected on a Tax Benefit Schedule for a previous Taxable Year over the Realized Tax Benefit (or Realized Tax Detriment (expressed as a negative number)) reflected on the Amended Tax Benefit Schedule for such previous Taxable Year; provided, however, that to the extent of the amounts described in 3.01(b)(2), (3) and (4) that were taken into account in determining any Tax Benefit Payment in a preceding Taxable Year, such amounts shall not be taken into account in determining a Tax Benefit Payment in any other Taxable Year; provided, further, no applicable Holder shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing APO Corp.’s Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid

 

9


with respect to Partnership Units that were exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (3), and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date”.

Section 3.02. No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the above provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement provide that 85% of APO Corp.’s Realized Tax Benefit and Interest Amount is paid to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner as such intentions are realized.

Section 3.03. Pro Rata Payments. To the extent APO Corp.’s deduction with respect to the Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or APO Corp. lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular taxable year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account and made for each applicable Holder on a pro rata basis relative to the total amount of deductions each holder was entitled to get with respect to the aggregate Basis Adjustments for all of the applicable Holders.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.01. Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a) APO Corp. may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Partnership Units held (or previously held and exchanged) by all Holders at any time by paying to all of the applicable Holders the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Holders, and provided, further, that APO Corp. may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by APO Corp., neither the applicable Holders nor APO Corp. shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Holders, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by APO Corp. and the applicable Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange occurs after APO Corp. exercises its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a), APO Corp. shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

(b) In the event that APO Corp. breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an

 

10


Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by APO Corp. and any Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that APO Corp. breaches this Agreement, the Holders shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in (1), (2) and (3), above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.

(c) The undersigned parties agree that the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot be ascertained with any reasonable certainty for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 4.02. Early Termination Notice. If APO Corp. chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01 above, APO Corp. shall deliver to the applicable Holder notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying APO Corp.’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The applicable Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the applicable Holder Group Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule thereto provides APO Corp. with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”); provided, for the sake of clarity, only Holder Group Members shall have the right to object to any Schedule or Amended Schedule pursuant to this Section 4.02. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by APO Corp. of the Material Objection Notice, APO Corp. and the applicable Holder Group Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it being understood, that for purposes of this Section 4.02, an Amended Schedule shall not include an amendment made to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.03. Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three calendar days after agreement between the applicable Holder and APO Corp. of the Early Termination Schedule, APO Corp. shall pay to the applicable Holder an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the applicable Holder or as otherwise agreed by APO Corp. and the applicable Holder.

(b) The Early Termination Payment as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the applicable Holder the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by APO Corp. to the applicable Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date assuming the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

 

11


ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01. Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by APO Corp. to the applicable Holder under this Agreement (an “Exchange Payment”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of APO Corp. and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of APO Corp. that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02. Late Payments by APO Corp. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment not made to the applicable Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01. Holder Group Member Participation in APO Corp.’s and Partnerships’ Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, APO Corp. shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning APO Corp. and the Partnerships, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, APO Corp. shall notify the applicable Holder Group Member of, and keep the applicable Holder Group Member reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of APO Corp. and the Partnerships by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the applicable Holder Group Member’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the applicable Holder Group Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to APO Corp., the Partnerships and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that APO Corp. and the Partnerships shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of any of the Partnership Agreements.

Section 6.02. Consistency. APO Crop. and the applicable Holder agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by APO Corp. in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of APO Corp. under this Agreement.

 

12


Section 6.03. Cooperation. The applicable Holder shall (a) furnish to APO Corp. in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as APO Corp. may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to APO Corp. and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as APO Corp. or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and APO Corp. shall reimburse the applicable Holder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to APO Corp., to:

c/o Apollo Global Management, LLC

9 West 57 th Street, 43 rd Floor

New York, New York 10019

(T) (212) 515-3200

(F) (212) 515-3251

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

with a copy to:

O’Melveny and Myers LLP

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(T) (212) 326-2000

(F) (212) 326-2061

Attention: Harvey M. Eisenberg, Esq.

Brad R. Okun, Esq.

If to the applicable Holder, to:

The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of the Partnerships.

 

13


Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.02. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.03. Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.04. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Section 7.05. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.06. Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No Holder may assign this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of APO Corp.; provided, however, (i) that, to the extent Partnership Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreements and any other agreements the Holders may have entered into with the Issuer, APO Corp. and/or any of the Apollo Operating Group Members or Apollo Principal Partnerships, the transferring Holder shall assign to the transferee of such Partnership Units the transferring Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to APO Corp., agreeing to become a “Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) that, once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Holder pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange may be assigned to any Person or Persons, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably

 

14


satisfactory to APO Corp., agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the last sentence of the next paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt: (A) to the extent a Holder Group Member or other Person transfers Partnership Units to a Holder Group Member pursuant to the relevant Partnership Agreements, the Holder Group Member receiving such Partnership Units shall have all rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Units as such Holder Group Members has, under this Agreement, with respect to the other Partnership Units held by him; and (B) the requirement to execute and deliver a joinder pursuant to this Section 7.06(a) shall not be construed as requiring such execution and delivery prior to an assignment becoming effective.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.06(a), no transferee described in clause (i) of Section 7.06(a) shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.04, 4.02, or 6.01 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of Section 7.06(a) shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.

(c) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by APO Corp., on behalf of itself and the respective Partnerships it Controls, and by Holder Group Members who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Holder Group Members hereunder if APO Corp. had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Holder Group Member pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Holders disproportionately effected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(d) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. APO Corp. shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of APO Corp., by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that APO Corp. would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Holder Group Member transfers his Partnership Units to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in each Partnership Agreement), excluding any other Holder Group Member, such Holder Group Member shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.04, 4.02 or 6.01 with respect to such transferred Partnership Units.

Section 7.07. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

15


Section 7.08. Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.

Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) APO Corp. may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Holder (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.08 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints APO Corp. as such Holder’s agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Holder of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder in any such action or proceeding.

(c) (i) EACH HOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.08, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in paragraph (c)(i) of this Section 7.08 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

16


Section 7.09. Reconciliation. In the event that APO Corp. and the applicable Holder Group Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.04, and 4.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement is due or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, such payment shall be made on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by APO Corp., subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by APO Corp. APO Corp. and each applicable Holder Group Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless the Holder Group Member has a prevailing position that is more than 10% of the payment at issue, in which case APO Corp. shall reimburse such Holder Group Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on APO Corp. and the applicable Holder Group Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10. Withholding. APO Corp. shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as APO Corp. is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by APO Corp., such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Holder.

Section 7.11. Affiliated Corporations of Other Apollo Operating Group Members; Admission of APO Corp. into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) The other Apollo Operating Group Members shall provide that all provisions of this Agreement shall correspondingly apply, including the payment of Tax Benefit Payments by any corporation owned directly or indirectly in whole or in part, now or in the future, by other Apollo Operating Group Members, with respect to any Realized Tax Benefit with respect to limited partner interests in other Apollo Principal Partnerships, that are part of the Exchange and in which such corporation owns an interest, under the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement, and the other Apollo Operating Group Members shall cause such corporation to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement to such effect. If either (i) the

 

17


Issuer or any other Apollo Operating Group Members elects to be treated as a corporation for tax purposes, or (ii) the Issuer holds any other Apollo Operating Group Members directly or indirectly through an entity that is treated as a corporation for tax purposes, then the provisions of this Agreement shall apply (w) to such other Apollo Holdings Members in the same manner as it applies to APO Corp. and (x) to each partnership, limited partnership and limited liability company Controlled by any other Apollo Operating Group Members as if each such entity were a Partnership; provided that, if any Partnership Units or limited partner interests in other Apollo Principal Partnerships were Exchanged prior to an event described in clause (i) or (ii) above, then (y) such Exchange shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as having occurred immediately after such event at the Market Value in existence at the time of such prior Exchange, and (z) the entity that is to be treated in the same manner as APO Corp. shall be required to make the same Tax Benefit Payments pursuant to the terms of this Agreement that it would have been required to make had it been treated in the same manner as APO Corp. on the date of such Exchange; provided, however, that such Tax Benefit Payments shall be payable only with respect to (I) Original Assets that are still owned at the time of the event described in clause (i) or (ii) above, and (II) taxable years of such entity ending on or after the date of the event described in clause (i) or (ii) above. The parties agree that the terms of this Agreement will be applied to any corporation under this Section 7.11 only if the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments payable with respect to such corporation are reasonably expected to be more than $10 million.

(b) If APO Corp. becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Issuer acquires one or more assets that, as of an Exchange Date, have not been contributed to APO Corp. (other than Issuer’s interests in the other Apollo Operating Group Members) (such assets, “Excluded Assets”), then all Tax Benefit Payments due hereunder shall be computed as if such assets had been contributed to APO Corp. on a pro rata basis on the date such assets were first acquired by Issuer; provided, however, that if an Excluded Asset consists of stock in a corporation, then, for purposes of this Section 7.11(c), (i) such corporation (and any corporation Controlled by such corporation) shall be deemed to have contributed its assets to APO Corp. in a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code, and (ii) APO Corp. shall be deemed to have contributed all such assets to the Partnerships, in each case on the date on which the Issuer acquired stock of such corporation.

(d) If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partner interest.

 

18


Section 7.12. Confidentiality. Each Holder and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of APO Corp. is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for APO Corp. and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not to disclose to any Person all confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of APO Corp. or any Person included within the Issuer and their respective Affiliates and successors and the other Holders, including, without limitation, the identity of the beneficial holders of interests in any fund or account managed by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, confidential information concerning the Issuer, any Person included within the Issuer and their respective Affiliates and successors, the other Holders and any fund, account or investment managed by any Person included within the Issuer, including marketing, investment, performance data, fund management, credit and financial information, and other business affairs of APO Corp., any Person included within the Issuer and their respective Affiliates and successors, the other Holders and any fund, account or investment managed directly or indirectly by any Person included within APO Corp. learned by the Holder heretofore or hereafter. This clause 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by APO Corp. or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Holder to prepare and file his or her Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Holder may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of (x) APO Corp. and (y) any of its transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Holders relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

If a Holder or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, APO Corp. shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to APO Corp. or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Holders and the accounts and funds managed by APO Corp. and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13. Partnership Agreement. This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of each Partnership as described in Section 761(c) of the Code, and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 7.14. Partnerships. APO Corp. hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partner interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and become a “Partnership” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

19


Section 7.15. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

[Signatures on following pages]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

APO CORP.
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II L.P.
By:    Principal Holdings II GP, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary
APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS IV L.P.
By:    Principal Holdings IV GP, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary

 

APOLLO MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS L.P.
By:    Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  John J. Suydam
  Vice President and Secretary

 

[Tax Receivable Agreement]


HOLDERS:
/s/ Leon D. Black
Leon D. Black
/s/ Marc J. Rowan
Marc J. Rowan
/s/ Joshua J. Harris
Joshua J. Harris

[Tax Receivable Agreement]


HOLDER:
/s/ Andrew D. Africk
Andrew D. Africk
HOLDER:
/s/ Marc E. Becker
Marc E. Becker
HOLDER:
/s/ John J. Hannan
John J. Hannan
HOLDER:
/s/ Scott M. Kleinman
Scott M. Kleinman
HOLDER:
/s/ Aaron J. Stone
Aaron J. Stone
HOLDER:
/s/ Eric L. Zinterhofer
Eric L. Zinterhofer

[Tax Receivable Agreement]


HOLDER:
/s/ James C. Zelter
James C. Zelter
HOLDER:
/s/ Laurence M. Berg
Laurence M. Berg
HOLDER:
/s/ Peter P. Copses
Peter P. Copses
HOLDER:
/s/ Andrew S. Jhawar
Andrew S. Jhawar

[Tax Receivable Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

$1,000,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

APOLLO MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.P.,

as Borrower,

The Guarantors Referred to Herein,

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of April 20, 2007

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC., BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES, LLC, BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC., CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. AND UBS SECURITIES LLC as Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS    4

1.1.

   Defined Terms    4

1.2.

   Other Definitional Provisions    17
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS    18

2.1.

   Term Loan Commitments    18

2.2.

   Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing    18

2.3.

   Incremental Revolving Facility    18

2.4.

   Repayment of Loans    19

2.5.

   Optional Prepayments    19

2.6.

   Mandatory Prepayments    19

2.7.

   Mandatory Cash Collateralizations    19

2.8.

   Conversion and Continuation Options    20

2.9.

   Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches    21

2.10.

   Interest Rates and Payment Dates    21

2.11.

   Computation of Interest    21

2.12.

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate    22

2.13.

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments    22

2.14.

   Requirements of Law    23

2.15.

   Taxes    23

2.16.

   Indemnity    25

2.17.

   Change of Lending Office    25

2.18.

   Replacement of Lenders    25
SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    26

3.1.

   Financial Condition    26

3.2.

   No Change    27

3.3.

   Existence; Compliance with Law    27

3.4.

   Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations    27

3.5.

   No Legal Bar    27

3.6.

   Litigation    27

3.7.

   No Default    28

3.8.

   Taxes    28

3.9.

   Federal Regulations    28

3.10.

   ERISA    28

3.11.

   Investment Company Act; Other Regulations    28

3.12.

   Accuracy of Information, etc.    28

3.13.

   Collateral Agreement and Cash Collateral Account    29

3.14.

   Use of Proceeds    29
SECTION 4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    29


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE
SECTION 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    30

5.1.

   Financial Statements    30

5.2.

   Certificates; Other Information    31

5.3.

   Maintenance of Existence; Compliance    32

5.4.

   Maintenance of Insurance    32

5.5.

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions    32

5.6.

   Notices    32

5.7.

   Additional Guarantors; Ownership of Apollo Management Companies    32

5.8.

   Interest Rate Protection    33
SECTION 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS    33

6.1.

   Indebtedness    33

6.2.

   Liens    35

6.3.

   Fundamental Changes and Sales of Material Assets    37

6.4.

   Restricted Payments    37

6.5.

   Transactions with Affiliates    39

6.6.

   Lines of Business    39

6.7.

   Investments    39

6.8.

   Amendments to Management Agreements    41
SECTION 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT    42
SECTION 8 GUARANTY    43

8.1.

   Guaranty of Payment    43

8.2.

   Obligations Unconditional    44

8.3.

   Modifications    44

8.4.

   Waiver of Rights    45

8.5.

   Reinstatement    45

8.6.

   Remedies    45

8.7.

   Limitation of Guaranty    45
SECTION 9 THE AGENT    45

9.1.

   Appointment    45

9.2.

   Delegation of Duties    46

9.3.

   Exculpatory Provisions    46

9.4.

   Reliance by Administrative Agent    46

9.5.

   Notice of Default    46

9.6.

   Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders    47

9.7.

   Indemnification    47

9.8.

   The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity    47

9.9.

   Successor Administrative Agent    48
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS    48

10.1.

   Amendments and Waivers    48

10.2.

   Notices    49

10.3.

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    49

10.4.

   Survival of Representations and Warranties    50

10.5.

   Payment of Expenses and Taxes    50


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE

10.6.

   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments    51

10.7.

   Adjustments; Set-off    53

10.8.

   Counterparts    53

10.9.

   Severability    54

10.10.

   Integration    54

10.11.

   GOVERNING LAW    54

10.12.

   Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers    54

10.13.

   Acknowledgements    55

10.14.

   Releases of Guarantees and Liens    55

10.15.

   Confidentiality    55

10.16.

   USA Patriot Act    56

10.17.

   WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL    56

SCHEDULES :

 

1.1A

   Commitments

1.1B

   Confidential Information Memorandum Amendments

1.1C

   Pro Forma EBITDA Adjustments

3.1(b)

   Certain Apollo Management Companies

3.6

   Litigation

3.13

   UCC Filing Jurisdictions

6.1(c)

   Existing Indebtedness

6.2(f)

   Existing Liens

6.7(h)

   Existing Investments

EXHIBITS :

 

A

   Form of Collateral Agreement

B

   Form of Compliance Certificate

C

   Form of Closing Certificate

D

   Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement

E

   Form of Assignment and Assumption

F

   Form of Legal Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP

G

   Form of Exemption Certificate

H

   Form of Cash Collateral Agreement

3.1B

   Report of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu


CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 20, 2007, among Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party hereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

AAA Holdings ”: AAA Holdings, L.P., a Guernsey limited partnership.

AAA Holdings Credit Agreement ”: Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 2006 between AAA Holdings, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each of the Lenders named therein as amended by the First Amendment dated as of the date hereof thereto.

AAA Holdings Pledge Agreement ”: Pledge Agreement dated as of June 15, 2006 among AAA Holdings and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

ABR ”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

ABR Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

Administrative Agent ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., together with its affiliates, as the arranger of the Term Loan Commitments and as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

Additional Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.3(a).

Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Applicable Margin ”: for each Type of Term Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

ABR Loans

   Eurodollar Loans  

0.50%

   1.50 %

provided , that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of a full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin with respect to Term Loans will be determined pursuant to the Applicable Pricing Grid.


Applicable Pricing Grid ”: the table set forth below:

 

Leverage Ratio

(in each case to 1.00)

   Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans
    Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans
 

³ 2.75

   1.50 %   0.50 %

< 2.75, but ³ 2.00

   1.25 %   0.25 %

< 2.00

   1.00 %   0.00 %

For the purposes of the Applicable Pricing Grid, changes in the Applicable Margin resulting from changes in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1 and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 5.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the Applicable Pricing Grid shall apply. To the extent that the Applicable Margin for any period is paid or billed based upon financial statements that substantially prove to have been incorrect, if corrected financial statements would show that a higher Applicable Margin applied for such period, the difference shall be payable by the Borrower on demand at any time.

Apollo Fund ”: Apollo Investment Fund VI, L.P. (“ Fund VI ”), Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P. (“ Fund V ”), Apollo Investment Fund IV, L.P. (“ Fund IV ”), Apollo Investment Fund III, L.P. (“ Fund III ”), AP Alternative Assets, L.P., AAA Investments, L.P. (“ AAA Fund ”), AP Investment Europe Limited (“ Europe Fund ”), Apollo Strategic Value Master Fund, L.P. (“ Strategic Value Fund ”), Apollo Investment Corporation (“ Investment Corporation ”), Apollo Value Investment Master Fund, L.P. (“ Value Investment Fund ”), Apollo Asia Opportunity Master Fund, L.P. (“ Asia Fund ”) and any other existing or future pooled investment vehicle sponsored or managed by affiliates of any Loan Party which is a private equity or capital markets fund and any separate or managed account managed by affiliates of any Loan Party that primarily makes investments similar to those made by private equity or capital markets funds. For purposes hereof, “ Apollo Fund ” shall also include related master-feeder funds, parallel funds, co-investment partnerships and alternative investment vehicles established with respect to the foregoing.

Apollo Management Companies ”: Apollo Management III, L.P., Apollo Management IV, L.P., Apollo Management V, L.P., Apollo Management VI, L.P., Apollo Alternative Assets, L.P., Apollo Europe Management, L.P., Apollo SVF Management , L.P., Apollo Value Management, L.P., Apollo Investment Management, L.P., AAA Holdings and any other material existing or future entities that earn advisory fees from, or hold “notional” investments for the benefit of the Group Members in, the Apollo Funds and the Apollo CM Carry Companies.

Apollo CM Carry Companies ”: Apollo SVF Advisors, L.P., Apollo Value Advisors, L.P. and Apollo Asia Advisors, L.P. and any other material or future entities that hold carried interests in the Apollo Funds that are capital markets funds.

Approved Fund ”: as defined in Section 10.6.

 

5


Arrangers ”: J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities, LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC together with their respective affiliates, as the lead arrangers and bookrunners under this Agreement, together with any of their respective successors.

Asset Sale ”: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any Dispositions in the ordinary course of business and other Dispositions expressly permitted by Section 6.3 (other than Section 6.3(c)); provided that no such Disposition or series of Dispositions shall constitute an Asset Sale unless it yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of both (i) $500,000 in respect of any single Disposition or series of Dispositions and (ii) together with all other Dispositions in the same fiscal year, $5,000,000.

Assignee ”: as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Assignment and Assumption ”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Benefitted Lender ”: as defined in Section 10.7.

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Business Day ”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided, that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Cash Collateral ”: at any time, the Collateral in the Cash Collateral Account.

Cash Collateral Account ”: as defined in the Cash Collateral Agreement.

Cash Collateral Agreement ”: Cash Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

 

6


Cash Equivalents ”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ S&P ”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A2 by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 shall have been satisfied, which date is April 20, 2007.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Agreement ”: the Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Confidential Information Memorandum ”: the Confidential Information Memorandum with respect to the Term Loans dated March 2007. Such Confidential Information Memorandum is deemed amended to include the information set forth on Schedule 1.1B.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 7, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

7


Disposition ”: with respect to any property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Lender ”: as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

EBITDA ”: of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any period of 12 months, Net Income for such period plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense (including any provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise and similar taxes), (b) interest expense, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans), (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses, expenses or charges (including, but not limited to, any expenses or charges in connection with the establishment of, or fundraising for, any new fund (whether or not successful) or for severance, signing bonuses, or similar payments for senior executives not in the ordinary course of business), (f) other non-cash charges (but excluding (x) any such charges in respect of which cash was paid in a prior period and not then deducted in determining EBITDA for such prior period or will be paid in a future period and not then deducted in determining EBITDA for such future period and (y) any charges in the nature of compensation paid in the form of “notional investments” in an Apollo Fund or in the form of any participation therein) and (g) non-operating expenses, minus, to the extent included in the statement of such Net Income for such period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual income or gains, (iii) income tax credits (to the extent not netted from income tax expense), (iv) any items of other non-cash income (but excluding (x) any such items in respect of which cash was received in a prior period and not then included in EBITDA for such period or will be received in a future period and not then be included in EBITDA for such future period and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any income in the form of “notional investments” in an Apollo Fund in lieu of payment of cash management fees) and (v) Restricted Payments made under Section 6.4(e) to fund expenses of a Parent Entity to the extent such expenses would have reduced EBITDA if they were incurred by the Borrower. In addition, during any measurement period, EBITDA shall give pro forma effect to (i) the payment of management fees to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in respect of any private equity fund or any capital markets fund with an investor lock-up period of two years or more established during such measurement period, as though such management fees and related anticipated expenses commenced immediately prior to such measurement period (and any reductions in other management fees as a result of the establishment of such fund), (ii) the effect on management fees payable to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in respect of any fund terminated during such measurement period by an action on the part of the limited partners in such fund, as though such effect commenced immediately prior to such measurement period, and (iii) at the Borrower’s option (and without duplication in any subsequent fiscal period), any transaction fee (net of related anticipated expenses) to be paid to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any transaction under contract during such measurement period, so long as such transaction fee is actually paid within 60 days after the end of such measurement period.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves)

 

8


under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or otherwise on such screen), the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

Eurodollar Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

  Eurodollar Base Rate   
  1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements   

Eurodollar Tranche ”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 7, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow ”: of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any fiscal year, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Net Income for such fiscal year (minus any fee income received in the form of a “notional investment” in any Apollo Fund, to the extent there is not an offsetting deduction in the determination of such Net Income for compensation paid in the form of such a “notional investment” or in the form of any participation therein), (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Net Income and (iii) the aggregate net amount of non cash loss on the Disposition of property by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, to the extent deducted in arriving at such Net Income over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amount of all non-cash credits, gains or income included in arriving at such Net Income, (ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of capital expenditures, placement fees and investments and acquisitions (excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures), including, without limitation, any investment required to be made in AP Alternative Assets, L.P. by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (as described in “Reinvestment of Carried Interest” in the prospectus of AP Alternative Assets, L.P.) in satisfaction of requirements applicable to the Loan Parties and their affiliates, (iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments

 

9


of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries made during such fiscal year (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and an optional reduction of the carve out for a revolving credit facility), (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of property by the Loan Parties and their consolidated subsidiaries during such fiscal year, to the extent included in arriving at such Net Income, (v) the aggregate amount of all tax distributions during such fiscal year, (vi) the aggregate amount of distributions to Senior Partners of up to $5,000,000 during such fiscal year and (vii) the aggregate amount of charitable contributions of up to 5% of EBITDA.

Excess Sweep Amount ”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio ”: for each fiscal year of the Borrower, the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal year below (with each such ratio being to 1.00):

 

Fiscal Year

   Excess Sweep
Leverage Ratio

2007

   5.00

2008

   4.75

2009

   4.25

2010

   4.00

2011

   4.00

2012

   4.00

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fund VII ”: from and after the time that the original commitments thereto are at least $10,000,000,000, the contemplated successor fund to Fund VI.

Funded Debt ”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

Funding Office ”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

10


GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, subject to, as the context requires, the Specified Exception. In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all financial terms in the Loan Documents that are determined in accordance with GAAP shall exclude the effects of any consolidation or inclusion of any Apollo Fund.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange.

Group Members ”: the collective reference to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing Person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include (x) Guaranteed Obligations with respect to obligations of any Apollo Fund to the extent such Person is liable for such obligations of such Apollo Fund solely as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in such Apollo Fund or (y) endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

11


Guaranteed Obligations ”: the Obligations, the Obligations (as defined in the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement) and all obligations (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) now existing or herewith incurred or accrued of any Loan Party in respect of any Hedging Amount with any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender.

Guarantors ”: the collective reference to Apollo Management, L.P., Apollo Capital Management, L.P., Apollo International Management, L.P., Apollo Principal Holdings II, L.P., AAA Holdings and any Person that executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a Guarantor Joinder Agreement.

Guarantor Joinder Agreement ”: a Guarantor Joinder Agreement executed by a new Guarantor and the Administrative Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit D, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Hedging Agreement ”: any interest rate protection agreement or other interest hedging arrangement.

Incremental Amendment ”: as defined in Section 2.3(b).

Incremental Revolving Facility ”: as defined in Section 2.3(a).

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than obligations incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances or letters of credit, (g) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (i) for the purposes of Section 7(e) only, all matured obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements; provided , that Indebtedness shall not include (A) trade payables, accrued expenses (including transaction expenses) and intercompany liabilities among Group Members arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (C) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase prices of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (D) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner but excluding any Apollo Fund), to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

12


Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Term Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Term Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Term Loan, the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Period ”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or nine and twelve months, if available to all Lenders), as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or nine and twelve months, if available to all Lenders), as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period that would extend beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans; and

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

Lenders ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Leverage Ratio ”: as at the last day of any twelve-month period, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Total Debt (less the Cash Collateral) as at such day, to (b) EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such twelve-month period.

Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ”: any Term Loan or Revolving Loan.

Loan Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Loan Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments is $1,000,000,000.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, any Guarantor Joinder Agreements and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

 

13


Loan Parties ”: the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loan Percentage ”: as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Loan Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

Lock-Up Acknowledgement ”: the Lock-Up Acknowledgement to be executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent on the date hereof.

Lock-Up Agreement ”: that certain Lock-Up Agreement executed and delivered by AAA Holdings in favor of Goldman Sachs International, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Net Cash Proceeds ”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, brokerage fees, consultant fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP in connection therewith, and (iii) taxes (or tax distributions) paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

Net Income ”: of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries before distributions to partners, determined on a combined basis as provided in Section 1.2(e) in accordance with GAAP, provided, that Net Income shall include any amount received by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as a “notional investment” in an Apollo Fund in lieu of payment of cash management fees (with the amount of such notional investment being deemed equal to the amount of foregone cash management fees).

Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in Section 2.15(a).

Non-Senior Partners ”: all partners of the Borrower other than Senior Partners.

Non-U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.15(d).

 

14


Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

Other Taxes ”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Parent Entity ”: any entity owning, directly or indirectly, all the Capital Stock of the Borrower after giving effect to any conversion or exchange rights.

Participant ”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).

Patriot Act ”: the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law on October 26, 2001 or any subsequent legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes such Act.

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Pro Forma EBITDA ”: for the period of 12 months ending December 31, 2006, EBITDA for such period as calculated to give pro forma effect to the adjustments detailed in the calculation of “Run-Rate 2006 EBITDA,” in Schedule 1.1C.

Pro Forma Leverage Ratio ”: as of the Closing Date, the ratio of (a) the pro forma aggregate principal amount of Total Debt (less the Cash Collateral), after giving effect to the borrowing of the Term Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, to (b) Pro Forma EBITDA.

RDUs ”: restricted depository units representing ownership interests in common units of AP Alternative Assets, L.P.

Recovery Event ”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

Register ”: as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Remaining Excess Cash Flow ”: as defined in Section 2.7(b).

Required Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Term Loan Commitments (or, after the Closing, the Term Loans) and (b) the commitments (or if such commitments have been terminated, the outstanding extensions of credit) under the Incremental Revolving Facility.

 

15


Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ”: the chief executive officer, president, treasurer or chief financial officer of the Borrower.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section 6.4.

Revolving Loan ”: as defined in Section 2.3(a).

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the Collateral Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Senior Partners ”: partners of the Borrower other than partners who, for the fiscal period in respect of which the determination is being made, are treated as “employee partners” for financial reporting purposes.

Specified Exception ”: as defined in Section 3.1(b).

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of any Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, “Subsidiaries” shall not include any Apollo Funds.

Swap Agreement ”: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

 

16


Sweep Leverage Ratio ”: for each fiscal year of the Borrower, the ratio (if any) set forth opposite such fiscal year below (with each such ratio being to 1.00):

 

Fiscal Year

   Sweep Leverage Ratio

2007

   N.A.

2008

   N.A.

2009

   N.A.

2010

   3.50

2011

   3.50

2012

   3.50

Term Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.1.

Total Debt ”: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (other than letters of credit or bank guarantees, to the extent undrawn) consisting of Capital Lease Obligations and Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a combined basis as provided in Section 1.2(e), that is or would be reflected as such on a combined balance sheet at such date.

Transferee ”: any Assignee or Participant.

Type ”: as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

United States ”: the United States of America.

1.2. Other Definitional Provisions

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Loan Party not defined in Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume or become liable in respect of (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

17


(e) Any financial terms used herein shall be determined on a combined basis for the Apollo Management Companies specified on Schedule 3.1(b) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and on a combined basis for the Loan Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries for subsequent fiscal periods and shall net out intercompany items among or between any Group Members.

SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1. Term Loan Commitments

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a “ Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Loan Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.8.

2.2. Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans) requesting that the Lenders make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying (i) the amount and Type of Term Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the Closing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Term Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Closing Date each Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders in immediately available funds.

2.3. Incremental Revolving Facility .

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request the incorporation in this Agreement of a revolving facility (the “ Incremental Revolving Facility ”) or an increase therein in an aggregate amount (after giving effect to such incorporation or increase) of up to $100,000,000 (less, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the term loans outstanding under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement); provided that (i) no Lender shall be required to participate in the Incremental Revolving Facility, (ii) the Incremental Revolving Facility shall be made and documented under this Agreement and the Loan Documents and shall be guaranteed and secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans, (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iv) the interest rates and amortization schedule applicable to the Incremental Revolving Facility shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereunder. Each loan (“ Revolving Loan ”) and other extensions of credit under the notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Revolving Facility or the increase therein, as the case may be, and the Lenders or other Persons willing to participate therein. The Incremental Revolving Facility or any such increase may be made by any existing Lender or by any other financial institution or any fund that regularly invests in bank loans selected by the Borrower (any such other financial institution or fund being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s participation if such consent would be required under Section 10.6 for an assignment of Term Loans to such Lender or Additional Lender.

 

18


(b) Commitments in respect of the Incremental Revolving Facility or any increase therein shall become commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide any of such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. An Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of such conditions as the parties thereto shall agree (it being understood that an Incremental Amendment shall not contain any non-customary conditions or any other conditions inconsistent with the other provisions of this Section). The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Revolving Facility for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

2.4. Repayment of Loans . The Term Loans of each Lender shall mature on the date that is seven years after the Closing Date.

2.5. Optional Prepayments . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment, the Loans to be prepaid and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans; provided, that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

2.6. Mandatory Prepayments . If any Indebtedness shall be issued or incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 6.1, other than paragraph (e) thereof), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such issuance or incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the “Term Loans” under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement on a ratable basis, with each such application to the Term Loans to be made, first, to ABR Loans and, second, to Eurodollar Loans. Each prepayment of the Term Loans under this Section shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

2.7. Mandatory Cash Collateralizations .

(a) If on any date the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, then such Net Cash Proceeds shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account on such date to the extent necessary to reduce the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis for the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower (after giving effect to such Asset Sale or Recovery Event and such deposit) to the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year in which such Asset Sale or Recovery Event occurs (or if there is no such Sweep Leverage Ratio, to a Leverage Ratio of 4.00 to 1.00).

 

19


(b) If, for any fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, there shall be Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, the Borrower shall, not later than 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, deposit an amount of such Excess Cash Flow in the Cash Collateral Account that is determined as follows:

(i) to the extent the Leverage Ratio as at the end of such fiscal year exceeds the Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, an amount (the “ Excess Sweep Amount ” for such fiscal year) equal to the lesser of (A) 100% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year or (B) the amount required to reduce such Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis at the end of such fiscal year to 0.25 to 1.00 below such Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio (the Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year minus the Excess Sweep Amount for such fiscal year, the “ Remaining Excess Cash Flow ” for such fiscal year); plus

(ii) the lesser of (A) (x) 50% of the Remaining Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year or (B) the amount required to reduce such Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis at the end of such fiscal year to a level 0.25 to 1.00 below the Sweep Leverage Ratio (if any) for such fiscal year (it being understood that if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, the amount under this clause (B) shall be $0); minus

(iii) any optional prepayments of the Term Loans and of the “Term Loans” under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement (other than any such prepayment of the “Term Loans” under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement reducing any mandatory prepayment under Section 2.5 of the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement).

(c) If the Leverage Ratio as at the end of any fiscal year of the Borrower is less than the level 0.25 to 1.00 below the Sweep Leverage Ratio (if any) for such fiscal year, then Collateral held in the Cash Collateral Account shall be released to the Borrower in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the remaining amount of such Collateral and (ii) the amount (if any) that, after giving effect to such return, would increase such Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis to the level 0.25 to 1.00 below such Sweep Leverage Ratio (if any), provided that any Collateral held in the Cash Collateral Account at the end of any fiscal year as at which the Leverage Ratio is greater than 5.50 to 1.00 and any Excess Cash Flow required to be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account following the end of any fiscal year of the Borrower to the extent required to reduce the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis as at the end of such fiscal year to 5.50 to 1.00 shall not be subject to release under this paragraph (c).

2.8. Conversion and Continuation Options .

(a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth

 

20


in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Term Loans, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Term Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

2.9. Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $20,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than ten Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

2.10. Interest Rates and Payment Dates .

(a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans plus 2%, in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment) provided , that this paragraph (c) shall not apply to any Event of Default that has been waived by the Lenders pursuant to Section 10.1.

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.11. Computation of Interest .

(a) Interest payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

21


(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.8(a).

2.12. Inability to Determine Interest Rate . If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

2.13. Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .

(a) The borrowing by the Borrower of Term Loans from the Lenders hereunder shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Loan Percentages of the relevant Lenders.

(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans then held by the Lenders. Amounts prepaid on account of the Loans may not be reborrowed.

(c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

22


2.14. Requirements of Law .

(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall, with respect to this Agreement, impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate; or

(ii) shall, with respect to this Agreement, impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount that such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.15. Taxes .

(a) All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding net income taxes and franchise taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein. If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”) or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement, provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of

 

23


paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section or (ii) that are taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are paid by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes it is required to pay hereunder after notification, when due, to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender solely as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of such documentation or certificates as are required or permitted to reduce or eliminate amounts required to be withheld by the Borrower or payments hereunder. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(e) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

(f) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes (or a tax credit as a result of the payment of such taxes) as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15, it shall pay over such refund (or the taxes saved as result of such tax credit) to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund);

 

24


provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.16. Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.17. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.14 or 2.15(a) or (e) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.15(a) or (e).

2.18. Replacement of Lenders . The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.15, (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder or (c) does not consent to any proposed amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that requires the consent of each of the Lenders or each of the Lenders affected thereby (so long as the consent of the Required Lenders has been obtained) with a replacement financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement pursuant to clause (a), such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.17 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.15, (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date

 

25


of replacement, (v) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.16 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 (provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) or as the Administrative Agent shall otherwise reasonably determine, and if the replaced Lender fails to fulfill its obligations, the replacement shall occur anyway without any action being required on behalf of such replaced Lender, (viii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.15, as the case may be, and (ix) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Term Loans, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender on the Closing Date that:

3.1. Financial Condition .

(a) Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is an entity created in 2007 and, except for the Term Loans and liabilities in respect of its organizational expenses and fees and expenses in connection with the Term Loans, has no material assets or liabilities, other than (x) assets in the form of its ownership interests in (i) in the case of the Borrower: the Guarantors, Apollo Management Companies and related entities, and assets transferred from the Apollo Management Companies and (ii) in the case of the Guarantors: Apollo Management Companies and assets transferred from Apollo Management Companies and related entities, and (y) liabilities assumed from the Apollo Management Companies, liabilities under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement and AAA Holdings Pledge Agreement, and ordinary course liabilities.

(b) The audited combined balance sheets of certain Apollo Management Companies specified on Schedule 3.1(b), as at December 31, 2006 and the related combined statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by and accompanied by a report from Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1B. Such financial statements shall have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that the investment funds/vehicles that are managed by Apollo Management Companies, and the general partner entities of the private equity funds whose revenue streams are not included in such combined financial statements, will not be consolidated or otherwise included in the combined financial statements as may otherwise be required in accordance with GAAP (the “ Specified Exception ”). Such special purpose financial statements will be prepared for purposes of complying with this Agreement and are not intended to be a complete and fair presentation of such Apollo Management Companies financial statements in conformity with GAAP, by virtue of the Specified Exception. Further, such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors thereon is intended solely for the information and use of the parties to this Agreement and is not intended to be and should not be used by anyone other than such specified parties. Other than liabilities incurred by Apollo Management Companies of the type described in Section 3.1(a) above, no such Apollo Management Company has any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in such financial statements. During the period from December 31, 2006 to and including the date hereof there has been no Disposition by any Apollo Management Company of any material part of its business or property other than to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (except for the Disposition of certain of the RDUs).

 

26


3.2. No Change . Since December 31, 2006, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.3. Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent “good standing” has substantive legal meaning in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing (to the extent “good standing” has substantive legal meaning in such jurisdiction) under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law (including ERISA) except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Group Member has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 3.13 and (iii) the Lock-Up Acknowledgement to be executed by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

3.5. No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents) except to the extent not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to any Loan Party would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.6. Litigation . Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.6, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened by or against or affecting any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (including the income from fees) (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27


3.7. No Default . No Apollo Management Company or Apollo Fund is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.8. Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any amount the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves have been provided on the books of the relevant Loan Party).

3.9. Federal Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Term Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.

3.10. ERISA . No Group Member has any direct or contingent obligation or liability under any employee benefit plan or program or otherwise in respect of ERISA or the rules and regulations thereunder that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Affect.

3.11. Investment Company Act; Other Regulations . No Loan Party is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

3.12. Accuracy of Information, etc . No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum or any other certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information Memorandum, as of the date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents, in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

 

28


3.13. Collateral Agreement and Cash Collateral Account . Each of the Collateral Agreement and the Cash Collateral Account is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. Upon completion of the filings in appropriate form in the offices specified on Schedule 3.13 and other actions specified on Schedule 3.13, each of the Collateral Agreement and the Cash Collateral Account shall provide the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral and, subject to Section 9-315 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code statements or delivery of certificates or instruments (with appropriate transfer powers), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 6.2).

3.14. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for any of the following purposes: to finance distributions to holders of the Capital Stock of the Group Members and Investments in the Apollo Funds, for other general corporate purposes of Group Members and to pay fees and expenses relating to this Agreement.

SECTION 4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The agreement of each Lender to make the Term Loans to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such Term Loans on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Credit Agreement; Collateral Agreement; Lock-Up Acknowledgement . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Guarantor, (ii) the Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, (iii) the Cash Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (iv) the Lock-Up Acknowledgement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Pro Forma Leverage Ratio . The Pro Forma Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than 4.25 to 1.00.

(c) Expenses . The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received all due and owing expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date. All such amounts will be paid on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.

(d) Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization (to the extent “good standing” has substantive legal meaning in such jurisdiction).

(e) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form of Exhibit F and the legal opinion of local counsel in Guernsey in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

29


(f) Pledged Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received the certificates (if any) representing any Collateral in certificated form and the instruments (if any) included in the Collateral, in each case pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock or transfer power or endorsement for each such certificate and instrument executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the Loan Party owning each such certificate or instrument.

(g) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Collateral Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.2), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(h) Approvals . All governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection the continuing operations of the Group Members and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the financing contemplated hereby.

(i) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date and after giving effect to the making of the Term Loans.

(j) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

The borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the Closing Date that the conditions contained in paragraphs (i) and (j) of this Section 4 have been satisfied.

SECTION 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Term Loan Commitments remain in effect or any Term Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, it shall and (in the case of Sections 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5) shall cause the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to:

5.1. Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties (or in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, 150 days after the end of such fiscal year), a copy of the audited special purpose combined balance sheet of the Loan Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited special purpose combined statements of income and of cash flows for such year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing. It is understood and agreed that such special purpose combined financial statements will be prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that the investment funds/vehicles that are managed by Apollo

 

30


Management Companies, and the general partner entities of the private equity funds whose revenue streams are not included in such combined financial statements, will not be consolidated or otherwise included in the combined financial statements as may otherwise be required in accordance with GAAP. Such special purpose financial statements will be prepared for purposes of complying with this Agreement and are not intended to be a complete and fair presentation of such Apollo Management Companies financial statements in conformity with GAAP by virtue of the Specified Exception. Further, such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors thereon is intended solely for the information and use of the parties to this Agreement and is not intended to be and should not be used by anyone other than such specified parties.; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties (or, in the case of the first fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, within 90 days following the end of such fiscal quarter), the unaudited special purpose combined balance sheet of the Loan Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited special purpose combined statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer as prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), except that the investment funds/vehicles that are managed by Apollo Management Companies, and the general partner entities of the private equity funds whose revenue streams are not included in such combined financial statements, will not be consolidated or otherwise included in the combined financial statements as may otherwise be required in accordance with GAAP. Such special purpose financial statements will be prepared for purposes of complying with this Agreement and are not intended to be a complete and fair presentation of such Apollo Management Companies financial statements in conformity with GAAP by virtue of the Specified Exception; and

(c) All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that the investment funds/vehicles that are managed by Apollo Management Companies, and the general partner entities of the private equity funds whose revenue streams are not included in such combined financial statements, will not be consolidated or otherwise included in the combined financial statements as may otherwise be required in accordance with GAAP. Such special purpose financial statements will be prepared for purposes of complying with this Agreement and are not intended to be a complete and fair presentation of such Apollo Management Companies financial statements in conformity with GAAP by virtue of the Specified Exception. Further, such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors thereon is intended solely for the information and use of the parties to this Agreement and is not intended to be and should not be used by anyone other than such specified parties.

5.2. Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender), or (in the case of clause (b)) to the relevant Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the applicable fiscal period and any mandatory prepayment or cash collateral deposit pursuant to Section 2.6 or 2.7 required to be made during or in respect of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be); and

(b) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request through the Administrative Agent.

 

31


5.3. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . (a) (i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 6.3 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4. Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

5.5. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of any Group Member with its officers and employees (upon prior notice and without undue disruption to the business of the Loan Parties).

5.6. Notices . Promptly (after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge) give notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly thereafter notify each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which directly relates to any Loan Document; and

(d) any other development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to Section 5.6(a) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.7. Additional Guarantors; Ownership of Apollo Management Companies

(a) With respect to any Person that is formed after the Closing Date by any Loan Party or any affiliate of any thereof to own directly any material equity interests in any material Apollo Management Company, cause such Person to (i) be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Loan Party or (ii) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guarantor Joinder Agreement and a supplement to the Collateral Agreement in the form of Exhibit I thereto.

 

32


(b) With respect to any Person that is formed to be or becomes a material Apollo Management Company, cause such Person to be owned directly or indirectly by a Loan Party.

5.8. Interest Rate Protection . Within 180 days after the Closing Date, enter into, and thereafter maintain, Swap Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans is subject to interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years, which Swap Agreements shall have customary terms and conditions or other terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Term Loan Commitments remain in effect or any Term Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, it shall not and shall not permit the other Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries to (it being understood and agreed that the following covenants shall not restrict the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries from entering into, consummating and performing under strategic relationships with financial institutions and other parties and as necessary shall be deemed to include exceptions permitting the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to enter into, consummate and perform under such relationships):

6.1. Indebtedness . Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness of any Group Member to any other Group Member;

(c) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 6.1(c) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without increasing the principal amount thereof (other than to pay unpaid accrued interest and premiums, and fees, costs and expenses associated with such refinancing) or shortening the maturity thereof);

(d) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) of any Group Member secured by Liens permitted by Section 6.2(g), so long as the aggregate amount outstanding of any such Indebtedness under this paragraph (d) for all Group Members (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) does not exceed the greater of (x) 20% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and (y) $20,000,000;

(e) Indebtedness of any Loan Party to the extent the net proceeds thereof are used to repay the Obligations; provided that any such Indebtedness shall have a later maturity than the Term Loans;

(f) Guarantee Obligations of the Group Members in respect of real estate lease obligations or other obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Group Members;

(g) Guarantee Obligations of the Group Members in the ordinary course in respect of Indebtedness of employees of the Group Members in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of up to the greater of (x) 20% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the incurrence of any such Guarantee Obligations and (y) $20,000,000;

 

33


(h) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to any Group Member, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case in the ordinary course of business; provided, that upon the incurrence of Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, such obligations are reimbursed not later than 30 days following such incurrence;

(i) Indebtedness of AAA Holdings and Guarantee Obligations of other Group Members under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $60,000,000 at any time;

(j) Guarantee Obligations of any Group Member with respect to Indebtedness of a second Group Member that is permitted hereunder, provided that if such second Group Member is a Loan Party, the guaranteeing Group Member shall also be a Loan Party;

(k) Indebtedness of any Group Member in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding for all Group Members not to exceed the greater of (x) 25% of the EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and (y) $25,000,000 (including, without limitation, to finance relocations and office openings and improvements and short-term working capital requirements);

(l) any Indebtedness of any Loan Party, provided that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such indebtedness and the use of the proceeds thereof, the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis for the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower is not greater than the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the then current fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, 4.00 to 1.00);

(m) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or other cash management services including, but not limited to, intraday, ACH and credit or purchasing card/T&E services in the ordinary course of business; provided that (x) such Indebtedness (other than credit or purchase cards) is extinguished within ten Business Days of notification to the Borrower of its incurrence and (y) such Indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards is extinguished within 120 days from its incurrence, which Indebtedness may be secured as, but only to the extent, provided in Section 6.2 and in the Security Documents;

(n) Indebtedness of a Group Member that is not a Loan Party and that is acquired after the Closing Date or an entity merged into or consolidated with any such Group Member after the Closing Date and Indebtedness assumed by any such Group Member in connection with the acquisition of assets, which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation and is not created in contemplation of such event and where such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation is permitted by this Agreement and any refinancing of such Indebtedness; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided further that if such Indebtedness were the obligation of a Loan Party, such Indebtedness would be permitted under this Section 6.1.

(o) Indebtedness arising from agreements of any Group Member providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with any permitted acquisition or the disposition of any business, assets or a

 

34


Subsidiary not prohibited by this Agreement, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(p) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts, trade letters of credit, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(q) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums; and

(r) all premium (if any, including tender premiums), expenses, defeasance costs, interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in paragraphs (a) through (q) above.

6.2. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens for taxes and other governmental charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Group Members in conformity with GAAP;

(b) Liens imposed by law, including, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and pledges and deposits and other Liens securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to any Group Member;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Group Member;

(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 6.2(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(c) or, to the extent not listed in such Schedule, where such property or assets have a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) that does not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate, and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (x) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof and (y) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased (other than as permitted by Section 6.1);

 

35


(g) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Group Member incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(d) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets (including aircraft and other equivalent assets), provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness (other than property being financed by the same financing source under the same financing scheme);

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Agreement;

(i) Liens created pursuant to the AAA Holdings Pledge Agreement and the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement;

(j) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

(k) Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default, provided, that such Liens, to the extent that they secure aggregate amounts of more than the greater of (x) 10% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the incurrence of any such Lien and (y) $10,000,000 shall be discharged within 60 days of the creation thereof;

(l) Liens created pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement;

(m) any Lien on assets of any Loan Party, provided that, after giving effect to such Lien and the incurrence of any Indebtedness by such Loan Party in connection therewith, the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis for the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower is not greater than the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the then current fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, 4.00 to 1.00);

(n) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of any Group Member to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of any Group Member or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

(o) leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including with respect to intellectual property and software) granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(p) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted hereunder;

(q) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or consignments entered into in connection with any transaction otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(r) Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements, provided that the obligations secured by such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums;

 

36


(s) Liens on deposits securing Swap Agreements;

(t) Liens on cash deposits made by the Borrower or any Group Member in connection with laws and regulations promulgated by the English Financial Services Authority; and

(u) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds (as to all Group Members) the greater of (x) 25% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the incurrence of any such Lien and (y) $25,000,000 at any one time.

6.3. Fundamental Changes and Sales of Material Assets . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or any substantial part of its property or business or any material assets (determined by reference to the combined financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries), except that:

(a) any Group Member (other than the Borrower) may be merged or consolidated with or into any other Group Member, provided that in the case of a merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor, the surviving entity shall be a Guarantor;

(b) any Group Member may Dispose of any property (including any investment) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices or so long as such Disposition would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any Group Member (other than the Borrower) may liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) if the effect thereof is a Disposition of its assets to another Group Member, or Dispose of all or any part of its property or business so long as such Disposition does not have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that in the case of any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of any Loan Party, the resulting Disposition of its assets is to another Loan Party;

(d) any Group Member may Dispose of RDUs;

(e) any Group Member may Dispose of the “G-4” aircraft or its owner; and

(f) any Group Member may pay dividends or make distributions to other Group Members or make any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 6.4.

6.4. Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of the Borrower, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in its obligations (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”); provided that:

(a) tax distributions (determined in good faith by the Borrower and not to exceed the maximum Federal, state and local income taxes that may be payable by the holders of the Capital Stock of the Borrower (assuming that each holder is an individual residing in New York City) on account of the taxable income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the relevant period) may be made;

 

37


(b) a Restricted Payment may be made, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) the Borrower has deposited any Excess Cash Flow required under Section 2.7 in respect of its most recently completed fiscal year and in good faith expects to be able to deposit from resources available to it (including during the 120 days following the end of such fiscal year) any deposit of Excess Cash Flow reasonably expected to be required of it for its current fiscal year based upon its consolidated financial position and results for the completed fiscal quarters of such current fiscal year and (iii) after giving effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such dividend or distribution, the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis for the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower is not greater than the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, 4.00 to 1.00);

(c) to the extent that such Restricted Payments in any fiscal year of the Borrower would not be permitted for any reason under paragraph (b) of this Section, Restricted Payments may be made in the form of cash distributions to Senior Partners of up to $5,000,000 in such fiscal year;

(d) Restricted Payments may be made in the form of distributions of “notional investments” in any of the Apollo Funds, provided that such “notional investments” were made prior to the date hereof or were permitted to be made under Section 6.7(e);

(e) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in respect of (i) overhead, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of any Parent Entity, (ii) fees and expenses related to any public offering or private placement of debt or equity securities of any Parent Entity whether or not consummated, (iii) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses in connection with the maintenance of and (any Parent Entity’s) ownership of the Borrower, and (iv) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any Parent Entity, in each case in order to permit any Parent Entity to make such payments; provided that the amount of such Restricted Payments shall not exceed the portion of any amounts referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) that are allocable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (which shall be 100% if such Parent Entity owns no assets other than the Capital Stock in the Borrower or another Parent Entity);

(f) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the extent that payment for such Restricted Payments is funded with the proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower;

(g) to the extent that such Restricted Payments in any fiscal year of the Borrower would not be permitted for any reason under paragraph (b) of this Section, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any Non-Senior Partners;

(h) Restricted Payments may be made in the form of deferred interests in Value Investment Fund performance fees, provided that such deferred interests were acquired prior to the date hereof or were permitted to be acquired under Section 6.7(e);

(i) a Restricted Payment in the form of the distribution of the “G-4” aircraft or its owner;

(j) Restricted Payments may be made in the form of distributions of RDUs pursuant to compensation arrangements with partners;

 

38


(k) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments the proceeds of which are used to purchase or redeem the Capital Stock of any Parent Entity (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) held by then present or former directors, consultants, officers or employees of any Group Member (other than Senior Partners in the Borrower) or under any agreement then in effect upon such Person’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or under the terms of any such agreement under which such shares of stock or related rights were issued; provided, that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions under this paragraph (f) shall not exceed in any fiscal year $10,000,000 plus (x) the amount of net proceeds contributed to the Borrower during such calendar year from sales of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity to directors, consultants, officers or employees of any Parent Entity, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with permitted employee compensation and incentive arrangements, and (y) the amount of net proceeds of any key man life insurance policies received during such calendar year which, if not used in any year, may be carried forward to any subsequent calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from members of management of any Parent Entity, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.4; and

(l) Restricted Payments of the proceeds of the Term Loans.

6.5. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any affiliate (other than any Group Member) unless such transaction (a) is otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement or in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices generally, (b) is a Restricted Payment, (c) is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an affiliate or (d) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of clarification, “affiliate” shall not mean or include any Apollo Fund.

6.6. Lines of Business . Enter into any business, either directly or indirectly, except for (x) those businesses in which the Group Members are engaged on the date of this Agreement , (y) any asset management business (including any alternative asset management business) and (z) any reasonable extensions of the foregoing or any business reasonably related or complementary to the foregoing.

6.7. Investments . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except:

(a) accounts receivable, security deposits and prepayments arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any assets or securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

(b) investments in Cash Equivalents;

(c) Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 6.1;

(d) loans and advances to employees, directors, partners or consultants of any Group Member (other than the Senior Partners) (i) in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of up to the greater of (x) 15% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the making of any such loan or advance and (y) $15,000,000; (ii) in respect of payroll

 

39


payments and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower solely to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity;

(e) Investments made pursuant to the terms of any management, advisory or other agreement with any Apollo Fund or Investments in the nature of “notional investments” in any Apollo Fund or a waiver or deferral of performance fees from Value Investment Fund or any other Apollo Fund as contemplated by terms of any such agreement, provided that no Group Member shall prospectively waive the receipt of cash management advisory fees in exchange for any such Investment if the Leverage Ratio as at the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements are available (pro forma for any deposits of Excess Cash Flow made or to be made for any fiscal year then ended) is greater than the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, the Excess Sweep Leverage Ratio (or if none, 5.00 to 1.00)), to the extent that such waiver would reasonably be expected to have the effect of reducing Excess Cash Flow for such current fiscal year;

(f) Investments in Group Members;

(g) Swap Agreements entered into (i) for the purpose of reasonably hedging risks related to the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries or (ii) to effect, or in the place of, an Investment otherwise permitted under and subject to the limits of this Section 6.7 ( provided that such Swap Agreement shall reduce commensurately the basket amount otherwise available for such Investment);

(h) Investments existing on, or contractually committed as of, the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.7(h) and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of all Investments pursuant to this paragraph (h) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment existing or committed on the Closing Date (other than pursuant to an increase as required by the terms of any such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date);

(i) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under Sections 6.2;

(j) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business or Investments acquired by any Group Member as a result of a foreclosure by any Group Member with respect to any secured Investments or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(k) acquisitions by any Group Member of obligations of one or more officers or other employees of any Group Member or any Parent Entity, in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent Entity, so long as no cash is actually advanced by any Group Member to such officers or employees in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(l) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with, or funded with the proceeds from the sale of, Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower;

(m) Investments consisting of the redemption, purchase, repurchase or retirement of any Equity Interests permitted under Section 6.4;

 

40


(n) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(o) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms;

(p) Investments by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, if the Borrower or any other Subsidiary would otherwise be permitted to make a Restricted Payment in such amount (provided that the amount of any such Investment shall also be deemed to be a Restricted Payment under, and such Investment shall only be permitted to the extent it is permitted as a Restricted Payment under, the appropriate clause of Section 6.4 for all purposes of this Agreement);

(q) purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property in each case in the ordinary course of business, to the extent such purchases and acquisitions constitute Investments;

(r) Investments in the equity interests of one or more newly formed Persons that are received in consideration of the contribution by any Group Member of assets to such Person or Persons; provided, that (i) the fair market value of such assets, determined in good faith by the Borrower on an arms’-length basis, so contributed pursuant to this paragraph (r) shall not in the aggregate exceed the greater of (x) 20% of EBITDA for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 or 5.1 as of the date of the making of any such loan or advance and (y) $20,000,000 and (ii) in respect of each such contribution, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall certify, in a form to be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (x) after giving effect to such contribution, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the assets so contributed and (z) that the requirements of clause (i) of this proviso remain satisfied; and

(s) any Investment provided that, after giving effect to such Investment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Investment, the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis for the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower is not greater than the Sweep Leverage Ratio for the then current fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if there is no Sweep Leverage Ratio for such fiscal year, 4.00 to 1.00).

6.8. Amendments to Management Agreements . Amend, supplement, waive, terminate or otherwise modify any material management agreement with any Apollo Fund such that after giving effect thereto such management agreement shall be materially adverse or less favorable to the interests of the Lenders and would not be in accordance with past practice (it being agreed and understood that any amendment or other modification of such an agreement, for the purpose of achieving non-consolidation for financial reporting purposes of the Apollo Funds with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to provide investors in Apollo Funds, and/or independent board members of Apollo Funds, the power to cause a liquidation of such Apollo Fund and/or the power to remove an Apollo Management Company as general partner of manager of such Apollo Fund, shall be permitted).

 

41


SECTION 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Term Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Term Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) the Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 2.7, clause (i) or (ii) of Section 5.3(a) or Section 6; or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation and Indebtedness under the AAA Holdings Credit Agreement, but excluding the Term Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $50,000,000; provided further , that this paragraph (e) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

(f) (i) any material Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any material Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Loan

 

42


Party any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Loan Party any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any material Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any material Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) any material provision of any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any material Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

(h) any material provision of the guarantee contained in Section 8 (other than Section 8.1) of this Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect with respect to any Guarantor or any Loan Party or any affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(i) at any time prior to the closing of Fund VII, (A) Leon Black, together with related Persons and trusts, shall cease as a group to participate to a material extent in the beneficial ownership of the Borrower or (B) Leon Black or both of Josh Harris and Marc Rowan shall cease to be actively engaged in the management, or the direction of management, of the Loan Parties; or

(j) at any time after the closing of Fund VII, (A) Leon Black, together with related Persons and trusts, shall cease as a group to participate to a material extent in the beneficial ownership of the Borrower or (B) two of the group constituting Leon Black, Josh Harris and Marc Rowan shall cease to be actively engaged in the management, or the direction of management, of the Loan Parties,

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Term Loan Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Term Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Term Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

SECTION 8 GUARANTY

8.1. Guaranty of Payment . Subject to Section 8.7, each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably and jointly and severally guarantees to each Lender and the Administrative Agent the prompt payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise). Any payment hereunder shall be made at such place and in the same currency as such relevant Guaranteed Obligation is payable. This guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not solely of collection and is a continuing guaranty and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

 

43


8.2. Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law that this guaranty may be enforced by the Lenders without the necessity at any time of resorting to or exhausting any security or collateral and without the necessity at any time of having recourse to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any collateral, if any, hereafter securing the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise and each Guarantor hereby waives the right to require the Lenders to proceed against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any other Person (including a co-guarantor) or to require the Lenders to pursue any other remedy or enforce any other right. Each Guarantor further agrees that it shall not exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor (or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations) for amounts paid under this guaranty until such time as the Lenders have been paid in full. Each Guarantor further agrees to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Lenders from suing in any jurisdiction on this Agreement or any other Loan Document or foreclosing its security interest in or Lien on any collateral, if any, securing the Guaranteed Obligations or from exercising any other rights available to it under this Agreement or any instrument of security, if any, and the exercise of any of the aforesaid rights and the completion of any foreclosure proceedings shall not constitute a discharge of any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder; it being the purpose and intent of each Guarantor that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute, independent and unconditional under any and all circumstances. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither a Guarantor’s obligations under this guaranty nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed or released in any manner whatsoever (i) by an impairment, modification, change, release or limitation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor, (ii) by reason of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Borrower or such other Guarantor or (iii) by reason of the application of the laws of any foreign jurisdiction. Each Guarantor waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance of by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon this guaranty or acceptance of this guaranty. The Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon this guaranty. All dealings between the Borrower and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this guaranty.

8.3. Modifications . Each Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law that (a) all or any part of any security which hereafter may be held for the Guaranteed Obligations, if any, may be exchanged, compromised or surrendered from time to time; (b) the Lenders shall not have any obligation to protect, perfect, secure or insure any such security interests or Liens which hereafter may be held, if any, for the Guaranteed Obligations or the properties subject thereto; (c) the time or place of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations may be changed or extended, in whole or in part, to a time certain or otherwise, and may be renewed or accelerated, in whole or in part; (d) the Borrower and any other party liable for payment under this Agreement may be granted indulgences generally; (e) any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be modified, amended or waived; (f) any party (including any co-guarantor) liable for the payment thereof may be granted indulgences or be released; and (g) any deposit balance for the credit of the Borrower or any other party liable for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations or liable upon any security therefor may be released, in whole or in part, at, before or after the stated, extended or accelerated maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations, all without notice to or further assent by such Guarantor, which shall remain bound thereon, notwithstanding any such exchange, compromise, surrender, extension, renewal, acceleration, modification, indulgence or release.

 

44


8.4. Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (a) notice of acceptance of this guaranty by the Lenders and of all Term Loans made to the Borrower by the Lenders; (b) presentment and demand for payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or of default (except as specifically required in this Agreement) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or with respect to any security therefor; (d) notice of the Lenders obtaining, amending, substituting for, releasing, waiving or modifying any Lien, if any, hereafter securing the Guaranteed Obligations, or the Lenders’ subordinating, compromising, discharging or releasing such Liens, if any; (e) all other notices to which the Borrower might otherwise be entitled in connection with the guaranty evidenced by this Section; and (f) demand for payment under this guaranty.

8.5. Reinstatement . The obligations of each Guarantor under this Section shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

8.6. Remedies . Each Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, the Guaranteed Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 7 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 7) notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing such Guaranteed Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or such Guaranteed Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor.

8.7. Limitation of Guaranty . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the Federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereinafter in effect)). Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document, the partners of the Loan Parties shall not be personally liable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 9 THE AGENT

9.1. Appointment . Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein,

 

45


or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

9.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

9.3. Exculpatory Provisions . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable to any Lender for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

9.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, electronic message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Term Loans.

9.5. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or a Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

 

46


9.6. Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Term Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

9.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by a Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective Term Loan Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Term Loan Commitments shall have terminated and the Term Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Term Loan Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Term Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Term Loan Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

9.8. The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity . The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though it were not the Administrative Agent. With respect to its Term Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any letter of credit issued or participated in by it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

 

47


9.9. Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 7(a) or Section 7(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Term Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS

10.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1 and Section 2.3(b). The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Term Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that an amendment to financial definitions shall not constitute a reduction in interest rates for purposes of this clause (i)); (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release any of the Collateral in the Cash Collateral Account or release any Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement if such Guarantor is material (determined by reference to the combined financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries) or release all or substantially all of the other Collateral (other than as permitted under the Loan Documents), in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of

 

48


the Administrative Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Term Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

10.2. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

Borrower and Guarantors:   

c/o Apollo Management Holdings, L.P.,

Two Manhattanville Road, Suite 203, Purchase, New York 10577

   Attention: Tony Tortorelli
   Telecopy: (914) 694-8032
   Telephone: (914) 694-6505
with a copy to:    John Suydam, Esq.
   9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019
   Telecopy: (212) 515-3251
   Telephone: (212) 515-3237
Administrative Agent:    270 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10017
   Attention: Laura Rebecca
   Telecopy: (212) 270-0670
   Telephone: (212) 270-9352

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

10.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

49


10.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Term Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5. Payment of Expenses and Taxes . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers for all their reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers for all its or their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of counsel (excluding the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers and their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents and controlling Persons (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Term Loans and the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of legal counsel in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 10.5 shall be submitted to John Suydam (Telephone No. (212) 515-3237) (Telecopy No. (212) 515-3251), at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers. The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive repayment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, indirect, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

50


10.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than an entity designated by the Borrower as a “disqualified lender” on or prior to the Closing Date (or after the Closing Date, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld) (each such “disqualified lender”, a “ Disqualified Lender ”)), (each such assignee, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that the Borrower shall have absolute discretion to withhold its consent for an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund (as defined below) if after giving effect to such assignment such Lender and its affiliates and related Approved Funds would hold directly, as a Lender or, indirectly as a Participant, greater than 15% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans; and

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, the amount of the Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities law.

 

51


For the purposes of this Section 10.6, “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender or (b) an affiliate of a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 10.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Term Loan Commitments of, and principal amount of the Term Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Loan Party and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower but without the consent of the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a Disqualified Lender) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second

 

52


sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant; provided , further , however that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6, each Lender shall have the right to sell one or more participations in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or any other Obligations to one or more lenders or other Persons that provide financing to such Lender in the form of sales and repurchases of participations without having to satisfy the foregoing requirements. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 10.7 as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.15 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.15(d), (e) and (f).

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

10.7. Adjustments; Set-off . Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders, if any Lender (a “Benefitted Lender”) shall, at any time after the Term Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 7, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 7(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

10.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

53


10.9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.10. Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

10.11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.12. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) for the purpose of proceedings in the courts of the State of New York and the United States courts for the Southern District of New York, in each case sitting in the borough of Manhattan, the Borrower hereby irrevocably designates as of the effective date National Registered Agents, Inc. with offices currently located at 875 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 501, New York, New York 10001 as its agent for service of process. In the event that such agent or any successor shall cease to be located in the borough of Manhattan, the Borrower shall promptly and irrevocably before the relocation of such agent for service of process, if practicable, or promptly thereafter designate a successor agent, which successor agent shall be located in the borough of Manhattan, and notify the Administrative Agent thereof, to accept on its behalf service of any and all process or other documents which may be served in any action or proceeding in any of such courts and further agrees that service upon such agent shall constitute valid and effective service upon the Borrower and that failure of any such agent to give any notice of such service to the Borrower shall not affect the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. Excepting the Borrower, each of the parties hereto agrees that service of any and all such process or other documents on such Person may also be effected by registered mail to its address as set forth in Section 10.2. With respect to the Borrower, service, of any and all such process or other documents to National Registered Agents, Inc. or such other agent for service of process designated by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, service of process shall constitute valid and effective service only if made in Person;

 

54


(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

10.13. Acknowledgements . Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among any Loan Party and the Lenders.

10.14. Releases of Guarantees and Liens . At such time as the Term Loans and the other due and owing obligations under the Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person. At the Borrower’s request and at the Borrower’s cost, the Administrative Agent shall provide all documents reasonably requested to effect the foregoing.

10.15. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, any other Lender or any affiliate thereof, (b) to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates on a need to know basis (it being understood that, as applicable, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 10.15 by their or their affiliates’ respective employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors), (c) upon the demand of any Governmental Authority, (d) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (e) if required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (f) that has been publicly disclosed, or (g) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

Each Lender acknowledges that information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower and its affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

55


All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and its affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and Arrangers that it has identified in its administrative questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

10.16. USA Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower and each Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each Guarantor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and each Guarantor in accordance with the Patriot Act.

10.17. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

56


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Borrower:
APOLLO MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

Guarantors:
APOLLO MANAGEMENT, L.P.
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.,
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.,
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

APOLLO PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS II, L.P.
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

AAA HOLDINGS, L.P., acting by AAA Holdings GP Limited as its general partner
By:    /s/ John J. Suydam
  Name:    John J. Suydam
  Title:  

Vice President and Secretary

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Administrative Agent:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:    /s/ Sangeeta Mahadevan
  Name:    Sangeeta Mahadevan
  Title:   Vice President
Lenders:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:    /s/ Sangeeta Mahadevan
  Name:    Sangeeta Mahadevan
  Title:   Vice President
Arrangers:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
By:    /s/ J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
  Name:   
  Title:  

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 of our report dated April 7, 2008 relating to the consolidated and combined financial statements of Apollo Global Management, LLC as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

August 12, 2008